BOMethods 905 2

Epicor 9.
05 Business Object Reference Guide

9.05.605
Disclaimer
This document is for informational purposes only and is subject to change without notice. This document and its contents, including the viewpoints, dates and functional content expressed herein are believed to be accurate as of its date of publication. However, Epicor Software Corporation makes no guarantee, representations or warranties with regard to the enclosed information and specifically disclaims any applicable implied warranties, such as fitness for a particular purpose, merchantability, satisfactory quality or reasonable skill and care. As each user of Epicor software is likely to be unique in their requirements in the use of such software and their business processes, users of this document are always advised to discuss the content of this document with their Epicor account manager. All information contained herein is subject to change without notice and changes to this document since printing and other important information about the software product are made or published in release notes, and you are urged to obtain the current release notes for the software product. We welcome user comments and reserve the right to revise this publication and/or make improvements or changes to the products or programs described in this publication at any time, without notice. The usage of any Epicor software shall be pursuant to an Epicor end user license agreement and the performance of any consulting services by Epicor personnel shall be pursuant to Epicor's standard services terms and conditions. Usage of the solution(s) described in this document with other Epicor software or third party products may require the purchase of licenses for such other products. Where any software is expressed to be compliant with local laws or requirements in this document, such compliance is not a warranty and is based solely on Epicor's current understanding of such laws and requirements. All laws and requirements are subject to varying interpretations as well as to change and accordingly Epicor cannot guarantee that the software will be compliant and up to date with such changes. All statements of platform and product compatibility in this document shall be considered individually in relation to the products referred to in the relevant statement, i.e., where any Epicor software is stated to be compatible with one product and also stated to be compatible with another product, it should not be interpreted that such Epicor software is compatible with both of the products running at the same time on the same platform or environment. Additionally platform or product compatibility may require the application of Epicor or third-party updates, patches and/or service packs and Epicor has no responsibility for compatibility issues which may be caused by updates, patches and/or service packs released by third parties after the date of publication of this document. Epicor is a registered trademark and/or trademark of Epicor Software Corporation in the United States, certain other countries and/or the EU. All other trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. Copyright Epicor Software Corporation 2011. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form without the prior written consent of Epicor Software Corporation.
9.05.605 Revision: May 23, 2011 12:38 p.m. Total pages: 2403 sys.ditaval
Business Object Reference Guide
Purpose
The Business Objects Methods Reference Guide documents all business objects in the Epicor application. Use this reference guide to review the methods used by each business object. Leverage this guide when you are configuring or developing applications that require some interaction with business object methods. For example, use this guide when you are setting up WCF services to perform business tasks. Review this guide to locate the specific business object methods you need to link to the WCF services. This reference guide divides the business objects into four alphabetical sections: A-E F-L M-R S-Z Within each section, the business objects are organized in alphabetical order. The Epicor application contains 797 business objects and a total of 11737 public methods.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Part I: A-E
Chapter 1: A
AbcCode
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AbcCode: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewAbcCode
Inserts a new row in the DataSet with defaults populated.
DeleteByID
Deletes a row given its ID.
GetByID
Returns a DataSet given the primary key. Returns The DataSet.
GetList
Returns a list of rows that satisfy the where clause. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The list DataSet. Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description An expression used to filter the rows. Can be left blank for all rows. The maximum number of rows to return. Leave as zero for no maximum. Page of rows to return. Whether there are more pages of rows available.
GetRows
Returns a dataset containing all rows that satisfy the where clauses.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns The full DataSet.
Update
Commits the DataSet changes to the data store. Parameters Name ds Type Description The full DataSet.
UpdateExt
Apply input data to BO by calling GetByID/GetNew/Update methods. Returns The dataset with list of errors occured during update process.
AccountBudget
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AccountBudget: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewGLBudgetHd
GetNewGLBudgetDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Returns a list of rows that satisfy the where clause. Parameters Name whereClause Type String Description An expression used to filter the rows. Can be left blank for all rows.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The list DataSet.
Type Int32 Int32 Boolean@
Description The maximum number of rows to return. Leave as zero for no maximum. Page of rows to return. Whether there are more pages of rows available.
GetRows
Returns a dataset containing all rows that satisfy the where clauses. Returns The full DataSet.
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
To return the CodeDescriptionList values of a given table.field. Parameters Name tableName fieldName Returns Type String String Description
ChangeDtlBudgetAmt
This method updates the DispTotalBudgetAmt and the BudgetAmt of the GLBudgetHd when the GLBudgetDtl.BudgetAmt changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description G/L Account Budget Data Set
ChangePerCodeOrAmount
This method updates the DispTotalBudgetAmt when the BudgetPerCode or BudgetAmt changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description G/L Account Budget Data Set
CopyBudget
This method copies the entire Budget from a valid fiscal year to a new Fiscal Year. Parameters Name bookToCopy fromFiscalYear fromFiscalYearSuffix sourceBudgetActual adjustmentPct Type String Int32 String String Decimal Description The book budget to copy. The Fiscal Year of the Budget to copy. The Fiscal Year Suffix of the Budget to copy. Radio set for budget (B) or actuals (A). The Adjustment Percentage by which to adjust the numbers for the Target Fiscal Year. If 0 then budget will be copied as is. The Target Fiscal Year for the new budget. The Target Fiscal Year Suffix for the new budget.
toFiscalYear toFiscalYearSuffix Returns G/L Account Budget Data Set
Int32 String
ACTType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ACTType: This business object contains 72 methods.
GetNewACTType
GetNewACTRevision
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetNewABTDocLine
GetNewABTAmount
GetNewABTPostEntity
GetNewABTPostCode
GetNewABTQuery
GetNewABTQParam
GetNewACTBook
GetNewBookingRule
GetNewBROperation
GetNewBRFunction
GetNewBookVar
GetNewBRFuncArgs
GetNewBRFuncOperation
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ABTBookGetNew
Add book to book list.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name actTypeUID actRevisionUID bookID ds Type Int32 Int32 String Description aCTTypeUID actRevisionUID Book ID actTypeDataSet
ABTDocLineGetNew
Create new BR Operation. Parameters Name actTypeUID actRevisionUID parentAbtDocLineUID ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description aCTTypeUID actRevisionUID Parent ABTDocLineUID actTypeDataSet
ABTPostCodeGetNew
Create new ABTPostcode. Parameters Name actTypeUID actRevisionUID abtDocLineUID abtPostEntityUID developMode ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean Description actTypeUID actRevisionUID abtDocLineUID abtPostEntityUID Developer Mode actTypeDataSet
DeleteACTBook
Parameters Name aCTTypeUID aCTRevisionUID bookID Type Int32 Int32 String Description aCTTypeUID aCTRevisionUID bookID
10
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
BookingRuleGetNew
Create new Booking Rule. Parameters Name actTypeUID actRevisionUID bookID isPost ds Type Int32 Int32 String Boolean Description aCTTypeUID actRevisionUID bookID Is Post Rule actTypeDataSet
BookVariableGetNew
Create new variable of type of type book, function, rule. Parameters Name actTypeUID actRevisionUID bookID vType vUID ds Type Int32 Int32 String String Int32 Description aCTTypeUID actRevisionUID bookID vType vUID actTypeDataSet
BRFuncOperationGetNew
Create new BR Operation. Parameters Name actTypeUID actRevisionUID functionUID operationUID chldSequenceNumber ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Description aCTTypeUID actRevisionUID functionUID operationUID childSequenceNumber actTypeDataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
11
A-E
BROperationGetNew
Create new BR Operation. Parameters Name actTypeUID actRevisionUID bookID ruleUID operationUID chldSequenceNumber ds Type Int32 Int32 String Int32 Int32 Int32 Description aCTTypeUID actRevisionUID bookID ruleUID operationUID childSequenceNumber actTypeDataSet
ChangeACTTypeSigleActive
Change ACT Type Single Active Mode. Parameters Name iACTTypeUID lSingleMode ds Type Int32 Boolean Description iACTTypeUID SingleMode actTypeDataSet
ChangeBAQ
Refresh parameter list after BAQ change. Parameters Name actTypeUID actRevisionUID abtDocLineUID abtQueryUID baqName ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 String Description actTypeUID actRevisionUID abtDocLineUID abtQueryUID baqName actTypeDataSet
12
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ChangeRevisionStatusMode
Change Revision Status or Mode. Parameters Name companyName iACTTypeUID iACTRevisionUID cStatus lSingleMode lNeedRefresh ds Type String Int32 Int32 String Boolean Boolean@ Description CompanyName iACTTypeUID iACTRevisionUID Status SingleMode NeedRefresh actTypeDataSet
CheckBAQExists
Checks if BAQ exists. Parameters Name baqid isexisted Type String Boolean@ Description baqid isexisted
CopyListOfFunctions
Copy defined function list Parameters Name listOfFuncUID destinationACTTypeUID destinationRevisionUID destinationBookUID Type String Int32 Int32 String Description listOfFuncUID identifier of destination ActType identifier of destionation revision identifier of destination book
CopyListOfRules
Copy defined booking rule list
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
13
A-E
Parameters Name listOfRuleUID destinationACTTypeUID destinationRevisionUID destinationBookUID Type String Int32 Int32 String Description listOfRuleUID identifier of destination ActType identifier of destionation revision identifier of destination book
CopyFunction
Copies defined function to another Revision, book etc. Parameters Name sourceFunctionUID destinationACTTypeUID destinationRevisionUID destinationBookUID createdFuncUID Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Int32@ Description identifier of function will be copied identifier of destination ActType identifier of destionation revision identifier of destination book createdFuncUID
CopyOperation
Copies defined operation. Parameters Name aCTTypeUID aCTRevisionUID bookID ruleUID functionUID operationUID destACTRevisionUID destBookID destRuleUID destFunctionUID destOperationUID bMulti bMove Type Int32 Int32 String Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 String Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean Boolean Description ACTTypeUID ACTRevisionUID bookID RuleUID FunctionUID OperationUID ACTRevisionUID destination destBookID RuleUID destination FunctionUID destination identifier of destination operation Multi Copy Move
14
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ds
Type
Description actTypeDataSet
CopyRule
Copy rule with their operations Parameters Name sourceRuleUID destinationACTTypeUID destinationRevisionUID destinationBookUID newRuleUID Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Int32@ Description identifier of rule will be copied identifier of destination ActType identifier of destionation revision identifier of destination book newRuleUID
CustomUpdate
Custom Update Database Parameters Name ds Type Description A/R invoice data set.
DeleteOpItems
Delete single Operation or with child operations Parameters Name aCTTypeUID aCTRevisionUID bookID ruleUID functionUID operationUID bMulti ds Type Int32 Int32 String Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean Description ACTTypeUID ACTRevisionUID bookID RuleUID FunctionUID OperationUID Multi Delete actTypeDataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
15
A-E
DeleteRevisionByName
Delete revision by Revision Code. Parameters Name acttypeUID revisionCode compList Type Int32 String String Description ACTType ACTTypeUID ACTRevision Revision Code Companies List
DeleteRevsBeforeImport
Delete all previous revisions for spec. transaction types. Parameters Name typeName compList Type String String Description ACTType Display Name Companies List
ExportToXML
Export revision to XML format Parameters Name strRevisionList strXML aCTTypeUID Type String String@ Int32 Description strRevisionList strXML aCTTypeUID
FillBAQDescription
Check BAQ Name. Parameters Name ds Type Description actTypeDataSet
16
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GenerateTemplate
Parameters Name companyName aCTTypeUID aCTRevisionUID singleActive errorText Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean String@ Description Company Name aCTTypeUID aCTRevisionUID singleActive errorText
Returns all revisions for Export Form Returns Returns the result dataset
GetAllCOAByCode
Returns all COA with Segments Parameters Name coaCode Returns Returns the result dataset Type String Description coaCode
GetBookVarOwnerID
Get list of book variable owner id's. If owner is function or rule the list will include names and id's. Parameters Name actTypeUID actRevisionUID bookID ownerType strList Type Int32 Int32 String String String@ Description aCTTypeUID actRevisionUID bookID ownerType strList
GetBookVarOwnerTypes
Get list of bookVar owners - Global, Book, Rule, Function.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
17
A-E
Returns strList
GetBRContainerRows
Get list of fields. Parameters Name tag bookID actTypeUID actRevisionUID Returns Returns the result dataset Type String String Int32 Int32 Description tag bookID actTypeUID actRevisionUID
GetCurrentVersion
Get ACTType ID by Name. Parameters Name actTypeName abtVer Type String String@ Description ACT Type Name ABT version
GetCustomContextMenuXml
Returns context menu items as xml for rules constructor. Parameters Name actTypeID actRevisionUID bookID ruleID functionID sXML Type Int32 Int32 String Int32 Int32 String@ Description ACTTypeUID ACTRevisionUID BookID RuleUID FunctionUID XML
GetEntityForBookingRule
Get a value of Entity for a Booking Rule in table PatchFld.
18
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name actTypeID actRevisionUID bookID ruleID brEntity Type Int32 Int32 String Int32 String@ Description ACTTypeUID ACTRevisionUID BookID RuleUID brEntity
GetFlowList
Get list of flow statements. Returns strList
GetIDByName
Get ACTType ID by Name. Parameters Name companyName actTypeName actTypeID Type String String Int32@ Description CompanyName ACT Type Name ACT Type UID
GetOperatorList
Get list of operators. Returns strList
GetPostCodeTypes
Get list of possible post code types. Returns strTypes
GetRevisionIDByName
Get ACTRevision ID by Name.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
19
A-E
Parameters Name companyName actRevisionCode actTypeID actRevisionID Type String String Int32 Int32@ Description Company Name ACT Revision Code ACTTypeID ACTRevisionID
GetStatusList
Get list of revision statuses. Returns strList
GetSummarizeList
Get list of summarize options. Returns strList
GetTrCurrencyList
Transactional currency options. Returns strList
GetVarTypes
Get list of possible types. Returns arTypes
GetWarningRevisionStatus
Return warning if status is changing. Parameters Name iACTTypeUID iACTRevisionUID cStatus lSingleMode cWarning Type Int32 Int32 String Boolean String@ Description iACTTypeUID iACTRevisionUID Status SingleMode cWarning
20
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ImportFromXML
Import revision to XML format Parameters Name typeName cRevisionList cXML isACTType compList bookMap errorMess Type String String String Boolean String String String@ Description ACTType Display Name Revisions List XML Document as string isACTType Companies List Books Map as List Text message with error description
IsVarInUse
Checks if a variable (book, function, rule) is used. Parameters Name acttypeuid actrevisionuid bookid bookvaruid errorreturn isinuse Type Int32 Int32 String Int32 Boolean Boolean@ Description acttypeuid actrevisionuid bookid bookvaruid errorreturn isinuse
LoadBooks
LoadBooks Parameters Name aCTRevisionUID Type Int32 Description ACTRevisionUID
OnChangeBVRuleAction
This method should be called when action of validation rule is changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
21
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description ACT Type data set
OnChangeOfACTRevisionEffFromDate
This method should be called before the revision effective date has been updated. Parameters Name aCTRevisionUID newEffFromDate ds Type Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Description ACTRevisionUID Proposed Effective Date ACT Type data set
PostCodeSourceRefresh
refresh datasource of post codes. Parameters Name ds Type Description actTypeDataSet
RefreshBookList
Refresh Books list Parameters Name aCTRevisionUID Type Int32 Description ACTRevisionUID
RevisionCopyFrom
Create copy of Revision. Parameters Name revisionCopyFromUID isDocOnly ds Type Int32 Boolean Description RevisionCopyFromUID isDocOnly actTypeDataSet
22
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateBookingRulePostingEntity
Update a value of Entity for a Booking Rule in table PatchFld. Parameters Name actTypeID actRevisionUID bookID ruleID entity Type Int32 Int32 String Int32 String Description ACTTypeUID ACTRevisionUID BookID RuleUID Entity
AddPartWhse
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AddPartWhse: This business object contains 2 methods.
CreatePartWhse
Creates a PartWhse record. Parameters Name partNum plant wareHseCode Type String String String Description Part number. Plant. Warhouse code.
GetWareHseList
Get a list of warehouses where the part does not exist. Parameters Name partNum plant Type String String Description Part number for the search. Plant for the search.
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.AddPartWhseDataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
23
A-E
AdminCompany
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AdminCompany: This business object contains 17 methods.
GetNewAdminCompany
Inserts a new row in the DataSet with defaults populated. Deletes a row given its ID. Returns a DataSet given the primary key. Returns The DataSet.
GetList
GetRows
Update
24
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
AddCompany
This method adds a new Company. Parameters Name companyId companyName serialNumber currencyCode decimalsGeneral decimalsCost decimalsPrice countryCode countryGroupCode Type String String Decimal String Int32 Int32 Int32 String String Description Id for the new Company Name for the new Company Serial number to be assigned for the new Company The base currency code for the new Company General Decimals for the base currency code for the new Company Unit Cost Decimals for the base currency code for the new Company Unit Prices Decimals for the base currency code for the new Company The Country code to use for Country Specific Functionality. The Country Group code to use for Country Specific Functionality.
AssignSerialNumber
This method updates the serial number for a Company. Parameters Name companyId serialNumber Type String Decimal Description Id for the Company Serial number to be assigned for the Company
ChangeCGCCodes
This method updates the CGC codes for a Company.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
25
A-E
Parameters Name companyId countryCode countryGroupCode Type String String String Description Id for the Company New country code for the Company New country group code for the Company
ChangeCompanyName
This method updates the name for a Company. Parameters Name companyId companyName Type String String Description Id for the Company New name for the Company
DeleteByCompanyId
This method deletes the Company with the specified id and and all of the associated data for the company. Parameters Name companyId Type String Description Id for Company to be deleted
DeleteBySysRowId
This method deletes the Company with the specified id and and all of the associated data for the company. Parameters Name sysRowId Type String Description SysRowId for Company to be deleted
GetByCompanyId
This method retrieves details of the Company with the specified id. Parameters Name companyId Type String Description CompanyId for Company to be retrieved
26
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetBySerialNumber
This method retrieves details of the Company with the specified serial number. Parameters Name serialNumber Type Decimal Description The serial number for Company to be retrieved
GetBySysRowId
This method retrieves details of the Company with the specified id. Parameters Name sysRowId Type String Description SysRowId for Company to be retrieved
Returns a list of all companies.
AdminLicensing
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AdminLicensing: This business object contains 16 methods.
GetNewAdminSerialNumber
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
27
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ChangeProductName
This method updates the product name for a license. Parameters Name serialNumber productName Type Decimal String Description Serial number for the license New product name for the license
DeleteLicense
This method deletes the License with the specified serial number.
28
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name serialNumber Type Decimal Description Serial number of license to be deleted
EnableCGC
This method enables a licensed country group/country. Parameters Name ds Type Description Dataset containg serial number and country group/countries that need to be enabled.
EnableModule
This method enables a licensed feature/module. Parameters Name ds Type Description Dataset containg serial number and modules that need to be enabled.
GetBySysRowId
This method retrieves details of the License with the specified id. Parameters Name sysRowId Type String Description SysRowId for License to be retrieved
GetCSFLicenseList
Returns a list of all csf codes for a license. Parameters Name serialNumber Type Decimal Description Serial number of license.
Returns a list of all licenses. Returns a list of all usable licenses.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
29
A-E
ImportLicense
This method imports a new License. Parameters Name licenseInfo Type String Description Serial number and codes of license to be imported.
AdminSession
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AdminSession: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewAdminSession
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
30
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
DeleteBySessionId
This method deletes the session with the specified SessionId Parameters Name sessionId Type String Description SessionId for session to be deleted
DeleteBySysRowId
This method deletes the session with the specified SysRowId Parameters Name sysRowId Type String Description SysRowId for session to be deleted
Returns the current session. Returns a list of all users sessions.
AgingRptFmt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AgingRptFmt: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewAgingRptFmt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
31
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
32
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
AlcBatchSchedSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AlcBatchSchedSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewAlcBatchSched
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Commits the DataSet changes to the data store.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
33
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description The full DataSet.
UpdateExt
AlcHed
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AlcHed: This business object contains 51 methods.
GetNewAlcHed
GetNewAlcAcct
GetNewAlcAcctCat
GetNewAlcJrnCd
GetNewAlcParams
GetNewAlcNFSrc
GetNewAlcParamsBAQ
GetNewAlcRange
GetNewAlcTarget
34
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
35
A-E
ChangeAllocOption
Remarks QTableName - MANDATORY - Name of table to find QLock - type of lock to put on record NO-LOCK (default) or EXCLUSIVE-LOCK QWhere - MANDATORY - criteria to find record QFind - type of find to perform, unique, first, next or last Columns - List of columns
ChangeAllocationType
Parameters Name ipProposedAllocType ds Type Int32 Description proposed allocation type GL Allocations Data Set
ChangeBAQEntryType
Parameters Name ds Type Description GL Allocations Data Set
ChangeLookupEntryType
CheckArgument
Validate Argument1 and Argument2 values and return the values in the rigth format. Parameters Name ipAllocID ipArgument1 ipArgument2 opArgument1 Type String String String String@ Description ipAllocID of selected record Argument1 to validate Argument2 to validate Returns Argument1 with special format
36
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name opArgument2
Type String@
Description Returns Argument1 with special format
CheckBAQExportID
Validate BAQ Export ID Parameters Name ipBAQExportID ds Type String Description BAQ proposed value GL Allocations Data Set
CheckBAQParameter
Parameters Name ipBAQExportID ipFieldName Type String String Description ipBAQExportID">BAQ to validate the parameter Field to validate
CheckBAQParameterValue
Parameters Name ipBAQExportID ipFieldName ipValue Type String String String Description ipBAQExportID">BAQ to validate the parameter Field to validate query field value to validate
CheckBook
Validate the selected book is valid and of type standard Parameters Name ipBookID ds Type String Description GL Book ID GL Allocations Data Set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
37
A-E
CheckCanAddNewTarget
Parameters Name ipAllocID Type String Description Allocation Code
CheckCategory
Validate Category Parameters Name ipCategoryID ds Type String Description Category ID to validate GL Allocations Data Set
CheckForDuplicateAccount
Parameters Name ipGLAccount ipParamNbr ipAllocID Type String Int32 String Description proposed GL Account parameter nbr allocation id
CheckJournalCode
Validate Journal Code Parameters Name ipJournalCode ds Type String Description Journal Code to validate GL Allocations Data Set
CheckMinMax
Validate Min and max values Parameters Name ipMinRange Type String Description Minimum range to validate
38
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ipMaxRange ipCOACode ipSegmentNbr
Type String String Int32
Description Maximum range to validate COA Code Segment Number to validate
CheckParamName
Validate parameter name is not a valid math operator. Parameters Name ipParamName Type String Description Proposed parameter name
CheckParamOption
Parameters Name ipParamOpt ds Type Int32 Description parameter option GL Allocations Data Set
CheckParamOptionBAQ
Parameters Name ipParamOpt ds Type Int32 Description parameter option GL Allocations Data Set
CheckParamSegment
Parameters Name ipParamSegmentNbr ipParamType ds Type Int32 String Description parameter option either NonFin or BAQ GL Allocations Data Set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
39
A-E
CheckPercentageToAllocate
Parameters Name ipAllocID ipProposedPercentage opWarnMsg Type String Decimal String@ Description Allocation Code percent to allocate warning message
CheckPriorTgtStamp
CheckSegmentNbr
This method is to be used in place of GetNewAlcRange. This method Validates there are still COA Segments available. Parameters Name ipAllocID ipParamNbr ipSegmentNbr Type String Int32 Int32 Description Allocation ID Parameter Number Proposed Segment Number
CheckSyntax
Check Syntax for formula field. Parameters Name ipAllocID ipFormula Type String String Description AllocID of selected record Formula to validate
40
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CheckTgtStamp
CheckTier
Parameters Name ipTier ds Type Int32 Description proposed tier GL Allocations Data Set
CheckTotalPercent
CreateAlcLookupRecords
Create Source Fields Records for the selected MapUID Parameters Name ds Type Description GL Allocations Data Set
GetLinkList
Returns a List of valid values for the cmbLinkUID Combo-box Parameters Name ipMapUID Type Int32 Description Map Unique ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
41
A-E
Name ipSrcSeqNbr ipWhereClause opLinkList
Type Int32 String String@
Description Src Sequence Number Where Clause Returns Link List
GetNewAlcNFSrc1
This method is to be used in place of GetNewAlcNFSrc. This method Validates that only one AlcNFSrc record is created for each AlcParam record created. Parameters Name ipAllocID ipParamNbr ds Type String Int32 Description Allocation ID Parameter Number GL Allocations Data Set
GetNewAlcRange1
This method is to be used in place of GetNewAlcRange. This method Validates there are still COA Segments available. Parameters Name ipAllocID ipParamNbr ipCOACode ds Type String Int32 String Description Allocation ID Parameter Number COA Code GL Allocations Data Set
GetOperatorsList
Return a list of valid operators in a format ready to be use on a combo-box Parameters Name opOperatorsList Type String@ Description Return List of operators Menu Items
GetOperatorsMenuList
Return a list of valid operators in a format ready to be use on the context Menu (i.e +'Operators~-'Operators~*'Operators~/'Operators~('Operators~)'Operators
42
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name opMenuItem Type String@ Description Return List of operators Menu Items
GetParamMenuList
Return a list of available parameters in a format ready to be use on the context Menu Parameters Name ipAllocID opMenuItem Type String String@ Description Allocation ID Return List of parameters Menu Items
RefreshAllocationTotals
UpdAlcLookup
Updates AlcLookup set Records for an already existent AlcLookup set. Parameters Name ipMapUID ipSrcSeqNbr ds Type Int32 Int32 Description MapUID Source Sequence Number GL Allocations Data Set
UpdateAcctBalAcct
Updates Account Balance Account. Parameters Name ipUseTgtAcct ds Type Boolean Description Use Target Account field value GL Allocations Data Set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
43
A-E
ValidatePercentTotals
AlcHedTgtStampSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AlcHedTgtStampSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewAlcHedTgtStampSearch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
44
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
AlcHistory
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AlcHistory: This business object contains 23 methods.
GetNewAlcHist
GetNewAlcHistAcct
GetNewAlcHistActCat
GetNewAlcHistDtl
GetNewAlcHistResParams
GetNewAlcHistJrnCd
GetNewAlcHistParams
GetNewAlcHistParamsBAQ
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
45
A-E
GetNewAlcHistNFSrc
GetNewPAlcHistAcct
GetNewPAlcHistActCat
GetNewPAlcHistJrnCd
GetNewPAlcHistRange
GetNewAlcHistRange
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
46
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetListByBatchID
One AlcHist record for each BatchID. Call normal GetList method. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The Allocation History List data set This method creates a new AlcHistoryFilter record. Returns The Allocation History Filter data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
OnChangeBookID
This method is called when the BookID is changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
47
A-E
Parameters Name cInBookID iOutFiscalYear cOutFiscalYearSuffix iOutStartPeriod iOutEndPeriod Type String Int32@ String@ Int32@ Int32@ Description Proposed BookID Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Start Period End Period
AlertGroup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AlertGroup: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewAlertGroup
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
48
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
AlertLog
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AlertLog: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewAlertLog
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Returns a list of rows that satisfy the where clause. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description An expression used to filter the rows. Can be left blank for all rows. The maximum number of rows to return. Leave as zero for no maximum. Page of rows to return. Whether there are more pages of rows available.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
49
A-E
Returns The list DataSet.
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Apply input data to BO by calling GetByID/GetNew/Update methods. Returns The dataset with list of errors occured during update process. This method deletes all alert logs for current company.
Resend
This method resends specified alert log row. Parameters Name alertLogRowid ds Type String Description The RowIdent of the record of which Resend
AllocBatch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AllocBatch: This business object contains 21 methods.
GetNewAlcBatch
GetNewAlcBatchCD
50
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetNewAlcBatchSched
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
51
A-E
UpdateExt
DeleteSchedule
This method deletes AlcBatchSched records given a fiscal year. Parameters Name ds cOutMessage Returns The Allocation Batch data set String@ Type Description The generate schedule parameters data set Output message
GenerateSchedule
This method creates AlcBatchSched records given a fiscal year. Parameters Name ds cOutMessage Returns The Allocation Batch data set String@ Type Description The generate schedule parameters data set Output message
GetAlcBatchSchedDel
This method returns the AlcBatchSchedGen dataset. Parameters Name inBatchID Returns The Generate Schedule data set Type String Description The AlcBatch BatchID
GetAlcBatchSchedGen
This method returns the AlcBatchSchedGen dataset.
52
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name inBatchID Returns The Generate Schedule data set Type String Description The AlcBatch BatchID
OnChangeAllocID
Method to call when changing the AlcBatchCD.AllocID field. Parameters Name proposedAllocID ds Type String Description The proposed Allocation ID The Allocation Batch data set
OnChangeApplyDate
Method to call when changing the AlcBatchSched.ApplyDate field. Parameters Name proposedApplyDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Proposed Apply Date The Allocation Batch data set
OnChangeBookID
Method to call when changing the AlcBatch.BookID field. Parameters Name proposedBookID ds Type String Description The proposed book The Allocation Batch data set
OnChangeReverse
Parameters Name ipBatchID ipReverseFlag Type String Boolean Description Allocation Batch ID to schedule all periods reverse flag
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
53
A-E
Returns The Allocation Batch data set
OnChangeSchedDate
Method to call when changing the AlcBatchSched.SchedDate field. Parameters Name proposedApplyDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Proposed Schedule Date The Allocation Batch data set
OnChangeScheduled
Method to call when changing the AlcBatchSched.scheduled field. Parameters Name ipScheduled ds Type Boolean Description Proposed Scheduled The Allocation Batch data set
OnChangeStatus
Method to call when changing the AlcBatchSched.SchedDate field. Parameters Name proposedStatus Type Int32 Description Proposed Schedule Date
ScheduleAllPeriods
Parameters Name ipBatchID Returns The Allocation Batch data set Type String Description Allocation Batch ID to schedule all periods
54
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
AlternatePart
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AlternatePart: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewPartSubs
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
55
A-E
UpdateExt
GetListAlternateParts
This method returns a list Alternate part with some calculated columns added. Parameters Name whereClause custNum shipToNum orderDate currencyCode sellingQuantity sellingUOM pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 String Nullable{System.DateTime} String Decimal String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria Filter by this CustNum Ship To Num Order Date Currency Code Selling Qty Selling Unit of Measure Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
Returns The list of OrderRel
GetListAlternatePartsForSO
This method returns a list Alternate part with some calculated columns added. Parameters Name whereClause custNum shipToNum orderDate Type String Int32 String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The criteria Filter by this CustNum Ship To Num Order Date
56
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name currencyCode sellingQuantity sellingUOM Returns The list of OrderRel
Type String Decimal String
Description Currency Code Selling Qty Selling Unit of Measure
AnalysisCode
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AnalysisCode: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewAnalysisCd
GetNewAnalysisCdAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
57
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Annotation
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Annotation: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewAnnotation
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
58
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
OnChangeofAnnotationType
Validate the Annotation Type change is valid. Parameters Name annotationType helpPageRef langNameID origAnnotationType ds Type String String String String Description The proposed annotation type. Part of the key. Part of the key. The original annotation type The Annotation data set
OnChangeofCreatedBy
Validate the CreatedBy change is valid.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
59
A-E
Parameters Name createdBy helpPageRef langNameID annotationType ds Type String String String String Description The CreatedBy to change to. Part of the key. Part of the key. Part of the key. The Annotation data set
APAdjustment
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APAdjustment: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewAPInvHedAdj
GetNewAPTran
GetNewAPTranTGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
60
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeAdjAmount
This method updates the APTran amounts when the adjustment amount changes or the currency switch toggles. Parameters Name ipTranAmtType Type String Description Indicate which of the transaction amount is changed. Valid values are: 'B' for Base Tran Amount and 'D' for Doc Tran Amount The proposed Display Transaction Amount rate group code for adjustment
proposedTranAmt ipRateGroupCode
Decimal String
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
61
A-E
Name ds
Type
Description The A/P Adjustment Entry data set
ChangeIncomeTaxCode
Performs required logic when APTran.IncomeTaxCode is modified. Parameters Name ipIncomeTaxCode ds Type String Description Proposed input value of Income Tax Code APAdjustment data set
ChangeRateGroup
ChangeTranDate
This method updates the APTran fiscal period and year when the transaction date changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The A/P Adjustment Entry data set
CheckGLInterface
Call this method once to validate the G/L Interface. This method checks for GLSyst availability and if G/L is interfaced with A/P. If A/P is not interfaced with G/L then user should be asked if okay to continue without posting to G/L. This method will return a Message for the user if not interfaced else the Message is blank. If the user do not wish to continue then exit this object. This method also returns a logical flag to indicate if Posting to G/L. This value should be passed on to each new A/P Adjustment (APTran) record to process. Parameters Name opMessage opPostToGL Type String@ Boolean@ Description The Message to ask the user if A/P is not interfaced with G/L. Indicates if the A/P Adjustment will be Posted to G/L.
62
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
APAgingTracker
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APAgingTracker: This business object contains 1 methods.
GenerateTracker
This method should be called to populate the dataset for the AR Aging Tracker. Parameters Name supplierID Type String Description Supplier ID.
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.APAgingTrackerDataSet
APAlcHed
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APAlcHed: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewAPAlcHed
GetNewAPAlcDtl
GetNewAPAlcDtlTGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
63
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CheckAPAllocDetail
Call this method to check that the A/P Allocation header has at least one A/P Allocation detail before allowing the user to leave the header record. If user does not want to create an allocation detail, the A/P Allocation header needs to be deleted. Parameters Name cAllocID Type String Description Allocation ID
64
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
APBankFileImport
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APBankFileImport: This business object contains 18 methods.
GetNewIMAPChkGrp
GetNewIMAPChkGrpAttch
GetNewIMCheckHed
GetNewIMAPTran
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
65
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
ChangeGrpBankAcctID
Method to call when changing the bank account. Parameters Name proposedBankAcctID ds Type String Description The proposed bank account id The AP Bank File Import data set
ChangeMatchFlag
Validate entered record number - user matches payments Parameters Name matchFlag pcGroupID ds Type Boolean String Description Record number entered/proposed Group ID of the paymnet The AP Bank File Import data set
ChangeRecordNum
Validate entered record number - user matches payments Parameters Name ds Type Description The AP Bank File Import data set
66
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name recordNumber pcGroupID
Type Int32 String
Description Record number entered/proposed Group ID of the paymnet
GetBankFileImportParam
Returns record in BankFileImportParam dataset Parameters Name cGroupID Returns Type String Description The Payment Group ID
ImportBankFile
Imports a bank file Parameters Name ds Returns The AP Bank File Import data set Type Description
MatchPayments
Method Match imported file records to unmatched payments of Proposed Payment Groups Parameters Name pcGroupID Returns The AP Bank File Import data set Type String Description Group ID of the paymnet
OnEnterGroupID
Method Match imported file records to unmatched payments of Proposed Payment Groups Parameters Name groupID ds Type String Description Group ID of the paymnet The AP Bank File Import data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
67
A-E
ProcessPayments
Method Match imported file records to unmatched payments of Proposed Payment Groups Parameters Name pcGroupID opMsg ds Type String String@ Description Group ID of the paymnet Message to the user The AP Bank File Import data set
APChkGrp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APChkGrp: This business object contains 16 methods.
GetNewAPChkGrp
GetNewAPChkGrpAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
68
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Apply input data to BO by calling GetByID/GetNew/Update methods. Returns The dataset with list of errors occured during update process. This method exists soley for the purpose of allowing security for processing payments to be defined
DeleteZeroAmtTaxRec
This method deletes TaxDtl records which have zero amounts Since Payments TAx logic calculates tax conditionally only for the first tax line the invoice could have multiple zero tax records. Parameters Name postGroupID Type String Description The Group ID of the Group to post
GetDisplayTotals
Call this method when the display currency changed Parameters Name pCurrencyCode ds Type String Description The display currency. Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.APChkGrpDataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
69
A-E
LockGroup
This procedure is GetById + Lock the Group. This procedure can be run instead of GetById if you want to lock along with doing a GetByID. If the lock is acquired successfully, plSuccess is returned as true. Parameters Name pcGroupID plSuccess Type String Boolean@ Description The Group ID selected by the user. Returns a True or False value. True means successfully locked the Group
Returns Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.APChkGrpDataSet
OnChangeBankAcctID
Call this method when the user changes the Bank Account. Parameters Name pcBankAcctID ds Type String Description The proposed value of BankAcctID. Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.APChkGrpDataSet
OnChangePayMethod
Call this method when the user changes the PayMethod. Parameters Name vPMUID ds Type Int32 Description The proposed value of PMUID. Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.APChkGrpDataSet
PrePostGrp
Method to call before posting invoices for a specific group.. This method will check if there are records with zero tax amounts and return message text asking the user if they would like to continue with posting or delete these tax records. Parameters Name postGroupID taxRecMessage Type String String@ Description The Group ID of the Group to post Contains text of the message to present to the user if zero amount tax line exist.
70
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UnLockGroup
Unlock the group. The user who locked the group can only unlock it. Parameters Name pcGroupID plSuccess Type String Boolean@ Description The Group ID selected by the user. Returns a True or False value. True means successfully locked the Group
APInvDtlSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APInvDtlSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewAPInvDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
71
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
APInvGrp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APInvGrp: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewAPInvGrp
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
72
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
OnChangeofApplyDate
This method should be called to validate the new apply date entered by the user. Parameters Name groupID newApplyDate ds Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Group ID. New Apply Date. AP Invoice Entry data set.
PrePostGroupInvoices
Method to call before posting invoices for a specific group. If the G/L module is installed, this method will determine if A/P is interfaced with G/L. If it is not, text of a question is returned indicating this and asking if it is ok to continue. This question should be presented to the user in yes/no format. If the user replies no, the PostGroupInvoices method should not be called. This method can also throw exceptions if certain configuration
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
73
A-E
records do not exist. This method will also check if variances exist on the header or lines and return message text asking the user if they would like to continue nor not with posting. Parameters Name postGroupID returnMessage varianceMessage Type String String@ String@ Description The Group ID of the Group to post Contains text of the message to present to the user. Contains text of the message to present to the user if variances exist.
UnlockGroup
Method to call to unlock a group record. This method should be called whenever the group no longer needs to be locked. The group no longer needs to be locked when the invoice object is closed, or when a different group is selected. Parameters Name inGroupID Type String Description The group id of the group record to unlock
APInvMscSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APInvMscSearch: This business object contains 6 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Returns a list of rows that satisfy the where clause. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize Type String Int32 Description An expression used to filter the rows. Can be left blank for all rows. The maximum number of rows to return. Leave as zero for no maximum.
74
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name absolutePage morePages Returns The list DataSet.
Type Int32 Boolean@
Description Page of rows to return. Whether there are more pages of rows available.
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
APInvoice
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APInvoice: This business object contains 139 methods.
GetNewAPInvHed
GetNewAPInvHedAttch
GetNewAPIHAPInvExp
GetNewAPIHAPInvExpTGLC
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
75
A-E
GetNewAPIHAPInvMsc
GetNewRcvMisc
GetNewAPInvDtl
GetNewAPInvDtlAttch
GetNewAPInvExp
GetNewAPInvExpTGLC
GetNewGlbAPIETGLC
GetNewAPInvJob
GetNewAPInvMsc
GetNewAPInvPB
GetNewAPInvTax
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
Returns a DataSet given the primary key.
76
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns The DataSet.
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
To return the CodeDescriptionList values of a given table.field.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
77
A-E
Parameters Name tableName fieldName Returns Type String String Description
CalcTaxes
Parameters Name ipQuoteNum ipOrderNum ipInvoiceNum ipAPInvKey ipCashHeadNum ipPayHeadNum ipShipPackNum ipEmpID ipEmpExpenseNum opCommFailure opMessage opTCStatus Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String String Int32 Int32 String Int32 Boolean@ String@ Boolean@ Description Quote Number Order Number. Invoice Number. AP Invoice Number. Cash Receipt Number. Payment Number. Shipment Number. Employee ID. Employee Expense Number. Comm Failure Message TC Status
GetAvailTranDocTypes
GenerateRebateInv
This method create the invoices for the rebates selected.
78
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name invoiceType groupID opMsg ds Type String String String@ Description Type of invoice, AP or AR Invoice Group to generate the invoices in tax connect message List of rebates available for invoicing
GetRebateInvList
This method returns a list of rebates available for invoicing. Parameters Name invoiceType Type String Description Type of invoice, AP or AR
Returns List of rebates available for invoicing
AddPOMiscChrgToInvoiceHead
Method to call when adding a po miscellaneous charge to an ap invoice line. Parameters Name invHedVendorNum invHedInvoiceNum poMiscMiscCode ds Type Int32 String String Description The vendor number of the invoice line to add the charge to The invoice number of the invoice line to add the charge to The miscellaneous code on the po misc charge record to create the invoice miscellaneous charge from. The APInvoice data set
AddPOMiscChrgToInvoiceLine
Method to call when adding a po miscellaneous charge to an ap invoice line. Parameters Name invDtlVendorNum invDtlInvoiceNum invDtlInvoiceLine Type Int32 String Int32 Description The vendor number of the invoice line to add the charge to The invoice number of the invoice line to add the charge to The line number of the invoice line to add the charge to
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
79
A-E
Name poMiscPOLine poMiscSeqNum ds
Type Int32 Int32
Description The po line of the po misc charge record The SeqNum of the po misc charge record The APInvoice data set
AllocateLateCost
Method to allocate late cost. Parameters Name ds Type Description
ChangeAdjustmentValue
Method to call when changing the adjustment value on the invoice detail. It is used only for correction invoice in adjustment line. Parameters Name proposedValue ds Type Decimal Description The proposed adjustment value The APInvoice data set
ChangeAdvancePayAmt
Method to call when changing the advance pay amount on the invoice detail. Updates APInvDtl with default values based on the new pay amount. Parameters Name proposedAdvancePayAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed advance payment amount The APInvoice data set
ChangeAssemblySeq
Method to call when changing the assembly sequence on the job miscellaneous charge. Validates the assembly sequence and updates APInvJob with values from the new assembly sequence. Parameters Name proposedAssemblySeq Type Int32 Description The proposed assembly sequence
80
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ds
Type
Description The APInvoice data set
ChangeCostPerCode
Method to call when changing the cost per code on the invoice detail. Updates APInvDtl with default values based on the new code. Parameters Name proposedCostPerCode ds Type String Description The proposed cost per code The APInvoice data set
ChangeCurrency
Method to call when changing the currency on the invoice. Validates the currency code and updates APInvHed with default values based on the currency. Parameters Name proposedCurrencyCode ds Type String Description The proposed currency code The APInvoice data set
ChangeCurrencyMaster
Method to call when changing the currency on the invoice. Validates the currency code and updates APInvHed with default values based on the currency. Parameters Name proposedCurrencyCode vRateGrpCode vExchangeRate vXRateLabel ds Type String String Decimal@ String@ Description The proposed currency code Currency Rate Group selected for the APInvoice Current exchange rate between the APInvoice currency and the Ref Currency Label for the Exchange Rate field The APInvoice data set
ChangeExtCompanyID
This method resets the regular Expense and Multi-Company G/L Accounts and the Reference Codes when the External Company ID changes. This should only be called when updating APInvExp and not the APIHAPInvExp.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
81
A-E
Parameters Name proposedExtCompID ds Type String Description The proposed External Company ID The AP Invoice data set
ChangeExtCost
Method to call when changing the ext cost on the invoice detail. Validates the ext cost and updates APInvDtl with default values based on the new cost. Parameters Name proposedExtCost ds Type Decimal Description The proposed ext cost The APInvoice data set
ChangeFixedAmount
Method to call when changing the fixed amount on a tax record. Updates APInvTax tax amounts based on the new fixed amount. Parameters Name proposedFixedAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed fixed amount The APInvoice data set
ChangeGUITaxBasisAmt
Method to call when changing the Tax Basis Amount - Taiwan Localization on an invoice record. Updates APInvHed amounts based on the new invoice vendor amount. Parameters Name proposedGUITaxBasisAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed tax amount The APInvoice data set
ChangeIncomeTaxCode
Performs required logic when APInvDtl.IncomeTaxCode is modified.
82
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipIncomeTaxCode ds Type String Description Proposed input value of Income Tax Code APInvoice data set
ChangeInvoiceDate
Method to call when changing the invoice date on the invoice. Updates APInvHed with default values based on the new date. Parameters Name proposedInvoiceDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed invoice date The APInvoice data set
ChangeInvoiceRef
Method to call when changing the invoice reference on the debit memo. Validates the invoice reference number id and updates APInvHed with values from the new invoice reference. Parameters Name proposedInvoiceRef ds Type String Description The proposed invoice reference number The APInvoice data set
ChangeInvoiceVendorAmt
Method to call when changing the invoice vendor amount on an invoice record. Updates APInvHed amounts based on the new invoice vendor amount. Parameters Name proposedInvoiceVendorAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed tax amount The APInvoice data set
ChangeJobMiscCode
Parameters Name proposedJobMisc Type String Description The proposed job misc code
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
83
A-E
Name ds
Type
Description The APInvoice data set
ChangeJobMiscProject
Method to call when changing the projectID. Updates APInvJob Parameters Name propProject ds Type String Description The proposed project The APInvoice data set
ChangeJobNum
Method to call when changing the job number on the job miscellaneous charge. Validates the job number and updates APInvJob with values from the new job. Parameters Name proposedJobNum ds Type String Description The proposed job number The APInvoice data set
ChangeLineDiscAmt
Method to call when changing the discount amount on the invoice detail. Updates APInvDtl with default values based on the new discount amount. Parameters Name proposedLineDiscAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed discount amount The APInvoice data set
ChangeLOCID
Method to call when changing the LOC ID on the invoice. Validates the LOC ID and updates APInvHed with default values based on the new code. Parameters Name proposedLOCID outMsg Type String String@ Description The proposed LOC ID Output message
84
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name outTermsDiff outLocTerms ds
Type String@ String@
Description indicates if the loc terms are different from the AP Invoice LOC Terms The APInvoice data set
ChangeLOCIDInvPosted
Method to call when changing the LOC ID on Posted AP Invoice Maintenance EXCLUSIVE. Validates the proposed LOC ID vs Vendor and Currency, then updates APInvHed with default values based on the new code. Parameters Name proposedLOCID ds Type String Description The proposed LOC ID The APInvoice data set
ChangeLockRate
Method to call when changing the lock rate flag on the invoice. Updates APInvHed.EnableExchangeRate field. Parameters Name ds Type Description The APInvoice data set
ChangeManualTaxCalculation
Method to call when changing the manual tax calculation value on a tax record. Updates APInvTax tax amounts based on the new value of the flag. Parameters Name ds Type Description The APInvoice data set
ChangeMiscAmt
Method to call when changing the miscellanous amount on a miscellaneous charge. This method can be called for both the APInvMsc table and APIHAPInvMsc table. Updates the respective miscellanous charge table with default values based on the new amount. Parameters Name proposedMiscAmt Type Decimal Description The proposed miscellanous amount
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
85
A-E
Name tableName ds
Type String
Description The table the charge is for. Values are "APInvMsc" or "APIHAPInvMsc" The APInvoice data set
ChangeMiscCode
Method to call when changing the miscellanous code on a miscellaneous charge. This method can be called for both the APInvMsc table and APIHAPInvMsc table. Validates the code and updates the respective miscellanous charge table with default values based on the new code. Parameters Name proposedMiscCode tableName ds Type String String Description The proposed miscellanous code The table the charge is for. Values are "APInvMsc" or "APIHAPInvMsc" The APInvoice data set
ChangeMiscLCFlag
Method to call when changing the LCFLag on a miscellaneous charge. This method can be called for both the APInvMsc table and APIHAPInvMsc table. Validates the code if can be flagged as Landed Cost Charge. Parameters Name ipLCFlag tableName ds Type Boolean String Description The proposed Landed Cost Flag The table the charge is for. Values are "APInvMsc" or "APIHAPInvMsc" The APInvoice data set
ChangeMiscPercent
This method recalculates Misc Charges Amounts when Percentage was changed. Parameters Name proposedPrcnt tableName ds Type Decimal String Description new Percentage value name of table being passed in Returns the updated dataset
86
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ChangeMtlSeq
Method to call when changing the material sequence on the job miscellaneous charge. Validates the material sequence and updates APInvJob with values from the new material sequence. Parameters Name proposedMtlSeq ds Type Int32 Description The proposed material sequence The APInvoice data set
ChangeMultiCompany
This method resets the External Company ID, regular and Multi-Company G/L Accounts and the Reference Codes when the Multi-Company flag changes. Parameters Name proposedMulti ds Type Boolean Description The proposed Multi-Company flag The AP Invoice data set
ChangeOverrideRevCharge
Method to call when changing the override reverse charge. If override flag is unchecked then default the original value of RevChargeMethod back. Parameters Name proposedOverrideRC ds Type Boolean Description The proposed Override Reverse Charge The APInvoice data set
ChangePartNum
Method to call when changing the part number on a detail record. Updates APInvDtl with defaults from the part. Parameters Name proposedPartNum ds Type String Description The proposed part number The APInvoice data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
87
A-E
ChangePaymentAmount
Method to call when changing the payment amount on the payment schedule for the invoice header. Validates the payment amount and updates APInvPaySched with default values based on the payment amount. Parameters Name ds proposedPaymentAmount apInvVendorNum apInvInvoiceNum paySchedPaySchedSeqNum Returns Decimal Int32 String Int32 The proposed payment amount The vendor number on the invoice The invoice number The payment schedule sequence number Type Description
ChangePBDtlValue
Parameters Name proposedInvDtlValue ds Type Decimal Description The proposed value The APInvoice data set
ChangePBMtlCharge
Parameters Name proposedMtlChrg ds Type Decimal Description The proposed value The APInvoice data set
ChangePhaseID
Method to call when changing the phase on a detail record. Updates APInvJob with defaults from the part. Parameters Name propPhase ds Type String Description The proposed phase number The APInvoice data set
88
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ChangePMUID
Method to call when changing the Payment Method. Parameters Name ds Type Description The APInvoice data set
ChangePMUIDMaster
Method to call when changing the Payment Method. Parameters Name ipPaymentMethod ds Type Int32 Description Payment Method ID The APInvoice data set
ChangePOLine
Method to call when changing the po line on a detail record. Validates the po line and updates APInvDtl with defaults from the purchase order line. Parameters Name proposedPOLine ds Type Int32 Description The proposed po line The APInvoice data set
ChangePONum
Method to call when changing the po number on a detail record. Validates the po number and updates APInvDtl with defaults from the purchase order. Parameters Name proposedPONum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed po number The APInvoice data set
ChangePORelNum
Method to call when changing the po release number on a detail record. Validates the po release number and updates APInvDtl with defaults from the purchase order release.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
89
A-E
Parameters Name proposedPORelNum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed po release number The APInvoice data set
ChangePrePayment
Method to call when changing the number of a prepayment invoice on the invoice header. Parameters Name prepaymentNum ds Type String Description The number of prepayment invoce The APInvoice data set
ChangePrePaymentAmt
Method to call when changing the prepayment amount. Parameters Name prepaymentAmount ds Type Decimal Description The proposed prepayment amount The APInvoice data set
ChangeRateCode
Method to call when changing the tax percent on a tax record. Updates APInvTax tax amounts based on the new tax percent. Parameters Name ds Type Description The APInvoice data set
ChangeRateCodeMaster
Method to call when changing the rate code on a tax record. Validates the rate and tax code Parameters Name proposedRateCode ds Type String Description The proposed rate code The APInvoice data set
90
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ChangeRefPONum
Method to call when changing the po number reference on the invoice. Validates the po number reference and updates APInvHed with default values based on the po number. Parameters Name proposedRefPONum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed po number reference The APInvoice data set
ChangeReportableAmt
Method to call when changing the taxable amount on a tax record. Updates APInvTax tax amounts based on the new taxable amount. Parameters Name proposedReportableAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed reportable amount The APInvoice data set
ChangeRevChargeMethod
Method to call when changing the reverse charge method. If override flag is true then check if the proposed method is valid. Parameters Name proposedRevChrgMethod ds Type String Description The proposed Reverse Charge Method The APInvoice data set
ChangeTaxableAmt
Method to call when changing the taxable amount on a tax record. Updates APInvTax tax amounts based on the new taxable amount. Parameters Name proposedTaxableAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed taxable amount The APInvoice data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
91
A-E
ChangeTaxAmt
Method to call when changing the fixed tax amount on a tax record. Updates APInvTax tax amounts based on the new tax amount. Parameters Name proposedTaxAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed tax amount The APInvoice data set
ChangeTaxCatID
Method to call when changing the Tax Category ID Parameters Name ipTaxCatID ds Type String Description The proposed Tax Category ID The APInvoice data set
ChangeTaxCode
Method to call when changing the tax code on a tax record. Validates the tax code and updates APInvTax tax amounts based on the new tax code. Parameters Name proposedTaxCode ds Type String Description The proposed tax code The APInvoice data set
ChangeTaxDeductable
Method to call when changing the tax deductable on a tax record. Updates APInvTax tax amounts based on the new tax percent. Parameters Name proposedTaxDeductable ds Type Decimal Description The proposed tax deductable The APInvoice data set
ChangeTaxLock
Method to call when changing the lock rate flag on the invoice. Updates APInvHed.EnableTaxExRate field.
92
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description The APInvoice data set
ChangeTaxPercent
Method to call when changing the tax percent on a tax record. Updates APInvTax tax amounts based on the new tax percent. Parameters Name proposedTaxPercent ds Type Decimal Description The proposed tax percent The APInvoice data set
ChangeTermsCode
Method to call when changing the terms code on the invoice. Validates the terms code and updates APInvHed with default values based on the new code. Parameters Name proposedTermsCode ds Type String Description The proposed terms code The APInvoice data set
ChangeUnitCost
Method to call when changing the unit cost on the invoice detail. Updates APInvDtl with default values based on the new unit cost. Parameters Name proposedUnitCost ds Type Decimal Description The proposed unit cost The APInvoice data set
ChangeVendorID
Method to call when changing the vendor id on the invoice. Validates the vendor id and updates APInvHed with values from the new vendor.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
93
A-E
Parameters Name proposedVendorID ds Type String Description The proposed vendor id The APInvoice data set
ChangeVendorQty
Method to call when changing the vendor quantity on the invoice detail. Updates APInvDtl with default values based on the new quantity. Parameters Name proposedVendorQty ds Type Decimal Description The proposed vendor quantity The APInvoice data set
CheckBankRef
Before updating the APInvHed record, CheckBankRef will be called to check if the bank reference conforms to format standards. If not, the user will be presented with a warning message and allowed to continue with the save. At this time this method is specific to Finland/Sweden localization Parameters Name ds opMessage String@ Type Description The APInvoice data set The Message to ask the user if the changes for the linked AP Invoice are okay.
CheckCPayBeforeUpdate
Before updating the APInvHed record, CheckCPayBeforeUpdate will have to be called. The CheckCPayBeforeUpdate method will pass back opMessage. - If opMessage is not equal to null then a Yes/No question will have to be asked to the user displaying the message in opMessage. - If the user answers "Yes", then call the Update method to continue else stop update. Parameters Name ds opMessage String@ Type Description The APInvoice data set The Message to ask the user if the changes for the linked AP Invoice are okay.
CheckDocumentIsLocked
Method to call when it is necessary to check if document is lock, before doing smth.
94
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name keyValue keyValue2 Type String String Description VendorNum InvoiceNum
CheckLegalNumsDisplay
Method for retrieving logical variable which shows is it neccessary to generate legal numbers for Debit Memos. Parameters Name cGroupID lEnabled Type String Boolean@ Description The group id The logical variable which shows is it neccessary to generate legal numbers
CheckLineSubTotal
Parameters Name ipVendNum ipInvNum ipInvLine ipRoleCd ipProposedValue Type Int32 String Int32 String Decimal Description The group id The group id The group id The group id The group id
CheckPaymentMethod
Check for the correct Payment Method assigned. Parameters Name ipPaymentMethod ds Type Int32 Description Payment Method ID APInvoice dataset
CheckRateGrpCode
Update APInvoice Detail information when the RateGrp is changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
95
A-E
Parameters Name ipRateGrpCode ds Type String Description Currency Rate Group Code APInvoice dataset
CheckRevChrgBeforeUpdate
Before updating the APInvDtl record, CheckRevChrgBeforeUpdate will have to be called. The CheckRevChrgBeforeUpdate method will pass back opMessage. - If opMessage is not equal to null then a Yes/No question will have to be asked to the user displaying the message in opMessage. - If the user answers "Yes", then call the Update method to continue else stop update. Parameters Name ds opMessage String@ Type Description The APInvoice data set The Message to ask the user if the changes to reverse charge method is okay.
CheckTaxRateGrpCode
Update APInvoice Detail information when the TaxRateGrp is changed. Parameters Name ipRateGrpCode ds Type String Description Currency Rate Group Code APInvoice dataset
CreateCorrectionInvoice
Creates a correction invoice from a another invoice. Parameters Name groupID sourceInvoiceNum sourceVendorNum newInvoiceNum newInvoiceDate newDocType grpTotalInvAmt Type String String Int32 String Description Current group for new invoice Invoice num which should be corrected Invoice vendor num Invoice num provided by user
Nullable{System.DateTime} Date of new invoice String Decimal@ Document Type for the new invoice return new TotalInvAmt to update APInvGrp in UI
96
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name lEnableGenLegalNum
Type Boolean@
Description flag for UI to determine whether Generate Legal Numbers option is available
CreateJobMtl
Parameters Name ds Type Description The APInvoice data set
DeleteMaster
Parameters Name ds cGroupID keyValue keyValue2 grpTotalInvAmt lEnableGenLegalNum String String String Decimal@ Boolean@ current APInvGrp GroupID VendorNum InvoiceNum return new TotalInvAmt to update APInvGrp in UI flag for UI to determine whether Generate Legal Numbers option is available Type Description
DeselectSelectedRcptLines
Method to call to deselected selected lines. This method will run through each APSelectedRcptLines where the DeselectLine flag is true and remove it from the APSelectedRcptLines table. Also, if the APUninvoicedReceipts record for the receipt line being delesected is currently in the dataset, it will add the line back to the APUninvoicedRcptLines table. Parameters Name ds Returns Type Description
GetAPInvPaySched
Method to call to retrieve the invoice header payment schedule in table form in order to update dates and/or amounts for the payment schedule.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
97
A-E
Parameters Name inVendorNum inInvoiceNum Returns Type Int32 String Description The vendor number on the invoice The invoice number
GetAPInvPOMisc
Method to call to retrieve the POMisc records that can be added to an AP Invoice Header or an AP Invoice Line. This method will create the available po misc charges for the invoice and all lines of the invoice. Parameters Name inVendorNum inInvoiceNum Returns Type Int32 String Description The vendor number on the invoice. The invoice number.
GetAPUninvoicedReceipts
Method to call to get uninvoiced receipts for Receipt billing. Parameters Name ds inVendorNum inInvoiceNum inPONum Int32 String Int32 The APInvHed Vendor Number The APInvHed Invoice Number The PO Number to retrieve uninvoiced receipts for. May be blank. Type Description
GetDMRCorrInvRequests
Method to call to get DMR Correction Invoice Requests. Parameters Name addToGroupID returnMsg ds Type String String@ Description The group id to add the invoices to Text of a message to inform the user of how many invoices were created. Informational only. The APInvoice data set
98
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetDMRDebitMemos
Method to call to get DMR Debit Memos for invoicing. Parameters Name addToGroupID returnMsg grpTotalInvAmt lEnableGenLegalNum ds Type String String@ Decimal@ Boolean@ Description The group id to add the invoices to Text of a message to inform the user of how many invoices were created. Informational only. return new TotalInvAmt to update APInvGrp in UI flag for UI to determine whether Generate Legal Numbers option is available The APInvoice data set
GetLegalNumforDebitMemo
Method for generating legal numbers for generated Debit Memo. Parameters Name cGroupID Type String Description The group id
GetNewAPInvDtlAdvance
Method to call when adding a new Advance Billing line AP Invoice Detail record Parameters Name ds iVendorNum cInvoiceNum Int32 String Type Description The APInvoice data set The vendor number of the invoice The invoice number of the invoice
GetNewAPInvDtlAsset
Method to call when adding a new Asset line AP Invoice Detail record Parameters Name ds iVendorNum Int32 Type Description The APInvoice data set The vendor number of the invoice
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
99
A-E
Name cInvoiceNum
Type String
Description The invoice number of the invoice
GetNewAPInvDtlDMRCredit
Method to call when adding a new DMR Credit line AP Invoice Detail record Parameters Name ds iVendorNum cInvoiceNum iDMRNum iDMRActionNum Int32 String Int32 Int32 Type Description The APInvoice data set The vendor number of the invoice The invoice number of the invoice The DMR Num that we are creating a line for. The DMR ActionNum that we are creating a line for.
GetNewAPInvDtlJobMiscellaneous
Method to call when adding a new Job Miscellaneous line AP Invoice Detail record Parameters Name ds iVendorNum cInvoiceNum Int32 String Type Description The APInvoice data set The vendor number of the invoice The invoice number of the invoice
GetNewAPInvDtlMiscellaneous
Method to call when adding a new Miscellaneous line AP Invoice Detail record Parameters Name ds iVendorNum cInvoiceNum Int32 String Type Description The APInvoice data set The vendor number of the invoice The invoice number of the invoice
GetNewAPInvDtlUnreceived
Method to call when adding a new Unreceived Billing line AP Invoice Detail record
100
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds iVendorNum cInvoiceNum Int32 String Type Description The APInvoice data set The vendor number of the invoice The invoice number of the invoice
GetNewAPInvHedDebitMemo
Method to call when adding a new Debit Memo AP Invoice record Parameters Name ds cGroupID String Type Description The APInvoice data set The group id to add the invoice to
GetNewAPInvHedInvoice
Method to call when adding a new Debit Memo AP Invoice record Parameters Name ds cGroupID String Type Description The APInvoice data set The group id to add the invoice to
GetNewHdrCharge
Method to call when adding a new Header/Late Cost charge Parameters Name ds iVendorNum cInvoiceNum lcFlag Int32 String Boolean Type Description The APInvoice data set The vendor number of the invoice The invoice number of the invoice true if late cost should be added
GetPercentFixedAmt
Remarks QTableName - MANDATORY - Name of table to find
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
101
A-E
QLock - type of lock to put on record NO-LOCK (default) or EXCLUSIVE-LOCK QWhere - MANDATORY - criteria to find record QFind - type of find to perform, unique, first, next or last Columns - List of columns
GetValueExchageRate
This method returns the Exchange Rate information for the selected Currency. The system may not have an exchange rate between the APInvoice and Base so it may use an middle Currency so that it will go APInvoice Currency -> Ref Currency -> Base Currency Parameters Name vCurrencyCode vRateGrpCode vExchangeRate vXRateLabel ds Type String String Decimal@ String@ Description Currency selected for the APInvoice Currency Rate Group selected for the APInvoice Current exchange rate between the APInvoice currency and the Ref Currency Label for the Exchange Rate field The APInvoice data set
GLAllocation
Method to call when peforming G/L allocation. This method uses the AllocationID and AllocationAmount fields from APInvDtl to create the allocation records. After this method runs, the APInvDtl and APInvExp records will be passed back. It is expected that the AllocationID and AllocationAmount fields will be entered separately from the other APInvDtl fields since the fields are used only for this method and are not written to the APInvDtl database table. Parameters Name ds Type Description The APInvoice data set
InvoiceSelectedLines
Method to call to invoice the selected receipt lines. This method will run through each APSelectedRcptLines and create an APInvDtl record. After this method is called, the GetRows method should be called to get the invoice lines that were created. Parameters Name ds Type Description
102
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns
MatchLoggedInvoice
Method that creates/update AP Invoice from a existent Logged Invoice (LogAPInv) Parameters Name ds cGroupID ds1 String Type Description The LogAPInv data set The group id to add the invoice to. The APInvoice data set
OnChangeofApplyDate
This method should be called to validate the new apply date entered by the user. Parameters Name vendorNum invoiceNum recalcAmts newApplyDate ds Type Int32 String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Vendor Number. Invoice Number. Recalculate Amounts String. New Apply Date. AP Invoice Entry data set.
OnChangeofTaxRateDate
This method should be called to validate the new tax rate date entered by the user. Parameters Name vendorNum invoiceNum newTaxDate ds Type Int32 String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Vendor Number. Invoice Number. New Tax Date. AP Invoice Entry data set.
OnChangeofTransApplyDate
This method should be called to validate the new apply date entered by the user for transferred invoice.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
103
A-E
Parameters Name vendorNum invoiceNum newTransApplyDate ds Type Int32 String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Vendor Number. Invoice Number. New Apply Date for Transferred Invoice. AP Invoice Entry data set.
OnChangeTranDocTypeID
Sets default values when the TranDocTypeID changes Parameters Name ipTranDocTypeID ds Type String Description TranDocTypeID supplied
OnChangeVendBankID
Call this method when the user enters the ttApInv.BankID Parameters Name pcVendBankID ds Type String Description Vendor Bank ID
OnLCFlagOfLineMiscChargeChange
Verifies if a Miscellaneous Charge can be marked as Landed Cost. Parameters Name ipMiscCode ipLCFlag Type String Boolean Description The Purchase Miscellaneous ID The Landed Cost Flag (true/false)
OnShipmentIDChange
Verifies if a Shipment ID (ContainerHeader.ContainerID) is valid.
104
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipShipmentID ds Type Int32 Description The Shipment ID (ContainerHeader.ContainerID) AP Invoice Entry data set.
PreUpdate
This method will return a record in the LegalNumGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Indicates if the legal number requires user input Type Description
SelectUninvoicedRcptLines
Method to call to selected uninvoiced lines. This method will run through each APUninvoicedRcptLines where the SelectLine flag is true, move the record to the APSelectedRcptLines table and remove it from the APUninvoicedRcptLines table. This method can also be called for the SelectAll functionality. In that case all APUninvoicedRcptLines must have the SelectLine flag set to true before calling the method. Parameters Name ds inVendorNum inPurPoint inPONum inPackSlip inDropShip Int32 String Int32 String Boolean The Vendor Number of the receipt the uninvoiced lines are assigned to. The PurPoint of the receipt the uninvoiced lines are assigned to. The PO Number of the receipt the uninvoiced lines are assigned to. The Pack Slip of the receipt the uninvoiced lines are assigned to. The Drop Ship value. Type Description
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
105
A-E
Returns
SetReadyToCalc
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipInvoiceNum ipVendorNum ipCalcAll ds Type String String Int32 Boolean Description ipGroupID ipInvoiceNum ipVendorNum ipCalcAll APInvoice dataset
SubCDataBtnClicked
Parameters Name ipVendorNum ipInvoiceNum ipInvoiceLine ds Type Int32 String Int32 Description Vendor Num Invoice Num Invoice Line APInvoice dataset
TransferInvoiceToGroup
Method to call when transfering an invoice to a different group. Parameters Name transferToGroupID xferInvVendorNum xferInvInvoiceNum cGroupID grpTotalInvAmt lEnableGenLegalNum Type String Int32 String String Decimal@ Boolean@ Description The group id to transfer the invoice to The vendor number on the invoice to transfer The invoice number of the invoice to transfer current APInvGrp GroupID return new TotalInvAmt to update APInvGrp in UI flag for UI to determine whether Generate Legal Numbers option is available
UpdAPInvoiceMatched
Updates an AP Invoice using a Logged Invoice.
106
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name txtGroup intVendorNum txtInvoiceNum ds Type String Int32 String Description Group Id Vendor Num Invoice Num APInvoice data set
UpdateAPInvPaySched
Method to call when updating the payment schedule for an invoice header. Validates the payment amounts and and writes the new payment schedule to the APInvHed datatable. Prior to calling this method all APInvPaySched records must be marked as modified by setting the APInvPaySched.RowMod field to 'U'. Parameters Name ds Returns Type Description
UpdateMaster
Parameters Name ds cGroupID cTableName runPreUpdate runChkCPay runChkBankRef runChkRevChrg suppressUserPrompts grpTotalInvAmt requiresUserInput opMessage opMsgChkBankRef opChkRevMsg String String Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Decimal@ Boolean@ String@ String@ String@ current GroupID on Invoice Indicates the tableName that triggered the update Indicates whether the preUpdateCore method should be called Indicates whether the chkCPayCore method should be called Indicates whether the chkBankRefCore method should be called Indicates whether the chkRevChrgCore method should be called Indicates if user prompts should be suppressed APInvGrp.BaseAmount to update in UI Indicates if the legal number requires user input output message returned to user for response output message returned to user for response output message returned to user for response Type Description
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
107
A-E
Name lEnableGenLegalNum lUpdateRan
Type Boolean@ Boolean@
Description Indicates whether the Generate legal Numbers option should be enabled on action menu Indicates that the Update process did run
UpdGetLogAPInv
Updates name of supplier. Parameters Name ds Type Description The LogAPInv data set
UsePurchaseCode
Method to call to determine if Purchase Codes are in use or not. They are only in use when Financial Integration is implemented with Purchase Types. Parameters Name usePurchaseCode Type Boolean@ Description True if purchase codes are in use; otherwise false
ValidateInvoiceID
Validate InvoiceID and return a true if a logged invoice exist for it. Parameters Name txtVendorID txtInvoiceNum intVendorNum logAPInvFound Type String String Int32@ Boolean@ Description Vendor ID Invoice Num Returns VendorNum as a character
ValidateTaxRateCodes
Method to call when changing the rate code on a tax record. Validates the rate and tax code Parameters Name proposedRateCode ds Type String Description The proposed rate code The APInvoice data set
108
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
APInvoiceLoad
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APInvoiceLoad: This business object contains 19 methods.
GetNewAPInvoiceLoad
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
109
A-E
UpdateExt
ChangeApplyDate
This method updates the A/P Apply Date. Parameters Name ds Type Description A/P Invoice Load Data Set
ChangeInvoiceBalance
This method updates the A/P Invoice Amounts when the invoice balance changes or the exchange rate changes. Use the external fields APInvoiceLoad.DispInvoiceBal and APInvoiceLoad.DocDispInvoiceBal to accept the user entered amount. An input parameter is expected to indicate if this method is called after changing the Exchange Rate or the Base Invoice Balance or the Doc Invoice Balance. When changing the actual InvoiceBal and DocInvoiceBal fields instead of the Disp counterparts, set the Change Type to be: 'B1' and 'D1' for base and doc fields. Parameters Name ds ipChangeType String Type Description A/P Invoice Load Data Set Valid values: 'E' = Exchange Rate; 'B' = DispInvoiceBal; 'D' = DocDispInvoiceBal 'B1' = InvoiceBal; 'D1' = DocInvoiceBal
ChangeInvoiceDate
This method updates the A/P Invoice Dates and Exchange Rates when the Invoice Date changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description A/P Invoice Load Data Set
ChangeTerms
This method updates the A/P Invoice Due Date when the Terms Code changes.
110
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description A/P Invoice Load Data Set
ChangeVendorID
This method defaults the A/P Invoice Load details based on the proposed Vendor ID. Parameters Name ds ipProposedVendorID String Type Description A/P Invoice Load Data Set The proposed Vendor ID
CheckBeforePost
This method checks if okay to post and returns a warning message to let the user decide whether to continue posting or not. This should be called prior to calling the PostOpenInvLoad method if the user chooses to continue with the posting. Parameters Name opMessage Type String@ Description Warning Message for the user.
GetCurrencyBase
This method returns the Base CurrencyCode Parameters Name opCurrencyBase Type String@ Description Base Currency
GetExchangeRate
This method returns the Exchange Rate information for the selected Currency. The system may not have an exchange rate between the APInvHed and Base so it may use an middle Currency so that it will go A/P Invoice Currency -> Ref Currency -> Base Currency. This method also returns the converted Invoice Balance (DispInvoiceBal) into Doc Invoice Balance (DocDispInvoiceBal) based on the new exchange rate. Parameters Name vCurrencyCode vRateGrpCode Type String String Description Currency selected for the Invoice Rate Group selected for the Invoice
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
111
A-E
Name vDispInvBal vDocDispInvBal vExchangeRate vXRateLabel
Type Decimal Decimal@ Decimal@ String@
Description User entered Invoice Balance to convert Doc Invoice Balance using the new exchange rate Current exchange rate between the A/P Invoice currency and the Ref Currency Label for the Exchange Rate field
GetNewAPInvoiceLoad1
This method is to be used in place of GetNewAPInvoiceLoad. Parameters Name ds Type Description A/P Invoice Load Data Set
GetTotalBalance
This method returns the total unposted invoice load balance and the base currency symbol. Parameters Name opTotalInvBal opBaseCurrSymbol Type Decimal@ String@ Description Total Invoice Balance Base Currency Symbol
This method performs the actual posting of open invoice loads. It is assumed that the user already okayed to continue with the posting. Returns A/P Invoice Load Data Set
APInvSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APInvSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewAPInvHed
DeleteByID
GetByID
112
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
APLOC
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APLOC: This business object contains 16 methods.
GetNewAPLOC
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
113
A-E
GetNewAPLOCAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
114
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
ChangeCurrencyCode
Called when the CurrencyCode field has been changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The APLOC data set
ChangeLCValue
Called when the LCValue field has been changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The APLOC data set
GetAPLOCInvc
This method will retrieve all the information related to Purchase Orders. Parameters Name aplocid Returns The APLOC data set Type String Description AP Letters Of Credit ID
GetAPLOCPO
This method will retrieve all the information related to Purchase Orders. Parameters Name aplocid Returns The APLOC data set Type String Description AP Letters Of Credit ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
115
A-E
OnChangeOfCurrencyCode
Called when the CurrencyCode field is changing. Parameters Name ds Type Description The APLOC data set
OnChangeOfFromDate
Called when changing the FromDate field. Parameters Name proposedFromDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Proposed From Date The APLOC data set
OnChangeOfLCValue
Called when changing the LCValue field. Parameters Name proposedLCValue warningMsg ds Type Decimal String@ Description Proposed LCValue Warning message The APLOC data set
OnChangeOfToDate
Called when changing the ToDate field. Parameters Name proposedToDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Proposed To Date The APLOC data set
116
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
APPIWriteOff
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APPIWriteOff: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewAPPNHead
GetNewAPPNMove
GetNewAPPNMoveTGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
117
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
CheckGLInterface
Call this method once to validate the G/L Interface. This method checks for GLSyst availability and if G/L is interfaced with A/P. If A/P is not interfaced with G/L then user should be asked if okay to continue without posting to G/L. This method will return a Message for the user if not interfaced else the Message is blank. If the user do not wish to continue then exit this object. This method also returns a logical flag to indicate if Posting to G/L. This value should be passed on to each new A/P Adjustment (APPNMove) record to process. Parameters Name opMessage opPostToGL Type String@ Boolean@ Description The Message to ask the user if A/P is not interfaced with G/L. Indicates if the A/P Adjustment will be Posted to G/L.
CheckPNoteExisted
Parameters Name ipPIType ipID ipVendID opRet Type String String String String@ Description ipPIType ipID ipVendID opRet
118
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetAPPNList
Parameters Name ipType ipPNID ipVendID Type String String String Description ipType ipPNID ipVendID
Returns The AP Promissory Notes data set for Write Off
GetGroupIDForPI
This method will retrieve the GroupID for an APPNHead record that's for the APPromNoteID supplied. Parameters Name apPromNoteID groupID headNum Type String String@ Int32@ Description AR Promissory Note ID Cash Group ID HeadNum
GetNewAPPNMove1
This method is to be used in place of GetNewAPPNMove. This method asks for vendor number and invoice number to link the A/P Invoice Header (APPNHead) to A/P Invoice Adjustment (APPNMove). Parameters Name ds ipGroupID ipHeadNum String Int32 Type Description The AP Promissory Notes data set for Write Off The Group ID for this A/P Promissory Note Head The A/P Promissory Note Head Number
GetPNByID
Parameters Name ipHeadNum ipPIType ipID Type Int32 String String Description ipHeadNum ipPIType ipID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
119
A-E
Name ipVendID ipCurGroupID ipNewPIType ds
Type String String String
Description ipVendID ipCurGroupID ipNewPIType The AP Promissory Notes data set for Write Off
ApplyCreditMemo
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ApplyCreditMemo: This business object contains 24 methods.
GetNewCashHead
GetNewCashDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
120
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
ApplyCreditMemo
This method needs to be run as the last method as the user leaves the CashHead record. It validates that the entire memo has been applied and creates the required GL records If the entire memo has not been applied, then an exception will be raised and the user cannot leave the record until it all has been applied. Parameters Name inHeadNum inPNRef Type Int32 String Description CashReceipt ID PNRef Number, blank if the line is a normal invoice credit
ChangeCMAmount
This method updates the DocTranAmt, UnuppliedAmt fields after the CMAmount field is updated. Parameters Name cmAmount ds Type Decimal Description Proposed value change to the DocTranAmt field Apply Credit Memo Data Set
ChangePNRef
Procedure to be called when changing the PNRef field in the CashDtl table. This field will only be used for Credit Payment records
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
121
A-E
Parameters Name ds proposedPNRef Type String Description Apply Credit Memo Data Set The PNRef to validate against CreditTran
CheckCreditCardRecords
This procedure will look for Credit Card records within CreditTran using the information in the CashHead table Parameters Name iHeadNum oHasCreditCardRecords Type Int32 Boolean@ Description Cash Head Number Logical output parameter, true if any Credit Card records are found
Method to call when it is necessary to check if document is lock, before doing smth. Parameters Name keyValue Type String Description InvoiceNum
CheckOnScreenLoad
This method is called first thing when opening the screen. It checks to see if the G/L is interfaced and if the Fiscal Period is valid. If the G/L is not interfaced, a question asking if the user wants to continue will be returned. If the user answers no, then they are returned to the main menu. If the Fiscal Period is invalid, an exception will be raised and the user should be returned to the main menu. Parameters Name vQuestion Type String@ Description Ask the user if they want to continue if the G/L is not interfaced
DeleteCashDetails
This method needs to be run as the last method if the user chooses not to Apply Credit Memo but wants to leave the CashHead record to create a new one or closes/exits the ApplyCreditMemo UI screen. This will delete the appropriate CashHead and CashDtl records and update the related InvcHead to reflect the appropriate invoice balance.
122
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipHeadNum Type Int32 Description CashHead HeadNum
DocumentHasTaxes
This method is used to determine whenever the document has taxes Parameters Name documentNum documentType hasTaxes Type Int32 String Boolean@ Description Document Number Document Type True if the document has taxes
GetCurrencyInfo
This method is used when the Currency Code changed Parameters Name currencyCode ds Type String Description Proposed Currency Code Apply Credit Memo Data Set
GetDtlInvoiceInfo
This method is called when the CashDtl InvoiceNum field is modified Parameters Name invoiceNum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Invoice Number Apply Credit Memo Data Set
GetDtlTranAmtInfo
This method is run when the DocTranAmt field is modified Parameters Name docTranAmt ds Type Decimal Description Proposed discount amount Apply Credit Memo Data Set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
123
A-E
GetFiscalInfo
This method is run when the Transaction date is changed to update the fiscal period fields Parameters Name tranDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Proposed Transaction Date Apply Credit Memo Data Set
GetHdrDocumentInfo
This method will validate the document number provided and if valid, will default CashHead fields to the values in the Document (Credit Memo, Deposit Invoice or Deposit Payment) Parameters Name documentNum ds Type Int32 Description proposed Document Number Apply Credit Memo Data Set
GetHdrTranAmtInfo
This method is used to validate/update the dataset when the DocTranAmt is udpated Parameters Name docTranAmt ds Type Decimal Description Proposed value change to the DocTranAmt field Apply Credit Memo Data Set
GetNewCreditPayment
This method is to be used when creating new Credit Payments. In this case the invoice should be the same used in the header Parameters Name ds inGroupID inHeadNum String Int32 Type Description Apply Credit Memo Data Set Credit memo Group ID field CashHead.HeadNum field
124
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
OnDocumentTypeChanging
This method validates changings of the 'DocumentType' field Parameters Name ds documentType String Type Description Apply Credit Memo Data Set Document Type
ApplyDebitMemo
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ApplyDebitMemo: This business object contains 21 methods.
GetNewCheckHed
GetNewAPTran
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
125
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CalcTaxes
126
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ApplyDebitMemo
This method needs to be run as the last method as the user leaves the CheckHed record. It validates that the entire memo has been applied and creates the required GL records If the entire memo has not been applied, then an exception will be raised and the user cannot leave the record until it all has been applied. Parameters Name inHeadNum outRevJrnUID Type Int32 Int32@ Description CheckHead.HeadNum Review Journal UID
ChangeAmtToApply
This method is used to validate/update the dataset when the DocPaymentTotal is udpated Parameters Name paymentAmt ds Type Decimal Description Proposed value change to the DocPaymentTotal field Apply Debit Memo Data Set
ChangeDtlInvoice
This method is called when the APTran InvoiceNum field is modified Parameters Name invoiceNum ds Type String Description Proposed Invoice Number Apply Credit Memo Data Set
ChangeDtlTranAmt
This method is run when the DocTranAmt field is modified Parameters Name docTranAmt ds Type Decimal Description Proposed amount Apply Credit Memo Data Set
ChangeHedInvoice
This method is used when no Invoice Number is specified in the GetNewCheckHedInv function This will validate the invoice number provided and if valid, will default CheckHed fields to the values in the Invoice
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
127
A-E
Parameters Name invoiceNum ds Type String Description proposed Invoice Number Apply Credit Memo Data Set
ChangeTranDate
This method is run when the Transaction date is changed to update the fiscal period fields Parameters Name tranDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Proposed Transaction Date Apply Credit Memo Data Set
ChangeVendor
Call this method when the user enters the ttCheckHed.VendorID Parameters Name pcVendorID ds Type String Description Vendor ID - character code for Vendor The ApplyDebitMemo data set
Method to call when it is necessary to check if document is lock, before doing smth. Parameters Name keyValue1 keyValue2 Type String String Description VendorNum InvoiceNum
CheckOnScreenLoad
This method is called first thing when opening the screen. It checks to see if the G/L is interfaced and if the Fiscal Period is valid. If the G/L is not interfaced, a question asking if the user wants to continue will be returned. If the user answers no, then they are returned to the main menu. If the Fiscal Period is invalid, an exception will be raised and the user should be returned to the main menu.
128
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name vQuestion Type String@ Description Ask the user if they want to continue if the G/L is not interfaced
DeleteCheckDetails
This method needs to be run as the last method if the user chooses not to Apply Debit Memo but wants to leave the CheckHed record to create a new one or closes/exits the ApplyDebitMemo UI screen. This will delete the appropriate CheckHed and APTran records and update the related APInvHed to reflect the appropriate invoice balance. Parameters Name ipHeadNum Type Int32 Description CheckHed.HeadNum
GetNewCheckHedInv
This method replaces the standard GetNewCheckHed method. Requires a Debit Memo Invoice Parameters Name vendorNum invoiceNum ds Type Int32 String Description Vendor Number Invoice Number Apply Debit Memo Data Set
SetReadyToCalc
Parameters Name ipHeadNum ipAPTranNo ipCalcAll ds Type Int32 Int32 Boolean Description ipHeadNum ipAPTranNo ipCalcAll ApplyDebitMemo dataset
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
129
A-E
APPromissoryNotes
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APPromissoryNotes: This business object contains 57 methods.
GetNewAPPNHead
GetNewAPPNHeadAttch
GetNewAPPNDtl
GetNewBankTran
GetNewBankTranTaxDtl
GetNewBankTranGLC
GetNewAPPNHeadTGLC
GetNewEntityGLC
GetNewAPPNDtlTaxDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Returns a list of rows that satisfy the where clause.
130
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The list DataSet. Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description An expression used to filter the rows. Can be left blank for all rows. The maximum number of rows to return. Leave as zero for no maximum. Page of rows to return. Whether there are more pages of rows available.
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
To return the CodeDescriptionList values of a given table.field. Parameters Name tableName fieldName Type String String Description
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
131
A-E
Returns
CalcTaxes
AssignLegalNumber
Assigns a legal number to the miscellaneous shipment.
132
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum ds opLegalNumMsg Returns The Promissory Note data set String@ Legal number message Type String Int32 Description Group ID number Header number
ChangePIType
Call method when the user changes APPNHead.TransDate. Parameters Name ds Type Description The APPromissoryNotes data set
ChangeTranAmt
This method updates the BankTran amounts when the adjustment amount changes or the currency switch toggles. Parameters Name ipTranAmtType Type String Description Indicate which of the transaction amount is changed. Valid values are: 'B' for Base Tran Amount and 'D' for Doc Tran Amount The proposed Transaction Amount The AP Promissory Notes data set
proposedTranAmt ds
Decimal
Method to call when it is necessary to check if document is lock, before doing smth. Parameters Name keyValue keyValue2 Type String String Description GroupID HeadNum
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
133
A-E
CreateAPPNHead
Create Vendor Checks for selected invoices. Parameters Name pcGroupID ds Type String Description AP Promissory Note Group ID The APInvSel data set
CreateNewAPPNHead
Create New CheckHed record. To be used instead of GetNewCheckHed record. Parameters Name pcGroupID ds Type String Description AP Promissory Note Group ID The AP Promissory Note data set
DeleteNegPayment
DeleteNegPayments. Deletes all checks in the group that have negative check. amounts. Works the same as MassDelete but only deletes negative balance checks. Parameters Name pcGroupID Type String Description AP Check Group ID
GenerateAPPNDtl
This method combines the GetNewAPPNDtl and Update() method into one routine so that the user can run an "Auto Apply" Payment function Parameters Name groupID headNum Returns AP Promissory Notes data set Type String Int32 Description Cash Group ID Promissory Note HeadNum
GetAPPNMove
Get the APPNMove records for an APPromissoryNotes.
134
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name iGroupID iHeadNum Returns The APPNMove data set Type String Int32 Description The Group Number The Header Number
GetBankAcctInfo
This method is called when the BankAcctID field is modified Parameters Name bankAcctID ds Type String Description Proposed BankAcctID AR Promissory Notes data set
GetGLJrnDtl
Get the GLJrnDtl records for an APPromissoryNote. Parameters Name iGroupID iHeadNum Returns The GLJrnlDtlMov data set Type String Int32 Description The Group Number The Header Number
GetGroupIDForPI
This method will retrieve the GroupID for an APPNHead record that's for the APPromNoteID supplied. Parameters Name apPromNoteID groupID headNum Type String String@ Int32@ Description AR Promissory Note ID Cash Group ID HeadNum
GetLegalNumGenOpts
Returns the legal number generation options.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
135
A-E
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum opPromptForNum Type String Int32 Boolean@ Description Group ID number Header number Prompt for the number
Returns The Legal Number Generation Options dataset
GetNewAPPNHeadByGroupID
Alternate routine to create new Payment Instrument from AP Invoice Entry Parameters Name pcGroupID ds Type String Description AP Promissory Note Group ID The AP Promissory Notes data set
GetNewAPPNMoveByAPPNHead
Get new record for APPNMove table. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum Type String Int32 Description APPNHead.GroupID APPNHead.HeadNum
Returns The AP Promissory Notes Move data set
GetNewBankTranByHeadNum
Alternate routine to load the Bank Fee Parameters Name lvHeadNum lvBankAcctID ds Type Int32 String Description Bank Fee Code Bank Account ID The AP Promissory Notes data set
136
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetPostCodeByPIStatus
GetRowsTracker
Wrapper on GetRows for Trackers so Adjustment records are not deleted
MassDelete
Mass Delete. Delete all checks in the Group. Parameters Name pcGroupID Type String Description AP Promissory Note Group ID
OnChangeBankFeeID
Validate for a Correct Bank Fee Code Parameters Name pcBankFeeID ds Type String Description Bank Fee Code The AP Promissory Notes Entry data set
OnChangeDocTranAmt
Call method when the user changes the Doc Tran Amount. Parameters Name pdDocTranAmt ds Type Decimal Description Proposed Document Amount value The AP Promissory Notes data set
OnChangeFixedAmount
Call method when the user changes the FixedAmount in Tax screen. Use this method with Misc. Payment screen for APPromissoryNotesDataSet.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
137
A-E
Parameters Name plCurrencySwitch pdFixed taxtbl ds Type Boolean Decimal String Description Currency switch Proposed taxable amount value Tax temp-table name The AP Promissory Notes data set
OnChangeInvoiceNum
Call this method when the user enters the Invoice Number in Pay Invoice screen. Parameters Name pcInvoiceNum Type String Description Invoice Num Response to the question pcChangeExchangeRateResponse. ? means question has not been asked. Yes/No is considered a response. The AP Promissory Notes data set String@ Question to be answered by the user in pcChangeExchangeRateResponse.
pcChangeExchangeRateResponse String
ds pcQuestion
OnChangeInvSelPayment
Call this method when the user changes either Gross Payment or Disc. Taken field. Use this method with Payment maintenance screen for ApInvSelDataSet. Parameters Name pdDocGrossPay pcRowIdent ds Type Decimal String Description Proposeed Document Gross Payment value Pass ttAPInvSel.RowIdent value here to uniquely identify the record to change. The APInvSel data set
OnChangeRateCode
This method updates the dataset when the RateCode field changes Parameters Name rateCode Type String Description Proposed RateCode value
138
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name taxtbl ds
Type String
Description Tax temp-table name The AP Promissory Notes data set
OnChangeTaxableAmt
Call method when the user changes the Taxable Amt in Tax screen. Parameters Name plCurrencySwitch pdTaxableAmt taxtbl ds Type Boolean Decimal String Description Currency switch Proposed taxable amount value Tax temp-table name The AP Promissory Notes data set
OnChangeTaxAmt
Call method when the user changes the Tax Amt in Tax screen. Parameters Name plCurrencySwitch pdTaxAmt taxtbl ds Type Boolean Decimal String Description Currency switch Proposed taxable amount value Tax temp-table name The AP Promissory Notes data set
OnChangeTaxCode
Call method when the user changes the Tax ID in Tax maintainence. Parameters Name pcTaxCode taxtbl ds Type String String Description Proposed Tax ID Tax temp-table name The AP Promissory Notes data set
OnChangeTaxPercent
Call method when the user changes the Tax Percent in Tax screen.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
139
A-E
Parameters Name plCurrencySwitch pdPercent taxtbl ds Type Boolean Decimal String Description Currency switch Proposed taxable amount value Tax temp-table name The AP Promissory Notes data set
OnChangeTransDate
Call method when the user changes APPNHead.TransDate. Parameters Name pdtTransDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Propopsed TransDate The APPromissoryNotes data set
OnChangeVendBankAcctID
Call this method when the user enters the ttAPNHead.VendBankAcctID Parameters Name pcVendBankAcctID ds Type String Description Vendor Bank Acct ID - Bank Account ID for Vendor The AP Promissory Notes data set
OnChangeVendor
Call this method when the user enters the ttAPNHead.VendorNum Parameters Name pcVendorID ds Type String Description Vendor ID - character code for Vendor The AP Promissory Notes data set
PrePost
Check APPNHead before posting
140
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name inGroupID inHeadNum inPIStatusNew inTypeNew outPostToGL Returns The Promissory Note data set Type String Int32 String String String@ Description Group ID number Header number new value of PIStatus new value of Type run posting to GL and whar kind
SelectInvoices
Read ApInvHed records and create ApinvSel records if they meet the selection criteria. Parameters Name pcGroupID pcPayableAccountsList pdtDueDate pdtInvoicePM pcSupplierList pcPaymentMethod Returns The APInvSel data set Type String String Description AP Check Group ID Delimited list of Payable Accounts
Nullable{System.DateTime} Select invoices due by this date. Boolean String String Select invoices wihtout Payment Method. Select invoices for the supplier list. Select payment methods for the specific.
SetReadyToCalc
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum ipInvoiceNum ipBankAcctID ipTranNum ipVoided ipCalcAll ds Type String Int32 String String Int32 Boolean Boolean Description ipGroupID ipHeadNum ipInvoiceNum ipBankAcctID ipTranNum ipVoided ipCalcAll AP Promissory Notes dataset
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
141
A-E
UpdateAPPNMove4WriteOff
Update APPNMove table and write off APPNHead. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum ds Type String Int32 Description APPNHead.GroupID APPNHead.HeadNum The AP Promissory Notes Move data set
UpdateDueDateDescription
VoidLegalNumber
Voids the legal number. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum ipVoidedReason Returns The Promissory Note data set Type String Int32 String Description Group ID number Header number Reason for the void
APPromNoteGrp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APPromNoteGrp: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewAPChkGrp
GetNewAPChkGrpAttch
142
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
143
A-E
LockGroup
This procedure is GetById + Lock the Group. This procedure can be run instead of GetById if you want to lock along with doing a GetByID. If the lock is acquired successfully, plSuccess is returned as true. Parameters Name pcGroupID plSuccess Type String Boolean@ Description The Group ID selected by the user. Returns a True or False value. True means successfully locked the Group
Returns Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.APPromNoteGrpDataSet
OnChangeBankAcctID
Call this method when the user changes the Bank Account. Parameters Name pcBankAcctID ds Type String Description The proposed value of BankAcctID. Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.APPromNoteGrpDataSet
UnLockGroup
Unlock the group. The user who locked the group can only unlock it. Parameters Name pcGroupID plSuccess Type String Boolean@ Description The Group ID selected by the user. Returns a True or False value. True means successfully locked the Group
AprvCode
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AprvCode: This business object contains 0 methods.
AprvVend
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AprvVend: This business object contains 21 methods.
GetNewAprvVend
144
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetNewPartXRefVend
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
145
A-E
UpdateExt
GetAprvData
. Parameters Name ipCalledFrom whereClauze Returns AprvVendDataSet DataSet Type String String Description Called From WhereClauze
GetListbyVendorName
Search suppliers by Vendor Name. Call normal GetList method. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage vendorName morePages Returns The AprvVendListDataSet data set Type String Int32 Int32 String Boolean@ Description Whereclause. Page size. Absolute page. Vendor Name. More pages.
GetRowsCustom
Search suppliers by Vendor Name. Call normal GetList method. Parameters Name whereClauseAprvVend whereClausePartXRefVend pageSize absolutePage Type String String Int32 Int32 Description Where Clause for AprvVend. Where Clause for PartXRefVend. Page size. Absolute page.
146
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name vendorID morePages Returns The AprvVend data set
Type String Boolean@
Description Vendor Name. More pages.
OnChangeClassID
. Parameters Name ipClassID ds Type String Description The new value for VendorID. The Receipt data set
OnChangeCustID
. Parameters Name ipCustID ds Type String Description The new value for VendorID. The Receipt data set
OnChangeCustNum
. Parameters Name ipCustNum ds Type Int32 Description The new value for VendorID. The Receipt data set
OnChangeMfgNum
. Parameters Name ipMfgNum Type Int32 Description The new value for VendorID.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
147
A-E
Name ds
Type
Description The Receipt data set
OnChangeMfgPartNum
. Parameters Name ipMfgPartNum ds Type String Description The new value for VendorID. The Receipt data set
OnChangeOpCode
. Parameters Name ipOpCode ds Type String Description The new value for VendorID. The Receipt data set
OnChangePartNum
. Parameters Name ipPartNum ds Type String Description The new value for VendorID. The Receipt data set
OnChangeVendorID
. Parameters Name ipVendorID ds Type String Description The new value for VendorID. The Receipt data set
148
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
OnChangeVendorNum
. Parameters Name ipVendorNum ds Type Int32 Description The new value for VendorID. The Receipt data set
OnChangeVendPartNum
Run when the PartXRefVend.VendPartNum is changing. Parameters Name ipVendPartNum ds Type String Description The new value for VendPartNum. The Receipt data set
APTranSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.APTranSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewAPTranSearch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
149
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ARAdjustment
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ARAdjustment: This business object contains 17 methods.
GetNewInvcHeadAdj
GetNewCashDtl
GetNewCashDtlTGLC
DeleteByID
150
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
151
A-E
ChangeAdjAmount
This method updates the CashDtl details when the adjustment amount changes or the currency switch toggles. Use the external fields CashDtl.DispTranAmt and CashDtl.DocDispTranAmt to accept the user entered adjustment amount. Parameters Name ds Type Description A/R Invoice Adjustment Data Set
ChangeIncomeTaxCode
Performs required logic when CashDtl.IncomeTaxCode is modified. Parameters Name ipIncomeTaxCode ds Type String Description Proposed input value of Income Tax Code ARAdjustment data set
ChangeTranDate
This method updates the CashDtl fiscal period and year when the transaction date changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The A/R Adjustment Entry data set
Method to call when it is necessary to check if document is lock, before doing smth. Parameters Name keyValue Type String Description InvoiceNum
CheckGLInterface
Call this method once to validate the G/L Interface. This method checks for GLSyst availability and if G/L is interfaced with A/R. If A/R is not interfaced with G/L then user should be asked if okay to continue without posting to G/L. This method will return a Message for the user if not interfaced else the Message is blank. If the user do not wish to continue then exit this object. This method also returns a logical flag to indicate if Posting to G/L. This value should be passed on to each new A/R Adjustment (CashDtl) record to process.
152
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name opMessage opPostToGL Type String@ Boolean@ Description The Message to ask the user if A/R is not interfaced with G/L. Indicates if the A/R Adjustment will be Posted to G/L.
GenerateLegalNumber
This method generates a legal number if necessary date changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The A/R Adjustment Entry data set
GetNewCashDtl1
This method is to be used in place of GetNewCashDtl. This method asks for invoice number to link the A/R Invoice Header (InvcHead) to A/R Invoice Adjustment (CashDtl). Parameters Name ds ipInvoiceNum Int32 Type Description The A/R Adjustment Entry data set The A/R Invoice Number to adjust
ValidateTransaction
This method checks that all necessary data are entered, that should be done before adjustment. Parameters Name ds Type Description The A/R Adjustment Entry data set
ARAgingTracker
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ARAgingTracker: This business object contains 11 methods.
Remarks QTableName - MANDATORY - Name of table to find QLock - type of lock to put on record NO-LOCK (default) or EXCLUSIVE-LOCK QWhere - MANDATORY - criteria to find record
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
153
A-E
QFind - type of find to perform, unique, first, next or last Columns - List of columns
DoRlsHeadCalculations
GenerateReport
This method should be called after all the input parameters have been entered. It will generate a dataset containing records for the AR Aging report used by a tracker. Parameters Name ds Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ARDtlsDataSet
GenerateTracker
This method should be called to populate the dataset for the AR Aging Tracker. Parameters Name custID Type String Description Customer ID.
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ARTrackerTotDataSet
GetAgeBy
This method should be called after all the input parameters have been entered. It will generate a dataset containing records for the AR Aging report used by a tracker.
154
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ageBylist Type String@ Description AgeBylist
GetAgingFormatCode
This method returns a list of valid 'AgingFormatCode' codes UI note - user should select only ONE of the valid codes. Parameters Name agingFormatCodelist Type String@ Description 'AgingFormatCode' codes
GetARAccounts
This method returns a list of ARAccounts and descriptions Parameters Name arActsList Type String@ Description ARAccounts and description
GetNewParams
This method should be called after all the input parameters have been entered. It will generate a dataset containing records for the AR Aging report used by a tracker. Parameters Name ds Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ARDtlsDataSet
GetSelectBy
This method returns a select by list. Parameters Name selectbylist Type String@ Description Select by list
GetSortByList
This method returns a sort by list.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
155
A-E
Parameters Name sortbylist Type String@ Description Sort by list
ARInvcDtlSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ARInvcDtlSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
156
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
GetListAlternalSearch
Allows use of InvcHead filter but returns only InvcDtl records. Parameters Name invcHeadWhereClause invcDtlWhereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The ARInvcDtlSearch data set Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for invcHead table. Whereclause for InvcDtl table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
ARInvoice
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ARInvoice: This business object contains 157 methods.
GetNewInvcHead
GetNewInvcHeadAttch
GetNewInvcDtl
GetNewInvcDtlAttch
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
157
A-E
GetNewInvcChrg
GetNewInvcDtlRasch
GetNewInvcMisc
GetNewInvcTax
GetNewInvcDtlTGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
158
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
GetCustNum
Receives CustId, returns CustNum Parameters Name ipCustID opCustNum Type String Int32@ Description Customer ID Returns Customer Num
CalcTaxes
Parameters Name ipQuoteNum ipOrderNum Type Int32 Int32 Description Quote Number Order Number.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
159
A-E
Name ipInvoiceNum ipAPInvKey ipCashHeadNum ipPayHeadNum ipShipPackNum ipEmpID ipEmpExpenseNum opCommFailure opMessage opTCStatus
Type Int32 String String Int32 Int32 String Int32 Boolean@ String@ Boolean@
Description Invoice Number. AP Invoice Number. Cash Receipt Number. Payment Number. Shipment Number. Employee ID. Employee Expense Number. Comm Failure Message TC Status
GenerateRebateInv
This method create the invoices for the rebates selected. Parameters Name invoiceType groupID opMsg ds Type String String String@ Description Type of invoice, AP or AR Invoice Group to generate the invoices in tax connect message List of rebates available for invoicing
GetRebateInvList
This method returns a list of rebates available for invoicing. Parameters Name invoiceType Type String Description Type of invoice, AP or AR
160
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns List of rebates available for invoicing
AssignLegalNumber
Assigns a legal number to the invoice. Parameters Name ipInvoiceNum ds opLegalNumMsg Returns The Miscellaneous Shipment data set String@ Legal number message Type Int32 Description Invoice number
calcLineExtPriceAjust
CashRecGetInvoices
This procedure returns the invoices to Cash Receipt Entry Parameters Name payDay whereClause Returns A/R invoice data set. Type Nullable{System.DateTime} String Description Payment date. Where clause for Cash Receipt.
ChangeIncomeTaxCode
Performs required logic when InvcDtl.IncomeTaxCode is modified. Parameters Name ipIncomeTaxCode Type String Description Proposed input value of Income Tax Code
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
161
A-E
Name ds
Type
Description ARInvoice data set
CheckAmortSchedules
Parameters Name ds opGenMessage String@ text UI prompts user with if schedules are to be generated Type Description
Method to call when it is necessary to check if document is lock, before doing smth. Parameters Name keyValue showError isLocked Type String Boolean Boolean@ Description InvoiceNum true/false to show error message box if doc is locked true if doc is locked.
CheckGroupIsLocked
Method to call when it is necessary to check if document is lock, before doing smth. Parameters Name keyValue showError isLocked lockedStatus Type String Boolean Boolean@ String@ Description GroupID true/false to show error message box if group is locked true if group is locked. Locked status: Not Posted, Posting, Reviewing.
CheckLtrOfCredit
Parameters Name iInvoiceNum cARLOCID Type Int32 String Description Invoice number Letter of Credit ID
162
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name dTotalCharges outMsg Returns The AR Invoice data set
Type Decimal String@
Description OrderHed.TotalCharges Output message
CopyInvoiceLines
Copy Invoice lines from source invoice to ttInvc tables Parameters Name sourceInvoiceNum destInvoiceNum recalculateTaxes reverseSignQty ds Type Int32 Int32 Boolean Boolean Description Invoice num which should be cancelled Destination invoice number
CreateCorrectionInvoice
Creates a correction invoice from a another invoice. Parameters Name groupID sourceInvoiceNum newInvoiceDate newDocType recalculateTaxes opNewInvoiceNum Type String Int32 Description Current group for new invoice Invoice num which should be corrected
Nullable{System.DateTime} Date of new invoice String Boolean Int32@ Document Type for the new invoice Flag to indicate if is necessary to recalculate taxes Correction Invoice Num
CreateInvFromDep
Creates deposit invoices from deposit payments. The list of deposit payments should be ~ delimited. Parameters Name groupID payments Type String String Description Group to generate invoices for. The list of deposit payments
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
163
A-E
Name invoices errors msgNumInvoices grpTotalInvAmt
Type String@ String@ String@ Decimal@
Description Invoice numbers generated delimited by a ~. Errors that may have occured during the processing message displaying the number of invoices created new InvcGrp total accumulated from all invoices to update UI
DeleteAmortizationSchedule
Parameters Name ipResetDefRevFlag ds Type Boolean Description indicates if the invcdtl.DeferredRev is to be reset A/R invoice data set.
DeleteMaster
Parameters Name ds cGroupID keyValue grpTotalInvAmt String String Decimal@ current APInvGrp GroupID VendorNum return new TotalInvAmt to update APInvGrp in UI Type Description
DeselectSelectedDropShipments
Method to call to deselect selected drop shipments. Parameters Name ds Returns Type Description
EnableARDates
This method return wish dates have to be enable on AR Invoice.
164
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name enApplyDate enShipDate enTaxPDate enTaxRDate enCurrRDate enTaxRCDate Type Boolean@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Description Enable Apply Date. Enable Shipment Date. Enable Tax Point Date. Enable Tax Rate Date. Enable Currency Rate Date. Enable Tax Rate Date for credits.
ETCValidateAddress
Call tax integration and loads temp tables from the results. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine statusFlag errorFlag errorMsg Type Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Description InvcHead.InvoiceNum InvcDtl.InvoiceLine Set to true if the integration is up, false if down. If true, an error occured. If Error Flag is true, this is the associated message.
Returns The ETCAddrValidation data set
GenerateAmortizationSchedule
Parameters Name ds Type Description A/R invoice data set.
GetARUninvoicedDropShipments
Method to call to get uninvoiced receipts for Receipt billing. Parameters Name groupID custNums plantChoice Type String String String Description Group to generate invoices for. A list customer numbers Current or All
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
165
A-E
Name billToFlag onlyNotInvoiced Returns
Type Boolean Boolean
Description If true, customers are bill to's. If false they are sold to's. All or Only Only Not Invoiced for better perfomance
GetByBOEInvoiceNum
This method finds the invoice for Bill of Exchange Parameters Name invoiceNum Returns The AR Invoice data set Type Int32 Description The invoice num
GetCancellationInvoice
Creates new credit memo invoice as cancellation invoice. Parameters Name groupID sourceInvoiceNum newInvoiceDate newDocType recalculateTaxes Type String Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} String Boolean Description Current group for new invoice Invoice num which should be cancelled Date of new invoice
GetCurrencyBase
This method returns the Base Currency Parameters Name opCurrencyBase Type String@ Description Base Currency
GetDepositsToConvert
Method selects deposit payments for specified customers and the earliest payment date.
166
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name custNums fromDate Returns Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description A list customer numbers The earliest date of deposit payments
GetDropShipments
Creates invoices for Drop Shipments. The list of customers should be a ~ delimited list of customer numbers. The Plant should be either the string "CURRENT" or "ALL". The invoice numbers are in a ~ delimited list. Parameters Name ds groupID custList plant billToFlag invoices errors msgNumInvoices grpTotalInvAmt String String String Boolean String@ String@ String@ Decimal@ Group to generate invoices for. A list of ~ delimited customer numbers. the string "CURRENT" or "ALL". If true, customers are bill to's. If false they are sold to's. Invoice numbers generated delimited by a ~. Errors that may have occured during the processing message displaying the number of invoices created new InvcGrp total accumulated from all invoices to update UI Type Description
GetFSCalls
Creates an FS Call invoice. The list of customers should be a ~ delimited list of customer numbers. The Plant should be either the string "CURRENT" or "ALL". The number of invoices is an integer. Parameters Name groupID custList plant numInvs grpTotalInvAmt Type String String String Int32@ Decimal@ Description Group to generate invoices for. A list of ~ delimited customer numbers. the string "CURRENT" or "ALL". Number of Invoices generated. new InvcGrp total accumulated from all invoices to update UI
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
167
A-E
GetInvoiceLines
GetInvoiceReminders
GetLegalNumGenOpts
Returns the legal number generation options. Parameters Name ipInvoiceNum opPromptForNum Type Int32 Boolean@ Description Packing Slip number Prompt for the number
GetMilestoneBilling
Creates Milestone billing invoices. Parameters Name groupID custList selectedItems_Key1 selectedItems invoicesCreated Type String String String String Boolean@ Description Group for this invoice. A list of ~ delimited customer numbers. A list of ~ delimited project numbers. A list of ~ delimited project/milestone numbers. True if invoice was created.
168
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name msgNumInvoices grpTotalInvAmt
Type String@ Decimal@
Description message displaying the number of invoices created new InvcGrp total accumulated from all invoices to update UI
GetMilestoneSearch
Search for Milestone billing that could create an invoice and return them for customer's selection. Parameters Name groupID custList Returns ARInvGetMilestoneDataSet Type String String Description Group for this invoice. A list of ~ delimited customer numbers.
GetNewDepositType
Creates a new InvcHead record for Deposit Billing or Deposit Billing Credit Memo based on Deposit Billing type. This method is separate from GetNewInvcHeadType so security can be set on deposit invoices. Parameters Name groupID depositBillType ds Type String String Description Group for this invoice. Deposit Billing type. Valid types are DEPOSIT-BILL- Deposit invoice. DEPOSIT-MEMO- Deposit credit memo invoice. ARInvoiceDataSet.
GetNewInvcHeadBOE
Creates a new InvcHead record for Bill of Exchange. Parameters Name ds Type Description A/R invoice data set.
GetNewInvcHeadType
Creates a new InvcHead record based on the Invoice type.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
169
A-E
Parameters Name groupID invoiceType Type String String Description Group for this invoice. Invoice type. Valid types are MISC-BILL - Miscelaneous invoice. ADV-BILL - Advanced billing. CREDIT-MEMO - Credit memo invoice. ADV-MEMO - Advanced billing credit A/R invoice data set.
ds
GetPaymentDataForViewing
Method to call when obtaining the payment schedule for the invoice header. Parameters Name invoiceNum ds Returns Type Int32 Description The invoice number
GetPBInvcSearch
Search for Projects that could create an invoice and return them for customer's selection. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPrjList Returns ARInvGetPBDataSet Type String String Description Group to generate invoices for. A list of ~ delimited projects.
GetPBInvoices
Creates an Project invoice. The list of projects should be a ~ delimited. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPrjList opInvcList opErrorList msgNumInvoices Type String String String@ String@ String@ Description Group to generate invoices for. A list of ~ delimited projects. Invoice numbers generated delimited by a ~ delimiter. Errors that may have occured during the processing. message displaying the number of invoices created
170
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name grpTotalInvAmt
Type Decimal@
Description new InvcGrp total accumulated from all invoices to update UI
GetRecurBill
Creates a re occurring invoice. Parameters Name groupID custList contractList invoicesCreated msgNumInvoices grpTotalInvAmt Type String String String Boolean@ String@ Decimal@ Description Group for this invoice. A list of ~ delimited customer IDs. A list of ~ delimited contract numbers. True if invoice was created. message displaying the number of invoices created new InvcGrp total accumulated from all invoices to update UI
GetRecurBillSearch
Search for Service Contracts that could create an invoice and return them for customer's selection. Parameters Name custList Returns ARInvGetFSContDataSet Type String Description A list of ~ delimited customer numbers.
GetRMACredits
Selects InvcHead records with a group of RMACRREQ and changes the group to the group ID passed in. A GetList needs to be run after this process so the user can choose the invoice they want to process. This method returns a of how many invoices were converted. Parameters Name groupID custList invList rMAMessage invoicesCreated Type String String String String@ Boolean@ Description Group for this invoice. A list of ~ delimited customer numbers. A list of ~ delimited invoice numbers. Numbers of RMA's converted. True if invoice was created.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
171
A-E
Name grpTotalInvAmt
Type Decimal@
Description new InvcGrp total accumulated from all invoices to update UI
GetRMACreditsSearch
Selects InvcHead records with a group of RMACRREQ and return them for customer's selection. Parameters Name custList Returns ARInvGetRMADataSet Type String Description A list of ~ delimited customer numbers.
GetRowsContactTracker
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Head/Dtl fields for the contact tracker. Parameters Name whereClauseInvcHead whereClauseInvcHeadAttch whereClauseInvcDtl whereClauseInvcDtlAttch whereClauseInvcMisc whereClauseInvcTax whereClauseARIHeadTax contactName pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.InvcCustTrkDataSet Type String String String String String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for InvcHead table. Whereclause for InvcHeadAttch table. Whereclause for InvcDtl table. Whereclause for InvcDtlAttch table. Whereclause for InvcMisc table. Whereclause for InvcTax table. Whereclause for ARIHeadTax table. Contact to return data for. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
GetRowsCustomerTracker
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Head/Dtl fields for the customer tracker.
172
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name whereClauseInvcHead whereClauseInvcHeadAttch whereClauseInvcDtl whereClauseInvcDtlAttch whereClauseInvcMisc whereClauseInvcTax whereClauseARIHeadTax pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.InvcCustTrkDataSet Type String String String String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for InvcHead table. Whereclause for InvcHeadAttch table. Whereclause for InvcDtl table. Whereclause for InvcDtlAttch table. Whereclause for InvcMisc table. Whereclause for InvcTax table. Whereclause for ARIHeadTax table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
GetShipments
Creates an Shipment invoice. The list of customers should be a ~ delimited list of customer numbers. The list of pack slips should be null (room for enhancement). The Plant should be either the string "CURRENT" or "ALL". The invoice numbers are in a ~ delimited list. Parameters Name groupID custList packSlips plant billToFlag overBillDay invoices errors msgNumInvoices grpTotalInvAmt Type String String String String Boolean Boolean String@ String@ String@ Decimal@ Description Group to generate invoices for. A list of ~ delimited customer numbers. As of the initial release, null the string "CURRENT" or "ALL". If true, customers are bill to's. If false they are sold to's. If true, create all selected invoices irrespective of the billing days Invoice numbers generated delimited by a ~. Errors that may have occured during the processing message displaying the number of invoices created new InvcGrp total accumulated from all invoices to update UI
GetShipmentsSearch
Method to call when the search is done on GetShipments. CustIDs: You can specify a list of customers. Plant Choice: C is for current.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
173
A-E
Parameters Name groupID custNums plantChoice billToFlag onlyNotInvoiced Returns Type String String String Boolean Boolean Description Group to generate invoices for. A list customer numbers Current or All If true, customers are bill to's. If false they are sold to's. All or Only Only Not Invoiced for better perfomance
InvcGrpExists
Checkes if InvcGrp record exists or not. Parameters Name groupID result Type String Boolean@ Description Group for this invoice. return true if Group exists
IsConvertedFromDep
Returns true if deposit invoice is converted from deposit payment. Parameters Name invoiceNum converted Type Int32 Boolean@ Description Invoice number. True if deposit invoice is converted from deposit payment
IsPMForGenPIType
Parameters Name ipPMUID ipIsGenPIType Type Int32 Boolean@ Description Payment Method Is invoice payment method for a generated PI Type
OnChangeARLOCID
This procedure is used to validate the ARLOCID (AR Letter of Credit ID) for both AR Invoice Entry and Posted Invoice Update. The argument "ipInvoiceNum is only supplied when called from Posted Invoice Update. For AR Invoice Entry, if either the Terms or the Bill To Customer is different on the Invoice than it is on the Letter of
174
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Credit, a message to the user and a value for the UI to put in that field (if the user decides to) are passed back. When called from Posted Invoice Update, the Customer, Bill To Customer and the Currency must match or an error is given. Parameters Name ipARLOCID ipInvoiceNum opTermsCodeValue opTermsCodeMsg opBTCustIDValue opBTCustIDMsg ds Type String Int32 String@ String@ String@ String@ Description The Letter of Credit ID value Current Invoice number The value to put in the InvcHead.TermsCode field The message to give the user if the TermsCode needs to be changed The value to put in the InvcHead.BTCustID field The message to give the user if the BTCustID needs to be changed The AR Invoice data set
OnChangeBlockedFin
This method should be called when the plant is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum ds Type Int32 Description Invoice Number. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeHold
Parameters Name ipHold ds Type Boolean Description proposed hold value A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeHoldReason
Parameters Name ipReason ds Type String Description proposed reason code A/R invoice data set.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
175
A-E
OnChangeInvDtlUseOTS
Method to call when changed the UseOTS field the contract header record. Refreshes the address list and contact info Parameters Name ds Type Description A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeLineDefRev
Parameters Name ipDefRev ds opOutMsg String@ Type Boolean Description Input deferred revenue option A/R invoice data set. out message the user is prompted for
OnChangeLineDspWithholdAmt
This method should be called when the withhold amount on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name newDspWithholdAmt ds Type Decimal Description Proposed withhold amount. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeLineInvoiceRef
This method should be called before the InvcDtl invoice reference has been updated. Specific to Bill of Exchange invoices. Parameters Name newInvoiceRef ds Type Int32 Description Proposed invoice reference. A/R invoice data set.
176
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
OnChangeOfAmortDate
Parameters Name ipAmortDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Proposed Amortization Date The AR Invoice data set
OnChangeofApplyDate
This method should be called before the apply date has been updated. Parameters Name invoiceNum newApplyDate recalcamts ds Type Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} String Description Invoice Number. Proposed Apply Date. Recalc amount and taxes. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofChrgAmt
Calculates the amounts for Miscellaneous charges when the misc. amt. changes. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine seqNum newChrgAmt ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Decimal Description Invoice Number. Invoice Line Number. Fin charge sequence number. Fin charge proposed amount. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofContact
This method should be called when the contact is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum newContact ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Invoice Number. Proposed Contact. A/R invoice data set.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
177
A-E
OnChangeofCurrency
If it is a new invoice, the currency fields are set. Otherwise they are updated. Parameters Name invoiceNum newCurrencyCode ds Type Int32 String Description Invoice Number. The New currency code. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofCustomer
Called for change of bill to customer. Parameters Name invoiceNum newCustomerID ds Type Int32 String Description Invoice Number. Proposed customer Number. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeOfDefRevStart
Parameters Name ipDefRevStart ipInvoiceNum ipInvoiceLine Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Int32 Int32 Description Deferred Revenue Start Date invoice number Invoice line number
OnChangeofDepAmt
This method should be called after the document deposit amount has been changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum depositAmt ds Type Int32 Decimal Description Invoice Number. DepositAmt A/R invoice data set.
178
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
OnChangeofDeposit
This method should be called after the document deposit amount has been changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum dspCredit ds Type Int32 Decimal Description Invoice Number. DspCredit. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofExchangeRate
This method should be called when the exchange rate is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum newExchangeRate ds Type Int32 Decimal Description Invoice Number. The New exchange rate. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofFixedAmt
This method should be called when the tax amount on the invoice tax record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine taxCode rateCode newTaxAmt ds Type Int32 Int32 String String Decimal Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Invoice line tax code. Invoice line tax rate code. Proposed Tax amount. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofFOB
This method should be called when the FOB changes. Parameters Name invoiceNum Type Int32 Description Invoice Number.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
179
A-E
Name newFOB ds
Type String
Description Proposed FOB. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofInvDate
This method should be called before the invoice date has been updated. Parameters Name invoiceNum newInvoiceDate ds Type Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Invoice Number. Proposed invoice Date. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofInvoiceAddress
This method will set the BillToInvoiceAddress field and the SoldToInvoiceAddress based on the field name and value passed in. If one is true, then the other is false. Parameters Name fieldName fieldValue ds Type String Boolean Description Either BillTo/SoldToInvoiceAddress. True or false. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofInvoiceRef
This method should be called before the invoice reference has been updated. Parameters Name invoiceNum newInvoiceRef ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Invoice Number. Proposed invoice reference. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineAdvBill
This method should be called when the advanced billing amount on the invoice detail record is changed.
180
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newAdvBillAmt ds Type Int32 Int32 Decimal Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed advanced billing amount. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineContact
This method should be called when the Contact on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newContact ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed Contact number. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineDesc
This method should be called when the part description on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newPartDesc ds Type Int32 Int32 String Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed part description. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineDiscAmt
This method should be called when the discount amount on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newDiscAmt ds Type Int32 Int32 Decimal Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed discount amount. A/R invoice data set.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
181
A-E
OnChangeofLineDiscPerc
This method should be called when the discount percent on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newDiscPerc ds Type Int32 Int32 Decimal Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed discount percent. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineExtPrice
This method should be called when the extended amount on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newExtAmt ds Type Int32 Int32 Decimal Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed discount amount. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineInvoiceLineRef
This method should be called when the Invoice Line Reference number on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newInvoiceLineRef ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed Invoice Line Reference number A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineOrderLine
This method should be called when the OrderLine number on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum Type Int32 Description Invoice Number.
182
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name invoiceLine newOrderLine ds
Type Int32 Int32
Description Invoice line number. Proposed order line number. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineOrderRelease
This method should be called when the order release number on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newOrderRel ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed order release number. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLinePartNum
This method should be called when the part number on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newPartNum ds Type Int32 Int32 String Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed part number. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLinePricePerCode
This method should be called when the price per code on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newPricePer ds Type Int32 Int32 String Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed price per code. A/R invoice data set.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
183
A-E
OnChangeofLineProdCode
This method should be called when the Product code on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newProdCode ds Type Int32 Int32 String Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed product code. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineQty
This method should be called when the quantity on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newQty ds Type Int32 Int32 Decimal Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed quantity. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineRevNum
This method should be called when the revision number on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newRevNum ds Type Int32 Int32 String Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed revision number. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineSalesUM
This method should be called when the sales UM on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum Type Int32 Description Invoice Number.
184
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name invoiceLine newSalesUM ds
Type Int32 String
Description Invoice line number. Proposed sales UM. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineShipDate
This method should be called when the ship date on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newShipDate ds Type Int32 Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed ship date. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeOfLineShipToCustID
This method should be called when the Customer ShipTo ID on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name newShipToCustID ds Type String Description Proposed Customer ShipTo ID. AR Invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineShipToNum
This method should be called when the ship to number on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newShipToNum ds Type Int32 Int32 String Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed ship to number. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineShipVia
This method should be called when the ship via on the invoice detail record is changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
185
A-E
Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newShipVia ds Type Int32 Int32 String Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed ship via. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineTaxCat
This method should be called when the Tax category on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newTaxCat ds Type Int32 Int32 String Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed tax category. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineTaxExempt
This method should be called when the Tax exempt on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newTaxExempt ds Type Int32 Int32 String Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed tax exempt. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLineTaxRgn
This method should be called when the Tax Region on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name iTaxRegionCode ds Type String Description Proposed tax category. A/R invoice data set.
186
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
OnChangeofLineUnitPrice
This method should be called when the unit price on the invoice detail record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine newUnitPrice ds Type Int32 Int32 Decimal Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Proposed unit price. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofLockRate
This method should be called when the invoice lock rate has been changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum newLockRate ds Type Int32 Boolean Description Invoice Number. Proposed invoice lock rate. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofManualTax
This method should be called when the manual tax switch on the invoice tax record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine taxCode rateCode newManualTax ds Type Int32 Int32 String String Boolean Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Invoice line tax code. Invoice line tax rate code. Proposed Manual tax. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofMiscAmt
Calculates the amounts for Miscellaneous charges when the misc. amt. changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
187
A-E
Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine seqNum newMiscAmt ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Decimal Description Invoice Number. Invoice Line Number. Misc charge sequence number. Misc charge proposed amount. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofMiscCode
Obtains defaults from the MiscCode table. This method needs to be called when a code is being changed or after a new InvcMisc record is obtained. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine seqNum newMiscCode ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Description Invoice Number. Invoice Line Number. Misc charge sequence number. New miscellaneous code. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofMiscPrcnt
Calculates the amounts for Miscellaneous charges when the misc. percentage changes. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine seqNum newPrcnt ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Decimal Description Invoice Number. Invoice Line Number. Misc charge sequence number. Misc charge proposed percentage. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofOrderNum
This method should be called before the Order number has been updated.
188
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name invoiceNum newOrderNum ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Invoice Number. Proposed Order number. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofPayMethod
Method to call when changing the payment amount on the payment schedule for Parameters Name ds invoiceNum newPayMethod Int32 Int32 Type Description A/R invoice data set. The invoice number. The Proposed Payment method PMUID.
OnChangeofPaySchedAmt
Method to call when changing the payment amount on the payment schedule for the invoice header. All ARInvPaySched temp table records must be marked as 'dirty' so they will pass through the framework. Parameters Name ds invoiceNum lineNumber newPayAmt Int32 Int32 Decimal The invoice number. The line number or sequence number. The Proposed Pay Sched Amount. Type Description
OnChangeofPaySchedDate
Method to call when changing the payment date on the payment schedule for the invoice header. All ARInvPaySched temp table records must be marked as 'dirty' so they will pass through the framework. Parameters Name ds invoiceNum lineNumber Int32 Int32 The invoice number. The line number or sequence number. Type Description
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
189
A-E
OnChangeofPlant
This method should be called when the plant is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum newPlant ds Type Int32 String Description Invoice Number. Proposed Plant. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeOfRACode
Parameters Name ipRACode ds Type String Description Deferred Revenue Code
OnChangeofRateCode
This method should be called when the tax code on the invoice tax record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine taxCode newRateCode ds Type Int32 Int32 String String Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Invoice line tax code. Invoice line tax rate code. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofRateGrpCode
Parameters Name invoiceNum newRateGrpCode ds Type Int32 String Description Invoice Number. The New currency code. A/R invoice data set.
190
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
OnChangeofSalesRep
This method should be called when a sales rep code on the invoice header record is changed. All the line items will be updated with the new sales rep. Parameters Name invoiceNum repIndexNum Type Int32 Int32 Description Invoice Number. The index number for the rep. If it is the 2nd rep in the list then 2 would be passed. If it is a new rep then the last line number plus one would be passed. The maximum index number is 5. Proposed sales rep code. A/R invoice data set.
newRepCode ds
String
OnChangeofShipDate
This method should be called before the shipment date has been updated. Parameters Name invoiceNum newShipDate ds Type Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Invoice Number. Proposed Ship Date. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofSoldToCustID
This method returns the Sold To customer info. Parameters Name newSoldToCustID ds Type String Description Proposed sold to custid The ARInvoice data set
OnChangeofTaxableAmt
This method should be called when the taxable amount on the invoice tax record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine Type Int32 Int32 Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
191
A-E
Name taxCode rateCode newTaxableAmt ds
Type String String Decimal
Description Invoice line tax code. Invoice line tax rate code. Proposed Taxable amount. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofTaxAmt
This method should be called when the tax amount on the invoice tax record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine taxCode rateCode newTaxAmt ds Type Int32 Int32 String String Decimal Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Invoice line tax code. Invoice line tax rate code. Proposed Tax amount. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofTaxCode
This method should be called when the tax code on the invoice tax record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine rateCode newTaxCode ds Type Int32 Int32 String String Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Invoice line tax rate code. Invoice line tax code. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofTaxLock
This method should be called when the invoice tax lock rate has been changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum newLockRate Type Int32 Boolean Description Invoice Number. Proposed invoice tax lock rate.
192
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ds
Type
Description A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofTaxPDate
This method should be called before the Tax Point date has been updated. Parameters Name invoiceNum newTaxPDate ds Type Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Invoice Number. Proposed Tax Point Date. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofTaxPercent
This method should be called when the tax percent on the invoice tax record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine taxCode rateCode newPercent ds Type Int32 Int32 String String Decimal Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Invoice line tax code. Invoice line tax rate code. Proposed Tax percent. A/R invoice data set.
This method should be called before the tax rate date has been updated. Parameters Name invoiceNum newTaxRateDate ds Type Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Invoice Number. Proposed Tax Rate Date. A/R invoice data set.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
193
A-E
OnChangeofTaxRateGrpCode
Parameters Name invoiceNum newRateGrpCode ds Type Int32 String Description Invoice Number. The New currency code. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofTaxReportAmt
This method should be called when the reportable amount on the invoice tax record is changed. Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine taxCode rateCode newRptAmt ds Type Int32 Int32 String String Decimal Description Invoice Number. Invoice line number. Invoice line tax code. Invoice line tax rate code. Proposed reportable amount. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofTaxRgn
This method should be called when the InvcHead.TaxRegionCode changes Parameters Name invoiceNum taxRegionCode ds Type Int32 String Description Invoice Number Proposed Tax Region Code. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofTermsCode
This method should be called when the Terms Code changes. Parameters Name invoiceNum Type Int32 Description Invoice Number.
194
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name newTermsCode ds
Type String
Description Proposed Terms code. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeOfTransApplyDate
This method should be called before the transferred invoice apply date has been updated. Parameters Name invoiceNum newTransApplyDate ds Type Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Invoice Number. Proposed Transferred Invoice Apply Date. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeofUseSOCCDefaults
This method should be called when the user changes the value in the UseSOCCdefaults. The UseSOCCdefaults allows the user to specify whether or not to use the sales order credit card info or enter it themselves.. Parameters Name invoiceNum useSOCC ds Type Int32 Boolean Description Invoice Number. Use sales order credit card defaults. A/R invoice data set.
OnChangeTranDocTypeID
OnChooseofPaySched
Method to call when obtaining the payment schedule for the invoice header.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
195
A-E
Parameters Name invoiceNum ds Returns Type Int32 Description The invoice number
PrePostBOEInvoice
This method should be called before a BOE Invoice is posted. If the GL is not interfaced the user will be asked to continue Y/N. If they choose N, the PostInvoices method should not be called. Parameters Name ipBOEInvoiceNum ipTCOnline glMessage glWarning Type Int32 Boolean String@ String@ Description BOE Invoice Number. Tax Connect status. Error messages generated. Warning message.
PrePrintInvoices
Purpose: Check if Taxes are calculated, for whole Group (ipInvoiceNum=0), or for one invoice (ipGroupID = "") Copied from Rpt/ARInvForm/ARInvForm.p Parameters Name ipGroupID ipInvoiceNum Type String Int32 Description Group ID Invoice Num
RecalcAmortAmount
Parameters Name ipProposedPct ds Type Decimal Description proposed amortization percent A/R invoice data set.
196
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
RecalcAmortPercent
Parameters Name ipProposedAmt ds Type Decimal Description proposed amortization amount A/R invoice data set.
RecalcDeferredTotals
RestoreAmortizationSchedule
Parameters Name ipInvoiceNum ipInvoiceLine ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Invoice Number invoice line number A/R invoice data set
RMALineTax
This method creates tax lines when we create invoice from RMA Processing Parameters Name invoiceNum invoiceLine ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Invoice Number. Invoice Line Number ARInvoice dataset
SelectUninvoicedDropShipments
Method to call to select uninvoiced drop shipments.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
197
A-E
Parameters Name ds Returns Type Description
SetReadyToCalc
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipInvoiceNum ipCalcAll ds Type String Int32 Boolean Description ipGroupID ipInvoiceNum ipCalcAll ARInvoice dataset
UpdateMaster
Parameters Name ds cGroupID cTableName runCheckAmortSched runChkLtrOfCredit genAmortSched lRASchedExists ipInvoiceNum ipInvoiceLine cARLOCID suppressUserPrompts dTotalCharges grpTotalInvAmt opGenMessage opLtrCrdMsg lUpdateRan String String Boolean Boolean Boolean@ Boolean Int32 Int32 String Boolean Decimal Decimal@ String@ String@ Boolean@ current GroupID on Invoice Indicates the tableName that triggered the update Indicates whether the chkAmortSchedCore method should be called Indicates whether the chkLtrOfCredit method should be called Indicates whether Amortization schedules should be either restored or generated value of current InvcDtl.RASchedExists field current invoice num used to call chkLtrOfCredCore current invoice line current ARLOCID used to call chkLtrOfCredCore Indicates if user prompts should be suppressed InvcHead.InvoiceAmt used in call to CheckLtrOfCredit InvGrp.BaseAmount to update in UI possible output message from chkAmortSchedCore possible output message from chkLtrOfCredCore Indicates that the Update process did run Type Description
198
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateofPaySched
Method to call when updating the payment schedule for the invoice header. The only reason the Parameters Name invoiceNum ds Type Int32 Description The invoice number
VoidLegalNumber
Voids the legal number. Parameters Name ipInvoiceNum ipVoidedReason Returns The Miscellaneous Shipment data set Type Int32 String Description Invoice number Reason for the void
GetLegalNumByInvcRefNum
ARInvoiceLoad
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ARInvoiceLoad: This business object contains 23 methods.
GetNewARInvoiceLoad
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
199
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
AnotherInvoice
Gets another invoice with the same customer and customer defaults..
200
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name priorCustNum priorLockRate Returns ARInvoiceLoad DataSet Type Int32 Boolean Description Customer number Rate
GetCurrencyBase
GetTotals
Gets the total base invoice amount for invoices available for posting. Parameters Name totInvoiceAmt currSymbol Type Decimal@ String@ Description The total amount for invoices available for posting. The base currency symbol.
OnChangeofApplyDate
Called when the ApplyDate field changes. Validates the ApplyDate field. Updates the FiscalPeriod and FiscalYear fields. Parameters Name ds Type Description ARInvoiceLoad DataSet
OnChangeofCreditMemo
Called when the CreditMemo field changes. Reverses the sign of the InvoiceBal and DocInvoiceBal fields. Parameters Name ds Type Description ARInvoiceLoad DataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
201
A-E
OnChangeofCurrencyCode
Called when the currency code changes. Gets the new currency information. Gets the xrate label and currency symbol. Recalc the DocInvoiceBal. Parameters Name ds Type Description ARInvoiceLoad DataSet
OnChangeofCustomer
Gets new defaults from the Customer table. Parameters Name ds Type Description ARInvoiceLoad DataSet
OnChangeofDispInvoiceBal
Called when the DispInvoiceBal field is changed. Updates the InvoiceBal, DocInvoiceBal, DispInvoiceBal and DocDispInvoiceBal fields. Parameters Name ds Type Description ARInvoiceLoad DataSet
OnChangeofDocDispInvoiceBal
Called when the DocDispInvoiceBal field is changed. Updates the InvoiceBal, DocInvoiceBal, DispInvoiceBal and DocDispInvoiceBal fields. Parameters Name ds Type Description ARInvoiceLoad DataSet
OnChangeofDocInvoiceBal
Called when the DocInvoiceBal field is changed. Updates the InvoiceBal, DocInvoiceBal, DispInvoiceBal, DocDispInvoiceBal and CreditMemo fields.
202
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description ARInvoiceLoad DataSet
OnChangeofExchangeRate
Called when the ExchangeRate field changes. Updates the balance fields. Parameters Name ds Type Description ARInvoiceLoad DataSet
OnChangeofFiscalPeriod
Called when the FiscalPeriod field is changed. Validates the FiscalPeriod field. Parameters Name ds Type Description ARInvoiceLoad DataSet
OnChangeofFiscalYear
Called when the FiscalYear field changes. Validates the FiscalYear field. Parameters Name ds Type Description ARInvoiceLoad DataSet
OnChangeofInvoiceBal
Called when the InvoiceBal field is changed. Updates the InvoiceBal, DocInvoiceBal, DispInvoiceBal, DocDispInvoiceBal and CreditMemo fields. Parameters Name ds Type Description ARInvoiceLoad DataSet
OnChangeofInvoiceDate
Called when the InvoiceDate field changes. Validates the InvoiceDate field. Updates the FiscalPeriod and FiscalYear fields and gets the correct exchange rate.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
203
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description ARInvoiceLoad DataSet
PostInvoices
Sets the posted flag on the InvcHead records. The OK to post flag is used to determine what to do under certain circumstances. Parameters Name oktoPost Type Int32@ Description A value of zero will be sent back to the UI when the open balance does not match the total invoice amount and an error will be thrown. A value of one sent by the UI means it is ok to post, but the open balance must match the total invoice amount. A value of two sent by the UI means that it is ok to post when the open balance does not match total invoice amount. In this case the business logic will not set the error flag to zero and the ErrMsg parameter will not be set. Error message
errMsg
String@
ARInvSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ARInvSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewInvcHead
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
204
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetListARTaxConfirmSearch
Returns InvcHead records which have Taxes waiting for Confirmation. Parameters Name invcHeadWhereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The ARInvSearch data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for invcHead table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
205
A-E
ARLOC
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ARLOC: This business object contains 17 methods.
GetNewARLOC
GetNewARLOCAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
206
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
ChangeBTCustID
This method returns the Bill To customer info. Parameters Name newBillToCustID ds Type String Description Proposed bill to custid The ARLOC data set
ChangeCurrencyCode
Called when the CurrencyCode field has been changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The ARLOC data set
ChangeDocLCValue
Called when the DocLCValue field has been changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The ARLOC data set
GetARLOCInvoices
This method will retrieve all the information related to AR Invoices.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
207
A-E
Parameters Name arlocid Returns The ARLOC data set Type String Description AR Letters Of Credit ID
GetARLOCSOrders
This method will retrieve all the information related to Sales Orders. Parameters Name arlocid Returns The ARLOC data set Type String Description AR Letters Of Credit ID
GetAvailBTList
This procedure returns a list of Alternate Bill To Customer for a Customer. Parameters Name pcCurComp piCustNum pcCustID cBillToList Type String Int32 String String@ Description Current Company Customer Number Customer ID Delimited list of Customer ID Customer Named
OnChangeOfDocLCValue
Called when changing the DocLCValue field. Parameters Name proposedLCValue warningMsg ds Type Decimal String@ Description Proposed From Date Warning message The ARLOC data set
OnChangeOfFromDate
Called when changing the FromDate field.
208
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name proposedFromDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Proposed From Date The ARLOC data set
OnChangeOfToDate
Called when changing the ToDate field. Parameters Name proposedToDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Proposed To Date The ARLOC data set
ARPIStatusChg
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ARPIStatusChg: This business object contains 20 methods.
GetNewARPNHead
GetNewARPNDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
209
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
AddSinglePI
Add a single PI to the group
210
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name piGroup piHeadNum piNewGroup piGrpStatus Returns The Status Change data set Type String Int32 String String Description Header Group ID Header Number New Group ID Group Status
AssignLegalNumber
Assigns a legal number to the status change. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum ds opLegalNumMsg Returns The Status Change data set String@ Legal number message Type String Int32 Description Group ID Payment Instrument Head Number
BankExport
Create Bank Export output file Parameters Name ipGroupID ipFileFormat ipOutFileName Type String Int32 String Description Group ID Output File Format Output Filename
DeleteLastARPNMove
Parameters Name ipGroupID Type String Description ipGroupID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
211
A-E
GetByGroup
Get Current ARPNHead records by group Parameters Name piGroup morePages Returns The Status Change data set Type String Boolean@ Description Group ID more pages
GetLegalNumGenOpts
Returns the legal number generation options. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum ipStatusChgTranDocType opPromptForNum Type String Int32 String Boolean@ Description Group ID Payment Instrument Head Number Document Type for the status change Prompt for the number
PrePost
Parameters Name piGroup poRunGL Type String String@ Description Group ID poRunGL
RemoveFromGroup
Removes AR PN records from the current group Returns The Status Change data set
SelectPI
Select Payment Instruments to add to group
212
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name piGroup piGrpStatus piFromDate piToDate piType piCustFilter piCurrencyFilter piStatusFilter Returns The Status Change list data set Type String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} String String String String Description Group ID Group Status From DueDate To DueDate PI Type Customer Filter Currency Filter StatusFilter
SelectPIData
Select Payment Instruments to add to group Parameters Name piGroup piGrpStatus piType piPIList ds Returns The Status Change data set Type String String String String Description Group ID Group Status PI Type PI List
VoidLegalNumber
Voids the legal number. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum ipVoidedReason Returns The Status Change data set Type String Int32 String Description Group ID Payment Instrument Head Number Reason for the void
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
213
A-E
ARPIWriteOff
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ARPIWriteOff: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewARPNHead
GetNewARPNMove
GetNewARPNMoveTGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
214
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
CheckGLInterface
Call this method once to validate the G/L Interface. This method checks for GLSyst availability and if G/L is interfaced with A/P. If A/P is not interfaced with G/L then user should be asked if okay to continue without posting to G/L. This method will return a Message for the user if not interfaced else the Message is blank. If the user do not wish to continue then exit this object. This method also returns a logical flag to indicate if Posting to G/L. This value should be passed on to each new A/P Adjustment (ARPNMove) record to process. Parameters Name opMessage opPostToGL Type String@ Boolean@ Description The Message to ask the user if A/P is not interfaced with G/L. Indicates if the A/P Adjustment will be Posted to G/L.
CheckPNoteExisted
Parameters Name ipPIType ipID ipCustID opRet Type String String String String@ Description ipPIType ipID ipCustID opRet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
215
A-E
GetARPNList
Parameters Name ipType ipPNID ipCustID Type String String String Description ipType ipPNID ipCustID
Returns The AR Promissory Notes data set for Write Off
GetGroupIDForPI
This method will retrieve the GroupID for an ARPNHead record that's for the ARPromNoteID supplied. Parameters Name arPromNoteID groupID headNum Type String String@ Int32@ Description AR Promissory Note ID Cash Group ID HeadNum
GetNewARPNMove1
This method is to be used in place of GetNewARPNMove. This method asks for vendor number and invoice number to link the A/R Invoice Header (ARPNHead) to A/R Invoice Adjustment (ARPNMove). Parameters Name ds ipGroupID ipHeadNum String Int32 Type Description The AR Promissory Notes data set for Write Off The Group ID for this A/R Promissory Note Head The A/R Promissory Note Head Number
GetPNByID
Parameters Name ipHeadNum ipPIType ipID Type Int32 String String Description ipHeadNum ipPIType ipID
216
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ipCustID ipCurGroupID ipNewPIType ds
Description ipCustID ipCurGroupID ipNewPIType The AR Promissory Notes data set for Write Off
ARPromissoryNotes
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ARPromissoryNotes: This business object contains 76 methods.
GetNewARPNHead
GetNewBankTran
GetNewBankTranTGLC
GetNewARPNDtl
GetNewARPNDTaxDtl
GetNewTaxDtl
GetNewARPNHeadTGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
217
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
218
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns
CalcTaxes
AssignLegalNumber
Assigns a legal number to the miscellaneous shipment. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum ds opLegalNumMsg String@ Legal number message Type String Int32 Description Group ID number Header number
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
219
A-E
Returns The Promissory Note data set
BatchGenPIs
Parameters Name ipCutOffDate ipPIStatus ipPmntMeth ipGroupID ipCurrencyCode Returns The Promissory Note data set Type Nullable{System.DateTime} String String String String Description ipCutOffDate ipPIStatus ipPmntMeth ipGroupID ipCurrencyCode
CancelGenPI
Parameters Name ipARPNID ipInvoiceNum Type String Int32 Description ipARPNID ipInvoiceNum
ChangeCurGroupID
Parameters Name ipHeadNum ipID ipCustID ipCurGroupID ipNewPIType Type Int32 String String String String Description ipHeadNum ipID ipCustID ipCurGroupID ipNewPIType
ChangeTranAmt
This method updates the BankTran amounts when the adjustment amount changes or the currency switch toggles.
220
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipTranAmtType Type String Description Indicate which of the transaction amount is changed. Valid values are: 'B' for Base Tran Amount and 'D' for Doc Tran Amount The proposed Transaction Amount The AR Promissory Notes data set
proposedTranAmt ds
Decimal
checkPNoteExisted
Parameters Name ipPIType ipID ipCustID opRet Type String String String String@ Description ipPIType ipID ipCustID opRet
CheckPNotesExistTracker
Checks to see if any AR Promissory Notes exist for a given promissory note ID regardless of customer number or PI type Parameters Name ipID opRet headNum groupID Type String String@ Int32@ String@ Description ipID opRet HeadNum for promissory note ID groupID for promissory note ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
221
A-E
createARPNMove
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum ipCurGroupID ipPIStatus ipPIType ipPIStage Type String Int32 String String String String Description ipGroupID ipHeadNum ipCurGroupID ipPIStatus ipPIType ipPIStage
DeletePICashGroup
This method deletes a CashGrp from AR Invoice Entry Parameters Name groupID Type String Description Cash Group ID
DeletePNbyID
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum Type String Int32 Description ipGroupID ipHeadNum
DeletePNotes
FillPNSummary
Method to call when obtaining the payment schedule for the invoice header.
222
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipcustNum ipStageFilter Returns Type Int32 String Description The customer number All, Open, Closed, or New
GenerateARPNDtl
This method combines the GetNewARPNDtl and Update() method into one routine so that the user can run an "Auto Apply" cash receipt function Parameters Name groupID headNum invoiceNum Returns AR Promissory Notes data set Type String Int32 Int32 Description Cash Group ID Promissory Note HeadNum Promissory Note Invoice Num
GetARPNList
Parameters Name ipType ipPNID ipCustID Returns The Promissory Note data set Type String String String Description ipType ipPNID ipCustID
GetARPNListTracker
Create a list of ARPN for a certail ARPromNoteID regardless of customer, type or post status Parameters Name ipPNID Returns The Promissory Note data set Type String Description ipPNID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
223
A-E
GetARPNMove
Get the ARPNMove records for an ARPromissoryNote. Parameters Name iGroupID iHeadNum Returns The ARPNMove data set Type String Int32 Description The Group Number The Header Number
GetBankAcctInfo
This method is called when the BankAcctID field is modified Parameters Name bankAcctID ds Type String Description Proposed BankAcctID AR Promissory Notes data set
GetById4PITracker
Procedure wrapper for procedure GetById for PI tracker to prevent removing ARPNHead when there is not corresponded record in CashGrp table.(It was removed after posting in post_post file) Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum ds Type String Int32 Description Group ID Head Num AR Promissory Notes data set
GetCurrencyCodeForBatch
Parameters Name ipGroupID opCurrencyCode opDefaultFound Type String String@ Boolean@ Description ipGroupID ipCurrencyCode ipDefaultFound
224
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetCurrencyInfo
This method is used when the Currency Code changes for Invoice payments only Parameters Name currencyCode ds Type String Description Proposed Currency Code AR Promissory Notes data set
GetCurrencyInfoMaster
This method is used when the Currency Code changes for Invoice payments only Parameters Name currencyCode ds Type String Description Proposed Currency Code AR Promissory Notes data set
GetCustomerInfo
This method is called when the CustID field is modified Parameters Name custID ds Type String Description Proposed Customer ID AR Promissory Notes data set
GetCustPIFlags
This method gets the AutoGenPromNotes and DirectDebiting flags from the Customer record. Also sets the flag hasBank to true if there are CustBank records associated to the Customer and false if not. Parameters Name custID autoGenPromNotes directDebiting hasBank Type String Boolean@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Description CustID for Customer Value of AutoGenPromNotes field Value of DirectDebiting field True if Customer has a least one CustBank record
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
225
A-E
GetDtlInvoiceInfo
This method is called when the InvoiceNum field is modified Parameters Name invoiceNum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Invoice Number AR Promissory Notes data set
GetDtlLegalNumberInfo
This method is called when the InvLegalNumber field is modified Parameters Name legalNumber ds Type String Description Proposed Legal Number AR Promissory Notes data set
GetDtlTranAmtInfo
This method is run when the DocTranAmt field is modified Parameters Name docTranAmt ds Type Decimal Description Proposed transaction amount AR Promissory Notes data set
GetGLJrnDtl
Get the GLJrnDtl records for an ARPromissoryNote. Parameters Name iGroupID iHeadNum Returns The GLJrnDtlMov data set Type String Int32 Description The Group Number The Header Number
GetGroupIDForPI
This method will retrieve the GroupID for an ARPNHead record that's for the ARPromNoteID supplied.
226
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name arPromNoteID groupID headNum Type String String@ Int32@ Description AR Promissory Note ID Cash Group ID HeadNum
GetHdrInvoiceInfo
This method will default customer information from an invoice. Parameters Name invoiceNum ds Type Int32 Description Invoice Number to get Customer information from AR Promissory Notes data set
GetHdrLegalNumberInfo
This method will default customer information from an invoice. Parameters Name legalNumber ds Type String Description Legal Number to get Customer information from AR Promissory Notes data set
GetHeadNumForPI
This method will retrieve the HeadNum for an ARPNHead record that's for the invoice number supplied. Parameters Name invoiceNum headNum Type Int32 Int32@ Description Invoice Number ARPN Head Num
GetInvcsSinglGenPI
Retur list of open posted AR invoices for a specific Customer. Parameters Name ipCustID Type String Description customer ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
227
A-E
Name ipCurrencyCode Returns Invoices for customer data set
Type String
Description currency code
GetLegalNumberInfo
This method is called when the InvLegalNumber field is modified Parameters Name legalNumber ds Type String Description Proposed Legal Number AR Promissory Notes data set
GetLegalNumGenOpts
Returns the legal number generation options. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum opPromptForNum Type String Int32 Boolean@ Description Group ID number Header number Prompt for the number
GetNewARPNHeadByGroupID
Alternate routine to create new Payment Instrument Parameters Name piGroupID ds Type String Description Group ID The AR Promissory Notes data set
GetNewARPNHeadByInvoiceNum
Alternate routine to create new Payment Instrument from AR Invoice Entry
228
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name invoiceNum ds Type Int32 Description Invoice Number to create Payment Instrument for The AR Promissory Notes data set
Alternate routine to load the Bank Fee Parameters Name lvHeadNum lvBankAcctID ds Type Int32 String Description Bank Fee Code Bank Account ID The AR Promissory Notes data set
getPITypePropByPMUID
Parameters Name ipPMUID opCustBankDtl opInitiation opBankAcctID Type Int32 Boolean@ String@ String@ Description PMUID CustBankDtl Initiation BankAcctID
GetPNotesByGroupID
Parameters Name ipGroupID Returns The Promissory Note List data set Type String Description ipGroupID
GetRateCodeInfo
This method updates the dataset when the RateCode field changes
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
229
A-E
Parameters Name rateCode taxtbl ds Type String String Description Proposed RateCode value Tax temp-table name AR Promissory Notes data set
GetRowsByGrpID
Parameters Name ipGroupiD Returns The Promissory Note data set Type String Description Group ID
GetSalesTaxInfo
This method updates the dataset when the TaxCode field changes Parameters Name taxCode taxtbl ds Type String String Description Proposed TaxCode value Tax temp-table name AR Promissory Notes data set
GetTaxableInfo
This method is called when the Taxable Amount Tax Percent or Fixed Amount is changed to recalculate the Tax Total Parameters Name taxableAmt taxPercent fixedAmount taxtbl ds Type Decimal Decimal Decimal String Description Proposed new taxable Amount Proposed Tax Percent Propoed Fixed Amount tax temp-table name AR Promissory Notes data set
230
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetTranAmt
This method upates the TranAmt/DocTranAmt field after the TranAmt, DocTranAmt or ExchangeRate field is updated. If BaseEntered flag is yes, the TranAmt and DocTranAmt fields will be used to calculat the exchangeRate. Otherwise, the TranAmt will be calculated using the exchangeRate and DocTranAmt fields. Parameters Name baseEntered ds Type Boolean Description If the TranAmt field was updated then value should be yes, otherwise no AR Promissory Notes data set
GetUnapprovedPI
This function will retrived existing Unapproved Stage PIs and pull them into the group to be converted to Portfolio Stage PIs. Parameters Name piGroup piPayMethodFilter Returns The Promissory Note List data set Type String String Description Group ID PayMethodFilter Filter
LeaveARPNHead
This method checks calculates the GainLoss Adjustment record when finally leaving a ARPNHead record after adding/updating all the ARPNDtl records Parameters Name groupID headNum onAccount ds Type String Int32 Boolean Description Cash Receipt Group ID Cash Receipt number Indicates if excess cash should go on account AR Promissory Notes data set
MarkSent
This method marks a Promissory Note as "Sent".
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
231
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description AR Promissory Notes Data Set
MarkSigned
This method marks a Promissory Note as "Signed". Parameters Name ds Type Description AR Promissory Notes Data Set
OnChangeBankFeeID
Validate for a Correct Bank Fee Code Parameters Name pcBankFeeID ds Type String Description Bank Fee Code The AR Promissory Notes Entry data set
OnChangeType
Run when user changes Payment Instrument type Parameters Name pcType ds Type String Description Payment Instrument Type The AR Promissory Notes Entry data set
PostPIGroupWithoutGL
PostPIGroupWithoutGL is to update ARPNMove records and delete CashGrp if all ARPNMove records were posted. Parameters Name ipGroupID Type String Description Group ID of PI
232
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
PostPNWithoutGL
RecalcARPNDTax
This method is called after the TaxAmt is changed to recalculate the doc or base tax amounts Parameters Name ds Type Description AR Promissory Notes data set
RecalcBankTax
This method is called after the TaxAmt is changed to recalculate the doc or base tax amounts Parameters Name ds Type Description ARPromissoryNotes data set
RecalcTax
This method is called after the TaxAmt is changed to recalculate the doc or base tax amounts Parameters Name ds Type Description ARPromissoryNotes data set
SetReadyToCalc
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum ipInvoiceNum ipInvoiceRef ipBankAcctID Type String Int32 Int32 Int32 String Description ipGroupID ipHeadNum ipInvoiceNum ipInvoiceRef ipBankAcctID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
233
A-E
Name ipTranNum ipVoided ipCalcAll ds
Type Int32 Boolean Boolean
Description ipTranNum ipVoided ipCalcAll AR Promissory Notes dataset
SingleGenPI
Parameters Name ipCustNum ipPIStatus ipPIType ipInvcList ipGroupID ipCurrencyCode Returns The Promissory Note data set Type Int32 String String String String String Description ipCustNum ipPIStatus ipPIType ipInvcList ipGroupID ipCurrencyCode
VoidLegalNumber
Voids the legal number. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum ipVoidedReason Returns The Promissory Note data set Type String Int32 String Description Group ID number Header number Reason for the void
AssetAddEntry
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AssetAddEntry: This business object contains 27 methods.
GetNewFAAddition
234
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetNewFAAddReg
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
235
A-E
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
LeaveAdded
To be called on leave of FAAddition.Added field to update costs based on new exchange rate derived from this apply date. Parameters Name ipAdded ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Added Date that was entered. The FAAddition data set
LeaveAdditionCost
To be called on leave of addition cost field to update the Book Value field. Parameters Name ipAdditionCost ipbaseordoc ds Type Decimal String Description AdditionCost that was entered. The field type - base or doc The FAAddition data set
LeaveAdditionType
To be called on leave of AdditionType field
236
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipAdditionType ds Type String Description addition type that was selected. Asset Add Entry data set
LeaveGrantAmt
To be called on leave of grant amount field to update the Book Value field. Parameters Name ipGrantAmt ipbaseordoc ds Type Decimal String Description GrantAmt that was entered. The field type - base or doc The FAAddition data set
LeaveInterGroup
To be called on leave of FAAddition.InterGroup field to populate or delete the miscellaneous addition registers (FAAddReg). Parameters Name ipInterGroup ds Type Boolean Description InterGroup value that was entered. The FAAddition data set
LeaveInvoiceLine
Called on the leave of FAAddition.InvoiceLine for validation purpose. Parameters Name ipInvoiceLine ds Type Int32 Description Invoice Line Number that was entered. The FAAddition data set
LeaveInvoiceNum
Called on the leave of Invoice Number for validation purpose.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
237
A-E
Parameters Name ipInvoiceNum ds Type String Description Invoice Number that was entered. The FAAddition data set
LeaveJobNum
To be called on leave of Job Number field for validating an existing Job. Parameters Name ipJobNum ds Type String Description Job Number that was entered. The FAAddition data set
LeaveLotNum
To be called on leave of FAAddition.LotNum field Parameters Name ipLotNum ds Type String Description Lot Number that was entered. Asset Addition Entry data set
LeavePartNum
To be called on leave of FAAddition.PartNum field Parameters Name ipPartNum ds Type String Description partnum that was entered. Asset Addition Entry data set
LeavePONum
To be called on leave of VendorID field to validate an existing PO Parameters Name ipPONum ds Type Int32 Description PO Number that was entered. The AssetAddEntry data set
238
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
LeaveRegCurrDepreciation
To be called on leave of FAAddReg.CurrDepreciation field to update the Book Value field. Parameters Name ipAssetNum ipAdditionNum ipAssetRegID ipCurrDepreciation ipAdditionCost ipGrantAmt ipBaseOrDoc ds Type String Int32 String Decimal Decimal Decimal String Description asset number asset addition number asset register ID current depreciation that was entered. addition cost grant amount The field type - base or doc The FAAddition data set
LeaveRegCurrGrantDep
To be called on leave of FAAddReg.CurrGrantDep field to update the Grant Book Value field. Parameters Name ipAssetNum ipAdditionNum ipAssetRegID ipCurrGrantDep ipGrantAmt ipBaseOrDoc ds Type String Int32 String Decimal Decimal String Description asset number asset addition number asset register ID current depreciation that was entered. grant amount The field type - base or doc The FAAddition data set
LeaveRegPrevDepreciation
To be called on leave of FAAddReg.PrevDepreciation field to update the Book Value field. Parameters Name ipAssetNum ipAdditionNum ipAssetRegID Type String Int32 String Description asset number asset addition number asset register ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
239
A-E
Name ipPrevDepreciation ipAdditionCost ipGrantAmt ipBaseOrDoc ds
Type Decimal Decimal Decimal String
Description previous years depreciation that was entered. addition cost grant amount The field type - base or doc The FAAddition data set
LeaveRegPrevGrantDep
To be called on leave of FAAddReg.PrevGrantDep field to update the Grant Book Value field. Parameters Name ipAssetNum ipAdditionNum ipAssetRegID ipPrevGrantDep ipGrantAmt ipBaseOrDoc ds Type String Int32 String Decimal Decimal String Description asset number asset addition number asset register ID current depreciation that was entered. grant amount The field type - base or doc The FAAddition data set
LeaveTransferQty
To be called on leave of FAAddition.TransferQty field. This qty is always expressed in IUM. Parameters Name ipTransferQty ds Type Decimal Description Transfer Qty that was entered. Asset Addition Entry data set
LeaveVendorID
To be called on leave of VendorID field to validate an existing Vendor Parameters Name ipVendorID ds Type String Description VendorID or SupplierID that was entered. The AssetAddEntry data set
240
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
LeaveWarehouse
To be called on leave of FAAddition.WarehouseCode field. Parameters Name ipWarehouseCode ds Type String Description Warehouse Code that was entered. Asset Addition Entry data set
AssetClosePeriod
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AssetClosePeriod: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewFiscalPer
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
241
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
CheckYearEndStatus
Returns a logical value to indicate if the Year End Process should be enabled. Parameters Name ipCalendarID ipYear ipYearSuffix opAllowed Type String Int32 String Boolean@ Description The input fiscal calendar ID The input fiscal year The input fiscal year suffix Logical value to indicate if Year End Process is allowed
OnChangeFAClosedPeriod
Run when the FiscalPer.FAClosedPeriod field changes. Parameters Name ipProposedValue opMessage ds Type Boolean String@ Description Value that the user has entered (yes/no) Warning message to the user The AssetClosePeriod data set
242
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
AssetDispEntry
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AssetDispEntry: This business object contains 19 methods.
GetNewFADisposal
GetNewFADispReg
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
243
A-E
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
LeaveCustID
To be called on leave of custid field Parameters Name ipcustid ds Type String Description custid that was entered. Asset Disposal Entry data set
LeaveDisposalCost
To be called on leave of DisposalCost field Parameters Name ipdisposalcost ipbaseordoc ds Type Decimal String Description disposalcost that was entered. The field type - base or doc Asset Disposal Entry data set
244
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
LeaveDisposalType
To be called on leave of DisposalType field Parameters Name ipdisposaltype ds Type String Description disposal type that was selected. Asset Disposal Entry data set
LeaveJobNum
To be called on leave of Job Number field Parameters Name ipjobnum ds Type String Description jobnum that was entered. The AssetDispEntryDataSet data set
LeaveOrderNum
To be called on leave of ordernum field Parameters Name ipordernum ds Type Int32 Description ordernum that was entered. Asset Disposal Entry data set
LeavePartNum
To be called on leave of partnum field Parameters Name ippartnum ds Type String Description partnum that was entered. Asset Disposal Entry data set
LeaveProceed
To be called on leave of Proceed field
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
245
A-E
Parameters Name ipproceed ipbaseordoc ds Type Decimal String Description disposalcost that was entered. The field type - base or doc Asset Disposal Entry data set
LeaveRegCurrDepreciation
To be called on leave of FADispReg.CurrDepreciation field Parameters Name ipcurrdepreciation ipdisposalcost ipbaseordoc ds Type Decimal Decimal String Description current depreciation that was entered. disposal cost The field type - base or doc Asset Disposal Entry data set
LeaveRegPrevDepreciation
To be called on leave of FADispReg.PrevDepreciation field Parameters Name ipprevdepreciation ipdisposalcost ipbaseordoc ds Type Decimal Decimal String Description previous depreciation that was entered. disposal cost The field type - base or doc Asset Disposal Entry data set
RecalcRegDefaults
Recalculates default values for FADispReg depreciation values Parameters Name inassetnum indisposalnum ds Type String Int32 Description The Asset Number to recalc for. The Disposal Number Asset Disposal Entry data set
246
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
AssetImpair
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AssetImpair: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewFAImpairment
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
247
A-E
UpdateExt
ChangeImpairmentCost
Method to call when changing the impairment cost. Parameters Name proposedImpairCost baseOrDoc ds Type Decimal String Description The proposed impairment cost The field type - base or doc The AssetImpair data set
ATP
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ATP: This business object contains 6 methods.
Forecast
Call this method from Forecast button of ATP screen. Parameters Name pcPartNum pcPlant pdtStartDate Type String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Part number. Plant Start Date
Returns Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ATPForecastDataSet
OnChangeField
When the user changes the value of any field except Plant and Part call this method.
248
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name pcFieldName pcPartNum pcPlant pcRowIdent Type String String String String@ Description Field name from where this method is called. Part number. Plant RowIdent of AvailableToPromise datatable. If non-blank, reposition the AvailableToPromise browse to the row with this value of RowIdent. Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ATPDataSet
ds
OnChangePlant
When the user changes the Plant, call this method. Parameters Name pcPartNum pcPlant Returns Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ATPDataSet Type String String Description Part number. Plant
ProjectedReceipts
Call this method from Receipts button of ATP screen. Parameters Name pcPartNum pcPlant Type String String Description Part number. Plant
Returns Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ProjectedReceiptsDataSet
SalesOrder
Call this method from Sales Order button of ATP screen. Parameters Name pcPartNum pcPlant Type String String Description Part number. Plant
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
249
A-E
Name pdtStartDate
Type Nullable{System.DateTime}
Description Start Date
Returns Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ATPOrderRelDataSet
TransferOrder
Call this method from Transfer Order button of ATP screen. Parameters Name pcPartNum pcPlant pdtStartDate Type String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Part number. Plant Start Date
Returns Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ATPTFOrderDataSet
Attachment
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Attachment: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewXFileAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
250
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetPathReferences
Returns a list of rows that reference the same path. Parameters Name path Returns The list DataSet. Type String Description The path to match.
AttrBin
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AttrBin: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewAttrBin
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
251
A-E
GetNewAttrBinAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
252
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Attribut
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Attribut: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewAttribut
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Returns a list of rows that satisfy the where clause. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage Type String Int32 Int32 Description An expression used to filter the rows. Can be left blank for all rows. The maximum number of rows to return. Leave as zero for no maximum. Page of rows to return.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
253
A-E
Name morePages Returns The list DataSet.
Type Boolean@
Description Whether there are more pages of rows available.
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
AttrWhseGroup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AttrWhseGroup: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewAttrWhseGroup
GetNewAttrWhseGroupAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
254
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
255
A-E
Returns
AutoRpt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AutoRpt: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewAutoRpt
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
256
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
AutoPrintReport
Emulates the Auto-Printing of a Report like if it was fired from a BAM Action. Parameters Name ipTableName ipReportID ipRptDefID ipTableRowId Type String String String String Description Table Name Report ID Data Definition ID used by the Report RowId of a row of the Table where the BAM we want to emulate was defined.
ReportCanAutoPrint
Checks if a given Report can be used on Auto-Print actions in BAMs Parameters Name ipReportID canAutoPrint Type String Boolean@ Description Report ID Indicates if the given Report can be used on Auto-Print actions in BAMs
TableCanAutoPrint
Checks if a given table can enable the Auto-Print action in BAMs Parameters Name ipTableName canAutoPrint Type String Boolean@ Description Table Name Indicates if the given table can enable the Auto-Print action in a BAM
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
257
A-E
AutoTranReversal
Epicor.Mfg.BO.AutoTranReversal: This business object contains 5 methods.
CheckReverseDate
Check if New Reversing Apply Date is valid or not. Parameters Name reverseDate bookID Type Nullable{System.DateTime} String Description Reversing Apply Date BookID
DeleteLinkingMemos
Delete linking memos is posting was not run. Parameters Name iABTUID ds Type String Description ABTUID of GLTransaction. Epicor.Mfg.BO.AutoTranReversalDataSet
GetGLTranList
Get a list of GL journal Lines. Parameters Name abtUID Type String Description ABTUID for the search. Epicor.Mfg.BO.AutoTranReversalDataSet
GetList
258
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Type Int32 Boolean@
Post
Post Parameters Name ds outErrorMessage String@ Type Description DataSet outErrorMessage
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
259
A-E
Chapter 2: B
BackflushLabor
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BackflushLabor: This business object contains 2 methods. Run BackFlushLabor Get company list Returns BackflushLabor data set
BankAcct
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankAcct: This business object contains 19 methods.
GetNewBankAcct
GetNewBankAcctAttch
GetNewBankPayMethod
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
260
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeBankBranchCode
Check if the Bank Branch code changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
261
A-E
Parameters Name proposedBankBranchCode ds Type String Description The proposed Bank Branch code BankAcct data set
ChangeDebNoteOnly
Check if the Bank DebNoteOnly flag could be changed. Parameters Name ds debNoteOnly Boolean Type Description Bank Acct data set Proposed value of the flag
ChangeLOCLimit
Method to call when changing the Limit of Credit amount on an Bank record. Updates BankAcct amounts based on the new Limit of Credit amount. Parameters Name proposedLOCLimit ds Type Decimal Description The proposed Limit amount The Bank Account data set
GetAPLOCClosed
This method will retrieve information about Letter of Credit with status Closed Parameters Name bankAcctID Returns The APLOC data set Type String Description Bank Account ID
GetAPLOCOpen
This method will retrieve information about Letter of Credit with status Open Parameters Name bankAcctID Type String Description Bank Account ID
262
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns The APLOC data set
GetBankBal
Get bank balance. Parameters Name fyear fyearsuffix bankID Returns Balance data set Type Int32 String String Description Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Bank ID
GetCurrencyBase
BankAdjEntry
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankAdjEntry: This business object contains 29 methods.
GetNewBankGrp
GetNewBankTran
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
263
A-E
GetNewBankTranTGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Apply input data to BO by calling GetByID/GetNew/Update methods.
264
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns The dataset with list of errors occured during update process.
GetCodeDescList
CalcTaxes
BeforeGetBankGrp
This method checks to see if the selected Bank Group is valid (i.e. not in use by other user and not a CashBook entry) before fetching the dataset. Parameters Name groupID Type String Description Selected Bank Group ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
265
A-E
ChangeGrpBankAcct
Call this method to update the BankGrp Bank Account information when the Bank Account ID changes. Parameters Name proposedBankAcctID ds Type String Description The proposed Bank Account ID The Bank Adjustment Entry data set
ChangeGrpTranDate
Call this method to update the BankGrp fiscal period and year when the transaction date changes. Parameters Name proposedTranDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed Transaction Date The Bank Adjustment Entry data set
ChangeTranAmt
This method updates the BankTran amounts when the adjustment amount changes or the currency switch toggles. Parameters Name ipTranAmtType Type String Description Indicate which of the transaction amount is changed. Valid values are: 'B' for Base Tran Amount and 'D' for Doc Tran Amount The proposed Transaction Amount The Bank Adjustment Entry data set
proposedTranAmt ds
Decimal
ChangeTranDate
Call this method to update the Rate field when the Adjustment Transaction date changes. Parameters Name proposedTranDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed Adjustment Transaction Date The Bank Adjustment Entry data set
266
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Method to call when it is necessary to check if document is lock, before doing smth. Parameters Name vGroupID Type String Description GroupID
DeleteZeroAmtTaxRec
This method deletes TaxDtl records which have zero amounts Since Payments TAx logic calculates tax conditionally only for the first tax line the invoice could have multiple zero tax records. Parameters Name postGroupID Type String Description The Group ID of the Group to post
GetByTranNum
Same functionality as GetByID. Except you can use BankAcctID and TranNum to fetch the BankAdjEntryDataSet. Parameters Name pcBankAcctID piTranNum plVoided Returns The Bank Adjustment Entry data set Type String Int32 Boolean Description Bank Acct ID BankTran.TranNum BankTran.Voided
GetNewBankTran1
This method is to be used in place of GetNewBankTran. This method asks for Group ID to link the Bank Adjustment Group (BankGrp) to BankTran. Parameters Name ds vGroupID String Type Description The Bank Adjustment Entry data set The Bank Adjustment Group ID
GetRateCodeInfo
This method updates the dataset when the RateCode field changes
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
267
A-E
Parameters Name rateCode ds Type String Description Proposed RateCode value Cash Receipt data set
GetSalesTaxInfo
This method updates the dataset when the TaxCode field changes Parameters Name taxCode ds Type String Description Proposed TaxCode value Cash Receipt data set
GetTaxableInfo
This method is called when the Taxable Amount Tax Percent or Fixed Amount is changed to recalculate the Tax Total Parameters Name taxableAmt taxPercent fixedAmount ds Type Decimal Decimal Decimal Description Proposed new taxable Amount Proposed Tax Percent Propoed Fixed Amount Cash Receipt data set
LeaveBankGrp
This method must be run whenever the use is leaving the current BankGrp record (either by selecting a new Bank Group or by leaving the screen) Parameters Name groupID Type String Description Bank Group ID to clear
OnChangeBankFeeID
Validate for a Correct Bank Fee Code
268
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name pcBankFeeID ds Type String Description Bank Fee Code The Bank Adjustment Entry data set
PrePostGrp
Method to call before posting bank adjustment group.. This method will check if there are tax records with zero amounts and return message text asking the user if they would like to continue with posting or delete these tax records before posting. Parameters Name postGroupID taxRecMessage Type String String@ Description The Group ID of the Group to post Contains text of the message to present to the user if zero amount tax line exist.
RecalcBankTax
This method is called after the TaxAmt is changed to recalculate the doc or base tax amounts Parameters Name ds Type Description Cash Receipt data set
SetReadyToCalc
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipTranNum ipBankAcctID ipVoided ipCalcAll ds Type String Int32 String Boolean Boolean Description ipGroupID ipTranNum ipBankAcctID ipVoided ipCalcAll BankAdjEntry dataset
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
269
A-E
BankBrnch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankBrnch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewBankBrnch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
270
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
BankFee
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankFee: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewBankFee
GetNewLangDesc
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
271
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ChangeIncomeTaxCode
Performs required logic when BankFee.IncomeTaxCode is modified. Parameters Name ipIncomeTaxCode ds Type String Description Proposed input value of Income Tax Code BankFee data set
BankFileImport
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankFileImport: This business object contains 23 methods.
GetNewIMCashGrp
GetNewIMCashHead
GetNewIMCashDtl
272
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
273
A-E
ChangeARInvSelApplyAmt
Method to call when changing the apply amount on the invoice to match. Parameters Name proposedApplyAmt inInvoiceNum ds Type Decimal Int32 Description The proposed apply amount The invoice number The Invoice Selection data set
ChangeARInvSelDocDiscAmt
Method to call when changing the discount amount for the invoice to match. Parameters Name proposedDocDiscAmt inInvoiceNum ds Type Decimal Int32 Description The proposed doc discount amount The invoice number The Invoice Selection data set
ChangeARInvSelSelected
Method to call when selecting or deselecting an invoice to match. Parameters Name proposedSelected inInvoiceNum inTranDate ds Type Boolean Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed selected value The invoice number The tran date The Invoice Selection data set
ChangeIMCashDtlDocDiscount
Method to call when changing the discount on the payment detail. Parameters Name proposedDocDiscount ds Type Decimal Description The proposed discount The Bank File Import data set
274
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ChangeIMCashDtlDocTranAmt
Method to call when changing the tran amount on the payment detail. Parameters Name proposedDocTranAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed tran amt The Bank File Import data set
ChangeIMCashDtlInvoiceNum
Method to call when changing the invoice number. Parameters Name proposedInvoiceNum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed invoice number The Bank File Import data set
ChangeIMCashGrpBankAcctID
Method to call when changing the bank account. Parameters Name proposedBankAcctID ds Type String Description The proposed bank account id The Bank File Import data set
ChangeIMCashHeadCustID
Method to call when changing the customer. Parameters Name proposedCustID ds Type String Description The proposed bank account id The Bank File Import data set
CreatePymtForInvoices
Create payments for selected invoices.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
275
A-E
Parameters Name pcGroupID pcHeadNum ds Returns Bank File Import data set Type String Int32 Description Cash Receipt Group ID Imported payment to create the line for The ARInvSel data set
GetBankFileImportParam
Returns record in BankFileImportParam dataset Parameters Name cGroupID Returns Type String Description The Cash Group ID
ImportBankFile
Imports a bank file Parameters Name ds Type Description
MatchPayments
Method to call to automatically match the invoices, called after import Parameters Name matchGroupID Type String Description The Group to match
ProcessReceipts
Method to call to accept the matched receipts Parameters Name cGroupID cReturnMsg Type String String@ Description The group id to process Return message to display to the user
276
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name lClearRcds
Type Boolean@
Description Clear the dataset records - will be true if all payments were processed
SelectInvoices
Read InvcHead records and create ARInvSel records if they meet the selection criteria. Parameters Name pcGroupID piHeadNum Returns The ARInvSel data set Type String Int32 Description AR Check Group ID IMCashRec header number
BankFundTran
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankFundTran: This business object contains 9 methods.
ChangeFromAmt
This method validates the proposed Tranfer Amount and updates the dataset accordingly Parameters Name docTranAmt ds Type Decimal Description Proposed Transaction Amount Bank Funds Transfer data set
ChangeFromBank
This method validates the proposed from (source) bank and updates the dataset accordingly Parameters Name bankAcctID ds Type String Description Proposed From Bank Accout ID Bank Funds Transfer data set
ChangeRateGrp
This method validates the proposed RateGrpCode and updates the dataset accordingly
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
277
A-E
Parameters Name ipRateGrpCode ds Type String Description Proposed RateGrpCode Bank Funds Transfer data set
ChangeTargetBank
This method validates the proposed target bank and updates the dataset accordingly Parameters Name toBankAcctID ds Type String Description Proposed Target Bank Accout ID Bank Funds Transfer data set
ChangeToAmt
This method validates the proposed To Tranfer Amount and updates the dataset accordingly Parameters Name toDocTranAmt ds Type Decimal Description Proposed To Transaction Amount Bank Funds Transfer data set
ChangeTranDate
This method validates the proposed Transaction date and updates the dataset according to the new date/fiscal period Parameters Name tranDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Proposed Transaction Date Bank Funds Transfer data set
This method creates the BankFundTran record for the user to edit Returns Bank Funds Transfer data set
GetLegalNumGenOpts
This method will return a record in the LegalNumGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does,
278
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Type Description Bank Funds Transfer data set Indicates if the legal number requires user input
ValidateBeforeTransfer
This method validates all entered data, that need to do before transfer. Parameters Name ds Type Description Bank Funds Transfer data set
BankPayMethodSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankPayMethodSearch: This business object contains 0 methods.
BankRec
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRec: This business object contains 52 methods.
GetNewCashBHed
GetNewCashBDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
279
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
AddStatement
Add Statement. It is similar to GetNewCashBHed in functionality. It should be used to create CashBHed with BankAcctID as input. Parameters Name pcBankAcctID ds Type String Description Bank Account ID of the statement. Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecDataSet
280
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name iBankAcctID iFiscalYear iFiscalYearSuffix iBankSlip iFiscalCalendarID Type String Int32 String Int32 String Description BankAcctID FiscalYear FiscalYearSuffix BankSlip FiscalCalendarID
CheckExists
Call this method to validate if a check exists in the db Parameters Name inCheckNum inBankAcctID outExists Type Int32 String Boolean@ Description Check number Bank account outExists
ClearAPPI
Used in A/P Payment clearing to clear a single A/R Payment Instrument. Parameters Name piHeadNum pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine plClearingMode ds Type Int32 Decimal Int32 Boolean Description HeadNum for the Payment Instrument to be cleared. CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Clearing Mode, Yes for Clear Payment Instrument No for Not Clear Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecAPPIClearingDataSet
ClearARPI
Used in A/P Payment clearing to clear a single A/R Payment Instrument. Parameters Name piHeadNum pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine Type Int32 Decimal Int32 Description HeadNum for the Payment Instrument to be cleared. CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
281
A-E
Name plClearingMode ds
Type Boolean
Description Clearing Mode, Yes for Clear Payment Instrument No for Not Clear Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecARPIClearingDataSet
ClearChecks
Used in A/P Payment clearing to clear a single or range of checks. Parameters Name piStartCheckNum piEndCheckNum pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine plClearingMode ds Type Int32 Int32 Decimal Int32 Boolean Description Starting check number of the range of checks to be cleared. Ending check number of the range of checks to be cleard. CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Clearing Mode, Yes for Clear Check No for Not Clear Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecPaymentClearingDataSet
ClearPayrollChecks
Used in Payroll clearing to clear a single or range of checks. Parameters Name piStartCheckNum piEndCheckNum pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine plClearingMode ds Type Int32 Int32 Decimal Int32 Boolean Description Starting check number of the range of checks to be cleared. Ending check number of the range of checks to be cleard. CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Clearing Mode, Yes for Clear Check No for Not Clear Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecPayrollClearingDataSet
ClearTransactionClearing
Used in Transaction clearing to clear or not clear BankTran. Parameters Name pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine pcBankAcctID Type Decimal Int32 String Description CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Bank Account ID from BankTran datatable
282
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name piTranNum plClearingMode ds
Type Int32 Boolean
Description Transaction number from BankTran datatable Clearing Mode, Yes for Clear Check No for Not Clear Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecTransClearingDataSet
CreateLine
Call this method before calling other business objects like Cash Receipts, PaymentEntry, Bank Adjustment etc. This method creates the CashBDtl record and any other records required to call the business object. Parameters Name pcLineType pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds Type String Decimal Int32@ Description Line Type. For example, Manual, MisPay, PayInv, Deposit, APPay, PRPay, CRPay, BankTran, APPIPay and ARPIPay Cash book number Cash book line number. Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecDataSet
DeSelectAllAPPIClearing
Used in A/P Payment Instrument clearing - to De-Select All A/P Payment Instrument clearing. Parameters Name pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds Type Decimal Int32 Description CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecAPPIClearingDataSet
DeSelectAllARPIClearing
Used in A/R Payment Instrument clearing - to De-Select All A/R Payment Instrument clearing. Parameters Name pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds Type Decimal Int32 Description CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecARPIClearingDataSet
DeSelectAllPaymentClearing
Used in A/P Payment clearing - to De-Select All Payment clearing.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
283
A-E
Parameters Name pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds Type Decimal Int32 Description CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecPaymentClearingDataSet
DeSelectAllPayrollClearing
Used in Payroll clearing - to De-Select All Payroll clearing. Parameters Name pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds Type Decimal Int32 Description CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecPayrollClearingDataSet
DeSelectAllTransactionClearing
Used in A/P Transaction Clearing - to De-Select BankTran. Parameters Name pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds Type Decimal Int32 Description CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecTransClearingDataSet
GetAPPIClearing
Get a list of A/P Payment Instruments. Parameters Name ds pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine Decimal Int32 Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecDataSet CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecAPPIClearingDataSet
GetARPIClearing
Get a list of A/R Payment Instruments.
284
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine Decimal Int32 Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecDataSet CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecARPIClearingDataSet
GetCurrencyBase
GetLegNumDefaults
GetPaymentClearing
Get a list of A/P Payments. Parameters Name ds pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine Decimal Int32 Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecDataSet CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecPaymentClearingDataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
285
A-E
GetPayrollClearing
Get a list of Payroll Clearing. Parameters Name ds pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine Decimal Int32 Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecDataSet CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecPayrollClearingDataSet
GetStatement
Get Statement. Call this method when the user enters the Statement#. It is similar to GetByID in functionality. Parameters Name pcBankAcctID piFiscalYear piBankSlip Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecDataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Description Bank Account ID of the statement. Fiscal Year of the statement Bank slip#
GetTransactionClearing
Used Transaction Clearing - To get a list of Transactions Clearing from BankTran. Parameters Name ds pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine Decimal Int32 Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecDataSet CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecTransClearingDataSet
OnChangeAPPIClearedAmt
Used in A/P Payment Instrument clearing - Call after user enters a Cleared Amt.
286
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name plCurrencySwitch pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds Type Boolean Decimal Int32 Description Currency switch, If Yes, accept input in ClearedAmt, else accept input in DocClearedAmt CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecAPPIClearingDataSet
OnChangeARPIClearedAmt
Used in A/P Payment Instrument clearing - Call after user enters a Cleared Amt. Parameters Name plCurrencySwitch pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds Type Boolean Decimal Int32 Description Currency switch, If Yes, accept input in ClearedAmt, else accept input in DocClearedAmt CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecARPIClearingDataSet
OnChangeClearedAmt
Used in A/P Payment clearing - Call after user enters a Cleared Amt. Parameters Name plCurrencySwitch pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds ds1 Type Boolean Decimal Int32 Description Currency switch, If Yes, accept input in ClearedAmt, else accept input in DocClearedAmt CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecPaymentClearingDataSet Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecDataSet
OnChangeofApplyDate
This method should be called before the apply date has been updated. Parameters Name pdCashBookNum Type Decimal Description CashBookNum from CashBHed datatable
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
287
A-E
Name newApplyDate ds
Description Proposed Apply Date. Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecPaymentClearingDataSet
OnChangePayrollClearedAmt
Used in Payroll clearing - Call after user enters a Cleared Amt. Parameters Name plCurrencySwitch pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds Type Boolean Decimal Int32 Description Currency switch, If Yes, accept input in ClearedAmt, else accept input in DocClearedAmt CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecPayrollClearingDataSet
OnChangingMXRecDate
Used to validate new Reconciled Date. Parameters Name plMXRecDate pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Decimal Int32 Description New Reconciled Date CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable
Post
Post bank reconciliation transactions. Parameters Name pcBankAcctID pdCashBookNum plGLWarningContinue Type String Decimal String Description Bank Account ID Cash book number to be posted. Yes/No response to the question "WARNING: A/P is NOT interfaced with General Ledger. G/L transactions will NOT be created. Do you wish to continue?" Posting Errors
pcPostErrorLog
String@
PRCheckExists
Call this method to validate if a check exists in the db
288
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name inCheckNum inBankAcctID outHeadNum Type Int32 String Int32@ Description Check number Bank account out Head number
RefreshCashBDtl
Call this method after calling other business objects like Cash Receipts, PaymentEntry, Bank Adjustment etc. This method updates the CashBDtl record with the data from other business objects. Parameters Name pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecDataSet Type Decimal Int32 Description Cash book number CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable
SelectAllAPPIClearing
Used in A/P Payment Instrument clearing - to Select All A/P Payment Instrument clearing. Parameters Name pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds Type Decimal Int32 Description CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecAPPIClearingDataSet
SelectAllARPIClearing
Used in A/R Payment Instrument clearing - to Select All A/R Payment Instrument clearing. Parameters Name pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds Type Decimal Int32 Description CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecARPIClearingDataSet
SelectAllPaymentClearing
Used in A/P Payment clearing - to Select All Payment clearing.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
289
A-E
Parameters Name pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds Type Decimal Int32 Description CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecPaymentClearingDataSet
SelectAllPayrollClearing
Used in Payroll clearing - to Select All Payroll checks for clearing. Parameters Name pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds Type Decimal Int32 Description CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecPayrollClearingDataSet
SelectAllTransactionClearing
Used in A/P Transaction Clearing - to Select BankTran. Parameters Name pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds Type Decimal Int32 Description CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecTransClearingDataSet
SelectBank
Select a Bank. Parameters Name pcBankAcctID pdCashBookNum Type String Int32@ Description Bank account ID Returns a Cash book number if there is an un-posted CashBHed present.
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecBankAcctDataSet
SelectReferenceClearing
Used in Transaction Clearing - to Select BankTran.
290
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine cReference ds Type Decimal Int32 String Description CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Cash group reference selected Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecTransClearingDataSet
UnSelectBank
Unlocks the group record locked by group name pcBankAcctID and by the user DCD-USERID. Parameters Name pcBankAcctID plSuccess Type String Boolean@ Description Unlock the groups for Bank account ID Returns Yes if successfully unlocked the group.
UpdateAPPIClearing
Update the changes made to A/P Payment Instrument Clearing browse. Parameters Name ds pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds1 Decimal Int32 Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecAPPIClearingDataSet CashBookNum from CashBDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashBDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecDataSet
UpdateARPIClearing
Update the changes made to A/R Payment Instrument Clearing browse. Parameters Name ds pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds1 Decimal Int32 Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecARPIClearingDataSet CashBookNum from CashBDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashBDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecDataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
291
A-E
UpdatePaymentClearing
Update the changes made to Payment Clearing browse. Parameters Name ds pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds1 Decimal Int32 Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecPaymentClearingDataSet CashBookNum from CashBDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashBDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecDataSet
UpdatePayrollClearing
Update the changes made to Payroll clearing browse. Parameters Name ds pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds1 Decimal Int32 Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecPayrollClearingDataSet CashBookNum from CashBDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashBDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecDataSet
UpdateTransactionClearing
Used in Transaction clearing - to Update transaction clearing. Parameters Name ds pdCashBookNum piCashBookLine ds1 Decimal Int32 Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecTransClearingDataSet CashBookNum from CashbDtl datatable CashBookLine from CashbDtl datatable Epicor.Mfg.BO.BankRecDataSet
BAQDesigner
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BAQDesigner: This business object contains 31 methods.
GetNewDynamicQueryDesigner
292
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetNewQueryTableDesigner
GetNewQueryFieldDesigner
GetNewQueryCalcFldDesigner
GetNewQueryCtrlDesigner
GetNewQueryCtrlValuesDesigner
GetNewQueryCustomActionDesigner
GetNewQueryParameterDesigner
GetNewQueryRelationDesigner
GetNewQueryRelationFieldDesigner
GetNewQuerySortByDesigner
GetNewQueryUpdateFieldDesigner
GetNewQueryWhereItemDesigner
GetNewQueryValueSetItemsDesigner
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
293
A-E
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CreateUBAQ
Create files for updatable query
294
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name dcdUserID pcQueryID Returns Returns PcDynLst Type String String Description UserID, to which the query belongs The Query(Exports) ID
GetPcDynLst
Get list from PcDynLst where specified query is used Parameters Name pcQueryID Returns Returns PcDynLst Type String Description The Query(Exports) ID
GetABTQueryLst
Get list from ABTQuery where specified query BAQID is used Parameters Name baQID Returns Returns ABTQueryLst Type String Description The Query(Exports) ID
GetUsedInBAQList
Get list from of BAQs where specified query is used Parameters Name pcQueryID Type String Description The Query(Exports) ID
Returns Returns UsedInBAQListDataSet dataset Get full list of tables from zDataTable for palette and code editor Returns Returns list from zDataTable
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
295
A-E
LoadQueryDiagram
This method returns serialized query diagram Parameters Name pcQueryID companyID dcdUserID Returns Returns the dataset with diagram Type String String String Description The Query(Exports) ID The Company) ID The User ID
DeleteQueryDiagram
This method returns serialized query diagram Parameters Name pcQueryID companyID dcdUserID Returns Returns the dataset with diagram Type String String String Description The Query(Exports) ID The Company) ID The User ID
SaveQueryDiagram
This method saves SOAP-serialized query diagram Parameters Name ds Type Description The dataset representing the current diagram
ValidQueryName
Check if query name entered is valid Parameters Name pcQueryID queryFound cUser Type String@ Boolean@ String@ Description The proposed Query(Exports) ID true, if such query exists The User ID, who created query
296
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
PossibleBONames
returns list of BOs where query tables are used Parameters Name tableNames boNames Type String String@ Description comma delimeted table name list comma delimeted BO name list
GetBOTableList
This method returns the list of tables, belonging to specified business object Parameters Name boName topTableID Type String String@ Description Business Object Name comma delimeted BO name list
BAQExtODBCSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BAQExtODBCSearch: This business object contains 5 methods. Get full list of ODBC DSN Returns Returns list from zDataTable
GetList
Get full list of ODBC DSN - equal to GetDSNList. Used for Combobox listing Returns Returns list from zDataTable
GetTableList
Get full list of tables from Recordset.Open for palette and code editor Returns Returns list from zDataTable
GetFieldList
Get full list of columns for the specified table Returns Returns list of table fields
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
297
A-E
GetFKRelList
Get full list of foreign key realtions for the specified table using infrmational views Returns Returns list of FK And FK fields
BAQQueryParamSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BAQQueryParamSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewBAQQueryParamSearch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
298
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
BAQSelFieldSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BAQSelFieldSearch: This business object contains 3 methods.
GetByID
This method returns a dataset representing an existing query Parameters Name exportID Type String Description The Query(Exports) ID
Returns Returns the dataset representing the query
GetList
This method returns a list of existing queries Parameters Name whereClauseExports pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Exports where clause Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.BAQSelFieldSearchDataSet
GetRows
This method returns a list of existing queries
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
299
A-E
Parameters Name whereClauseExports whereClauseSelectedField pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Exports where clause SelectedField where clause size of page absolutePage true = more pages yet to be retrieved, false = end of result
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.BAQSelFieldSearchDataSet
BatchOps
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BatchOps: This business object contains 1 methods.
DoBatching
Combines the given list of job operations from different jobs into a single "bathced" job. Parameters Name jobProcessMode pullDirection autoReceive oPRowIDList newJobNumber Type String String Boolean String String@ Description Process Mode for the new job. Values: S(Sequential) or C(Concurrent). Direction to pull operations beginning at the specified operation. Can be Forward or Backward AutoReceive Comma separated list of Operations (JobOper.RowIdent) to begin pulling into batched job. Job number of the newly created batched job.
BdnCd
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BdnCd: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewBdnCd
GetNewBdnCdAttch
GetNewBdnCdRole
300
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
301
A-E
BdnSetActPct
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BdnSetActPct: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewBdnCd
GetNewBdnCdHist
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
302
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
BinSize
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BinSize: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewBinSize
GetNewBinSizeAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
303
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
CalcVolume
This method returns the volume for the defined Warehouse Bin Size Group. Parameters Name ipLength ipWidth ipHeight ds Type Decimal Decimal Decimal Description Length Value Width Value Height Value The Warehouse Bin Size Group Dataset
304
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
BOL
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BOL: This business object contains 17 methods.
GetNewBOLHead
GetNewBOLDetail
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
305
A-E
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeBOLHeadUseOTS
Method to call when changing the UseOTS field the contract header record. Refreshes the address list and contact info Parameters Name ds Type Description The Service Contract data set
ChangeShipToCustID
Update BOL Header information with values from the Third Party Ship To when the Ship To is changed. Parameters Name iShipToCustID ds Type String Description Proposed Third-Party Ship To The BOL data set
ChangeType
This method sets the default values when the BOLType field changes. This should only be possible on adds. The field is not updateable in Update Mode.
306
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description Bill of Lading DataSet
GetBillingInfo
This method populates the address information when the BillID field changes Parameters Name billID ds Type String Description Proposed Billing ID. Bill of Lading DataSet
GetShippingInfo
This method populates the Shipping information when the ShipID field changes Parameters Name shipID ds Type String Description Proposed Shipping ID Bill of Lading DataSet
GetSlips
This method generates a list of linked or unlinked packs. If the bolNum field is not 0, then only the packs associated with that record will be returned. Otherwise unlinked packs will be returned. The records returned will be unlinked pack lines (not the headers). Parameters Name bolNum bolType Type Int32 String Description Bill of lading for which to get the linked Packs for. If 0, then unlinked Packs will be returned Type of BOL record to create. If left blank, all unlinked packs will be returned so the UI can filter based on BOLType. Otherwise only the
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
307
A-E
Name
Type
Description specified BOLType records will be returned. Can be left Blank if returning linked packs
updateLinkFlag Returns
Boolean
it's true when the method is called after Update Linked Packs
PrintBOL
This method will print out the Bill of Lading. Gives the option of Print Preview Parameters Name bolNum printPreview Type Int32 Boolean Description Bill of Lading number to print Flag indicating whether to preview the print job
BOLGenerateSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BOLGenerateSearch: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetRows
This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method but since we are populating a temp table (BOLSlip) we need our own public method. Code is based on GetSlips from bo/BOL/BOL.p Parameters Name whereClause ipType ipShipDate ipShipViaCode ipCustNum ipVendorNum ipPackNum pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String Description The where clause to restrict data for The type of shipment
Nullable{System.DateTime} The ship date String Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean@ The ship via code The customer when type is Custopmer (ShipHead) The supplier when type is Subcontract (SubShipH) Pack Num The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
Returns The BOLGenerateSearchDataSet data set
308
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
BomSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BomSearch: This business object contains 3 methods.
GetAllAlternateTrees
This methods will return a dataset that will include PartRev, PartOpr, PartOpDtl, PartMtl, PartMtlRestriction, PartMtlRestrictSubst, PartMtlRefDes, PartOprRestriction and PartOprRestrictSubst if those records exist for the appropriate input parameters. ALL ALTERNATES OF THE PARTREVISION WILL BE RETURNED if ipcomplete is true This method will also allow you to return the whole dataset or allow the user to specify how far down the tree they would like to return possible "part" records for. Parameters Name ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipUseDefaultMethod Type String String Boolean Description The Part Number to return data for. The Revision Number to return data for. For partrev records other than the first one, would you like to use the default alternate method or the inputted one?
ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree
Nullable{System.DateTime} The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group?
Returns Dataset to search for Bom records.
GetDatasetForTree
This methods will return a dataset that will include PartRev, PartOpr, PartOpDtl, PartMtl, PartMtlRestriction, PartMtlRestrictSubst, PartOprRestriction and PartOprRestrictSubst if those records exist for the appropriate input parameters. This method will also allow you to return the whole dataset or allow the user to specify how the revision to return possible "part" records for. Parameters Name ipPartNum Type String Description The Part Number to return data for.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
309
A-E
Name ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipUseDefaultMethod
Type String String Boolean
Description The Revision Number to return data for. The Alternate Method to return data for. For partrev records other than the first one, would you like to use the default alternate method or the inputted one?
ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree
Nullable{System.DateTime} The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group?
Returns Dataset to search for Bom records.
BookOrd
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BookOrd: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewBookOrd
GetNewBookDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
310
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
BORelationSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BORelationSearch: This business object contains 2 methods.
GetBODataset
Parameters Name boName ds Type String Description The BO name The BORelationSearchDataSet data set
GetBOTables
Parameters Name boName ds Type String Description The BO name The BORelationSearchDataSet data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
311
A-E
BpActionGroup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BpActionGroup: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewBpActionGroup
GetNewBpAction
GetNewBpActionData
GetNewBpActionSrc
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
312
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
BpConditionGroup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BpConditionGroup: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewBpConditionGroup
GetNewBpCondition
GetNewBpConditionData
GetNewBpConditionSrc
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
313
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
314
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
BpDirectiveExport
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BpDirectiveExport: This business object contains 0 methods.
BpDirectiveImport
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BpDirectiveImport: This business object contains 0 methods.
BpDirectiveUpdate
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BpDirectiveUpdate: This business object contains 0 methods.
BpHolds
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BpHolds: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewBpHoldType
GetNewBpHoldAttachHist
GetNewBpHoldAttachment
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
315
A-E
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
BpInstanceCounter
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BpInstanceCounter: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewBpInstanceCounter
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
316
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
BpmCodeGen
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BpmCodeGen: This business object contains 0 methods.
BpMethod
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BpMethod: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewBpMethod
GetNewBpArgument
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
317
A-E
GetNewBpBaseProcDirective
GetNewBpPostProcDirective
GetNewBpPreProcDirective
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
318
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
Returns The BO data set
BpTableDependSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BpTableDependSearch: This business object contains 0 methods.
BpTextStorage
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BpTextStorage: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewBpTextStorage
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
319
A-E
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
BurdenSet
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BurdenSet: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewBdnSet
GetNewBdnSetAttch
GetNewBSBdnCd
GetNewBSBdnCdAttch
GetNewBSBdnRt
320
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
321
A-E
BusEntities
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BusEntities: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewBusEntities
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
322
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
BuyerWorkbench
Epicor.Mfg.BO.BuyerWorkbench: This business object contains 12 methods.
AddSuggSupplier
This methods will add supplier record for an individual suggestion. Parameters Name ipBuyerID ipSugNum ipVendorNum ipPurPoint opStatusMsg ds Type String Int32 Int32 String String@ Description The buyer id to add data for. The suggestion number to link suppliers to. The vendor number of the supplier to add. The purchase point of the supplier to add. Message to be displayed showing potential non error messages Buyer Workbench Data Set
ChangeRFQSuggVendPurPoint
This method validates the RFQSuggVend.PurPoint when it changes. This method should run when changing the RFQSuggVend.PurPoint. Parameters Name ipRFQSuggVendRowid ds Type String Description The rowident of the record being updated/created. Buyer Workbench Data Set
ChangeRFQSuggVendVendorID
This methods takes the RFQSuggVend.VendorNum and populates the associated fields with value based on the vendornum. This method should run when changing the RFQSuggVend.VendorNum. Parameters Name ipBuyerID ipRFQSuggVendRowid Type String String Description The buyer id used to locate records. The rowident of the record being updated/created.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
323
A-E
Name opStatusMsg ds
Type String@
Description Message to be displayed showing potential non error messages Buyer Workbench Data Set
CheckRFQSuggVendVendorID
This methods checks to see if the new RFQSuggVend.VendorNum has changed from the original RFQSuggVend.VendorNum and validates the value. This method should run before changing the RFQSuggVend.VendorNum. Parameters Name ipProposedVendorID ipRFQSuggVendRowid ds Type String String Description The new proposed RFQSuggVend.VendorID value The rowident of the record being updated/created. Buyer Workbench Data Set
CreateDataset
This methods will return all of the records for the Buyer Workbench. Parameters Name ipBuyerID Returns Buyer Workbench Data Set Type String Description The buyer id to return data for.
DeleteSuggSupplier
This methods will delete supplier record for an individual suggestion. Parameters Name ipSugNum ipVendorNum opStatusMsg ds Type Int32 Int32 String@ Description The suggestion number to delete suppliers for. The vendor number of the supplier to delete. Message to be displayed showing potential non error messages from this process. Buyer Workbench Data Set
DeselectAll
This method will change the ProcessRFQ field in the RFQSugg table and the RFQSuggBWB temp table to false (deselected) for the inputted buyerid.
324
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipBuyerID ds Type String Description The buyer id to deselect all for. Buyer Workbench Data Set
Generate
This method will generate RFQ's for lines. This method can generate for all suggestions for a buyer by only entering a buyerid or a specific suggestion by also entering a suggestion number. This method will call CreateDataset at the end of running to refresh the dataset. Parameters Name ipBuyerID ds Type String Description The buyer id to generate for. Buyer Workbench Data Set
GetNewSuggSupp
This methods will create a blank RFQSuggVend record for an individual suggestion and allow the user to type in field values through the grid. Parameters Name ipBuyerID ipSugNum ds Type String Int32 Description The buyer id to add data for. The suggestion number to link suppliers to. Buyer Workbench Data Set
PreSupplierWizard
This methods will return logical values to be passed to the SupplierWizard method. Parameters Name ipBuyerID ipSugNum opSoldPart opPreviousRFQ opPriceBreak ds Type String Int32 Boolean@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Description The buyer id to return data for. The suggestion number to link suppliers to. Suppliers have sold us this part? Suppliers have previously received an RFQ? Suppliers have provided price break information? Buyer Workbench Data Set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
325
A-E
SelectAll
This method will change the ProcessRFQ field in the RFQSugg table and the RFQSuggBWB temp table to true (selected) for the inputted buyerid. Parameters Name ipBuyerID ds Type String Description The buyer id to select all for. Buyer Workbench Data Set
SupplierWizard
This methods will return suppliers for the suggestion based on the 6.1 vendor wizard button. Parameters Name ipBuyerID ipSoldPart ipPreviousRFQ ipPriceBreak ipComplianceList opStatusMsg ds Type String Boolean Boolean Boolean String String@ Description The buyer id to return data for. Suppliers have sold us this part? Suppliers have previously received an RFQ? Suppliers have provided price break information? Compliance list Message to be displayed showing potential non error messages from this process. Buyer Workbench Data Set
326
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Chapter 3: C
CallType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CallType: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCallType
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
327
A-E
UpdateExt
Capability
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Capability: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewCapability
GetNewCapAddl
GetNewCapResLnk
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
328
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CapAddl
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CapAddl: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCapAddl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
329
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CapPromise
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CapPromise: This business object contains 25 methods. Built Temp Table for processing ATP. Procedure to calculate the ATP qty for the Temp Table ATP record.
doAtp
Passing in a quantity returns a date when that quantity will be available. Passing in a date returns a quantity that will be available.
330
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name atpdate atpqty ipPast Type Nullable{System.DateTime}@ Decimal@ Boolean Description Date Quantity Use past dates
FillOrders
Will set Temp Table ATP records ATP Quantity to the input quantity value passed in for records >= today and less than the input date value. Parameters Name curDate atpqty Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Decimal@ Description Date Quantity
GetAtp
Passing in a part and quanity, returns a date when avail. Parameters Name ipPart ipStartDate ipQtyNeeded opDateAvail Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} Decimal Nullable{System.DateTime}@ Description Part Start Date Quantity needed decimal Date Available
GetAtpAmount
Passing in a part and date, returns quanity avail. Parameters Name ipPart ipStartDate ipJobNum ipAsmSeq ipLeadTime ipMfgLeadTime ipQuantity Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} String Int32 Int32 Int32 Decimal Description Part Start Date JobNum Assembly Seq Lead Time Mfg Lead Time Quantity
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
331
A-E
Name atpamount
Type Decimal@
Description Available To Promise Amount
getforecastdays
Get system parameters Forecast Days Before and Forecast Days After. Parameters Name daysbefore daysafter Type Int32@ Int32@ Description Forecast Days Before Forecast Days After
getNextMpsDate
Passing in a part and plant and date, returns next MPS date. Parameters Name inputPartNum inputPlant inputDate nextDate Type String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime}@ Description Part Plant Date Next MPS Date
getonhandqty
Passing in a part and plant, returns onhand quantity. Parameters Name inpartnum inplant outqty Type String String Decimal@ Description Part Plant Onhand Quantity
GetSchedAtp
Passing in a part and quanity, returns a date when avail. This also will look at demand through the end of the leadtime add that to current demand, so that demands after will not be effected. Parameters Name ipPart Type String Description Part
332
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ipStartDate ipLeadDate ipQtyNeeded ctpProcess curjobnum lookinpast opDateAvail
Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Decimal Boolean String Boolean Nullable{System.DateTime}@
Description Start Date Lead Date Quantity needed decimal Ctp Process Job Number Look In Past Date Available
getSupplyBetweenMPS
Passing in a part, plant, Begin Date and End Date, returns supply quantity. Parameters Name ipPartNum ipPlant begdate enddate suppqty Type String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Decimal@ Description Part Plant Begin Date End Date Supply Quantity
CalcTaxes
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
333
A-E
CalculateCTP
Performs the calculation logic for CTP. Before calling this method all CapPromiseDtl records must have the RowMod field set to 'U'. Parameters Name lDemandEntry outMessage ds Type Boolean String@ Description If comes from Demand Entry or not. Output message The CapPromise data set
CancelCTP
Performs the cancellation of CTP. Before calling this method all CapPromiseDtl records must have the RowMod field set to 'U'. Parameters Name ds Type Description The CapPromise data set
CapPromiseDmdGetNew
Creates a temporary record to store information needed for the Capable To Promise process. Parameters Name demandContractNum demandHeadSeq demandDtlSeq demandScheduleSeq Returns The CapPromise data set Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Contract number for the process The Demand Head Sequence for the process The Demand Detail Sequence for the process The Demand Schedule Sequence number for the process
CapPromiseGetNew
Creates a temporary record to store information needed for the Capable To Promise process. Parameters Name orderNum Type Int32 Description The order number for the process
334
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns The CapPromise data set
ChangeCapPromiseDtlFiniteSchedule
Reassigns the OverrideMtlConstraints and EnableOverrideMtlConstraints fields based on the value of FiniteSchedule. Parameters Name proposedFiniteSchedule orderNum orderLine orderRelNum ds Type Boolean Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The proposed value for FiniteSchedule The Order Number The Order Line The Order Release Number The CapPromise data set
ChangeCapPromiseGlobalCTP
Updates CapPromiseDtl records based on the new value of CapPromise.GlobalCTP. Before calling this method all CapPromiseDtl records must have the RowMod field set to 'U'. Parameters Name proposedGlobalCTP ds Type Boolean Description The proposed value for GlobalCTP The CapPromise data set
ChangeCapPromiseProjectedStartDate
Updates CapPromiseDtl records based on the new value of CapPromise.ProjectedStartDate. Before calling this method all CapPromiseDtl records must have the RowMod field set to 'U'. Parameters Name proposedProjectedStartDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed value for ProjectedStartDate The CapPromise data set
ConfirmCTP
Performs the confirmation logic for CTP. Before calling this method all CapPromiseDtl records must have the RowMod field set to 'U'. Parameters Name opError Type String@ Description opError
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
335
A-E
Name ds
Type
Description The CapPromise data set
ConfirmCTPPOSug
Performs the confirmation logic for the PO Suggestion created for CTP. Parameters Name iSugNum opError Type Int32 String@ Description PO Suggestion Number to be confirmed. opError
doWhseAtp
Passing in a quantity returns a date when that quantity will be available. Passing in a date returns a quantity that will be available. Parameters Name atpdate atpWhseqty ipPast Type Nullable{System.DateTime}@ Decimal@ Boolean Description ATP Date ATP Whse Quantity Use past dates
FindMaxConv
scheduleJobMain
Case A - If the User enters in the CTP sheet a date in the Completion Date field (ttCapPromiseDtl.UserCompDate) for a line then the job (the CTP job) that is created needs to be backward scheduled from that date. If the scheduling engine concludes that this date is achievable (i.e. the job was not bounce due to being job being scheduled in the past) then the Estimated Completion date is set the same as the user entered date. If the job due date is different to the user entered completion date then this will be used. Case B - If the User DOES NOT enter a completion date and we ONLY have a projected start date then the job created will the forward scheduled using the projected start date as the start date. The job due date is then displayed and used in CTP sheet.
336
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name opJobNum lError Type String Boolean@ Description JobNum Error has occurred
SetOrderPromiseDate
Sets the completion date for all detail records based on the latest date of the detail records. Before calling this method all CapPromiseDtl records must have the RowMod field set to 'U'. Parameters Name ds Type Description The CapPromise data set
CapResLnk
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CapResLnk: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCapResLnk
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
337
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Carrier
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Carrier: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCarrier
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
338
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CartonStage
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CartonStage: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCartonStage
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
339
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CashDtlSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CashDtlSearch: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewCashDtl
340
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
341
A-E
Called from Contact tracker instead of GetRows for better performance Parameters Name whereClauseCashDtl contactName pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for CashDtl table. Contact to retrieve data for. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Called from Customer tracker instead of GetRows for better performance Parameters Name whereClauseCashDtl pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for CashDtl table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
CashFlow
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CashFlow: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetRows
This method replaces the standard GetRows method Parameters Name bookID startingCash displayType Type String Decimal String Description Book ID Starting Cash T = Terms, D = Terms w/Discount, A = Avg Pay Days
Returns Cash Flow Data Set
342
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CashGrp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CashGrp: This business object contains 19 methods.
GetNewCashGrp
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
343
A-E
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
BeforeGetByID
This method checks to see if the selected group is in use before fetching the dataset if the group is in use, the user must answer yes to continue before the GetByID method is run Parameters Name groupID ipCheckUserID vQuestion Returns The Cash Group data set Type String Boolean String@ Description Selected Group ID Selected Group ID Question to ask if group is in use
DeleteZeroAmtTaxRec
This method deletes TaxDtl records which have zero amounts Since Payments TAx logic calculates tax conditionally only for the first tax line the payment could have multiple zero tax records. Parameters Name postGroupID Type String Description The Group ID of the Group to post
GetGrpBankInfo
This method is called when the Bank Account changes
344
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name bankAcctId ds Type String Description Proposed Bank Account Cash Grp Data Set
GetGrpFiscal
This method is run when the Transaction date is changed to update the fiscal period fields Parameters Name tranDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Proposed Transaction Date Cash Grp Data Set
GetNewCashGrpForPI
Parameters Name ipStage ds Type String Description Stage to get default status for Cash Grp Data Set
GetNewCashGrpForPIStatus
Parameters Name ds Type Description Cash Grp Data Set
GetPIGroupByID
Parameters Name groupID Returns Cash Group DataSet Type String Description Selected Group ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
345
A-E
GetPIStatusGroupByID
Parameters Name groupID Returns Cash Group DataSet Type String Description Selected Group ID
LeaveCashGrp
This method must be run whenever the use is leaving the current CashGrp record (either by selecting a new Group or by leaving the screen) Parameters Name groupID Type String Description Cash Group ID to clear
PrePostEPGroup
This methos is for Electronically processed group This methos first checks if the Group Receipt/Payment was processed and CashGrp.EIPaymSent fiels is true This method checks that the A/R is interfaced to the G/L. If not, then ask the user if they want to go ahead and post the cash receipts Parameters Name groupID vQuestion vTaxQuestion Type String String@ String@ Description Cash Group ID to check if it was processed Question to Continue with Post if not interfaced Question to Continue with Post if any Tax records with 0 amounts are found
PrePostGroup
This method checks that the A/R is interfaced to the G/L. If not, then ask the user if they want to go ahead and post the cash receipts This method also checks if this Group has any related Tax Records with 0 amounts The user is asked if these reacords are supposed to be deleted before Post Parameters Name groupID vQuestion vTaxQuestion Type String String@ String@ Description Cash Group ID to check if it was processed Question to Continue with Post if not interfaced Question to Continue with Post if any Tax records with 0 amounts are found
346
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CashRec
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CashRec: This business object contains 69 methods.
GetNewCashHead
GetNewCashHeadAttch
GetNewBankTran
GetNewBankTranTGLC
GetNewCashDtl
GetNewCDTaxDtl
GetNewTaxDtl
GetNewCashHeadTGLC
GetNewDebNote
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
347
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
348
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns
CalcTaxes
CalcTaxRecNumber
Assigns a legal number (Tax Receipt) to the selected invoice when apply With Holding Tax. Parameters Name ipGroupID opLegalNumMsg ds Type String String@ Description Group ID Legal number message Cash Receipt data set
CCClear
Procedure to Clear the Credit Card Information Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
CCLoadTranData
Procedure to be called when selecting a record in the Transaction history grid, the data selected is loaded in the CashHead table
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
349
A-E
Parameters Name inTranDate inTranTime inTranNum ds Returns opMessage Nullable{System.DateTime} Int32 Int32 Type Description TranDate from the CreditTran table TranTime from the CreditTran table TranNum from the CreditTran table The SalesOrder data set
CCProcessCard
Procedure to attempt to process transaction for the amount specified in the "Total" field. Parameters Name inTranType Type String Description The transaction type to apply to the credit card. Valid transaction types : D (Deposit), S (Sale), A (Authorize), C (Credit - 803), V (Void). returns opMessage The SalesOrder data set
opMessage ds
String@
ChangeBankAmount
This method upates the TranAmt, DocTranAmt, ReceiptAmount fields after the BankAmount field is updated. Parameters Name ds Type Description Cash Receipt data set
ChangeBankReceiptExgRate
This method upates the BankAmount field after the BankReceiptExchangeRate field is updated. Parameters Name exchangeRate ds Type Decimal Description The exchange rate from Receipt currency to Bank currency Cash Receipt data set
ChangeCCAmounts
This procedure should be called when any of the Credit Card amounts change (from the Column Changed event in the UI) to calculate the total to be charged to the credit card
350
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description The Cash Rec data set
ChangeCreditExp
Procedure to validate Credit Card Expiration Date Parameters Name ipExpMonth ipExpYear ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Expiration Month Expiration Year The Sales Order data set
ChangeDNAmount
This method is called when the Debit Note value field is modified Parameters Name dnAmount ds Type Decimal Description Proposed Debit Note Value Cash Receipt data set
ChangeIncomeTaxCode
Performs required logic when CashHead.IncomeTaxCode is modified. Parameters Name ipIncomeTaxCode ds Type String Description Proposed input value of Income Tax Code CashRec data set
ChangeReceiptAmt
This method upates the TranAmt, DocTranAmt, BankAmount fields after the ReceiptAmt field is updated. Parameters Name ds Type Description Cash Receipt data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
351
A-E
ChangeReceiptCurrency
This method upates the TranAmt, DocTranAmt, BankAmount fields after the ReceiptCurrencyCode field is updated. Parameters Name currencyCode ds Type String Description Proposed Currency Code Cash Receipt data set
ChangeSettlementExgRate
This method upates the TranAmt, DocTranAmt fields after the SettlementExchangeRate field is updated. Parameters Name exchangeRate ds Type Decimal Description The exchange rate from Receipt currency to settlement currency Cash Receipt data set
ChangeTaxWhld
Parameters Name taxWhld ds Type Decimal Description Withhold tax amount withheld by the customer Cash Receipt data set
ChangeTranAmt
This method updates the BankTran amounts when the adjustment amount changes or the currency switch toggles. Parameters Name ipTranAmtType Type String Description Indicate which of the transaction amount is changed. Valid values are: 'B' for Base Tran Amount and 'D' for Doc Tran Amount The proposed Transaction Amount The Cash Receipt data set
proposedTranAmt ds
Decimal
352
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name keyValue keyValue2 Type String String Description GroupID HeadNum
CreateChecks
Create Customer Checks for selected invoices. Parameters Name pcGroupID useDisc ds opTotalCashReceived opTotalApplied opUnappliedBalance opTotalMisc opTotalDiscount opTotalDeposit opTotalARAmount opTotalWithhold Returns Cash Receipt data set Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Type String Boolean Description Cash Receipt Group ID Yes or no The ARInvSel data set The new Cash Group total received amount The new Cash Group total applied amount The new Cash Group unapplied balance The new Cash Group total misc amount The new Cash Group total discount amount The new Cash Group total deposit amount The new Cash Group total AR amount The new Cash Group total withhold amount
CreateNewDebitNote
This method calls GetNewCashDtl to create a new Debit Note record instead of the standard way so DebNote.CashHeadNum and DebNote.GroupID fields could be assigned . Parameters Name ds groupID headNum String Int32 Type Description Cash Receipt data set Cash Group ID Cash Receipt HeadNum
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
353
A-E
DeleteMaster
Parameters Name ds pcGroupID ipHeadNum opTotalCashReceived opTotalApplied opUnappliedBalance opTotalMisc opTotalDiscount opTotalDeposit opTotalARAmount opTotalWithhold String String Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ current CashGrp GroupID Cash Header HeadNum The new Cash Group total received amount The new Cash Group total applied amount The new Cash Group unapplied balance The new Cash Group total misc amount The new Cash Group total discount amount The new Cash Group total deposit amount The new Cash Group total AR amount The new Cash Group total withhold amount Type Description
EnterCustDebNote
This method is called when the Debit Note number assigned by the customer is entered or modified Parameters Name dnCustNbr ds Type String Description Proposed Debit Note Number Cash Receipt data set
GenerateCashDtl
This method combines the GetNewCashDtl and Update() method into one routine so that the user can run an "Auto Apply" cash receipt function Parameters Name groupID headNum invoiceNum takeDiscount Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean Description Cash Group ID Cash Receipt HeadNum Cash Receipt Invoice Num If yes, force the line to take the discount. If no, the discount will be taken only if within the discount parameters
354
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns Cash Receipt data set
GetCurrencyInfo
This method is used when the Currency Code changes for Invoice payments only Parameters Name currencyCode ds Type String Description Proposed Currency Code Cash Receipt data set
GetCustomerInfo
This method is called when the CustID field is modified Parameters Name custID ds Type String Description Proposed Customer ID Cash Receipt data set
GetDNInvInfo
This method is called when invoice number field (DNInvNbr) referenced by Debit Note is modified Parameters Name dnInvNbr ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Invoice Number Cash Receipt data set
GetDtlDiscountInfo
This method is run when the DocDiscount field is modified Parameters Name docDiscount ds Type Decimal Description Proposed discount amount Cash Receipt data set
GetDtlInvoiceInfo
This method is called when the InvoiceNum field is modified
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
355
A-E
Parameters Name invoiceNum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Invoice Number Cash Receipt data set
GetDtlLegalNumberInfo
This method is called when the InvLegalNumber field is modified Parameters Name legalNumber ds Type String Description Proposed Legal Number Cash Receipt data set
GetDtlTranAmtInfo
This method is run when the DocTranAmt field is modified Parameters Name docTranAmt ds Type Decimal Description Proposed discount amount Cash Receipt data set
GetHdrInvoiceInfo
This method will default customer information from an invoice. Parameters Name invoiceNum ds Type Int32 Description Invoice Number to get Customer information from Cash Receipt data set
GetHdrLegalNumberInfo
This method will default customer information from an invoice. Parameters Name legalNumber ds Type String Description Legal Number to get Customer information from Cash Receipt data set
356
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Alternate routine to load the Bank Fee Parameters Name lvHeadNum lvBankAcctID ds Type Int32 String Description Bank Fee Code Bank Account ID The AP Payment Entry data set
GetNewCashHeadType
This method replaces the standard GetNewCashHead method. The 3 Tran Types available are "PayInv":U for AR Receipt, "Deposit":U for Deposits, or "MisPay":U for Miscellaneous Parameters Name ds groupID tranType String String Type Description Cash Receipt data set Cash Group ID Transaction type
GetOrderInfo
This method is run when the OrderNum field is changing to validate/update dataset fields Parameters Name orderNum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Order Number Cash Receipt data set
GetOrderInfo4DskCurr
This method is run when the OrderNum field is changing to validate/update dataset fields Parameters Name orderNum dskCurrCode ds Type Int32 String Description Proposed Order Number Petty Cash Desc Currency Code Cash Receipt data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
357
A-E
GetRateCodeInfo
This method updates the dataset when the RateCode field changes Parameters Name rateCode taxtbl ds Type String String Description Proposed RateCode value Tax temp-table name Cash Receipt data set
GetSalesTaxInfo
This method updates the dataset when the TaxCode field changes Parameters Name taxCode taxtbl ds Type String String Description Proposed TaxCode value Tax temp-table name Cash Receipt data set
GetTaxableInfo
This method is called when the Taxable Amount Tax Percent or Fixed Amount is changed to recalculate the Tax Total Parameters Name taxableAmt taxPercent fixedAmount taxtbl ds Type Decimal Decimal Decimal String Description Proposed new taxable Amount Proposed Tax Percent Propoed Fixed Amount tax temp-table name Cash Receipt data set
GetTranAmt
This method upates the TranAmt/DocTranAmt field after the TranAmt, DocTranAmt or ExchangeRate field is updated. If BaseEntered flag is yes, the TranAmt and DocTranAmt fields will be used to calculat the exchangeRate. Otherwise, the TranAmt will be calculated using the exchangeRate and DocTranAmt fields.
358
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name baseEntered ds Type Boolean Description If the TranAmt field was updated then value should be yes, otherwise no Cash Receipt data set
LeaveCashHead
This method checks calculates the GainLoss Adjustment record when finally leaving a CashHead record after adding/updating all the CashDtl records Parameters Name groupID headNum onAccount ds Type String Int32 Boolean Description Cash Receipt Group ID Cash Receipt number Indicates if excess cash should go on account Cash Receipt data set
MassApplyDebitNotes
This procedure processes un-applied Debit Notes, ttDebNote records with RowMod = "U" is passed in, changed ttDebNote, ttCashDtl, ttCashHead are passed back. Parameters Name custNum dnApplyErrorMsg ds Type Int32 String@ Description Customer Number Indicates if one or more selected debit notes generated an error Cash Receipt data set
MassDelete
Delete cash receipts from group having electronic payment method. Parameters Name pcGroupID Type String Description Cash Receipt Group ID
MassGenerateCashDtl
Create multiple CashDtl for a CashHead from multiple selected invoices. CahsHead and CashGrp must exist
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
359
A-E
Parameters Name pcGroupID ipHeadNum useDisc ds massGenErrorMsg opTotalCashReceived opTotalApplied opUnappliedBalance opTotalMisc opTotalDiscount opTotalDeposit opTotalARAmount opTotalWithhold Returns Cash Receipt data set String@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Type String Int32 Boolean Description Cash Receipt Group ID Cash Receipt Header HeadNum Yes or no The ARInvSel data set for selected invoices Indicates if one or more selected invoices generated an error The new Cash Group total received amount The new Cash Group total applied amount The new Cash Group unapplied balance The new Cash Group total misc amount The new Cash Group total discount amount The new Cash Group total deposit amount The new Cash Group total AR amount The new Cash Group total withhold amount
OnChangeBankFeeID
Validate for a Correct Bank Fee Code Parameters Name pcBankFeeID ds Type String Description Bank Fee Code The Cash Receipt Entry data set
RecalcBankTax
RecalcCDTax
This method is called after the TaxAmt is changed to recalculate the doc or base tax amounts
360
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description Cash Receipt data set
RecalcTax
ReverseCashReceipt
Reverse Cash Receipt Parameters Name headNum reverseDate postErrorLog Type Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} String@ Description Head number Reverse Date Error log
SelectInvoices
Read InvcHead records and create ARInvSel records if they meet the selection criteria. Parameters Name pcGroupID pdtDueDate pdtTranDate plApplyDiscount pcCustomerList pcPaymentMethod Returns The ARInvSel data set Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Boolean String String Description AR Check Group ID Select invoices due by this date. The date of the transaction. Yes or no Select invoices for the customer list. Select payment methods for the specific.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
361
A-E
SetReadyToCalc
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum ipInvoiceNum ipInvoiceRef ipBankAcctID ipTranNum ipVoided ipCalcAll ds Type String Int32 Int32 Int32 String Int32 Boolean Boolean Description ipGroupID ipHeadNum ipInvoiceNum ipInvoiceRef ipBankAcctID ipTranNum ipVoided ipCalcAll CashRec dataset
TakeDiscount
This method is run when the Take discount option is selected Parameters Name ds Type Description Cash Receipt data set
UpdateMaster
This method is called instead of the standard Update because several actions in relation to the update might be required and it avoids multiple BL calls from the UI. This method will a create record in the LegalNumGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. And then this method will be called again. Parameters Name ds ipGroupID ipTableName needsLegalNumGenOpt updGroupTotals requiresUserInput opTotalCashReceived String String Boolean Boolean Boolean@ Decimal@ current GroupID Cash Receipts Indicates the tableName that triggered the update Indicates whether the LegalNumGenOpts logic should be executed Indicates if the group totals should be calculated Indicates if the legal number requires user input The new Cash Group total received amount Type Description
362
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name opTotalApplied opUnappliedBalance opTotalMisc opTotalDiscount opTotalDeposit opTotalARAmount opTotalWithhold opUpdateRan
Type Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Boolean@
Description The new Cash Group total applied amount The new Cash Group unapplied balance The new Cash Group total misc amount The new Cash Group total discount amount The new Cash Group total deposit amount The new Cash Group total AR amount The new Cash Group total withhold amount Indicates that the Update process did run
CashRecSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CashRecSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCashHead
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
363
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CCCountCycle
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CCCountCycle: This business object contains 26 methods.
GetNewCCHdr
GetNewCCDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
364
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CancelPI
This procedure will delete all records relating to a physical inventory cycle.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
365
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.CCCountCycleDataSet
CloseCCDtlNoTags
Closes Parts on the Cycle with no associated Tags if the user indicates to do so after Post Counts. Parameters Name ds pcMessage String@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.CCCountCycleDataSet Non-error, informational message.
GenerateRecountTags
Parameters Name ds Type Description The CCCountCycle data set
GenerateTags
Parameters Name vFirstTag vLastTag ds Type Int32@ Int32@ Description First Tag generated integer Last Tag generated integer The CCCountCycle data set
GetBlankTags
Parameters Name vBlankTagsAvail ds ds1 Type Boolean@ Description Blank tags available for void logical The CCCountCycle data set The CCTag data set
366
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetCycles
Parameters Name ipWarehouseCode ipPeriod ipYear opCycles Type String Int32 Int32 String@ Description Selected Warehouse. period. Year. opCycles.
GetLegalNumGenOpts
Returns the legal number generation options. Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Type Description The CCCountCycleDataSet dataset Requires User Input
GetPartTranPKs
Return Primary Keys for generated PartTran records. Parameters Name ipWarehouseCode ipCCYear ipCCMonth ipCycleSeq partTranPKs Type String Int32 Int32 Int32 String@ Description The Warehouse Code The CCYear The CCMonth The CycleSeq The PartTranPKs number
GetPeriods
Parameters Name ipWarehouseCode ipYear opPeriodList Type String Int32 String@ Description Selected Warehouse. Selected Year list of periods.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
367
A-E
GetWarehouses
Parameters Name opWhseList Type String@ Description list of warehouses.
GetYears
Parameters Name ipWarehouseCode opYears Type String String@ Description Selected Warehouse. opYears.
PostCount
Post Count. Parameters Name ds pcMessage noTags String@ Boolean@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.CCCountCycleDataSet Non-error, informational message. Flag indicating if parts with no tags were skipped.
ReverseStartCount
StartCountSequence
ValidateVoidPartNum
Validate void tags by part number
368
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name warnmsg ds Type String@ Description Warning message to return to UI The CCCountCycle data set
VoidBlankTags
Parameters Name ds vTextMessage String@ Type Description The CCTag data set Message to display in UI
VoidTagsByPart
Validate void tags by part number Parameters Name ds Type Description The CCCountCycle data set
CCDtlSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CCDtlSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewCCDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
369
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCountHistoryData
Retrieves Count History related to a Part Parameters Name partNum Returns The CCDtlSearch data set. Type String Description Part Number
370
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CCHdrSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CCHdrSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewCCHdr
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
371
A-E
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
CCPartSelectUpd
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CCPartSelectUpd: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewCCHdr
GetNewCCDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
372
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
373
A-E
Returns
MoveParts
Parameters Name moveToMonth moveToYear moveToCycle ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The move-to month The move-to month The move-to month CCPartSelectUpd dataset
OnChangePartNum
Parameters Name ipPartNum ds Type String Description Part Number CCPartSelectUpd dataset
RemoveParts
Parameters Name ds Type Description CCPartSelectUpd dataset
CCPeriodDefn
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CCPeriodDefn: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCCPeriodDefn
DeleteByID
GetByID
374
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CCSchedule
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CCSchedule: This business object contains 17 methods.
GetNewCCWhsCtrl
GetNewCCHdr
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
375
A-E
GetNewCCDtl
GetNewCCWhsABC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
376
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
GetCCDtlUOMSum
Parameters Name vWarehouseCode vCCYear vCCMonth vFullPhysical vCycleSeq vPartNum Returns CCDtlUOM data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean Int32 String Description Warehouse Year Month Full Physical cycle Seq Part Number
OnChangeOfCCMonth
This method validates CCProdCal Parameters Name periodSeq ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Cycle Count Period Defintion PeriodSeq The Warehouse Cycle Count Schedule Control data set
OnChangeOfCCProdCal
This method validates CCProdCal
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
377
A-E
Parameters Name calendarID ds Type String Description Proposed Cycle Count Calendar ID field The Warehouse Cycle Count Schedule Control data set
OnChangeOfCCYear
This method validates CCProdCal Parameters Name ccYear ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Cycle Count Year The Warehouse Cycle Count Schedule Control data set
OnChangeWhseCode
Parameters Name ipWhseCode ds Type String Description ipWhseCode CCSchedule dataset
SelectParts
Parameters Name ds Type Description CCSchedule dataset
CCSheetSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CCSheetSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCCSheet
DeleteByID
GetByID
378
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CCTagSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CCTagSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCCTag
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
379
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
380
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ChangeImpact
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ChangeImpact: This business object contains 2 methods. Loads the start up data for Change Impact Informer If a change is made to this method the same change should be applied to the GetSpecificBinSearch method. Returns Returns the new Change Impact Calculations
OnChangeParameters
This method will recalculate the Early/Late/OnTime jobs when the JobReq, EarlyGracePeriod and LateGracePeriod change. Parameters Name ds Type Description Change Impact DataSet
CheckLst
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CheckLst: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewCheckList
GetNewCheckListAttch
GetNewCheckListDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
381
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
382
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns
ExportCheckList
This method returns the data table ttChecklistImportExport containing all appropriate checklist information. The resulting records from the ttChecklistImportExport will then need to be outputted as a CSV file (comma delimited). Parameters Name ipListID opMessage Returns Type String String@ Description The List ID of the selected Checklist. Returns message about the status of the process.
ImportCheckList
This method upload data into the database. This method expects an input data table ttCheckListImportExport with data coming from an external comma delimited file. The ttChecklistImportExport table should only contain data (i.e. if the first line of the external file is just the field descriptions then this record should not be included in ttChecklistImportExport.) Parameters Name ipListID opMessage ds Type String String@ Description The List ID of the selected Checklist. Returns message about the status of the process.
CheckRecSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CheckRecSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCheckHed
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
383
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ChgLog
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ChgLog: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetChgLog
Gets the related ChgLog records based on TableName,RowID Parameters Name ip_TableName ip_RowID Type String String Description Tablename to retrieve ChgLog records for RowID of the record to retrieve ChgLog records for
384
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ChgLogGA
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ChgLogGA: This business object contains 16 methods.
GetNewChgLogGA
GetNewBAMRule
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
385
A-E
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeRuleField
Validate and update the data type of the field selected. Parameters Name ds Type Description ChgLogGA Dataset
ChangeTableName
Only specific tables will have the ability to enable auto-printing. Parameters Name proposedTableName ds Type String Description Table to validate if it can auto-print ChgLogGA Dataset
ChangeUseFieldList
Validate that no column name is removed from the ChgLogGA.UseFieldList if it's already being used on a BAMRule.RuleField.
386
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name proposedUseFieldList ds Type String Description Proposed Use Field List ChgLogGA Dataset
ChangeUseFromToday
Validate external fields for Row Rules when changing the UseFromToday field Parameters Name ds Type Description ChgLogGA Dataset
GetAvailableFields
This method updates the dataset with the AvailableFields once a table has been specified Parameters Name ds Type Description Change Log/User Defined Global Alerts data set
This method returns a list of tables that a change log can be added to. Returns The list of tables returned
GetOperatorList
Gets the Operator List to compare FieldName against a constant or another field Parameters Name fieldType operatorList Type String String@ Description Field Data-Type Operator List
ClosePeriod
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ClosePeriod: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewGLBookPer
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
387
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
388
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CloseAllPeriods
Close all periods in a Fiscal Year Parameters Name ipBookID ipFiscalCalendarID ipFiscalYear ipFiscalYearSuffix ds Type String String Int32 String Description BookID FiscalCalendarID FiscalYear FiscalYearSuffix The ClosePeriod data set
OnChangeClosedPeriod
Run when the ClosedPeriod field is changed. Parameters Name ipProposedValue opMessage opCloseAll ds Type Boolean String@ Boolean@ Description Value that the user has entered (yes/no) Warning message to the user Indication to the UI that the CloseAllPeriods method should be run if the user answers Yes The ClosePeriod data set
COA
Epicor.Mfg.BO.COA: This business object contains 33 methods.
GetNewCOA
GetNewCOASegment
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
389
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
IsSegValInUse
390
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CheckAllowAlpha
CheckLengthWithRefEntity
CheckCOALengthWithSegment
CheckChartLength
CheckConsolidatedCOA
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
391
A-E
IsCOAMasterCOA
IsChartUsedInTransaction
CheckBalanceChange
Determines if a balance segment is changing, and if it is, checks if a budget is setup. If it is, and the number of balance segments are being increased, informs the user the budgets may be invalid with this change. Parameters Name ds ipMessage String@ Type Description Chart of Accounts Data Set Message to display to the user
CheckDynamic
Parameters Name ipDynamic ds Type Boolean Description Proposed value of COASegment.Dynamic Chart of Accounts Data Set
392
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CheckIfDeletingLastSegment
Parameters Name ipCOACode ipSegmentNbr opWarningMsg opRenumberRequired Type String Int32 String@ Boolean@ Description Chart of Accounts Code Segment Number the user wants to delete Warning message if this is NOT the last segment Indicates if the segments have to be renumbered
CheckRebuildBalances
Parameters Name ds Type Description Chart of Accounts Data Set
CheckSeparatorChar
Parameters Name ipSepChar Type String Description proposed separator character
CheckUseRefEntity
Parameters Name ipUseRefEntity ds Type Boolean Description Proposed value of COASegment.UseRefEntity Chart of Accounts Data Set
COAStructureChange
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
393
A-E
DeleteAndRenumberSegments
Parameters Name ipCOACode ipSegDelete Returns Chart of Accounts Dataset Type String Int32 Description COA Code Segment Number to Delete
MoveOnePosition
This method moves the COASegment Display Order Up/Down one position in the grid and returns the whole updated datatable. Parameters Name coaCode segmentNbr dynamicOpt displayOrder moveDir Returns Chart of Accounts Dataset Type String Int32 Boolean Int32 String Description Chart of Accounts Code COA Segment Number Indicates if a dynamic (yes) or controlled (no) segment (yes) is being moved Current display order Direction to move task, "Up" or "Down"
PromptAutoCreateDynSegVals
Parameters Name ds opAutoCreateSegValMsg String@ Type Description Chart of Accounts Data Set Message asking the user if dynamic seg values are to be created
SetRefEntityFields
394
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateCOADynamicSegValues
Parameters Name ipCOACode ipSegmentNbr Type String Int32 Description COA Code Segment Number
UpdateDynamicSegment
Parameters Name ipDynamic ds Type Boolean Description Proposed value of COASegment.Dynamic Chart of Accounts Data Set
ValidateEntryControl
Parameters Name ipSegmentNbr ipRefEntity ipEntryControl Type Int32 String String Description Segment Number Reference entity value Entry Control
ValidateRefEntity
Parameters Name ipRefEntity ds opAutoCreateSegValMsg opValuesAlreadyExist String@ String@ Type String Description Reference Entity to validate Chart of Accounts Data Set Message asking the user if dynamic seg values are to be created Message informing the user that COASegValues already exist
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
395
A-E
ValidateSegmentMaxLength
Parameters Name ipMaxLength ds Type Int32 Description Proposed value of COASegment.MaxLength Chart of Accounts Data Set
ValidateSegmentMinLength
Parameters Name ipMinLength ds Type Int32 Description Proposed value of COASegment.MaxLength Chart of Accounts Data Set
COAActCat
Epicor.Mfg.BO.COAActCat: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewCOAActCat
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
396
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
BuildParentCategoryList
returns a list-delimited of available parent categories in id,description pairs for selection Parameters Name cCategory Type String Description Unique identifier of this category of accounts
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
397
A-E
Name cType cCOACode cParentCatList
Type String String String@
Description Indicates if this category is a (B)alance Sheet or (I)ncome statement category. COA Code of the account category. list of available parent categories
CheckCOACode
Checks COACode entered Parameters Name newCoaCode Type String Description COA code entered
CheckNetIncome
Checks netincome flag when the column changes Parameters Name ipNetIncome ipCOACode ipCategoryID ds Type Boolean String String Description proposed net income flag COA Code Category ID COA Account Category Data Set
CheckType
Checks type flag when the column changes Parameters Name ipType opWarnMsg ds Type String String@ Description proposed net income flag warning message COA Account Category Data Set
CopyCategories
This method copy Account Categories from one COA (Chart Of Account) to another COA.
398
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name fromCOACode toCOACode Returns The COA Category dataset Type String String Description COA code to copy from COA code to create
GetDefaultCoa
returns a COA code, Master flag and description of default COA code Parameters Name defaultCoaCode defaultCoaDescription isDefaultCoaMaster Type String@ String@ Boolean@ Description default COA code The description of the default COA code . the flaf to indicate if it is master COA code
ValidateCOACode
returns a description and Master COA flag of the entered COA code Parameters Name coaCode coaDescription coaMaster Type String String@ Boolean@ Description COA code entered The description of the COA code entered. list of available parent categories
COABookSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.COABookSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCOA
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
399
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
COAMapData
Epicor.Mfg.BO.COAMapData: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewCOAMap
GetNewGLAccLink
400
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetNewSegmentLink
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
401
A-E
GetByDisplayName
This method returns COAMapData dataset if display name is known Parameters Name displayName Returns COAMap Data Data set Type String Description Display Name
HistoryCleanup
This method cleares history lookup tables. Parameters Name inDate Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Oldest record date
OnChangeCOA
This method called when value of Source/Target COA were changed. Parameters Name coa Type String Description Source/Target COA
Populate
Populates dataset Parameters Name iCoaMap cSource cTarget iSrcSeg iTrgSeg cFld ds Type Int32 String String Int32 Int32 String Description srcSeg field field srcSeg trgSeg field COAMap Data Data set
402
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ValidateTargetCOA
Parameters Name ipTargetCOA ds Type String Description Proposed COA code Coa map Data Set
ValidateTargetCompany
Parameters Name ipTargetCompany ds Type String Description Proposed target Company Coa map Data Set
COAPE
Epicor.Mfg.BO.COAPE: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewCOA
GetNewCOASegment
GetNewCOASegValues
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
403
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
COARefSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.COARefSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCOA
DeleteByID
GetByID
404
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
COARefSegSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.COARefSegSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCOA
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
405
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
406
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CoaSegAcctSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CoaSegAcctSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCOASegAcct
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
407
A-E
UpdateExt
COASegBalance
Epicor.Mfg.BO.COASegBalance: This business object contains 14 methods.
GetNewCOASegment
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
408
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
CheckCOACode
Checks COACode entered Parameters Name newCoaCode Type String Description COA code entered
ComboValue
OnChangeBalancing
This method convert the document currency to the journal currency. Parameters Name iSegSelfBal ds Type Boolean Description The entry for the check box Self-Balancing The Self-Balancing Segment Entry data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
409
A-E
OnChangeBalancingAcct
Parameters Name iBalancingAcct icoaCode isegmentNbr ds Type String String Int32 Description The balancing account to validate COA Code Segment Number The Self-Balancing Segment Entry data set
OnChangeLevel
This method validates the level Parameters Name ipProposedLevel ipSegmentNbr ipCOACode Type Int32 Int32 String Description The proposed new level Segment number currently being maintained COA Code for this segment
OnChangeOffsetAcct
Parameters Name iOffsetAcct icoaCode isegmentNbr ds Type String String Int32 Description The offset account to validate COA Code Segment Number The Self-Balancing Segment Entry data set
ValidateCOACode
410
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
COASegmentSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.COASegmentSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCOASegmentSearch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
411
A-E
UpdateExt
COASegValues
Epicor.Mfg.BO.COASegValues: This business object contains 16 methods.
GetNewCOASegValues
GetNewCOASegAcct
GetNewCOASegOpt
GetNewCOASegRes
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
412
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ChangeCategory
This method convert the document currency to the journal currency. Parameters Name proposedCategory ds Type String Description The proposed Amount The GL COASegValues Entry data set
ChangeSegvalue
Parameters Name ipValue ds Type String Description The proposed segment value The GL COASegValues Entry data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
413
A-E
CheckForDupSegOpt
Parameters Name ipCOACode ipSubSegmentNbr ipSegmentCode Type String Int32 String Description COA Code Segment Number to check for existence Segment Code to search for
ComboValues
ValidateCurrencyAccount
ValidateDefaultSegment
Parameters Name ipCOACode ipSubSegmentNbr ipSegmentCode Type String Int32 String Description COA Code Segment Number to check for existence Segment Code to search for
Company
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Company: This business object contains 48 methods.
GetNewCompany
414
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetNewCompanyAttch
GetNewAPSyst
GetNewARSyst
GetNewBMSyst
GetNewBorderPct
GetNewCRSyst
GetNewCSFSyst
GetNewCurrency
GetNewEQSyst
GetNewFASyst
GetNewFSSyst
GetNewGLSyst
GetNewISSyst
GetNewJCSyst
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
415
A-E
GetNewPDMSyst
GetNewPRSyst
GetNewTaxSvcConfig
GetNewXaSyst
GetNewXBSyst
GetNewEntityGLC
GetNewMMSyst
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
416
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeITFiscalCalendarID
Performs required logic when XbSyst.ITFiscalCalendarID is modified. Parameters Name ipITFiscalCalendarID ds Type String Description Proposed input value of Income Tax Fiscal Calendar Company data set
ChangeJPFiscalCalendarID
Performs required logic when XbSyst.JPFiscalCalendarID is modified.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
417
A-E
Parameters Name ipJPFiscalCalendarID ds Type String Description Proposed input value of Japan Fiscal Calendar Company data set
CheckARinvcDates
This method test the link of the dates in AR Invoice Parameters Name opMessage Type String@ Description Message to display to user if not null
CheckPayrollDate
This method is to be run before the update method (or on leave of the field). If there is a problem with the date, a message will be returned for the user to approve or cancel. If the user approved the error, then the update method can be run. Parameters Name payrollDate payrollMessage Type Nullable{System.DateTime} String@ Description Payroll Start Date Error message that the user needs to respond to
CheckVATFormat
This method test the validity of the VAT format Parameters Name opMessage ds Type String@ Description Message to display to user if not null Company data set
ChgCompanyFisCal
418
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ChgCountry
This method defaults the tax region information when the Company.CountryNum field changes Parameters Name ds Type Description Company data set
ChgFASystFisCal
ChgingMJTemplate
This method defaults the Maintenance Job Description when the MMSyst.TemplateJobNum field changes Parameters Name ds proposedTemplateJobNum String Type Description Company data set Proposed input value of the Template Job Num
DisabledGLFields
This method sens back a list of fields to be disabled Parameters Name vCompany vFieldList Type String String@ Description Company number List of G/L Fields to be disabled
ETCAfterAddrVal
After the tax integration has been called, update the Company address if it was changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
419
A-E
Parameters Name ds ds1 companyID String Type Description The Company data set The ETCAddrValidation data set Company.CompanyID
ETCValidateAddress
Call tax integration and loads temp tables from the results. Parameters Name companyID statusFlag errorFlag errorMsg Type String Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Description Company.Company If set to true, the service is up. Else false it is down If true, an error occured. If Error Flag is true, this is the associated message.
FormatList
This method returns the list of available G/L account format styles Parameters Name vCompany formatList Type String String@ Description Company number List of G/L formats
GetCheckOffLabels
This method returns a delimited list of the CheckOff labels for either Job, Quote or DMR Parameters Name appName labelList Type String String@ Description Either Job, Quote or DMR List of delimited labels
GetCPayCompanyList
This method returns a list of valid Central Payment 'Parent Company' IDs UI note - user should select only ONE of the valid codes.
420
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name cpayCompanyList Type String@ Description List of valid external company IDs
GetModLicensing
This method returns the licensing flags for the company beging updates. If updating a company different from the one logged in on, then you need to use these variables in your licensing checks Parameters Name vCompany vModules Type String String@ Description Company number List of Licensed Modules
GetNewBorderPercent
This method replaces the standard GetNewBorderPct() method so the Company can be passed as a parameter Parameters Name ds company String Type Description Company data set The company ID
GetSerialNumbers
This method provides a list of license serial number available for use Parameters Name serialList Type String@ Description List of License Numbers
TestTaxConnection
This method will test the tax integration connection to Avalara Parameters Name svcURL svcAccount svcLicense testResult Type String String String Boolean@ Description SvcURL SvcAccount SvcLicense is Connection good, true or false
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
421
A-E
Name testMessage
Type String@
Description text of whether test was good or why it wasn't good
ConfigSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ConfigSearch: This business object contains 8 methods. Deletes a row given its ID. Returns a DataSet given the primary key. Returns The DataSet.
GetList
GetRows
Update
422
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
GetListCustom
Returns a list of rows that satisfy the where clause. Parameters Name whereClause whereClause2 inspPlanOnly partOnly pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The list DataSet. Type String String Boolean Boolean Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description An expression used to filter the Part rows. Can be left blank for all rows. An expression used to filter InspPlan rows. Can be left blank for all rows. Only return InspPlan records Only return Part records. Number of rows to return. Page of rows to return. Whether there are more pages of rows available.
GetConfigureableRevs
This methods will return ConfigResultsRevs that will get populated for the given part number Parameters Name ipPartNum ipInspPlan Type String Boolean Description The PartNum to filter by True if inspection plan
Returns Dataset to search for configureable records.
Configuration
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Configuration: This business object contains 48 methods.
GetNewPcInValue
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
423
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
424
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
NegativeInventoryTest
To test on hand quantity of the bin - i.e. whether it will go negative. Call this method on change of Quantity. Parameters Name pcPartNum pcWhseCode pcBinNum pcLotNum pcDimCode pdDimConvFactor pdTranQty pcNeqQtyAction Type String String String String String Decimal Decimal String@ Description Part Number Warehouse Code Bin Number Lot Number From UNIT OF MEASURE (old Dimension Code) Obsolete Dimension Conversion Factor Quantity (in stocking uom) Valid values are STOP, NONE or ASK User. If Ask User, the user can decide to go ahead with the update even if the qty is negative Error message passed back from the business logic.
pcMessage Returns pcNeqQtyActionpcMessage
String@
GetCodeDescList
ApplyLeave
Parameters Name parentMfgCompID partNum revisionNum pageNum Type String String String Int32 Description The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The part being configured The revision being configured The page of the configuration on which the event has taken place
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
425
A-E
Name inputName testMode ds mtlSeq ruleTag ds1 Remarks
Type String String
Description The name of the input for which the LEAVE triggers should be applied The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode)
Int32 String
Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured
QTableName - MANDATORY - Name of table to find QLock - type of lock to put on record NO-LOCK (default) or EXCLUSIVE-LOCK QWhere - MANDATORY - criteria to find record QFind - type of find to perform, unique, first, next or last Columns - List of columns
DeleteTestRulePrograms
Parameters Name testMode ds ds1 Type String Description Current test mode
ApplyOrderPricing
Parameters Name parentMfgCompID partNum revisionNum testMode mtlSeq ruleTag ds Type String String String String Int32 String Description The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The part being configured The revision being configured The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured
426
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name totalPrice basePrice ds1 Remarks
Type Decimal@ Decimal@
Description The total price (in the base currency) of the configuration pricing The base price (in the base currency) of the configuration that not associated with an input
QTableName - MANDATORY - Name of table to find QLock - type of lock to put on record NO-LOCK (default) or EXCLUSIVE-LOCK QWhere - MANDATORY - criteria to find record QFind - type of find to perform, unique, first, next or last Columns - List of columns
ApplyPurchasePricing
Parameters Name parentMfgCompID partNum revisionNum testMode mtlSeq ruleTag ds totalPrice basePrice ds1 Remarks QTableName - MANDATORY - Name of table to find QLock - type of lock to put on record NO-LOCK (default) or EXCLUSIVE-LOCK QWhere - MANDATORY - criteria to find record QFind - type of find to perform, unique, first, next or last Columns - List of columns Decimal@ Decimal@ The total price (in the base currency) of the configuration pricing The base price (in the base currency) of the configuration that not associated with an input Type String String String String Int32 String Description The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The part being configured The revision being configured The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
427
A-E
ApplyQuotePricing
Parameters Name parentMfgCompID partNum revisionNum testMode mtlSeq ruleTag ds totalPrice basePrice ds1 Remarks QTableName - MANDATORY - Name of table to find QLock - type of lock to put on record NO-LOCK (default) or EXCLUSIVE-LOCK QWhere - MANDATORY - criteria to find record QFind - type of find to perform, unique, first, next or last Columns - List of columns Decimal@ Decimal@ The total price (in the base currency) of the configuration pricing The base price (in the base currency) of the configuration that not associated with an input Type String String String String Int32 String Description The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The part being configured The revision being configured The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured
ProcessKeepWhen
Parameters Name testMode Type String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured parent part number parent revision number parent rule tag sub part number sub revision number
parentMfgCompID parentPartNum parentRevisionNum parentRuleTag subPartNum subRevisionNum
String String String String String String
428
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name mtlSeq ruleTag relatedToFile relatedType sourceKey1 sourceKey2 sourceKey3 sourceKey4 sourceKey5 configMode pcStructRowID ds keepIt ds1 ds2
Type Int32 String String String String String String String String String String
Description Material Sequence to check Rule tag to check Related to source file Related Type Source Link Key1 Source Link Key1 Source Link Key1 Source Link Key1 Source Link Key1 Configuration Mode Rowid of PcStruct Record
Boolean@
Keep the material
GetNextPartSeq
Parameters Name testMode Type String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured parent part number parent revision number parent rule tag sub part number sub revision number Material Sequence to check Rule tag to check Related to source file Related Type Source Link Key1 Source Link Key1
parentMfgCompID parentPartNum parentRevisionNum parentRuleTag subPartNum subRevisionNum mtlSeq ruleTag relatedToFile relatedType sourceKey1 sourceKey2
String String String String String String Int32 String String String String String
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
429
A-E
Name sourceKey3 sourceKey4 sourceKey5 configMode pcStructRowID ds curPartCfgSeq ds1 ds2
Type String String String String String
Description Source Link Key1 Source Link Key1 Source Link Key1 Configuration Mode Rowid of PcStruct Record
Int32
Current Part Configuration Sequence
DeleteOrderConfiguration
Parameters Name testMode orderNum orderLine Type String Int32 Int32 Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The order for which the configuration should be deleted. The order line for which the configuration should be deleted.
DeleteQuoteConfiguration
Parameters Name testMode quoteNum quoteLine Type String Int32 Int32 Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The quote for which the configuration should be deleted. The quote line for which the configuration should be deleted.
EnterPage
Parameters Name parentMfgCompID partNum revisionNum Type String String String Description The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The part being configured The revision being configured
430
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name pageNum testMode previousPage mtlSeq ruleTag ds skipOPL ds1
Type Int32 String Int32 Int32 String
Description The current page of the configuration The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The previous page of the configuration Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured
Boolean@
Skipping OnLeave expressions when page loads
GetConfigurationSequence
Parameters Name configMode partNum revisionNum relatedToFile relatedType linkKey1 linkKey2 linkKey3 linkKey4 linkKey5 nonApprvMessage Returns Type String String String String String String String String String String String@ Description Configuration Mode The main part being configured The main revision being configured Related To File Related Type Source Key1 value Source Key1 value Source Key1 value Source Key1 value Source Key1 value Message with non approved part revisions
GetConfigurationSummary
Parameters Name testMode Type String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) Related to source file Related Type
relatedToFile relatedType
String String
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
431
A-E
Name sourceKey1 sourceKey2 sourceKey3 sourceKey4 sourceKey5 mtlSeq Returns
Type String String String String String Int32
Description Source Link Key1 Source Link Key1 Source Link Key1 Source Link Key1 Source Link Key1 Material Sequence of the revision being configured
GetPcInValueList
Parameters Name linkMode key1 key2 key3 key4 key5 Returns Type String String String String String String Description QuoteDtl, OrderDtl, or JobAsmbl Key1 on which the configuration was saved. Key2 on which the configuration was saved. Key3 on which the configuration was saved. Key4 on which the configuration was saved. Key5 on which the configuration was saved.
GetDispConfSummary
Parameters Name testMode partNum revisionNum displaySummary Type String String String Boolean@ Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) Configured Part Number Configured Part Revision Number Returns true if the summary grid should be displayed.
GetGeneratedConfiguration
Parameters Name parentMfgCompID Type String Description The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured
432
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name partNum revisionNum testMode
Description The part being configured The revision being configured The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode)
Returns
GetInputs
Parameters Name parentMfgCompID partNum revisionNum mtlSeq specID specRev testMode Type String String String Int32 String String String Description The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The part being configured The revision being configured Material Sequence of the revision being configured If a test plan then specification ID to test If a test plan then specification revision to test The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode)
Returns
GetJobValues
Parameters Name testMode parentMfgCompID jobNum targetAssembly partNum revisionNum ds mtlSeq ruleTag ds1 Int32 String Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured Type String String String Int32 String String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The job on which the configuration should be saved. The assembly sequence of the configured part. The part being configured The revision being configured
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
433
A-E
GetOrderValues
Parameters Name testMode parentMfgCompID orderNum orderLine partNum revisionNum ds mtlSeq ruleTag kitFlag kitCompOrigSeq kitCompParentPart kitCompParentSeq ds1 Int32 String String Int32 String Int32 Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured Kit Flag Kit component original sequence Kit component parent part number Kit component parent sequence Type String String Int32 Int32 String String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The order on which the configuration should be saved. The order line on which the configuration should be saved. The part being configured The revision being configured
GetDemandValues
Parameters Name testMode parentMfgCompID demandContractNum demandHeadSeq demandDtlSeq partNum revisionNum ds Type String String Int32 Int32 Int32 String String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The demand contract number on which the configuration should be saved. The demand head sequence on which the configuration should be saved. The demand detail sequence on which the configuration should be saved. The part being configured The revision being configured
434
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name mtlSeq ruleTag kitFlag kitCompOrigSeq kitCompParentPart kitCompParentSeq ds1
Type Int32 String String Int32 String Int32
Description Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured Kit Flag Kit component original sequence Kit component parent part number Kit component parent sequence
GetTestPlanValues
Parameters Name testMode relatedRowID ds ds1 Type String String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The rowID of the current InspResults record
LoadValuesFromSmartString
Parameters Name testMode parentMfgCompID partNum revisionNum ds ipSmartString ds1 String Smart String value Type String String String String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The part being configured The revision being configured
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
435
A-E
ValidateSmartString
Parameters Name testMode partNum revisionNum ipSmartString Type String String String String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The part being configured The revision being configured Smart String value
DisplaySmartString
Parameters Name testMode Type String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The part being configured The revision being configured configuration related to file Target assembly sequence key1 of related to file key2 of related to file key3 of related to file key4 of related to file key5 of related to file Display smart string form
partNum revisionNum relatedToFile targetAssembly key1 key2 key3 key4 key5 displaySmartString
String String String Int32 String String String String String Boolean@
EDIDemandConfiguration
Parameters Name parentMfgCompID iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq iDemandDtlSeq Type String Int32 Int32 Int32 Description Parent Manufacturing Company ID Demand Contract Number Demand Head Sequence that contains the configurable line Demand Detail Sequence that contains the configurable part
436
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name iSmartString
Type String
Description Smart String value
GetQuoteValues
Parameters Name testMode parentMfgCompID quoteNum quoteLine targetAssembly partNum revisionNum ds mtlSeq ruleTag kitFlag kitCompOrigSeq kitCompParentPart kitCompParentSeq ds1 Int32 String String Int32 String Int32 Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured Kit Flag Kit component original sequence Kit component parent part number Kit component parent sequence Type String String Int32 Int32 Int32 String String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The quote on which the configuration should be saved. The quote line on which the configuration should be saved. The quote assembly on which the configuration should be saved. The part being configured The revision being configured
GetSmartString
Parameters Name parentMfgCompID partNum revisionNum testMode Type String String String String Description The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The part being configured The revision being configured The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) Related to source file
relatedToFile
String
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
437
A-E
Name relatedType sourceKey1 sourceKey2 sourceKey3 sourceKey4 sourceKey5 mtlSeq ruleTag smartString createPart promptForPartNum notifyOfExistingPart newPartNum createCustPart promptForCustPartNum newCustPartNum promptForAutoCreatePart ds promptForSIValues ds1
Type String String String String String String Int32 String String@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Boolean@
Description Related Type Source Link Key1 Source Link Key1 Source Link Key1 Source Link Key1 Source Link Key1 Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured The generated smartstring of the configuration True if a new part should be created True if the user should be prompted for the part number If true the user should be warned if the new part number already exists The generated portion of the new part number If true the user should be asked if they want the Customer Part Number assigned If true the user should be prompted to update the new Customer Part Number The generated customer part number True if the user should be prompted to create part
Boolean@
If returned true then prompt user to overwrite existing configuration
UpdateGlobalValues
When paging paging forward to a lower level subassembly configured part, the GetxxxValues methods are called and the global variables defined in the ttConfigurationValue are updated from the ttGlbConfigurationValue table. This doesn't happen when paging backward from a subassembly configured part to a parent configured part. This procedure will update the GIVs in the current configurations ttConfigurationValue table from the ttGlbConfigurationValue. Parameters Name parentMfgCompID partNum revisionNum Type String String String Description The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The parent configured part The revision number of the parent part
438
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name newPageNum mtlSeq ruleTag testMode ds
Type Int32 Int32 String String
Description The new page number we are moving to Material Sequence of the parent part Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode)
GetValues
Parameters Name parentMfgCompID partNum revisionNum testMode ds mtlSeq ruleTag specID specRev ds1 Int32 String String String Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured If a test plan then specification ID to test If a test plan then specification revision to test Type String String String String Description The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The part being configured The revision being configured The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode)
NextPage
Parameters Name parentMfgCompID partNum revisionNum currentPageNum testMode mtlSeq ruleTag Type String String String Int32 String Int32 String Description The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The part being configured The revision being configured The current page of the configuration The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
439
A-E
Name newPageNum errText ds skipOPL ds1
Type Int32@ String@
Description The next page number. If 0 the current page is the last page. Text of error message.
Boolean@
Skipping OnLeave expressions when page loads
GetInspResultsValues
Parameters Name testMode Type String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) RowID of the InspResults record Key1 value from InspResults record Key2 value from InspResults record Key3 value from InspResults record Key4 value from InspResults record Key5 value from InspResults record Inspection Date from InspResults record Inspection Date from InspResults record
inTgtRowID startKey1 startKey2 startKey3 startKey4 startKey5 startInspDate startInspTime
String String@ String@ String@ String@ String@ String@ String@
ProcessPassFail
Parameters Name testMode basePartNum baseRevisionNum testPassed failText ds ds1 Type String String String Boolean@ String@ Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The base part number used of the configuration. The base revision number used of the configuration. Inspection plan passed Fail text to be displayed
440
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
PartExists
Part exists. Parameters Name testMode Type String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) Base Part Number Base Revision Number The part being configured Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured Part Exists Prompt to overwrite SI values Saving input values for this configuration
basePartNum baseRevisionNum newPartNum mtlSeq ruleTag partExists promptForSIValues sIValues
String String String Int32 String Boolean@ Boolean@ Boolean@
PreviousPage
Parameters Name parentMfgCompID partNum revisionNum currentPageNum testMode mtlSeq ruleTag ds newPageNum ds1 Int32@ The previous page number. If 0 the current page is the first page. Type String String String Int32 String Int32 String Description The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The part being configured The revision being configured The current page of the configuration The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
441
A-E
SaveJobConfiguration
Parameters Name testMode parentMfgCompID jobNum targetAssembly basePartNum baseRevisionNum smartString newPartNum responseAutoCrtPart overwriteSIValues mtlSeq ruleTag configSmartString ds newPartAlreadyExists ds1 ds2 Boolean@ Returns true a new part was not created because it already exists. Type String String String Int32 String String String String Boolean Boolean Int32 String String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The job on which the configuration should be saved. The assembly sequence of the configured part. The base part number used of the configuration. The base revision number used of the configuration. The generated smartstring of the configuration The Part Number to be used for a new part creation. If blank, a part will not be created. Answer to the question presented to user about auto creating a part. If user answers yes to question about overwrite saved input values then input true else always input false Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured Config Smart String Value
SaveOrderConfiguration
Parameters Name testMode parentMfgCompID orderNum orderLine basePartNum Type String String Int32 Int32 String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The order on which the configuration should be saved. The order line on which the configuration should be saved. The base part number used of the configuration.
442
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name baseRevisionNum smartString newPartNum newCustPartNum responseAutoCrtPart overwriteSIValues mtlSeq ruleTag configSmartString ds newPartAlreadyExists ds1 ds2
Type String String String String Boolean Boolean Int32 String String
Description The base revision number used of the configuration. The generated smartstring of the configuration The Part Number to be used for a new part creation. If blank, a part will not be created. The Customer Part Number to stored on the order line. Answer to the question presented to user about auto creating a part. If user answers yes to question about overwrite saved input values then input true else always input false Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured Config Smart String Value
Boolean@
Returns true a new part was not created because it already exists.
SaveDemandConfiguration
Parameters Name testMode parentMfgCompID demandContractNum demandHeadSeq demandDtlSeq basePartNum baseRevisionNum smartString newPartNum newCustPartNum Type String String Int32 Int32 Int32 String String String String String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The demand contract number on which the configuration should be saved. The demand head sequence on which the configuration should be saved. The demand detail sequence on which the configuration should be saved. The base part number used of the configuration. The base revision number used of the configuration. The generated smartstring of the configuration The Part Number to be used for a new part creation. If blank, a part will not be created. The Customer Part Number to stored on the demand detail line.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
443
A-E
Name responseAutoCrtPart overwriteSIValues mtlSeq ruleTag configSmartString ds newPartAlreadyExists ds1 ds2
Type Boolean Boolean Int32 String String
Description Answer to the question presented to user about auto creating a part. If user answers yes to question about overwrite saved input values then input true else always input false Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured Config Smart String Value
Boolean@
SaveQuoteConfiguration
Parameters Name testMode parentMfgCompID quoteNum quoteLine targetAssembly basePartNum baseRevisionNum smartString newPartNum newCustPartNum responseAutoCrtPart overwriteSIValues mtlSeq ruleTag configSmartString Type String String Int32 Int32 Int32 String String String String String Boolean Boolean Int32 String String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The quote on which the configuration should be saved. The quote line on which the configuration should be saved. The quote assembly on which the configuration should be saved. The base part number used of the configuration. The base revision number used of the configuration. The generated smartstring of the configuration The Part Number to be used for a new part creation. If blank, a part will not be created. The Customer Part Number to stored on the quote line. Answer to the question presented to user about auto creating a part. If user answers yes to question about overwrite saved input values then input true else always input false Material Sequence of the revision being configured Generated Rule Tag of the part being configured Config Smart String Value
444
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ds newPartAlreadyExists ds1 ds2
Type
Description
Boolean@
SaveTestPlan
Parameters Name testMode relatedRowID ds ds1 Type String String Description The configuration test mode ("INPUTS" - Test Inputs Only, "RULES" Test Inputs and Rules, otherwise production mode) The RowID of the related InspResults record
TestRules
Parameters Name parentMfgCompID partNum revisionNum workStationID mtlSeq ds Type String String String String Int32 Description The manufacturing company of the parent of the part being configured The part being configured The revision being configured The name of the workstation requesting the test Material Sequence of the revision being configured
Configurator
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Configurator: This business object contains 77 methods.
GetNewPcStatus
GetNewPcStatusAttch
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
445
A-E
GetNewPcAudit
GetNewPcDocRules
GetNewPcPage
GetNewPcInputs
GetNewPcDynLst
GetNewPcDynLstCriteria
GetNewPcInputsExpr
GetNewPcPageExpr
GetNewPcPriceHed
GetNewPcInPrice
GetNewPcRules
GetNewPcStrComp
GetNewPcStruct
GetNewPcStructRules
446
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
447
A-E
GetCodeDescList
UpdateExpression
Update expression fields for the given table using the text in the PcTempExpr dataset Parameters Name ipTableName ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ds ipInputName ipTypeCode ipPageSeq ds1 String String Int32 Type String String String Description Table for expression being updated Current Part Number Current Revision Number The Temp Expression data set Current Input Name Type of expression Current Page Sequence The Configurator data set
DeleteExpression
Delete expression fields for the given table Parameters Name ipTableName ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipInputName ipPageSeq ipTypeCode ds Type String String String String Int32 String Description Table for expression being updated Current Part Number Current Revision Number Current Input Name Current PageSeq Type of expression to delete The Configurator data set
448
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
BuildSampleSmartString
Updates the PcStatus Sample Smart String when the smart string parameters are changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Configurator data set
ChangingEntConf
This methods checks to see if any enterprise configurator specific settings have been created. If so then a message should be displayed prior to unchecking the enterprise configurator checkbox Parameters Name ipPartNum ipRevisionNum settingsExist Type String String Boolean@ Description Current Part Number Current Revision Number Returns if enterprise configurator setting exist
CheckIsConfigured
This methods is called prior to expanding a tree node on the Rules tab. If the part is a configureable part, the node will not be expanded Parameters Name ipPartNum isConfigured Type String Boolean@ Description The proposed part number Returns true if the part is configured
CopyOrderPricingToQuote
Copy the Order Input Pricing to the Quote Input Pricing. Parameters Name configPartNum configRevisionNum ds Type String String Description The configuration Part Number The configuration Revision Number The Configurator data set
CopyQuotePricingToOrder
Copy the Quote Input Pricing to the Order Input Pricing.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
449
A-E
Parameters Name configPartNum configRevisionNum ds Type String String Description The configuration Part Number The configuration Revision Number The Configurator data set
CreateNewInput
Create a new input for a configuration Parameters Name partNumber revisionNumber pageNumber controlType dataType xPos yPos pWidth pHeight ds Type String String Int32 String String Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The configuration Part number The configuration revision number The configuration page number The type of control being created The datatype of the control The initial x position of the control. If 0 then a default will be provided. The initial y position of the control. If 0 then a default will be provided. The initial width of the control. If 0 then a default will be provided. The initial height of the control. If 0 then a default will be provided. The Configurator data set
CreatePcPage
Create a new configuration page Parameters Name partNum revisionNum newPageNumber ds Type String String Int32 Description The configuration Part number The configuration revision number Page number of the new page The Configurator data set
CreatePcRules
Create a new PcRules record
450
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name elementType Type String Description The type of element "par" - Header level rule "opr" - Operation level rule "dtl" - Operation Detail level rule "asm" - Assembly level rule "mtl" - Material level rule The configuration Part number The configuration revision number The alternate method of the rule The Assembly Part Number for subassemblies The related operation The OpDtlSeq for "dtl" rules The MtlSeq for "mtl" and "asm" rules The type of rule: "Calculation": A calculated value "Set Field": Set a field on a record "Keep When": Keep a operation, detail, or material only if the expression is true "Program Call": Run a program The expression of the rule The name The datatype of the calculation The DB table name of any referenced field (either as a Set Field or an expression reference) The DB Field for a "Set Field" rule User defined Rule Tag for this rule The Configurator data set
partNum revisionNum altMethod asmPartNum oprSeq opDtlSeq mtlSeq ruleType
String String String String Int32 Int32 Int32 String
ruleExpr calcName calcDataType dbTable dbField ruleTag ds
String String String String String String
CreatePcStatus
Create a new configuration for a Part Revision Parameters Name partNum revisionNum isInspPlan Returns The Configurator data set Type String String Boolean Description The configuration Part number The configuration revision number Is this an inspection plan configuration
GetAllAlternateTrees
This methods will return a dataset that will include PartRev, PartOpr, PartOpDtl, PartMtl, PartMtlRestriction, PartMtlRestrictSubst, PartOprRestriction and PartOprRestrictSubst if those records exist for the appropriate input
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
451
A-E
parameters. ALL ALTERNATES OF THE PARTREVISION WILL BE RETURNED if ipcomplete is true This method will also allow you to return the whole dataset or allow the user to specify how far down the tree they would like to return possible "part" records for. Parameters Name ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipUseDefaultMethod ipCurrentRuleTag Returns The Rule BOM data set Type String String Boolean String Description The Part Number to return data for. The Revision Number to return data for. For partrev records other than the first one, would you like to use the default alternate method or the inputted one? Generated Rule Tag for current material record
GetDatasetForTree
This methods will return a dataset that will include PartRev, PartOpr, PartOpDtl, PartMtl, PartMtlRestriction, PartMtlRestrictSubst, PartOprRestriction and PartOprRestrictSubst if those records exist for the appropriate input parameters. This method will also allow you to return the whole dataset or allow the user to specify how the revision to return possible "part" records for. Parameters Name ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipUseDefaultMethod ipCurrentRuleTag ds Type String String String Boolean String Description The Part Number to return data for. The Revision Number to return data for. The Alternate Method to return data for. For partrev records other than the first one, would you like to use the default alternate method or the inputted one? Generated Rule Tag for current material record PC Rules BOM dataset
GenerateHTML
Generate the HTML that can be used as a template for Customer Connect Parameters Name partNum revisionNum productCode Type String String String Description The configuration Part number The configuration revision number The product for which the HTML should be generated "CustConnect" = Customer Connect "SalesConnect" = Sales Connect
452
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name pageSeq allPages outputPath
Type Int32 Boolean String@
Description The sequence number of the configuration page being generated. If true, PageSeq will be ignored and all pages will be generated. The path to which the HTML files were generated.
GetAvailInputs
Get the available inputs that may be used to build smart string. Parameters Name partNum revisionNum availInputs Type String String String@ Description The part number of the configurator The part number of the configurator The list of available inputs
GetBaseString
Get the base string for use with expression building methods Parameters Name expressionType Type String Description The type of base expression string "PW": Prompt When "PR": Pricing "OL": On Leave "DL": Dynamic List "PPW": Page Prompt When "POL": Page On Leave "PPF": Page Pass Fail
baseString
String@
GetConfigurationOptions
Get the valid options that are used for populating configuration design options. This will populate the ConfigPartCreateMethod, ConfigSmartStringStyle, Parameters Name optionType Type String Description The type of option to get. Valid values are: PartCreateMethods, SmartStringStyles, SeparatorChars, NumberFormats, PriceMultipliers, SmartStringDateFormats, SmartStringDateSeparators, SmartStringLogicalFormats, NumFormatSignOptions, HTMLProducts A list of valid options.
optionList
String@
GetFieldExprType
Move a rule up in the order of configuration rules.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
453
A-E
Parameters Name tableName fieldName exprType Type String String String@ Description The name of the database table The name of the database field The expression type of the database field
GetFunctionList
Get the functions available for a specific token Parameters Name token expressionMode Type String String Description The token for which to get functions The mode of the expression string "PW" - Prompt When "OL" - On Leave "DL" - Dynamic List "PR" - Pricing "RU" - Rules Current part number Current revision number Current input name
curPartNum curRevisionNum curInputName Returns The Configurator data set
String String String
GetGlbInputVarList
Get a list of Global Input Variables to be used as available inputs in an expression. Parameters Name iPartNum iRevisionNum ds Type String String Description Part Number where the global input variables may reside Revision Number where the global input variables may reside The GlbInputVarList data set
GetInputsList
Get the list of inputs and input functions available Parameters Name expressionMode Type String Description The mode of the expression string "PW" - Prompt When "OL" - On Leave "DL" - Dynamic List "PR" - Pricing "RU" Rules
454
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name token partNum revisionNum currentInputName lastInputName ruleElementType isForRule inputList inputFunctionList
Type String String String String String String String String@ String@
Description The token being evaluated The part number of the configurator The part number of the configurator The input for which the expression is being built The last input referenced in the expression The type of rule expression (from PcRules.ElementType) Ignored if not processing a rule. Document Rule, Structure Rule, or Method Rule The list of inputs that can be selected The functions that can be chosen instead of an input
GetInputValues
Get the potential values of an input. This will include static values and dynamic list values Parameters Name partNum revisionNum currentInputName inputValues Type String String String String@ Description The part number of the configurator The part number of the configurator The input for which the expression is being built The list of potential values for the input
GetNextToken
Get the next expression token out of an expression string Parameters Name currentString token tokenStart tokenEnd Type String String@ Int32@ Int32@ Description The string to be parsed for a token The token that was found. If blank, no token was found. The index (one-based) of the first character of the token The index of the last character of the token.
GetNextPageSeq
Get the next page sequence to be defaulted into new page form
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
455
A-E
Parameters Name currentPartNum currentRevisionNum newPageSeq Type String String Int32@ Description Current Part Number Current Revision Number Next page number
GetRuleFunctionList
Get the functions available for a rule element type Parameters Name ruleElementType Returns The Configurator data set Type String Description The type of element
GetRuleList
The types of rules that can be added for a specific element type/part number Parameters Name ruleParPartNum ruleAsmPartNum ruleElementType ruleList Type String String String String@ Description The base configured part number The assembly part number The type of element The list of rule types that can be added
GetRuleSetFields
Get a list of available field that can be set for a table. The list is returned in the PcFuncList of the ConfiguratorDataSet Parameters Name ruleParPartNum ruleElementType ruleTable tokenType currentlyCreating Type String String String String String Description The base configured part number The type of rule expression (from PcRules.ElementType) The table that has been selected The token that the field should replace Valid options are Document if creating document rule or null for method rule.
456
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns The Configurator data set
GetRuleTables
Get a list of available tables for selection Parameters Name ruleParPartNum ruleElementType currentTable currentlyCreating Type String String String String Description The base configured part number The type of rule expression (from PcRules.ElementType) The current table in use for the rule expression. (PcRules.dbTable) Valid options are Document if creating document rule or null for method rule.
Returns The Configurator data set
ImportConfigurator
Receives a dataset that contains the information about another configurator and will be imported into the current configurator. Parameters Name iPartNum iRevisionNum replComp aprvConfig doInputs doPartCreation doSmartString doComments doStructRules doDocRules doPcRules doQuotePricing doOrderPricing doPOPricing ds Type String String Boolean Boolean String Boolean Boolean Boolean String String String String String String Description Part Number Revision Number Replace Company Approve configurator after data is imported Import Inputs Import Part Creation Import SmartString Import Comments Import Structure Rules Import Document Rules Import Method Rules Import Quote Pricing Import Order Pricing Import PO Pricing The ConfiguratorDataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
457
A-E
OnChangeBAQProgramName
Check if the given BAQProgramName is valid and default the initial value Parameters Name baqProgramName ds Type String Description The proposed BAQ Program Name The Configurator data set
OnChangeColumnName
Check if the given ColumnName is valid and default the initial value Parameters Name newColumnName ds Type String Description The proposed Column Name The Configurator data set
OnChangeDocRuleCompany
Default values using the selected external company Parameters Name inExtCompany ds Type String Description The proposed external company ID The Configurator data set
OnChangeInputValue
Check if the given Input Value is valid and default the initial value Parameters Name newInputValue ds Type String Description The proposed input value The Configurator data set
OnChangeGlbInputVarName
Check if the given GlbInputVarName is valid and default the initial value
458
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name glbInputVarName ds Type String Description The new global input var name The Configurator data set
OnChangePriceInValue
Check if the given PcInPrice.InValue is valid Parameters Name inValue ds Type String Description The new InValue setting The Configurator data set
OnChangePriceAllValues
Check if the given PcInPrice.AllValues setting is valid Parameters Name allValues ds Type Boolean Description The new InValue setting The Configurator data set
OnChangeMinMaxDecimalValue
Defaults the PcInputs Increment Precision when the Minimum or Maximum value changes Parameters Name ds Type Description The Configurator data set
OnChangeSingleLevelConf
Check to see if any plant exist with a SourceType other than Sales Kit. Parameters Name pcPartNum newSingleLevelConf ds Type String Boolean Description The current part number The new singlelevelconf setting The Configurator data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
459
A-E
PromptForPassword
This method checks the BMSyst record to see if a password should prompted for and then validated by the ValidatePassword method in UserFile BO. Run this before SyncRevision method is called. Parameters Name ipTestPlan ipPartNum ipRevisionNum opPromptForPassword opRevisionStatus opRevisionFound Type Boolean String String Boolean@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Description Is this a test plan. Part number of the revision being synched. Revision number being synched. Logical value stating whether the UI should prompt to validate for a password. Logical value indicating the current revision status. Logical value indicating whether the revision was found.
RefreshStructDefs
This methods will return a dataset that will include PcStruct records. It's for the parent configured part. Parameters Name ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ds Type String String Description The Part Number to return data for. The Revision Number to return data for. The Configurator data set
ReplaceToken
Replace the first occurance of a token in an expression string with another string Parameters Name expressionString token replacementString Type String@ String String Description The expression string to be modified The token to replace The string that will replace the token
RulesMoveDown
Move a rule down in the order of configuration rules.
460
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name pcRulesRowid ds Type String Description The RowIdent of the rule to be moved down The Configurator data set
RulesMoveUp
Move a rule up in the order of configuration rules. Parameters Name pcRulesRowid ds Type String Description The RowIdent of the rule to be moved up The Configurator data set
SalesKitConfiguration
If a partplant record is available for the current plant then check the SourceType If not partplant available then check the typecode on the part record. Parameters Name pcPartNum salesKit Type String Boolean@ Description The current part number SalesKit
SmartStringMoveDown
Move a smart string input down in the available inputs list Parameters Name pcStrCompRowid ds Type String Description The RowIdent of the input to be moved down The Configurator data set
SmartStringMoveUp
Move a smart string input up in the selected inputs list Parameters Name pcStrCompRowid ds Type String Description The RowIdent of the PcStrComp to be moved up The Configurator data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
461
A-E
SyncRevision
This method synchronizes the part revision approval flag when the PcStatus.Approved flag changes Parameters Name ipTestPlan ipApproved ipValidPassword Type Boolean Boolean Boolean Description Is this a test plan configuration The proposed approval flag Did the user supply a valid password to run this functionality? The value for this parameter should come from running the ValidatePassword method in the UserFile BO. The part number of the revision to synchronize The revision number to synchronize The audit description entered for the configuration approval Returns true if the revision was successfully approved
ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAuditDesc revSynched
String String String Boolean@
TestRuleSyntax
Test the syntax for the expression builders Parameters Name configPartNum configRevisionNum elementType ruleType ruleExpression calcName calcDataType isForRule syntaxIsCorrect syntaxMessage Type String String String String String String String String Boolean@ String@ Description The configurator part number The configurator revision number The element type of the rule The rule type The rule expression to be checked If a calcuation, the name of the calculation If a calcuation, the datatype of the calculation Document Rule, Structure Rule, or Method Rule True if the syntax passes A message regarding the syntax to return to the user.
GenerateConfigSequence
Called prior to testing input/rules to generate configuration sequence records Parameters Name configPartNum Type String Description The configurator part number
462
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name configRevisionNum
Type String
Description The configurator revision number
DeleteConfigSequence
Called after testing inputs/rules to delete configuration sequence records Parameters Name configPartNum configRevisionNum Type String String Description The configurator part number The configurator revision number
TestSyntax
Test the syntax for the expression builders Parameters Name configPartNum configRevisionNum codeType syntaxIsCorrect syntaxMessage ds Type String String String Boolean@ String@ Description The configurator part number The configurator revision number The type of syntax to be checked True if the syntax passes A message regarding the syntax to return to the user. The Temp Expression data set
ValidateCalcName
Validate a new calculation name Parameters Name partNum revisionNum altMethod calcName Type String String String String Description The configuration Part number The configuration revision number The alternate method of the rule Calculation Name
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
463
A-E
ValidateFormatString
Parameters Name ipFormatString Type String Description input format string to validate
GetConditionList
ConsolidToParent
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ConsolidToParent: This business object contains 21 methods.
GetNewConsTgtGen
GetNewConsSrcCtrl
GetNewConsSrcRates
GetNewConsSrcAcctBal
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
464
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CheckConsReadyToPost
Method to check if the Consolidation is ready to Generate. This needs to be run before GenerateConsolidation. Parameters Name intGenID txtSourceBook txtFiscalCalendarID intFiscalYear txtFiscalYearSuffix Type Int32 String String Int32 String Description GenID of record to post Source Book of record to post FiscalCalendarID of record to post FiscalYear of record to post Fiscal Year Suffix of record to post
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
465
A-E
Name intFiscalPeriod txtpriorPeriodNotPostedMsg txtperiodAlreadyPostedMsg txtperiodAlreadyGeneratedMsg txtfileAlreadyExistsMsg
Type Int32 String@ String@ String@ String@
Description Fiscal Period of record to post Prior Period not posted message text Period already posted message text Period already generated message text File Already Exists message text
sendErrorMsg
Send a Error message Parameters Name ipcMethod ipcGenID ipcSourceBook ipcMsg Type String String String String Description Who is calling the method. Gen ID of the record with error. Source Book of the record with error. Error Messaged to be displayed.
ValidateClosingPeriods
Validate ClosingPeriods Parameters Name ipFiscalCalendarID ipFiscalYear ipFiscalYearSuffix proposedClosingPeriods ipCalledFromUI opcMsg Type String Int32 String Int32 Boolean String@ Description FiscalCalendarID FiscalYear Fiscal Year Suffix Proposed Closing Periods Logical value. True = Called from UI, False = Called from internal method in BO A message is returned if the given Period is invalid.
ValidateFiscalPeriod
Validate FiscalPeriod Parameters Name ipcompany Type String Description Company. If left empty, the method use current company value.
466
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ipFiscalCalendarID ipFiscalYear ipFiscalYearSuffix proposedFiscalPeriod ipCalledFromUI opcMsg
Type String Int32 String Int32 Boolean String@
Description FiscalCalendarID Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix proposed Fiscal Period Logical value. True = Called from UI, False = Called from internal method in BO A message is returned if the given Period is invalid.
ValidateFiscalYear
Validate FiscalYear and send back FiscalYearSuffix Parameters Name ipFiscalCalendarID proposedFiscalYear opFiscalYearSuffix ipCalledFromUI opcMsg Type String Int32 String@ Boolean String@ Description FiscalCalendarID Proposed FiscalYear FiscalYearSuffix Logical value. True = Called from UI, False = Called from internal method in BO A message is returned if the given Period is invalid.
ValidateGenID
Validate the GenID Parameters Name intGenID Type Int32 Description GenID. Also know as Consolidation ID
GetConsDefIDData
Validate ConsDefID and updates TgtCompany, TgtBook, TragetCOA, IntermediateBookID and ImmediateTrans Parameters Name proposedConsDefID ds Type String Description Proposed ConsDefID ConsolidToParent Dataset
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
467
A-E
GetDefaults
Method to call to get the default consolidation types and currency exchange rates. Parameters Name ipGetDefaultType ds Type Int32 Description GetDefault Type. 1 - All, 2 - Just record in screen. The ConsolidToParent data set
ValidateExchangeRate
Validate changes on ExchangeRates and updates User Modified accordingly. Parameters Name ds Type Description ConsolidToParent dataset row
ValidateSrcFiscalPeriod
Validate FiscalPeriod Parameters Name proposedFiscalPeriod ds opcMsg opClosingPeriod String@ Int32@ Type Int32 Description proposed Fiscal Period ConsolidToParent Dataset A message is returned if the given Period is invalid. Closing period number if proposed period is a closing period.
ValidatePrevRecords
Validates record and returns message if a previous period has o has not been posted/generated. Parameters Name intYear intPeriod txtPriorPeriodNotPostedMsg txtPeriodAlreadyPostedMsg txtPeriodAlreadyGeneratedMsg ds Type Int32 Int32 String@ String@ String@ Description Fiscal year to be evaluated Fiscal period to be evaluated Prior Period not posted message text Period already posted message text Period already generated message text ConsolidToParent dataset row
468
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ConsTgtDef
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ConsTgtDef: This business object contains 21 methods.
GetNewConsTgtDef
GetNewConsTgtSrc
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
469
A-E
UpdateExt
CheckCOAMap
Parameters Name ipCOAMapUID Type Int32 Description COA Map ID to validate
CheckConsolidationType
Parameters Name ipConsolidationType ds Type String Description proposed consolidation type (Periodic/Continuous) Consolidation targetDefinition Data Set
CheckConsType
Parameters Name ipConsType ipConsTypeText Type String String Description ConsType to edit text that identifies the constype being validated
CheckCurrencyCode
Parameters Name ipCurrencyCode Type String Description currency code to validate
470
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CheckIfResetTgtBook
Parameters Name ds Type Description Consolidation targetDefinition Data Set
CheckIntermediateBook
Parameters Name ipIntermediateBook ds Type String Description IntermediateBookID Consolidation targetDefinition Data Set
CheckJournalCode
Parameters Name ipJrnlCode ipJrnlCodeType ds Type String String Description Journal code to edit Identifies which journal code to edit: target or intermediate Consolidation targetDefinition Data Set
CheckOutputFile
Parameters Name ipOutputFile Type String Description output file
CheckRemoteParent
Parameters Name ipRemoteParent ds Type Boolean Description remote parent value Consolidation targetDefinition Data Set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
471
A-E
CheckTargetBook
Parameters Name ipTargetBook ds Type String Description target book ID Consolidation targetDefinition Data Set
CheckTargetCompany
Parameters Name ipTargetCompany ds Type String Description target Company ID Consolidation targetDefinition Data Set
GetSourceCOA
Parameters Name ipSourceBook ds Type String Description Source GL Book ID Consolidation targetDefinition Data Set
IsSourceBookDefined
Parameters Name ipConsDefID ipSourceBook Type String String Description Consolidation Definition ID Source GL Book ID
ConsType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ConsType: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewConsType
DeleteByID
472
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
473
A-E
GetRateTypeList
Get rate type list Parameters Name cRateTypeList Type String@ Description Rate type list
Contact
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Contact: This business object contains 6 methods.
GetCodeDescList
CondenseContactList
Condenses the list of contacts. Parameters Name ds Type Description The ContactListDataSet Set
GetByID
Get customers, shiptos and contacts by Contact Name.
474
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name contactName custNumList inCustNum inShipToNum inConNum Returns The ContactDataSet Set Type String String Int32 String Int32 Description The Contact Name Delimited list of customer numbers selected Specific Customer number. Used for context menu Specific ShipTo Number. Used for context menu Specific Contact Number. Used for context menu
GetList
List of contacts. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The ContactListDataSet Set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description Where condition # of records returned. 0 means all
GetListCustom
List of contacts. Parameters Name whereClause shipToWhereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The ContactListDataSet Set Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description Where condition ShipTo Where condition # of records returned. 0 means all
GetNewCustCntAttch
Empty method so the adapter will add the attachment logic for CustCnt.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
475
A-E
Parameters Name custNum shipToNum conNum Type Int32 String Int32 Description The Customer Number The ShipTo Number The Contact Number
ContainerClass
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ContainerClass: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewContainerClass
GetNewContClassMisc
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
476
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
DefaultContainerCost
Calculates container cost when CostPerVolume or Volume change. Parameters Name ds Type Description Container Class Data Set
DefaultCostPerVolume
Calculates the CostPerVolume. Parameters Name ds Type Description Container Class Data Set
OnContactChange
Verifies if proposed Vendor Contact number is valid. If so, loads Vendor Contact Information. Parameters Name ipContactNum ds Type Int32 Description The Contact Number The Supplier Shipment Class Data Set.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
477
A-E
OnIndirectCostChange
Verifies if proposed Landed Cost Indirect Cost Code is valid. If so, loads Indirect Cost Amount and Currency code. Parameters Name ipMiscCode ds Type String Description The Supplier ID The Supplier Shipment Class Data Set.
OnSupplierChange
Verifies if proposed Supplier ID is valid. If so, loads Supplier's name. Parameters Name ipSupplierID ds Type String Description The Supplier ID The Supplier Shipment Class Data Set.
ContainerTracking
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ContainerTracking: This business object contains 59 methods.
GetNewContainerHeader
GetNewContainerHeaderAttch
GetNewContainerDetail
GetNewContainerDetailAttch
GetNewContainerDuty
GetNewContainerMisc
DeleteByID
478
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
479
A-E
CalculateExtCostAndWeight
Parameters Name shipQty shipUOM partNum ourUnitCost weight grossWeight vExtCost Type Decimal String String Decimal Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Description Quantity to ship Shipping UOM Part number on container detail Unit Cost on container detail Extended weight of detail Gross weight of detail Extended container cost or value
CheckContainerBeforeShipping
Parameters Name ipContainerID Type Int32 Description ContainerID
CreateContainerIndCost
Creates the default Miscellaneous Charges for the Container based on the Parameters Name ds ds1 Type Description APInvMiscCharges DataSet Container Tracking Data Set
CreateMultiDetails
Parameters Name ds containerErrors detailAdded String@ Boolean@ Type Description Container Tracking Data Set List of PO releases not added as container details Indicates that at least one detail was added and is used by the UI to determine if the zero volume message is to be displayed
DefaultContainerCost
Calculates container cost when CostPerVolume or Volume change
480
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description Container Tracking Data Set
DefaultCostPerVolume
Calculates the CostPerVolume Parameters Name ds Type Description Container Tracking Data Set
DisburseLandedCosts
Parameters Name ipContainerID opLCApplied Type Int32 Decimal@ Description Container IDt Total applied landed cost
GetAPInvMiscCharges
Gets the list of AP Invoice Miscellaneous Charges marked as Landed Cost and and not linked to any container or receipt yet. Parameters Name ipContainerID Returns The APInvMiscCharges DataSet Type Int32 Description Container ID
GetContainerClassInfo
This method defaults the container class information into the conatiner header file whenever the container class is added/amended Parameters Name cclass volume containerCost costPerVolume Type String Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Description cclass volume container Cost Cost per volume
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
481
A-E
Name shippingDays validContainer
Type Int32@ Boolean@
Description shipping Days valid Container
GetContainerDetailToSplit
Gets the Detail of a specific Container Header to be splitted. Parameters Name ipContainerID Returns The ContainerDetailToSplit DataSet Type Int32 Description Container ID
GetContainerMiscToTransfer
Gets the Indirect Costs of a specific Container Header to be transfered. Parameters Name ipContainerID Returns The ContainerMiscToTransfer DataSet Type Int32 Description Container ID
GetDtlPOInfo
This method updates the dataset when the detail Line PONum field has changed. Parameters Name ds poLine poNum Int32 Int32 Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Line to check New PO Number
GetDtlPOLineInfo
This method updates the dataset when the detail Line POLine field has changed. Parameters Name poNum Type Int32 Description New POLine Number
482
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name poLine ds
Type Int32
Description Receipt Line to check The Receipt data set
GetDtlQtyInfo
This method updates the dataset when the ShipQty or IUM field changes Parameters Name ds poNum poLine poRelNum inputShipQty inputIUM whichField warnMsg Int32 Int32 Int32 Decimal String String String@ Type Description The ContainerTracking data set Container PO Number Container PO Line Container PO Rel Proposed change to the Ship qty field Proposed change to the IUM field Indicates either 'QTY' or 'UOM' field changed A warning message for users. Does not stop processing
GetPOReleaseInfo
This method defaults the container class information into the conatiner header file whenever the container class is added/amended Parameters Name porelnum ds Type Int32 Description pore num Container Tracking Data Set
OnChangeClassCode
This method should be invoked when the Container Class ID changes. This method will validate the container class and pull in the new default class information. Parameters Name ipClassCode ds Type String Description Proposed Container Class Code to be validated The Container Tracking data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
483
A-E
OnChangeConNum
This method should be invoked when the ConNum changes. This method will validate the VendCnt and pull in the new default information. Parameters Name ipConNum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed ConNum to be validated The Container Tracking data set
OnChangedPOTransValue
This method should be invoked when the PO Transaction Value has changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Container Tracking data set
OnChangeDtlCommodity
This method should be invoked when the CommodityCode in ContainerDetail changes. This method will validate the commodity code and get defaults. Parameters Name ipCommCode ds Type String Description Proposed Commodity Code to be validated The Container Tracking data set
OnChangeDtlCountryNum
This method should be invoked when the OrigCountryNum in ContainerDetail changes. This method will validate country of origin. Parameters Name ipCountryNum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Country of Origin to be validated The Container Tracking data set
OnChangeDtlLCIndCost
This method should be invoked when the LCIndCost in ContainerDetail changes. This method will validate the manually disbursed indirect cost.
484
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipLCIndCost ds Type Decimal Description Proposed LC Indirect Cose to be validated The Container Tracking data set
OnChangeDtlUpliftPercent
This method should be invoked when the UpliftPercent in ContainerDetail changes. This method will validate the UpliftPercent and calculate the Uplift Indirect Cost. Parameters Name ipUpliftPercent ds Type Decimal Description Proposed Uplift Percentage to be validated The Container Tracking data set
OnChangeDutyTariffCode
This method should be invoked when the Tariff Code changes. This method will validate the tariffcode and defaults the duty amount. Parameters Name ipTariffCode ds Type String Description Proposed Tariff Code to be validated The Container Tracking data set
OnChangeLoadPort
This method should be invoked when the Loading Port ID changes. This method validate selected Port and set default value of Country Imported From. Parameters Name ipLoadPortID ds Type String Description Loading Port ID The Container Tracking data set
OnChangeMiscApplyDate
This method should be invoked when the Apply Date in ContainerMisc changes. This method will validate the date and get new exchange rate.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
485
A-E
Parameters Name ipApplyDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Proposed Apply Date to be validated The Container Tracking data set
OnChangeMiscCharge
This method should be invoked when the Miscellaneous Charge ID changes. This method will validate the misc. charge and pull in the new default information. Parameters Name ipChargeID ds Type String Description Proposed PurMisc ID to be validated The Container Tracking data set
OnChangeMiscCurrencyCode
This method should be invoked when the Currency Code in ContainerMisc changes. This method will validate the currency code and pull in the new default information. Parameters Name ipCurrCode ds Type String Description Proposed Currency Code to be validated The Container Tracking data set
OnChangeMiscDocEstimateAmt
This method should be invoked when the ContainerMisc.EstimateAmt changes. This method will validate the amount and convert it to the base currency. Parameters Name ipDocEstimateAmt ds Type Decimal Description Proposed Estimate Amount in document currency The Container Tracking data set
OnChangeMiscExchangeRate
This method should be invoked when the Currency Exchange Rate in ContainerMisc changes. Parameters Name ipExchangeRate Type Decimal Description Proposed Currency Exchange Rate to be validated
486
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ds
Type
Description The Container Tracking data set
OnChangeMiscInvoiceLine
This method should be invoked when the Invoice Line in ContainerMisc changes. This method will validate the invoice line and pull in the new default information. Parameters Name ipInvLine ds Type Int32 Description The AP Invoice Line to be validated The Receipt data set
OnChangeMiscInvoiceNum
This method should be invoked when the Invoice Number in ContainerMisc changes. This method will validate the invoice number and pull in the new default information. Parameters Name ipInvNum ipVendorNum ds Type String Int32 Description The AP Invoice Number to be validated The Vendor Number associated with the invoice The Receipt data set
OnChangeMiscMscNum
This method should be invoked when the MscNum in ContainerMisc changes. This method will validate the MscNum and pull in the new default information. Parameters Name ipMscNum ds Type Int32 Description The AP Invoice Line Miscellaneous Sequence Number to be validated The Receipt data set
OnChangeMiscRateGrp
This method should be invoked when the Currency Rate Group in ContainerMisc changes. This method will validate the rate group and get new exchange rate.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
487
A-E
Parameters Name ipRateGrpCode ds Type String Description Proposed Currency Rate Group Code to be validated The Container Tracking data set
OnChangeMiscVendor
This method should be invoked when the vendor ID in ContainerMisc changes. This method will validate the vendor and pull in the new default vendor information. Parameters Name vendID ds Type String Description Proposed vendor ID to be validated The Container Tracking data set
OnChangeShipStatus
This method should be invoked when the Ship Status changes. This method will validate the ship status and returns a value to indicate if the UI needs to run special method to ship/unship container details when necessary. Parameters Name ipShipStat opShipLogic ds Type String String@ Description Proposed Shipment Status to be validated Returns one of the valid values: SHIP, UNSHIP, or blank The Container Tracking data set
OnChangeVendor
This method should be invoked when the vendor ID changes. This method will validate the vendor and pull in the new default vendor information. Parameters Name vendID ds Type String Description Proposed vendor ID to be validated The Container Tracking data set
PreUpdateContainer
This method will return a message if the Container Header has a change in UpliftPercent. The user will be asked if the change should be applied to all the Container Details as well. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called.
488
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name opWarnMsg ds Type String@ Description The warning message to be returned to the user. The Container Tracking data set
ReceiveContainerLCAmt
Parameters Name inContainerID opMessage Type Int32 String@ Description Container ID Message to return back to user.
RefreshLCApplied
ResetLandedCostDisbursements
Initialize landed cost amounts to 0 and updates the landed cost disburse method. Parameters Name ipContainerID ipDisburseMethod Type Int32 String Description Container ID to reset Landed Cost Disbursment method
ShipContainer
container To Ship Parameters Name containerToShip Type Int32 Description container To Ship
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
489
A-E
SplitContainerShipment
Splits a Container by creating a new Container Header and assigning the selected Container Detail lines into the new Container. Parameters Name ds opContainerID Int32@ Type Description The ContainerDetailToSplit DataSet New Container ID
TransferIndirectCosts
Transfers Indirect Costs from one container to another. Parameters Name ipTargetContainerID ds Type Int32 Description Target Container ID The ContainerMiscToTransfer DataSet
UnShipContainer
container To UnShip Parameters Name containerToUnShip Type Int32 Description container To UnShip
UpdateLCAppliedAmt
Parameters Name origLCAmt newLCAmt ipcontainerID ipAppliedAmt totApplied Type Decimal Decimal Int32 Decimal Decimal@ Description original landed cost amount new landed cost amount container ID current applied landed cost amount total applied landed cost
490
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ValidateLandedCostDisbursements
Parameters Name ds lcError String@ Type Description Container Tracking Data Set error message
ValidateShipQty
Parameters Name shipQty shipUOM ium partNum poNum poLine poRelNum warningMsg Type Decimal String String String Int32 Int32 Int32 String@ Description Proposed Ship Qty Ship Qty UOM PODetail.IUM PartNum Purchase order number Purchase order line number Purchase order release number Warning mesage
ContractRenewalSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ContractRenewalSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewContractRenewalSearch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
491
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetRenewals
Returns the renewals Parameters Name customerNum whereClause sortByClause pageSize absolutePage Type Int32 String String Int32 Int32 Description customer number to return renewals for WhereClause to filter the Parent records. To sort by the detail records. Page Size. Absolute Page
492
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name morePages
Type Boolean@
Description More Pages
Returns The Service Contract Search list data set
CorrectiveAction
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CorrectiveAction: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewDMRCorAct
GetNewDMRCorActAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
493
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
ReopenDMRCorAct
Call this method to reopen a particular DMR Corrective Action record. Parameters Name ipActionID Returns Corrective Actions Data Set Type Int32 Description The Action ID of the Corrective Action to reopen
CostAdjustment
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CostAdjustment: This business object contains 14 methods.
GetCostAdjustment
Obtains the cost fields, part description, transaction date, cost method and other fields for the Cost Adjustment UI.
494
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name pcPartNumber ds Type String Description The part number entered by the user.. DataSet for the cost adjustment UI.
GetCostAdjustmentMultiple
It accepts a list of Partnumber and builds a CostAdjustmentDataSet. The CostAdjustmentDataSet contains the cost fields, part description, transaction date, cost method and other fields for the Cost Adjustment UI. Parameters Name ds Returns DataSet for the cost adjustment UI. Type Description List of Partnumber
GetFIFOCosts
Obtains the FIFO costs for a part which has a cost method of 'F'. Parameters Name ds Type Description Updated dataset with the FIFO costs.
GetLotCosts
Obtains the lot costs for a part which has a cost method of 'T'. Parameters Name ds Type Description Updated dataset with the lot costs.
GetNewCostAdjustment
This method creates a new CostAdjustmentDataSet row entry. Parameters Name ds Type Description DataSet for the cost adjustment UI.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
495
A-E
GetNewCostAdjustmentList
This method creates a new ttCostAdjustmentList row entry. Parameters Name ds Type Description DataSet for the cost adjustment UI.
OnChangeAvgMtlUnitCost
Call this method when the user changes the Average Material Unit Cost. Parameters Name dAvgMtlUnitCost ds Type Decimal Description The average material unit cost entered by the user.. DataSet for the cost adjustment UI.
OnChangeFIFOMaterialCost
Call this method when the user changes the FIFO Material Unit Cost. Parameters Name dFIFOMaterialCost ds Type Decimal Description The FIFO material unit cost entered by the user. DataSet for the cost adjustment UI.
OnChangeLastMtlUnitCost
Call this method when the user changes the Last Material Unit Cost. Parameters Name dLastMtlUnitCost ds Type Decimal Description The last material unit cost entered by the user.. DataSet for the cost adjustment UI.
OnChangePartNum
Call this method when the user enters a PartNum.
496
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name pcPartNumber ds Type String Description The part number entered by the user.. DataSet for the cost adjustment UI.
OnChangeStdMtlUnitCost
Call this method when the user changes the Standard Material Unit Cost. Parameters Name dStdMtlUnitCost ds Type Decimal Description The standard material unit cost entered by the user.. DataSet for the cost adjustment UI.
PreSetCostAdjustment
SetCostAdjustment
This procedure validates the fields in the CostAdjustment dataset. Then updates the costs in the Part record, PartLot (if applicable) and creates the appropriate PartTran records. Parameters Name ds partTranPKs String@ Type Description CostAdjustment data set. Part Tran primary keys.
CostBurdenSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CostBurdenSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCostBurden
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
497
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
498
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CostLaborSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CostLaborSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCostLabor
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
499
A-E
UpdateExt
CostPartSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CostPartSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCostPart
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
500
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
CostWorkBench
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CostWorkBench: This business object contains 33 methods.
GetNewCostGrp
GetNewCostBurden
GetNewCostLabor
GetNewCostPart
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
501
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeCopyFromGroupID
Method to call when changing the copy from group id on the cost group. Validates the group id and updates CostGrp with default values based on the new group id.
502
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name proposedGroupID ds Type String Description The proposed plant cost id The CostWorkBench data set
ChangeCopyFromPlantCostID
Method to call when changing the copy from plant cost id on the cost group. Validates the plant cost id and updates CostGrp with default values based on the new plant cost id. Parameters Name proposedPlantCostID ds Type String Description The proposed plant cost id The CostWorkBench data set
ChangeCWBPostPostToPlantCostID
Method to call when changing the post to cost id on the post cost table (CostWorkBenchPost). Validates the plant cost id recreates CostWorkBenchPostPlants records for the new cost id. Prior to calling this method all CostWorkBenchPostPlants records must have the RowMod value set to U because they will be deleted. Parameters Name proposedPlantCostID ds Type String Description The proposed plant cost id The CostWorkBenchPost data set
ChangePrimaryPlant
Method to call when changing the primary plant on the cost group. Validates the plant id and updates CostGrp with default values based on the new plant. Parameters Name proposedPlant ds Type String Description The proposed plant The CostWorkBench data set
CostPost
Post costs for the group.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
503
A-E
Parameters Name ds pcCostsNotUpdatedMsg pcLegalNumberMessage Returns The CostWorkBench data set String@ String@ Type Description The CostWorkBenchPost data set Informational message to display to indicate which costs were not updated. Message text to indicate the generated number.
CostRollUp
Roll up costs for the group. Parameters Name ds pcPartsNotUpdatedMsg String@ Type Description The CostWorkBenchRollUp data set Informational message to display to indicate which parts were not updated.
Returns The CostWorkBench data set
GetCostSet
This method creates/refreshes the costs for the Cost Group. Parameters Name ds cReturnMessage Returns The CostWorkBench data set String@ Type Description The CostWorkBenchCostSet data set Informational message to display after the process is done
GetCostWBInternalPrices
This method will create an empty CostWBInternalPrices record to use in populating the parameters required to update the internal prices The WorkstationID, DateFormat and NumericFormat fields are not user updatable The Action field is one of 3 values 'All' = 'Calculate, Print, Update', 'Print' = 'Calculate, Print', 'Update' = 'Calculate, Update' Parameters Name cGroupID Type String Description The Group ID
504
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns The CostWBInternalPrices data set
GetCostWorkBenchCostSet
This method will create a CostWorkbenchCostSet record which is used to store user options for the getting the CostPart, CostLabor, and CostBurden records. Parameters Name cGroupID Type String Description The Group ID
Returns The CostWorkBenchCostSet data set
GetCostWorkBenchPost
This method will create a CostWorkbenchPost record which is used to store user options for the Post option. Parameters Name cGroupID Returns The CostWorkBenchPost data set Type String Description The Group ID
GetCostWorkBenchRefresh
This method will create a CostWorkbenchRefresh record which is used to store user options for refreshing costs in the CostPart, CostLabor, and CostBurden records. Parameters Name cGroupID Type String Description The Group ID
Returns The CostWorkBenchRefresh data set
GetCostWorkBenchRollUp
This method will create a CostWorkbenchRollUp record which is used to store user options for the rollup option. Parameters Name cGroupID Returns The CostWorkBenchRollUp data set Type String Description The Group ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
505
A-E
ListCostingEdits
Returns the list for Costing Edits. The list is in code1`desc1~code2`desc2 format. Parameters Name cCostingEditList Type String@ Description The Costing Edits List.
ListFilters
Returns the list for filter options for parts. The list is in code1`desc1~code2`desc2 format. Parameters Name cFilterList Type String@ Description The Filter List.
ListOprAndResourceSortBy
Returns the list for sort by options for Operations and Resource Groups. The list is in code1`desc1~code2`desc2 format. Parameters Name cOprResourceSortByList Type String@ Description The Sort By List.
ListPartCostingMethod
Returns the list of available costing methods for a part. The list is in code1`desc1~code2`desc2 format. Parameters Name cPartCostingMethodList Type String@ Description The Part Costing Method List.
ListPartSortBy
Returns the list for sort by options for parts. The list is in code1`desc1~code2`desc2 format. Parameters Name cPartSortByList Type String@ Description The Sort By List.
506
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ListRates
Returns the list of available rates for Resource Groups and Operations. The list is in code1`desc1~code2`desc2 format. Parameters Name cRatesList Type String@ Description The Rates List.
PreCostRollUp
Pre-processing before the rolling up of costs for the group. Check if there are unapproved revisions that are in the rollup criteria. If there are, return a message to the UI to ask the user if it is ok to proceed. If pcQuestion is blank, a question does not need to be asked. Parameters Name ds pcQuestion String@ Type Description The CostWorkBenchRollUp data set The text of the question to ask the user.
RefreshCosts
This method refreshes the costs for the Cost Group. Parameters Name ds Returns The CostWorkBench data set Type Description The CostWorkBenchRefresh data set
UpdateInternalPrices
This method takes the CostWBInternalPricesDataSet and either prints and/or updates the Internal Price change Parameters Name ds cReturnMessage String@ Type Description The CostWBInternalPrices data set Informational message to display after the process is done
ViewCosts
This method will return the data need to display Part Rev costs.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
507
A-E
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipTypeCode ipPartNum ipQuantity ipMaxLevel ipAssembliesOnly Type String String String Decimal Int32 Boolean Description The Cost Group ID to return costs for. The Type Code of the Part to return costs for (CostPart.TypeCode). The Part Number to return costs for. The Quantity to return costs for. The Max Level to return costs for. Assemblies only
Returns The CostWorkBenchCosts data set
COSWIP
Epicor.Mfg.BO.COSWIP: This business object contains 7 methods.
CaptureCOSWIP
Capture COS/WIP Activity Parameters Name ds Type Description The COSWIP data set
ChangeEndingDate
Change ending date Parameters Name ds endDate Nullable{System.DateTime} Type Description The COSWIP data set The ending date
CheckInconsistentDates
Check inconsistent dates Parameters Name ds daStartingDate Nullable{System.DateTime} Type Description The COSWIPDates data set The starting date for the wip/cos process
508
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name lAskToContinue cMessageText
Type Boolean@ String@
Description Boolean that defines if we ask to continue The message text
COSWIPDatesUpdate
Update COSWIPDates data set Parameters Name ds Type Description The COSWIPDates data set
Get new record in COSWIP data set Returns The COSWIP data set
GetCOSWIPDatesList
Public method to get the COSWIPDates dataset. Parameters Name ipGLPost daStartingDate pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The COSWIPDates data set Type Boolean Nullable{System.DateTime} Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Boolean that defines if we can post to GL The starting date for the wip/cos process The size of page The number of pages Boolean that defines if we need more pages
TranDateChanged
Changing of Transaction Date Parameters Name ds cRowIdent daStartingDate proposedTranDate String Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Type Description The COSWIPDates data set The Row Identifier for the COSWIPDates datatable The starting date for the wip/cos process The proposed transaction date
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
509
A-E
Country
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Country: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewCountry
GetNewCountryPort
GetNewCountryRestriction
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
510
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
CountryPortSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CountryPortSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCountryPort
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
511
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CountTag
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CountTag: This business object contains 22 methods.
GetNewCCTag
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
512
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
513
A-E
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
CalcCountedQty
Parameters Name pQty ds Type Decimal Description CCTag.CountedQty The CountTag data set
CustomGetByID
This is a custome GetByID to be used when the user manually enters a tag number in count Tag Entry. It will ensure that the tag belongs to the specific cycle that is selected in Count Tag Entry.
514
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name iTagNum iWarehouseCode iMonth iYear iCycleSeq iFullPhysical Returns The Count Tag dataSet Type String String Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean Description The Tag Number The Warehouse Code The TFOrdLine code The Year The Cycle Number Full Physical Inventory flag
GetPartXRefInfo
This method defaults PartAdvisor fields when the PartNum field changes Parameters Name partNum uomCode sysRowID rowType serialWarning questionString multipleMatch Type String@ String@ String String String@ String@ Boolean@ Description Proposed PartNumber change UOM Code (only used for Product Codes) RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
GetUOMData
Parameters Name ipPartNum ds Type String Description Proposed PartNum The CountTag data set
OnChangeBinNum
Procedure that validates the Bin Num
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
515
A-E
Parameters Name inBinNum ds Type String Description Proposed BinNum The CountTag data set
OnChangeCountedQty
Recalculate the CountedQty field. Parameters Name pQty ds Type Decimal Description Proposed DimCode The CountTag data set
OnChangeLotNumber
This method returns an error or question if the LotNum field does not exist depending upon the security of the user Parameters Name ds lotNum questionMsg errorMsg String String@ String@ Type Description The CountTag data set New Lot Number to validate Asks if user want to create new lot Tells user if they can't create a new lot
OnChangePartNum
CountTag - Call this method when the user changes the PartNum. Parameters Name pcPartNum uomCode ds Type String String Description Proposed PartNum UOM Code (only used for Product Codes) The CountTag data set
OnChangeUOM
CountTag - Call this method when the user changes the PartNum.
516
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipCCUOM ds Type String Description Proposed UOM The CountTag data set
Course
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Course: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewCourseRevision
GetNewCourseRevisionAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
517
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
AdjustContainsWhereClause
Adjust 'where' clause with 'contains' keyword Parameters Name whereClause Type String@ Description Where clause
DuplicateCourse
GetCourseExpirationTypeList
This method returns the list of Expiration type codes and descriptions . /// Returns The expiratin types list
ValidateCourseDeletion
Method to validate the possibility of Course deletion.
518
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name courseID isDeleteOK Type String Boolean@ Description Course ID Is it possible to delete the course
ValidateCourseID
Validation of course ID Parameters Name courseID Type String Description Course ID
ValidateCourseRevision
Validation of course revision Parameters Name courseID revisionCode Type String String Description Course ID Revision Code
ValidateCourseRevisionDeletion
Method to validate the possibility of Course revision deletion. Parameters Name courseID revisionCode isDeleteOK Type String String Boolean@ Description Course ID Course Revision Code Is it possible to delete the course
CourseSch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CourseSch: This business object contains 14 methods.
GetNewCourseSch
GetNewCourseSchAttd
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
519
A-E
GetNewCourseSchAttdAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
520
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
InstrTypeChanged
Method to call when changing the InstrType field. Parameters Name proposedInstrType ds Type String Description The proposed Instructor Type The Course Schedule data set
CourseResultChanged
Method to call when changing the CourseResult field. Parameters Name proposedCourseResult ds Type String Description The proposed Course Result The Course Schedule data set
OnStartDateChanging
Method to call when changing the StartDate field. Parameters Name proposedStartDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed Start Date The Course Schedule data set
AddAttendees
The method for assigning employees to the scheduled course. Parameters Name courseID revisionCode startDate endDate empCourses Type String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} String Description The Course ID The Course Revision ID The Course Start Date The Course End Date The list of employee records IDs from EmpCourse table
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
521
A-E
Name ds
Type
Description The Course Schedule data set
CheckFreeSpotsForCourseAttendee
The method for assigning employees to the scheduled course. Parameters Name courseID revisionCode startDate endDate numAttendees roomOK Type String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Int32 Boolean@ Description The Course ID The Course Revision ID The Course Start Date The Course End Date The number of attendees to be added to the Scheduled Course The room for the requested number of attendees is available
CreditCardProc
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CreditCardProc: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewCreditCardProc
GetList
522
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
OnChangeProcessor
This method validates the Processor ID Parameters Name ds Type Description CreditCardProcDataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
523
A-E
The purge process will remove any credit card account number that has not been used within the number of days as specified in the CreditCardProc.DaysToRetainInfo field. Other characteristics that would prevent the account number from being purged would be if the account number is in use on an order that has not been completely shipped, or if the account number is used on an invoice that has not been fully paid.
CreditCardType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CreditCardType: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewCreditCardType
GetNewCreditCardTypeAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
524
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
CreditManager
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CreditManager: This business object contains 28 methods.
GetNewCMCustomer
GetNewGlbCustCred
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
525
A-E
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
getGlbNACreditPools
526
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
getGlbNACreditsAvail
isNAGlobalCustomer
GetCustomerGlobalFields
To return the list of fields that are maintained by the "Master/Owner" of global record. The client can use this list to disable these fields on the UI.
ChangeOrderCreditHold
Call this method when the user updates the order's credit hold field. This will calculate or reset the default Credit Override Limit of a particular order. The toggling of the credit hold check box will determine when OrderHed.CreditOverrideLimit should be enabled. The Credit Override Limit should be enabled if the Credit Hold field is unchecked. Conversely, Credit Override Limit is disabled if Credit Hold is checked. Parameters Name ds Type Description The CreditManager data set
CheckCreditHold
This method checks if customer will go on credit hold. Then asks if the user wants all orders to go on credit hold. To be called right before update. If the user answers yes to putting orders on hold, then the ApplyHoldToOrder field needs to be populated. Parameters Name ds Type Description Credit Manager data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
527
A-E
Name vMessage
Type String@
Description If customer going on credit hold, returns question UI needs to ask User before update
ExportCustCredit
Call this method to export customer credit information. This method accepts an input parameter to exclude or include customer with credit limit of zero. This method returns the data table ttExportCustCred containing all valid customer credit information. The resulting records from the ttExportCustCred will then need to be outputted as a CSV file (comma delimited) with the first output line containing the description or label of all fields. Parameters Name inpIncludeZero Type Boolean Description A logical flag to indicate whether to include 0 Credit Limit Customers.
Returns The ExportCustCred
GetARLOC
Parameters Name ipCustID Returns The ARLOCDataSet data set Type String Description The customer character ID
GetByCustID
This method finds the customer record by CustId instead of CustNum Parameters Name custID Returns The CreditManager data set Type String Description The customer character ID
GetContacts
Parameters Name ipCustID Type String Description The customer character ID
528
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns The CustCntDataSet data set
GetInvoices
Parameters Name ipCustID Returns The InvcHeadDataSet data set Type String Description The customer character ID
GetOrders
Parameters Name ipCustID Type String Description The customer character ID
Returns The CMOrderHedDataSet data set
GetPayIns
Parameters Name ipCustID Returns The ARPNHeadDataSet data set Type String Description The customer character ID
GetPayments
Parameters Name ipCustID Returns The CashHeadDataSet data set Type String Description The customer character ID
ImportCustCredit
Call this method to import customer credit information into the database. This method expects an input data table ttImportCustCred with data coming from an external comma delimited file.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
529
A-E
Parameters Name ds Returns The CreditManager data set Type Description The ImportCustCred data set
MassCreditUpdate
Call this method to do a mass credit information update on all customers. This method returns a log file (MassUpdLog) to store minimal information about the affected customers after the credit check evaluation process. Display the process log if not empty. Parameters Name ipCustID ds Returns The MassUpdLog data set Type String Description The Customer ID currently on display. The CreditManager data set
UpdateCMOrderHed
This method updates the ttCMOrderHed's fisical table Parameters Name ipCustNum ds Type Int32 Description The customer Num The CMOrderHedDataSet data set
UpdateCreditTotals
This method updates the TotOpenCredit and TotGlobalCredit fields. To be called when the include credit flags are changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The CreditManager data set
UpdateGlobalLimits
This method converts the global credit limit from the global currency value to the local currency value. To be used when the global currency code changes or when the global credit limits are changed.
530
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description The CreditManager data set
CreditTran
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CreditTran: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewCreditTran
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
531
A-E
UpdateExt
Called from Contact tracker instead of GetRows for better performance Parameters Name whereClauseCreditTran whereClauseOrderHed contactName pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.CreditTranDataSet Type String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for HDCase table. Whereclause for OrderHed table. The contact to return data for. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
GetRowsForCreditCard
Filter by Credit Card Fields Parameters Name whereClause inGroupID inHeadNum inOrderNum inCardProcess pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String Int32 Int32 String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause. CashHead.GroupID field if available CashHead.HeadNum field if available CashHead.OrderNum field if available Encrypted Credit Card. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
532
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.CreditTranDataSet
CRMCall
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CRMCall: This business object contains 32 methods.
GetNewCRMCall
GetNewCRMCallAttch
GetNewCRMCallCnt
GetNewCRMCallHistory
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
533
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
ChangeConName
Update CRMCallCnt information when the contact Name is changed. Parameters Name pName ds Type String Description Proposed Name The CRMCall data set
ChangeConPerConLnkRowID
Update CRMCallCnt information when the contact PerConLnkRowID is changed. Parameters Name pPerConLnkRowID ds Type String Description Proposed PerConLnkRowID The CRMCall data set
534
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ChangeCustomerID
Update CRMCall information when the CustomerId is changed. Parameters Name pCustomerId ds Type String Description Proposed Customer ID The CRMCall data set
ChangeFSCallNum
Update CRMCall information when the FSCall Number is changed. Parameters Name pFSCallNum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed FSCall Number The CRMCall data set
ChangeHDCaseNum
Update CRMCall information when the Case Number is changed. Parameters Name pHDCaseNum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Case Number The CRMCall data set
ChangeInvoiceNum
Update CRMCall information when the AR Invoice Number is changed. Parameters Name pInvoiceNum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Invoice Number The CRMCall data set
ChangeOrderNum
Update CRMCall information when the Order Number is changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
535
A-E
Parameters Name pOrderNum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Order Number The CRMCall data set
ChangePurPoint
Update CRMCall information when the Purchase Point is changed. Parameters Name pVendorNum pPurPoint ds Type Int32 String Description Proposed Supplier number. Proposed purchase point.. The CRMCall data set
ChangeQuoteNum
Update CRMCall information when the Quote Number is changed. Parameters Name pQuoteNum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Quote Number The CRMCall data set
ChangeRMANum
Update CRMCall information when the RMA Number is changed. Parameters Name pRMANum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed RMA Number The CRMCall data set
ChangeShipToNum
Update CRMCall information when the ShipToNum is changed. Parameters Name pCustNum Type Int32 Description Proposed Customer number.
536
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name pShipToNum ds
Type String
Description Proposed Ship To number. The CRMCall data set
ChangeTaskID
Update CRMCall information when the Task ID is changed. Parameters Name pTaskID ds Type String Description Proposed Task ID The CRMCall data set
ChangeVendorID
Update CRMCall information when the VendorID (Supplier ID) is changed. Parameters Name pVendorID ds Type String Description Proposed Supplier ID The CRMCall data set
DefaultContactFields
Update CRMCall information when the contact is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The CRMCall data set
DefaultSupplierCntFields
Update CRMCall information when the supplier contact is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The CRMCall data set
GetCRMCallsToShow
Gets the number of CRM Calls to show at startup according to the Company settings.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
537
A-E
Parameters Name crmCallsToShow Type Int32@ Description Number of CRM Calls to show.
Called from Contact tracker for better performance. Parameters Name whereClauseCRMCall whereClauseCRMCallHistory contactName pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for CRMCall table. Whereclause for CRMCallHistory table. The contact to return data for. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Called from Customer tracker for better performance. Parameters Name whereClauseCRMCall whereClauseCRMCallHistory pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for CRMCall table. Whereclause for CRMCallHistory table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
GetRowsForPerson
Gets the list of calls where the DcdUserID is an authorized user for the Workforce specified in the call. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage Type String Int32 Int32 Description An expression used to filter the rows. Can be left blank for all rows. The maximum number of rows to return. Leave as zero for no maximum. Page of rows to return.
538
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name morePages Returns The rows DataSet.
Type Boolean@
SortByData
Return a list of the sort by options based on the data passed in. Parameters Name cTableName iCustNum iQuoteNum iVendorNum cSortByList Type String Int32 Int32 Int32 String@ Description The table name to base the sort by on. Valid values are: Customer, QuoteHed, Task The Customer ID if available. Can be blank. The Quote Number if available. Can be zero. The Vendor ID if available. Can be blank. The Sort By List.
UserIsAuthorized
Checks if user is authorized Parameters Name cSalesRepCode Type String Description The SalesRep code
CRMComp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CRMComp: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewCRMComp
GetNewCRMCompAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
539
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetByCompID
This method finds the CRMComp record by CompId instead of CompNum Parameters Name compID Type String Description The CRMComp character ID
540
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns The CRMComp data set
CrossDock
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CrossDock: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewCrossDock
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
541
A-E
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Currency
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Currency: This business object contains 18 methods.
GetNewCurrency
GetNewCurrencyAttch
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
542
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCurrencyBase
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
543
A-E
GetCurrencyForLink
This returns the Currency dataset for linking. Parameters Name currencyCode Type String Description Global currency code field on the Glbcurrency record to link
Returns The currency data set
GetGlbCurrencyList
This method returns the GlbCurrency dataset based on a delimited list of GlbCurrCode values passed in. Parameters Name glbCurrCodeList Returns The GlbCurrency data set This method returns a list of reporting currency positions and the the currencies that are currently populating each slot Returns The Global Currency data set Type String Description Delimited list of glbCurrCode values
GlbCurrenciesExist
This method checks if GlbCurrency records exist or not. Can be used to determine if the option to link/unlink customers is available. Parameters Name glbCurrenciesExist Type Boolean@ Description Yes - they do exist; No - they do not exist
LinkGlbCurrency
This method performs the actual logic behind linking a currency. It is run after the PreLinkGlbCurrency method which determines the Currency Code to link to. If the Currency Code is for a Currency that already exists, the GlbCurrency information is translated and then copied to the CurrencyDataSet as an update. If the Currency Code is for a new Currency, the GlbCurrency information is translated and then copied to the CurrencyDataSet as an Add. Until the update method is run on Currency record the Link process is not completed.
544
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name glbCompany glbCurrencyCode ds ds1 Type String String Description Global Company field on the GlbCurrency record to link Global Currency Code field on the GlbCurrency record to link The Global Currency data set The Currency data set
PreLinkGlbCurrency
Linking a GlbCurrency record ties a global record to a new or existing Currency record so that any changes made to the GlbCurrency record in another company are automatically copied to any linked Currencies. This method performs the pre link logic to check of okay to link or get the new currencyid to create/link to. Will be run before LinkGlbCurrency which actually creates/updates a Currency record and will send the modified record back for update. When the Link "button" is originally selected, the LinkCurrencyID will be defaulted to the GlbCurrencyId field. It will then check to see if this ID is available for Use. If available for use the system will return a question asking the user if they want to use this number. If the answer is no, then the user either needs to select an existing currency's ID to link to or enter a brand new ID. You will run this method until the user answer is yes. Then the LinkGlbCurrency method is called. Parameters Name glbCompany glbCurrencyCode ds vMessage String@ Type String String Description Global Company field on the GlbCurrency record to link Global Currency Code field on the GlbCurrency record to link The Global Currency data set Returns a message the user needs to respond yes or no to. If the user answers no, then they need to update the LinkCurrencyId field and then run this method again to test the new CurrencyId they want to link to
SkipGlbCurrency
This method performs the logic behind the skip option for GlbCurrency Skip - sets the Skipped flag to true. If the CurrencyCode field is not blank will error out Parameters Name glbCompany glbCurrencyCode ds Type String String Description Global Company field on the GlbCurrency record to skip Global CurrencyCode field on the GlbCurrency record to skip The Global Currency data set
UnlinkGlbCurrency
This method performs the logic behind the unlink option for GlbCurrency Unlink - clears the CurrencyCode and CustId field in GlbCurrency. Returns the Currency DataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
545
A-E
Parameters Name glbCompany glbCurrencyCode ds Returns The Currency data set Type String String Description Global Company field on the GlbCurrency record to unlink Global CurrencyCode field on the GlbCurrency record to unlink The Global Currency data set
CurrExRate
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CurrExRate: This business object contains 16 methods.
GetNewCurrExRate
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
546
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
Apply input data to BO by calling GetByID/GetNew/Update methods. Returns The dataset with list of errors occured during update process. This method exists soley for the purpose of allowing security for updating Exchange Rate information to be defined.
AlternalGetNewCurrExRate
This method will be use instead of GetNewCurrExRate because we need to create not one record but a set of records. When a new CurrExRate record is created a new record must be created in CurrExRate for every CurrConvRule record that has a RuleCode of 1 Parameters Name plRateGrpCode plEffectiveDate ds Type String String Description Proposed Rate Group Code Proposed Effective Date The CurrExRate DataSet to update the EffectiveDate.
GetCurrenciesDefaults
This method receive RateGrpCode and gives back default values for Source and Target Currencies. The Default values for Source and Target currencies are found by searching for the first record in CurrConvRule with RuleCode = 1 using the Current company and the given Rate Group Code as filters. Parameters Name proposedRateGrpCode plSourceCurrCode plTargetCurrCode Type String String@ String@ Description The RateGrpCode introduced by the user. Rate Group CrossCurrCode used here as default for SourceCurrCode. Rate Group AltCrossCurrCode used here as default for TargetCurrCode.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
547
A-E
GetListFilterDates
Filter Exchange Rate Groups by Date and RateGrp. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The CurrExRateList data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
GetRateGrpData
This method receive RateGrpCode and gives back RateGrpDesc. Parameters Name proposedRateGrpCode plRateGrpCode plRateGrpDesc Type String String@ String@ Description The RateGrpCode selected by the user. Rate Group Code whit format as in DataBase. Rate Group Description.
ImportExchangeRates
This method conditionally Imports Exchange records. Parameters Name pFileName pListDelimiter pDateOrder pNumberFormat pSuccess Type String String String String Boolean@ Description Name of the file to export Selected Delimiter to use when parsing the import file Selected date format that will be imported. Selected numeric format that will be imported. Flag that tell us if the import of the file was successfully imported.
UpdateCurrExRate
and then validate this records against the records of CurrConvRule, if there is any record that exist in CurrConvRule with RuleCode = 1 it must exist in the CurrExRate for the same RateGrp.
548
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name pRateGrpCode pEffectiveDate ds Type String String Description The RateGrpCode selected by the user. Effective Date selected by the user. The CurrExRate DataSet to update the Exchange Rate set of Records
ValidateEffectiveDate
Validates the date. Parameters Name proposedRateGrpCode proposedEffectiveDate Type String String Description The RateGrpCode selected by the user. Effective Date selected by the user.
ValidateRuleCode
Validate if a new set of Exchange Rate can be created. We cannot add exchange rates to a Rate Group until all CurrConvRule records have valid RuleCodes (no 0 s) Parameters Name plRateGrpCode Type String Description Proposed Rate Group
CurrRateGrp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CurrRateGrp: This business object contains 30 methods.
GetNewCurrRateGrp
GetNewCurrRateGrpAttch
GetNewCurrConvRule
GetNewCurrRateDisp
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
549
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
550
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
DefaultFieldsCurrConvRule
Validate UseBaseRate decide if RuleCode is set to 0. Parameters Name ds Type Description The CurrRateGrp DataSet.
DefaultFieldsCurrGrp
Validate CrossCurrency and Alternative Currency and decide if their rounding fields are to be reset to default values. Parameters Name ds Type Description The CurrRateGrp DataSet.
GetCurrRateGrpForLink
This returns the CurrRateGrp dataset for linking. Parameters Name currRateGrpCode Type String Description Global Rate Group Code GLBCurrRateGrp record to link
Returns The Currency Rate Group data set
GetGlbCurrRateGrpList
This method returns the GlbCurrRateGrp dataset based on a delimited list of GlbRateGrpCode values passed in. Parameters Name glbRateGrpCodeList Returns The GlbCurrRateGrp data set Type String Description Delimited list of glbRateGrpCode values
GlbCurrRateGrpsExist
This method checks if GlbCurrRateGrp records exist or not. Can be used to determine if the option to link/unlink customers is available.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
551
A-E
Parameters Name glbCurrRateGrpsExist Type Boolean@ Description Yes - they do exist; No - they do not exist
LinkGlbCurrRateGrp
This method performs the actual logic behind linking a Currency Rate Group. It is run after the PreLinkGlbCurrRateGrp method which determines the Currency Rate Group Code to link to. If the Currency Rate Group Code is for a Rate Group that already exists, the GlbCurrRateGrp information is translated and then copied to the CurrRateGrpDataSet as an update. If the Rate Group Code is for a new Rate Group, the GlbCurrRateGrp information is translated and then copied to the CurrRateGrpDataSet as an Add. Until the update method is run on CurrRateGrp record the Link process is not completed. Parameters Name glbCompany glbRateGrpCode ds ds1 Type String String Description Global Company field on the GlbCurrRateGrp record to link Global CurrRateGrp Code field on the GlbCurrRateGrp record to link The Global CurrRateGrp data set The CurrRateGrp data set
PreLinkGlbCurrRateGrp
Linking a GlbCurrRateGrp record ties a global record to a new or existing CurrRateGrp record so that any changes made to the GlbCurrRateGrp record in another company are automatically copied to any linked Rate Groups. This method performs the pre link logic to check of okay to link or get the new RateGrpCode to create/link to. Will be run before LinkGlbCurrRateGrp which actually creates/updates a CurrRateGrp record and will send the modified record back for update. When the Link "button" is originally selected, the LinkRateGrpCode will be defaulted to the GlbRateGrpCode field. It will then check to see if this RateGrpCode is available for Use. If available for use the system will return a question asking the user if they want to use this code. If the answer is no, then the user either needs to select an existing rate group's code to link to or enter a brand new ID. You will run this method until the user answer is yes. Then the LinkGlbCurrRateGrp method is called. Parameters Name glbCompany glbRateGrpCode ds vMessage String@ Type String String Description Global Company field on the GlbCurrRateGrp record to link Global Rate Group Code field on the GlbCurrRateGrp record to link The Global Currency Rate Group data set Returns a message the user needs to respond yes or no to. If the user answers no, then they need to update the LinkRateGrpCode field and then run this method again to test the new RateGrpCode they want to link to
552
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
SkipGlbCurrRateGrp
This method performs the logic behind the skip option for GlbCurrRateGrp Skip - sets the Skipped flag to true. If the CurrRateGrpCode field is not blank will error out Parameters Name glbCompany glbRateGrpCode ds Type String String Description Global Company field on the GlbCurrRateGrp record to skip Global Rate Group Code field on the GlbCurrRateGrp record to skip The Global Currency Rate Group data set
UnlinkGlbCurrRateGrp
This method performs the logic behind the unlink option for GlbCurrRateGrp Unlink - clears the RateGrpCode field in GlbCurrRateGrp. Returns the CurrRateGrp DataSet Parameters Name glbCompany glbRateGrpCode ds Returns The Currency Rate Group data set Type String String Description Global Company field on the GlbCurrency record to unlink Global Rate Group Code field on the GlbCurrRateGrp record to unlink The Global Currency Rate Group data set
ValidateAltCrossCurrCode
This method validates AltCrossCurrCode. AltCrossCurrCode cannot be changed if exist at least one record on CurrConvRule with Rulecode value equal to 5 or 6 Parameters Name plRateGrpCode plCrossRate proposedAltCrossRate Type String String String Description The RateGrpCode selected by the user The CrossCurrCode selected by the user The AltCrossCurrCode selected by the user
ValidateBaseRateGrp
This method validates that: (1) BaseRate must be a valid, active CurrRateGrp (2) If this CurrRateGrp is used as a BaseRateGrp on any other CurrRateGrp then it's own BaseRateGrp cannot be populate. (3) If choosing a BaseRateGrp, cannot choose a CurrRateGrp that has a BaseRateGrp defined. (4) If any Conversion Rule (currConvRule) have their UseBaseRate set to true, cannot clear BaseRateGrp field.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
553
A-E
Parameters Name plRateGrpCode proposedBaseRateGrp plCrossCurrCode plAltCrossCurrCode Type String String String String Description The proposed value for Rate Grp The proposed value for Base Rate Grp field The proposed value for CrossCurrCode field The proposed value for AltCrossCurrCode field
ValidateCrossCurrCode
This method validates if exist at least one record on CurrConvRule with Rulecode value equal to 3, 4, 5 or 6 CrossCurrCode cannot be changed if exist at least one record on CurrConvRule with Rulecode value equal to 3, 4, 5 or 6 Parameters Name plRateGrpCode proposedCrossRate plAltCrossRate Type String String String Description The RateGrpCode selected by the user The CrossCurrCode selected by the user The AltCrossCurrCode selected by the user
ValidateCurrencies
Validate that when changing the cross rate currencies on a RateGrp if BaseRateGrp is defined must validate against the BaseRateGrp's currencies if it is used as a BaseRateGrp on other RateGrps (could be more than one) must validate against the RateGrps' currencies Parameters Name plRateGrpCode plBaseRateGrp proposedCrossRate proposedAltCrossRate Type String String String String Description The RateGrpCode The Base Rate Group The AltCrossCurrCode selected by the user The AltCrossCurrCode selected by the user
ValidateGlobal
This method validate , that the CurrRateGrp record cannot be marked as Global if there are any CurrConvRule recods that reference currencies that are not marked as global Parameters Name plRateGrpCode proposedGlobal Type String Boolean Description The RateGrpCode selected by the user The proposed CrossCurrCode
554
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ValidateInactive
This method validate , that CurrRateGrp.Inactive cannot be marked as true if the rate group is assigned to a Company Default. Parameters Name plRateGrpCode proposedInactive plCrossCurrCode plAltCrossCurrCode plBaseRateGrpCode Type String Boolean String String String Description The RateGrpCode selected by the user The proposed value for Inactive field The current Cross Rate Currency The current Alternative Cross Rate Currency The current Base Rate Group
ValidateRateGrpCode
This method validate , that RateGrpCode is unique Parameters Name proposedRateGrpCode Type String Description The RateGrpCode selected by the user
ValidateRateGrpDescription
This method validate , that Description is unique Parameters Name plRateGrpCode proposedDescription Type String String Description RateGrpCode value The Rate group description
ValidateRateNumDec
This method validate , that RateNumDec not exceed 6 decimal places Parameters Name plRateGrpCode proposedRateNumDec Type String Int32 Description The RateGrpCode selected by the user The RateNumDec
ValidateRuleCode
Validates the value of "RuleCode"
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
555
A-E
Parameters Name plRateGrpCode plUseBaseRate plSourceCurrCode plTargetCurrCode proposedRuleCode Type String Boolean String String Int32 Description RateGrpCode value UseBaseRate value UseBaseRate value UseBaseRate value Proposed RuleCode value
ValidateUseBaseRate
Validates the value of "UseBaseRate" Parameters Name plRateGrpCode proposedUseBaseRate Type String Boolean Description RateGrpCode value Proposed UseBaseRate value
CustBankSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustBankSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCustBank
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
556
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CustBillTo
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustBillTo: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewCustBillTo
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
557
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetListByBTCustID
Calls the normal GetList but returns the list dataset with the starting at. Parameters Name custNum btCustID Type Int32 String Description Sold to customer number. BTCustID to start at and sort by.
558
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name pageSize absolutePage morePages
Description Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustBillToListDataSet
CustCnt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustCnt: This business object contains 16 methods.
GetNewCustCnt
GetNewCustCntAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
559
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
GetCustCntGlobalFields
CheckEFFieldLength
This method checks the Customer Name and address fields to see if they conform to the length allowed in an External Financials integration. Will return a list of fields longer than allowed to allow the users to change them or accept that they will be truncated when sent to External Financials. Needs to be run right before update. If the user answers no to the question then the update method should not be run. Parameters Name vCustNum vShipToNum vConNum vName vAddress1 vAddress2 vAddress3 vCity vState vCorpName vFirstName vMiddleName vLastName Type Int32 String Int32 String String String String String String String String String String Description CustCnt.CustNum CustCnt.ShipToNum CustCnt.ConNum CustCnt.Name CustCnt.Address1 CustCnt.Address2 CustCnt.Address3 CustCnt.City CustCnt.State CustCnt.CorpName CustCnt.FirstName CustCnt.MiddleName CustCnt.LastName
560
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name vInitials vMessage
Type String String@
Description CustCnt.Initials If any fields are too long, returns the question to ask the user before update
DefaultName
This method populates the detail fields from CustCnt.Name when targetName = "Detail". When targetField = "Name", then the CustCnt.Name is built from the detail fields. Parameters Name targetField custNum shipToNum conNum ds Type String Int32 String Int32 Description Indicates which fields to populate either "Detail" or "Name" CustCnt.CustNum CustCnt.ShipToNum CustCnt.ConNum The CustCnt data set
GetGlbCustCntList
This method returns the GlbCustCnt dataset like GetList() method GlbCustCnt.CustNum gt 0 indicates linked GlbCustCnt records GlbCustCnt.CustNum lt = 0 indicates unlinked GlbCustCnt records Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The GlbCustCnt data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Where clause to specify set of GlbCustCnt records to return Page Size Absolute Page More Pages
GetPerConData
Used to validate the PerCon. Parameters Name perConID ds Type Int32 Description Proposed PerConID. CustCnt data set.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
561
A-E
LinkGlbCustCnt
This method performs the actual logic behind linking a contact. It is run after the PreLinkGlbCustCnt method which determines the Contact to link to. If the Contact Number is for a Contact that already exists, the GlbCustCnt information is translated and then copied to the CustCntDataSet as an update. If the Contact Number is for a new Contact, the GlbCustCnt information is translated and then copied to the CustCntDataSet as an Add. Until the update method is run on CustCnt record the Link process is not completed. Parameters Name glbCompany glbCustNum glbShipToNum glbConNum ds Returns The CustCnt data set Type String Int32 String Int32 Description Global Company field on the GlbCustCnt record to link Global CustNum field on the GlbCustCnt record to link Global ShipToNum field on the GlbCustCnt record to link Global ConNum field on the GlbCustCnt record to link The GlbCustCnt data set
OnChangeAltShipToContact
This sets the ShipTo table based on the MasterCustNum and MasterShipToNum fields. To be used when the alternate fields change Parameters Name iProposedMasterCustID iProposedMasterShipToNum iProposedMasterConNum ds Type String String Int32 Description The proposed CustID value The proposed ShipTo Num value The proposed Contact number value The Customer data set
SpecialAddressChange
This method clears or sets the Address fields based on the SpecialAddress flag. If CustCnt.SpecialAddress is checked then the address fields are defaulted from the Customer. Parameters Name ds Type Description The CustCnt data set
562
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CustContImport
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustContImport: This business object contains 22 methods.
GetNewCustomerImport
GetNewCustomerImportAttch
GetNewCustCntImport
GetNewCustCntImportAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
563
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
Apply input data to BO by calling GetByID/GetNew/Update methods. Returns The dataset with list of errors occured during update process. Method to call to auto match import customers to existing customers. Returns The Customer/Contact import data set
ChangeRoleCode
Method to call when changing the role code on an imported customer contact record. Validates the role code and updates the role code description with the new value. Parameters Name proposedRoleCode ds Type String Description The proposed role code The Customer/Contact import data set
ChangeSalesRepCode
Method to call when changing the sales rep code on an imported customer record. Validates the sales rep code and updates the Sales Rep Name with the new value. Parameters Name proposedSalesRepCode ds Type String Description The proposed sales rep code The Customer/Contact import data set
ChangeTerritoryID
Method to call when changing the territory id on an imported customer record. Validates the territory id and updates the territory description with the new value.
564
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name proposedTerritoryID ds Type String Description The proposed sales rep code The Customer/Contact import data set
Method to call delete all CustomerImport and CustCntImport records. The CustContImport dataset should be cleared by the app that called this method after this method is run because the records in the dataset will be obsolete. Method to call to retrieve the existing Customers and Customer contacts. Returns The Customer/Contact existing data set
ImportCustomersAndContacts
Method to call to import customers and contacts from a datatable. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Customer/Contact import/export data set
MatchImpCustCnt
Method to call to match an import customer contact to an existing customer contact. Parameters Name iParentImportID iImportID existingCustNum existingConNum Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The ParentImportID of the imported customer contact record The ImportID of the imported customer contact record The Customer Number of the existing customer contact to match to The Contact Number of the existing customer contact to match to
Returns The Customer/Contact import data set
MatchImpCustomer
Method to call to match an import customer to an existing customer.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
565
A-E
Parameters Name impCustomerImportID existingCustNum Type Int32 Int32 Description The ImportID of the imported customer record The Customer Number of the existing customer to match to
UnmatchImpCustCnt
Method to call to unmatch an import customer contact from an existing customer contact. Parameters Name iParentImportID iImportID Type Int32 Int32 Description The ParentImportID of the imported customer contact record The ImportID of the imported customer contact record
UnmatchImpCustomer
Method to call to unmatch an import customer from an existing customer. Parameters Name iImportID Type Int32 Description The ImportID of the imported customer record
Returns The Customer/Contact import data set Method to call update existing Customers with data from the imported Customers.
CustGrup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustGrup: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewCustGrup
GetNewCustGrupAttch
566
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetNewCustGrupDiscPriceLst
GetNewCustGrupPriceLst
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
567
A-E
UpdateExt
ChangeListCode
This method validates and populates the ListCode in either CustomerPriceLst or ShipToPriceLst Parameters Name listCode tableName ds Type String String Description Proposed Price List Code Table to look in The Customer Group data set
MoveOnePosition
This method moves the PriceLst or DiscPriceLst Up/Down one position in the grid and returns the whole updated datatable. Parameters Name groupCode seqNum moveDir Returns Customer Group Dataset Type String Int32 String Description Customer Group Code Current Sequence number of price list to move Direction to move task, "Up" or "Down"
MoveOnePositionDisc
This method moves the PriceLst or DiscPriceLst Up/Down one position in the grid and returns the whole updated datatable. Parameters Name groupCode seqNum moveDir Returns Customer Group Dataset Type String Int32 String Description Customer Group Code Current Sequence number of price list to move Direction to move task, "Up" or "Down"
568
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Customer
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Customer: This business object contains 107 methods.
GetNewCustomer
GetNewCustomerAttch
GetNewCustBillTo
GetNewCustBank
GetNewCustChild
GetNewCustDfltDocType
GetNewCustIC
GetNewCustomerDocs
GetNewCustRestriction
GetNewCustUPSEmail
GetNewCustomerDiscPriceLst
GetNewCustomerFSPriceList
GetNewGlbCustCred
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
569
A-E
GetNewShipTo
GetNewShipToAttch
GetNewShipToRestriction
GetNewCustomerPriceLst
GetNewEntityGLC
GetNewTaxExempt
GetNewCustMFBill
GetNewCustomerDocsSH
GetNewMangCust
GetNewShipToDiscPriceLst
GetNewShipToMFBill
GetNewShipToPriceLst
GetNewShipToUPSEml
DeleteByID
570
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
571
A-E
GetCustomerGlobalFields
GetShipToGlobalFields
GetCustBillToGlobalFields
getGlbNACreditPools
getGlbNACreditsAvail
isNAGlobalCustomer
572
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
This method exists soley for the purpose of allowing security for updating customer detail information to be defined
ChangeCustDfltInvoiceType
Set TranDocType when Invice Type was changed Parameters Name ipInvoiceType ds Type String Description Invoice Type value The Customer data set
ChangeCustomerChargeCode
Validates ChargeCode value Parameters Name ipChargeCode ds Type String Description ChargeCode value The Customer data set
ChangeCustomerFinCharges
Validates FinCharges value Parameters Name ipFinCharges ds Type Boolean Description FinCharges value The Customer data set
ChangeCustomerReminderGroup
Validates ReminderGroup value Parameters Name ipReminderCode ds Type String Description ReminderCode value The Customer data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
573
A-E
ChangeDeferredRev
Performs required logic when Customer.DeferredRev is modified. Parameters Name ipDeferredRev ds Type Boolean Description Proposed input value of Deferred Rev Customer data set
ChangeListCode
This method validates and populates the ListCode in either CustomerPriceLst or ShipToPriceLst Parameters Name listCode tableName ds Type String String Description Proposed Price List Code Table to look in, either Customer or ShipTo or FieldService The Customer data set
ChangeRACode
Performs required logic when Customer.RACode is modified. Parameters Name ipRACode ds Type String Description Proposed input value of RA Code Customer data set
CheckCreditHold
This method checks if customer will go on credit hold. Then asks if the user wants all orders to go on credit hold. To be right befor updated. If the user answers yes to putting orders on hold, then the ApplyHoldToOrder field needs to be populated Parameters Name ds vMessage String@ Type Description Customer data set If customer going on credit hold, returns question UI needs to ask User before update
574
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CheckDupCustomer
This method checks the Name,Address1 and ZipCode fields to see if there are any duplicate customers. A ListDataSet will be returned to the user of any duplicates asking if the user wants to continue. Needs to be run before Update on a NEW record only Parameters Name vName vRowid vAddress1 vZip Type String String String String Description This parameter takes a value for something RowIdent field of the Customer Customer Address field Customer Postal Code
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustomerListDataSet
CheckEFFieldLength
This method checks if the field length of the Name and address fields will fit within the External Financials integration rules. If not, a list of problem fields will be sent back to the user to either change, or accept that they will be truncated when the customer is sent over to SoftCell. Parameters Name vCustNum vCustType vName vAddress1 vAddress2 vAddress3 vCity vState vBTName vBTAddress1 vBTAddress2 vBTAddress3 vBTCity vBTState vMessage Type Int32 String String String String String String String String String String String String String String@ Description Customer.CustNum Customer.CustType Customer.Name Customer.Address1 Customer.Address2 Customer.Address3 Customer.City Customer.State Customer.BTName Customer.BTAddress1 Customer.BTAddress2 Customer.BTAddress3 Customer.BTCity Customer.BTState Returns a list of problem fields for the user to accept or change
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
575
A-E
CheckVATFormat
This method test the validity of the VAT format Parameters Name tableName opMessage ds Type String String@ Description Indicates which table is being updated, Customer or ShipTo Message to display to user if not null The Customer data set
ChgBTCountry
This method clears the BillTo address format string if the country has changed Parameters Name ds Type Description The Customer data set
ChgCountry
This method sets the ShipVia, Language and FormatStr fields when the Country has changed. Parameters Name ds tableName String Type Description The Customer data set Indicates which table is being updated, Customer or ShipTo
ChgGlobalCust
Method to call when changing the global customer flag on a customer. Assigns the GlbFlag base on the new value. Parameters Name proposedGlobalCust ds Type Boolean Description The proposed global customer value The Customer data set
ChgICTrader
Method to call when changing the ICTrader flag on a customer. Assigns the EnableGlobalCust based on the new value.
576
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name proposedICTrader ds Type Boolean Description The proposed IC Trader value The Customer data set
DeleteBTAddress
This method clears out the Billto Address fields. To be run if the user no longer wants a separate Bill To Address Parameters Name ds custNum Int32 Type Description The Customer data set Customer.CustNum
ETCAfterAddrVal
After the tax integration has been called, update the customer address if it was changed. Parameters Name ds ds1 custNum Int32 Type Description The Customer data set The ETCAddrValidation data set Customer.CustNum
ETCValidateAddress
Call tax integration and loads temp tables from the results. Parameters Name custNum statusFlag errorFlag errorMsg Type Int32 Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Description Customer.CustNum Set to true if the integration is up, false if down. If true, an error occured. If Error Flag is true, this is the associated message.
GetAddrElementList
This method returns the available address elements in a delimited list
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
577
A-E
Parameters Name addrElementList Type String@ Description Delimited list of Address Elements available
GetAllShipTo
This returns the ShipTo record in the Customer dataset with ShipTo child records returned. Parameters Name custNum ds Type Int32 Description CustNum of the customer for the Ship To The Customer data set
GetAltShipTo
This returns the alternate ShipTo record in the Customer dataset. ShipTo child records are not returned. Parameters Name custID shipToNum masterCustNum masterShipToNum Returns The Customer data set Type String String Int32 String Description CustID of the customer for the Ship To ShipToNum of the ShipTo to return Alternate CustNum of the customer for the Ship To Alternate ShipToNum of the ShipTo to return
GetBillDayList
This method returns the list of Bill Days to select from based on the billing Frequency Parameters Name billFreq billDayList Type String String@ Description The Customer Billing Frequency "W"eekly or "M"onthly The list of available days to choose from a selection list
GetBillToRefs
This method returns all the 'sold to' customers for this alt bill to.
578
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name custID Returns The ttBillToRefs data set Type String Description Current CustID
GetByCustID
This method finds the customer record by CustId instead of CustNum Parameters Name custID withShipTo Returns The Customer data set Type String Boolean Description The customer character ID Indicates if shipTo should be retrieved or not
GetCustBillToForLink
This returns the CustBillTo record in the Customer dataset for linking. Parameters Name custID Returns The Customer data set Type String Description CustID field on the GlbCustomer record
GetCustomer
This returns the Customer dataset with only the Customer datatable populated. Customer child records are not returned. Parameters Name custID Returns The Customer data set Type String Description CustID of the customer to return
GetCustomerForLink
This returns the Customer dataset for linking. OBSOLETE METHOD: Use method GetCustomer instead.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
579
A-E
Parameters Name custID Returns The Customer data set Type String Description LinkCustID field on the GlbCustomer record to link
GetCustomerTerritory
This method sets the Customer's Territory ID according to system rules Parameters Name ds custNum Int32 Type Description The Customer data set Customer.CustNum
GetDisabledFields
This method returns a list of fields the user has access to when the user does not have rights to update detail information. Parameters Name fieldList Type String@ Description The list if fields to disable
GetGlbCustomerList
This method returns the GlbCustomer dataset based on a delimited list of GlbCustNum values passed in. Parameters Name glbCustNumList Returns The GlbCustomer data set Type String Description Delimited list of GlbCustNum values
GetListCustom
This overload of GetList adds Customers which ShipTo's fall within authorized territories. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize Type String Int32 Description The search criteria Size of a page
580
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name absolutePage customClause morePages Returns Returns the list of Customers
Type Int32 String Boolean@
Description The absolute page Custom WhereClause Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
GetNewAltShipTo
This returns the alternate ShipTo record in the Customer dataset using the default ShipTo as a base. Parameters Name custID shipToNum Returns The Customer data set Type String String Description CustID of the customer for the Ship To ShipToNum of the ShipTo to return
GetParentCustInfo
This method sets the parent Customer information Parameters Name ds custNum parentCustID Int32 String Type Description The Customer data set The Customer Number Parent Customer ID
GetShipTo
This returns the ShipTo record in the Customer dataset. ShipTo child records are not returned. Parameters Name custID shipToNum Returns The Customer data set Type String String Description CustID of the customer for the Ship To ShipToNum of the ShipTo to return
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
581
A-E
GetShipToForLink
This returns the ShipTo record in the Customer dataset for linking. OBSOLETE METHOD: Use method GetShipTo instead. Parameters Name custID shipToNum Returns The Customer data set Type String String Description CustID field on the GlbCustomer record LinkShipToNum field on the GlbShipTo record
GetShipToTerritory
This method defaults the ShipTo Territory according to system rules Parameters Name ds custNum shipToNum Int32 String Type Description The Customer data set Customer.CustNum ShipTo.ShipToNum
GlbCustomersExist
This method checks if GlbCustomer records exists or not. Can be used to determine if the option to link/unlink customers is available. Parameters Name glbCustomersExist Type Boolean@ Description Yes - they do exist; No - they do not exist
LinkGlbCustBillTo
This method performs the actual logic to link CustBillTo records for a linked customer. It will only allow CustBillTo's of linked customers to be processed, otherwise an exception will be raised. The ability to link CustBillTo's for a linked Customer should be offered immediately after performing the update method on a Linked Customer but it does not have to be limited to that time only. It is run after the PreLinkGlbCustBillTo method which determines the CustBillToNum to link to. If the CustBillToNum is for a CustBillTo that already exists, the GlbCustBillTo information is translated and then copied to the CustomerDataSet as an update. If the CustBillToNum is for a new CustBillTo, the GlbCustBillTo information is translated and then copied to the CustomerDataSet as an Add. Until the update method is run on the CustBillTo record the Link process is not completed. Once the CustBillTo record has been linked, the GlbCustCnt records need to be offered up to be linked as well.
582
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name glbCompany glbCustNum ds ds1 warnMsg String@ Type String Int32 Description Global Company field on the GlbCustBillTo record to link Global CustNum field on the GlbCustBillTo record to link The Global Customer data set The Customer data set Warnings regarding Customer Bill To information that was not accepted during the linking
LinkGlbCustomer
This method performs the actual logic behind linking a customer. It is run after the PreLinkGlbCustomer method which determines the Customer ID to link to. If the Customer Id is for a Customer that already exists, the GlbCustomer information is translated and then copied to the CustomerDataSet as an update. If the Customer ID is for a new Customer, the GlbCustomer information is translated and then copied to the CustomerDataSet as an Add. Until the update method is run on Customer record the Link process is not completed. Once the Customer record has been linked, the GlbShipto and GlbCustCnt records needs to be offered up to be linked as well. Parameters Name glbCompany glbCustNum ds ds1 Type String Int32 Description Global Company field on the GlbCustomer record to link Global CustNum field on the GlbCustomer record to link The Global Customer data set The Customer data set
LinkGlbShipTo
This method performs the actual logic to link shipto records for a linked customer. It will only allow shipto's of linked customers to be processed, otherwise an exception will be raised. The ability to link ShipTo's for a linked Customer should be offered immediately after performing the update method on a Linked Customer but it does not have to be limited to that time only. It is run after the PreLinkGlbShipto method which determines the ShiptoNum to link to. If the ShipToNum is for a Shipto that already exists, the GlbShipTo information is translated and then copied to the CustomerDataSet as an update. If the ShipToNum is for a new ShipTo, the GlbShipTo information is translated and then copied to the CustomerDataSet as an Add. Until the update method is run on the ShipTo record the Link process is not completed. Once the ShipTo record has been linked, the GlbCustCnt records need to be offered up to be linked as well. Parameters Name glbCompany glbCustNum glbShipToNum ds Type String Int32 String Description Global Company field on the GlbShipTo record to link Global CustNum field on the GlbShipTo record to link Global ShipToNum field on the GlbShipTo record to linke The Global Customer data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
583
A-E
Name ds1
Type
Description The Customer data set
MoveOnePosition
This method moves the Customer/ShipTo PriceLst Up/Down one position in the grid and returns the whole updated datatable. Parameters Name custNum shipToNum seqNum moveDir Returns Customer Dataset Type Int32 String Int32 String Description Customer Number Ship To Number Current Sequence number of price list to move Direction to move task, "Up" or "Down"
MoveOnePositionDisc
This method moves the Customer/ShipTo Disc PriceLst Up/Down one position in the grid and returns the whole updated datatable. Parameters Name custNum shipToNum Type Int32 String Description Customer Number Ship To Number
584
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name seqNum moveDir Returns Customer Dataset
Type Int32 String
Description Current Sequence number of price list to move Direction to move task, "Up" or "Down"
OnChangeAltShipTo
This sets the ShipTo table based on the MasterCustNum and MasterShipToNum fields. To be used when the alternate fields change Parameters Name iProposedMasterCustID iProposedMasterShipToNum ds Type String String Description The proposed CustID value The proposed ShipToNum value The Customer data set
OnChangeCreditCardOrder
This method validates field CreditCardOrder Parameters Name ipCreditCardOrder ds Type Boolean Description Proposed CreditCardOrder value The Customer data set
OnChangeCustBankPayMethod
This method populates Pay Method type. Parameters Name ds iProposedBankID iProposedPMUID Int32 String Type Description The Customer data set The proposed BankID value The proposed PMUID value
OnChangeCustomerTaxRegion
This method validates TaxRegionCode and populates description for customer.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
585
A-E
Parameters Name ds iProposedTaxRgnCode String Type Description The Customer data set The proposed TaxCode value
OnChangeofAltBT
This method retrieves the CustBillTo record using the CustID passed. The AllowAsBillTo flag must be set on the bill to customer record. Parameters Name custID ds Type String Description CustBillTo CustID The Customer data set
OnChangeofCustomerAddr
Set the AddressVal flag to false which will indicate the address needs validation. Parameters Name ds custNum proposedVal addrField Int32 String String Type Description The Customer data set Customer.CustNum Proposed value of change. Address1, 2, 3, City, State, Zip and CountryNum.
OnChangeofShipToAddr
Set the AddressVal flag to false which will indicate the address needs validation. Parameters Name ds custNum shipToNum proposedVal addrField Int32 String String String Type Description The Customer data set ShipTo.CustNum ShipTo.ShipToNum Proposed value of change. Address1, 2, 3, City, State, Zip and CountryNum.
OnChangeShipToTaxRegion
This method validates TaxRegionCode and populates description for shipto.
586
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds iProposedTaxRgnCode iCustNum iShipToNum String Int32 String Type Description The customer data set The proposed TaxCode value Customer num ShipTo num
OnChangeVendorID
This method validates VendorID and populates vendor name. Parameters Name ds iProposedVendorID String Type Description The Customer data set The proposed VendorID value
PreLinkGlbCustBillTo
Linking a GlbCustBillTo record ties a global record to a new or existing CustBillTo record so that any changes made to the GlbCustBillTo record in another company are automatically copied to any linked CustBillTo's. This method performs the pre link logic to check of okay to link or get the new BTCustNum to create/link to. Will be run before LinkGlbCustBillTo which actually creates/updates a CustBillTo record and will send the modified record back for update. When the Link "button" is originally selected, the LinkBTCustNum will be defaulted to the GlbBTCustNum field. It will then check to see if this ID is available for use. If available for use the system will return a question asking the user if they want to use this number. If the answer is no, then the user either needs to select an existing BTCustNum for the current customer to link to or enter a brand new BTCustNum for the customer. You will run this method until the user's answer is yes. Then the LinkGlbCustBillTo method is called. Parameters Name glbCompany glbCustNum ds vMessage String@ Type String Int32 Description Global Company field on the GlbCustBillTo record to link Global CustNum field on the GlbCustBillTo record to link The Global Customer data set Returns a message the user needs to respond yes or no to. If the user answers no, then they need to update the LinkBTCustNum field and then run this method again to test the new BTCustNum they want to link to
PreLinkGlbCustomer
Linking a Glbcustomer record ties a global record to a new or existing Customer record so that any changes made to the GlbCustomer record in another company are automatically copied to any linked customers. This method performs the pre link logic to check of okay to link or get the new custid to create/link to. Will be run before LinkGlbCustomer which actually creates/updates a customer record and will send the modified record back for update. When the Link "button" is originally selected, the LinkCustID will be defaulted to the GlbCustId
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
587
A-E
field. It will then check to see if this ID is available for Use. If available for use the system will return a question asking the user if they want to use this number. If the answer is no, then the user either needs to select an existing customer's ID to link to or enter a brand new ID. You will run this method until the user answer is yes. Then the LinkGlbCustomer method is called. Parameters Name glbCompany glbCustNum ds vMessage String@ Type String Int32 Description Global Company field on the GlbCustomer record to link Global CustNum field on the GlbCustomer record to link The Global Customer data set Returns a message the user needs to respond yes or no to. If the user answers no, then they need to update the LinkCustId field and then run this method again to test the new CustId they want to link to
PreLinkGlbShipTo
Linking a GlbShipTo record ties a global record to a new or existing ShipTo record so that any changes made to the GlbShipTo record in another company are automatically copied to any linked shipto's. This method performs the pre link logic to check of okay to link or get the new shiptonum to create/link to. Will be run before LinkGlbShipTo which actually creates/updates a shipto record and will send the modified record back for update. When the Link "button" is originally selected, the LinkShipToNum will be defaulted to the GlbShipToNum field. It will then check to see if this ID is available for use. If available for use the system will return a question asking the user if they want to use this number. If the answer is no, then the user either needs to select an existing ShipToNum for the current customer to link to or enter a brand new ShipToNum for the customer. You will run this method until the user's answer is yes. Then the LinkGlbShipTo method is called. Parameters Name glbCompany glbCustNum glbShipToNum ds vMessage String@ Type String Int32 String Description Global Company field on the GlbShipto record to link Global CustNum field on the GlbShipTo record to link Global ShipToNum field on the GlbShipto record to link The Global Customer data set Returns a message the user needs to respond yes or no to. If the user answers no, then they need to update the LinkShipToNum field and then run this method again to test the new ShipToNum they want to link to
ResetShipToIntl
Parameters Name ds Type Description The customer data set
588
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
SetUPSQVEnable
Parameters Name ipQVEnable ipUpdCustUPS ipUPDShipToUPS ds Type Boolean Boolean Boolean Description logical indicating if the quantum view is to enabled/disabled Yes, if the CustUPSEmail table is to be updated Yes, if the ShipToUPSPPEml talbe is to be updated The customer data set
ShipToETCAfterAddrVal
After the tax integration has been called, update the customer address if it was changed. Parameters Name ds ds1 ipCustNum ipShipToNum Int32 String Type Description The ETCAddrValidation data set The Customer data set ShipTo.CustNum ShipTo.ShipToNum
ShipToETCValAddr
Call tax integration and loads temp tables from the results. Parameters Name custNum shipToNum statusFlag errorFlag errorMsg Returns The ETCAddrValidation data set Type Int32 String Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Description ShipTo.CustNum ShipTo.ShipToNum Set to true if the service is up, false if down.
ShipToTerrSelectChange
This sets the ShipTo TerritoryID field based on the TerritorySelect flag. To be used when the Territory Select field changes
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
589
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description The Customer data set
SkipGlbCustomer
This method performs the logic behind the skip option for GlbCustomer Skip - sets the Skipped flag to true. If the CustNum field is not 0 will error out Parameters Name glbCompany glbCustNum ds Type String Int32 Description Global Company field on the GlbCustomer record to skip Global CustNum field on the GlbCustomer record to skip The Global Customer data set
UnlinkGlbCustomer
This method performs the logic behind the unlink option for GlbCustomer Unlink - clears the CustNum and CustId field in GlbCustomer. Returns the Customer DataSet Parameters Name glbCompany glbCustNum ds Returns The Customer data set Type String Int32 Description Global Company field on the GlbCustomer record to unlink Global CustNum field on the GlbCustomer record to unlink The Global Customer data set
UpdateCreditTotals
This method updates the TotOpenCredit and TotGlobalCredit fields. To be called when the include credit flags are changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Customer data set
UpdateGlobalLimits
This method converts the global credit limit from the global currency value to the local currency value. To be used when the global currency code changes or when the global credit limits are changed.
590
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description The Customer data set
ValidateCountry
Parameters Name ipProposedCountry Type Int32 Description country number to validate
ValidatePayBTFlag
Parameters Name ipPayBTFlag ipValCust ipValShipTo ipCustNum ipShipTo Type String Boolean Boolean Int32 String Description requested pay bt flag to edit logical indicating if the pay flag on the CustMFBill is to be checked logical indicating if the pay flag on the ShipToMFBill is to be checked customer Number Ship To
CustomerConnectSetup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustomerConnectSetup: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewSFDBCfg
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
591
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
592
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns
CustomerPartXRef
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustomerPartXRef: This business object contains 19 methods.
GetNewCustXPrt
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
593
A-E
UpdateExt
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
Remarks QTableName - MANDATORY - Name of table to find QLock - type of lock to put on record NO-LOCK (default) or EXCLUSIVE-LOCK
594
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
QWhere - MANDATORY - criteria to find record QFind - type of find to perform, unique, first, next or last Columns - List of columns
GetMfgPartFromRowID
ChangeCustXPrtPartNum
When Changing CustXPrt.PartNum field. Parameters Name iPartNum ds sysRowID rowType serialWarning questionString multipleMatch String String String@ String@ Boolean@ Type String@ Description Part Number The CustomerPartXRef dataset RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
ChangeCustXPrtSNMask
When Changing CustXPrt.SNMask field. Parameters Name iSNMask ds Type String Description Serial Number Mask Id The CustomerPartXRef dataset
ChangeCustXPrtSNOverride
When Changing PartRef.SNOverride field.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
595
A-E
Parameters Name iSNOverride ds Type String Description Override Mask The InternalPartCrossRef dataset
ChangeCustXPrtXPartNum
When Changing CustXPrt.XPartNum field. Parameters Name iXPartNum ds Type String Description Customer Part Number The CustomerPartXRef dataset
ChangeMaskPrefixSuffix
When Changing CustomerRef.MaskPrefix or Suffix field. Parameters Name icValue icPorC ds Type String String Description MaskPrefix or MaskSuffix value Which one to check The CustomerPartXRef dataset
GetCustomerParXRef
Get all Customer Part References for a given Customer Parameters Name iCustNum ds Type Int32 Description Customer Number The CustomerPartXRef dataset
UpdateCustPartOpts
Update Customer CustPartOpts Parameters Name pcCustID pcCustPartOpts Type String String Description CustID CustPartOpts
596
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CustPriceListSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustPriceListSearch: This business object contains 2 methods.
getLineShipToWhse
Get Line's ship to warehouse.
GetList
Populates the CustPriceList table. Parameters Name whereClause absolutePage morePages Returns Inventory qty adj data set Type String Int32 Int32 Description whereClause. absolutePage. More pages.
CustReminderSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustReminderSearch: This business object contains 7 methods. Deletes a row given its ID. Returns a DataSet given the primary key. Returns The DataSet.
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
597
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CustomerReminderSearch
Parameters Name whereClauseCustReminderSearch pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns CustReminderSearch List Data Set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Customer search clause Page size Absolute page More Pages
CustRpt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustRpt: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewCustRpt
DeleteByID
598
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetFileNameList
This method returns file name list.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
599
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description The Customer Report data set
CustShip
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustShip: This business object contains 122 methods.
GetNewShipHead
GetNewShipHeadAttch
GetNewCartonTrkDtl
GetNewShipDtl
GetNewShipDtlAttch
GetNewShipCOO
GetNewShipDtlTax
GetNewShipMisc
GetNewShipUPS
DeleteByID
GetByID
600
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
601
A-E
Returns
String@
CreateCustomerCartons
Parameters Name ipNbrCartonsToCreate ipPkgCode ipPkgLength ipPkgWidth ipPkgHeight ipRecalcAmts ipZeroWeight ds Type Int32 String Decimal Decimal Decimal Boolean Boolean Description Number of cartons or cases to create Package Code to use when creating cartons length to use when creating cartons Width to use when creating cartons Height to use when creating cartons Logical indicating if the amounts are to be recalculated Logical indicating if the weights are recalculated
FindPartAndGetRowID
602
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
603
A-E
CalcTaxes
This method exists soley for the purpose of allowing security for unchecking the external delivery note flag to be defined
AskForShipToChange
Checks if user must be asked for take a different Shipping Information Parameters Name iPackNum iOrderNum iOrderLine iOrderRelNum Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Description Pack Number Order Number Order Line Number Release Number
604
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name askUser
Type Boolean@
Description Tells if the user must be asked for changing the Shipping Information
AssignLegalNumber
Assigns a legal number to the customer shipment. Parameters Name ipPackNum ds opLegalNumMsg Returns The Customer Shipment data set String@ Legal number message Type Int32 Description Packing Slip number
BuildCompSerMatch
Parameters Name ipPartNum ipRevNum ipSerialNumbers Returns Customer Shipment data set Type String String String Description ipPartNum ipRevNum ipSerialNumbers
BuildSerialMatchingParams
This method fills the SerialMatchingParams Dataset with information Parameters Name ds ds1 packLine Int32 Type Description Serial Matching data set Customer Shipment data set Detail Line Number to update
BuildShipToCustomerList
If the Order has releases to multiple Customers, this will return the list of available Customer shiptos to select from
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
605
A-E
Parameters Name orderNum shipToCustomerList Type Int32 String@ Description Order Number delimited list of available ShipTo's
BuildShipToList
If the Order has releases to multiple shipto's, this will return the list of available shiptos to select from Parameters Name orderNum iShipToCustNum shipToList Type Int32 Int32 String@ Description Order Number Ship To Customer ID delimited list of available ShipTo's
CalculateWeight
Parameters Name cartonNumber calculatedWeight Type Int32 Decimal@ Description PackID calculated weight
CancelVoid
This method clears the void flag on the Pack Slip Parameters Name packNum Returns Customer Shipment data set Type Int32 Description Packing Slip Number
CanStage
This method check that a shipment can be staged Parameters Name ipShipHedRowID Type String Description Unique Identifier for the Transfer Order Shipment
606
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CartonValidateWeight
Parameters Name ipWeight Type Decimal Description weight to validate
ChangeShipCmpl
This method performs validations when the ShipDtl.ShipCmpl field changes Parameters Name ds packLine shipCmpl questionString Int32 Boolean String@ Type Description Customer Shipment data set Detail Line Number to update Proposed ShipCmpl change If the ShipCmpl is being set for release 1 and OrderDtl.LockQty other releases will be closed ask if the user wants to continue
ChangeShipDtlMFCustID
Method to call when changing the Mark For Customer ID on the ShipDtl record. Validates the Mark For Customer ID and ressets the ShipToNum to the Customer default. Parameters Name ipMFCustID ds Type String Description The proposed Mark For Customer ID The Customer Shipment data set
ChangeShipDtlMFShipToNum
Update ShipDtl information with values from the Mark For when the Mark For is changed. Parameters Name proposedMFShipToNum ds Type String Description The Proposed Mark For ShipToNum The Customer Shipment data set
ChangeShipDtlUseOTMF
Method to call when changing the UseOTMF field the ShipDtl record. Refreshes the address list and contact info
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
607
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description The Customer Shipment data set
ChangeShipHeadShipToCustID
Executed when ShipToCustID has changed in the Ship Header Parameters Name iShipToCustID ds Type String Description Ship To Customer ID CustShip Data set
ChangeShipMiscPrcnt
This method populates the miscellaneous amount fields after a miscellaneous charge percentage has been changed Parameters Name ds newPrcnt Decimal Type Description Customer Shipment data set Proposed Miscellaneous Change Percentage
ChangeStatus
This method will be called to perform a change in the header status. Parameters Name ipShipHedRowID ipStatus ipResetCODCharges ipResetInsCharges Returns Customer Shipment Data Set Type String String Boolean Boolean Description Unique Identifier for the Transfer Order Shipment Selected Status. Valid Options: Open, Close, Void, UnVoid, Freight, UnFreight, Stage Indicates if the CODAmount is to be reset to zero Indicates if the DeclaredAmt is to be reset to zero
CheckCompliance
Check for every line of the Pack if it requires if it is compliant.
608
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name packNum compliant ds Type Int32 Boolean@ Description Current PackNum. Indicates if the current Pack is compliant. Customer Shipment dataset
CheckCOOPercents
Checks to see if the Qty percent and value percent fields total 100 percent. Parameters Name iPackNum iPackLine Type Int32 Int32 Description The current PackNum The current PackLine
CheckOrder
This method check releases related with this pack were refused to close because non shipped pack existing. Parameters Name packNum msg Type Int32 String@ Description The Pack Number to check out releases weren't closed message
CheckOrderComplete
This method is to be run before update Shipped flag (true) to check if order or line of the pack needs to be shipped complete, and ask the user if he wants to continue. If the user answers no, then the update method should not be called. Parameters Name ds ipPackNum msg Int32 String@ Type Description Customer Shipment data set Pack Num to validate If the Order or line need to be shipped complete, this asks if the user wants to continue
CheckPrePartInfo
This method checks to see if there are any questions or issues with the part entered and returns a message, a part number and if any substitutes exist.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
609
A-E
Parameters Name partNum orderNum orderLine vMsgText vSubAvail vMsgType Type String@ Int32 Int32 String@ Boolean@ String@ Description The input-output part number to validate and it gets returned The Order Number being changed The Order Line being changed The returned message for the inputted part Returned flag stating if substitutes exist for this part Type of message returned. Values can be; "Question" (asking if they want to use the substitute part) "Warning" (Warns them that a part is onhold or runout). "Error" (Part in Inactive, or Onhold/Runout parts are not accepted in this case) . "Question" is asking if they want to use the substitute part. Returned origninal PartNum
origPartNum
String@
CheckReadyToInvoice
This method should be run when the ReadyToInvoice flag has been unchecked. It will look to see if the record was sent to an External package and send back an error message for the user to review. Calling the update Method assumes the user answered yes to the question. Parameters Name readyToInvoice legalNumberMessage ds Type Boolean String@ Description Proposed value of the ReadyToInvoice field to validate Error warning about Legal Numbers
CheckShipDtl
This method is to be run before update to ask the user any question that need to be answered before the record(s) can be saved. If the user answers no to any one of the questions, then the update method should not be called. Parameters Name ds releaseMessage completeMessage shippingMessage lotMessage String@ String@ String@ String@ Type Description Customer Shipment data set If the Order release is closed, this asks if the user wants to continue If the order complete status has changed, this would alert the user to any problems (yes/no) Alerts to any potential shipping error If the lot doesn't exist, ask the user if they'd like to create it
610
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name inventoryMessage lockQtyMessage allocationMessage
Type String@ String@ String@
Description If the inventory will go negative, ask user if they want to continue If the OrderDtl.LockQty=true and release 1 is being set to ship complete, ask user if they want to continue If this transaction overrides a allocation, ask user if they want to continue
CheckValidCartonWeight
Parameters Name ipPackNum Type Int32 Description Pack Num to validate weights
ClearConvertedManifestUOMFields
Parameters Name ipPackNum Type Int32 Description Pack Num to clear Manifest fields
ConvertToManifestUOM
Parameters Name ipPackNum Type Int32 Description Pack Num to populate Manifest fields
ConvertUOM
This method converts a qty from one UOM to another Parameters Name partNum baseQty baseUOM convUOM convQty Type String Decimal String String Decimal@ Description Part number Qty you wish to convert UOM baseQty is specified in UOM to convert to Qty converted to UOM specified in convUOM
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
611
A-E
CreateMassShipDtl
This method copies the available Order Release lines to the ShipDtl datatable for update Parameters Name packNum orderNum ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Pack Number to add new shipment lines to Order Number to create shipment lines from Customer Shipment data set
DeletePhantomPacks
Parameters Name ds Type Description Customer Shipment data set
DeleteRangePhantomPacks
Parameters Name ipFromCase ipToCase ds Type Int32 Int32 Description First case number to start deletes Last case number to delete Customer Shipment data set
This method checks if the shipment is able to ship.
getCartonPackaging
Parameters Name ipPkgCode opPkgHeight opPkgWidth opPkgLength Type String Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Description package code package height package width package length
GetCustShipOrdTrk
Get Customer Shipments for the Order.
612
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name orderNum Type Int32 Description Order Number
Returns Customer Shipment for Order Tracker data set
GetHeadOrderInfo
This method displays the customer/address information when the OrderNum field in the header changes. Should only be called for new Customer Shipments, or Customer Shipments w/o lines Parameters Name orderNum creditMessage ds Type Int32 String@ Description Proposed change to OrderNum If customer is on credit hold an error message will be returned. Customer Shipment data set
GetJobDtlInfo
This method defaults the ShipDtl fields with the JobNum field changes Parameters Name ds packLine jobNum Int32 String Type Description Customer Shipment data set Detail Line Number to update Proposed change to JobNum field
GetJobInfo
This method populates the Order and Address fields after the JobNum field has been populated Parameters Name jobNum creditMessage ds Type String String@ Description proposed JobNum change on ShipDtl If customer is on credit hold an error message will be returned. Customer Shipment data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
613
A-E
GetJobSupOpSeq
This method Gets the Job Suboperations Sequence Numbers to retrive the Serial Numbers Selected for the PartNum Parameters Name jobNum partNum mtlSeq Type String String String@ Description JobNum field The part number to validate Material Sequences
GetLegalNumGenOpts
Returns the legal number generation options. Parameters Name ipPackNum opPromptForNum Type Int32 Boolean@ Description Packing Slip number Prompt for the number
GetManifestInfo
Parameters Name ipSalesOrder ipPackNum ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Sales Order Pack Number Customer Shipment data set
GetNewOrdrShipDtl
Creates a new ShipDtl record, but defaulting the order number (if provided) as well as other data from the OrderHed record. Parameters Name ds packNum orderNum Int32 Int32 Type Description Customer Shipment data set Pack ID Order number to default in the new record (optional)
614
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetNewOrdrShipUPS
Creates a new ShipUS record, Parameters Name ds packNum Int32 Type Description Customer Shipment data set Pack ID
GetOrderInfo
This method displays the customer/address information when the OrderNum field changes Should only be called for new Customer Shipments, or Customer Shipments w/o lines Parameters Name orderNum creditMessage ds Type Int32 String@ Description Proposed change to OrderNum If customer is on credit hold an error message will be returned. Customer Shipment data set
GetOrderLineInfo
This method defaults the ShipDtl fields with the OrderLine fields change Parameters Name ds packLine orderLine subsPart Int32 Int32 String Type Description Customer Shipment data set Detail Line Number to update Proposed Orderline change Proposed substitute PartNum
GetOrderRelInfo
This method defaults the ShipDtl fields with the OrderRel fields change Parameters Name ds packLine orderRelNum Int32 Int32 Type Description Customer Shipment data set Detail Line Number to update Proposed OrderRelease change
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
615
A-E
Name allowNewShipTo
Type Boolean
Description Allow to take new ShipTo from release
GetPackaging
Parameters Name ipPkgCode ds Type String Description package code Customer Shipment data set
GetPackClass
Parameters Name ipPkgClass ds Type String Description package class Customer Shipment data set
GetPackOutPartXRef
This method defaults PackOut fields when the PartNum field changes Parameters Name ds packLine partNum sysRowID rowType serialWarning questionString multipleMatch Int32 String@ String String String@ String@ Boolean@ Type Description Pack Out data set Detail Line Number to update Proposed PartNumber change RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. Warning message if the line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was Multiple matches were found by FindPart on the order, ask if the user wants to continue
GetPartInfo
This method defaults ShipDtl fields when the PartNum field changes
616
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds packLine partNum sysRowID rowType serialWarning questionString Int32 String@ String String String@ String@ Type Description Customer Shipment data set Detail Line Number to update Proposed PartNumber change RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. Warning message if the shipdtl line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was Multiple matches were found by FindPart on the order, ask if the user wants to continue
GetPayBTFlagDefaults
Parameters Name ipOrderNum ipPayFlag ds Type Int32 String Description First sales order on shipment Pay Flag to retrieve defaults The customer shipment data set
GetPOPackaging
Parameters Name ipPkgCode ds Type String Description package code Customer PackOut data set
GetPOPackClass
Parameters Name ipPkgClass ds Type String Description package class Packout data set
GetQtyInfo
This method defaults the ShipDtl Netweight and Quantity fields when the ShipDtl.DisplayInvQty or ShipDtl.OurJobShipQty fields change
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
617
A-E
Parameters Name ds packLine displayInvQty ourJobShipQty Int32 Decimal Decimal Type Description Customer Shipment data set Detail Line Number to update Proposed change to Inventory Qty field Proposed change to OurJobShipQty field
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Head/Dtl fields for the contact tracker. Parameters Name whereClauseShipHead whereClauseShipHeadAttch whereClauseShipDtl whereClauseShipDtlAttch whereClauseShipMisc whereClauseSelectedSerialNumbers whereClauseSerialNumberSearch whereClauseSNFormat contactName pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustShipCustTrkDataSet Type String String String String String String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for ShipHead table. Whereclause for ShipHeadAttch table. Whereclause for ShipDtl table. Whereclause for ShipDtlAttch table. Whereclause for ShipMisc table. Whereclause for SelectedSerialNumbers table. Whereclause for SerialNumberSearches table. Whereclause for SNFormat table. Contact to return data for. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Head/Dtl fields for the customer tracker. Parameters Name whereClauseShipHead whereClauseShipHeadAttch whereClauseShipDtl Type String String String Description Whereclause for ShipHead table. Whereclause for ShipHeadAttch table. Whereclause for ShipDtl table.
618
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name whereClauseShipDtlAttch whereClauseShipMisc whereClauseSelectedSerialNumbers whereClauseSerialNumberSearch whereClauseSNFormat pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustShipCustTrkDataSet
Type String String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@
Description Whereclause for ShipDtlAttch table. Whereclause for ShipMisc table. Whereclause for SelectedSerialNumbers table. Whereclause for SerialNumberSearches table. Whereclause for SNFormat table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
GetScale
Calls GetDefaultScale Parameters Name workstationID scaleID Type String String@ Description Workstation ID Scale ID
GetSelectSerialNumbersParams
Parameters Name ipPartNum ipQuantity ipUOM ipPackNum ipPackLine ipTranType ipJobNum ipWhseCode ipBinNum ipFromPO Type String Decimal String Int32 Int32 String String String String Boolean Description ipPartNum ipQuantity ipUOM ipPackNum ipPackLine ipTranType ipJobNum ipWhseCode ipBinNum ipFromPO
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
619
A-E
Returns
GetShipMiscDefaults
This method populates the Description and miscellaneous amount fields after a miscellaneous charge code has been selected Parameters Name ds miscCode String Type Description Customer Shipment data set Proposed Miscellaneous Code change
GetShipToAddr
This method displays the shipto address information when the ShipToNum field changes Should only be called on new Shipments or if the Shipment has no lines and if the MultipleShippers flag is yes Parameters Name ds shipToNum String Type Description Customer Shipment data set Proposed ShipTo Number change
GetTranDocTypeID
GetWhseInfo
This method defaults the ShipDtl Warehouse and bin fields when the warehousecode changes Parameters Name ds packLine whseCode whseField Int32 String String Type Description Customer Shipment data set Detail Line Number to update Proposed WarehouseCode change Warehouse field that is being changed
620
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
HHCreateMassShipDtl
This method copies the available Order Release lines to the ShipDtl datatable for update Parameters Name packNum orderNum ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Pack Number to add new shipment lines to Order Number to create shipment lines from Customer Shipment data set
HHGetOrderInfo
This method sets the defaults quantities and Primary Bins fields as CreateMassShipment complements This method is used for HandHelds Version Parameters Name orderNum creditMessage ds Type Int32 String@ Description Proposed change to OrderNum If customer is on credit hold an error message will be returned. Customer Shipment data set
HHSetDtlDefaultValues
OBSOLETE - OBSOLETE - OBSOLETE - OBSOLETE - OBSOLETE - OBSOLETE - OBSOLETE - OBSOLETE - OBSOLETE Use MarkShipmentLines instead (the same logic that is used by the regular screen) OBSOLETE - OBSOLETE OBSOLETE - OBSOLETE - OBSOLETE - OBSOLETE - OBSOLETE - OBSOLETE - OBSOLETE This method sets the defaults quantities and Primary Bins fields as CreateMassShipment complements This method is used for HandHelds Version Parameters Name ds Type Description Customer Shipment data set
MarkShipmentLines
This method sets all the temp-table records to be shipped (Ship all button selected) Parameters Name ds Type Description Customer Shipment data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
621
A-E
PhantomStatusCheck
Parameters Name ipPackNum Type Int32 Description pack number to check status
PickedOrders
OBSOLETE OBSOLETE OBSOLETE OBSOLETE OBSOLETE OBSOLETE OBSOLETE OBSOLETE - Call ProcessPickedOrder directly now - OBSOLETE OBSOLETE OBSOLETE OBSOLETE OBSOLETE OBSOLETE OBSOLETE OBSOLETE This method creates the packing slip for the selected picked order Parameters Name plant orderNum orderLine orderRelNum whseCode binNum jobNum lotNum vMessage Returns Customer Shipment data set Type String Int32 Int32 Int32 String String String String String@ Description Picked Order Plant Picked Order Number Picked Order Line Number Picked Order Release Number Picked Order Warehouse Picked Order Bin Number Picked Order Job Number Picked Order Lot Number List of lines with errors to be corrected
POChangeStage
This method will be called to perform a change in the pack stage. Parameters Name ds Type Description Customer PackOUt data set
POChangeStatus
This method will be called to perform a change in the header status from the pack Out screen.
622
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipStatus ipResetCODCharges ipResetInsCharges ds Type String Boolean Boolean Description Selected Status. Valid Options: Open, Close, Void, UnVoid, Freight, UnFreight, Stage Indicates if the CODAmount is to be reset to zero Indicates if the DeclaredAmt is to be reset to zero Customer PackOUt data set
POFindBuffer
This method returns a count order of lines that match the incomming scanned criteria. If there is no unique match, logical fields are updated to que the UI as to what need to be prompted in order to find a matching order dtl. Parameters Name found rowident ds Type Int32@ String@ Description Number of matches count Rowident of unique match order dtl Customer PackOUt data set
POGetDtlList
This method copies the available Order Release lines to the PackOut datatable for update Parameters Name ipPackNum ipOrderNum ipPackMode cWarning Returns Customer PackOUt data set Type Int32 Int32 String String@ Description Pack Number Order to get detail from Pack Mode ship to warning message
POGetNew
This method creates a new packout record for the customer shipment packout screen. can pass in a OrderNum or PackNum or Both. Parameters Name ipOrderNum Type Int32 Description Order Number
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
623
A-E
Name ipPackNum pcWarningMsg Returns Customer PackOUt data set
Type Int32 String@
Description Pack Num If the order is on hold - warning msg
POGetShipTo
This method creates a new packout record for the customer shipment packout screen Parameters Name ds Type Description Customer PackOut data set
PostUpdate
This method will return a message if a credit card shipment was processed during update or there are warning messages regarding outbound lower level serial tracking Parameters Name ipPackNum opMessage Type Int32 String@ Description Customer Shipment Number Text Message to display
POUpdate
This method creates a new packout record to create Shiphead and shipdtl records Parameters Name opPackNum ipSourceRowID ds Type Int32@ String Description Pack Num RowIdent Customer Shipment data set
POValidateOrder
This method sets the service contract invoiced flag to match the shiphead flag Parameters Name ipCustNum Type Int32 Description Customer Number
624
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ipOrderNum opVaildOrder
Type Int32 Boolean@
Description Order chose to add to carton If we can add the order
POValidateOrderRel
Parameters Name ipPackNum ipOrderNum ipOrderLine ipOrderRelNum Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Description pack number sales order number sales order line number sales order release number
POValidatePart
Validates whether the provided part is valid or not for a given sales order. Parameters Name ipPartNum ipOrderNum ds opValidPart vMsgText vSubAvail vMsgType Boolean@ String@ Boolean@ String@ Type String Int32 Description Proposed part number. Order number. Customer shipment packout dataset True if the part is valid, false otherwise. Part edits message text substitution logical indicates if warning, error, etc
PreCreateMassShipDtl
This method checks to see if it's okay to copy the available Order Release lines to the ShipDtl datatable for update in Mass Shipments Parameters Name packNum orderNum warnMsg ds Type Int32 Int32 String@ Description Pack Number to add new shipment lines to Order Number to create shipment lines from Returns a warning of lines that will not be created due to Serial Number tracking Customer Shipment data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
625
A-E
PrePickedOrders
This method is run right before PickedOrders. If not all of the line details have been picked to ship a question will be returned to the user. If yes, then call PickedOrders, if no allow the user to pick another order Parameters Name ds vMessage String@ Type Description PickedOrders dataset. Question needed to be asked of user
PrintSlip
This method prints the Customer Packing Slip Parameters Name packNum printPreview Type Int32 Boolean Description The Packing Slip Number to print Flag if print should be previewed.
ProcessPickedOrder
This method creates the packing slip for the selected picked order Parameters Name pConsolidate vMessage skipDelete ds Returns Customer Shipment List data set Type Boolean String@ Boolean Description Consolidates Orders in a single Carton. List of lines with errors to be corrected Skip Delete? (for testing purposes) PickedOrders dataset.
626
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
RebuildShipUPS
Parameters Name ipPackNum ds Type Int32 Description Packnum to update The customer shipment data set
SetUPSQVEnable
Parameters Name ipQVEnable ds Type Boolean Description logical indicating if the quantum view is to enabled/disabled The customer shipment data set
SetUPSQVShipStatus
Parameters Name ipShipStatus ds Type String Description Shipment status The customer shipment data set
StageWarning
Parameters Name iPackNum iWarning Type Int32 String@ Description Serial number to validate. Serial Number Voided flag
UndoShipAll
This method re-sets all the temp-table records shipped (Undo Ship all button selected) Parameters Name ds Type Description Customer Shipment data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
627
A-E
UpdateManifestChargeAmts
Parameters Name ipAmountType ipAction ds Type String Boolean Description COD or DeclaredAmt Yes = recalculate No = reset to zero Customer Shipment data set
UpdatePackCODWithCarton
Parameters Name ipPackNum ipCaseNum ipOldCOD ipCOD ipFlag ds Type Int32 Int32 Decimal Decimal Boolean Description Pack Number to process Case Number to set value to zero Previous COD Current Case COD Current COD flag value Customer Shipment data set
UpdatePackDeclaredWithCarton
Parameters Name ipPackNum ipCaseNum ipOldDeclared ipDeclared ipDeclaredFlag ds Type Int32 Int32 Decimal Decimal Boolean Description Pack Number to process Case Number to set value to zero Previous COD Current Case COD current setting of declared insurance Customer Shipment data set
ValidateCreditHold
Parameters Name ipPackNum ipBTCustNum Type Int32 Int32 Description Packing Slip Number Bill To Customer Number.
628
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name creditMessage cError
Type String@ Boolean@
Description Credit Message. Error flag.
ValidateKitPart
This method will validate the kit part when changing lines in the Sales Kit Component Issue grid Parameters Name packLine ds Type Int32 Description Detail Line Number to update Customer Shipment data set
ValidateSN
Parameters Name ipSerialNum ipPartNum ipJobNum ipOurJobshipQty ipOurInvShipQty ipOrderNum ipOrderLine ipOrderRelNum ipShipFromWIP isVoided Type String String String Decimal Decimal Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean Boolean@ Description Serial number to validate. Part number Job number Job Ship Quantity Inventory Ship Quantity Order number Order Line number OrderRelease number Flag to indicate shipping from WIP Serial Number Voided flag
VoidLegalNumber
Voids the legal number. Parameters Name ipPackNum ipVoidedReason Returns The Customer Shipment data set Type Int32 String Description Packing Slip number Reason for the void
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
629
A-E
VoidPackSlip
This method sets the void flag on the Pack Slip Parameters Name packNum Returns Customer Shipment data set Type Int32 Description Packing Slip Number
CustXPrt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustXPrt: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewCustXPrt
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
630
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
GetCustomerInfo
This method defaults the customer information when the Customer ID is entered. Parameters Name custID ds Type String Description Proposed Customer ID Customer Part Dataset
GetPartInfo
This method populates the PartDescription field if the Part exists in the Part Master table Parameters Name ds Type Description Customer Part Dataset
CustXPrtSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.CustXPrtSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewCustXPrt
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
631
A-E
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
632
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Chapter 4: D
DashBoard
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DashBoard: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewDashBdDef
GetNewDashBdBAQ
GetNewDashBdChunk
GetNewDashBdLike
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
633
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetDashboardsWithBAQ
This methods returns a "list" dataset with possible DashBdDef records that match the current company, inputted productid and inputted queryid for each DashBdBAQ record. Parameters Name ipProductId ipQueryID Returns Dashboard definition list dataset Type String String Description The productid to return data for. The queryid to return data for.
GetDashboardsWithLike
This methods returns a "list" dataset with possible DashBdDef records that match the current company, inputted productid and inputted likefield for each DashBdLike record. Parameters Name ipProductId ipLikeField Returns Dashboard definition list dataset Type String String Description The productid to return data for. The likefield to return data for.
634
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
StoreData
This methods should be ran instead of the base Update method. This method will require the dataset to come in, next it will delete all DashBdChunk, DashBdBAQ, DashBdLike records associated with each ttDashBdDet in the dataset while also deleting the DashBdDef records in the database. Next the ttDashBdDef table will be the driving force behind the creation of new DashBdDef, DashBdChunk, DashBdBAQ, and DashBdLike records in the database. The values for the fields in these records will come from what is in the dataset. This 'StoreData' process is basically a complete 'overlay' of the DashBoard data. This method will require that all dataset records have a value of 'A' in the corresponding rowident field/column. Parameters Name ds Type Description Dashboard dataset
DashboardMaint
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DashboardMaint: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewDashboardMaint
GetNewDashBdBAQ
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
635
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
DataDict
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DataDict: This business object contains 3 methods.
GetByID
This method returns the DataDict dataset. Returns DataDict dataset
GetList
This method returns the Data Schema records Parameters Name whereDBFile pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns DBFileList dataset Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Data Table Where Clause Page Size Absolute Page More Pages flag
636
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
This method returns the Data Schema records Parameters Name whereDBFile whereDBField whereDBIndex pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns DataDict dataset Type String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Data Table Where Clause Data Field Where Clause Data Index Where Clause Page Size Absolute Page More Pages flag
DBFieldSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DBFieldSearch: This business object contains 3 methods.
GetByID
This method returns the DBFieldSearchDataSet dataset. Returns DBFieldSearchDataSet dataset
GetList
Returns DB Fields from _Field Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns DBFieldListDataSet dataset Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Data Table Where Clause Page Size Absolute Page More Pages flag
GetRows
Returns DB Fields from the schema table _Field
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
637
A-E
Parameters Name whereClauseDBFile pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns DBFieldSearchDataSet dataset Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Data Table Where Clause Page Size Absolute Page More Pages flag
DBTableSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DBTableSearch: This business object contains 3 methods.
GetByID
This method returns the BusEntTableSearch dataset. Returns DBTableSearchDataSet dataset
GetList
Returns DB Tables from _File where their primary index is composed of Company + Another Field Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns DBFileList dataset Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Data Table Where Clause Page Size Absolute Page More Pages flag
GetRows
Returns DB Tables from _File where their primary index is composed of Company + Another Field Parameters Name whereClauseDBFile pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Data Table Where Clause Page Size Absolute Page More Pages flag
638
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns DBTableSearchDataSet dataset
DeliveryType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DeliveryType: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewDeliveryType
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
639
A-E
UpdateExt
ValidateDeliveryType
Validate that Delivery Type does not exists in the following Tables: Customer, CustShip, Masterpack, MiscShip, PlantConfCtrl, ShipTo, SubConShipEntry, TransOrderShip, Vendor Parameters Name ipDeliveryType opFail opMessage Type String Boolean@ String@ Description DeliveryType Id opFail opMessage
DemandCntDtlSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DemandCntDtlSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewDemandContractDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
640
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
DemandContract
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DemandContract: This business object contains 32 methods.
GetNewDmdCntHdr
GetNewDmdCntHdrAttch
GetNewDmdCntDtl
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
641
A-E
GetNewDmdCntDtlAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
642
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetCodeDescList
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
643
A-E
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
ChangeCurrValue
To change the currency value Parameters Name ipReplaceValue ipbaseordoc ds Type Decimal String Description ReplaceValue that was entered. The field type - base or doc The DemandContract data set
ChangeDCDtlSellingTotalContractQty
Update DmdCntDtl infomation when Customer Part Number is changed. Parameters Name iSellingTotalContractQty ds Type Decimal Description The Selling Total Contract Quantity The DemandContract data set
ChangeDCDtlTotalContractQtyUOM
Update DmdCntDtl Totals UOM when TotalContract Quantity UOM is changed.
644
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name iTotalContractQtyUOM ds Type String Description The Total Contract Quantity The DemandContract data set
ChangeDmdCntDtlMktgCamp
Update MktgCampaign on the DmdCntDtl. Parameters Name iMktgCampaignID ds Type String Description The Marketing Campaign ID The DemandContract data set
ChangeDmdCntDtlMktgEvnt
Update MktgEvnt on the DmdCntDtl. Parameters Name iMktgEvntSeq ds Type Int32 Description The Marketing Event The DemandContract data set
ChangeDmdCntDtlPartNum
Update DmdCntDtl information when Part Number is changed. Parameters Name ds iPartNum sysRowID rowType serialWarning questionString multipleMatch String@ String String String@ String@ Boolean@ Type Description The DemandContract data set The Part Number RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
645
A-E
ChangeDmdCntDtlProject
Update ProjectID on the DmdCntDtl. Parameters Name iProjectID ds Type String Description The ProjectID The DemandContract data set
ChangeDmdCntDtlXPartNum
Update DmdCntDtl infomation when Customer Part Number is changed. Parameters Name iPartNum iXPartNum ds Type String String Description The Customer Part Number The Customer Part Number The DemandContract data set
ChangeDmdCntHdrBTCustNum
Update DmdCntHdr information when Bill To Customer is changed. Parameters Name iBTCustNum ds Type Int32 Description The Bill To Customer Number The DemandContract data set
ChangeDmdCntHdrCustID
Update Order Header information with values from the Sold To when the Sold To is changed. Parameters Name iCustID ds Type String Description The Customer Number The DemandContract data set
ChangeDmdCntHdrProject
Update ProjectID on the DmdCntHdr.
646
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name iProjectID ds Type String Description The ProjectID The DemandContract data set
CloseDmdCntHdr
Closes the Demand Contract Header. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iOpenContract Returns The DemandContract data set Type Int32 Boolean Description The Demand Contract Number The Demand Contract Number
GetByDemandContractCustID
Gets row by DemandContract. Parameters Name demandContract customerID Returns The DemandContract data set Type String String Description DemandContract Customer ID
GetByDmdCntTradingPartner
Gets row by DemandContract. Parameters Name demandContract tradingPartnerName Returns The DemandContract data set Type String String Description DemandContract Trading Parner Name
GetContractNumByID
Gets contract number by contract id.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
647
A-E
Parameters Name contractID contractNum Type String Int32@ Description Demand Contract ID Demand Contract Number
refreshPlant
Update Plant on DemandDetail related records. Parameters Name inputDMCNum inputDMCLine inputDMCPlant Type Int32 Int32 String Description The Demand Contract Num The Demand Contract Line The Demand Plant
DemandEntry
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DemandEntry: This business object contains 76 methods.
GetNewDemandHead
GetNewDemandDetail
GetNewDemandMiscChg
GetNewDemandSchedule
GetNewDemandMiscChgDH
DeleteByID
GetByID
648
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
649
A-E
Returns
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
650
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ChangeCreateNewOrder
Update Demand Header information when the Bill To. Parameters Name ipCreateNewSO ds Type Boolean Description Boolean value to enable/disable CreateNewOrder flag The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandDetailCustomerPrice
Update UnitPrice Based on Customer Price. Parameters Name iCustomerPrice ds Type Decimal Description The Customer Price The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandDetailDemandContractLine
Update Demand Detail information when the Demand Contract Line is changed. Parameters Name proposedDemandContractLine ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Demand Contract Line The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandDetailInternalPrice
Update UnitPrice Based on Internal Price. Parameters Name iInternalPrice ds Type Decimal Description The Internal Price The DemandEntry data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
651
A-E
ChangeDemandDetailMktgCamp
Update MktgCampaign on the DmdCntDtl. Parameters Name iMktgCampaignID ds Type String Description The Marketing Campaign ID The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandDetailPartNum
Update partnum on the DmdCntDtl. Parameters Name iPartNum ds Type String Description The part The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandDetailRevisionNum
Update Demand Detail information when the Part Revision Number is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandHeadBTCustID
Update Demand Header information when the Bill To. Parameters Name proposedBTCustID ds Type String Description The proposed Bill To Cust ID The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandHeadCancelPO
Update Demand Header information when the Cancel PO flag changes.
652
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipCancelPO ds Type Boolean Description Boolean value to enable/disable Cancel PO flag The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandHeadDemandContract
Update Demand Header information when the Demand Contract is changed. Parameters Name proposedDemandContract ds Type String Description The proposed Demand Contract The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandHeadDemandContractNum
Update Demand Header information when the Demand Contract is changed. Parameters Name proposedDemandContractNum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Demand Contract Number The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandHeadERSOrder
Update Demand Header information when the ERS Order changes. Parameters Name proposedERSOrder ds Type Boolean Description The proposed ERS Order The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandHeadShipToCustID
Method to call when changing the ShipTo Customer ID on the DemandHead record. Validates the ShipTo Customer ID and ressets the ShipToNum to the Customer default. Parameters Name ipShipToCustID ds Type String Description The proposed ShipTo Customer ID The DemandEntry data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
653
A-E
ChangeDemandHeadShipToNum
Update Demand Header information when the Ship To Num changes. Parameters Name proposedShipToNum ds Type String Description The proposed Ship To Num The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandHeadUseOTS
Method to call when changing the UseOTS field the DemandHead record. Refreshes the address list and contact info Parameters Name ds Type Description The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandScheduleCreateShipToNum
Update DemandScheduleCreate information with values from the Ship To when the Ship To is changed. Parameters Name proposedShipToNum cCreateCycleList ds Type String String@ Description The Proposed ShipToNum List of Cycle Types the user has to choose from. The DemandScheduleCreate data set
ChangeDemandScheduleMarkForNum
Update DemandSchedule information with values from the Mark For when the Mark For is changed. Parameters Name proposedMarkForNum ds Type String Description The Proposed ShipToNum The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandScheduleMFCustID
Method to call when changing the Mark For Customer ID on the DemandSchedule record. Validates the Mark For Customer ID and ressets the ShipToNum to the Customer default.
654
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipMFCustID ds Type String Description The proposed Mark For Customer ID The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandScheduleNeedByDate
Calculate the DemandSchedule Ship Date when the NeedByDate is changed. Parameters Name proposedNeedByDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The Proposed NeedByDate The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandScheduleOTSDetails
Method to call when changing the OTS fields the DemandSchedule record. Refreshes the address list and contact info Parameters Name ds Type Description The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandSchedulePlant
Update DemandSchedule information with values from the Plant when the Plant is changed. Parameters Name proposedPlant ds Type String Description The Proposed Plant The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandScheduleReqDate
Calculate the DemandSchedule NeedByDate when the Ship Date (ReqDate) is changed. Parameters Name proposedReqDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The Proposed ReqDate The DemandEntry data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
655
A-E
ChangeDemandScheduleSellingReqQty
Update Demand Schedule information when the Selling Req Qty is changed. Parameters Name proposedSellingReqQty ds Type Decimal Description The proposed Selling Req Quantity The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandScheduleShipToCustID
Method to call when changing the ShipTo Customer ID on the DemandSchedule record. Validates the ShipTo Customer ID and ressets the ShipToNum to the Customer default. Parameters Name ipShipToCustID ds Type String Description The proposed ShipTo Customer ID The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandScheduleShipToNum
Update DemandSchedule information with values from the Ship To when the Ship To is changed. Parameters Name proposedShipToNum ds Type String Description The Proposed ShipToNum The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandScheduleUseOTMF
Method to call when changing the UseOTMF field the DemandSchedule record. Refreshes the address list and contact info Parameters Name ds Type Description The DemandEntry data set
ChangeDemandScheduleUseOTS
Method to call when changing the UseOTS field the DemandSchedule record. Refreshes the address list and contact info
656
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description The DemandEntry data set
ChangeMiscAmount
Update Order Miscellaneous information when the amount changes. Parameters Name tableName ds Type String Description name of table being passed in The DemandEntry data set
ChangeMiscCode
This method returns default information for the MiscChrg. Method must use parameters instead of the dataset due to the problem with changing the primary key field. Also allows DemandMiscChgDH and DemandMiscChg to use the same code Parameters Name tableName ds Type String Description name of table being passed in The DemandEntry data set
ChangeMiscPercent
Update Order Miscellaneous information when the percentage was changed. Parameters Name tableName ds Type String Description name of table being passed in The DemandEntry data set
CheckPartRevisionChange
The method is to be run on leave of the PartNum and Revision fields before the ChangePart, ChangeRevision, or Update methods are run. When run before CreateOrderFromQuote, the Part Number expected is the part number from the quote. This returns all the questions that need to be asked before a part can be changed. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum Type Int32 Description The current DemandDetail.DemandContractNum field
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
657
A-E
Name iDemandHeadSeq iDemandDtlSeq cFieldName cPartNum cConfigPartMessage
Type Int32 Int32 String String@ String@
Description The current DemandDetail.DemandHeadSeq field The current DemandDetail.DemandDtlSeq field The name of the field you are leaving The new PartNum if a substitute part is found, partNum will be the substitute part If the part is configured, asks if it's okay to delete the configuration inputs. No means the part cannot be changed
CloseAllSchedules
Close All Schedules. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq Type Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Detail Contract Num The Demand Detail Header Sequence number
CloseDemandDetail
Closes the Demand detail and sub-table (DemandSchedule). Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq iDemandDtlSeq Returns The DemandEntry data set Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Detail Contract Num The Demand Detail Header Sequence number The Demand Detail Detail Sequence number
CloseDemandHead
Closes the Demand Header and sub-tables (DemandDetail and DemandSchedule). Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq Returns The DemandEntry data set Type Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Header Contract Num The Demand Header Sequence number
658
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CloseDemandSchedule
Closes the Demand Schedule record. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq iDemandDtlSeq iDemandScheduleSeq Returns The DemandEntry data set Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Schedule Contract Num The Demand Schedule Header Sequence number The Demand Schedule Detail Sequence number The Demand Schedule Sequence number
CreateDemandDetailFromContractLines
Create DemandDetail records from the contract lines selected. This method will create a DemandDetail record for each contract line where SelectedForDemand is true. After this method is run the GetRows or GetByID method should be called so the dataset has the new DemandDetail records. Parameters Name ds iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq Int32 Int32 The Demand Header Contract Number The Demand Header Sequence Type Description
DeleteScheduleByScheduleNumber
Deletes DemandSchedule records by Schedule Number. All DemandSchedule records where the Schedule Number equals the number passed in will be deleted. cReturnMessage will return a message of how many records were deleted. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq cScheduleNumber cReturnMessage Returns The DemandEntry data set Type Int32 Int32 String String@ Description The Demand Detail Contract Num The Demand Detail Header Sequence number The Schedule Number to delete The return message
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
659
A-E
EDIHeaderValidate
Calls the method Process Demand To create a Sales Order. Parameters Name cReturnMessage dprocess matchDemand ds Type String@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Description Text to display to the user Flag that indicate if the Demand will be process it Match Demand Flag The DemandEntry data set
GetDemandContractDtl
Get Demand Contract Detail lines for Create Demand Detail from Demand Contract lines functionality. The contract lines returned can be selected by the user to indicate what contract lines to create Demand Detail records from. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum Returns Type Int32 Description The Demand Contract Number to get the lines from
GetDemandDtlReview
Creates records in the DemandReview DataSet so the user can review the impact of the demand schedule prior to accepting or rejecting it. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq Returns Type Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Header Contract Number The Demand Header Sequence Number
GetDemandMatching
Creates records in the DemandMatching DataSet so the user can manually match DemandSchedule records to existing OrderRel records. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq Type Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Header Contract Number The Demand Header Sequence Number
660
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns
GetDemandScheduleCreate
Creates a record in the DemandScheduleCreate datatable to store the parameters needed to mass-build DemandSchedule records for a DemandDetail line. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq iDemandDtlSeq cCreateCycleList Returns Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String@ Description The Demand Header Contract Number The Demand Header Sequence Number The Demand Detail Sequence Number List of Cycle Types the user has to choose from.
GetListCustom
Custom Search Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Returns the list of Demands Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The search criteria Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
GetPriceDiscrepancy
Check if the differente between the UnitPrice and EDIUnitPrice is less than the value defined in the PriceTolerance field of the ShipTo or Customer tables. Parameters Name ipCustNum ipPONum ipUnitPrice ipEDIUnitPrice ipDemandDtlSeq opPriceDiscrepancy Type Int32 String Decimal Decimal Int32 Boolean@ Description CustNum PONum UnitPrice EDIUnitPrice DemandDtlSeq PriceDiscrepancy
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
661
A-E
MassCreateDemandSchedule
Creates DemandSchedule records based on user criteria entered in the DemandScheduleCreate datatable. At the end refresh the DemandHead/DemandDetail/DemandSchedule for a specific Demand Contract Line to avoid perform a GetByID that consumes a lot of time. Parameters Name ds cReturnText Returns String@ Text to display to the user Type Description
OpenDemandDetail
Opens the Demand detail. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq iDemandDtlSeq Returns The DemandEntry data set Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Detail Contract Num The Demand Detail Header Sequence number The Demand Detail Detail Sequence number
OpenDemandHead
Opens the Demand Header. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq Returns The DemandEntry data set Type Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Header Contract Num The Demand Header Sequence number
OpenDemandSchedule
Opens the Demand Schedule record. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum Type Int32 Description The Demand Schedule Contract Num
662
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name iDemandHeadSeq iDemandDtlSeq iDemandScheduleSeq Returns The DemandEntry data set
Type Int32 Int32 Int32
Description The Demand Schedule Header Sequence number The Demand Schedule Detail Sequence number The Demand Schedule Sequence number
PartValidation
Contains all the logic to perform the part validation defined by the user on a hierarchical order when receiving an inbound file. oXRefPartType = {P=Part, C=Customer, U=UPC, M=Manufacturer, 2=UPC-12, 3=EAN-13, 4=EAN-14, 8=EAN-8, G=GTIN-14} Parameters Name iContractNum iHeadSeq iDocName iPartNum iXPartNum oValidPart oPartDesc oUOM oXRefPartType Type Int32 Int32 String String@ String Boolean@ String@ String@ String@ Description Demand Contract Number Demand Head Seq Document Name Part Number entered or returned by this method X Part Number Is it a Valid Part? Part Description of the founded Part UOM associated to the founded Part, blank if not product code Cross Reference Part Type
ProcessDemand
Process the demand. This will accept or reject DemandHead, DemandDetail, and DemandSchedule records and create/update Forecasts or Orders. cReturnMessage contains an informational message that lets the user know the process has completed and if any errors were written to the DemandLog table. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq cReturnMessage cRejectFlag Type Int32 Int32 String@ Boolean@ Description The Demand Header Contract Number The Demand Header Sequence Number Text to display to the user Flag to disable the ready to process through workflow
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
663
A-E
ProcessMatching
Updates the Order fields in DemandSchedule with the values from DemandScheduleToMatch. Parameters Name ds Type Description
RejectDemandDetail
Rejects the Demand detail and sub-table (DemandSchedule). Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq iDemandDtlSeq Returns The DemandEntry data set Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Detail Contract Num The Demand Detail Header Sequence number The Demand Detail Detail Sequence number
RejectDemandHead
Rejects the Demand Header and sub-tables (DemandDetail and DemandSchedule). Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq Returns The DemandEntry data set Type Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Header Contract Num The Demand Header Sequence number
RejectDemandSchedule
Rejects the Demand Schedule record. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq iDemandDtlSeq iDemandScheduleSeq Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Schedule Contract Num The Demand Schedule Header Sequence number The Demand Schedule Detail Sequence number The Demand Schedule Sequence number
664
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns The DemandEntry data set
SetReadyToProcess
Set the Ready to Process flag on the Demand Header. This was created mainly for web services. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq lReady Type Int32 Int32 Boolean Description The Demand Header Contract Number The Demand Header Sequence Number Indicates if the demand is ready to be processed
UnlockDemand
Provide a way to unlock a demand entry for cases when ESC fails. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq iDemandDtlSeq Returns The DemandEntry data set Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Header Contract Num The Demand Header Sequence number The Demand Detail Detail Sequence number
UnrejectDemandDetail
Unrejects the Demand detail. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq iDemandDtlSeq Returns The DemandEntry data set Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Detail Contract Num The Demand Detail Header Sequence number The Demand Detail Detail Sequence number
UnrejectDemandHead
UnReject the Demand Header.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
665
A-E
Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq Returns The DemandEntry data set Type Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Header Contract Num The Demand Header Sequence number
UnrejectDemandSchedule
Unrejects the Demand Schedule record. Parameters Name iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq iDemandDtlSeq iDemandScheduleSeq Returns The DemandEntry data set Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The Demand Schedule Contract Num The Demand Schedule Header Sequence number The Demand Schedule Detail Sequence number The Demand Schedule Sequence number
DemandFromOrders
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DemandFromOrders: This business object contains 2 methods.
OnChangeDemandContract
Procedure to validate Demand Contract Parameters Name pOrderNum pDcontract Type Int32 String Description Complete Message Complete Message
UpdateOrders
A List of orders to Create Demand. Parameters Name ds opcCompMsg String@ Type Description DemandFromOrdersDataSet Complete Message
666
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
DemandLog
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DemandLog: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewDemandLog
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
667
A-E
UpdateExt
DemandMassReview
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DemandMassReview: This business object contains 19 methods.
CloseAll
Parameters Name Type Description The Demand Mass Review Data Set
CloseAllPart
Parameters Name ipGroupID ds Type String Description Demand Mass Review Current Group. The Demand Mass Review Data Set
CloseDemand
CloseRejectedDemand
668
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CloseWorkList
DeleteDemand
Delete the schedules related to the selected Part/Demand. Demand Mass Review summarize demands, on that case will we be deleting all schedules that were included on that selected record. If a schedule is selected for another Group different than the current, we'll check if it is not locked and if not we can delete the schedule. Parameters Name ds ipGroupID String Type Description The Demand Mass Review Data Set Demand Mass Review Current Group.
deleteGroup
Parameters Name ipGroupID cOutputMsg Type String String@ Description Demand Mass Review Current Group. Message text to display to the user. Can be blank.
GetDemandMassReview
Call this method when the user selects parts or demands to review. This method populates the Epicor.Mfg.BO.DemandMassReviewDataSet dataset for criteria selected. Parameters Name ipGroupID ds cOutputMsg String@ Type String Description Demand Mass Review Current Group. Input dataset contains the parts or demands selected by the user. Message text to display to the user. Can be blank.
Returns The Demand Mass Review Data Set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
669
A-E
GetMassReviewDtl
Call this method to get the demand details for a part when a different part is selected. Parameters Name ipGroupID cPrimaryField lFirm lUnfirm lForecast ds cOutputMsg Type String String Boolean Boolean Boolean String@ Description Demand Mass Review Current Group. The primary field value of DemandMassReview Include Firm Demand Schedules? Include Unfirm Demand Schedules? Include Forecast Demand Schedules? The Demand Mass Review Data Set Message text to display to the user. Can be blank.
MatchAllForDemand
This method will perform the default matching of Demand Schedules to Order Releases for a demand. Parameters Name ipGroupID iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq cOutputMessage Type String Int32 Int32 String@ Description Demand Mass Review Current Group. The Contract Number to process The Demand Head identifier to process Return message
MatchAllForPart
This method will perform the default matching of Demand Schedules to Order Releases for a part. Parameters Name ipGroupID cPartNum cOutputMessage Type String String String@ Description Demand Mass Review Current Group. The Part Number to process Return message
OnChangeUOM
Updates the On Hand Quantity according to the UOM method populates the Epicor.Mfg.BO.DemandMassReviewDataSet dataset for criteria selected.
670
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name cPrimaryField ds Type String Description The primary field value of DemandMassReview The Demand Mass Review Data Set.
ProcessingSelectAll
This method will set all demands that have not been posted to be ready for processing. Parameters Name ipGroupID cSelectType cOutputMessage Type String String String@ Description Demand Mass Review Current Group. (S)elect or (U)nselect all Return messsage
ProcessingSelectAllForPart
This method will mark all demands for a part to be ready for processing. Parameters Name ipGroupID cPartNum cSelectType cOutputMessage Type String String String String@ Description Demand Mass Review Current Group. The Part Number to process (S)elect or (U)nselect Return message
ProcessingSelectByDemand
This method will mark a demand as be ready for processing. Parameters Name ipGroupID iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq cSelectType cOutputMessage Type String Int32 Int32 String String@ Description Demand Mass Review Current Group. The Contract Number to process The Demand Head identifier to process (S)elect or (U)nselect Return message
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
671
A-E
ProcessingSelectWorkList
This method will mark all demands for the work list to be ready for processing. Parameters Name ds ipGroupID cSelectType cOutputMessage String String String@ Type Description Input dataset contains the parts or demands selected by the user. Demand Mass Review Current Group. (S)elect or (U)nselect Return message
RejectAllForDemand
This method will mark a demand as rejected. Parameters Name ipGroupID iDemandContractNum iDemandHeadSeq cRejectType cOutputMessage Type String Int32 Int32 String String@ Description Demand Mass Review Current Group. The Contract Number to process The Demand Head identifier to process (R)eject or (U)nreject Return message
RejectAllForPart
This method will mark all demands for a part as rejected. Parameters Name ipGroupID cPartNum cRejectType cOutputMessage Type String String String String@ Description Demand Mass Review Current Group. The Part Number to process (R)eject or (U)nreject Return message
UnmatchAll
Unmatch all the demand entries previously loaded
672
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds cOutputMessage String@ Type Description The Demand Mass Review Data Set Return message
DemandPartSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DemandPartSearch: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetList
List of parts that are on non-posted demands. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description Where condition # of records returned. 0 means all
Returns The DemandMassPartsListDataSet Set
DemandReconcile
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DemandReconcile: This business object contains 19 methods.
GetNewDemandReconcile
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
673
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
RestartCumInfo
Restart the cumulative info stored for the company.
CalcTaxes
Parameters Name ipQuoteNum ipOrderNum ipInvoiceNum ipAPInvKey Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Description Quote Number Order Number. Invoice Number. AP Invoice Number.
674
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ipCashHeadNum ipPayHeadNum ipShipPackNum ipEmpID ipEmpExpenseNum opCommFailure opMessage opTCStatus
Type String Int32 Int32 String Int32 Boolean@ String@ Boolean@
Description Cash Receipt Number. Payment Number. Shipment Number. Employee ID. Employee Expense Number. Comm Failure Message TC Status
ChangeDRAdjustmentQty
Recalc Variance when the Adjustment Quantity changes. Parameters Name proposedQty ds Type Decimal Description The proposed Adjustment Quantity The DemandReconcile data set
ChangeDRCustID
Used when the CustID field is being changed to a new value. Parameters Name proposedCustID ds Type String Description The proposed Customer ID The DemandReconcile data set
ChangeDRDemandContract
Used when the DemandContract field is being changed to a new value. Parameters Name proposedDemandContract ds Type String Description The proposed Demand Contract The DemandReconcile data set
ChangeDRPartNum
Used when the PartNum field is being changed to a new value.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
675
A-E
Parameters Name proposedPartNum ds Type String Description The proposed Part Number The DemandReconcile data set
ChangeDRReconcileCUMMQty
Recalc Adjust Quantity when the Reconcile Quantity changes. Parameters Name proposedQty ds Type Decimal Description The proposed Reconcile Quantity The DemandReconcile data set
ChangeDRReconcileStartCumQty
Recalc Adjust Quantity and set Company Cumulative Quantity when the Start Cumulative Quantity changes. Parameters Name proposedQty ds Type Decimal Description The proposed Start Cumulative Quantity The DemandReconcile data set
ChangeDRShippedCUMMQty
Changed event of Company Cumulative Quantity field. Parameters Name proposedQty ds Type Decimal Description The proposed Shipped Cumulative Quantity The DemandReconcile data set
ChangeDRSReconcileQty
Updates the Reconcile Qty for the selected PackNum. Parameters Name proposedQty ds Type Decimal Description The proposed Reconcile Quantity The DemandReconcile data set
676
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ChangeDRTPCUMMQty
Changed event of Trading Partner Quantity field. Parameters Name proposedQty ds Type Decimal Description The proposed Trading Partner Cumulative Quantity The DemandReconcile data set
CreateAdjustmentCredit
This method will create an AR Invoice from the DemandReconcile adjustment Parameters Name iReconcileNum iPackNum iTranNum iSysDate iSysTime iInvoiceNum iInvoiceLine opErrMsg Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The Reconcile number The target pack number for which the invoice will be created The adjustment tran number
Nullable{System.DateTime} The adjustment system date Int32 Int32@ Int32@ String@ The adjustment system time The invoice number The invoice line Error message from invoice processing
DemandReconcileSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DemandReconcileSearch: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetRows
List of Demand Reconciliation records by Demand Contract Name. Parameters Name whereClauseDemandReconcileSearch pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description Where condition # of records returned. 0 means all
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
677
A-E
Returns The Demand Reconcile Search DataSet
DmdMassGrp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DmdMassGrp: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewDmdMassGrp
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
678
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
DeleteDemand
Delete the schedules related to the selected Part/Demand. Demand Mass Review summarize demands, on that case will we be deleting all schedules that were included on that selected record. If a schedule is selected for another Group different than the current, we'll check if it is not locked and if not we can delete the schedule. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Demand Mass Group Data Set
OnChangeLockStatus
DMRActnSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DMRActnSearch: This business object contains 6 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
679
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
DMRProcessing
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DMRProcessing: This business object contains 39 methods.
GetNewDMRHead
GetNewDMRHeadAttch
GetNewDMRActn
680
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
681
A-E
ChangeCurrencyCode
This method recalculates the exchange rate and base price when the currency code changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The DMRProcessing data set
ChangeExchangeRate
This method recalculates the base price when the exchange rate changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The DMRProcessing data set
ChangeJobAsmSeq
This method initializes the job material sequence and accepted quantity when the Job Assembly Sequence changes. Parameters Name ds iProposedAssemblySeq Int32 Type Description The DMRProcessing data set The proposed AssmeblySeq value
ChangeJobMtlSeq
This method initializes the IssuedComplete check box and defaults Warehouse and Bin (if necessary) when the Job Material Sequence changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The DMRProcessing data set
682
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name iProposedDMRSeqNum
Type Int32
Description The proposed material sequence number
ChangeJobNum
This method initializes the job assembly/material sequences, accepted quantity and the comment text when the Job Number changes. Parameters Name ds cProposedJobNum String Type Description The DMRProcessing data set The proposed Job Number
ChangePackingSlip
This method retrieves information related to the packing slip where this material was originally received. Parameters Name ds Type Description The DMRProcessing data set
ChangeRefInvoiceNum
This method validates Ref Invoice Number. Parameters Name ds cProposedRefInvoiceNum String Type Description The DMRProcessing data set The proposed Ref Invoice Number
ChangeStkWhs
This method initializes the serial tracking data when the Accept to Stock warehoues changes, because a warehouse change might mean a "to" plant change which can affect serial process under some circumstances. Parameters Name ds cProposedWarehouseCode String Type Description The DMRProcessing data set The proposed Accept to Stock warehouse
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
683
A-E
ChangeUnitCredit
This method recalculates the base price when the doc price changes or recalculates the doc price when the base price changes. The CurrencySwitch flag in DMRActn is used to determine which value to calculate. Parameters Name ds Type Description The DMRProcessing data set
ChangeWarehouse
This method will load the bin number only if one bin exists for the selected warehouse. Parameters Name ds Type Description The DMRProcessing data set
CheckIssueComplete
This method returns text of a message to be asked of the user when changing the issue complete flag for Accepting to Job Materials. The purpose of the question is to verify the user wants to continue with the change. If the user answers yes, the change can occur; otherwise the change shouldn't occur. Parameters Name iDMRNum cJobNum iAssemblySeq iDMRSeqNum dQuantity cUOM lProposedIssueComplete cMessageText Type Int32 String Int32 Int32 Decimal String Boolean String@ Description The DMR Number The Job Number The Assembly Sequence Number The DMR Action Sequence Number (Material Sequence) The DMRActn Quantity The DMRActn UOM The proposed value for the Issue Complete flag The text of the message to ask the user
CheckJobMtlSeq
This method returns a message for the user if the job material selected is already issued complete. The user would then have the option to continue with the selected job material or change the material sequence.
684
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name cJobNum iAssemblySeq iDMRSeqNum cMessage Type String Int32 Int32 String@ Description The job number The assembly sequence The DMR sequequence number The message text
CheckOperationComplete
This method returns text of a message to be asked of the user when changing the operation complete flag for Accepting to Job Operations. The purpose of the question is to verify the user wants to continue with the change. If the user answers yes, the change can occur; otherwise the change shouldn't occur. Parameters Name cJobNum iAssemblySeq iDMRSeqNum lProposedOperationComplete cMessageText Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean String@ Description The Job Number The Assembly Sequence Number The DMR Action Sequence Number (Operation Sequence) The proposed value for the Operation Complete flag The text of the message to ask the user
CustomUpdate
This is a custom version of the standard Update method. Parameters Name ds opLegalNumberMessage String@ Type Description The DMRProcessing data set The legal number message to display
DefaultIssueComplete
This method defaults the appropriate value for the Issue Complete check box whenever the quantity to be accepted to Job Material changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The DMRProcessing data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
685
A-E
GetContactInfo
This method updates the default Contact information when the ConNum field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The DMRProcessing data set
GetCurrencyBase
GetDMRHistory
Get DMR history Parameters Name ipDMRNum Returns The DMRHistory data set Type Int32 Description DMR Number
GetNewDMRActnAcceptMTL
Call this method instead of GetNewDMRActn to assure that appropriate DMR Action (Accepting Material to Job Material) is created. This method requires the DMR Number as input parameter. In addition, this method sets the external fields to indicate whether certain fields are enabled or disabled for input. Parameters Name ds ipDMRNum Int32 Type Description The DMRProcessing data set The DMR Number being processed.
GetNewDMRActnAcceptOPR
Call this method instead of GetNewDMRActn to assure that appropriate DMR Action (Accepting Material to Job Operation) is created. This method requires the DMR Number as input parameter. In addition, this method sets the external fields to indicate whether certain fields are enabled or disabled for input.
686
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds ipDMRNum Int32 Type Description The DMRProcessing data set The DMR Number being processed.
GetNewDMRActnAcceptSTK
Call this method instead of GetNewDMRActn to assure that appropriate DMR Action (Accepting Material to Stock) is created. This method requires the DMR Number as the input parameter. In addition, this method sets the external fields to indicate whether certain fields are enabled or disabled for input. Parameters Name ds ipDMRNum Int32 Type Description The DMRProcessing data set The DMR Number being processed.
GetNewDMRActnDebitMemo
Call this method instead of GetNewDMRActn to assure that appropriate DMR Action (Requesting Debit Memo) is created. This method requires the DMR Number as input parameter. In addition, this method sets the external fields to indicate whether certain fields are enabled or disabled for input. Parameters Name ds ipDMRNum Int32 Type Description The DMRProcessing data set The DMR Number being processed.
GetNewDMRActnReject
Call this method instead of GetNewDMRActn to assure that appropriate DMR Action (Rejecting Material) is created. This method requires the DMR Number as input parameter. In addition, this method sets the external fields to indicate whether certain fields are enabled or disabled for input. Parameters Name ds ipDMRNum Int32 Type Description The DMRProcessing data set The DMR Number being processed.
GetPurPointInfo
This method updates Purchase Point default information when the PurPoint field changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
687
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description The DMRProcessing data set
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ipPartNum ipQuantity ipDestinationType ipActionType ipSerialControlPlant ipSerialControlPlantIsFromPlt ipDMRNum ipJobNum ipPartTrackSerialNum ipActionNum ipQtyIUM Type String Decimal String String String Boolean Int32 String Boolean Int32 String Description DMRActn Part Number Serial Number quantity required DMR Action destination DMR Action action type Plant that is controlling serial entry rules Indicates if the from plant is the controllin plant for serial entry DMR Number DMR Action Job Number Indicates if Serial Numbers required on this DMR Action DMR Action Number UOM for the DMR quantity
Returns The SelectSerialNumbersParams dataset
GetVendorInfo
This method updates the default Vendor information when the VendorNumVendorID field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The DMRProcessing data set
PreUpdate
This method does one thing. 1 . This method will return a record in the LegalNumGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information.
688
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Indicates if the legal number requires user input Type Description
ReasonCodeWhereClause
This method returns the reason code where clause for searching for Reason codes for DMR Rejections or Request of Debit Memos. Parameters Name cAction iDMRNum cReasonWhereClause Type String Int32 String@ Description The reason the where clause is being built. Values are "REJ" for reject or "DM" for debit memo The DMR number. This is needed when cAction is "REJ". For cAction = "DM" the value can be 0 (zero) The reason where clause.
ValidateSN
Validates that a single serial number is valid for this transaction Parameters Name ds serialNumber isVoided String Boolean@ Type Description DMR Processing data set Serial number to validate. Serial Number Voided flag
DOCAssoc
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DOCAssoc: This business object contains 6 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
689
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
DocType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DocType: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewDocType
DeleteByID
690
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
691
A-E
Drawings
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Drawings: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewDrawings
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
692
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
GetDrawingsList
Get XFileAttch list Parameters Name ipRelatedToFile ipKey1 ipKey2 ipKey3 ipKey4 ipKey5 Returns XFileAttch dataset Type String String String String String String Description Related To file Key1 Key2 Key3 Key4 Key5
GetJobDocsTableName
Get Job Documents Table Name Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq ipOprSeq opTableName Type String Int32 Int32 String@ Description Job number Assembly sequence Operation sequence Table name
GetPrimaryIndexFields
Get Primary index fields Parameters Name ipTableName opFieldList Type String String@ Description Table name Field list
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
693
A-E
OnChangeOfDocType
Call when DocTypeID is changed. Will reset the path portion of the file name with the BaseURL of the DocType. Note: It will not overlay a fully qualified filename. Parameters Name ipDocTypeID iOFileName Type String String@ Description The Document Type ID (tablenameAttch.DocTypeID) that has been entered. The fully qualified file name that the user is referencing for this attachment.
OnChangeOfFileName
Call when FileName is changed. The purpose of this method is to find out if a given FileName is already known in the database. That is, does a XFileRef record exist. Client program should pass the current values from the dataset for the given parameters. The returned parameter values should unconditionally moved to the corresponding fields in the dataset. Parameters Name ipFileName iOXFileRefNum iOXFileDesc iODocTypeID iOPDMDocID Type String Int32@ String@ String@ String@ Description The fully qualified file name (tablenameAttch.FileName) that the user is referencing for this attachment. External File Reference Number (tablenameAttch.XFileRefNum). File Descripttion (tablenameAttch.DrawDesc). Document Type ID (tablenameAttch.DocTypeID). PDMDocID (tablenameAttch.PDMDocID).
DropShip
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DropShip: This business object contains 35 methods.
GetNewDropShipHead
GetNewDropShipHeadAttch
GetNewDropShipDtl
694
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
695
A-E
BuildCustomersToList
If the Order has releases to multiple Customer, this will return the list of available Customers Parameters Name poNum customersToList Type Int32 String@ Description PO Number delimited list of available Customers
BuildShipToCustList
Return a list of Ship To Customers. Customers Parameters Name poNum shipToCustList Type Int32 String@ Description PO Number Delimited list of available Ship To Customers
BuildShipToList
If the Order has releases to multiple shipto's, this will return the list of available shiptos to select from Parameters Name poNum custNum shipToList Type Int32 Int32 String@ Description PO Number Customer Number delimited list of available ShipTo's
ChangeDropShipDtlComplete
Updates the Complete of DropShipDtl. Parameters Name ds ipComplete vMessage Boolean String@ Type Description The DropShip data set The Complete value Question asking if the user is sure they want to set/clear the flag
ChangeDropShipDtlIUM
Updates the IUM of DropShipDtl.
696
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds ipIUM warnMsg String String@ Type Description The DropShip data set The IUM value A warning message for users. Does not stop processing
ChangeDropShipDtlLotNum
Updates the LotNum of DropShipDtl. Parameters Name ds ipLotNum String Type Description The DropShip data set The LotNum value
ChangeDropShipDtlOurQty
Updates the OurQty of DropShipDtl. Parameters Name ds ipOurQty warnMsg Decimal String@ Type Description The DropShip data set The OurQty value A warning message for users. Does not stop processing
ChangeDropShipDtlPOLine
Updates the POLine of DropShipDtl. Parameters Name ds ipPOLine serialWarning Int32 String@ Type Description The DropShip data set The POLine value Warning message if the receipt line contains serial numbers
ChangeDropShipDtlPONum
Updates the PONum of DropShipDtl.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
697
A-E
Parameters Name ds ipPONum Int32 Type Description The DropShip data set The PONum value
ChangeDropShipDtlPORelNum
Updates the PORelNum of DropShipDtl. Parameters Name ds ipPORelNum Int32 Type Description The DropShip data set The PORelNum value
ChangeDropShipDtlVendorQty
Updates the VendorQty of DropShipDtl. Parameters Name ds ipVendorQty warnMsg Decimal String@ Type Description The DropShip data set The VendorQty value A warning message for users. Does not stop processing
ChangeDropShipHeadPONum
Call this method when the PONum changes on the DropShipHead. Parameters Name ipPONum ds Type Int32 Description New PONum The DropShip data set
ChangeDropShipHeadShipToCustNum
Call this method when the ShipToCustNum changes on the DropShipHead. Parameters Name ipShipToCustNum ds Type Int32 Description New ShipToCustNum The DropShip data set
698
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ChangeDropShipHeadShipToNum
Call this method when the ShipToCustNum changes on the DropShipHead. Parameters Name ipShipToNum ds Type String Description New ShipToNum The DropShip data set
CreateMassDropShipDtl
The Create Mass Drop Ship method. Parameters Name ipVendorNum ipPurPoint ipPackSlip ipPONum warnMsg ds Type Int32 String String Int32 String@ Description The VendorNum value The PurPoint value The PackSlip value The PONum value A warning message DropShip data set
GetOrderShipments
This method creates the data for the tables ShipDtl and DropShipDtl Parameters Name ds orderNum orderLine Int32 Int32 Type Description The OrderShipments data set Order Number Order Line
GetPendingDtl
Updates PendingDropShipDtl. Parameters Name ds ipPONum Int32 Type Description The DropShip data set The PO number
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
699
A-E
GetPOInfo
This method returns default information for the PO Number and the new Vendor ID information. Parameters Name ds poNum vendorNum purPoint Int32 Int32@ String@ Type Description The Receipt data set Proposed Purchase Order Number Numeric Vendor ID assigned to the PO Default Purchase Point assigned to the PO
GetPurPointInfo
This method returns default information for the Vendor Purchase Point. Parameters Name ds purPoint String Type Description The DropShip data set Proposed Purchase Point value
Parameters Name ipPartNum ipQuantity ipUOM ipVendNum ipVendPP ipPackSlip ipPackSlipLine Returns Type String Decimal String Int32 String String Int32 Description ipPartNum ipQuantity ipUOM ipVendNum ipVendPP ipPackSlip ipPackSlipLine
GetShipToAddressMultiKey
This method builds the ShipTo Address
700
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name poNum custNum shipToNum shipToListMult Type Int32 Int32 String String@ Description PO Num Cust Num Ship To Num Addresses List
GetVendorInfo
This method returns default information for the Vendor. Parameters Name ds vendorID vendorNum purPoint String Int32@ String@ Type Description The DropShip data set Proposed Vendor ID value Numeric Vendor ID default Purchase Point for Vendor
MarkShipmentLines
This method sets all the temp-table records to be drop shipped (Ship all button selected) Parameters Name ds Type Description DropShip data set
PreChangeDropShipDtlLotNum
This method returns an error or question if the LotNum field does not exist depending upon the security of the user Parameters Name ds ipLotNum questionMsg errorMsg String String@ String@ Type Description The DropShip data set The LotNum value Asks if user want to create new lot Tells user if they can't create a new lot
PreCreateMassReceipt
The Pre Create Mass Drop Ship method.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
701
A-E
Parameters Name ipVendorNum ipPurPoint ipPackSlip ipPONum warnMsg ds Type Int32 String String Int32 String@ Description The VendorNum value The PurPoint value The PackSlip value The PONum value A warning message DropShip data set
PreUpdateDropShipDtl
This method is to be called right before the update method is called. Parameters Name ds qMessageStr sMessageStr String@ String@ Type Description The DropShip data set Quantity Question to ask user before update. If no, update method is not run Serial Number Question to ask users before update. If no, update method is not run
DropShipDtlSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DropShipDtlSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewDropShipDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
702
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
DynamicQuery
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DynamicQuery: This business object contains 60 methods.
GetTableExecutionOrder
This method returns comma delimited query table list in order of execution. Parameters Name ds tableList String@ Type Description Query design dataset List of tables
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
703
A-E
AddCalculatedField
This method adds a calculated field to a query. The data type of a calculated field is always character. Parameters Name ds pcQueryID pcName pcDataType pcFormat pcLabel pcExpression String String String String String String Type Description Query design dataset The current Query(Exports) ID The name of this calculated field The data type of this calculated field The format of this calculated field The label of this calculated field The expression
AddQueryField
This method adds (selects) a field the list of a query's selected fields Parameters Name ds pcQueryID pcTableID pcField String String String Type Description Query design dataset The current Query(Exports) ID The DataTable ID The field name
AddQueryFields
This method adds a list of QueryFields to a BAQ Parameters Name ds pcQueryID String Type Description The dataset representing the current query The current Query(Exports) ID
AddQueryRelation
This method adds a relation(a join) to a query If the pcKey is a valid key then a default matching of fields based on the field name is returned in the QueryRelationField table. If a matching field cannot be found in the child table then the ChildFieldName is left blank. If pcKey is blank, then no default matching is returned. The AddQueryRelationField method should be called in this case to compeletely define the relation.
704
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds pcQueryID pcRelationID pcParentAlias pcKey pcChildAlias pcWhichItem isOuterJoin String String String String String String Boolean Type Description Query design dataset The current Query(Exports) ID The name of the relation The alias of parent DataTable ID The key(index) of the parent DataTable The alias of the child table Specify "each", "first" or "last" true if is an outer-join
AddQueryRelationField
This method adds a relation field mapping (parentField = childField) to a query Parameters Name ds pcQueryID pcRelationID pcParentField pcChildField String String String String Type Description Returns the updated dataset The current Query(Exports) ID The name of the relation The parent field name The child field name
AddQueryTable
This method adds a valid table to the list of a query's selected tables Parameters Name ds pcQueryID pcTableID pbIsSummary String String Boolean Type Description Returns the updated dataset The current Query(Exports) ID The Table ID yes = this is a summary table
AddRelatedTable
This method adds a related table to a query This method adds a new table to another table that is already in the query(pcMainTable). If a predefined relation can be found between these two tables then a relation and relation fields for that relation will be returned. The new relation ID is the combination of the MainTable and the relatedTable. Otherwise this method is the same as AddQueryTable. NOT IMPLEMENTED YET
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
705
A-E
Parameters Name ds pcQueryID pcMainTable pcRelatedTable pcWhichItem isSummary isOuterJoin String String String String Boolean Boolean Type Description Returns the updated dataset The current Query(Exports) ID The name of the table that this new table relates to The related table Specify "each", "first" or "last" true if should add as a summary table true if is an outer-join
AddSortBy
This method adds a sortby clause to a query. Parameters Name ds pcQueryID pcTable pcField pbAscending String String String Boolean Type Description Returns the updated dataset The current Query(Exports) ID The table of this sort by field The field name of this sort by true = ascending, false = descending
AddWhereItem
This method adds a QueryWhereItem to a query. Parameters Name ds pcQueryID pcTable pcField pcCondition pbIsConst pcValue pcToTable pcToField pcLeftParentheses String String String String Boolean String String String String Type Description Returns the updated dataset The current Query(Exports) ID The table of this sort by field The field name of this sort by comparison operator true = right side of comparison is a constant false = right side of comparison is another field The value to compare to The table name of a field to compare to The field to compare to number of left parentheses
706
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name pcRightParentheses pcAndOr pbNeg
Description number of right parentheses "and" or "or" apply "Not"
Analyze
This method verifies a query and returns true if it is valid. False otherwise. Parameters Name ds bSuccess pcMessage Boolean@ String@ Type Description The dataset represents the current query true = query syntax is correct, false = there is a syntax error Returns the error message if there is an error
AnalyzeEx
This method verifies a query and returns true if it is valid. False otherwise. Parameters Name ds cBOSource cBOName bSuccess pcMessage String String Boolean@ String@ Type Description The dataset represents the current query Specifies whether the bo represents a business entity (BL) or a DB table Name of business object which defines the temp-tables used in the query true if query syntax is correct, false if there is a syntax error Returns the error message if there is an error
CheckFields
This method verifies a query and returns true if it is valid. False otherwise. Parameters Name ds Type Description The dataset represents the current query
errFieldList String@ Returns the list of missed fields if there are any. format is DF:AbcCode:f1,AbcCode.f2;SF:AbcCode:f1,AbcCode.f2;RF:AbcCode:f1,AbcCode.f2;WF:AbcCode:f1,AbcC where DF - display fields, SF - sorting fields, RF - relation fields, WF - where clause fields, FF - fields, where f equal to db table field format).These formats also are fixed during check, so this list is for information pur
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
707
A-E
ChangeAuthor
This method change the Author of a Dynamic Query to a different one Parameters Name pcQueryID pcNewAuthor Type String String Description The Query(Exports) ID The new author
CopyQuery
This method makes a copy of an existing query Parameters Name pcSourceQueryID pcDestQueryID pbSucceed Type String String Boolean@ Description The source Query(Exports) ID The target Query(Exports) ID yes = save secceeded, no = failed
DeleteByID
This method deletes an existing query Parameters Name pcQueryID Type String Description The current Query(Exports) ID
DeleteUnapprovedByID
This method deletes an unapproved query Parameters Name pcQueryID Type String Description The current Query(Exports) ID
Execute
This method runs a query based on default settings.
708
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Returns Returns the result dataset Type Description The dataset represents a Query
ExecuteByID
This method run an existing query and returns an untyped dataset Parameters Name pcQueryID Returns Returns the result of the query Type String Description The current Query(Exports) ID
ExecuteByIDParametrized
This method run an existing query and returns an untyped dataset Parameters Name pcQueryID ds resultFieldList topNRecords hasMoreRecords String Int32 Boolean@ Type String Description The current Query(Exports) ID The Query execution parameters (named parameter values, filtering and etc.) Comma delimited list of fields in result dataset. List is subset of query's SelectedField table content Number of first records in result set to be returned Flag indicating if there are more records
Returns Returns the result of the query
ExecuteDashBoardQuery
This method runs a dash board query. Parameters Name ds Returns Returns the result dataset Type Description The dataset represents a Dash Board Query
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
709
A-E
ExecuteDashBoardQueryPaged
This method runs a dash board query. Parameters Name ds piPageSize pbMorePage Returns Returns the result dataset Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset represents a Dash Board Query The size of page Flag indicating if there are more pages
GetDropDownListValues
This method runs a query based on default settings and return lists of distinct values of specified fields. Parameters Name queryID distinctFields Type String String Description The Query ID Comma delimited list of query display fields distinct values of should be returned
Returns Returns the result dataset
GetDropDownListValuesParametrized
This method runs a query based on default settings and passed execution parameters and return lists of distinct values of specified fields. Parameters Name queryID ds distinctFields String Type String Description The Query ID The Query execution parameters (named parameter values, filtering and etc.) Comma delimited list of query display fields distinct values of should be returned
Returns Returns the result dataset
BeginPagingParametrized
This method prepare a query for paged access by using additional query's parameters.
710
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds ds1 pageSize resultFieldList pagedQueryToken totalRowCount String Int32 String@ Int32@ Type Description The dataset represents a Query The Query parameters dataset Size of first page of result set to be returned. Initially is null that means no query results should be returned Comma delimited list of fields in result dataset. List is subset of query's SelectedField table content Paged query token which is used in subsequent calls. Can be null if pageSize is set to value and result set fits that page Total count of result rows
Returns Returns the result dataset where Results table is filled with data only if pageSize parameter is not null
BeginPaging
This method prepare a query for paged acess. Parameters Name ds pageSize pagedQueryToken totalRowCount Int32 String@ Int32@ Type Description The dataset represents a Query Size of first page of result set to be returned. Initially is null that means no query results should be returned Paged query token which is used in subsequent calls. Can be null if pageSize is set to value and result set fits that page Total count of result rows
BeginPagingForQueryID
This method prepare a query for paged acess. Parameters Name queryID pageSize pagedQueryToken totalRowCount Type String Int32 String@ Int32@ Description The Query ID Size of first page of result set to be returned. Initially is null that means no query results should be returned Paged query token which is used in subsequent calls. Can be null if pageSize is set to value and result set fits that page Total count of result rows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
711
A-E
BeginPagingForQueryIDParametrized
This method prepare a query for paged access by using additional query parameters. Parameters Name queryID ds resultFieldList pageSize pagedQueryToken totalRowCount String Int32 String@ Int32@ Type String Description The Query ID The Query parameters dataset Comma delimited list of fields in result dataset. List is subset of query's SelectedField table content Size of first page of result set to be returned. Initially is null that means no query results should be returned Paged query token Total count of result rows
GetPage
This method returns a requested page of the query. Parameters Name pagedQueryToken pageNumber pageSize hasMorePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The paged query token. Number of the page Number of records in the page Whether is more pages left
Returns Returns the requested page of the query
EndPaging
This method ends paged access to the query and discards all related temporary data. Parameters Name pagedQueryToken Type String Description The paged query token.
712
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ExecuteParametrized
This method runs a query based on selected tables, fields, joins, etc and on passed execution parameters. Parameters Name ds ds1 resultFieldList topNRecords hasMoreRecords Returns Returns the result dataset String Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset represents a Query The dataset contains Query execution parameters Comma delimited list of fields in result dataset. List is subset of query's SelectedField table content Number of first records in result set to be returned Flag indicating if there are more records
Export
This method exports a query's result to a file. Parameters Name ds pcFile pcFileType pcTextDelim String String String Type Description The dataset represents a Query The file name The type of export The delimiter to use for delimited export formats. If blank the format in the query definition will be used. Ignored for XML exports. Output results labels file. Ignored for XML exports. indicating if the method finished successfully
pbOutputLabels pbSuccess
Boolean Boolean@
ExportByID
This method export an existing query to a file Parameters Name pcQueryID pcExportFormatOverride pcFilenameOverride Type String String String Description The current Query(Exports) ID Type of export to perform. Currently only "XML" is supported and this parameter is ignored. The filename to use for the export. If blank the filename in the query definition will be used.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
713
A-E
Name pcTextDelim
Type String
Description The delimiter to use for delimited export formats. If blank the format in the query definition will be used. Ignored for XML exports. Output results labels file. Ignored for XML exports. The file created indicating if the method finished successfully indicating if the method finished successfully
pbOutputLabels pcFile pbSuccess pbMessage
Boolean String@ Boolean@ String@
GenerateASP
Generate an ASP file with the given . The ASP file is used in conjunction with an XML export to display exported information in a web browser. Parameters Name pcQueryID pcFilename ds Type String String Description The Query(Exports) ID File name ASP Export field dataset
GetASPFields
Get the fields that would be used to generate an ASP file. The ASP file is used in conjunction with an XML export to display exported information in a web browser. Parameters Name pcQueryID Type String Description The Query(Exports) ID
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ASPExportFieldDataSet
GetAvailableTableList
This method returns a list of available tables that can be added to a query Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
714
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.AvailableTableListDataSet
GetByID
This method returns a dataset representing an existing query Parameters Name pcQueryID Type String Description The Query(Exports) ID
GetDashBoardQueries
This method returns a dataset representing a list of dash board queries Parameters Name ds Returns Returns the dataset representing the query Type Description The list of queries
GetDashBoardQuery
This method returns a dataset representing a list of dash board queries Parameters Name pcQueryID Type String Description The Query(Exports) ID List
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.QueryDesignDataSet
GetDBQueryByID
This method returns the query procedure file which can be run outside the BAQ engine Parameters Name pcQueryID pbPrepareOnly pcProcedure Type String Boolean String@ Description The current Query(Exports) ID When true, portions of the query will contain placeholders and caller must modify results to provide them before use. Returns the procedure or SQL batch
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
715
A-E
GetFieldList
This method returns a list of available tables that can be added to a query Parameters Name pcTable Returns The list of fields that in the table Type String Description The TableID
GetFiscalPeriods
This method returns a list of fiscal periods between pdBeginDate and pdEndDate Parameters Name pdBeginDate pdEndDate Returns The list of fiscal periods Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The begin date The end date
GetList
This method returns a list of existing queries Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.DynamicQueryListDataSet
GetListFromLike
This method returns a list of BAQs that have a specific like field Parameters Name pcLikeTable Type String Description The table name of the like field
716
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name pcLikeField
Type String
Description The field name of the like field
Returns The list of queries that meet the criteria
GetNewQuery
This method createa a new DynamicQuery object with a blank query ID. The query object is not saved until the Update method is called Parameters Name ds Type Description Returns the newly created query
GetNewQueryRelation
This method creates a new query relation row Parameters Name ds pcQueryID String Type Description Returns the updated dataset The current Query(Exports) ID
GetNewQueryRelationField
This method creates a new query relation field row Parameters Name ds pcQueryID pcRelationID String String Type Description Returns the updated dataset The current Query(Exports) ID The relation ID
GetNewWhereItem
This method creates a new QueryWhereItemRow. Parameters Name ds pcQueryID String Type Description Returns the updated dataset The current Query(Exports) ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
717
A-E
Name pcTable
Type String
Description The table of this sort by field
GetProgressDBQueryByID
This method run an existing query and returns an untyped dataset Parameters Name pcQueryID pcProcedure Type String String@ Description The current Query(Exports) ID Returns the procedure or SQL batch
GetQueryByID
This method returns a dataset representing an existing query Parameters Name pcQueryID Type String Description The Query(Exports) ID
GetQueryExecutionParameters
This method returns a dataset representing an query's execution parameters information Parameters Name ds Type Description The query design dataset
Returns Returns the dataset representing the query execution parameters
GetQueryExecutionParametersByID
This method returns a dataset representing an query's execution parameters information Parameters Name pcQueryID Type String Description The Query(Exports) ID
Returns Returns the dataset representing the query execution parameters
718
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRelatedTables
This method returns a list of tables that are related to a list of tables Parameters Name pcTable Type String Description The name of a table you want to get the related tables for
Returns The list of tables that are related to pcTable
GetRows
This method returns a set of queries based on the criteria Parameters Name whereClauseDynamicQuery whereClauseQueryTable whereClauseQueryField whereClauseQueryWhereItem whereClauseQueryCalcFld whereClauseQueryRelation whereClauseQueryRelationField whereClauseQuerySortBy pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String String String String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Criteria for the Query Criteria for the QueryTable Criteria for the QueryField Criteria for the QueryWhereItem Criteria for the QueryCalcFld Criteria for the QueryRelation Criteria for the QueryRelationField Criteria for the QuerySortBy size of page absolutePage true = more pages yet to be retrieved, false = end of result
Returns the returned set of wueries
GetUnapprovedByID
This method returns a dataset representing an unapproved query Parameters Name pcQueryID Type String Description The Query(Exports) ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
719
A-E
ImportDynamicQuery
This method imports a query from the passed in dataset. Parameters Name ds bOK Boolean@ Type Description The dataset represents a Query Import result
ParseTables
This method parse a query string and return the list of tables in the query string and fields in those tables Parameters Name pcQueryPhrase Type String Description The criteria
Returns The list of tables that are in the query string and available fields in those tables
RemoveQueryFields
This method removes a list of QueryFields to a BAQ. The caller should also remove any QuerySortBy before this method is called Parameters Name ds pcQueryID String Type Description The dataset representing the current query The current Query(Exports) ID
SaveQuery
This method save a query to the database Parameters Name pcQueryID pbSucceed Type String Boolean@ Description The current Query(Exports) ID yes = save secceeded, no = failed
Update
This method persists a dataset that representing a query to the database
720
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description The dataset representing the current query
DynamicReport
Epicor.Mfg.BO.DynamicReport: This business object contains 16 methods.
GetNewBAQReport
GetNewBAQRptOptionFld
GetNewBAQRptFilter
GetNewBAQRptSort
GetNewBAQRptSortFld
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
721
A-E
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CopyReport
This method makes a copy of an existing DynamicReport Parameters Name pcSourceRptID pcDestRptID pbSucceed Type String String Boolean@ Description The source Report ID The target Report ID yes = save secceeded, no = failed
GenReportTestData
This method returns a BAQ report XML with sample data Parameters Name pcBAQRptID pcXmlDoc Type String String@ Description The BAQ report ID Returns the XML document string
722
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetListForBAQ
This method returns a list of reports that use a given BAQ Parameters Name pcBAQID Returns The returned list Type String Description The BAQ ID
GetReportResultSchema
This method returns a BAQ report XML schema as a string Parameters Name pcBAQRptID pcXmlSched Type String String@ Description The BAQ report ID Returns the XML schema string
ImportDynamicReport
This method imports a DynamicReport from the passed in dataset. Parameters Name ds bOK Boolean@ Type Description The dataset represents a DynamicReport Import result
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
723
A-E
Chapter 5: E
EAD
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EAD: This business object contains 14 methods.
GetNewEADComp
GetNewEADType
GetList
GetRows
Update
724
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
OnChangeEADCompEarliestApplyDate
OnChangeEADCompFiscalPeriod
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
725
A-E
OnChangeEADTypeEarliestApplyDate
OnChangeEADTypeFiscalPeriod
ECORevSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ECORevSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewECORev
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
726
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ECSalesReport
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ECSalesReport: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewECSalesReport
GetNewECSLXMLHed
GetNewECSLXMLDtl
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
727
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
728
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ExportData
Export EU Sales List. Parameters Name ipECSalesReportID Returns Type String Description ECSalesReportID
GenerateXMLData
Generate XML DATA on XML Tables. Parameters Name ipECSalesReportID ipManualXML Returns Type String Boolean Description ECSalesReportID ipManualXML
EDIExport
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EDIExport: This business object contains 5 methods.
Export
This method runs the export based on the document the user has entered. If the user wants to re export items, the ReExport flag should be set to true. Parameters Name reExport ds Type Boolean Description Re-export flag. EDI Export dataset
This method should be called when the user enters the screen. It defaults the translator type, and from and to date. Returns EDI Export dataset
OnChangeofDocumentType
This method should be called when the document type has changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
729
A-E
Parameters Name newDocType ds Type String Description New document type. EDI Export dataset
OnChangeofFromDate
This method should be called when the from date has changed. Parameters Name newFromDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description From date. EDI Export dataset
OnChangeofToDate
This method should be called when the to date has changed. Parameters Name newToDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description From date. EDI Export dataset
EDITrnsl
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EDITrnsl: This business object contains 6 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
730
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
EduLicense
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EduLicense: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewEduLicense
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
731
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
AcquireLicense
Acquire an education course license token Parameters Name eduLicenseID Type Int32 Description Which license to use
732
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name sysRowID
Type String@
Description The license token identifier
ReleaseLicense
Release an education course license token Parameters Name sysRowID Type String Description The license token identifier
EKeyLog
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EKeyLog: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewEKeyLog
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
733
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ElectronicInterface
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ElectronicInterface: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewEFTHead
GetNewEFTProp
GetNewEFTPropVal
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
734
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetByName
Returns dataset by the interface name. Parameters Name name Returns The full DataSet. Type String Description interface name
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
735
A-E
GetInterfaceTypes
Returns list of interfaces types defined in TypeNames array Symbol | will be replaced by ~ on the client side. For using in combos Parameters Name list Type String@ Description list of interfaces types defined in TypeNames array
GetTypeByName
Returns interfaces type by TypeName Parameters Name typeName typeID Type String Int32@ Description TypeName for interfaces type interfaces type
InterfaceCanBeDeleted
Parameters Name headUID canbe Type Int32 Boolean@ Description electronic interface identifier true if the interface can be deleted
ElectronicReport
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ElectronicReport: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewElectronicReport
GetNewElectronicReportProp
DeleteByID
GetByID
736
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GenerateEUSalesReport
GenerateTaxTranReport. Parameters Name lRound Type Boolean Description If yes then amounts are rounded
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
737
A-E
Name reportIDList taxCodeList rangeOption startDate endDate eftHeadUID success
Type String String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Int32 Boolean@
Description List of the Tax Report IDs List of the Tax Codes Date Range or VAT Report Start Date End Date Electronic Interface unique ID If the procedure hase done it's work without any errors then returns yes
GenerateIntrastatReport
GenerateIntrastatReport. Parameters Name filterFlow sortByPeriod iYear iPeriod startDate endDate eftHeadUID success Type String Boolean Int32 Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Int32 Boolean@ Sort By Date / Sort By Date Year EPeriod Start Date End Date Electronic Interface unique ID If the procedure hase done it's work without any errors then returns yes Description
GenerateTaxBoxReport
GenerateTaxBoxReport. Parameters Name eftHeadUID success Type Int32 Boolean@ Description Electronic Interface unique ID If the procedure hase done it's work without any errors then returns yes
GenerateTaxTranReport
GenerateTaxTranReport.
738
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name reportID eftHeadUID success Type String Int32 Boolean@ Description Tax Report ID Electronic Interface unique ID If the procedure hase done it's work without any errors then returns yes
OnChangeEFTHeadUID
Call this method when the user changes the Electronic Interface. Parameters Name pcEFTHeadUID ds Type Int32 Description The proposed value of EFTHeadUID. Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.APChkGrpDataSet
EmpBasic
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EmpBasic: This business object contains 38 methods.
GetNewEmpBasic
GetNewEmpBasicAttch
GetNewEmpCal
GetNewResourceCal
GetNewEmpRole
GetNewEntityGLC
GetNewEmpRoleRt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
739
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
740
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetCodeDescList
CheckShift
Check shift Parameters Name ipEmpID ipLaborShift opMessage Type String Int32 String@ Description Employee ID Labor Shift Output Message
ClockIn
Clock In Parameters Name employeeID shift Type String Int32 Description Employee ID Labor Shift
ClockOut
Clock Out Parameters Name employeeID Type String@ Description Employee ID
CustomizeResourceCal
This method will get a current ResourceCal record or create a temporary ResourceCal record to be modified for a Employee. The ProdHours will be defaulted from the weekday of the selected date. If any changes are made
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
741
A-E
to the ttResourceCal record, the UpdateResourceCal method will have to be called to write the temporary ResourceCal record to the database. Parameters Name ipEmpID ipDate ds Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The current Employee ID The selected date to be customized The Employee data set
GetByIDForTE
Returns a DataSet given the primary key. Contains special processing for Time and Expense Entry. Returns The DataSet.
GetDefaultEmpID
Get Defaults Emp ID Parameters Name defaultEmpID Type String@ Description default EmpID
GetListExpEmployees
Called to retrieve employees that can have expenses entered for them Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.EmpBasicListDataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for EmpBasic table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
GetListForTE
Called to retrieve employees for Time and Expense Entry
742
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.EmpBasicListDataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for EmpBasic table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
GetPerConData
Used to validate the PerCon. Parameters Name perConID ds Type Int32 Description Proposed PerConID. EmpBasic data set.
GetRowsFromList
Get rows from list dataset Parameters Name ds Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.EmpBasicDataSet Type Description Whereclause for EmpBasicAttch table.
GetRowsWhoIsNotHere
Calls the normal GetRows method and then screens out only those employees who should be here but are not. Parameters Name whereClauseEmpBasic whereClauseEmpBasicAttch pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for EmpBasic table. Whereclause for EmpBasicAttch table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
743
A-E
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.EmpBasicDataSet
OnChangeCalendarID
onChangeCurrencyCode
OnChangeExpenseAllowed
OnChangeExpenseAutoApprove
onChangeExpenseVendor
744
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
onChangeRateEffectiveDate
onChangeRateEndDate
onChangeResource
onChangeResourceGrp
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
745
A-E
onChangeRoleCd
OnChangeTimeAutoApprove
onChangeTimeTypeCode
UpdateResourceCal
This method will check to see if the current ttResourceCal record was modified. If it is a special working day or non-working day then it save the ttResourceCal record to the database. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Employee data set
EmpCourse
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EmpCourse: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewEmpCourse
746
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
747
A-E
CreateMultiRequest
Creates an Employee Course Request for multiple employees. Parameters Name courseID revisionCode empIDs Type String String String Description The course for which the employees are requesting. The course's revision. A list of EmpIDs that represent the employees requesting the course.
OnCourseStatusChanging
Call this method when the user changes the Course Status. Parameters Name pcCompany pcEmpCourseID pcCourseStatus Type String Int32 String Description EmpCourse Company EmpCourse ID New EmpCourse Status Response to the question pcDeleteCourseSchAttdResponse. ? means question has not been asked. Yes/No is considered a response. Question to be answered by the user in pcDeleteCourseSchAttdResponse.
pcDeleteCourseSchAttdResponse String
pcQuestion
String@
GetExpiresOn
EmpExpense
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EmpExpense: This business object contains 33 methods.
GetNewEmpExpense
748
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetNewEmpExpenseComment
GetNewEmpExpenseTax
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
749
A-E
UpdateExt
CalcTaxes
ApproveReject
The procedure is called when the user selects EmpExpense records for reject or approve Parameters Name ipSalesRepCode ipAction ipComment ds outMessage String@ Type String String String Description The sales Rep Code of the approver. Action to take A = approver, R = reject. Comment text if comments are to be created. EmpExpense Entry Data set Informational message returned to display to the user after the process has run
ChangeEmpExpenseClaimCurrencyCode
Method to call when changing the Claim Currency Code. Exchange rate is reevaluted
750
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name proposedClaimCurrencyCode ds Type String Description The proposed claim currency code The EmpExpense data set
ChangeEmpExpenseClaimExchangeRate
Method to call when changing the claim exchange rate. Parameters Name proposedClaimExchangeRate ds Type Decimal Description The proposed claim exchange rate The EmpExpense data set
ChangeEmpExpenseClaimRateGrpCode
Method to call when changing the Claim Rate Group Code. Exchange rate is reevaluted Parameters Name proposedClaimRateGrpCode ds Type String Description The proposed expense currency code The EmpExpense data set
ChangeEmpExpenseDispClaimAmt
Method to call when changing the Claim Amount. The field DispClaimAmt is the field that should trigger the call to this procedure. Parameters Name proposedDispClaimAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed claim amount The EmpExpense data set
ChangeEmpExpenseDocExpenseAmt
Method to call when changing the Doc Expense Amount. Parameters Name proposedDocExpenseAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed doc expense amount The EmpExpense data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
751
A-E
ChangeEmpExpenseExpCurrencyCode
Method to call when changing the Expense Currency Code. Exchange rate is reevaluted Parameters Name proposedExpCurrencyCode ds Type String Description The proposed expense currency code The EmpExpense data set
ChangeEmpExpenseExpenseDate
Method to call when changing the Expense Date. This can affect the exchange rate. Parameters Name proposedExpenseDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed expense date The EmpExpense data set
ChangeEmpExpenseIndirect
Method to call when changing Indirect. Parameters Name proposedIndirect ds Type Boolean Description The proposed indirect value The EmpExpense data set
ChangeEmpExpenseMiscCode
Method to call when changing the Miscellaneous Code. Parameters Name proposedMiscCode ds Type String Description The proposed miscellaneous code The EmpExpense data set
ChangeEmpExpensePayMethod
Method to call when changing the Payment Method.
752
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name proposedPMUID ds Type Int32 Description The proposed pay method id The EmpExpense data set
ChangeEmpExpensePhaseID
Method to call when changing the WBS Phase ID. Parameters Name proposedPhaseID ds Type String Description The proposed phase The EmpExpense data set
ChangeEmpExpenseProjectID
Method to call when changing the Project ID. Parameters Name proposedProjectID ds Type String Description The proposed project The EmpExpense data set
ChangeEmpExpenseQuickEntryCode
Method to call when changing the quick entry code. Quick entry values are used for default values on the expense. Parameters Name proposedQuickEntryCode ds Type String Description The proposed quick entry code The EmpExpense data set
ChangeEmpExpenseUnitRate
Method to call when changing the Unit Rate. Parameters Name proposedUnitRate ds Type Decimal Description The proposed unit rate The EmpExpense data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
753
A-E
ChangeEmpExpenseUnits
Method to call when changing the Units. Parameters Name proposedUnits ds Type Decimal Description The proposed units The EmpExpense data set
CheckRecallFromApproval
The procedure is called prior to performing a recall. It will check if subsequent approvals have occurred. If they have the user will have the opportunity to cancel the recall. Parameters Name ipSalesRepCode ds outRecallMsg String@ Type String Description The sales Rep Code of the approver. The EmpExpense data set Recall message
CopyEmpExpense
Method to copy the vales from one EmpExpense record to a new EmpExpense record. Parameters Name ds cMessageText String@ Type Description The EmpExpense data set Message text to present to the user after the process is finished
GetListExpenses
This method returns a list of Expenses to be viewed in the Time and Expense Entry screen based on Claim Reference, Invoice Num, Invoice Status and Expense Status. This method builds the where clause instead of having the UI build the where clause on their end. Parameters Name ipEmpID ipClaimRef ipExpenseStatus ipInvoiceNum Type String String String String Description Employee id Claim Reference Expense Status Invoice Number
754
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ipInvoiceStatus pageSize absolutePage morePages
Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@
Description Invoice Status The page size the absolute page The more pages
GetRowsTran
Called from Aprrovals screen to get related task expense transactions Parameters Name ds Type Description TaskListDataSet
RecallEmpExpense
Method to call when recalling submitted expense records Parameters Name ds Type Description The EmpExpense data set
RecallFromApproval
Method to call when recalling from approval entry Parameters Name ipSalesRepCode ds outMessage String@ Type String Description The sales Rep Code of the approver. The EmpExpense data set Informational message returned to display to the user after the process has run
SubmitSelected
Method to call to submit selected expenses Parameters Name ds Type Description The EmpExpense data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
755
A-E
Name outMessage
Type String@
Description Informational message returned to display to the user after the process has run
EmpExpenseGroup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EmpExpenseGroup: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewEmpExpenseGroupAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
756
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
EmployeeExists
A public method to test if a given Employee ID already exists in the EmpBasic table. Return True if it exists else returns False. Parameters Name empID Returns Type String Description
EmpRoleSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EmpRoleSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewEmpRole
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
757
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
EmpYTDLoad
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EmpYTDLoad: This business object contains 4 methods.
DeleteEmpYTDLoad
Deletes the PRCheck record. The delete trigger for PRCheck deletes the PRChkDtl, PRChkTax and PRChkDed records. Parameters Name employeeID Type String Description Employee number
GetEmpYTDLoad
Gets the data for the Deductions, Earnings and Tax temp tables based on the employee ID's from the Employee ID temp table.
758
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Returns EmpYTDLoad DataSet This method is only to be used in the BL Tester to get a EmployeeList record for employee 100. Returns List of employee ID's. Type Description List of employee ID's.
SetEmpYTDLoad
Updates the appropriate tables with the data for the Deductions, Earnings and Tax temp tables. Parameters Name ds Type Description EmpYTDLoad DataSet
EngWorkBench
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EngWorkBench: This business object contains 116 methods.
GetNewECOGroup
GetNewECOGroupAttch
GetNewECORev
GetNewECORevAttch
GetNewECOMtl
GetNewECOMtlInsp
GetNewECOMtlRefDes
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
759
A-E
GetNewECOMtlRestriction
GetNewECOMtlRestrictSubst
GetNewECOOpr
GetNewECOOprInsp
GetNewECOOpDtl
GetNewECOOprRestriction
GetNewECOOprRestrictSubst
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
760
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
AddRefDesRange
Creates new ECOMtlRefDes records based on the ECOMtl dataset fields. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipMtlSeq Type String String String String Int32 Description The Group ID of ECO revision The Part Number of ECO revision The ECO Revision Number The ECO Alternate Method The ECO Material Seq
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
761
A-E
Name ipPrefix ipStartNum ipEndNum ipSuffix ds
Type String Int32 Int32 String
Description The Prefix to be used to create Reference Designators The Starting Number to create Reference Designators The Ending Number to create Reference Designators The Suffix to be used to create Reference Designators The Engineering Workbench data set
This method exists soley for the purpose of allowing security for approving a method to be defined This method exists soley for the purpose of allowing security for unapproving a method to be defined
ApproveAll
This methods approves all revisions within an ECOGroup and returns a results string and returns an updated dataset if the user chooses to. This method runs the logic behind the Vantage 6.1 Group>Approve All menu option. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree Type String String String String Description The ECOGroup.GroupID to approve all for Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Part Number to return data for. Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Revision Number to return data for. Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Alternate Method to return data for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. Did the user supply a valid password to run this functionality? The value for this parameter should come from running the ValidatePassword method in the UserFile BO. A return list of statements from the Approve All process
ipUseMethodForParts ipValidPassword
Boolean Boolean
opResultString
String@
762
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Returns EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOGroupGroupClosed
This methods assigns fields associated with ECOGroup.GroupClosed changing. If ECOGroup.GroupClosed changes to true, ClosedBy, ClosedDate, and ClosedTime gets populated. This method should run before/at the time ECOGroup.GroupClosed field changes. Parameters Name ipProposedGroupClosed ds Type Boolean Description The new proposed ECOGroup.GroupClosed value EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOGroupWorkflowGroup
This methods assigns fields associated with ECOGroup.WFGroupID changing. If ECOGroup.WFGroupID changes, verify and check if there is a default TaskSetID associated with the WFGroupID and if so, populate ECOGroup.TaskSetID. This method should run before/at the time ECOGroup.WFGroupID field changes. Parameters Name ipProposedWFGroupID ds Type String Description The new proposed ECOGroup.WFGroupID value EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOMtlFixedQty
This methods assigns ECOMtl.EstScrap field when ECOMtl.FixedQty changes. This method should run when the ECOMtl.FixedQty changes. Parameters Name ipProposedFixedQty ds Type Boolean Description The new proposed ECOMtl.FixedQty value EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeEcoMtlInspPlan
Parameters Name ipProposedInspPlan ipProposedSpecId Type String String Description The new proposed ECOMtl.InspPlanPartNum value The new proposed ECOMtl.SpecID value
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
763
A-E
ChangeECOMtlMtlPartNum
This method assigns the associated fields when the ECOMtl.MtlPartNum field changes. This method should run when changing the ECOMtl.MtlPartNum. Parameters Name ds Type Description EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOMtlMtlSeq
This method create a new ttECOMtl record and delete the existing one when changing this component of the primary unique index and update the ecomtl.mtlseq. This method should run before changing the ECOMtl.MtlSeq. Parameters Name ipProposedMtlSeq ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed ECOMtl.MtlSeq value EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOMtlPlanAsAsm
ChangeECOMtlPullAsAsm
ChangeECOMtlQtyPer
This methods assigns ECOMtl.ReqRefDes and ECOMtl.RDEndNum fields when ECOMtl.QtyPer changes. This method should run when the ECOMtl.QtyPer changes.
764
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOMtlRelatedOperation
This methods assigns associated fields when ECOMtl.RelatedOperation changes. This method should run when the ECOMtl.RelatedOperation changes. Parameters Name ipProposedRelatedOperation ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed ECOMtl.RFQNeeded value EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOMtlRelatedStage
This methods assigns associated fields when ECOMtl.RelatedStage changes. This method should run when the ECOMtl.RelatedStage changes. Parameters Name ipProposedRelatedStage ds Type String Description The new proposed ECOMtl.RFQNeeded value EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOMtlReqRefDes
This methods assigns ECOMtl.RDEndNum field when ECOMtl.ReqRefDes changes. This method should run when the ECOMtl.ReqRefDes changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOMtlRestriction
This methods assigns associated fields when ECOMtlRestriction.RestrictionTypeID changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description EngWorkBench dataset
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
765
A-E
ChangeECOMtlRFQNeeded
This methods assigns ECOMtl.RFQVendQuotes field when ECOMtl.RFQNeeded changes. This method should run when the ECOMtl.RFQNeeded changes. Parameters Name ipProposedRFQNeeded ds Type Boolean Description The new proposed ECOMtl.RFQNeeded value EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOMtlSalvageMtlBurRate
This methods assigns ECOMtl.SalvageEstMtlBurUnitCredit field when ECOMtl.SalvageMtlBurRate changes. This method should run when the ECOMtl.SalvageMtlBurRate changes. Parameters Name ipProposedSalvageMtlBurRate ds Type Decimal Description The new proposed ECOMtl.SalvageMtlBurRate value EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOMtlSalvagePartNum
This methods assigns associated fields when ECOMtl.SalvagePartNum changes. This method should run when the ECOMtl.SalvagePartNum changes. Parameters Name ipProposedSalvagePartNum ds Type String Description The new proposed ECOMtl.SalvagePartNum value EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOMtlSalvageUnitCredit
This methods assigns ECOMtl.SalvageEstMtlBurUnitCredit field when ECOMtl.SalvageUnitCredit changes. This method should run when the ECOMtl.SalvageMtlBurRate changes. Parameters Name ipProposedSalvageUnitCredit ds Type Decimal Description The new proposed ECOMtl.SalvageUnitCredit value EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOMtlSubstance
This methods assigns associated fields when ECOMtlRestrictSubst.SubstanceID changes.
766
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds Type Description EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOOpDtlCapability
Method to call when changing the Capability ID. This method will update ECOOpDtl to see if the labor and burden rates need to be reset. Blank is a valid entry for Capability ID. Parameters Name proposedCapID ds Type String Description The proposed Capability ID The Engineering Workbench data set
ChangeECOOpDtlResourceGrpID
Method to call when changing the Resource Group ID. Blank is a valid entry for Resource Group ID. Parameters Name proposedResGrpID ds Type String Description The proposed Resource Group ID The Engineering Workbench data set
ChangeECOOpDtlResourceID
Method to call when changing the Resource ID. Blank is a valid entry for Resource ID. Parameters Name proposedResourceID ds Type String Description The proposed Resource ID The Engineering Workbench data set
ChangeECOOprAutoReceive
This method also returns a list of values/descriptions for the LaborEntryMethod dropdown based on the value of the ECOOpr.AutoReceive field. This does not change the actual value of the ECOOpr.LaborEntryMethod field, just returns values for its dropdown list. This method should run before/at the time ECOGroup.GroupClosed field changes. Parameters Name opLaborEntryMethodList Type String@ Description The returning value for the LaborEntryMethod
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
767
A-E
Name ds
Type
Description The Engineering Workbench data set
ChangeECOOprLaborEntryMethod
Verification when changing the LaborEntryMethod field Parameters Name iLaborEntryMethod ds Type String Description Proposed value for LaborEntryMethod field The Engineering Workbench data set
ChangeECOOprOpCode
This method defaults/resets specific fields related to the new operation code. This method should run when the ECOOpr.OpCode field changes. Parameters Name proposedOpCode refreshMessage ds Type String String@ Description The proposed Operation Code The refresh message text The Engineering Workbench data set
ChangeECOOprOprSeq
This method will update all of the associated records to the ECOOpr if the OprSeq field is changing. This method should run before changing the ECOOpr.OprSeq. Parameters Name ipProposedOprSeq ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed ECOOpr.OprSeq value The Engineering Workbench data set
ChangeECOOprOpStdID
This method defaults/resets the production standards when selecting an Operation Standard This method should run when the ECOOpr.OpStdID field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Engineering Workbench data set
768
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ChangeECOOprPrimaryProdOpDtl
This method defaults/resets the production standards when selecting Primary Production Operation Detail. This method should run when the ECOOpr.PrimaryProdOpDtl field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Engineering Workbench data set
ChangeECOOprPrimarySetupOpDtl
This method defaults/resets the setup values when selecting Primary Setup Operation Detail. This method should run when the ECOOpr.PrimarySetupOpDtl field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Engineering Workbench data set
ChangeECOOprRestriction
This methods assigns associated fields when ECOOprRestriction.RestrictionTypeID changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOOprRFQNeeded
This methods assigns ECOOpr.RFQVendQuotes field when ECOOpr.RFQNeeded changes. This method should run when the ECOOpr.RFQNeeded changes. Parameters Name ipProposedRFQNeeded ds Type Boolean Description The new proposed ECOGroup.RFQNeeded value The Engineering Workbench data set
ChangeECOOprSNRequiredOpr
Validates SNRequiredOpr flag to avoid to set it false if the prior operation has the flag set to true The flag cannot be set to true if the part is not serial tracked also.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
769
A-E
Parameters Name ipProposedSNRequired ds Type Boolean Description The new proposed ECOGroup.SNRequiredOpr value The Engineering Workbench data set
ChangeECOOprStdFormat
This methods assigns ECOOpr.OpsPerPart a default value based on the StdFormat value. Parameters Name ipProposedStdFormat ds Type String Description The new proposed ECOOpr.StdFormat value The Engineering Workbench data set
ChangeECOOprSubPartNum
This methods assigns associated fields when ECOOpr.SubPartNum changes. This method should run when the ECOOpr.SubPartNum changes. Parameters Name ipProposedSubPartNum ds Type String Description The new proposed ECOGroup.SubPartNum value The Engineering Workbench data set
ChangeECOOprSubstance
This methods assigns associated fields when ECOOprRestrictSubst.SubstanceID changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description EngWorkBench dataset
ChangeECOOprVendorNumVendorID
This methods assigns associated fields when ECOOpr.VendorNumVendorID changes. This method should run when the ECOOpr.VendorNumVendorID changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Engineering Workbench data set
770
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ChangeECORevApproved
This methods assigns fields associated with ECORev.Approved changing. This method should run before ECOGroup.Approved field changes. Parameters Name ipProposedApproved ds Type Boolean Description The new proposed ipProposedApproved value The Engineering Workbench data set
ChangingECOOprAutoReceive
Verification when changing the AutoReceive field Parameters Name iAutoReceive ds Type Boolean Description Proposed value for AutoReceive field The Engineering Workbench data set
CheckECOMtlMtlPartNum
This methods checks the ECOMtl.MtlPartNum when it changes to see if any messages when validating it arise. Messages could be from the analysis code or if the user is trying to use the parent part as a component of itself. This method should run before changing the ECOMtl.MtlPartNum. Parameters Name ipProposedMtlPartNum opMessage opMsgType ds Type String String@ String@ Description The new proposed ttECOMtl.PartNum value The returning message. Type of message returned. Value is Question, with Yes/No as options The Engineering Workbench data set
CheckECOMtlMtlSeqRelatedOperation
This methods checks to see if the ECOMtl.MtlSeq has changed from the original ECOMtl.MtlSeq or if the ECOMtl.RelatedOperation has changed from the original ECOMtl.RelatedOperation or the ECOMtl.RelatedStage has changed from the original ECOMMtl.RelatedStage and provides a message asking the user if they would like to set the current configuration to unapproved if the MtlSeq, RelatedOperation or RelatedStage did change. This method does not actually validate the ECOMtl.MtlSeq, ECOMtl.RelatedOperation or ECOMtl.RelatedStage. For RelatedOperation and RelatedStage, it is one or the other, i.e. both a RelatedOperation and a RelatedStage should not be passed in. The value to pass in is based on ECORev.UseStaging. If this value is true, RelatedStage is used, otherwise RelatedOperation is used. Actual validation is handle in the beforeupdate logic in a private method. This method should run before changing the ECOMtl.MtlSeq or ECOMtl.RelatedOperation
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
771
A-E
Parameters Name ipProposedMtlSeq ipProposedRelatedOperation ipProposedRelatedStage opMessage opMsgType ds Type Int32 Int32 String String@ String@ Description The new proposed ECOMtl.MtlSeq value The new proposed ECOMtl.RelatedOperation value The new proposed ECOMtl.RelatedStage value The returning message value Type of message returned. Value is Warning, with OK as options The Engineering Workbench data set
CheckECOMtlPlanAsAsm
This methods checks the ECOMtl.PlanAsAsm when it changes to see if any messages when validating it arise. Messages could be from the analysis code This method should run before changing the ECOMtl.PlanAsAsm. Parameters Name ipProposedPlanAsAsm opMessage opMsgType ds Type Boolean String@ String@ Description The new proposed ECOMtl.PlanAsAsm value The returning message. Type of message returned. Value is Question, with Yes/No as options The Engineering Workbench data set
CheckECOMtlPullAsAsm
This methods checks the ECOMtl.PullAsAsm when it changes to see if any messages when validating it arise. Messages could be from the analysis code This method should run before changing the ECOMtl.PullAsAsm. Parameters Name ipProposedPullAsAsm opMessage opMsgType ds Type Boolean String@ String@ Description The new proposed ECOMtl.PullAsAsm value The returning message. Type of message returned. Value is Question, with Yes/No as options The Engineering Workbench data set
CheckECOMtlViewAsAsm
This methods checks the ECOMtl.ViewAsAsm when it changes to see if any messages when validating it arise. This method should run before changing the ECOMtl.ViewAsAsm.
772
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipProposedViewAsAsm ds Type Boolean Description The new proposed ECOMtl.ViewAsAsm value The Engineering Workbench data set
CheckECOOprOprSeq
This methods checks to see if the ECOOpr.OprSeq has changed from the original ECOOpr.OprSeq and provides a message asking the user if they would like to set the current configuration to unapproved if the OprSeq did change. This method does not actually validate the ECOOpr.OprSeq. Actual validation is handle in the beforeupdate logic in a private method. This method should run before changing the ECOOpr.OprSeq. Parameters Name ipProposedOprSeq opMessage opMsgType ds Type Int32 String@ String@ Description The new proposed ECOOpr.OprSeq value The returning message. Type of message returned. Value is Warning, with OK as options The Engineering Workbench data set
CheckECOOprPrimaryProdOpDtl
This method validated the value of Primary Production Operation Detail. This method should run when the ECOOpr.PrimaryProdOpDtl field changes. Parameters Name ds ipPrimaryProdOpDtl Int32 Type Description The Engineering Workbench data set The new PrimaryProdOpDtl value to change to
CheckECOOprPrimarySetupOpDtl
This method validated the value of Primary Setup Operation Detail. This method should run when the ECOOpr.PrimarySetupOpDtl field changes. Parameters Name ds ipPrimarySetupOpDtl Int32 Type Description The Engineering Workbench data set The new PrimarySetupOpDtl value to change to
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
773
A-E
CheckECOOprPurPoint
This methods checks to see if the new ECOOpr.PurPoint has changed from the original ECOOpr.PurPoint and validates the value. This method should run before changing the ECOOpr.PurPoint. Parameters Name ipProposedPurPoint ds Type String Description The new proposed ECOOpr.PurPoint value The Engineering Workbench data set
CheckECOOprVendorNumVendorID
This methods checks to see if the new ECOOpr.VendorNumVendorID has changed from the original ECOOpr.VendorNumVendorID and validates the value. This method should run before changing the ECOOpr.VendorNumVendorID. Parameters Name ipProposedVendorNumVendorID ds Type String Description The new proposed ECOOpr.VendorNumVendorID value The Engineering Workbench data set
CheckECORevApproved
This methods checks if the BMSyst.VerifyPassword flag is set, and verifies a password before the user is able to approve this revision. This method should run before the ECORev.Approved field changes (ChangeECORevApproved). Parameters Name ipProposedApproved ipValidPassword Type Boolean Boolean Description The new proposed ECOGroup.Approved value Did the user supply a valid password to run this functionality? The value for this parameter should come from running the ValidatePassword method in the UserFile BO. The Engineering Workbench data set
ds
CheckECORevValRefDes
Verify that there are no other ECOMtlRefDes records in the revision having the same RefDes value if the ECORev.ValRefDes = true. This method should run before changing the ECORev.ValRefDes. Parameters Name ipProposedValResDes Type Boolean Description The new proposed ECORev.ValRefDes value
774
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ds
Type
CheckIn
This method checks in a single revision. This method runs the logic behind the old Vantage 6.1 Revision>Check In menu option. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipValidPassword Type String String String String Description The Group ID to return costs for. The Part Number to return costs for. The Revision Number to return costs for. The Alternate Method to return costs for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? Did the user supply a valid password to run this functionality? The value for this parameter should come from running the ValidatePassword method in the UserFile BO. Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. The text to write to the audit record. Outputted message if an 'Unapproved Configuration Exists'
ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree
Boolean Boolean
ipUseMethodForParts ipAuditText opMessage
Boolean String String@
Returns The Engineering Workbench data set
CheckInAll
This methods checks in all revisions within an ECOGroup and returns a results string and returns an updated dataset if the user chooses to. This method runs the logic behind the Vantage 6.1 Group>Check In All menu option. Parameters Name ipGroupID Type String Description The ECOGroup.GroupID to check in all for
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
775
A-E
Name ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree
Description Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Part Number to return data for. Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Revision Number to return data for. Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Alternate Method to return data for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. Did the user supply a valid password to run this functionality? The value for this parameter should come from running the ValidatePassword method in the UserFile BO. The text to write to the audit record(s). A return list of statements from the Check In All process
ipUseMethodForParts ipValidPassword
Boolean Boolean
ipAuditText opResultString
String String@
CheckOut
This method checks out a single revision This method runs the logic behind the old Vantage 6.1 Revision>Check Out menu option. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipValidPassword Type String String String String Description The Group ID to check out for. The Part Number to check out for. The Revision Number to check out for. The Alternate Method to check out for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} The As Of Date to check out for. Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? Did the user supply a valid password to run this functionality? The value for this parameter should come
776
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name
Type
Description from running the ValidatePassword method in the UserFile BO.
Boolean Boolean
Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. The Revision Number that will be checked out. Message indicating that more than one alt method will be checked out. A logical flag indicating the message should be displayed.
ipUseMethodForParts
Boolean
opCheckedOutRevisionNum String@ altMethodMsg altMethodFlg String@ Boolean@
ClearAll
This method will delete all ECOMtl, ECOOpr and ECOOpDtl associated with the ECORev to clear all for. When the method is finished running, it will run a GetById based on the inputted Group ID. This will cause a refreshing of the dataset to reflect all of the changes. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree Type String String String String Description The Group ID to clear all for The Part Number to clear all for. The Revision Number to clear all for. The Alternate Method to clear all for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method.
ipUseMethodForParts
Boolean
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
777
A-E
DeleteRefDesRange
Deletes ECOMtlRefDes records based on the ECOMtl dataset fields. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipMtlSeq ipPrefix ipStartNum ipEndNum ipSuffix ds Type String String String String Int32 String Int32 Int32 String Description The Group ID of ECO revision The Part Number of ECO revision The ECO Revision Number The ECO Alternate Method The ECO Material Seq The Prefix to be used to delete Reference Designators The Starting Number to delete Reference Designators The Ending Number to delete Reference Designators The Suffix to be used to delete Reference Designators The Engineering Workbench data set
ECOGroupExists
This method accepts a ECOGroup.ECOGroupID and determines if the ECOGroupID exists as a valid record in the database. Parameters Name ipGroupID opECOGroupExists Type String Boolean@ Description The Group ID to check if it exists in the database. Does the ECOGroup exist?
EcoOprInitSNReqSubConShip
Method required to set the initial value of ECOOpr.SNRequiredSubConShip Parameters Name ds Type Description The Engineering Workbench data set
ExportToPLM
This method accepts a ECOGroup.ECOGroupID and sends a xml message describing the ECO to PLM
778
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipGroupID Type String Description The GroupID of the ECOGroup to export.
ExpressPartCheckOut
This method will generate an ECOGroup for the user to check out the part to if an ECOGroup doesn't already exist for the user. Once the ECOGroup is properly created, the inputted part information will be checked out to the ECOGroup that was created or to the one that already exists for the user. Parameters Name ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipValidPassword Type String String String Description The Part Number to check out for. The Revision Number to check out for. The Alternate Method to check out for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} The As Of Date to check out for. Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? Did the user supply a valid password to run this functionality? The value for this parameter should come from running the ValidatePassword method in the UserFile BO. Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. The Revision Number that will be checked out. The ECOGroup.GroupID the part was checked out to. Message indicating that more than one alt method will be checked out. A logical flag indicating the message should be displayed.
Boolean Boolean
ipUseMethodForParts
Boolean
opCheckedOutRevisionNum String@ opGroupID altMethodMsg altMethodFlg String@ String@ Boolean@
GetAvailTaskSets
This method gets the available TaskSets for the TaskSet combo in the EngineeringWorkbenchEntry.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
779
A-E
Parameters Name newList Type String@ Description (output) A delimited list of TaskSet IDs and descriptions
GetDatasetForTree
This methods will return a dataset that will include PartRev, PartOpr, PartMtl and PartOpDtl if those records exist for a ECOMtl and there is no ECORev, ECOOpr, ECOMtl and ECOOpDtl associated with it. These added "Part" records will be able to be determined by the associated tables "IsPartRev", "IsPartOpr", "IsPartMtl" or "IsPartOpDtl" field. If this field is checked then the record in the dataset was copied from the associated "part" table. These "part" records will not be maintable as they will not be "real" database records, just a picture of the "part" record for display purposes. This method will also allow you to return the whole dataset or allow the user to specify how far down the tree they would like to return possible "part" records for. This method is different from the "GetRows" or "GetById" methods. Those methods only return maintainable "ECO" records. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipUseMethodForParts Type String String String String Description The Group Id to return data for. The Part Number to return data for. The Revision Number to return data for. The Alternate Method to return data for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean Boolean Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method.
GetDetailsFromImport
This method gets the details from an import file This method runs the logic behind the old Vantage 6.1 Revision>Get Details>Import menu option Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipFileName Type String String String String String Description The Group ID of revision to get details for The Part Number of revision to get details for The Revision Number to get details for The Alternate Method to get details for The filename to import from. This file should reside on the client side. Used for messages.
780
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ds altMethodMsg altMethodFlg
Type
String@ Boolean@
Alternate Method Message. Alternate Method Flag.
GetDetailsFromJob
This method gets the details from a job assembly. This method runs the logic behind the old Vantage 6.1 Revision>Get Details> Get From Job menu option. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree Type String String String String Description The Group ID of revision to get details for The Part Number of revision to get details for The Revision Number to get details for The Alternate Method to get details for
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean String Int32 Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? The job number to get details from The assembly sequence to get details from Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method.
ipUseMethodForParts
Boolean
GetDetailsFromMethods
This method gets the details from a method. This method runs the logic behind the old Vantage 6.1 Revision>Get Details> Get From Methods menu option. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum Type String String String Description The Group ID of ECO revision to get details for The Part Number of ECO revision to get details for The ECO Revision Number to get details for
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
781
A-E
Name ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipPartRevPartNum ipPartRevRevisionNum ipPartRevAltMethod ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree
Type String
Description The ECO Alternate Method to get details for
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean String String String Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? The Part Number of part revision to get details from The Part Revision Number to get details from The Part Alternate method to get details from Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. Logical to specify to copy the configuration
ipUseMethodForParts ipCopyConfiguration
Boolean Boolean
GetDetailsFromQuotes
This method gets the details from a quote assembly. This method runs the logic behind the old Vantage 6.1 Revision>Get Details> Get From Quote menu option. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipQuoteNum ipQuoteLine ipAssemblySeq ipReturn Type String String String String Description The Group ID of ECO revision to get details for The Part Number of ECO revision to get details for The ECO Revision Number to get details for The ECO Alternate Method to get details for
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? The quote number of the QuoteAsm to get details from The quote line of the QuoteAsm to get details from The assemblyseq of the QuoteAsm to get details from Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back
782
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ipGetDatasetForTree
Type Boolean
Description If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method.
ipUseMethodForParts
Boolean
GetDetailsOperations
This method gets the details from operations for a revision. This method runs the logic behind the old Vantage 6.1 Revision>Get Details> Get Operations Details menu option. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipPartRevPartNum ipPartRevRevisionNum ipPartRevAltMethod ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree Type String String String String Description The Group ID of ECO revision to get details for The Part Number of ECO revision to get details for The ECO Revision Number to get details for The ECO Alternate Method to get details for
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean String String String Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? The Part Number of part revision to get details from The Part Revision Number to get details from The Part Alternate method to get details from Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method.
ipUseMethodForParts
Boolean
GetECORevData
This method returns the ECOGroup record and all associated ECORev records based on the inputted GroupID and ipCheckOutStatus (yes = checked out, no = not checked out). In some UI cases, this method will be used to replace the base GetByID. This method should improve the performance because it will not be bringing back a complete dataset.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
783
A-E
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipCheckOutStatus Type String Boolean Description The Group ID to return data for. Return Checked Out ECORev?
GroupLock
This method checks if a group doesn't have a lock and locks a group Parameters Name ipGroupID Type String Description The Group ID of ecogroup to lock
GroupUnLock
This method deletes a lock on the group and revisions within a group. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree Type String String String String Description The Group ID of ecogroup to lock Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Part Number to return data for. Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Revision Number to return data for. Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Alternate Method to return data for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. The Engineering Workbench data set
ipUseMethodForParts ds
Boolean
784
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
InsertBOMMtl
This methods allows for the insertion of an engineering material for drag/drop functionality, Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipSourceRowid ipOperSeq ipMtlSeq ipBeforeMtlRowid ipDroppedAs Type String String String String Description The Group ID of ECO revision to drop materials to The Part Number of ECO revision to drop materials to The ECO Revision Number to drop materials to The ECO Alternate Method to drop materials to
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean String Int32 Int32 String String Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? The rowid of source record could be jobasmbl, jobmtl, or quotemtl, partmtl to be added to the parent ECORev The related operation seq (or 0 if unrelated) The material seq to use The material rowid to insert material before The character value to determine where to drop and to drop as what. valid values: PartMtl, JobMtl, JobAsmbl, QuoteMtl, QuoteAsm Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method.
Boolean Boolean
ipUseMethodForParts
Boolean
InsertBOMOpr
This methods allows for the insertion of an engineering operation for drag/drop functionality, Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod Type String String String String Description The Group ID of ECO revision to drop operations to The Part Number of ECO revision to drop operations to The ECO Revision Number to drop operations to The ECO Alternate Method to drop operations to
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
785
A-E
Name ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipSourceRowid ipNewOperSeq ipBeforeOperRowid ipDroppedAs ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree
Type
Description
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean String Int32 String String Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? The rowid of source record could be partopr, joboper, or quoteopr to be added to the parent ECORev The new operation sequence The material rowid to insert material before The character value to determine where to drop and to drop as what. valid values: PartOpr, JobOper, QuoteOpr Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method.
ipUseMethodForParts
Boolean
InsertMaterial
This methods allows for the insertion on a part for drag/drop functionality, validates a ECORev record exists and the part is valid. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipPartPartNum ipOperSeq ipMtlSeq ipBeforeMtlRowid ipReturn Type String String String String Description The Group ID of ECO revision to drop part to The Part Number of ECO revision to drop part to The ECO Revision Number to drop part to The ECO Alternate Method to drop part to
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean String Int32 Int32 String Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? The part number being added from the part table The related operation seq (or 0 if unrelated) The material seq to use The material rowid to insert part before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back.
786
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Type Boolean
Description If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method.
ipUseMethodForParts
Boolean
InsertOpDtlCapability
This method allows for the insertion of Capability on an operation to create ECOOpDtl for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipOprSeq ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipCapabilityID ipNewOpDtlSeq ipBeforeOpDtlRowid ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree Type String String String String Int32 Description The Group ID of ECO revision to drop operation detail to The Part Number of ECO revision to drop operation detail to The ECO Revision Number to drop operation detail to The ECO Alternate Method to drop operation detail to The ECO Operation Sequence to drop operation detail to
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean String Int32 String Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? The Capability ID being added The new operation detail seq The operation detail rowid to insert operation detail before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method.
ipUseMethodForParts
Boolean
InsertOpDtlResGroup
This method allows for the insertion of Resource Group on an operation to create ECOOpDtl for drag/drop functionality.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
787
A-E
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipOprSeq ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipResourceGrpID ipNewOpDtlSeq ipBeforeOpDtlRowid ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree Type String String String String Int32 Description The Group ID of ECO revision to drop operation detail to The Part Number of ECO revision to drop operation detail to The ECO Revision Number to drop operation detail to The ECO Alternate Method to drop operation detail to The ECO Operation Sequence to drop operation detail to
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean String Int32 String Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? The Resource Group ID being added The new operation detail seq The operation detail rowid to insert operation detail before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method.
ipUseMethodForParts
Boolean
InsertOpDtlResource
This method allows for the insertion of Resource on an operation to create ECOOpDtl for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipOprSeq ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree Type String String String String Int32 Description The Group ID of ECO revision to drop operation detail to The Part Number of ECO revision to drop operation detail to The ECO Revision Number to drop operation detail to The ECO Alternate Method to drop operation detail to The ECO Operation Sequence to drop operation detail to
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group?
788
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ipResourceID ipNewOpDtlSeq ipBeforeOpDtlRowid ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree
Type String Int32 String Boolean Boolean
Description The Resource ID being added The new operation detail seq The operation detail rowid to insert operation detail before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method.
ipUseMethodForParts
Boolean
InsertOperationOP
This methods allows for the insertion on an operation for drag/drop functionality Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipOpCode ipNewOperSeq ipBeforeOperRowid ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree Type String String String String Description The Group ID of ECO revision to drop operations to The Part Number of ECO revision to drop operations to The ECO Revision Number to drop operations to The ECO Alternate Method to drop operations to
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean String Int32 String Boolean Boolean The new operation seq The operation rowid to insert operation before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. Warning message to let the user know that a subcontract operation will be created with no vendor information. Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group?
ipUseMethodForParts opMessage
Boolean String@
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
789
A-E
InsertOprCapability
This method allows for the insertion of Capability on a revision to create ECOOpr/ECOOpDtl for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipCapabilityID ipNewOperSeq ipBeforeOperRowid ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree Type String String String String Description The Group ID of ECO revision to drop operations to The Part Number of ECO revision to drop operations to The ECO Revision Number to drop operations to The ECO Alternate Method to drop operations to
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean String Int32 String Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? The Capability ID being added The new operation seq The operation rowid to insert operation before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. Warning message to let the user know that a subcontract operation will be created with no vendor information.
Boolean String@
InsertOprResGroup
This method allows for the insertion of ResourceGroup on a revision to create ECOOpr/ECOOpDtl for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum Type String String String Description The Group ID of ECO revision to drop operations to The Part Number of ECO revision to drop operations to The ECO Revision Number to drop operations to
790
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipResourceGrpID ipNewOperSeq ipBeforeOperRowid ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree
Type String
Description The ECO Alternate Method to drop operations to
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean String Int32 String Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? The Resource Group ID being added The new operation seq The operation rowid to insert operation before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. Warning message to let the user know that a subcontract operation will be created with no vendor information.
Boolean String@
InsertOprResource
This method allows for the insertion of Resource on a revision to create ECOOpr/ECOOpDtl for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipResourceID ipNewOperSeq ipBeforeOperRowid ipReturn Type String String String String Description The Group ID of ECO revision to drop operations to The Part Number of ECO revision to drop operations to The ECO Revision Number to drop operations to The ECO Alternate Method to drop operations to
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean String Int32 String Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? The Resource ID being added The new operation seq The operation rowid to insert operation before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
791
A-E
Type Boolean
Description If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. Warning message to let the user know that a subcontract operation will be created with no vendor information.
Boolean String@
LockAll
This method locks all the revisions in a group. This method runs the logic behind the old Vantage 6.1 Group>Lock All menu option. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree Type String String String String Description The Group ID to lock for. Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Part Number to return data for. Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Revision Number to return data for. Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Alternate Method to return data for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. A return list of statements from the Check In All process The Engineering Workbench data set
ipUseMethodForParts opResultString ds
Boolean String@
MassAssign
This method will mass assign ECOGroup.Description, ECOGroup.ECO, and ECOGRoup.EffectiveDate to associated ECORev records and their ECORev.RevShortDesc, ECORev.ECO, and ECORev.EffectiveDate fields respectively. This method will assign values based on external fields in the ECOGroup dataset. This method should run from the menu/task "Group>Mass Assign as it was in the old Vantage 6.1. When the method is finished running, it
792
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
will run a GetById based on the inputted Group ID. This will cause a refreshing of the dataset to reflect all of the changes. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipMassAssignDesc ipMassAssignECO Type String String String String Description The Group ID to mass assign for. Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Part Number to return data for. Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Revision Number to return data for. Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Alternate Method to return data for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? Do you want to mass assign Description? Value comes from external ECOGroup.MassAssignDesc Do you want to mass assign ECO? Value comes from external ECOGroup.MassAssignECO. Do you want to mass assign Effective Date? Value comes from external ECOGroup.MassAssignEffectiveDate. The value of the new description to be mass assigned. The value of the new ECO to be mass assigned.
ipMassAssignEffectiveDate Boolean ipMADescription ipMAECO ipMAEffectiveDate ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree String String
Nullable{System.DateTime} The value fo the new Effective Date to be mass assigned. Boolean Boolean Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. The Engineering Workbench data set
Boolean
PromptForPassword
This method checks the BMSyst record to see if a password should prompted for and then validated by the ValidatePassword method in UserFile BO. Run this before ApproveAll, CheckECORevApproved, CheckIn, CheckInAll, and CheckOut.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
793
A-E
Parameters Name opPromptForPassword Type Boolean@ Description Logical value stating whether the UI should prompt to validate for a password.
ResequenceMaterials
This method will resequence the operations, update theECOMtl records. This method should run from the menu/task "Material>Resequence" as it was in the old Vantage 6.1. When the method is finished running, it will run a GetById based on the inputted Group ID. This will cause a refreshing of the dataset to reflect all of the changes. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipResequenceBy ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree Type String String String String Description The Group ID to resequence for. The Part Number to resequence for. The Revision Number to resequence for. The Alternate Method to resequence for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean String Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? The way the user wants the material resequenced by. Valid Values: Material, Part, Item Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method.
ipUseMethodForParts
Boolean
ResequenceOperations
This method will resequence the operations, update the ECORev and ECOMtl records. This method should run from the menu/task "Operation>Resequence" as it was in the old Vantage 6.1. When the method is finished running, it will run a GetById based on the inputted Group ID. This will cause a refreshing of the dataset to reflect all of the changes. Parameters Name ipGroupID Type String Description The Group ID to resequence for.
794
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree
Description The Part Number to resequence for. The Revision Number to resequence for. The Alternate Method to resequence for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method.
ipUseMethodForParts
Boolean
RevisionLock
This method locks a single revision This method runs the logic behind the old Vantage 6.1 Revision>Lock Revision menu option. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree Type String String String String Description The Group ID of revision to lock The Part Number of revision to lock The Revision Number to lock The Alternate Method to lock
Boolean
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
795
A-E
RevisionUnLock
This method unlocks a single revision This method runs the logic behind the old Vantage 6.1 Revision>Unlock Revision menu option. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree Type String String String String Description The Group ID of revision to unlock The Part Number of revision to unlock The Revision Number to unlock The Alternate Method to unlock
Boolean
UndoCheckOut
This method undoes the check out of a revision This method runs the logic behind the old Vantage 6.1 Revision>Undo Check Out menu option. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipReturn Type String String String String Description The Group ID to check out for. The Part Number to check out for. The Revision Number to check out for. The Alternate Method to check out for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} The As Of Date to check out for. Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back
796
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Type Boolean
Description If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. The Engineering Workbench data set
Boolean
UnLockAll
This method unlocks all the revisions in a group. This method runs the logic behind the old Vantage 6.1 Group>Lock All menu option. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree Type String String String String Description The Group ID to unlock for. Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Part Number to return data for. Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Revision Number to return data for. Used for GetDatasetForTree, The Alternate Method to return data for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. A return list of statements from the UnLock All process The Engineering Workbench data set
ipUseMethodForParts opResultString ds
Boolean String@
ValidateBill
This method validate the bill for the revision. This method runs the logic behind the old Vantage 6.1 Revision>Validate Bill menu option.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
797
A-E
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipCompleteTree ipReturn ipGetDatasetForTree Type String String String String Description The Group ID to return costs for. The Part Number to return costs for. The Revision Number to return costs for. The Alternate Method to return costs for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} Used for GetDatasetForTree, The as of date for the revisions, what would this look as of this date Boolean Boolean Boolean Used for GetDatasetForTree, Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this group? Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back If ipReturn=True then Logical to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed by GetDatasetForTree? True = call GetDatasetFor, False = call GetByID If true use the method passed in for all parts in the tree, if false use the part's default method. If bill is valid, this will state that, otherwise if invalid, exceptions will be thrown. This is here so the UI can tell something happended.
Boolean String@
ValidateInspection
Method to validate the Inspection control fields. (EQM) Parameters Name ipProposedInspPlan ipProposedSpecId iptable ds Type String String String Description The new proposed InspPlanPartNum value The new proposed SpecID value table name The EWB Dataset.
ValidateRefDes
Verify that there are no other ECOMtlRefDes records in the revision having the same RefDes value if the ECORev.ValRefDes = true. Check the number of reference designators are equal to the Required Ref Designators defined on ECOMtl.
798
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod Type String String String String Description The Group ID of ECO revision The Part Number of ECO revision The ECO Revision Number The ECO Alternate Method
ViewCosts
This method will return the data need to display Part Rev costs. Parameters Name ipGroupID ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod ipAsOfDate ipQuantity ipMaxLevel ipAssembliesOnly Type String String String String Description The Group ID to return costs for. The Part Number to return costs for. The Revision Number to return costs for. The Alternate method to return costs for.
Nullable{System.DateTime} The As of Date to return costs for. Decimal Int32 Boolean The Quantity to return costs for. The Max Level to return costs for. Assemblies only?
Returns The Engineering Workbench Costs data set
EpiSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EpiSearch: This business object contains 4 methods.
DoBAQSearch
This method does a BAQ search Parameters Name nswNamedSearch nswControlSetting nswWhereClause ds pcProdID pcLike String String Type String String String Description Where clause for NamedSearch table Where clause for ControlSetting table Where clause for WhereClause table Returns the dashboards with the specified like field Product ID Like field in format of (table).(field)
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
799
A-E
Name ds1 piPage piAbsolutePage pbMore
Type
Description Returns the BAQs with the specified like field
Int32 Int32 Boolean@
Page number Absolute page number Flag indicating if there are more pages
Returns Returns the NamedSearch dataset
DoDashboardSearch
This method does a dashboard search Parameters Name nswNamedSearch nswControlSetting nswWhereClause ds pcProdID pcLike ds1 piPage piAbsolutePage pbMore Int32 Int32 Boolean@ String String Type String String String Description Where clause for NamedSearch table Where clause for ControlSetting table Where clause for WhereClause table Returns the dashboards with the specified like field Product ID Like field in format of (table).(field) Returns the BAQs with the specified like field Page number Absolute page number Flag indicating if there are more pages
DoNamedSearch
This method does a named search Parameters Name nswNamedSearch nswControlSetting nswWhereClause ds pcProdID pcLike String String Type String String String Description Where clause for NamedSearch table Where clause for ControlSetting table Where clause for WhereClause table Returns the dashboards with the specified like field Product ID Like field in format of (table).(field)
800
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ds1 piPage piAbsolutePage pbMore
Type
Description Returns the BAQs with the specified like field
Int32 Int32 Boolean@
Page number Absolute page number Flag indicating if there are more pages
DoSearch
This method does a combined search Parameters Name nswNamedSearch nswControlSetting nswWhereClause ds pcProdID pcLike ds1 piPage piAbsolutePage pbMore Int32 Int32 Boolean@ String String Type String String String Description Where clause for NamedSearch table Where clause for ControlSetting table Where clause for WhereClause table Returns the dashboards with the specified like field Product ID Like field in format of (table).(field) Returns the BAQs with the specified like field Page number Absolute page number Flag indicating if there are more pages
Equip
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Equip: This business object contains 28 methods.
GetNewEquip
GetNewEquipAttch
GetNewEquipPlan
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
801
A-E
GetNewEquipPlanAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
802
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
CalcAvgUsage
This method returns the Average Daily Usage Parameters Name equipID avgUsage Type String Int32@ Description equipID avgUsage
ImportAssets
This method should be called when Import Assets records. Parameters Name ipAssetNum vMsg ds Type String String@ Description Asset Num Message AssetNums already created Equip data set
ImportResources
This method should be called when Import Resources records. Parameters Name ipResourceID vMsg ds Type String String@ Description ResourceID Message ResourceIDs already created Equip data set
IsMaintPlant
Returns true if Current Plant is a Maintenance plant. Created to be called from EquipEntry. If not a Maintenance plan the form will be in "Read Only" mode Parameters Name isMaintPlant Type Boolean@ Description variable which is true if the current plant is a maintenance plant
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
803
A-E
OnChangeAssetNum
This method should be called when AssetNum change. Parameters Name assetNum ds Type String Description assetNum Equip data set
OnChangeEquipTemplateJobNum
This method should be called when Equip.TemplateJobNum changes. Parameters Name ipJobNum ds Type String Description Job Num Equip data set
OnChangeIssueTopics
This method should be invoked when the IssueTopics changes. Validates and sets the individual IssueTopic fields. Parameters Name topics ds Type String Description Proposed topics string id Equip data set
OnChangeMeterFreq
This method should be called when MeterFreq change. Parameters Name ipMeterFreq ds Type Int32 Description Meter Freq Equip data set
OnChangeParentEquipID
This method should be called when ParentEquipID change.
804
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name parentID ds Type String Description parentID Equip data set
OnChangeProjectID
This method should be called when ProjectID change. Parameters Name projectID ds Type String Description projectID Equip data set
OnChangeResourceID
This method should be called when ResourceID change. Parameters Name resourceID ds Type String Description resourceID Equip data set
OnChangeSellingPurPoint
This method should be called when SellingPurPoint change. Parameters Name sellingPurPoint ds Type String Description sellingPurPoint Equip data set
OnChangeSellingVendor
This method should be called when SellingVendor change. Parameters Name vendorID ds Type String Description vendorID Equip data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
805
A-E
OnChangeServicePurPoint
This method should be called when ServicePurPoint change. Parameters Name servicePurPoint ds Type String Description sellingPurPoint Equip data set
OnChangeServiceVendor
This method should be called when ServiceVendor change. Parameters Name vendorID ds Type String Description vendorID Equip data set
OnChangeTemplateJobNum
This method should be called when EquipPlan.TemplateJobNum change. Parameters Name ipJobNum ds Type String Description Job Num Equip data set
OnChangeTimeFreq
This method should be called when TimeFreq change. Parameters Name ipTimeFreq ds Type Int32 Description Time Freq Equip data set
OnChangeTimeUOM
This method should be called when TimeUOM change.
806
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ipTimeUOM ds Type String Description Time UOM Equip data set
EquipLoc
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EquipLoc: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewEquipLoc
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
807
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
EquipMeter
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EquipMeter: This business object contains 6 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
808
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
EquipStatus
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EquipStatus: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewEquipStatus
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
809
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
EquipType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.EquipType: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewEquipType
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
810
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
811
A-E
Returns
ESSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ESSearch: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewESSearch
GetNewESSearchFields
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
812
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
UpdateExt
BAQExists
This method returns true if the BAQ exists and is approved. Parameters Name pcGlbComp pcSearchID pbExists Type String String Boolean@ Description The ID of the global company The ID of the Enterprise Search Returns true if the BAQ in this Enterprise Search exists
ETCAddrValidation
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ETCAddrValidation: This business object contains 4 methods. Called when the user chooses a new valid address. Returns ETCAddrValidation data set
OnChangeofValidAddr
Called when the user chooses a new valid address. Parameters Name requestID ds Type String Description RequestID ETCAddrValidation data set
OnChangeofAddr
Called when the user changes the address.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
813
A-E
Parameters Name requestID statusFlag errorFlag errorMsg ds Type String Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Description RequestID Set to true if the integration is up, false if down. If true, an error occured. If Error Flag is true, this is the associated message. ETCAddrValidation data set
SetAddr
Parameters Name requestID ds Type String Description RequestID ETCAddrValidation data set
ExportPackage
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ExportPackage: This business object contains 7 methods.
DeleteByID
This method deletes an existing Export package Parameters Name packageID Type String Description The current Package ID
GetByID
This method returns a dataset representing a ExportPackage Parameters Name packageID Type String Description The package ID code
Returns Returns the dataset representing the Export package
GetList
This method returns a list of Security, including those with blank Company ID
814
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Returns the list of Securities Type Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
GetNewEPFileContents
This method creates a EPFileContents row Parameters Name ds packageID String Type Description Returns the updated dataset The package ID
GetNewEPHistory
This method creates a EPHistory row Parameters Name ds packageID String Type Description Returns the updated dataset The package ID
GetNewExportPackage
This method creates a new Export package Parameters Name ds Type Description
Update
Update Parameters Name ds Type Description Returns the list of Securities
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
815
A-E
ExpressShip
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ExpressShip: This business object contains 46 methods.
GetCodeDescList
AddCase
Add case Parameters Name caseType numberPcs casePrice caseWeight ds isError errorMsg Boolean@ String@ Type String Int32 Decimal Decimal Description Case Type Number of pieces Case Price Case Weight ExpressShip dataset Is Error? Error message
AddCustBilling
Add Customer Billing Parameters Name ds iNewBillingSeq isError Int32@ Boolean@ Type Description ExpressShip dataset New Billing Sequence Is Error?
CanChangeBilling
Can change Billing?
816
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds canChange Boolean@ Type Description ExpressShip dataset Can Change?
CanUnship
Can unship? Parameters Name ds okToUnShip Boolean@ Type Description ExpressShip dataset Can unship?
DeleteCase
Delete Case Parameters Name ds caseNumber isError errorMsg String Boolean@ String@ Type Description ExpressShip dataset Case Number Is Error? Error message
DeleteCustBilling
Delete Customer Billing Parameters Name billingSeq ds isError Boolean@ Type Int32 Description Billing Sequence ExpressShip dataset Is Error?
DeleteQuantumEmail
Delete Quantum Mail
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
817
A-E
Parameters Name caseNumber billType ds isError errorMsg Boolean@ String@ Type String String Description Case Number Bill Type ExpressShip dataset Is Error? Error message
DeleteShipment
Delete Shipment Parameters Name ds isError errorMsg Boolean@ String@ Type Description ExpressShip dataset Is Error? Error message
DeleteUpsQuantumView
Delete Ups Quantum View Parameters Name caseNumber billType ds isError errorMsg Boolean@ String@ Type String String Description Case Number Bill Type ExpressShip dataset Is Error? Error message
Express Ship after get rows
GetAccountNumberList
Get Account Number List Parameters Name pcBillType ds Type String Description Bill Type ExpressShip dataset
818
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name pcAccountNumberList
Type String@
Description Account Number List
GetBillingOption
Get Billing Option Parameters Name ds Type Description ExpressShip dataset
GetBillingOptionsList
Get Billing option list Parameters Name pcCompany pcShipCode billingOptionList Type String String String@ Description Company number Ship Code Billing Option List
GetByID
Get By ID Parameters Name packNum shipType packLine Returns ExpressShip dataset Type Int32 String Int32 Description Pack Number Ship Type Pack Line
GetCarrier
Get Carrier Parameters Name shipCode carrier Type String String@ Description Ship Code Carrier
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
819
A-E
GetCaseTypesList
Get Case Types List Parameters Name company caseTypesList Type String String@ Description Company number Case Types List
GetCODOptions
Get COD Options Parameters Name pcCompany pcService pcCODOptions Type String String String@ Description Company number Service number COD Options
GetCountries
Get Countries Parameters Name cCountryList Type String@ Description Country List
GetCustBillingOptionsList
Get Customer Billing options List Parameters Name pcCarrier pcBillingOptionsList Type String String@ Description Carrier Billing Options List
GetFedxGroundCODCollectionTypes
Get Fedx Ground COD Collection Type
820
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name gndColType Type String@ Description Ground Collection Type
GetFedxHomeDeliveryTypes
Get Fedx Home Delivery Type Parameters Name homeDelTypes Type String@ Description Home Delivery Types
GetList
Get List Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns ExpressShipList DataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Where conditions Page Size Absolute Page More Pages?
GetNewCase
Get New Case Parameters Name ds Type Description ExpressShip dataset
GetNewCustBilling
Get New Customer Billing Parameters Name ds newBillingSeq Int32@ Type Description ExpressShip dataset New Billing Sequence
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
821
A-E
GetNewExpressShip
Get New ExpressShip; Parameters Name shipType packNum ds Type String Int32 Description Ship Type Pack Number ExpressShip dataset
GetNewUpsQV
Get New Ups QV; Parameters Name ds viewType caseNum String String Type Description ExpressShip dataset View Type Case Number
GetRows
Get Rows Parameters Name whereClauseExpressShip pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns ExpressShip dataset Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Where Clause ExpressShip Page Size Absolute Page More Pages?
GetScaleSettings
Get Scale Settings Parameters Name ds getWeightFrom String@ Type Description ExpressShip dataset Get Weight From
822
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name scalePort scaleSettings
Type Int32@ String@
Description Scale Port Scale Settings
GetServiceOptions
Get Scale Settings Note: pcService is the ttShipment.ShipCode entry Parameters Name pcCompany pcService pcServiceOptions Type String String String@ Description Company Service Service Options
GetShipCodeList
Get Ship Code List Parameters Name company shipCodeList Type String String@ Description Company Ship Code List
GetShipment
Get New ExpressShip; Parameters Name packNum shipType packLine ds Type Int32 String Int32 Description Pack Number Ship Type Pack Line ExpressShip dataset
GetStates
Get States Parameters Name pcCountry Type String Description Country
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
823
A-E
Name pcStateList
Type String@
Description State List
GetTruckShipCodeList
Get Truck Ship Code List Parameters Name pcCompany pcTruckShipCodesList Type String String@ Description Company Truck Ship Codes List
GetUPSDelConfTypes
Get UPS Delivery Confirmation Types Parameters Name delConfTypes Type String@ Description Delivery Confirmation Types
IsCustomerPickup
Is Customer Pickup? Parameters Name ds isCustomerPickup Boolean@ Type Description ExpressShip dataset Customer Pickup
IsReferencePrintedOnLabel
Is Reference Printed On Label Parameters Name ds referenceField isPrinted Int32 Boolean@ Type Description ExpressShip dataset Reference Field Is Printed?
ProcessShipment
Process shipment
824
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Parameters Name ds shipmentType isError opMessage String Boolean@ String@ Type Description ExpressShip dataset Shipment Type Is Error? Text Message to display for informative messages
ReadyToShip
Ready to ship Parameters Name ds readyToShip Boolean@ Type Description ExpressShip dataset Ready To Ship?
ReprintCarrierLabel
Reprint Carrier Label Parameters Name company caseNumber Type String String Description Company Case Number
UnshipShipment
Unship Shipment Parameters Name ds processComplete Boolean@ Type Description ExpressShip dataset Process Complete?
Update
Update Parameters Name ds Type Description ExpressShip dataset
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
825
A-E
UpdateCase
Update Case Parameters Name caseNumber ds isError errorMsg Boolean@ String@ Type String Description Case Number ExpressShip dataset Is Error? Error Message
UpdateCustBilling
Update Customer Billing Parameters Name seq ds isError Boolean@ Type Int32 Description Billing Sequence ExpressShip dataset Is Error?
UpdateShipment
Update Shipment Parameters Name ds isError errorMsg Boolean@ String@ Type Description ExpressShip dataset Is Error? Error Message
VersionCheck
Version Check Parameters Name lInsync cErrorMsg Type Boolean@ String@ Description In syncronize? Error Message
826
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
ExpressShipManifests
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ExpressShipManifests: This business object contains 5 methods.
GetCodeDescList
CloseCarrier
Close Carrier Parameters Name company cPrinterSettings cPageSettings workStationID printDetail upsUploadProcessed upsUploadSuccessful upsUploadErrorMsg Type String String String String Boolean Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Description Company Printer Settings Page Settings Work Station ID Print Detail (yes/no) UPS Upload Processed? UPS Upload Successful? UPSUploadErrorMsg?
GetUPSManifests
Get UPS manifest Parameters Name company ds Type String Description Company ExpressShip Manifests DataSet
GetUSPSManifests
Get USPS manifests
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
827
A-E
Parameters Name company Returns ExpressShip USPS manifest DataSet Type String Description Company
SendManifests
Send manifests Parameters Name company carrier manifestID workStationID cPrinterSettings cPageSettings printDetail Type String String String String String String Boolean Description Company Carrier Manifest ID Work Station ID Printer Settings Page Settings Print Detail (yes/no)
ExtCompany
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ExtCompany: This business object contains 28 methods.
GetNewExtCompany
GetNewExtCompanyAttch
GetNewExtPlant
GetNewExtWarehouse
GetNewIntTransIn
GetNewEntityGLC
828
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
829
A-E
GetCodeDescList
CustomerConnect
Customer Connect Parameters Name disabledList checkedList Type String@ String@ Description Returns the list of fields to be disabled Returns the list of fields to be checked
ConvertToMultiCompanyDirect
Convert this ExtCompany record from Sonic to Direct Parameters Name ipCompany ipExtSystemID ipTransferMethod ipExtCompanyID ipSysRowID opSuccess Type String String String String String Boolean@ Description Input the ExtCompany.Company value to be converted Input the ExtCompany.ExtSystemID value to be converted Input the ExtCompany.TransferMethod value to be converted Input the ExtCompany.ExtCompanyID value to be converted Input the ExtCompany.SysRowID value to be converted Indicates if the External Company was successfully converted
ConvertToMultiCompanySonic
Convert this ExtCompany record from Direct to Sonic Parameters Name ipCompany ipExtSystemID Type String String Description Input the ExtCompany.Company value to be converted Input the ExtCompany.ExtSystemID value to be converted
830
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Name ipTransferMethod ipExtCompanyID ipSysRowID opSuccess
Type String String String Boolean@
Description Input the ExtCompany.TransferMethod value to be converted Input the ExtCompany.ExtCompanyID value to be converted Input the ExtCompany.SysRowID value to be converted Indicates if the External Company was successfully converted
EntPrsConf
Enterprise Configurator Parameters Name disabledList checkedList Type String@ String@ Description Returns the list of fields to be disabled Returns the list of fields to be checked
Generic
Generic Parameters Name disabledList checkedList Type String@ String@ Description Returns the list of fields to be disabled Returns the list of fields to be checked
GetFieldList
Retrieves the fields for the given DB Table Parameters Name tableName ds Type String Description The Table from wich you want to retrieve the Fields The dataset represents the table object
This method returns a table and field dataset for the system tables. Returns The dataset represents the table object
InitEntprsConf
This method initializes/sends the enterprise configurator records for the specified ExtCompanyID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
831
A-E
Parameters Name extCompanyID errlog Type String String@ Description The External Company ID Error log resulting of the operation
InitMultiCompany
This method initializes/sends the applicable GL data for the specified ExtCompanyID Parameters Name extCompanyID errlog Type String String@ Description The External Company ID Error log resulting of the operation
InitMultiCompanyGL
This method initializes/sends the applicable GL data for the specified ExtCompanyID Parameters Name extCompanyID errlog Type String String@ Description The External Company ID Error log resulting of the operation
MobileConnect
Mobile Connect Parameters Name disabledList checkedList Type String@ String@ Description Returns the list of fields to be disabled Returns the list of fields to be checked
MultiCompany
Multi Company Parameters Name disabledList checkedList Type String@ String@ Description Returns the list of fields to be disabled Returns the list of fields to be checked
832
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
PLM
PLM Parameters Name disabledList checkedList Type String@ String@ Description Returns the list of fields to be disabled Returns the list of fields to be checked
SupplierConnect
Supplier Connect Parameters Name disabledList checkedList Type String@ String@ Description Returns the list of fields to be disabled Returns the list of fields to be checked
TestConnection
Test Connection Parameters Name extCompRowid Type String Description The RowIdent of the record of which to test connection
ExtPlantSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ExtPlantSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewExtPlant
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
833
A-E
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ExtSystem
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ExtSystem: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewExtSystem
GetNewExtCompany
834
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
835
A-E
GetCodeDescList
ExtWarehouseSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ExtWarehouseSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewExtWarehouse
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
836
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
A-E
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
837
F-L
Part II: F-L

Chapter 6: F
FAClass
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FAClass: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewFAClass
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
838
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
FAGroup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FAGroup: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewFAGroup
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
839
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
FAMethod
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FAMethod: This business object contains 16 methods.
GetNewFAMethod
DeleteByID
GetByID
840
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
AssignAnnualCharge
Updates temp table depreciation method formulas.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
841
F-L
Parameters Name ipAnnualChargeType ds Type String Description annual charge type The FA Method data set
AssignPeriodCharge
To be called after changing FAMethod.PeriodChargeType field Parameters Name ds Type Description Asset Depreciation Method data set
ChangeAltMethod
To be called on leave of FAMethod.AltAssetMethod field Parameters Name ipAltMethod ds Type String Description alternative asset method that was entered. Asset Depreciation Method data set
ChangeDepChargeBasis
To be called on leave of FAMethod.DepChargeBasis field Parameters Name ipDepCharge ds Type String Description depreciation charge basis that was entered. Asset Depreciation Method data set
ChangeSwitchMethod
To be called on leave of FAMethod.SwitchMethod field Parameters Name ipSwitchMethod ds Type String Description switch method that was entered. Asset Depreciation Method data set
842
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
TestSyntax
Test the formula syntax. Parameters Name ipFormulaToCheck ipDepChargeBasis ipCallFromButton opSyntaxIsCorrect opSyntaxMessage Type String String Boolean Boolean@ String@ Description Formula to check DepChargeBasis Annual or Period Will only display Correct Syntax if Check Syntax button is pressed will only display error from save button. True if the syntax passes A message regarding the syntax to return to the user.
Returns variables to create depreciation method formulas. Used in annual formula context menu. Returns Returns operands to create depreciation method formulas. Returns Returns variables to create depreciation method period formulas. Used in period formula context menu. Returns
FASpreadCode
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FASpreadCode: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewFASpread
GetNewFASprdDy
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
843
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
844
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Returns
DeleteFASprdDy
This is to delete ttFASprdDy record based on the SpreadCode, Fiscal Year and Period. Parameters Name spreadCode fiscalYear fiscalYearSuffix fiscalPeriod ds Type String Int32 String Int32 Description SpreadCode of record that is being updated. FiscalYear of record that is being updated. FiscalYearSuffix of record that is being updated. FiscalPeriod of record that is being updated. Fixed Asset SpreadCode dataset
ExportSpreadCode
Exports the Spread Code data to a CSV file. Parameters Name inStartCode inEndCode inSelectBy inSelectType Type String String String String Description Starting Spread Code Ending Spread Code Select By option Select Type option
Returns Asset SpreadCode dataset for Import and Export.
GenerateSprdDy
This procedure is to generate ttFASprdDy records based on the Spread Type and the parameters entered by the user in the Generate Values form. Parameters Name iPSpreadCode ds Type String Description SpreadCode of record that is being updated. Fixed Asset SpreadCode dataset
GetSelectList
Get list of descriptions for the Export combos.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
845
F-L
Parameters Name inListType selectList Type String String@ Description The type of list that is going to be returned Output list of descriptions
ImportSpreadCode
Imports the Spread Code data from a CSV file. Parameters Name allImported ds Type Boolean@ Description Shows if all records were imported successfully Asset SpreadCode dataset for Import and Export
Returns Fixed Asset SpreadCode dataset with the imported records.
SetDefaultsForGenerate
This procedure sets the Defalut values of the Parameters in the Generate Values form. Parameters Name inCalendarID inSpreadType outCurrYear outLastYear Type String String Int32@ Int32@ Description Fiscal Calendar ID Spread Code Type Output value for Start Year Output value for End Year
FAsset
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FAsset: This business object contains 34 methods.
GetNewFAsset
GetNewFAssetAttch
GetNewFAssetDtl
846
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetNewFAssetDtlAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
847
F-L
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
CalcTaxAmtLine
Called to calculate the Tax for the AP Invoice Line Parameters Name ipSupplier ipInvoiceNum ipInvoiceLine ipTaxCode ipRateCode opInvestAmount opTaxAmount Type Int32 String Int32 String String Decimal@ Decimal@ Description Supplier Invoice Line that was entered. Invoice Num that was entered. Invoice Line that was entered. Tax Code Invoice Line that was entered. Rate Code Invoice Line that was entered. Investment Amount. Tax Amount.
ChangeAssetMethod
Update AssetMethod when a different AssetMethod is selected. Parameters Name ipAssetMethod ds Type String Description The Method proposed value The FAsset data set
848
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeAssetRegister
Update AssetRegister when a different AssetRegister is selected. Parameters Name ipAssetRegister ds Type String Description The Register proposed value The FAsset data set
Duplicate
Duplicate function of the fixed asset. Parameters Name ipOldAssetNum ipAssetNum ipAssetDesc ipDupCost Type String String String Boolean Description Old Asset Number New Asset Number New Asset Description Indicates if Asset Cost is to be copied as Addition Cost
Returns Results of the Duplicate The purpose of this code is to export the fixed assets. Returns FAssetImportExportDataSet Dataset of candidates for import.
GetChildAssets
Get the ChildAsset records for a parent asset. Parameters Name ds parentAssetNum String Type Description Fixed Asset dataset The Parent Asset Number
GetFAssetByID
Get Fixed Asset by ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
849
F-L
Parameters Name ipAssetNum Returns Results of the Duplicate Type String Description New Asset Number
GetNewChildAsset
To be called when a new ChildAssets row is needed. Parameters Name ipParentAssetNum ds Type String Description AssetNum of the current asset. The FAsset data set
ImportFAssets
Import Fixed Assets Function. Parameters Name ds Type Description FAssetImportExportDataSet Dataset of candidates for import.
Returns FAssetDataSet Dataset of records that are imported.
LeaveAcquiredDate
The purpose of this code is to assign the commissioned date to the acquired date for a new fixed asset. (Only run this code on a new fixed asset) Called on leave of Acquired Date field. Parameters Name ipAcquiredDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description AcquiredDate was entered. The FAsset data set
LeaveChildAssetNum
To be called on leave of (Child) AssetNum field.
850
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ipChildAssetNum ipParentAssetNum ds Type String String Description AssetNum that was entered. The current Asset AssetNum. The FAsset data set
LeaveInsPremium
To be called on leave of FAsset.InsurancePremium field Parameters Name ipInsPremium ipbaseordoc ds Type Decimal String Description InsurancePremium that was entered. The field type - base or doc FAsset data set
LeaveInsValue
To be called on leave of FAsset.InsuranceValue field Parameters Name ipInsValue ipbaseordoc ds Type Decimal String Description InsuranceValue that was entered. The field type - base or doc FAsset data set
LeaveInvoiceLine
Called on the leave of Invoice Line Parameters Name ipInvoiceLine ds Type Int32 Description Invoice Line that was entered. The FAsset data set
LeaveInvoiceNum
Called on the leave of Invoice Number
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
851
F-L
Parameters Name ipInvoiceNum ds Type String Description Invoice Number that was entered. The FAsset data set
LeaveJobNum
To be called on leave of Job Number field Parameters Name ipJobNum ds Type String Description Job Number that was entered. The FAsset data set
LeaveLeaseValue
To be called on leave of FAsset.LeaseValue field Parameters Name ipLeaseValue ipbaseordoc ds Type Decimal String Description LeaseValue that was entered. The field type - base or doc FAsset data set
LeavePONum
To be called on leave of VendorID field Parameters Name ipPONum ds Type Int32 Description PO Number that is entered. The JobEntry data set
LeaveReplaceValue
To be called on leave of ReplaceValue field Parameters Name ipReplaceValue Type Decimal Description ReplaceValue that was entered.
852
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name ipbaseordoc ds
Type String
Description The field type - base or doc FAsset data set
LeaveResidualValue
To be called on leave of ResidualValue field Parameters Name ipResidualValue ipbaseordoc ds Type Decimal String Description ResidualValue that was entered. The field type - base or doc FAsset data set
LeaveVendorID
To be called on leave of VendorID field Parameters Name ipVendorID ds Type String Description VendorID or SupplierID that was entered. The JobEntry data set
TestAllowDelete
This procedure is to provide a check before deleting the records You can use this method to provide a message to the user of this fact and provide a confirmation dialog. This is intended to be called before the delete procedure. If there are existing records SureMsg will contain a translated text message which can be used to display in your message dialog. Otherwise it returns blanks and there is no need to provide a dialog. Parameters Name assetNum sureMsg Type String String@ Description AssetNum of record that is being updated. Contains message text if records should be deleted.
TestParentChildIntegrity
This procedure should be called to check for parent\child integrity. The procedure throws an exception if the relation is invalid.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
853
F-L
Parameters Name ipOrgAssetNum ipAssetNum ippAssetType Type String String String Description Orig. Asset Number New Asset Number Asset Type
FAssetReg
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FAssetReg: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewFAssetReg
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
854
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
OnChangeBookID
This method is called when the BookID changes. This validates if the GL Book is valid and if book's calendar can be defaulted to asset register. Parameters Name ipBookID ds Type String Description The proposed BookID The FAssetReg data set
OnChangeCalendarID
This method is called when the CalendarID changes. This validates if the Calendar has an open Asset Fiscal Period that can be used as default. Parameters Name ipCalendarID ds Type String Description The proposed CalendarID The FAssetReg data set
FATranSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FATranSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewFASchedule
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
855
F-L
GetNewFATran
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
856
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
Favorite
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Favorite: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewFavFolder
GetNewFavItems
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
857
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
CopyBeforeFavoriteItem
Move or Copy one menu item (source) before another (Target) Parameters Name theUserID folderSeq sourceMenuId targetMenuId bSuccess Type String Int32 String String Boolean@ Description The user ID The folder sequence number Menu ID of the source The menu ID of the target true = successful
FinCharge
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FinCharge: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewFinCharge
GetNewFinChargeAttch
GetNewFinChargeRate
858
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetNewLangDesc
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
859
F-L
UpdateExt
ChangeIncomeTaxCode
Performs required logic when FinCharge.IncomeTaxCode is modified. Parameters Name ipIncomeTaxCode ds Type String Description Proposed input value of Income Tax Code FinCharge data set
OnChangeFinChargeFinInvTerms
Validate FinInvTerms value Parameters Name ipFinInvTerms ds Type String Description The proposed FinInvTerms value The FinCharge data set
OnChangeFinChargeMiscCode
Validate MiscCode value Parameters Name ipMiscCode ds Type String Description The proposed Misc Charge Code value The FinCharge data set
OnChangeFinChargeTaxCatID
Validate TaxCatID value Parameters Name ipTaxCatID ds Type String Description The proposed TaxCatID value The FinCharge data set
860
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
FirstArt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FirstArt: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewFirstArt
GetNewFirstArtAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
861
F-L
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
GetHistory
This method takes in the key field values for a First Article, and returns a FirstArtList dataset of the history of related inspections. Parameters Name jobNum assemblySeq oprSeq resourceID Returns FirstArtList dataset. Type String Int32 Int32 String Description The Job Number The Job Assembly Sequence The Job Operation Sequence The Resource ID
OnChangeAssembly
This method validates the ProposedAssemblySeq, then updates the following assembly-related fields: FirstArt.JobAsmPartNum FirstArt.JobAsmRevisionNum This method should be run when the FirstArt.AssemblySeq field changes. An exception is thrown if: - No Job Assembly exists with the given Assembly Sequence Number
862
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name piProposedAssemblySeq ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed Job Assembly value FirstArt dataset.
OnChangeJobNum
This method validates the pcProposedJobNum, then clears the job-related fields. FirstArt.JobAsmPartNum FirstArt.JobAsmRevisionNum This method should be run when the FirstArt.JobNum field changes. An exception is thrown if: - No Job exists with the given Job Number Parameters Name pcProposedJobNum ds Type String Description The new proposed Job Number value FirstArt dataset.
OnChangeOprSeq
This method validates the piProposedOprSeq, then updates the operation-related fields. This method should be run when the FirstArt.OprSeq field changes. An exception is thrown if: - No Job Operation exists with the given OprSeq Number A warning message is returned if there is no First Article quantity set on the Job Operation Parameters Name piProposedOprSeq pcWarningMsg ds Type Int32 String@ Description The new proposed Job Operation Sequence value Warning message FirstArt dataset.
FiscalCal
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FiscalCal: This business object contains 18 methods.
GetNewFiscalCal
GetNewFiscalYr
GetNewFiscalPer
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
863
F-L
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
864
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetCodeDescList
CalculateITPeriodDflts
Uses Income Tax Fiscal Year values to populate all its related fiscal Periods. Method only used for MX Localization. Parameters Name ipFiscalCalendarID ipFiscalYear ipFiscalYearSuffix ds Type String Int32 String Description current Fiscal Calendar ID current Fiscal Year current Fiscal Year Suffix. FiscalCal data set
GeneratePeriods
Get dataset record for Generate Fiscal Periods functionality. Parameters Name ds cOutMessage Returns String@ Output message Type Description
GetFiscalPerGenerate
Get dataset record for Generate Fiscal Periods functionality. Parameters Name cFiscalCalendarID iFiscalYear cFiscalYearSuffix Type String Int32 String Description The Fiscal Calendar ID The Fiscal Year The Fiscal Year Suffix
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
865
F-L
Returns
GetGLJrnDtlByPeriods
Get first GL journal line entry by input params. This entry existence will need checking of Book Balances by 'Verify Balances' utility Parameters Name cFiscalCalendarID iFiscalYear cFiscalYearSuffix iFiscalPeriodFrom iWorkMode lIsGetIt Type String Int32 String Int32 Int32 Int32@ Description Fiscal Calendar Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Fiscal Period From Work Mode 0 Is is correct to delete it. 1 There is reference in Assets Management 2 There is reference in GL journal line GL Book Journal Code Journal Num Journal Line Fiscal Year out Fiscal Year suffix out Fiscal Period
cBookID cJournalCode iJournalNum iJournalLine iFiscalYearOut cFiscalYearSuffixOut iFiscalPeriodOut
String@ String@ Int32@ Int32@ Int32@ String@ Int32@
GetITFiscalCal
Returns Income Tax Calendar defined in company Parameters Name opFiscalCalID Type String@ Description Income Tax Fiscal Calendar
ValidateClosedPer
Validates that no update is done if the period if close. Parameters Name ipFiscalCalendarID ipFiscalYear Type String Int32 Description current Fiscal Calendar ID current Fiscal Year
866
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name ipFiscalYearSuffix ipFiscalPeriod ds
Type String Int32
Description current Fiscal Year Suffix. current Fiscal Period FiscalCal data set
ValidateClosedYr
Validates that no update is done if the year if close. Parameters Name ipFiscalCalendarID ipFiscalYear ipFiscalYearSuffix ds Type String Int32 String Description current Fiscal Calendar ID current Fiscal Year current Fiscal Year Suffix. FiscalCal data set
CheckDataInGLJrnDtl
Get first GL journal line entry by input params. This entry existence will need checking of Book Balances by 'Verify Balances' utility Parameters Name cFiscalCalendarID iFiscalYear cFiscalYearSuffix iFiscalPeriod dStartDate dEndDate iWorkMode cBookID cJournalCode iJournalNum iJournalLine Type String Int32 String Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Int32 String@ String@ Int32@ Int32@ Description Fiscal Calendar Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Fiscal Period From Start Date End Date Work Mode GL Book Journal Code Journal Num Journal Line
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
867
F-L
FiscalPerSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FiscalPerSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewFiscalPer
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
868
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
FiscalYrSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FiscalYrSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewFiscalYr
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
869
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
Fob
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Fob: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewFob
GetNewLangDesc
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
870
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Forecast
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Forecast: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewForecast
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
871
F-L
GetNewForecastAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
872
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
ClearForecasts
This method deletes all Forecast records for the Current Plant, or all Plants, with two exceptions: - Forecasts for Global Parts are not deleted - Forecasts marked as autoTransfer are not deleted. Parameters Name plAllPlants pdFromDate Type Boolean Nullable{System.DateTime} Description If TRUE, clear all plants; if FALSE, clear Current Plant. Only Forecast records on or after the given date will be deleted.
ExportForecasts
This method exports all Forecast records for the current company, after the given date. If ForecastImportExport records are present as input, they are used to build the following lists for selection of records: PlantList PartList CustNumList If a record in the input dataset: 1) has a value for Plant, PartNum, or CustID and blank values for the other two, and 2) blank values for the fields ImportErrorMsg and ForeQty, then the value in Plant, PartNum, or CustID will be added to the respective list. If a record has a value in more than one of these fields, it will be ignored. After the above lists have been constructed, the record selection will use the lists as follows: - if a list is non-empty, only records whose corresponding field value appears in the list will be a candidate for being included in the returned dataset, subject to the other conditions - if a list is empty, no filtering will occur on the values for that field, except possibly conditions in the "whereClauseForecast" parameter. Parameters Name ds whereClauseForecast pdFromDate pageSize absolutePage morePages String Type Description ForecastImportExport dataset. (optional)Additional Where conditions for Forecast table.
Nullable{System.DateTime} (optional)Only records on or after the given date will be considered for import. Int32 Int32 Boolean@ For future use. For future use. For future use.
GetForecastDays
To retrieve the ForecastDaysBefore and ForecastDaysAfter from the JC system settings.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
873
F-L
Parameters Name piDaysBefore piDaysAfter Type Int32@ Int32@ Description Days before Days after
GetNewForecastImportExport
This method creates a new ForecastImportExport dataset row. Parameters Name ds Type Description
GetSalesHistory
This method provides a ForecastSalesHistory dataset filled with Sales History data. This can be used as the basis of the External Forecast Export. Notes: taken from mre10-sm-ex-dg.w (PROCEDURE Export-Forecast) Parameters Name pdBeginDate pdEndDate pcCustList pcCustGrpList pcPartList pcProdGrpList pcPlantList pcOutputFile pcOutputFormat Type Description
Nullable{System.DateTime} Begin Date of Sales to extract. Nullable{System.DateTime} End Date of Sales to extract. String String String String String String String Tilde-delimited list of Customer Numbers for Sales extract. Blank means all. Tilde-delimited list of Customer Group Codes for Sales extract. Blank means all. Tilde-delimited list of Part Numbers for Sales extract. Blank means all. Tilde-delimited list of Product Group Codes for Sales extract. Blank means all. Tilde-delimited list of Plants for Sales extract. Blank means all. Export file path. Export output format.
Returns ForecastSalesHistory dataset; derived from invoice data.
ImportExternalForecast
This method populates the ttForecastImportExport dataset with forecast data.
874
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name pcImportFormat pcImportFile Returns ForecastImportExport dataset Type String String Description Import file format. Import file path.
ImportForecasts
This method conditionally adds/overwrites Forecast records using the same logic as the Vantage Forecast Import screen. Parameters Name ds pcImportOptions plAllPlants pdFromDate String Boolean Type Description ForecastImportExport Dataset of candidates for import. Valid choices are "A"=Add+Replace, "C"=Clear+Reload, "N"=New. If TRUE, clear all plants; if FALSE, clear Current Plant.
Nullable{System.DateTime} Only records on or after the given date will be considered for import.
FreightService
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FreightService: This business object contains 74 methods.
CalcTaxes
Parameters Name ipQuoteNum ipOrderNum ipInvoiceNum ipAPInvKey ipCashHeadNum ipPayHeadNum ipShipPackNum ipEmpID ipEmpExpenseNum opCommFailure Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String String Int32 Int32 String Int32 Boolean@ Description Quote Number Order Number. Invoice Number. AP Invoice Number. Cash Receipt Number. Payment Number. Shipment Number. Employee ID. Employee Expense Number. Comm Failure
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
875
F-L
Name opMessage opTCStatus
Description Message TC Status
BuildCustFreightRequest
Parameters Name packID Returns freight data set Type Int32 Description Pack Number
BuildMasterPackFreightRequest
BuildMiscFreightRequest
BuildSubFreightRequest
876
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
BuildTransFreightRequest
UpdateFreightedShipment
Parameters Name ipPackID ipShipmentType ds Type Int32 String Description package code shipment type Freight Response data set
UpdateUnFreightedShipment
Parameters Name ipPackID ipShipmentType ds Type Int32 String Description package code shipment type Freight Response data set
Call context dataset Constructor Parameters Name connPool Type Description Connection pool
Returns UnfreightInfoResponseDataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
877
F-L
Returns FreightInfoResponseDataSet
878
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Remarks QTableName - MANDATORY - Name of table to find QLock - type of lock to put on record NO-LOCK (default) or EXCLUSIVE-LOCK QWhere - MANDATORY - criteria to find record QFind - type of find to perform, unique, first, next or last
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
879
F-L
Columns - List of columns
880
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Represents a strongly typed in-memory cache of data. Represents the strongly named DataTable class. Represents the strongly named DataTable class. Represents the strongly named DataTable class. Represents the strongly named DataTable class. Represents the strongly named DataTable class. Represents the strongly named DataTable class. Represents the strongly named DataTable class. Represents the strongly named DataTable class. Represents the strongly named DataTable class. Represents strongly named DataRow class. Represents strongly named DataRow class. Represents strongly named DataRow class. Represents strongly named DataRow class. Represents strongly named DataRow class. Represents strongly named DataRow class. Represents strongly named DataRow class. Represents strongly named DataRow class. Represents strongly named DataRow class. Row event argument class
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
881
F-L
Row event argument class Row event argument class Row event argument class Row event argument class Row event argument class Row event argument class Row event argument class Row event argument class Represents a strongly typed in-memory cache of data. Represents the strongly named DataTable class. Represents the strongly named DataTable class. Represents strongly named DataRow class. Represents strongly named DataRow class. Row event argument class Row event argument class Represents a strongly typed in-memory cache of data. Represents the strongly named DataTable class. Represents strongly named DataRow class. Row event argument class Represents a strongly typed in-memory cache of data.
882
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Represents the strongly named DataTable class. Represents strongly named DataRow class. Row event argument class
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
883
F-L
FRxEx
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FRxEx: This business object contains 6 methods.
ChangeEndFiscalPeriod
Change End Fiscal Period Parameters Name ds Type Description FRxEx DataSet
ChangeEndFiscalYear
Change End Fiscal Year Parameters Name ds Type Description FRxEx DataSet
ChangeStartFiscalPeriod
Change Start Fiscal Period Parameters Name ds Type Description FRxEx DataSet
ChangeStartFiscalYear
Change Start Fiscal Year Parameters Name ds Type Description FRxEx DataSet
ExportFRx
This is used for Exporting the Vantage/Vista data for FRx database.
884
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ds procMsg String@ Type Description FRxEx DataSet Populated with completion message if buildFRxDb completed properly.
GetNewFRxEx
This method creates a new FRxEX dataset row for storing the parameters needed for the export. Parameters Name ds Type Description FRxEx DataSet
FSAssetClass
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FSAssetClass: This business object contains 6 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
885
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
FSAssetCondition
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FSAssetCondition: This business object contains 6 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
886
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
FSCallCd
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FSCallCd: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewFSCallCd
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
887
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ChangeIncomeTaxCode
Performs required logic when FSCallCd.IncomeTaxCode is modified. Parameters Name ipIncomeTaxCode ds Type String Description Proposed input value of Income Tax Code FSCallCd data set
888
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
FSCallDtSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FSCallDtSearch: This business object contains 6 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
889
F-L
UpdateExt
FSContCd
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FSContCd: This business object contains 18 methods.
GetNewFSContCd
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
890
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeDeferredRev
Performs required logic when FSContCd.DeferredRev is modified. Parameters Name ipDeferredRev ds Type Boolean Description Proposed input value of Deferred Rev FSContCd data set
ChangeFiscalCal
Performs required logic when FSContCd.FiscalCalendarID is modified. Parameters Name ipFiscalCal Type String Description Proposed input value of FiscalCalendarID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
891
F-L
Name ds
Type
Description FSContCd data set
ChangeIncomeTaxCode
Performs required logic when FSContCd.IncomeTaxCode is modified. Parameters Name ipIncomeTaxCode ds Type String Description Proposed input value of Income Tax Code FSContCd data set
ChangeQuoted
This method should be called to set Quoted. Parameters Name ipQuoted ds Type Boolean Description Quoted. FSContCd data set
ChangeRACode
Performs required logic when FSContCd.RACode is modified. Parameters Name ipRACode ds Type String Description Proposed input value of RA Code FSContCd data set
ChangeRecurringInv
This method should be called to set Recurring Inv. Parameters Name ipRecurInv ds Type Boolean Description Recurring Invoice. FSContCd data set
892
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeRenewable
This method should be called to set RenewalCode and ShipRenewal when Renewable = false. Parameters Name ipRenewable ds Type Boolean Description Renewal true or false code FSContCd data set
ChangeRenewalCode
ChangeTaskSet
Performs required logic when FSContCd.TaskSetID is modified. Parameters Name ipTaskSet ds Type String Description Proposed input value of TaskSetID FSContCd data set
FSContDtSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FSContDtSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewFSContDtSearch
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
893
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
FSContSNSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FSContSNSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewFSContSN
894
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
895
F-L
FSTechSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FSTechSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewFsTech
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
896
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
FSWarrCd
Epicor.Mfg.BO.FSWarrCd: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewFSWarrCd
GetNewLangDesc
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
897
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
898
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
899
F-L
Chapter 7: G
GenXData
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GenXData: This business object contains 14 methods.
GetNewXXXDef
GetNewXXXChunk
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
900
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
DeleteByIDEx
This method deletes a XXXDef record and possibly XXXChunk records for a specific Company Parameters Name ipCompany ipProductID ipTypeCode ipCGCCode ipKey1 ipKey2 ipKey3 Type String String String String String String String Description The Company. The Product id. The type code. The CSF Code. The Key1. The Key2. The Key3.
GetByIDEx
This method returns a dataset representing a XXXDEF with a blank CompanyID Parameters Name ipProductID ipTypeCode ipCGCCode ipKey1 ipKey2 ipKey3 Type String String String String String String Description The company id. The type code. The CSF Code. The Key1. The Key2. The Key3.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
901
F-L
Returns GenXData DataSet.
GetListEx
This method returns a list of XXXDef, including those with blank Company ID Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Returns the list of XXXDef Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
GetRowsEx
This method returns XXXDef, including those with blank Company ID Parameters Name whereClauseXXXDef whereClauseXXXChunk pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria XXX Def The criteria XXX Chunk Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
Returns GenXData DataSet.
GetVersion
This method will require the primary unique index fields locate the xxxdef record and return the "version" field value. Parameters Name ipCompanyID ipProductID ipTypeCode ipCGCCode Type String String String String Description The company id value to return version for. The product id value to return version for. The type code value to return version for. The CSF Code.
902
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name ipKey1 ipKey2 ipKey3 opVersion opRecordExists
Type String String String String@ Boolean@
Description The key1 value to return version for. The key2 value to return version for. The key3 value to return version for. The returned version value. Logical to state whether the XXXDef record exists.
StoreData
This methods should be ran instead of the base Update method. This method will require the dataset to come in, next it will delete all XXXChunk records associated with each ttXXXDef in the dataset while also deleting the XXXDef records in the database. Next the ttXXXDef table will be the driving force behind the creation of new XXXDef and XXXChunk records in the database. The values for the fields in these records will come from what is in the dataset. This 'StoreData' process is basically a complete 'overlay' of the Generic Large Data data. This method will require that all dataset records have a value of 'A' in the corresponding rowident field/column. Parameters Name ds Type Description GenXData DataSet.
GetAmortization
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GetAmortization: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewInvcDtlRasch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
903
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
BuildAmortizationsLists
This method returns four possible lists of selected Deferred Revenue Amortization Schedules (ttInvcDtlRASch). This should be called to return a list containing the key fields of selected InvcDtlRASch records. Since each record has three key fields the list could potentially exceed the maximum allowed length of characters. To avoid this runtime error, the list will be split into four lists if needed. Parameters Name opInvRASchList1 opInvRASchList2 opInvRASchList3 opInvRASchList4 opReasonMsg ds Type String@ String@ String@ String@ String@ Description The first list of selected InvcDtlRASch records The second list of selected InvcDtlRASch records The third list of selected InvcDtlRASch records The fourth list of selected InvcDtlRASch records Warning message to indicate if Hold Reason is required GetAmortization Dataset
904
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetAmortizations
This method returns the ttInvcDtlRASch dataset of Deferred Revenue Amortization Schedule with some calculated columns added. Parameters Name ipCustList ipInvList ipContList ipApplyDate ipShowStatus ds Type String String String Description The Customer Number list to filter the records with The Invoice Number list to filter the records with The Service Contract Number list to filter the records with
Nullable{System.DateTime} The Apply Date filter String If value is 'H', show records marked as On Hold; if 'U', show records Not On Hold; if 'B', show all. GetAmortization Dataset
GetCurrencyBase
GetContractRenewal
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GetContractRenewal: This business object contains 8 methods. Deletes a row given its ID. Returns a DataSet given the primary key. Returns The DataSet.
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
905
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
BuildContractRenewalList
This method returns three possible lists of selected Contract (FSContHd) and/or Renewal (FSRenewal) records. This should be called to return a list containing the key fields of selected records. Since each record has two key fields the list could potentially exceed the maximum allowed length of characters. To avoid this runtime error, the list will be split into three lists if needed. Parameters Name opContRenewList1 opContRenewList2 opContRenewList3 ds Type String@ String@ String@ Description The first list of selected Contract/Renewal records The second list of selected Contract/Renewal records The third list of selected Contract/Renewal records GetContractRenewal Dataset
906
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRenewals
This method returns the ttContractRenewal dataset consisting of expired or soon to expire contracts (FSContHd) and renewals (FSRenewal) mixed records with some calculated columns added. Parameters Name ipCustList ipTypeList ipExpireDate ds Type String String Description The Customer Number list to filter the records with The Contract Type list to filter the records with
Nullable{System.DateTime} The Expire Date filter GetContractRenewal Dataset
getodbcnp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.getodbcnp: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetODBCNP
Get ODBC NP Parameters Name opName opPassword Type String@ String@ Description OP Name OP Password
GetRequest
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GetRequest: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetCodeDescList
CheckEmployee
This method needs to be called from the main menu only. if the object is being called from the shop floor menu then the employee id has already been determined and validated and is passed in
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
907
F-L
Parameters Name empID empName Type String String@ Description Employee ID Employee Name
GetNewEmpInfo
Call this method to create a new Epicor.Mfg.BO.GetRequestDataSet with Job# Parameters Name empID ds Type String Description Employee ID GetRequest Dataset
OnChangeAssembly
Call this method to update the dataset when the GetRequest.AssemblySeq is changed RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name assemblySeq ds Type Int32 Description AssemblySeq GetRequest Dataset
OnChangeCalcHours
Call this method to update the dataset when the GetRequest.CalcHours is changed RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name hours ds Type Decimal Description Hours GetRequest DataSet
OnChangeCalcOption
Call this method to update the dataset when the GetRequest.CalcOption is changed Valid values are "O" Outstanding, "P" - Pieces, "H" - hours CalcHours only enabled for "H" and CalcPieces only enabled for "P" RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work
908
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name calcOption ds Type String Description calcOption GetRequest DataSet
OnChangeCalcPieces
Call this method to update the dataset when the GetRequest.CalcPieces is changed RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name pieces ds Type Decimal Description Pieces GetRequest DataSet
OnChangeJobNum
Call this method to update the dataset when the GetRequest.JobNum is changed RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name jobNum ds Type String Description JobNum GetRequest DataSet
OnChangeOpr
Call this method to update the dataset when the GetRequest.OprSeq is changed RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name oprSeq ds Type Int32 Description OprSeq GetRequest DataSet
ProcessLines
Run this method when done updating all the detail lines (currently OK button in 6.1) clear screen when done Must set the GetRequest RowMod to "U" for this method to work
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
909
F-L
Parameters Name ds Type Description GetRequest DataSet
GLAccount
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLAccount: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewGLAccount
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
910
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
CheckActive
Parameters Name ipActive ds Type Boolean Description Proposed value of active The GLAccount data set
CheckEffFrom
Parameters Name ipEffFrom ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Effective From Date to validate The GLAccount data set
CheckEffTo
Parameters Name ipEffTo ds Type String Description Effective To Date to validate The GLAccount data set
DefaultsOnAdd
Parameters Name ipGLAccount ds Type String Description GL Account being added The GLAccount data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
911
F-L
GLAccountSearch
ValidateAccount
glaccountmassadd
Epicor.Mfg.BO.glaccountmassadd: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewglaccountmassadd
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
912
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
MassAdd
Parameters Name coacode generationmode overrideoption ds createdcombinationnumber Int32@ Type String Int32 Int32 Description COA Code for used chart of accounts Generation mode Override option glaccountmassadd dataset Created Combination Number
GLAcctDisp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLAcctDisp: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGLAcctDisp
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
913
F-L
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
914
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GLAlcHed
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLAlcHed: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewGLAlcHed
GetNewGLAlcDtl
GetNewGLAlcDtlTGLC
GetNewGLAlcHedTGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
915
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
GlbAlert
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GlbAlert: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGlbAlert
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
916
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GLBCOA
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLBCOA: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewGLBCOA
GetNewGLBCOASegment
GetNewGLBCOASegValues
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
917
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GLBCOASegmentSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLBCOASegmentSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGLBCOASegmentSearch
DeleteByID
918
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
919
F-L
GLBCOASegValues
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLBCOASegValues: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewGLBCOASegValues
GetNewGLBCOASegOpt
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
920
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
GLBCurrency
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLBCurrency: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGlbCurrency
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
921
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
GLBCurrRateGrp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLBCurrRateGrp: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewGlbCurrRateGrp
GetNewGlbCurrConvRule
GetNewGlbCurrExRate
GetNewGlbCurrRateDisp
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
922
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GlbCustomerSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GlbCustomerSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGlbCustomer
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
923
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GLBFiscalCalSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLBFiscalCalSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGLBFiscalCalSearch
924
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
925
F-L
GlbForecast
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GlbForecast: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewGlbForecast
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
926
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
AcceptGlbForecasts
This method conditionally adds/overwrites Forecast records by copying the data out of GlbForecast records. Similar to the ImportForecasts routine, which takes in a dataset derived from a spreadsheet file. Parameters Name ds pcImportOptions plAllPlants pdFromDate String Boolean Type Description GlbForecast Dataset of candidates for import. Valid choices are "A"=Add+Replace, "C"=Clear+Reload, "N"=New. If TRUE, clear all plants; if FALSE, clear Current Plant.
Nullable{System.DateTime} Only records on or after the given date will be considered for import.
ClearGlbForecasts
This method deletes all GlbForecast records for the Current Plant, or all Plants, on or after the given date. Parameters Name plAllPlants pdFromDate Type Boolean Nullable{System.DateTime} Description If TRUE, clear all plants; if FALSE, clear Current Plant. Only GlbForecast records on or after the given date will be deleted.
IsConfigurable
Returns TRUE If any revision, or any revision of any child part in BOM, is/was configurable.
GlbGLAccount
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GlbGLAccount: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGlbGLAccount
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
927
F-L
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
928
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GlbGLAcctDisp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GlbGLAcctDisp: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGlbGLAcctDisp
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
929
F-L
UpdateExt
GLBGLBook
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLBGLBook: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGLBGLBook
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
930
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
GLBGLCOARefAcct
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLBGLCOARefAcct: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGLBGLCOARefAcct
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
931
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
GLBGLCOARefType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLBGLCOARefType: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGLBGLCOARefType
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
932
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GlbGLSyst
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GlbGLSyst: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGlbGLSyst
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
933
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GLBJrnlCode
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLBJrnlCode: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGLBJrnlCode
DeleteByID
GetByID
934
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GLBook
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLBook: This business object contains 20 methods.
GetNewGLBook
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
935
F-L
GetNewGLBookAttch
GetNewGLAccountMasks
GetNewBVRule
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
936
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeMainBook
Re-set MainBook and MainBookID Parameters Name ipNewMainBook ds Type String Description The new book Id flagged as Main The GLBook data set
CheckBookType
Check value Parameters Name ipBookType ipMainBook Type Int32 Boolean Description The proposed Book The flag for Main Book
CheckMainBook
Check PartNum value
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
937
F-L
Parameters Name ipBookType ipMainBook Type Int32 Boolean Description The Book Type The proposed flag for Main Book
FillACTTypes
Create new MapBook. Parameters Name trgBook srcBook linkID ds Type String String Int32 Description Target Book Source Book linkID glBookDataSet
FillMapList
Check value Parameters Name srcBook trgBook mapList Type String String String@ Description The proposed Source Book The proposed Source Book List of COA maps
GetNewLink
Create new MapBook. Parameters Name trgBook linkID ds Type String Int32 Description Target Book linkID glBookDataSet
OnChangeCurrencyCode
Check to see if Currency can be changed
938
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ipCurrencyCode ds Type String Description The Currency Code entered The GLBook data set
ValidateStdAccount
Validate RE Account entered and define RE Account Description Parameters Name ipCOACode ipGLAccount ipSegValue1 ipSegValue2 ipSegValue3 ipSegValue4 ipSegValue5 ipSegValue6 ipSegValue7 ipSegValue8 ipSegValue9 ipSegValue10 ipSegValue11 ipSegValue12 ipSegValue13 ipSegValue14 ipSegValue15 ipSegValue16 ipSegValue17 ipSegValue18 ipSegValue19 ipSegValue20 upDescription upWarnMsg Type String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String@ String@ Description The COACode entered The GL Account entered Segment 1 value Segment 2 value Segment 3 value Segment 4 value Segment 5 value Segment 6 value Segment 7 value Segment 8 value Segment 9 value Segment 10 value Segment 11 value Segment 12 value Segment 13 value Segment 14 value Segment 15 value Segment 16 value Segment 17 value Segment 18 value Segment 19 value Segment 20 value Description of GL Account Warning message for self-balancing segments
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
939
F-L
WriteChgLog
Write change log then book mapping is doing something with GL transaction types.. Parameters Name actTypeUID oldRevUID newRevUID Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description ACTType UID Old Revision New revision
GLBookPerSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLBookPerSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGLBookPer
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
940
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
GlbPartSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GlbPartSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGlbPart
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
941
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GlbPerConSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GlbPerConSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGlbPerCon
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
942
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GlbTable
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GlbTable: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewGlbTable
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
943
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
To return the CodeDescriptionList values of a given table.field. Parameters Name tableName Type String Description
944
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name fieldName Returns
Type String
Description
GetAvailFields
This method returns a delimited list of available fields for the specified table Parameters Name cTableName cFieldList Type String String@ Description Table Name List of delimited fields for the selected table
OnChangeCompany
This method automatically creates the GlbTable records once a company has been selected Parameters Name cExtSystemID cExtCompanyID ds Type String String Description System ID Company ID GlbTable DataSet
GlbVendorSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GlbVendorSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGlbVendor
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
945
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GLCntrl
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLCntrl: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewGLCntrl
GetNewGLCntrlAcct
GetNewGLCntrlJrnl
946
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
947
F-L
GetGLControlCodeDesc
Method to call to retrieve the GL Control Code description. Parameters Name inGLControlType inGLControlCode outDescription Type String String String@ Description GL Control Type GL Control Code Description
ValidateAcctsJrnlCodes
Validates an account has been entered for account contexts that are required. Validate all journal contexts have a journal code selected. Parameters Name inGLControlType inGLControlCode outShowMsg outMessage Type String String Boolean@ String@ Description GL Control Type GL Control Code Show the message to the user Message text
GLCntrlType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLCntrlType: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewGLCntrlType
GetNewGLCTAcctCntxt
GetNewGLCTEntity
GetNewGLCTJrnlCntxt
DeleteByID
948
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ChangeAllBooks
Method to call when changing the AllBooks.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
949
F-L
Parameters Name proposedAllBooks ds Type Boolean Description AllBooks The GLCntrlType DataSet to update the AllBooks related data.
ChangeRequired
Method to call when changing the Required. Parameters Name proposedRequired vGLControlType vGLCTAcctNum wmessage Type Boolean String Int32 String@ Description Reguired GLControlType GLCTAcctNum out put warning message.
ChangeUseMasterChart
Method to call when changing the UseMasterChart. Parameters Name proposedUseMasterChart ds Type Boolean Description UseMasterChart The GLCntrlType DataSet to update the UseMasterChart related data.
GLCntrlTypeSys
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLCntrlTypeSys: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewSysGLCntrlType
GetNewSysGLCTAcctCntxt
DeleteByID
GetByID
950
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GLCOARefAcct
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLCOARefAcct: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewGLCOARefAcct
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
951
F-L
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
952
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
CheckCOACode
Checks COACode entered Parameters Name ipCoaCode Type String Description COA code entered
ValidateCOACode
GetDefaultCoa
GLCOARefType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLCOARefType: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewGLCOARefType
GetNewGLCOARefAcct
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
953
F-L
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
954
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
DefaultCOACodeSegments
Parameters Name opCOACode opCOADesc opSegmentNbr opSegmentName opMasterCOA Type String@ String@ Int32@ String@ String@ Description COA to set combo box COA Description to display in the combo box Segment Number to set combo box Segment Name to display in the combo box Indentifies the master coa
LookForRefEntities
Parameters Name ipCOACode Type String Description COA Code - Chart of Accounts
GLCostTrans
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLCostTrans: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetRowsCustom
Custom GetRows method. Parameters Name glJrnDtlRowid pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The GL Journal Detail data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The GLJrnDtl Rowid Page size Absolute page More Pages?
GLCTEntitySearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLCTEntitySearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewGLCTEntity
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
955
F-L
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
956
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeTypeOnEntity
Method to call to retrieve the GL Control Type description for an entity. This method is called when adding types to entities to validate the type does not already exist for the entity and to return the description for display purposes. Parameters Name inGLControlType inRelatedToFile inKey1 inKey2 inKey3 inKey4 inKey5 inKey6 outDescription Type String String String String String String String String String@ Description GL Control Type Related To File Key1 Key2 Key3 Key4 Key5 Key6 Description
GLDailyBalance
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLDailyBalance: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewGLAccountMasks
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
957
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CopyMasks
This method copies all masks for a given COACode and Book to a list of Books. Parameters Name ipCOACode ipSourceBookID ipTargetBookIDList Type String String String Description Chart Of Account Code Source Book ID Delimeter separated list of target Book IDs
Returns Returns all GLAccountMasks record for a given COACode
DeleteMasksByBook
This method deletes all masks for a given COACode and Book.
958
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ipCOACode ipBookID Type String String Description Chart Of Account Code Book ID
GetBooksForCOACode
This method retrieves all records for table GLAccountMasks for a given COACode. Parameters Name ipCOACode Type String Description Chart Of Account Code
ValidateCOACode
Validate the COA code against the COA table. If it is valid, retrieve all GLBooks with the specified COA code. Parameters Name ipCOACode Type String Description COA Code to validate
GLJournalEntry
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLJournalEntry: This business object contains 28 methods.
GetNewGLJrnHed
GetNewGLJrnDtlMnl
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
959
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
AutoBalance
This method will create a new line with the balancing figure defaulted into the appropriate debit or credit column if the current line has a non-zero balance. If the current line has zero debit/credit values then the debit/credit values of that line are updated with the balancing entry. Parameters Name groupID Type String Description The current group ID
960
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name journalNum journalLine ds
Type Int32 Int32
Description The current Journal Number The current Journal Line The GL Journal Entry data set
ChangeAllocID
This method populates ttGlalocation table Parameters Name ipAllocID ipBookID ds Type String String Description The proposed Allocation" The proposed BookIK" The GL Journal Entry data set
ChangeExtCompanyID
This method resets the regular and Multi-Company G/L Accounts and the Reference Codes when the External Company ID changes. Parameters Name proposedExtCompID ds Type String Description The proposed External Company ID The GL Journal Entry data set
ChangeExtGLAcct
This method resets the Multi-Company G/L Reference Type and Code when the Multi-Company G/L Account changes. Depending on the new Multi-Company GL account, the Multi-Company Reference Type/Code can become mandatory or optional. Make sure to call the GetMaskRefCodes method of the GLRefTypBusiness Object to get the new list of all GL Reference Codes related to the entered Account number. This method will also return values for GlJrnDtl.ExtRefCodeStatus and GlJrnDtl.ExtRefAcctDiv/ExtRefAcctDept/ExtRefAcctChart. Enable update of GlJrnDtl.ExtRefCode if the value returned for ExtRefCodeStatus is either "M" for Mandatory or "O" for Optional. Parameters Name ds Type Description The GL Journal Entry data set
ChangeExtGLRefCode
This method updates the Multi-Company G/L Reference Type and Code Description when the Multi-Company GL Reference Code changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
961
F-L
Parameters Name proposedRefCode ds Type String Description The proposed Multi-Company G/L Reference Code The GL Journal Entry data set
ChangeGlAcct
This method resets the G/L Reference Type and Code when the G/L Account changes. Depending on the new GL account, the Reference Type/Code can become mandatory or optional. Make sure to call the GetMaskRefCodes method of the GLRefTypBusiness Object to get the new list of all GL Reference Codes related to the entered Account number. This method will also return values for GlJrnDtl.RefCodeStatus and GlJrnDtl.RefAcctDiv/RefAcctDept/RefAcctChart. Enable update of GlJrnDtl.GLRefCode if the value returned for RefCodeStatus is either "M" for Mandatory or "O" for Optional. Parameters Name ds Type Description The GL Journal Entry data set
ChangeGlRefCode
This method updates the G/L Reference Type and Code Description when the GL Reference Code changes. Parameters Name proposedRefCode ds Type String Description The proposed G/L Reference Code The GL Journal Entry data set
ChangeMultiCompany
This method resets the External Company ID, regular and Multi-Company G/L Accounts and the Reference Codes when the Multi-Company flag changes. Parameters Name proposedMulti ds Type Boolean Description The proposed Multi-Company flag The GL Journal Entry data set
ChangeReverse
This method defaults the Reverse Date when the Reverse flag is checked.
962
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name proposedReverse ds Type Boolean Description The proposed Reverse value The GL Journal Entry data set
CheckAllocations
This procudura validata if there is Allocations for the Journal Book Parameters Name ipBookID opAlloc Type String Boolean@ Description The current COACode The Allocation Flag
CheckCurrencyAccount
This procudura validata if the Account is a currency Account Parameters Name ipCOACode ipSegValue opCurr Type String String Boolean@ Description The current COACode The current segment value one The Currency accont Flag
Method to call when it is necessary to check if document is lock, before doing smth. Parameters Name keyValue keyValue2 keyValue3 keyValue4 keyValue5 Type String String String String String Description GroupID BookID FiscalYear JournalCode JournalNum
CheckDtlBeforeUpdate
Before updating the GlJrnDtl record, CheckDtlBeforeUpdate will have to be called. The GroupID, JournalNum and JournalLine from the current GlJrnDtl record will have to be passed to this method. The CheckDtlBeforeUpdate method will pass back opMessage. - If opMessage is not equal to null then a Yes/No question will have to be
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
963
F-L
asked to the user displaying the message in opMessage. - If the user answers "Yes", then call the Update method to continue else stop update. Parameters Name ds opMessage String@ Type Description The GL Journal Entry data set The Message to ask the user if the changes for the linked Journal are okay.
ConvertCreditAmount
This method convert the document currency to the journal currency. Parameters Name proposedAmount ds Type Decimal Description The proposed Amount The GL Journal Entry data set
ConvertDebitAmount
CreateDetailLineFromAllocation
Call this method when the user clicks OK on the allocation sheet. It will create journal entries using the allocation information entered. Parameters Name ds journalNum groupID allocID Int32 String String Type Description The GL Journal Entry data set Current Journal Number Current Group ID Selected Allocation ID
GetByGroupID
This method is called in place of the GetByID method, requiring only the the GL Group ID.
964
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name groupID Returns The GL Journal Entry data set Type String Description Current Group ID
GetNewGlJrnHedTran
This method is called in place of the GetNewGlJrnHed method. It allows the input of the Current Group so that certian fields on the header record can be defaulted from the group record. Parameters Name ds groupID String Type Description The GL Journal Entry data set Current Group ID
PreUpdate
This procedure validate it the currency is allowed. Parameters Name ipCOACode ipSegValue ipCurrency Type String String String Description The current COACode The current segment value one The proposed Currency value
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
965
F-L
GLJrnDtl
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLJrnDtl: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewGLJrnDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
966
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
GetRowsFilterGLAcct
Filter journals by gl acct. Calls normal getRows method and filters the GLJrnDtl table by the contents of the GLAccountList table. Parameters Name balType whereClause ds pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLJrnDtlDataSet Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Type String String Description Balance Type B or T Whereclause. Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLAccountTrackerDataSet Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
GLJrnGrp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLJrnGrp: This business object contains 19 methods.
GetNewGLJrnGrp
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
967
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeBookID
Method to call when changing the Book.
968
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name proposeBookID ds Type String Description The proposed Book ID The GL Journal Group DataSet to update the Group related data.
ChangeEntryMode
Method to call when changing the Entry Mode. Parameters Name proposedBookMode ds Type String Description The proposed Entry Mode The GL Journal Group DataSet to update the Group related data.
ChangeFiscalPeriod
Method to call when changing the Fiscal Period. Parameters Name proposedFiscalPeriod ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Fiscal Period The GL Journal Group DataSet to update the Group related data.
ChangeFiscalPeriodType
Method to call when changing the Fiscal Period Type. Parameters Name proposedPeriodType ds opMessage String@ Type String Description The proposed Fiscal Period Type The GL Journal Group DataSet to update the Group related data. Informational message indicating if the default fiscal year does not have any open closing periods
ChangeFiscalYear
Method to call when changing the Fiscal Year.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
969
F-L
Parameters Name proposedFiscalYear ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Fiscal Year The GL Journal Group DataSet to update the Group related data.
ChangeFiscalYearSuffix
Method to call when changing the Fiscal Year Suffix. Parameters Name proposedFiscalYearSuffix ds Type String Description The proposed Fiscal Year Suffix The GL Journal Group DataSet to update the Group related data.
ChangeRateType
Method to call when changing the Rate Type. Parameters Name proposedRateType ds Type String Description The proposed Rate Type The GL Journal Group DataSet to update the Group related data.
CheckFiscalYear
Method to call before updating the journal group. This method will check the date that the user entered to verify it is in the current fiscal year and period. If it is not then opMessage will be assigned with message text. If it is then the Fiscal Period and Year will be updated. Parameters Name ds cGroupID cJEDate opMessage String Type Description General Ledger Journal Entry Data Entry Group control file. Group Id field
Nullable{System.DateTime} JEDate proposed value String@ Contains text to present to the user of the date entered is not within the current fiscal year or period
970
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name keyValue Type String Description keyValue
PostGroupJournals
Method to call when posting journal for a specific group. Posting of a group causes the GlJrnGrp to be deleted from the database if all the records in the group posted correctly. It will also cause the GlJrnHed record to be deleted after the specific journal is posted. Parameters Name postGroupID notAllPostedMessage Type String String@ Description The group id of the group of journals to be posted Contains message text if not all journals in group were posted. The error message text is assigned to the GlJrnGrp.PostErrorLog
UnlockGroup
Method to call to unlock a group record. This method should be called whenever the group no longer needs to be locked. The group no longer needs to be locked when the journal object is closed, or when a different group is selected. Parameters Name inGroupID Type String Description The group id of the group record to unlock
GLJrnSrcSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLJrnSrcSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewTranGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
971
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GlobalInputVars
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GlobalInputVars: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPcInputs
DeleteByID
GetByID
972
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GLPeriodBalSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLPeriodBalSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGLPeriodBal
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
973
F-L
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
974
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GLPurch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLPurch: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewGLPurch
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
975
F-L
UpdateExt
GetFinIntegStatus
This method returns Financial Integration Status. Parameters Name vItegStatus Type Boolean@ Description Financial Integration Status
GLRptColSetSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLRptColSetSearch: This business object contains 2 methods.
GetList
This method returns the Data Schema records Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns GL dataset for Rpt report Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Where clause Page Size Absolute Page More Pages
GetRows
This method returns the Data Schema records Parameters Name whereClause Type String Description Where clause
976
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns GL dataset for Rpt report
Description Page Size Absolute Page More Pages
GlRptMas
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GlRptMas: This business object contains 31 methods.
GetNewGlRptMas
GetNewGLRptCol
GetNewGlRptRow
GetNewGLRptRowAcct
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
977
F-L
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
CategoryOrAccountsList
Method to call to get the list for Category or Accounts option. The list is returned in code1`code desc1~code2`code desc2 format. Parameters Name categoryOrAccountsList Type String@ Description The list of options for Category or Accounts
978
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeGLRptColColSetID
Method to call when the GLRptCol.ColSetID value changes. The ColSetID can only be changed for a new record. This method will reassign the ColSetID of the GLRptColSet record. Prior to calling this method, the GLRptColSet record that exists for the GLRptCol record needs to have the RowMod field set to 'U'. Parameters Name proposedColSetID ds Type String Description The proposed column set id The GlRptMas data set
ChangeGLRptColColumnType
Method to call to reset values in a GLRptCol record when the column type changes. Parameters Name proposedColumnType ds Type String Description The proposed column type The GlRptMas data set
ChangeGLRptColIntervalType
Method to call when the GLRptCol.IntervalType value changes. Parameters Name proposedIntervalType ds Type String Description The proposed interval type value The GlRptMas data set
ChangeGLRptMasBookID
Method to call when the GLRptMas.BookID value changes. Parameters Name proposedBookID ds Type String Description The proposed book id The GlRptMas data set
ChangeGLRptRowCategoryOrAccounts
Method to call to reset values in a GLRptRow record when the category or accounts option changes. Prior to calling this method, any GLRptRow subrecords that exist for the GLRptRow record need to have the RowMod
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
979
F-L
field set to 'U'. The subtables for GLRptRow are: GLRptRowAccounts, GLRptRowCharts, GLRptRowDepts, GLRptRowDivisions. Parameters Name proposedCategoryOrAccounts ds Type String Description The proposed value The GlRptMas data set
ChangeGLRptRowLineType
Method to call to reset values in a GLRptRow record when the line type changes. Prior to calling this method, any GLRptRow subrecords that exist for the GLRptRow record need to have the RowMod field set to 'U'. The subtables for GLRptRow are: GLRptRowAccounts, GLRptRowCharts, GLRptRowDepts, GLRptRowDivisions. Parameters Name proposedLineType ds Type String Description The proposed column type The GlRptMas data set
ColumnTypeList
Method to call to get the list of valid column types. The list is returned in code1`code desc1~code2`code desc2 format. Parameters Name columnTypeList Type String@ Description The list of valid column types
DeleteColSet
Method to call to delete a column set for a financial report. This method delete the records in the column set and return the GlRptMas dataset. Parameters Name deleteFromReportID deleteColSetID ds Type String String Description The report id to delete from The column set to delete The GlRptMas data set
DuplicateFinancialReport
Method to call to duplicate a financial report. This method will return the newly created records in the GlRptMas dataset.
980
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name duplicateFromReportID newReportID newReportDesc newReportTitle ds Type String String String String Description The report id to duplicate from The new report id The new report description The new report title The GlRptMas data set
GetNewGLRptRowAcctForType
Creates a new GLRptRowAcct record based on type. Parameters Name reportID lineNum rowAcctType ds Type String Int32 String Description Report ID Line number Row account type. Valid types are S - Single segment. A - Account. GLRptMas data set.
LineTypeList
Method to call to get the list of valid line types. The list is returned in code1`code desc1~code2`code desc2 format. Parameters Name lineTypeList Type String@ Description The list of valid line types
MoveGLRptColDown
Method to call to move a report column down within a column set. This method resequences the columns as appropriate and returns the updated dataset. Parameters Name colReportID colColSetID colColumnNum colColSetSeq ds Type String String Int32 Int32 Description The report id of the column to move down The column set id of the column to move down The column number of the column to move down The column sequence number of the column to move down The GlRptMas data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
981
F-L
MoveGLRptColUp
Method to call to move a report column up within a column set. This method resequences the columns as appropriate and returns the updated dataset. Parameters Name colReportID colColSetID colColumnNum colColSetSeq ds Type String String Int32 Int32 Description The report id of the column to move up The column set id of the column to move up The column number of the column to move up The column sequence number of the column to move up The GlRptMas data set
ReportWizard
Method to call to create a financial report using a wizard. The wizard will create a template report that be modified via the GlRptMas dataset. Parameters Name reportID reportType ds Type String String Description The report id to create the template for The type of report to create. Valid values are: B (Balance Sheet) or I (Income Statement) The GlRptMas data set
ReportWizardOptionsList
Method to call to get the list of valid options for the report wizard. The list is returned in code1`code desc1~code2`code desc2 format. Parameters Name reportWizardOptionsList Type String@ Description The list of valid options
SyntaxCheck
Method to call to check the syntax of a report. Syntax errors that occured will be stored in datatable GLRptSyntaxErrors. Parameters Name checkReportID Type String Description The report id to check the syntax of
982
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name syntaxCheckType
Type String
Description The type of syntax check to perform. Values are: I (Income Statment), B (Balance Sheet), or O (Other)
Returns The GlRptSyntaxErrors data set
SyntaxCheckOptionsList
Method to call to get the list of valid options for the syntax check. The list is returned in code1`code desc1~code2`code desc2 format. Parameters Name syntaxCheckOptionsList Type String@ Description The list of valid options
ValidateGLRptRow
Method to call to validate that accounts or charts have been added to a row. if applicable. If accounts or charts are required, an exception will be thrown. This method should be called prior to leaving the row for a different row. Parameters Name reportID lineNum categoryOrAccounts Type String Int32 String Description The ReportID of the row The LineNum of the row The CategoryOrAccounts option of the row
YesNoDefaultList
Method to call to get the list of valid entries for Yes/No/Default options. The list is returned in code1`code desc1~code2`code desc2 format. Parameters Name yesNoDefaultList Type String@ Description The list of valid options
GLSyst
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLSyst: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewGLSyst
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
983
F-L
Deletes a row given its ID. Returns a DataSet given the primary key. Returns The DataSet.
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
984
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GLTracker
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLTracker: This business object contains 5 methods.
GetFiscalPeriods
Returns the Fiscal Year periods Parameters Name ipBookID ipFiscalYear ipFiscalYearSuffix opFiscalPerStart opFiscalPerEnd Type String Int32 String Int32@ Int32@ Description Book ID if not specified values will be based on Company.FiscalCalendarID" Current Fiscal Year Current Fiscal Year Suffix start Fiscal Period ending Fiscal Period
GetFiscalYear
Returns the Current Fiscal Year Parameters Name vBookID outFiscalYear outFiscalYearSuffix outFiscalPeriod Type String Int32@ String@ Int32@ Description Book ID if not specified values will be based on Company.FiscalCalendarID" Current Fiscal Year Current Fiscal Year Suffix Current Fiscal Period
GetRows
This method replaces the standard GetRows method Parameters Name vBookID vBalanceType vUseCarryFwdBal sBalanceAcct fiscalYear fiscalYearSuffix Type String String Boolean String Int32 String Description Book ID Balance Type P or T Use Carry Forward Balance Balance Account Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
985
F-L
Name openBalance
Type Decimal@
Description Open Balance
Returns This table is used to document the temp table that is used with the G/L Account Tracker program.
GetRowsCurrBal
Get currency balance rows for specifid balance account. Parameters Name vBookID vTransCurrencyCode vUseCarryFwdBal sBalanceAcct fiscalYear fiscalYearSuffix Type String String Boolean String Int32 String Description Book ID Transactional CurrencyCode Use Carry Forward Balance Balance Account Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix
Returns This table is used to document the temp table that is used with the G/L Account Tracker program.
GetRowsMultiple
This method gets all the rows for a group of glaccounts specified GLAccount table Parameters Name vBookID vBalanceType vUseCarryFwdBal fiscalYear fiscalYearSuffix ds Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLTrackerDataSet Type String String Boolean Int32 String Description Book ID Balance Type Use Carry Forward Balance Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLAccountTrackerDataSet
GLTransMatch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.GLTransMatch: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewGLJrnDtlMatching
986
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
987
F-L
GetMatchCodes
This method allows users to search for previously used Match Codes. Parameters Name ipMatchCode ipMatchDate ipBookID Returns GLTransMatch dataset Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} String Description The MatchCode used to select transactions The MatchDate used to select transactions The BookID used to select transactions
GetMatchingTransactions
This method fills the GLTransMatch dataset with all transactions with a particular MatchCode/Date/BookID. Parameters Name ipMatchCode ipMatchDate ipBookID Returns GLTransMatch dataset Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} String Description The MatchCode used to select transactions The MatchDate used to select transactions The BookID used to select transactions
GetNextMatchCode
This method gets the next Match Code. Parameters Name opMatchCode Type String@ Description The next MatchCode
RemoveMatchCode
This method removes the match code from GLJrnDtl records. Returns GLTransMatch dataset
988
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Chapter 8: H
HelpDesk
Epicor.Mfg.BO.HelpDesk: This business object contains 75 methods.
GetNewHDCase
GetNewHDCaseAttch
GetNewHDCaseLink
GetNewHDContact
GetNewHDCaseMaintReq
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
989
F-L
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
990
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
CreateFSCall
Create a Field Service call from this Help Desk Case. Parameters Name helpDeskCaseNum callCode newCallNum validPackingSlip ds Type Int32 String Int32@ Boolean@ Description The Help Desk case number to use as a source The call code to be used for the Field Service call The created call's call number Is the Packing Slip Valid Help Desk data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
991
F-L
CreateJob
Create a Job from this Help Desk Case. PartNum must be populated before calling this method, as it is required on a Job The HDCase in the database will be used for this call. Parameters Name helpDeskCaseNum optionTool newJobNum ds Type Int32 String String@ Description The Help Desk case number to use as a source Action Menu Option The created Job's job number Help Desk data set
CreateMaintReq
Create a Request from this Help Desk Case. Parameters Name helpDeskCaseNum newReqID ds Type Int32 String@ Description The Help Desk case number to use as a source The created Request ID Help Desk data set
CreateOrder
Create a quote from this Help Desk Case. CustNum must be populated before calling this method, as it is required on a quote The HDCase in the database will be used for this call. Parameters Name helpDeskCaseNum orderPONum newOrderNum ds Type Int32 String Int32@ Description The Help Desk case number to use as a source The PO number to use on the order. (This may be required by the customer) The created order's order number Help Desk data set
CreateQuote
Create a quote from this Help Desk Case. CustNum must be populated before calling this method, as it is required on a quote The HDCase in the database will be used for this call.
992
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name helpDeskCaseNum newQuoteNum ds Type Int32 Int32@ Description The Help Desk case number to use as a source The created quote's quote number Help Desk data set
CreateRMA
Create an RMA from this Help Desk Case. CustNum must be populated before calling this method, as it is required on an RMA The HDCase in the database will be used for this call. Parameters Name helpDeskCaseNum newRMANum ds Type Int32 Int32@ Description The Help Desk case number to use as a source The created RMA's RMA number Help Desk data set
GetAvailTaskSets
Get the topics to make available as children to a given topic. For top level topics, pass in a blank parentTopicID For all topics pass in "ReturnFullTopicList" Parameters Name whereClause ds Type String@ Description Where clause to be built for the use of TaskSetCombo Help Desk data set
GetChildTopics
Get the topics to make available as children to a given topic. For top level topics, pass in a blank parentTopicID For all topics pass in "ReturnFullTopicList" Parameters Name parentTopicID childList Type String String@ Description The parent topic or "" for top level topics. A delimited list of topics
GetNewHDCaseSearch
Get a blank set of search parameters
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
993
F-L
Parameters Name ds Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.HDCaseSearchDataSet
Called from Contact tracker instead of GetRows for better performance Parameters Name whereClauseHDCase contactName pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Help Desk Contact Trk DataSet Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for HDCase table. The contact to return data for. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
HelpDeskSearch
Perform a search of the helpdesk and/or knowledgebase cases Parameters Name ds Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.HDCaseListDataSet Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.HDCaseSearchDataSet
OnChangeAttrCodeList
Get the defaults from the AttrCodeList field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedAttrCodeList String Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed AttrCodeList
OnChangeBuyerID
This method should be called when BuyerID change.
994
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name buyerID ds Type String Description BuyerID Help Desk data set
OnChangeCallLine
Get the defaults from the CallLine field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedCallLine getDefaults Int32 Boolean Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed CallLine Assign any fields related to CallLine
OnChangeCallNum
Get the defaults from the CallNum field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedCallNum getDefaults Int32 Boolean Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed CallNum Assign any fields related to CallNum
OnChangeCaseOwner
Get the defaults from the CaseOwner field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedCaseOwner String Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed CaseOwner
OnChangeCaseTopics
Get the defaults 10 Topics fields
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
995
F-L
Parameters Name ds proposedCaseTopics String Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed case topics delimited with spaces
OnChangeCaseTypeID
Get the defaults for the Case Type on HDCase. Parameters Name ds proposedCaseTypeID String Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed CaseTypeID
OnChangeContractNum
Get the defaults from the ContractNum field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedContractNum getDefaults Int32 Boolean Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed ContractNum Assign any fields related to ContractNum
OnChangeCustID
Get the defaults from the CustID field on the HDCase record. This will set: The Customer Contact Parameters Name ds proposedCustID getDefaults String Boolean Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed Customer ID Assign any fields related to CustID
OnChangeEmpID
This method should be called when EmpID change.
996
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name empID ds Type String Description EmpID Help Desk data set
OnChangeEquipID
This method should be called when EquipID change. Parameters Name equipID ds Type String Description equipID Help Desk data set
OnChangeHDCaseSearch
Validates the search fields Parameters Name ds Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.HDCaseSearchDataSet
OnChangeInvoiceLine
Get the defaults from the InvoiceLine field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedInvoiceLine getDefaults Int32 Boolean Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed InvoiceLine Assign any fields related to InvoiceLine
OnChangeInvoiceNum
Get the defaults from the InvoiceNum field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedInvoiceNum getDefaults Int32 Boolean Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed InvoiceNum Assign any fields related to InvoiceNum
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
997
F-L
OnChangeMktgCampaignID
Get the defaults from the MktgCampaignID field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedMktgCampaignID String Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed MktgCampaignID
OnChangeMktgEvntSeq
Get the defaults from the MktgEvntSeq field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedMktgEvntSeq Int32 Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed MktgEvntSeq
OnChangeName
This method should be called when Name change. Parameters Name ipName ds Type String Description Name Help Desk data set
OnChangeOrderLine
Get the defaults from the OrderLine field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedOrderLine getDefaults Int32 Boolean Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed OrderLine Assign any fields related to OrderLine
OnChangeOrderNum
Get the defaults from the OrderNum field on the HDCase record.
998
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ds proposedOrderNum getDefaults Int32 Boolean Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed OrderNum Assign any fields related to OrderNum
OnChangeOrderRelNum
Get the defaults from the OrderRelNum field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedOrderRelNum Int32 Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed OrderRelNum
OnChangePartNum
Get the defaults from the PartNum field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedPartNum getDefaults sysRowID rowType serialWarning questionString multipleMatch String@ Boolean String String String@ String@ Boolean@ Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed PartNum Assign any fields related to PartNum RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
OnChangePerConLnkRowID
This method should be called when PerConLnkRowID change. Parameters Name ipPerConLnkRowID Type String Description PerConLnkRowID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
999
F-L
Name ds
Type
Description Help Desk data set
OnChangePrcConNum
Get the defaults from the PrcConNum field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedPrcConNum proposedPrcCustNum proposedPrcShipToNum Int32 Int32 String Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed PrcConNum The proposed PrcCustNum The proposed PrcShipToNum
OnChangeProjectID
Validate the ProjectID record. Parameters Name ds proposedProjectID String Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed ProjectID
OnChangePurPoint
Get the defaults from the PurPoint field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedPurPoint String Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed PurPoint
OnChangePurPointConNum
Get the defaults from the PurPointConNum field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedPurPointConNum proposedPurPoint Int32 String Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed PurPointConNum The proposed PurPoint
1000
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name proposedVendorNum
Type Int32
Description The proposed VendorNum
OnChangeQuantity
Calculate de Ext Price when Quantity Change Parameters Name proposedQuantity ds Type Decimal Description The proposed UnitPrice Help Desk data set
OnChangeQuantityUOM
Calculate de Unit Price when change Parameters Name proposedQuantityUOM ds Type String Description The proposed QuantityUOM Help Desk data set
OnChangeQuoteLine
Get the defaults from the QuoteLine field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedQuoteLine getDefaults Int32 Boolean Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed QuoteLine Assign any fields related to QuoteLine
OnChangeQuoteNum
Get the defaults from the QuoteNum field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedQuoteNum getDefaults Int32 Boolean Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed QuoteNum Assign any fields related to QuoteNum
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1001
F-L
OnChangeReqPerConID
Get the defaults from the ReqPerConID field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedReqPerConID Int32 Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed Person Contact ID
OnChangeReqPerConLnkRowID
Get the defaults from the ReqPerConLnkRowID field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedReqPerConLnkRowID String Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed Person Contact Link ID
OnChangeRevisionNum
Get the defaults from the RevisionNum field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedRevisionNum String Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed RevisionNum
OnChangeRMALine
Get the defaults from the RMALine field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedRMALine getDefaults Int32 Boolean Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed RMALine Defaults
OnChangeRMANum
Get the defaults from the RMANum field on the HDCase record.
1002
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ds proposedRMANum getDefaults Int32 Boolean Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed RMANum Defaults
OnChangeSearchCaseTopics
Get the defaults 10 Topics fields Parameters Name ds proposedCaseTopics String Type Description The Help Desk search data set The proposed case topics delimited with spaces
OnChangeSearchTopics
Get the defaults 10 Topics fields Parameters Name ds proposedTopicID1 proposedTopicID2 proposedTopicID3 proposedTopicID4 proposedTopicID5 proposedTopicID6 proposedTopicID7 proposedTopicID8 proposedTopicID9 proposedTopicID10 String String String String String String String String String String Type Description The Help Desk search data set The proposed TopicID1 The proposed TopicID2 The proposed TopicID3 The proposed TopicID4 The proposed TopicID5 The proposed TopicID6 The proposed TopicID7 The proposed TopicID8 The proposed TopicID9 The proposed TopicID10
OnChangeSerialNumber
Get the defaults from the SerialNumber field on the HDCase record.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1003
F-L
Parameters Name ds proposedSerialNumber getDefaults proposedPartNum opMessage String Boolean String String@ Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed SerialNumber Assign any fields related to SerialNumber The proposed PartNum The error message
OnChangeShipToNum
Get the defaults from the ShipToNum field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedShipToNum String Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed ShipToNum
OnChangeShpConNum
Get the defaults from the ShpConNum field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedShpConNum proposedShipToNum proposedShpCustNum Int32 String Int32 Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed ShpConNum The proposed ShipToNum The proposed ShpCustNum
OnChangeTopics
Get the defaults 10 Topics fields Parameters Name ds proposedTopicID1 proposedTopicID2 proposedTopicID3 proposedTopicID4 String String String String Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed TopicID1 The proposed TopicID2 The proposed TopicID3 The proposed TopicID4
1004
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name proposedTopicID5 proposedTopicID6 proposedTopicID7 proposedTopicID8 proposedTopicID9 proposedTopicID10
Type String String String String String String
Description The proposed TopicID5 The proposed TopicID6 The proposed TopicID7 The proposed TopicID8 The proposed TopicID9 The proposed TopicID10
OnChangeUnitPrice
Calculate de Ext Price Parameters Name proposedUnitPrice ds Type Decimal Description The proposed UnitPrice Help Desk data set
OnChangeVenConNum
Get the defaults from the PrcConNum field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedVenConNum proposedVendorNum proposedPurPoint Int32 Int32 String Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed VenConNum The proposed CustNum The proposed PurPoint
OnChangeVendorID
Get the defaults from the VendorID field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedVendorID getDefaults String Boolean Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed VendorID Assign any fields related to VendorID
OnChangeWarrantyCode
Get the defaults from the WarrantyCode field on the HDCase record.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1005
F-L
Parameters Name ds helpDeskCaseNum proposedPackNum proposedPackLine proposedDropShipPackSlip proposedDropShipPackLine getDefaults Int32 Int32 Int32 String Int32 Boolean Type Description Help Desk data set Current Help Desk Case Number The proposed PackNum The proposed PackLine The proposed Drop Shipment Pack Slip The proposed Drop Shipment Pack Line Assign any fields related to Packing Slip
OnChangeWFGroupID
Get the defaults from the WFGroupID field on the HDCase record. Parameters Name ds proposedWFGroupID String Type Description Help Desk data set The proposed WFGroupID
OpenCloseCase
This method either opens or closes a Case and returns the updated object Parameters Name hdCaseNum closeCase Type Int32 Boolean Description HDCaseNum to be opened or closed Yes to close Case, no to open Case
Returns Returns the newly opened/closed Case
PreOpenCloseCase
This method is to be run befor the OpenCloseCase method so that any questions that need to be asked before the OpenCloseCase method can run can be asked Parameters Name hdCaseNum closeCase vMessage Type Int32 Boolean String@ Description The current HDCase.HDCaseNum field Yes to close Case, no to open Case Returns a string containing the question to be asked
1006
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
HelpDeskTopic
Epicor.Mfg.BO.HelpDeskTopic: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewHDTopic
GetNewHDTopicParent
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1007
F-L
UpdateExt
ChangeTopicParentID
Validate that the ParentTopicID isn't a duplicate. Parameters Name ds parentTopicID String Type Description The HelpDeskTopic data set Parent Topic ID to be validated
HXProjectSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.HXProjectSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewHXProject
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1008
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1009
F-L
Chapter 9: I
ICommCode
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ICommCode: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewICommCode
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1010
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
ICReceiptSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ICReceiptSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIMRcvHead
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1011
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
GetRowsCustom
This overload of AfterGetRows filters the Dataset for the criteria Parameters Name whereClause poNum poLine poRel pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Returns the Receipts list Type String Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria PONum - Purchase Order Number POLine - Line PORel - Release Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
IMAPInvoice
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMAPInvoice: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMAPInvHed
1012
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetNewIMAPInvDtl
GetNewIMAPInvMsc
GetNewIMAPIHAPInvMsc
GetNewIMAPInvTax
GetNewIMEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1013
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
IMAPPayment
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMAPPayment: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMAPTran
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1014
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
IMARInvoice
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMARInvoice: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMInvcHead
GetNewIMInvcDtl
GetNewIMInvcMisc
GetNewIMInvcTax
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1015
F-L
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
1016
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
IMARPayment
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMARPayment: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMCashHead
GetNewIMCashDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1017
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
IMCurrConvRule
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMCurrConvRule: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMCurrConvRule
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1018
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
IMCurrency
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMCurrency: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMCurrency
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1019
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
IMCurrExRate
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMCurrExRate: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMCurrExRate
DeleteByID
1020
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
IMCurrRateDisp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMCurrRateDisp: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMCurrRateDisp
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1021
F-L
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
IMCurrRateGrp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMCurrRateGrp: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
1022
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetNewIMCurrRateGrp
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1023
F-L
IMCustCnt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMCustCnt: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMCustCnt
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1024
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
IMCustomer
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMCustomer: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMCustomer
GetNewIMEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1025
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
IMGLJournal
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMGLJournal: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMGLJrnHed
GetNewIMGLJrnDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
1026
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1027
F-L
Returns
IMPart
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMPart: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMPart
GetNewIMEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1028
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
IMPerCon
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMPerCon: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMPerCon
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1029
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
IMPO
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMPO: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMPOHeader
1030
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetNewIMPODetail
GetNewIMPORel
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1031
F-L
UpdateExt
IMPOChangeSuggestion
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMPOChangeSuggestion: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMSugPOChg
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1032
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
IMPORequisition
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMPORequisition: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMReqHead
GetNewIMReqDetail
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1033
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ImportEDIDocs
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ImportEDIDocs: This business object contains 10 methods.
CalcTaxes
Parameters Name ipQuoteNum ipOrderNum ipInvoiceNum ipAPInvKey Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Description Quote Number Order Number. Invoice Number. AP Invoice Number.
1034
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name ipCashHeadNum ipPayHeadNum ipShipPackNum ipEmpID ipEmpExpenseNum opCommFailure opMessage opTCStatus
Type String Int32 Int32 String Int32 Boolean@ String@ Boolean@
Description Cash Receipt Number. Payment Number. Shipment Number. Employee ID. Employee Expense Number. Comm Failure Message TC Status
AddAllOrderRels
Invoke this procedure to mark the OrderRels for creating during the posting proceess Parameters Name ds Type Description The ImportEDI data set
AddNoneOrderRels
Invoke this procedure to mark the Order Releases NOT to be created during the Posting process. Parameters Name ds Type Description The ImportEDI data set
AfterReviewDocs
Invoke this procedure to re-count the number of Orders to Import after reviewing. Parameters Name ds Type Description The ImportEDI data set
GetEDINetChange
Use this method after the user has imported the data. To populate the EDINetChange report table Parameters Name ds Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ImportEDIDocsDataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1035
F-L
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.EDINetChgDataSet
GetExternalFile
Call this procedure to read external EDI file. Parameters Name translatorID ds Type String Description Input EDI Translator Output ImportEDI data set
Use this method when the user enters the screen. It defaults the EDI Translator and EDI Document type. Returns Output ImportEDI data set
ImportEDIDocs
Import EDI documents. Parameters Name ds Type Description Output ImportEDI data set
OnChangeofDocumentType
Execute or call this method when the EDI Document Type has changed. Parameters Name newDocType ds Type String Description New document type. The ImportEDI data set
PostingEDIDocs
Posting EDI Documents. Parameters Name ds Type Description The ImportEDI data set
1036
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ImportSubsid
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ImportSubsid: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewConsImport
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1037
F-L
UpdateExt
GroupChangeWarning
Parameters Name ipBook ds warnMsg String@ Type String Description book id ImportSubsid dataset row A warning message is returned if the book changes and the gljrngrp exists.
GetBookCalendar
CheckGroupID
Parameters Name ipGroupID ds opCreateGroup String@ Type String Description Journal Group to Create for this import ImportSubsid dataset row prompt asking if it is okay to create the group
CheckFiscalYear
Method to call when validating fiscal year Parameters Name proposedFiscalYear proposedSuffix Type Int32 String Description The proposed Fiscal Year The proposed Fiscal Year suffix
1038
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name ipCalendar
Type String
Description Calendar ID
CheckFiscalPeriod
This method provides a warning message to present to the user if the given Fiscal Year/Period has already been imported. The user should be given the choice to import it again. The user's answer to the question "This fiscal period has previously been imported. Do you want to import it again?" should be stored in MCConGen.OkToRegenerate. In v6.10 Vantage, the user was never warned of a duplicate import--the system just quietly did as it was told. An exception is thrown if: - no MCConGen dataset row is found - the given Fiscal Year/Period is not valid Parameters Name ipFiscalPeriod ds pcMsg String@ Type Int32 Description fiscal period to validate ImportSubsid dataset row A warning message is returned if the given Fiscal Year/Period has already been imported.
GenerateJournal
This method generates Journal Entries from a MCConsolImport dataset. It is expected that the UI will first read a file from disk to create the MCConsolImport dataset. Each row in the MCConsolImport dataset that fails to "import" gets updated with the reason for the failure in MCConsolImport.ImportErrorMsg, and these are returned to the client; if there are any technical failures, such as improper datatypes in the input, all the non-failing rows are backed out, and an exception is thrown. Less serious failures, such as "Account not found", prevent only the import of the problematic line--the remainder can still be accepted. When successful, a MCConGen record is created in the database to indicate the consolidation was performed. An exception is thrown if: - the GLJrnGrp indicated by the GroupId is nto found - the fiscal period indicated by the GLJrnGrp is invalid - the filename is blank Parameters Name ds ds1 Type Description ImportSubsid dataset row MCConsolImport dataset
IMPOSuggestion
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMPOSuggestion: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMSugPODtl
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1039
F-L
GetNewIMSugPOMsc
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
1040
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
IMPurPoint
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMPurPoint: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMVendorPP
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1041
F-L
UpdateExt
IMPurTerms
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMPurTerms: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMPurTerms
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1042
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
IMReceipt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMReceipt: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMRcvHead
GetNewIMRcvDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1043
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
1044
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Returns
IMReceiptLine
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMReceiptLine: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMReceiptLine
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1045
F-L
UpdateExt
IMRFQSuggestion
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMRFQSuggestion: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMRFQSugg
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1046
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
IMShipment
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMShipment: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMShipHead
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1047
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
IMShipTo
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMShipTo: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMShipTo
DeleteByID
1048
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1049
F-L
IMSupplier
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMSupplier: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMVendor
GetNewIMEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1050
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
IMSupplierContact
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMSupplierContact: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMVendCnt
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1051
F-L
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
IMTerms
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IMTerms: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
GetNewIMTerms
DeleteByID
GetByID
1052
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
IncomeTax
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IncomeTax: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIncomeTax
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1053
F-L
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ChangeIncomeTaxType
BL performed when user propose a new IncomeTaxType value
1054
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ipIncomeTaxType ds Type String Description Proposed Income Tax Type IncomeTax Dataset
IncomeTaxRate
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IncomeTaxRate: This business object contains 7 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1055
F-L
UpdateExt
GetNewIncomeTaxRateCustom
Create a New ttIncomeTaxRate record with a given Effective Date Parameters Name ipEffectiveDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Effective Date IncomeTaxRate Dataset
IncomeTaxYr
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IncomeTaxYr: This business object contains 28 methods.
GetNewIncomeTaxYr
GetNewIncomeTaxYrAttch
GetNewIncomeTaxPer
GetNewIncomeTaxPerAttch
GetNewIncomeTaxPerCalc
GetNewIncomeTaxPerTran
GetNewIncomeTaxYrCalc
1056
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetNewIncomeTaxYrTran
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1057
F-L
Calculate
Performs all necessary operations in order to get a Income Tax Calculation for a given period/year. Parameters Name ipFiscalCalendarID ipFiscalYear ipFiscalYearSuffix ipFiscalPeriod Type String Int32 String Int32 Description Fiscal Calendar ID Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Fiscal Period, this value is zero when it is about a Fiscal Year
ChangeCalculatedAmount
Updates the amounts that should by the change of one. Parameters Name ipFiscalCalendarID ipFiscalYear ipFiscalYearSuffix ipFiscalPeriod ipSeq ipAmount Type String Int32 String Int32 Int32 Decimal Description Fiscal Calendar ID Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Fiscal Period, this value is zero when it is about a Fiscal Year Sequence Proposed Amount
ChangeIncomeTaxPerFiscalPeriod
Verifies whether the proposed Fiscal Period is a valid one Parameters Name ipFiscalPeriod ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Fiscal Period IncomeTaxYr data set
ChangeIncomeTaxPerUpdateRate
Verifies whether the proposed Update Rate overrides the Fiscal Calendar Period Update Rate.
1058
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ipUpdateRate opOverrideFiscalCal ds Type Decimal Boolean@ Description Proposed UpdateRate Returns a value of true or false IncomeTaxPer data set
ChangeIncomeTaxYrFiscalYear
Verifies whether the proposed Fiscal Year is a valid one. Parameters Name ipFiscalYear ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Fiscal Year IncomeTaxYr data set
ChangeIncomeTaxYrFiscalYearSuffix
Verifies whether the proposed Fiscal Year suffix is a valid one. Parameters Name ipFiscalYearSuffix ds Type String Description Proposed Fiscal Year Suffix IncomeTaxYr data set
ChangeIncomeTaxYrUpdateRate
Verifies whether the proposed Update Rate overrides the Fiscal Calendar Year Update Rate. Parameters Name ipUpdateRate opOverrideFiscalCal ds Type Decimal Boolean@ Description Proposed UpdateRate Returns a value of true or false IncomeTaxYr data set
ClosePeriod
Close Income Tax Period for update, validate first that previous period it's closed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1059
F-L
Parameters Name ipFiscalCalendarID ipFiscalYear ipFiscalYearSuffix ipFiscalPeriod ds Type String Int32 String Int32 Description Fiscal Calendar ID Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Fiscal Period, this value is zero when it is about a Fiscal Year The Income Tax Workbench data set
CloseYear
Close Income Tax Year for update, validate first that previous period it's closed. Parameters Name ipFiscalCalendarID ipFiscalYear ipFiscalYearSuffix ds Type String Int32 String Description Fiscal Calendar ID Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix The Income Tax Workbench data set
GetFiscalCalendar
Returns data according to the Fiscal Calendar defined in Company for Income Taxes Returns Fiscal Calendar IDFiscal YearFiscal Year SuffixFiscal Period
RecalcFromTransactions
Recalculates the Income Taxes when after existing IT transactions are updated by the user. Parameters Name ipFiscalCalendarID Type String Description Fiscal Calendar ID
1060
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name ipFiscalYear ipFiscalYearSuffix ipFiscalPeriod
Type Int32 String Int32
Description Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Fiscal Period, this value is zero when it is about a Fiscal Year
ReopenPeriod
Reopen Income Tax Period for update, validate first that later period it's open. Parameters Name ipFiscalCalendarID ipFiscalYear ipFiscalYearSuffix ipFiscalPeriod ds Type String Int32 String Int32 Description Fiscal Calendar ID Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Fiscal Period, this value is zero when it is about a Fiscal Year The Income Tax Workbench data set
ReopenYear
Reopen Income Tax Year for update, validate first that later period it's open. Parameters Name ipFiscalCalendarID ipFiscalYear ipFiscalYearSuffix ds Type String Int32 String Description Fiscal Calendar ID Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix The Income Tax Workbench data set
IndClassCodeSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IndClassCodeSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewICCode
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1061
F-L
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
1062
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Indirect
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Indirect: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewIndirect
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1063
F-L
UpdateExt
ValidateIndirectCode
This method validates the Indirect Labor code to ensure it's not in use by an active labor detail record. Parameters Name newExpenseCode ds Type String Description Expense Code. Indirect Data set
IndustryClass
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IndustryClass: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewICType
GetNewICCode
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1064
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
InfoPromptForm
Epicor.Mfg.BO.InfoPromptForm: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewIPForm
GetNewIPFormBPAction
GetNewIPFormCtrl
GetNewIPFormCtrlValues
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1065
F-L
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
1066
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
InspAttr
Epicor.Mfg.BO.InspAttr: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewInspAttr
GetNewInspAttrAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1067
F-L
UpdateExt
InspDataTracker
Epicor.Mfg.BO.InspDataTracker: This business object contains 32 methods.
GetNewInspResults
GetNewInspResultsChar
GetNewInspResultsCharAttch
GetNewInspResultsCheckBox
GetNewInspResultsCheckBoxAttch
GetNewInspResultsDate
GetNewInspResultsDateAttch
GetNewInspResultsNum
GetNewInspResultsNumAttch
GetNewInspResultsShortChar
1068
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetNewInspResultsShortCharAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1069
F-L
GetCodeDescList
GetDisplayColumns
Generate Columns that will be displayed in the grid Parameters Name inSpecID inSpecRevNum inInspPlanPartNum inInspPlanRevNum Returns Type String String String String Description The specification ID The specification revision number The inspection plan part number The inspection plan revision number
Returns
OnChangeInspType
This method wil assign values depending the inspection type selection This method should be run when the InspDataParam.InspType field changes. Parameters Name pcProposedInspType ds Type String Description The new proposed inspection type value The InspDataParam data set
OnChangeJobAsm
This method validates the ProposedAssemblySeq, then updates related fields: This method should be run when the InspDataParam.AssemblySeq field changes.
1070
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name piProposedAssemblySeq ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed Job Assembly value The InspDataParam data set
OnChangeJobNum
This method validates the JobNum, then updates related fields: This method should be run when the InspDataParam.JobNum field changes. Parameters Name pcProposedJobNum ds Type String Description The new proposed JobNum value The InspDataParam data set
OnChangeJobOpr
This method validates the piProposedOprSeq, then updates related fields: This method should be run when the InspDataParam.OprSeq field changes. Parameters Name piProposedOprSeq ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed Job Operation Sequence value The InspDataParam data set
OnChangeNCMID
This method validates the non conformance transaction ID, then updates related fields This method should be run when the InspDataParam.NCMTranID field changes. Parameters Name pcProposedNCMTranID ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed NCMTranID value The InspDataParam data set
OnChangePackSlip
This method validates the piProposedPackSlip, then updates related fields. This method should be run when the InspDataParam.PackSlip field changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1071
F-L
Parameters Name piProposedPackSlip ds Type String Description The new proposed PackSlip value The InspDataParam data set
OnChangePartNum
This method validates the piProposedPartNum, then updates related fields. This method should be run when the InspDataParam.PartNum field changes. Parameters Name piProposedPartNum ds Type String Description The new proposed PartNum value The InspDataParam data set
RetrieveValues
Retrieve records that will be displayed in the grid. Parameters Name ds Returns Type Description The InspDataParam data set
GetCurrentPlanRev
To return the default inspection plan revision Parameters Name ipInspPlan Returns Type String Description
GetCurrentSpecRev
To return the default specification revision Parameters Name ipSpecID Type String Description
1072
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Returns
GetInspPlanRevs
To return the revList values of a given inspection plan Parameters Name ipPartNum Returns Type String Description
GetSpecRevs
To return the revList values of a given specification Parameters Name ipSpecID Returns Type String Description
Inspectr
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Inspectr: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewInspectr
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1073
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
InspPlan
Epicor.Mfg.BO.InspPlan: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewInspPlan
GetNewInspPlanRev
DeleteByID
GetByID
1074
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1075
F-L
Type String
Description
DuplicateRevision
To create a new InspPlaRev by duplicating from another. Parameters Name sourcePartNum sourceRevNum targetRevNum Returns The InspPlan Data Set Type String String String Description Existing Part number that will be duplicated. Existing Revision number that will be duplicated. New Revision number that will be duplicated.
OnChangeFromRev
To set if duplicate option is allowed. Parameters Name sourcePartNum sourceRevNum oKToDuplicate Type String String Boolean@ Description Existing Part number that will be duplicated. Existing Revision number that will be duplicated. OKToDuplicate.
ValidatePlanNum
Parameters Name ipProposedPlanNum ds Type String Description The new proposed InspPlanNum value The Inspection Plan Dataset.
InspPlanRevSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.InspPlanRevSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewInspPlanRev
1076
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1077
F-L
InspProcessing
Epicor.Mfg.BO.InspProcessing: This business object contains 35 methods.
GetCodeDescList
AssignInspectorFar
To assign an Inspector to the First Article. Validates the Inspector against the database and assigns it to the ttTable Parameters Name pcInspectorID ds Type String Description (optional) The Inspector ID typed in by the user. Inspection Processing dataset.
AssignInspectorNonConf
To assign an Inspector to the non conformance(s). Validates the Inspector against the database and assigns it to the ttTable Parameters Name pcInspectorID ds Type String Description (optional) The Inspector ID typed in by the user. Inspection Processing dataset.
1078
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
AssignInspectorReceipt
To assign an Inspector to the PO Recipt(s). Validates the Inspector against the database and assigns it to the ttTable Parameters Name pcInspectorID ds Type String Description (optional) The Inspector ID typed in by the user. Inspection Processing dataset.
CheckSerialNumCount
This method provides a message suitable for prompting the user to approve a mismatch between the number of serial numbers selected and the quantity being inspected. Note that this mismatch is not always allowed; the prompt is only offered when: 1) there is a quantity mismatch AND 2) the situation is one that permits the mismatch, if the user approves. This method should be run just before any of the following: InspectMaterial InspectOperation InspectInventory InspectReceipt If the pcMsg parameter comes back non-empty, present its contents to the user as a Yes or No question. Example: "Number of selected Serial Numbers does not match passed quantity. Serial Numbers selected: num_1 Total Serial Numbers required: num_2 Continue with quantity discrepancy?" ***** Important ***** Important ***** The user is answering the question "Continue with quantity discrepancy?". Therefore, if the user answers "NO", set the EnforceSerialNumCount field to YES. and if the user answers "YES", set the EnforceSerialNumCount field to NO An exception is thrown if: - the InspNonConf or InspRcpt row with a RowMod of "A" or "U" is not found Parameters Name ds pcSource pcMsg String String@ Type Description Inspection Processing dataset. "NonConf" or "Receipt" A message suitable for prompting the user
ConvQtysToBase
Convert Quantities to base qtys for serial number processing Parameters Name pcPartNum piQuantity piPassedQty piFailedQty pcAcceptUM piBaseQty piBasePassQty Type String Int32 Int32 Int32 String Int32@ Int32@ Description AcceptUM. dimQuantity. dimPassedQty. dimFailedQty. AcceptUM. dimQuantity converted to Part.IUM. dimPassedQty converted to Part.IUM.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1079
F-L
Name piBaseFailQty
Type Int32@
Description dimFailedQty converted to Part.IUM.
GetByID
To retrieve the Inspection non conformance (InspProcessing dataset) corresponding to the given TranID and the Operations tab or the Materials tab of the Inspections Processing screen in Vantage v6.10. Parameters Name pcTranID Returns Inspection Processing dataset. Type Int32 Description The TranID of the NonConformance.
GetDateUser
This method puts a date/time/user stamp in the text value for the user Parameters Name pText Type String@ Description Text
GetFailedLegalNumGenOpts
This method will return a record in the LegalNumGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for the failed transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name ds inspectionType requiresUserInput String Boolean@ Type Description Inspection Processing dataset. The type of inspection: Inventory, Material, Operation, Receipt Indicates if the legal number requires user input
GetFirstArtByID
To retrieve the Inspection FirstArt (InspProcessing dataset) corresponding to the given JobNum, AssemblySeq, OprSeq, ResourceID, and SeqNum and the First Article tab of the Inspections Processing screen in Vantage v6.10.
1080
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name pcJobNum piAssemblySeq piOprSeq pcResourceID piSeqNum Returns Inspection Processing dataset. Type String Int32 Int32 String Int32 Description The JobNum of the First Article. The AssemblySeq of the First Article. The OprSeq of the First Article. The ResourceID of the First Article. The SeqNum of the First Article.
GetInspRcptSelectedSerialNumbers
This method will populate the SelectedSerialNumber datatable for the InspRcpt RowIdent. Parameters Name pcInspRcptRowIdent ds Type String Description Input RowIdent field of InspRcpt datatable Inspection Processing dataset.
GetInspResultsPassFail
This method will get the passed/failed quantity from InspResults for Non Conformance Parameters Name ds ipSource totPassed totFailed inspDataEntered String Int32@ Int32@ Boolean@ Type Description Inspection Processing dataset. "NonConf", "Receipt", "FirstArt" Total Passed Quantity. Total Failed Quantity. Inspection Data Found.
GetNonConfPartTranPKs
Return Primary Keys for generated PartTran records. Parameters Name ipNonConfID ipDMRNum ipPassedIssueTo Type Int32 Int32 String Description ipNonConfID DMR number PassedIssueTo
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1081
F-L
Name partTranPKs
Type String@
Description The PartTranPKs number
GetPassedLegalNumGenOpts
This method will return a record in the LegalNumGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name ds inspectionType requiresUserInput String Boolean@ Type Description Inspection Processing dataset. The type of inspection: Inventory, Material, Operation, Receipt Indicates if the legal number requires user input
GetReceiptByID
To retrieve the Inspection Receipt (InspProcessing dataset) corresponding to the given VendorNum, PurPoint, PackSlip, and PackLine and the Receipts tab of the Inspections Processing screen in Vantage v6.10. Parameters Name piVendorNum pcPurPoint pcPackSlip piPackLine Returns Inspection Processing dataset. Type Int32 String String Int32 Description The VendorNum of the Receipt. The PurPoint of the Receipt. The PackSlip of the Receipt. The PackLine of the Receipt.
GetReceiptPartTranPKs
Return Primary Keys for generated PartTran records. Parameters Name ipVendorNum ipPurPoint ipPackSlip ipPackLine ipDMRNum Type Int32 String String Int32 Int32 Description Vendor number PurPoint PackSlip PackLine DMR number
1082
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name ipPassedIssueTo partTranPKs
Type String String@
Description PassedIssueTo The PartTranPKs number
GetRows
To retrieve the list of items waiting to be inspected (InspProcList dataset). This combines onto one screen the browses shown on the various tabs of Inspection Processing screen in Vantage v6.10. Note that three of the six tabs are NonConformances, one is First Articles, one is Receipts (from either POs or SubContracted operations) and one is for RMAs. In Vantage v6.10, the columns showing for each tab are different from those in the other tabs; an attempt has been made here to include "identifying" columns. This should allow a GetByID() call to load the appropriate sheet for any of the different types. There is an input parameter for each of these types, for which there should be a corresponding checkbox. The rows for a given type will only be fetched if its corresponding input is TRUE. Parameters Name plOperation plMaterial plInventory plFirstArt plReceipt plRMA pcInspectorID whereClauseNonConf whereClauseFirstArt whereClauseRcvDtl whereClauseRMA Type Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean String String String String String Description If TRUE, include items that were sent to Inspection from a Job Operation. If TRUE, include items that were sent to Inspection from a Job Material. If TRUE, include items that were sent to Inspection from Inventory. If TRUE, include items that were sent to Inspection from a First Article. If TRUE, include items that were sent to Inspection from a PO or SubContract receipt. If TRUE, include items that were sent to Inspection from an RMA. (optional) The Inspector ID typed in by the user. (optional)Additional Where conditions for NonConf table. (optional)Additional Where conditions for FirstArt table. (optional)Additional Where conditions for RcvDtl table. (optional)Additional Where conditions for RMAHead table. (optional)Additional Where conditions for SelectedSerialNumbers table. (optional)Additional Where conditions for SNFormat table. (optional)Additional Where conditions to be applied to result set. Page Size Absolute page
whereClauseSelectedSerialNumbers String whereClauseSNFormat whereClauseInspProcList pageSize absolutePage String String Int32 Int32
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1083
F-L
Name morePages Returns Inspection Processing dataset.
Type Boolean@
Description Returns TRUE if there are more pages.
GetSelectedSerialNumbers
This method will populate the SelectedSerialNumber datatable for the InspNonConf RowIdent. Parameters Name pcInspNonConfRowIdent ds Type String Description Input RowIdent field of InspNonConf datatable Inspection Processing dataset.
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds Returns The SelectSerialNumbersParams dataset Type Description Inspection Processing data set
InspectFirstArt
To process an inspection of First Article (InspFirstArt datatable). Corresponds to the First Articles tab of the Inspections Processing screen in Vantage v6.10. Use this method where you would typically use the Update() method, when the item being inspected is a First Article. Parameters Name ds Type Description Inspection Processing dataset.
InspectInventory
To process an inspection of Inventory-related non conformances (NonConf dataset). Corresponds to the Inventory tab of the Inspections Processing screen in Vantage v6.10. Use this method where you would typically use the Update() method, when the item being inspected is an Inventory Material. Parameters Name legalNumberMessage Type String@ Description The legal number message
1084
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name iDMRNum ds
Type Int32@
Description The DMR number for the new DMR. Inspection Processing dataset.
InspectMaterial
To process an inspection of JobMaterial-related non conformances (NonConf dataset). Corresponds to the Material tab of the Inspections Processing screen in Vantage v6.10. Use this method where you would typically use the Update() method, when the item being inspected is an Inventory Material. Parameters Name legalNumberMessage iDMRNum ds Type String@ Int32@ Description The legal number message The DMR number for the new DMR. Inspection Processing dataset.
InspectOperation
To process an inspection of Operations-related non conformances (NonConf dataset). Corresponds to the Operations tab of the Inspections Processing screen in Vantage v6.10. Use this method where you would typically use the Update() method, when the item being inspected is a Job Assembly / Job Operation. Parameters Name legalNumberMessage iDMRNum ds Type String@ Int32@ Description The legal number message The DMR number for the new DMR. Inspection Processing dataset.
InspectReceipt
To process an inspection of Receipt, either a PO or SubContract. Corresponds to the PO Receipts tab of the Inspections Processing screen in Vantage v6.10. Use this method where you would typically use the Update() method, when the item being inspected is a PO Receipt. Parameters Name legalNumberMessage iDMRNum iNonConfID ds Type String@ Int32@ Int32@ Description The legal number message The DMR number for the new DMR. The new Nonconformance number created for the new DMR. Inspection Processing dataset.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1085
F-L
OnChangeAssemblySeq
This method validates the piProposedAssemblySeq, then clears the related fields. This method should be run when the Assembly Seq field changes. An exception is thrown if: - the proposed Assembly Seq does not exist for the given Assembly Parameters Name ds pcSource piProposedAssemblySeq String Int32 Type Description Inspection Processing dataset. "NonConf" or "Receipt" The new proposed Assembly Seq value
OnChangeFailedQty
This method validates the pdProposedFailedQty, then if zero, clears the related fields. This method should be run when the FailedQty field changes. An exception is thrown if: - Passed Quantity + Failed Quantity greater than the original quantity Parameters Name ds pcSource pdProposedFailedQty String Decimal Type Description Inspection Processing dataset. "NonConf" or "Receipt" The new proposed Failed Quantity value
OnChangeFAInspectedQty
This routine is for First Article inspections only. Gives a warning message if the proposed Inspected Quantity is less than the Expected Quantity. This method should be run when the ttInspFirstArt.InspectedQuantity field changes. An exception is thrown if: - No added or modified row is found in the dataset. Parameters Name ds pdInspectedQuantity pcWarningMsg Decimal String@ Type Description Inspection Processing dataset. The new proposed Inspected Quantity value If the Quantity is less than the Expected Quantity, a warning message will be present here.
OnChangeIssueComplete
For use only with Receipt Inspections This method checks for a conflict among: - the quantity passing inspection, - the remaining quantity needed, - the IssuedComplete field in the dataset (aka a checkbox on the screen), - the IssuedComplete flag stored on the JobMtl or JobOper record If a conflict is found, this routine returns: - text intended for prompting the user to give their okay - the name of the field in the dataset in which to put the user's Okay/NotOkay response. There are four possible scenarios where the user may be asked to confirm an
1086
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
unusual action: 1) Issuing to a JobMtl that had been marked complete, and now the user indicates it is no longer considered complete. Text for prompt returned (may be translated): "The Job Material requirement is Closed... do you really want it reopened?" Field in which to record the user's response: IsOkToReopenJobMtl 2) Issuing to a JobMtl that would still need more quantity, but the user indicates it is considered complete. Text for prompt returned (may be translated): "Quantity issued is less than requirement... Are you sure you want to close this material requirement?" Field in which to record the user's response: IsOkToCloseJobMtl 3) Issuing to a SubContract that had been marked complete, and now the user indicates it is no longer considered complete. Text for prompt returned (may be translated): "The Subcontract operation is complete... do you really want it reopened?" Field in which to record the user's response: IsOkToReopenSubContract 4) Issuing to a SubContract that would still need more quantity, but the user indicates it is considered complete. Text for prompt returned (may be translated): "Quantity issued is less than requirement... Are you sure you want to close this subcontract operation?" Field in which to record the user's response: IsOkToCloseSubContract This method should be run when the InspRcpt.IssuedComplete field changes. An exception is thrown if: Parameters Name ds pcSource plProposedIssuedComplete pcWarningMsg pcResponseField String Boolean String@ String@ Type Description Inspection Processing dataset. "NonConf" or "Receipt" The new proposed Issued Complete value If there is a conflict, a warning message will be present here. If the Job is closed, a warning message will be present here.
OnChangeJobNum
This method validates the pcProposedJobNum, then clears the job-related fields. This method should be run when the InspRcpt.JobNum field changes. An exception is thrown if: - No Job exists with the given Job Number Parameters Name ds pcSource pcProposedJobNum pcWarningMsg String String String@ Type Description Inspection Processing dataset. "NonConf" or "Receipt" The new proposed Job Number value If the Job is closed, a warning message will be present here.
OnChangeJobSeq
For use only with Receipt Inspections. For Inventory Inspections, see OnChangeMtlSeq(). This method validates the piProposedJobSeq, then clears the job-related fields. The JobSeq field holds a JobMtl.MtlSeq when passing inspection to a Job Material. The JobSeq field holds a JobOper.OprSeq when passing inspection to a Job Operation. This method should be run when the InspRcpt.JobSeq field changes. An exception is thrown if: - No related JobMtl or JobOper exists with the given Job sequence number.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1087
F-L
Parameters Name ds piProposedJobSeq pcWarningMsg Int32 String@ Type Description Inspection Processing dataset. The new proposed Job Sequence Number value If the user needs to be informed of some condition, a warning message will be present here.
OnChangeMtlSeq
For use only with Inventory Inspections. For Receipt Inspections, see OnChangeJobSeq(). This method validates the pcProposedMtlSeq, then provides the defaults for the material-related fields. This method should be run when the InsNonConf.MtlSeq field changes. An exception is thrown if: - No related JobMtl exists with the given sequence number. Parameters Name ds piProposedMtlSeq pcWarningMsg Int32 String@ Type Description Inspection Processing dataset. The new proposed Material Sequence Number value If the user needs to be informed of some condition, a warning message will be present here.
OnChangePassedIssueTo
This method validates the pcProposedIssueTo, then sets the default values of the related fields. This method should be run when the PassedIssueTo field changes. Only Inventory and Receipt Inspections offer a choice of where to send items passing inspection--so the others have no need for this routine. An exception is thrown if: - the proposed PassedIssueTo is not valid. If this is a radio set as in v6.10, only a programming error could ever lead to an exception. Parameters Name ds pcSource pcProposedIssueTo String String Type Description Inspection Processing dataset. "NonConf" or "Receipt" The new proposed PassedIssueTo value
OnChangePassedQty
This method validates the pdProposedPassedQty, then if zero, clears the related fields. This method should be run when the PassedQty field changes. An exception is thrown if: - Passed Quantity + Failed Quantity greater than the original quantity
1088
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ds pcSource pdProposedPassedQty String Decimal Type Description Inspection Processing dataset. "NonConf" or "Receipt" The new proposed Passed Quantity value
OnChangePassedWhse
This method validates the WarehouseCode, then, if valid, calls for the procedure to to bring a primary bin for this Warehose (if defined). This method should be run when the PassedWarehouseCode field or FailedWarehouseCode field are changed by the user. An exception is thrown if: - WarehouseCode entered is not valid Parameters Name ds pcSource pcWhseType pdProposedWhse String String String Type Description Inspection Processing dataset. "NonConf" or "Receipt" "Passed" or "Failed" The new proposed Passed Warehouse
InspResults
Epicor.Mfg.BO.InspResults: This business object contains 46 methods.
GetNewInspResults
GetNewInspResultsAttch
GetNewInspResultsChar
GetNewInspResultsCharAttch
GetNewInspResultsCheckBox
GetNewInspResultsCheckBoxAttch
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1089
F-L
GetNewInspResultsDate
GetNewInspResultsDateAttch
GetNewInspResultsNum
GetNewInspResultsNumAttch
GetNewInspResultsShortChar
GetNewInspResultsShortCharAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1090
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
GenerateResults
Generate Sample List Parameters Name ds callProgram key1 key2 key3 key4 String String String String String Type Description The InspParam data set The calling program Key1 of existing records Key2 of existing records Key3 of existing records Key4 of existing records
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1091
F-L
Name key5 dateStamp timeStamp inspPlanNum inspRevNum specID specRevNum inspectQty ds1
Type String String Int32 String String String String Int32
Description Key5 of existing records DateStamp of existing records TimeStamp of existing records Inspection Plan Number. Inspection Revision Number. Specification ID. Specification revision number. Inspection Quantity. The InspSampleLst data set
GetInspParams
Parameters Name callProgram callInspType tgtRowID inNCMTranID inNCMTranType inJobNum inAsmSeq inOprSeq inPartNum inRevisionNum inRMANum inRMALine inRMAReceipt inRMADisp inRMADispType inWhseCode inVendorNum inPurPoint inPackSlip inPackLine inSerialNum Type String String String Int32 String String Int32 Int32 String String Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 String String Int32 String String Int32 String Description The calling program The calling inspection type The rowid of the calling inspection record The calling program The calling program The calling program The calling program The calling program The calling program The calling program The calling program The calling program The calling program The calling program The calling program The calling program The calling program The calling program The calling program The calling program The calling program
1092
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name inLotNum inQty inResourceID inSeqNum Returns
Type String Decimal String Int32
Description The calling program The calling program ResourceID from the calling program SeqNum from the calling program
ValidateSerialAfterSelect
Validates after calling SN selection screen Parameters Name ds Type Description InspParam data set
ConvQtysToBase
Convert Quantities to base qtys for serial number processing Parameters Name pcPartNum piQuantity piPassedQty piFailedQty pcAcceptUM piBaseQty piBasePassQty piBaseFailQty Type String Int32 Int32 Int32 String Int32@ Int32@ Int32@ Description AcceptUM. dimQuantity. dimPassedQty. dimFailedQty. AcceptUM. dimQuantity converted to Part.IUM. dimPassedQty converted to Part.IUM. dimFailedQty converted to Part.IUM.
GetInspPlanPartNum
Parameters Name ds Type Description The InspParam data set
GetInspQty
Get the inspection quantity for the given quantity
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1093
F-L
GetPassedFailed
Parameters Name relatedRowID inspType passedSetting Type String String Boolean@ Description RowID of the InspResults record inspection Type Returns InspResults.Passed value
GetLaborSelectedSerialNumbers
This method will populate the SelectedSerialNumber datatable for the InspNonConf RowIdent. Parameters Name pcLaborRowIdent ds Type String Description Input RowIdent field of InspNonConf datatable Inspection Param dataset.
GetRMASelectedSerialNumbers
This method will populate the SelectedSerialNumber datatable Parameters Name pcRowIdent ds Type String Description Input RowIdent field of InspNonConf datatable Inspection Param dataset.
ValidateSerialBeforeSelect
Call before allowing the select of serial numbers Parameters Name ds notEnoughSerials totSNReq String@ Decimal@ Type Description InspParam data set Not enough serials for labor entry Total number of serials required for labor entry
1094
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds enableCreate Boolean Type Description Inspection Param data set Enable create serial numbers
GetRMASelectSerialNumbersParams
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds Returns The SelectSerialNumbersParams dataset Type Description RMADisp data set
GetSpecID
OnChangeInspPlan
This method validates the Proposed InspPlanPartNum, then updates related fields: This method should be run when the InspPlanSampleLst.InspPlanNum field changes. Parameters Name piProposedInspPlan ds Type String Description The new proposed inspection plan part num value The InspParam data set
UpdateSelectedSN
This method updates passed/failed value on selectedserialnumbers.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1095
F-L
Parameters Name ds ds1 Type Description The InspPlanSampleLst data set The InspParam data set
OnChangeInspType
This method wil assign values depending the inspection type selection This method should be run when the InspParam.InspType field changes. Parameters Name pcProposedInspType ds Type String Description The new proposed inspection type value The InspParam data set
OnChangeJobAsm
This method validates the ProposedAssemblySeq, then updates related fields: This method should be run when the InspParam.AssemblySeq field changes. Parameters Name piProposedAssemblySeq ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed Job Assembly value The InspParam data set
OnChangeJobNum
This method validates the JobNum, then updates related fields: This method should be run when the InspParam.JobNum field changes. Parameters Name pcProposedJobNum ds Type String Description The new proposed JobNum value The InspParam data set
OnChangeJobOpr
This method validates the piProposedOprSeq, then updates related fields: This method should be run when the InspParam.OprSeq field changes.
1096
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name piProposedOprSeq ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed Job Operation Sequence value The InspParam data set
OnChangeNCMID
This method validates the non conformance transaction ID, then updates related fields This method should be run when the InspParam.NCMTranID field changes. Parameters Name pcProposedNCMTranID ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed NCMTranID value The InspParam data set
OnChangePartNum
This method validates the piProposedPartNum, then updates related fields. This method should be run when the InspParam.PartNum field changes. Parameters Name piProposedPartNum ds Type String Description The new proposed PartNum value The InspParam data set
OnChangeSpecID
This method validates the Proposed Specification ID, then updates related fields: This method should be run when the InspPlanSampleLst.SpecID field changes. Parameters Name piProposedSpecID ds Type String Description The new proposed specification id value The InspParam data set
OnChangeSpecRev
This method processes the Proposed Specification Revision, then updates related fields: This method should be run when the InspParam.SpecRev field changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1097
F-L
Parameters Name piProposedSpecRev ds Type String Description The new proposed specification revision value The InspParam data set
PreGenerateResults
This method should be called prior to calling the GenerateResults method. It will validate InspParam data and check for existing InspResults records. Parameters Name ds inspPlanNum inspRevNum specID specRevNum inspectQty existsMessage key1 key2 key3 key4 key5 dateStamp timeStamp String String String String Int32 String@ String@ String@ String@ String@ String@ String@ Int32@ Type Description The InspParam data set Inspection Plan Number. Inspection Revision Number. Specification ID. Specification revision number. Inspection Quantity. Message to be displayed to user. Key1 value to use for InspResults retrieval Key2 value to use for InspResults retrieval Key3 value to use for InspResults retrieval Key4 value to use for InspResults retrieval Key5 value to use for InspResults retrieval InspectDate to use for InspResults retrieval InspectTime to use for InspResults retrieval.
GetDisplayColumns
Generate Columns that will be displayed in the grid Parameters Name inSpecID inSpecRevNum inInspPlanPartNum inInspPlanRevNum Type String String String String Description The specification ID The specification revision number The inspection plan part number The inspection plan revision number
1098
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Returns
RetrieveValues
Retrieve records that will be displayed in the grid. Parameters Name ds relatedRowID Returns String Type Description The InspParam data set RowID of the InspResults record.
GetNewLbrScrapSerialNumbers
Gets a new LbrScrapSerialNumbers record for current InspParam Parameters Name ds Type Description Labor data set
InternalPartCrossRef
Epicor.Mfg.BO.InternalPartCrossRef: This business object contains 18 methods.
GetNewPartRef
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1099
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
1100
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
ChangeMaskPrefixSuffix
When Changing PartRef.MaskPrefix or Suffix field. Parameters Name icValue icPorC ds Type String String Description MaskPrefix or MaskSuffix value Which one to check The InternalPartCrossRef dataset
ChangePartRefPartNum
When Changing PartRef.PartNum field.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1101
F-L
Parameters Name iPartNum sysRowID rowType serialWarning questionString multipleMatch Type String@ String String String@ String@ Boolean@ Description Part Number Reference RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
ChangePartRefSNMask
When Changing PartRef.SNMask field. Parameters Name iSNMask ds Type String Description Serial Mask ID The InternalPartCrossRef dataset
ChangePartRefSNOverride
When Changing PartRef.SNOverride field. Parameters Name iSNOverride ds Type String Description Override Mask The InternalPartCrossRef dataset
ChangePartRefXRefPartNum
When Changing PartRef.XRefPartNum field. Parameters Name iXRefPartNum ds Type String Description Part Number Reference The InternalPartCrossRef dataset
GetInternalPartXRef
Get all Internal Part References for a given Part
1102 Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name iPartNum ds Type String Description Part Number The CustomerPartXRef dataset
IntgWorkbench
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IntgWorkbench: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewIntQueIn
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1103
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
DeleteByObject
Given a list of Groups/Objects we will delete the IntQueIn and all the IM records related to each one of them. Parameters Name Type Description
ipRelatedToFile String List of Groups/Objects (suing the RelatedToFile field as code) to be deleted. Valid Values = APInvHed,InvcHead,Customer,Supplier,Vendor,Part,CustCnt,POHeader,RcvHead,GLJrnHed,Currency,Cur
GetErrorRows
To retrieve the list of errors from failed attempts to import data from external systems. This allows a UI to combine onto one screen the 18 browses of the separate maintenance programs in the External Systems Integration / Operations menu in Vantage v6.10. Note that separate BOs are used for viewing / updating the details of each type (table); this BO only provides the list of rows needing attention, with minimal description intended to be sufficient for labeling nodes in a tree view. It should be possible for the UI to construct calls to GetByID() in the appropriate BO to load the appropriate sheet for any of the different types. There is an input parameter for each of these types, for which there should be a corresponding checkbox. The rows for a given type will only be fetched if its corresponding input is TRUE.
1104
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name pcRelatedToList whereClauseIntQueIn pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns IntgWorkbench dataset. Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Returns TRUE if there are more pages. Description (optional)A tilde-delimited list of values for the RelatedTo field to match. (optional)Where conditions for the IntQueIn* tables.
InvcGrp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.InvcGrp: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewInvcGrp
GetNewInvcGrpAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1105
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetInvcGrp
Sets the user lock on the Current group. This method also run GetByID.. Parameters Name groupID ds Type String Description Group ID. Invoice Entry data set.
This method should ONLY be called for RMA processing. It creates a group with a groupid of RMACRREQ. This group cannot be updated. Returns Invoice Entry data set.
OnChangeofApplyDate
This methods should be called to validate the new apply date entered by the user. Parameters Name groupID Type String Description Group ID.
1106
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name newApplyDate ds
Description New Apply Date. Invoice Entry data set.
OnChangeofInvoiceDate
This methods should be called to validate the new invoice date entered by the user. Parameters Name groupID newInvoiceDate ds Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Group ID. New invoice date. Invoice Entry data set.
PostInvoices
Posts the invoices for a group. Parameters Name groupID invoicesGenerated errorMessage legalNumberMessage Type String String@ String@ String@ Description Group ID. Invoices and legal numbers generated. Error messages generated. Legal number messages generated.
PrePostInvoices
This method should be called before Invoices for a group are posted. If the GL is not interfaced the user will be asked to continue Y/N. If they choose N, the PostInvoices method should not be called. Parameters Name ipTCOnline glMessage glWarning ds Type Boolean String@ String@ Description Tax Connect status. Error messages generated. Warning message. Invoice Entry data set.
UnlockGroup
Resets the user lock on the old group. Needs to be called on a change of group and when the screen closes. This method does not affect the temp table, only the database table.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1107
F-L
Parameters Name priorGroupID ds Type String Description Prior Group ID. Invoice Entry data set.
InventoryQtyAdj
Epicor.Mfg.BO.InventoryQtyAdj: This business object contains 16 methods.
String@
FindPartAndGetRowID
1108
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1109
F-L
CheckSN
Determines if serial numbers are required for this transaction Parameters Name partNum warehouseCode serialNumbersRequired Type String String Boolean@ Description Part Number Warehouse Code Serial Numbers Required Flag
GetInventoryQtyAdj
Gets the default values for the InventoryQtyAdj data table based on the part number entered. Parameters Name partnumber uomCode Returns Inventory qty adj data set Type String String Description Part number to adjust. UOM Code (only used for Product Codes)
GetInventoryQtyAdjBrw
Gets the default values for the browse section of the adjustment screen Parameters Name partNum wareHouseCode primaryBin Type String String String@ Description Part number for the adjustment. Warehouse code used to get bin information. Part Warehouse's Primary Bin.
Returns Browse for inventory qty adj data set
GetPartXRefInfo
This method defaults PartAdvisor fields when the PartNum field changes
1110
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name partNum sysRowID rowType uomCode serialWarning questionString multipleMatch Type String@ String String String@ String@ String@ Boolean@ Description Proposed PartNumber change RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. UOM Code (only used for Product Codes) Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds Returns The SelectSerialNumbersParams dataset Type Description Inventory qty adj data set
KitPartStatus
Checks Part's type and returns warning message if the part is a Sales Kit. Parameters Name partNum kitMessage Type String String@ Description Part number. Message to warn that Kits shouldn't have stock quantities.
PreSetInventoryQtyAdj
This method will return a record in the LegalNumGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1111
F-L
Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Type Description Inventory qty adj data set Indicates if the legal number requires user input
SetInventoryQtyAdj
Create Part Tran records from the Inventory QtyAdj dataset. If Serial numbers are entered, SerialNo records and SNTran records are created. If the Serial number format is changed, the Part table will be updated with the information provided in the SNFormat data table. Parameters Name ds partTranPKs String@ Type Description Inventory qty adj data set Inventory qty adj data set
ValidateSN
Validates that a single serial number is valid for this transaction Parameters Name ds serialNumber isVoided String Boolean@ Type Description Inventory qty adj data set Serial number to validate. Serial Number Voided flag
InvoiceIStatTrn
Epicor.Mfg.BO.InvoiceIStatTrn: This business object contains 6 methods.
APGetInvoiceIStatTrn
Gets the InvoiceIStatTrn record for an APInvDtl record. Parameters Name inVendorNum inInvoiceNum inInvoiceLine forTracker Type Int32 String Int32 Boolean Description The vendor number of the invoice detail line The invoice number of the invoice detail line The line number of the invoice detail line This flag indicates that this function is called for Tracker
1112
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Returns The InvoiceIStatTrn data set
ARGetInvoiceIStatTrn
Gets the InvoiceIStatTrn record for an AR InvcDtl record. Parameters Name inInvoiceNum inInvoiceLine forTracker Returns The InvoiceIStatTrn data set Type Int32 Int32 Boolean Description The invoice number of the invoice detail line The line number of the invoice detail line This flag indicates that this function is called for Tracker
ChangeCommodityCode
Method to call when changing the commodity code. Validates the code and updates CommodityCodeDescription field for the code. Parameters Name proposedCommodityCode ds Type String Description The proposed commodity code The InvoiceIStatTrn data set
ChangeFOB
Method to call when changing the FOB code. Validates the code and updates FOBDescription field for the code. Parameters Name proposedFOB ds Type String Description The proposed FOB code The InvoiceIStatTrn data set
ChangeShipVia
Method to call when changing the ship via code. Validates the code and updates ShipViaDescription field for the code. Parameters Name proposedShipViaCode ds Type String Description The proposed ship via code The InvoiceIStatTrn data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1113
F-L
UpdateIStatTrn
Updates/creates the IStatTrn record. Parameters Name ds Type Description The InvoiceIStatTrn data set
InvoiceReceiptMatch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.InvoiceReceiptMatch: This business object contains 9 methods.
CheckGLInterfaceForPost
Checks to see if GL interface is available before posting. Is run before the PostMatches method. A question is returned to ask the user if they want to continue with the post or not if the interface is not available. If the answer is no, the PostMatches method is not run. Parameters Name cContinuePostMsg Type String@ Description The text of the question to ask of the user
GetAPIRMtch
Get the APIRMtch records. Parameters Name pageSize absolutePage morePages Type Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The pageSize parameter The absolutePage parameter The morePages parameter
Returns A/P Invoice to Receipt matching data set
GetInvoiceReceiptMatch
Get the InvoiceReceipt records from the list dataset. Parameters Name ds Type Description
1114
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Returns Invoice to Receipt matching data set
GetList
This method returns the Data Schema records Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns AP Invoice Match List data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Where clause Page Size Absolute Page More Pages
GetSupplierXRefParts
This method gets the XRef information for a given supplier part Parameters Name partNum vendorNum poNum poLine purPoint packSlip packLine Returns The Supplier XRef data set Type String Int32 Int32 Int32 String String Int32 Description Receipt Part Number Receipt Supplier Number PO Number PO Line Purchase Point packing Slip packing Line
MatchInvoiceReceipt
Match an invoice and a receipt. Parameters Name cInvoiceNum iInvoiceLine iVendorNum cPurPoint Type String Int32 Int32 String Description The Invoice Number of the APInvoiceMatch record The Invoice Line Number of the APInvoiceMatch record The Vendor Number of the APInvcRcptDtlMatch record The Purchase Point of the APInvcRcptDtlMatch record
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1115
F-L
Name cPackSlip iPackLine ds
Type String Int32
Description The Pack Slip of the APInvcRcptDtlMatch record The Pack Slip Line of the APInvcRcptDtlMatch record Invoice to Receipt matching data set
PostMatches
Post the Invoice/Receipt matches. Parameters Name ds cPostErrorLog cErrorLogMsg String@ String@ Type Description AP Invoice matching list data set The specific errors that occurred when posting If errors occurred, message to present the user to inform them
Returns AP Invoice matching list data set
SetSupplierXRefParts
This method sets the XRef fields for a supplier part Parameters Name ds Type Description The Supplier XRef data set
UnMatchInvoiceReceipt
Unmatch an invoice and a receipt. Parameters Name cInvoiceNum iInvoiceLine iVendorNum cPurPoint cPackSlip iPackLine ds Type String Int32 Int32 String String Int32 Description The Invoice Number of the APInvcRcptDtlMatch record The Invoice Line of the APInvcRcptDtlMatch record The Vendor Number of the APInvcRcptDtlMatch record The Purchase Point of the APInvcRcptDtlMatch record The Pack Slip of the APInvcRcptDtlMatch record The Pack Slip Line of the APInvcRcptDtlMatch record Invoice to Receipt matching data set
1116
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
InvTransfer
Epicor.Mfg.BO.InvTransfer: This business object contains 21 methods.
String@
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1117
F-L
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
ChangeFromBin
This method will pull qty for the bin.
1118
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ds Type Description Inventory Transfer data set
ChangeFromWhse
This method validate from warehouse. Parameters Name ds Type Description Inventory Transfer data set
ChangeLot
Recalculates on hand qty when lot number changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Inventory Transfer data set
ChangeToBin
This method will pull qty for the TO bin. Parameters Name ds Type Description Inventory Transfer data set
ChangeToWhse
This method validate to warehouse. Parameters Name ds Type Description Inventory Transfer data set
ChangeUOM
Recalculates on hand qty when the inventory transfer UOM changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1119
F-L
Parameters Name ds Type Description Inventory Transfer data set
CommitTransfer
This method will commit the inventory transfer . Serial numbers are passed from the serial number object through the ttSelectedSerialNumbers temptable. Parameters Name ds legalNumberMessage partTranPKs String@ String@ Type Description Inventory Transfer data set The legal number message to display to the user. Can be blank PartTran primary keys.
GetAvailBins
Based on the parameter AllBins, either all bins or only current bins will be returned in the Bins Data table. Parameters Name partNum allBins warehouseCode lotNum dimCode binList Type String String String String String String@ Description Part Number (current only). A for all bins or C for current warehouse. Warehouse code. Lot number (current only). UNIT OF MEASURE (old Dimension Code) List of bins and descriptions. The bins and descriptions are ` delimited, while the set of bins and descriptions are delimited by a ~.
GetPartXRefInfo
This method defaults PartAdvisor fields when the PartNum field changes Parameters Name partNum uomCode sysRowID Type String@ String@ String Description Proposed PartNumber change UOM Code (only used for Product Codes) RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value.
1120
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name rowType serialWarning questionString multipleMatch
Type String String@ String@ Boolean@
Description RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
GetPrimaryBin
Note: This method should be called when either the From or To Warehouse code changes. Purpose: Get the Part (From or To) Warehouse's Primary Bin when the Warehouse is changed. Parameters Name iPartNum iWarehouseCode primaryBin Type String String String@ Description Part Number WarehouseCode Ouput parameter which contains the Part Warehouse's Primary Bin
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds Returns The SelectSerialNumbersParams dataset Type Description Inventory Transfer data set
GetTransferRecord
This method creates a template transfer record . Gets defaults for the part to be transfered . Parameters Name iPartNum uomCode Returns Inventory Transfer data set Type String String Description Part Number UOM Code (only used for Product Codes)
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1121
F-L
PreCommitTransfer
This method will return a record in the LegalNumberGenerate datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Type Description Inventory Transfer data set Indicates if the legal number requires user input
ValidateSN
Validates that a single serial number is valid for this transaction Parameters Name ds serialNumber isVoided String Boolean@ Type Description Inventory Transfer data set Serial number to validate. Serial Number Voided flag
IRWarehseSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IRWarehseSearch: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetWarehseList
This method returns a list of warehouses. In a STK type of transaction this search looks into PlantWhse table and returns the warehouses where the pcPartNum is defined. For other transaction types it looks into PlantShare table and returns the shared warehouses. Parameters Name pcTranType pcPartNum pcWarehseType Type String String String Description IssueReturn Transaction type PartNum involved in Issue / Return Valid values are From or To.
Returns List of warehouses - IRWarehseSearchDataSet
1122
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
IssueReturn
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturn: This business object contains 38 methods.
String@
GetList
List of jobs that can be selected for Mass Issue. Parameters Name whereClauseJobHead whereClauseJobAsmbl Type String String Description Where condition without the where word Where condition without the where word
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1123
F-L
Description # of records returned. 0 means all
Are there more pages ? Yes/No
Returns Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnJobAsmblDataSet
GetListJobs
List of jobs that can be selected for Mass Issue. Parameters Name whereClauseJobHead pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description Where condition without the where word # of records returned. 0 means all
Returns Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnJobListDataSet
GetNewIssueReturn
Call this method to create a new Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet with default values. Parameters Name pcTranType pcMtlQueueRowID pCallProcess ds Type String String String Description Material movement type XXX-XXX e.g STK-MTL. It can be blank when a valid MtlQueue RowIdent is passed. Progress database RowId of MtlQueue record Calling Process IssueReturnDataSet
GetNewIssueReturnFromJob
Call this method to create a new Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet with default values. Parameters Name pcFromJobNum piFromAssemblySeq pcTranType Type String Int32 String Description From Job number. From Assembly Seq. Material movement type XXX-XXX e.g STK-MTL
1124
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name pcMtlQueueRowID ds
Type String
Description Progress database rowid for MtlQueue record IssueReturnDataSet
GetNewIssueReturnToJob
Call this method to create a new Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet with default values. Parameters Name pcToJobNum piToAssemblySeq pcTranType pcMtlQueueRowID pcMessage ds Type String Int32 String String String@ Description To Job number. To Assembly Seq. Material movement type XXX-XXX e.g STK-MTL Progress database rowid for MtlQueue record Non-Error, informational message IssueReturnDataSet
GetNewJobAsmblMultiple
This method creates multiple IssueReturnJobs rows using IssueReturnJobSearch dataset. Parameters Name pcTranType pcMtlQueueRowID pCallProcess ds pcMessage Returns IssueReturnDataSet String@ Type String String String Description Material movement type XXX-XXX e.g STK-MTL Progress database rowid for MtlQueue record Calling Process SelectedJobAsmblDataSet Non-Error, informational message
GetNewJobAsmblSearch
This method creates a new ttSelectedJobAsmbl row entry. Parameters Name ds Type Description SelectedJobAsmblDataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1125
F-L
GetNewPartMultiple
This method creates multiple IssueReturnJobs rows using IssueReturnJobSearch dataset. Parameters Name pcTranType pcMtlQueueRowID ds pcMessage Returns IssueReturnDataSet String@ Type String String Description Material movement type XXX-XXX e.g STK-MTL Progress database rowid for MtlQueue record SelectedPartDataSet Non-Error, informational message
GetNewPartNum
Call this method to create a new Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet with Part#. Parameters Name pcPartNum pcTranType pcMtlQueueRowID ds Type String String String Description Part number Material movement type XXX-XXX e.g STK-UKN Progress database rowid for MtlQueue record IssueReturnDataSet
GetNewPartSearch
This method creates a new ttSelectedParts row entry. Parameters Name ds Type Description SelectedPartDataSet
GetRows
List of jobs that can be selected for Mass Issue. Parameters Name whereClauseJobHead whereClauseJobAsmbl pageSize Type String String Int32 Description Where condition without the where word Where condition without the where word # of records returned. 0 means all
1126
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name absolutePage morePages
Type Int32 Boolean@
Description
Returns Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnJobAsmblDataSet
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds Returns The SelectSerialNumbersParams dataset Type Description Issue Return data set
GetUnissuedQty
Call this method to set the Qty to the remaining unissued amount. Parameters Name ds Type Description IssueReturnDataSet
GetUnpickSettings
Sets ttIssueReturn fields for Unpick Parameters Name ds Type Description Issue Return data set
IsValidAssembly
Validate if an assembly is valid for a job. if not returns false, otherwise returns true. Parameters Name pcJobNum piAssemblySeq plFound Type String Int32 Boolean@ Description Job Number A sequence number that uniquely identifies the JobAsmbl record within the JobNum. Found or not
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1127
F-L
JobExists
Check JobNum and return JobRelease and JobClosed Parameters Name ipJobNum opJobReleased opJobClosed opJobExists Type String Boolean@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Description JobNum which should check Job Released Job Closed Job exists
OnChangeFromAssemblySeq
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet.FromAssemblySeq changes. Parameters Name piFromAssemblySeq ds pCallProcess String Type Int32 Description From Assembly Seq IssueReturnDataSet Calling Process value
OnChangeFromBinNum
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet.FromBinNum changes. Parameters Name plOverrideBinChange ds Type Boolean Description User said yes to bin changing msg IssueReturnDataSet
OnChangeFromJobNum
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet.FromJobNum changes. Parameters Name pcFromJobNum ds pCallProcess String Type String Description From Job Number IssueReturnDataSet Calling Process value
1128
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
OnChangeFromJobSeq
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet.FromJobNum changes. Parameters Name ds pCallProcess pcMessage String String@ Type Description IssueReturnDataSet Calling Process value Non-error, informational message
onChangeFromWarehouse
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet.PartNum changes. Parameters Name ds pCallProcess String Type Description IssueReturnDataSet Calling Process value
OnChangeLotNum
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet.LotNum changes. Parameters Name pcLotNum ds Type String Description Proposed LotNum value IssueReturnDataSet
OnChangePartNum
OnChangeToAssemblySeq
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet.ToAssemblySeq changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1129
F-L
Parameters Name ds pCallProcess String Type Description IssueReturnDataSet Calling Process value
OnChangeToJobNum
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet.ToJobNum changes. Parameters Name ds pCallProcess pcMessage String String@ Type Description IssueReturnDataSet Calling Process value Non-Error, informational message
OnChangeToJobSeq
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet.ToJobSeq changes. Parameters Name ds pCallProcess pcMessage String String@ Type Description IssueReturnDataSet Calling Process value Non-Error, informational message
onChangeToWarehouse
OnChangeTranQty
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet.TranQty changes. This method performs validation on TranQty and sets the Issued Complete flag.
1130
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name pdTranQty ds Type Decimal Description Transaction Qty IssueReturnDataSet
OnChangeUM
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet.UM changes. Parameters Name pUM ds Type String Description Transaction UOM IssueReturnDataSet
OnChangingFromBinNum
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet.FromBinNum is changing. Parameters Name ds pcMessage String@ Type Description IssueReturnDataSet Warning if serial numbers have already been selected for another bin.
OnChangingJobSeq
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSetjobseq (either to or from is changing) Parameters Name piJobSeq pcDirection pCallProcess ds Type Int32 String String Description JobSeq Direction Calling Process value IssueReturnDataSet
PerformMaterialMovement
Perform Material Movement.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1131
F-L
Parameters Name plNegQtyAction ds legalNumberMessage partTranPKs String@ String@ Type Boolean Description when TranQty changes, perform NegativeInventoryTest. Provide the answer of that test here. IssueReturnDataSet The legal number message. Can be blank. The PartTran primary keys.
PrePerformMaterialMovement
This method will return a record in the LegalNumGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Type Description Issue Return data set Indicates if the legal number requires user input
ValidateSN
Validates that a single serial number is valid for this transaction Parameters Name ds serialNumber isVoided String Boolean@ Type Description Issue Return data set Serial number to validate. Serial Number Voided flag
1132
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
validUOM
IStatTrn
Epicor.Mfg.BO.IStatTrn: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewIStatTrn
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1133
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
ExportParamValidation
Method to call to get validate the IStatTrnExportParam record for the generic or Iris export. May return a warning message to inform the user that there are unposted entries outside the fiscal period/date range or that there aren't any posted entries in the given fiscal period/date range. This is informational only and does not prevent the user from continuing. Parameters Name ds warningText String@ Type Description IStat Transaction Export data set The warning text. May be blank.
Method to call to get an IStatTrnExportParam record to obtain export parameters for the Generic Export. Returns IStat Transaction Export data set Method to call to get an IStatTrnExportParam record to obtain export parameters for the Iris Export. Returns IStat Transaction Export data set
ProcessExport
Method to call to perform the export process for the generic or Iris export. Returns a dataset containing all the records that are to be exported.
1134
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ds Returns IStat Transaction Export data set Type Description
SortByData
Return a list of the export sort by options. Only needs to be called for generic exports. Parameters Name cSortByList Type String@ Description The Sort By List.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1135
F-L
Chapter 10: J
JCDept
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JCDept: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewJCDept
GetNewJCDeptAttch
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1136
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
JCShift
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JCShift: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewJCShift
GetNewJCShiftAttch
GetNewEntityGLC
GetNewShiftBrk
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1137
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetTimeLength
Calculate the length between the times in JCShift. Parameters Name ds Type Description The JCShift data set
1138
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
JobAddlInfo
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobAddlInfo: This business object contains 10 methods. Deletes a row given its ID. Returns a DataSet given the primary key. Returns The DataSet.
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1139
F-L
GetJobInfo
Returns Job Add Info details Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq ipOprSeq ipCrewCount Returns Job Add Info data set Returns Operations data set Returns Operations data set Returns Resource Groups data set Returns Resource Groups data set Type String Int32 Int32 Int32 Description Job number Assembly Seq Opr Seq Crew Count
JobAdjustment
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobAdjustment: This business object contains 25 methods.
CalcUnitCost
This method should be run when any of the follwing fields change on the job material adustment sheet to recalcuate the extended unit cost; ttJATrans.MtlUnitCost ttJATrans.BurUnitCost ttJATrans.LbrUnitCost ttJATrans.SubUnitCost ttJATrans.MtlBurUnitCost Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Adjustment data set
ChangeLaborAssemSeq
This method needs to be called when the Assembly changes on the material sheet.
1140
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name laborAssmSeq ds Type Int32 Description LaborDtl.AssemblySeq Job Adjustment data set
ChangeLaborComplete
This method should be invoked when the complete flag changes . Parameters Name laborDtlComplete ds Type Boolean Description LaborDtl.complete Job Adjustment data set
ChangeLaborEmployeeNum
This method changes the name of the employee when the employee number changes. Parameters Name laborDtlEmployeeNum ds Type String Description LaborDtl.EmployeeNum Job Adjustment data set
ChangeLaborJobNum
This method validates the job number and resets the assembly and operation . This validation is also performed when the transaction is committed. Parameters Name laborDtlJobNum ds Type String Description LaborDtl.JobNum Job Adjustment data set
ChangeLaborOprSeq
This method needs to be called when the operation on the Labor sheet changes. It validates the sequences and pulls in some defaults . Parameters Name laborDtlOprSeq Type Int32 Description LaborDtl.OprSeq
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1141
F-L
Name ds
Type
Description Job Adjustment data set
ChangeLaborType
Run this method when the labor type changes. Valid labor types are 's' setup or 'p' production. This method will also set the ' complete ' flag appropiately. Parameters Name ttJALaborDtlLaborType ds Type String Description ttJALaborDtl.LaborType Job Adjustment data set
ChangeMtlAssemSeq
This method needs to be called when the Assembly changes on the material sheet. Parameters Name mtlAssmSeq ds Type Int32 Description PartTran.AssemblySeq Job Adjustment data set
ChangeMtlExtCost
This method should be run when the extended cost changes on the adjust material sheet. Parameters Name ttJATransExtCost ds Type Decimal Description PartTran.ExtCost Job Adjustment data set
ChangeMtlJobMtl
This method should be invoked when the material changes. This method will find the associated JobMtl record and reset the defaults. Parameters Name partTranJobSeq ds Type Int32 Description PartTran.JobSeq Job Adjustment data set
1142
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeMtlJobNum
This method should be invoked when the material changes. This method will find Parameters Name partTranJobNum ds Type String Description parttran.JobNum Job Adjustment data set
ChangeMtlTranQty
Run this method after the TranQty on the JobMaterial sheet is changed. This method will recalculate totals for the new tran amount. Parameters Name ttJATransTranQty ds Type Decimal Description ttJATrans.TranQty Job Adjustment data set
ChangeSubAssemSeq
This method needs to be called when the Assembly changes on the subcontract sheet. It clears out the JobSeq. Parameters Name ttJATransAssemblySeq ds Type Int32 Description PartTran.AssemblySeq Job Adjustment data set
ChangeSubExtCost
Run this method after the ExtCost is changed on the Subcontract sheet. This method will recalculate the total for SubUnitCost. Parameters Name ttJATransExtCost ds Type Decimal Description parttran.ExtCost Job Adjustment data set
ChangeSubJobNum
This method validates the job number and resets the assembly and operation . This validation is also performed when the transaction is committed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1143
F-L
Parameters Name ttJATransJobNum ds Type String Description PartTran.JobNum Job Adjustment data set
ChangeSubOper
This method should be invoked when the Job Operation (JobSeq) on the SubContract sheet changes. This method will find . Parameters Name ttJATransJobSeq ds Type Int32 Description PartTran.JobSeq Job Adjustment data set
ChangeSubTranQty
Run this method after the TranQty is changed on the Subcontract sheet. This method will recalculate totals for the new Unit Cost. Parameters Name ttJATransTranQty ds Type Decimal Description PartTran.TranQty Job Adjustment data set
ChangeSubUnitCost
Run this method after the SubUnitCost is changed on the Subcontract sheet. This method will recalculate the ExtCost. Parameters Name ttJATransSubUnitCost ds Type Decimal Description PartTran.SubUnitCost Job Adjustment data set
CommitLaborAdj
This method will validate and commit the Labor record . Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Adjustment data set
1144
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
CommitMaterialAdj
This method will validate and commit the Material adjustment record . Before this is run, it is assumed that the ChangeMtlTranQty, ChangeMtlJobNum, ChangeMtlJobMtl, ChangeMtlExtCost or CalcUnitCost were invoked on leave of a the related field. Parameters Name ds legalNumberMessage String@ Type Description Job Adjustment data set The generated legal number message
CommitSubcontractAdj
This method should be run to commit the SubContract adjustoment. Parameters Name ds legalNumberMessage String@ Type Description Job Adjustment data set The generated legal number message
PreCommitMaterialAdj
This method will return a record in the LegalNumberGenerate datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Type Description Job Adjustment data set Indicates if the legal number requires user input
PreCommitSubcontractAdj
This method will return a record in the LegalNumberGenerate datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Type Description Job Adjustment data set Indicates if the legal number requires user input
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1145
F-L
StartAdjustments
Use this method to start the Adjusment process . Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Adjustment data set
ReportPartQtyAllowed
Returns TRUE if Part Quantity Reporting is allowed for a given operation. Notes: In order to be allowed the following conditions must be meet. 1. Must be final assembly (AssemblySeq = 0) 2. Must be the final operation. 3. Job must have more that one end part defined or has one or more Parts with PartPerOp > 1 Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq ipOprSeq Type String Int32 Int32 Description Job number Assembly Sequence number Operation Sequence number
JobAsmblCosts
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobAsmblCosts: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetJobAsmblCosts
Retrieves the Hours and Costs for a Job Assembly Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq Returns JobAsmblCosts data set Type String Int32 Description Job Number Assembly Sequence
JobAsmSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobAsmSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewJobAsmbl
1146
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1147
F-L
JobClosing
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobClosing: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetCodeDescList
String@
This method exists soley for the purpose of allowing security for availability of the close job field to be defined.
CloseJob
Call this method to close or complete the job. The Job database is not updated till this method is successfully executed.
1148
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ds pcMessage String@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobClosingDataSet non error, informational message returned from the server
EnableSerialMatching
Call this method when it is necessary to know in UI if the Serial Matching option should be enabled. Parameters Name ds plEnable Boolean@ Type Description Contains Job closing data. To indicate if Serial Matching option in UI should or should not be enabled
GetNewJobClosing
Returns a new , empty Call JobClosingDataSet row. Parameters Name ds Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobClosingDataSet
GetNewJobClosingList
This method creates a new JobClosingListDataSet row entry. Parameters Name ds Type Description Input dataset contains the jobs selected by the user.
OnChangeJobClosed
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobClosingDataSet.JobClosed changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1149
F-L
Parameters Name ds Type Description Contains Job closing data.
OnChangeJobCompletion
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobClosingDataSet.JobComplete changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Contains Job closing data.
OnChangeJobNum
Call this method when the user selects a job. This method populates the Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobClosingDataSet dataset with Job , JobOper and JobMtl information. Parameters Name pcJobNum ds pcMessage String@ Type String Description Job # selected Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobClosingDataSet informational message returned to the user to let him or her know why the job cannot be closed.
PreCloseJob
This method will return a record in the LegalNumberGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Type Description Contains Job closing data. Indicates if the legal number requires user input
SelectMultipleJob
Call this method when the user selects multiple jobs. This method populates the Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobClosingDataSet dataset with Job , JobOper and JobMtl information.
1150
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ds Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobClosingDataSet Type Description Input dataset contains the jobs selected by the user.
JobClosingCd
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobClosingCd: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewJobClosingCd
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1151
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
JobEntry
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobEntry: This business object contains 219 methods.
GetNewJobHead
GetNewJobHeadAttch
GetNewJobAsmbl
GetNewJobAsmblAttch
GetNewJobAsmblInsp
GetNewJobMtl
GetNewJobMtlAttch
GetNewJobMtlInsp
1152
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetNewJobMtlRefDes
GetNewJobMtlRestriction
GetNewJobMtlRestrictSubst
GetNewJobOper
GetNewJobOperAttch
GetNewJobOperInsp
GetNewJobOpDtl
GetNewJobOperRestriction
GetNewJobOperRestrictSubst
GetNewJobAsmblRestriction
GetNewJobAsmblRestrictSubst
GetNewJobAsmRefDes
GetNewJobAudit
GetNewJobPart
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1153
F-L
GetNewJobProd
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
1154
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetCodeDescList
String@
FindPartAndGetRowID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1155
F-L
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
AddOperation
THIS METHOD NEEDS TO BE PUBLIC - CALLED FROM bo/Project/Project.p
1156
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ipJobAsmblRowID ipOPCode ipNewOprSeq ipReturn opShowmsg Type String String Int32 Boolean Boolean@ Description
AddRefDesRange
Creates new JobMtlRefDes records based on the JobMtl dataset fields. Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAsmSeq ipMtlSeq ipPrefix ipStartNum ipEndNum ipSuffix ds Type String Int32 Int32 String Int32 Int32 String Description The Job Number The Job Assembly The Job Material Seq The Prefix to be used to create Reference Designators The Starting Number to create Reference Designators The Ending Number to create Reference Designators The Suffix to be used to create Reference Designators The Job Entry data set
This method exists solely for the purpose of allowing security for unchecking the AllowJobCosts flag
AppendDetails
This method takes the records built in BuildAppendDetails that are marked as append and writes them to the database. It will return the updated dataset. Parameters Name ds targetJob targetAsm sourceFile keyOne keyTwo String Int32 String String String Type Description Temporary tables for Append details Target Job Number Target Job AssemblySeq Indicates where the details are being appended from. Either Quote, Job or Method Unique key field one for Quote or Method source Unique key field two for Quote or Method source
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1157
F-L
Name keyThree errorList Returns Job Entry data set
Type String String@
Description Unique key field three for Method source (is blank for quote source) Returns a message listing any parts in error
BuildAppendDetails
This method returns the information that can be appened for approval Parameters Name sourceFile keyOne keyTwo keyThree targetJob targetAsm Type String String String String String Int32 Description Source of the append details, Quote, Job or Method First key field of source Second key field of source Third key field of source Target Job Num Target Assembly
Returns Temporary tables for Append details
BuildWhseLinkList
This methods builds a list of linked warehouses for the jobprod records. Parameters Name ipJobProdRowid opWhseList ds Type String String@ Description The rowid of the JobProd record to build the warehouses for The resulting warehouse list Job Entry data set
CalcJobMtlEstMtlBurUnitCost
This method updates the calculation for the Estimated Material Burden Unit Cost, (JobMtl.EstMtlBurUnitCost) field. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
1158
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeEquipID
This method should be invoked when the Equip ID changes. Validates the EQUIPID and refreshes linked fields. Parameters Name equipID ds Type String Description Proposed equipment id The Job Entry data set
ChangeIssueTopics
This method should be invoked when the IssueTopics changes. Validates and sets the individual IssueTopic fields. Parameters Name topics ds Type String Description Proposed topics string id The Job Entry data set
ChangeJobAsmblDirect
This method is called when the user has changed the JobAsmbl.Direct field. This methods is currently not working. This method needs to check for a remote warehouse, if errors then set the JobAsmbl.Direct flag to true and then set the warehouse. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobAsmblEstSplitCosts
This method calculates the Estimated Unit Cost and Material Burden Unit Cost. This method is called when the user has changed one of the Unit Cost Breakdown fields: JobAsmbl.EstMtlUnitCost/EstLbrUnitCost/EstBurUnitCost/EstSubUnitCost. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobAsmblEstUnitCost
This method calculates the Estimated Material Burden Unit Cost. This method is called when the user has changed the JobAsmbl.EstUnitCost field.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1159
F-L
Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobAsmblMtlBurRate
This methods updates the JobAsmbl Material Burden Rate. This method should run when the JobAsmbl.MtlBurRate changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobAsmblOpr
This methods updates the JobAsmbl Related Operation Description. This method should run when the JobAsmbl.RelatedOperation field changes. Parameters Name iProposedRelatedOperation ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed JobAsmbl.RelatedOperation value Job Entry data set
ChangeJobAsmblOverRunQty
This methods updates the JobAsmbl Required Quantity. This method should run when the JobAsmbl.OverRunQty field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobAsmblParent
This method validates the new Parent field and populates defaults assoicated witht the Parent. This method should run when the JobAsmbl.Parent field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
1160
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeJobAsmblPartNum
This method validates the JobAsmbl.PartNum and defaults fields associated with the partnum. This method should run when the JobAsmbl.PartNum field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobAsmblQtyPer
This methods updates the JobAsmbl Required Quantity. This method should run when the JobAsmbl.QtyPer field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobAsmblRevisionNum
This methods updates the JobAsmbl Drawing Number and creates drawing records. This method should run when the JobAsmbl.OverRunQty field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobAsmblValRefDes
Verify that there are no other JobMtlRefDes records in the assembly having the same RefDes value if the JobAsmbl.ValRefDes = true. This method should run before changing the JobAsmbl.ValRefDes. Parameters Name ipProposedValResDes ds Type Boolean Description The new proposed JobAsmbl.ValRefDes value The Job Entry data set
ChangeJobAsmblWarehouseCode
This methods updates the JobAsmbl Available Quantity. This method should run when the JobAsmbl.WarehouseCode field changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1161
F-L
ChangeJobAsmReqRefDes
This methods assigns JobAsmbl.RDEndNum field when JobAsmbl.ReqRefDes changes. This method should run when the JobAsmbl.ReqRefDes changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry dataset
ChangeJobAsmRestriction
This methods assigns associated fields when JobAsmblRestriction.RestrictionTypeID changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description JobEntry dataset
ChangeJobAsmRestrictManual
Called when the user changes the Manual field at the Job Assembly Restriction. Parameters Name checkManual ds Type Boolean Description Indicates if the Restriction is Manual Compliant JobEntry dataset.
ChangeJobAsmSubstance
This methods assigns associated fields when JobAsmblRestrictSubst.SubstanceID changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description JobEntry dataset
ChangeJobHeadJobEngineered
This method potentially updates the JobHead.JobReleased field and the ttJobHead.EnableJobFirm This method should run when the JobHead.JobEngineered field changes.
1162
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeJobHeadJobReleased
This method potentially updates the JobHead.JobEngineered field and the ttJobHead.EnableJobFirm This method should run when the JobHead.JobReleased field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobHeadPartNum
This method validates the JobHead.PartNum and defaults fields associated with the partnum. This method should run when the JobHead.PartNum field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobHeadPersonID
This method should run when the JobHead.PersonID field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobHeadPhaseID
This method updates the JobHead Required Due Date field This method should run when the JobHead.PhaseID field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobHeadProdCode
This method should run when the JobHead.ProdCode field changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1163
F-L
ChangeJobHeadProdTeamID
This method should run when the JobHead.ProdTeamID field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobHeadProjectID
This method should run when the JobHead.ProjectID field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobHeadRevisionNum
This method updates the JobHead Drawing number and creates drawing records. This method should run when the JobHead.RevisionNum field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlBackflush
This method updates fields associated with the JobMtl.Backflush field This method should run when the JobMtl.Backflush field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlBillable
This method updates the JobMtl Unit Price. This method should run when the JobMtl.Billable field changes.
1164
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeJobMtlBuyIt
This method updates numerous fields associated with the JobMtl.BuyIt field This method should run when the JobMtl.BuyIt field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlCurrencySwitch
This method changes the display unit prices based on the flipping of the JobMtl.CurrencySwitch field This method should run when the JobMtl.CurrencySwitch external field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlDirect
This method updates fields associated with the JobMtl direct flag. This method should run when the JobMtl.Direct field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlDisplayUnitPrice
This method calculates the db unit price fields when the external display unit price changes. This method should run when the JobMtl.DisplayUnitPrice field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1165
F-L
ChangeJobMtlEstSalSplitCosts
This method calculates the Estimated Salvage Unit Credit and Salvage Material Burden Unit Credit. This method is called when the user has changed one of the Salvage Unit Credit Breakdown fields: JobMtl.SalvageEstMtlUnitCredit/SalvageEstLbrUnitCredit/ SalvageEstBurUnitCredit/SalvageEstSubUnitCredit. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlEstScrap
This method updates the JobMtl Required Quantity and price breaks This method should run when the JobMtl.EstScrap field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlEstScrapType
This method updates the JobMtl Required Quantity and price breaks This method should run when the JobMtl.EstScrapType field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlEstSplitCosts
This method calculates the Estimated Unit Cost and Material Burden Unit Cost. This method is called when the user has changed one of the Unit Cost Breakdown fields: JobMtl.EstMtlUnitCost/EstLbrUnitCost/EstBurUnitCost/EstSubUnitCost. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlFixedQty
This method updates the JobMtl Required Quantity and price breaks and if FixedQty is true then JobMtl.EstScrap = 0 This method should run when the JobMtl.FixedQty field changes.
1166
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeJobMtlIUM
procedure for changing JobMtl.IUM field Parameters Name ipProposedIUM ds Type String Description The proposed IUM. Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlMiscCharge
This method validates if transaction exists and updates fields based on value of Misc. Charge flag. This method should run when the JobMtl.MiscCharge field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlMtlBurRate
This method updates the JobMtl.EstMtlBurUnitCost This method should run when the JobMtl.MtlBurRate field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlPartNum
This method validates the JobMtl.PartNum and defaults fields associated with the partnum. This method should run when the JobMtl.PartNum field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1167
F-L
ChangeJobMtlPlant
This method should run when the JobMtl.Plant field changes. This method determines the default JobMtl.WarehouseCode associated with the new JobMtl.Plant. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlPricePerCode
This method recalculates the JobMtl Display Extended Price This method should run when the JobMtl.PricePerCode field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlPurPoint
This method runs vendor price break logic and sets RcvInspectionReq when JobMtl.PurPoint changes This method should run when the JobMtl.PurPoint field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlQtyPer
This method calculates the JobMtl Required Quantity when the JobMtl Quantity Per changes. This method should run when the JobMtl.QtyPer field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlRcvInspectionReq
This method checks the vendor and partclass to see if inspection is required This method should run when the JobMtl.RcvInspectionReq field changes.
1168
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeJobMtlRelatedOperation
This method validates the JobMtl Related Operation field, sets the Estimated Scrap, and calculates the Required Quantity. This method should run when the JobMtl.RelatedOperation field changes. Parameters Name iProposedRelatedOperation ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed JobMtl.RelatedOperation value Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlReqRefDes
This methods assigns JobMtl.RDEndNum field when JobMtl.ReqRefDes changes. This method should run when the JobMtl.ReqRefDes changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry dataset
ChangeJobMtlRestriction
This methods assigns associated fields when JobMtlRestriction.RestrictionTypeID changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description JobEntry dataset
ChangeJobMtlRFQNeeded
This method sets the RFQVendQuotes field to zero if RFQNeeded flag is false. This method should run when the JobMtl.RFQNeeded field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1169
F-L
ChangeJobMtlSalvageMtlBurRate
This methods updates the JobMtl Salvage Est Material Burden Unit Credit. This method should run when the JobMtl.SalvageMtlBurRate changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlSalvagePartNum
This methods assigns associated fields when ECOMtl.SalvagePartNum changes. This method should run when the ECOMtl.SalvagePartNum changes. Parameters Name ipProposedSalvagePartNum ds Type String Description The new proposed ECOMtl.SalvagePartNum value Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlSalvageUnitCredit
This method calculates the Salvage Estimated Material Burden Unit Credit. This method is called when the user has changed the JobMtl.SalvageUnitCredit field. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobMtlSubstance
This methods assigns associated fields when JobMtlRestrictSubst.SubstanceID changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description JobEntry dataset
ChangeJobMtlVendorNumVendorID
This method runs vendor price break logic and sets RcvInspectionReq when JobMtl.VendorNumVendorID changes and validates the jobmtl.vendornumvendorid and assigns the associated fields. This method should run when the JobMtl.VendorNumVendorID field changes.
1170
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ipProposedVendorNumVendorID ds Type String Description The proposed supplier id. Job Entry data set
ChangeJobOpDtlCapability
Method to call when changing the Capability ID. This method will update JobOpDtl to see if the labor and burden rates need to be reset. Blank is a valid entry for Capability ID. Parameters Name proposedCapID ds Type String Description The proposed Capability ID The JobEntry data set
ChangeJobOpDtlEstSetHoursPerMch
This method recalculates the Estimated Setup Hours when Estimated Setup Hours Per Machine changes. This method should run when the JobOpDtl.EstSetHoursPerMch field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobOpDtlOpsPerPart
This method calculates Estimated Production Hours when the OpsPerPart field changes. This method should run when the JobOpDtl.OpsPerPart field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobOpDtlOverrideRates
Method to call when changing the Override Rates Flag. This method will update JobOpDtl with the default labor and burden rates from the appropriate resource or resource group if the JobOpDtl.OverrideRates is set to false. Parameters Name ds Type Description The JobEntry data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1171
F-L
ChangeJobOpDtlProdStandard
This method recalculates the Estimated Production Hours when ProdStandard changes. This method should run when the JobOpDtl.ProdStandard field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobOpDtlResourceGrpID
Method to call when changing the Resource Group ID. This method will update JobOpDtl with the default labor and burden rates from the new resource group. Blank is a valid entry for Resource Group ID. Parameters Name proposedResGrpID ds Type String Description The proposed Resource Group ID The Job Entry data set
ChangeJobOpDtlResourceID
Method to call when changing the Resource ID. This method will update JobOpDtl with the default labor and burden rates from the new resource. Blank is a valid entry for Resource ID. Parameters Name proposedResourceID ds Type String Description The proposed Resource ID The JobEntry data set
ChangeJobOpDtlStdBasis
This method recalculates the Estimated Production Hours when StdBasis changes. This method should run when the JobOpDtl.StdBasis field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobOpDtlStdFormat
This method recalculates the Estimated Production Hours when StdFormat changes. This method should run when the JobOpDtl.StdFormat field changes.
1172
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeJobOperBillable
This method calculates the Labor Rate and Unit Price when the Billable flag changes. This method should run when the JobOper.Billable field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobOperCurrencySwitch
This method changes the display unit prices based on the flipping of the JobOPer.CurrencySwitch field This method should run when the JobOper.CurrencySwitch external field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobOperDisplayUnitPrice
This method runs logic to calculate the doc price fields and the display extended price. This method should run when the JobOper.UnitPrice field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobOperDocUnitPrice
This method calculates Unit Price and Billable Unit Price when Doc Unit Price changes. This method should run when the JobOper.DocUnitPrice field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1173
F-L
ChangeJobOperEstLabHours
This method updates the Estimated Production Hours, rate fields, and Production Standard along with others. This method should run when the JobOper.EstLabHours field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobOperEstScrap
This method calculates Production and Scrap Quantities and estimate producition hours. This method should run when the JobOper.EstScrap field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobOperEstScrapType
This method calculates Production and Scrap Quantities and estimate producition hours. This method should run when the JobOper.EstScrapType field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobOperEstSetHoursPerMch
This method calculates the estimated labor hours when Job Type = "SRV" and update the display fields for service amount and labor amount. This method should run when the JobOper.EstSetHoursPerMch field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobOperIUM
procedure for changing JobOper.IUM field Parameters Name ipProposedIUM Type String Description The proposed IUM.
1174
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name ds
Type
Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobOperLaborEntryMethod
Will default the necessary fields when changing the LaborEntryMethod field Parameters Name iLaborEntryMethod ds Type String Description Proposed value for LaborEntryMethod field The Job entry data set
ChangeJobOperMachines
This method updates the fields associated with the changing of the machines, EstLabHours should change. This method should run when the JobOper.Machines field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
ChangeJobOperOpCode
This method sets Labor Rates when the JobOper.OpCode changes. This method should run when the JobOper.OpCode field changes. Parameters Name proposedOpCode refreshMessage ds Type String String@ Description The proposed Operation Code The refresh message text The Job entry data set
ChangeJobOperOprSeq
Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobOperOpsPerPart
This method calculates Estimated Production Hours when the OpsPerPart field changes. This method should run when the JobOper.OpsPerPart field changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1175
F-L
ChangeJobOperOpStdID
This method defaults the new setup and production values when the Operation Standard ID changes. This method should run when the JobOper.OpStdID field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobOperPartNum
This method validates the JobOper.PartNum and defaults fields associated with the partnum. This method should run when the JobOper.PartNum field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobOperPricePerCode
This method recalculates the JobOper Display Extended Price when PricePerCode changes. This method should run when the JobOper.PricePerCode field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobOperPrimaryProdOpDtl
This method defaults/resets the production standards when selecting Primary Production Operation Detail. This method should run when the JobOper.PrimaryProdOpDtl field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
1176
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeJobOperPrimarySetupOpDtl
This method defaults/resets the setup values when selecting Primary Setup Operation Detail. This method should run when the JobOper.PrimarySetupOpDtl field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobOperProdStandard
This method recalculates teh Estimated Production Hours when ProdStandard changes. This method should run when the JobOper.ProdStandard field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobOperPurPoint
This method determines price breaks and check if inspection is required. This method should run when the JobOper.PurPoint field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobOperQtyPer
This method calculates the production scrap, determines vendor price breaks, and updates the display extended price. This method should run when the JobOper.QtyPer field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobOperRcvInspection
This method runs logic to determine if inspection is required. This method should run when the JobOper.RcvInspection field changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1177
F-L
ChangeJobOperSNRequired
Parameters Name ipProposedSNRequired ds Type Boolean Description The new proposed JobOper.SNRequiredOpr value The Job entry data set
ChangeJobOperSNRequiredSubConShip
Parameters Name Type Description The new proposed JobOper.SNRequiredOprSubConShip value The Job entry data set
ipProposedSNRequiredSubConShip Boolean ds
ChangeJobOperStdBasis
This method runs logic to calculate the estimated production hours. This method should run when the JobOper.StdBasis field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobOperStdFormat
This method runs logic to calculate the estimated production hours. This method should run when the JobOper.StdFormat field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobOperUnitPrice
This method runs logic to calculate the doc price fields and the display extended price. This method should run when the JobOper.UnitPrice field changes.
1178
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeJobOperVendorNumVendorID
This method runs logic to set the purchase points, calculate the price breaks, and checks to see if inspection is required. This method should run when the JobOper.VendorNumVendorID field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobOprRestriction
This methods assigns associated fields when JobOperRestriction.RestrictionTypeID changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description JobEntry dataset
ChangeJobOprSubstance
This methods assigns associated fields when JobOperRestrictSubst.SubstanceID changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description JobEntry dataset
ChangeJobPartPartNum
This method validates the JobPart.PartNum and defaults fields associated with the partnum. This method should run when the JobPart.PartNum field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobProdMakeToJobQty
This method runs public method CheckJobProdQtyJob to validate quantities. This method should run when the JobProd.MakeToJobQty field changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1179
F-L
ChangeJobProdMakeToStockQty
This method runs logic to set the stock and order WIP quantities This method should run when the JobProd.MakeToStockQty field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobProdMakeToType
This method runs logic determine what fields can have value based on the MakeToType and runs logic to set the stock and order WIP quantities. This method should run when the JobProd.MakeToType field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobProdOrderLine
This method runs sets the OrderRelNum to zero when OrderLine changes. This method should run when the JobProd.OrderLine field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobProdOrderNum
This method runs logic to numerous associated fields to blank or zero based on a new OrderNum. This method should run when the JobProd.OrderNum field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
1180
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeJobProdOrderRelNum
This method runs logic to validate if a link exists, update the Production Quantity, set stock and order WIP quantities, and validate if direct has been selected. This method should run when the JobProd.OrderRelNum field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobProdOurStockQty
This method runs public method CheckJobProdProdQty to validate quantities. This method should run when the JobProd.OurStockQty field changes. Parameters Name oMessage ds Type String@ Description Checking message The Job entry data set
ChangeJobProdProdQty
This method runs public method CheckJobProdProdQty to validate quantities and set stock and order WIP quantities. This method should run when the JobProd.ProdQty field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobProdTargetAssemblySeq
This method runs logic to clear detail sequence and populate the MakeToJobQty field. This method should run when the JobProd.TargetAssemblySeq field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeJobProdTargetJobNum
This method should run when the JobProd.TargetJobNum field changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1181
F-L
ChangeJobProdTargetMtlSeq
This method runs validation for links, assign values, and populate MakeToJobQty field This method should run when the JobProd.TargetMtlSeq field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Job entry data set
ChangeResTopics
This method should be invoked when the ResTopics changes. Validates and sets the individual ResTopic fields. Parameters Name topics ds Type String Description Proposed topics string id The Job Entry data set
CheckApprovedSupplier
This method runs logic to verify if supplier is approved. This should be called after adding/updating a demand link or adding/updating a subcontract operation. This method always needs a jobnumber inputted. However, ipJobOperRowid or ipJobProdRowid can either be blank. If ipJobOperRowid has value then this method will ignore any value in ipJobProdRowid. This method will output warning messages that may or may not exist. Parameters Name ipJobNum ipJobOperRowid ipJobProdRowid opWarningMsg Type String String String String@ Description The job number to check for approved suppliers. The rowid of subcontract operation to check. The rowid of the demand link to check. The potential warning message.
CheckChangeJobAsmblParent
This method validates validates the new Parent field
1182
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ipNewParent ds Type Int32 Description New Parent value to check against Job Entry data set
CheckChangeJobMtlMiscCharge
This method validates if transaction exists Parameters Name ipMiscCharge ds Type Boolean Description New Misc Charge Job Entry data set
CheckChangeJobOperPartNum
This method validates the JobOper.PartNum This method should run when the JobOper.PartNum field changes. Parameters Name ipJobNum ipPartNum ipAssemblySeq Type String String Int32 Description The Job Number The New PartNum to validate against. The inputted Assembly Sequence to validate
CheckChangeJobProdOrderRelNum
This method runs logic to validate if a link exists, and validate if direct has been selected. Parameters Name ipNewOrderRelNum ds Type Int32 Description New OrderRelNum value to check against Job Entry data set
CheckChangeJobProdTargetAssemblySeq
This method checks if a record to make the assembly direct already exists. Parameters Name ipNewTargetAssemblySeq ds Type Int32 Description New Target Assembly Number Job Entry data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1183
F-L
CheckChangeJobProdTargetJobNum
This method checks to see if the target job is closed or not and returns a message if job is closed, also validates the jobnum Parameters Name ipNewTargetJobNum vMessage ds Type String String@ Description The New TargetJobNum to validate against. The returned message Job Entry data set
CheckChangeJobProdTargetMtlSeq
This method runs validation for links, assign values, and populate MakeToJobQty field This method should run when the JobProd.TargetMtlSeq field changes. Parameters Name ipNewTargetMtlSeq ds Type Int32 Description The New TargetMtlSeq to validate against. Job Entry data set
CheckConfiguration
This method checks if a part must be configured prior to a GetDetails. Parameters Name jobNum sourcePart sourceRev targetAssembly findRevision configurationExists canGetDetails needsConfiguration Type String String String Int32 Boolean Boolean@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Description Job Number of the target Assembly Part Num to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method") Revision number to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method") Target Assembly If true the revision number will be looked up rather than using the sourceRev If true the configurator should be run on the Job for the Part/Rev If false, GetDetails will fail for a configuration reason that can't be resolve by reconfiguring now If true the configurator should be run on the Job for the Part/Rev
1184
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name configureRevision reasonMessage
Description The revision that should be configured (if configuration is needed) The reason or for the failure or need for configuration. This should be displayed to the user.
CheckExistingConfiguration
This method will check to see if an existing configuration exists for a configured part. This method should be called prior to calling the CheckConfiguration method. If the configurationExists is set to "true", then the reasonMessage should be displayed to the user. Parameters Name jobNum sourcePart sourceRev targetAssembly findRevision configurationExists configureRevision reasonMessage Type String String String Int32 Boolean Boolean@ String@ String@ Description Job Number of the target Assembly Part Num to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method") Revision number to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method") Target Assembly If true the revision number will be looked up rather than using the sourceRev If true the configurator should be run on the Job for the Part/Rev The revision that should be configured (if configuration is needed) The reason or for the failure or need for configuration. This should be displayed to the user.
CheckForChanges
This method determines if a job audit description needs to be entered into ttjobhead.changedescription to be stored in the jobaudit record. Call this before the update of the JobHead record. Parameters Name cCompany cJobNum lJobEng lJobRel lInCopy lSchedL Type String String Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Description Should the user to be prompted for change description? Should the user to be prompted for change description? Should the user to be prompted for change description? Should the user to be prompted for change description? Should the user to be prompted for change description? Should the user to be prompted for change description?
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1185
F-L
Name lChkOff1 lChkOff2 lChkOff3 lChkOff4 lChkOff5 opChangeDescription
Type Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean@
Description Should the user to be prompted for change description? Should the user to be prompted for change description? Should the user to be prompted for change description? Should the user to be prompted for change description? Should the user to be prompted for change description? Should the user to be prompted for change description?
CheckJobMtlBuyIt
This method should run when the JobMtl.BuyIt field is changing. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
CheckJobMtlPartNumFixQty
This method validates the Fixed Qty checkbox control on screen, according to Serial Numbers rules. Parameters Name ipProposedMtlPartNum ds Type String Description The new proposed ttJobMtl.PartNum value The JobEntry DataSet
CheckJobOperOprSeq
This method validates for an invalid sequence for Operation of Subcontract Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq ipOprSeq vMessage Type String Int32 Int32 String@ Description The inputted Job Number to validate The inputted Assembly Sequence to validate The inputted Operation Sequence to validate The value of the message if invalid subcontract or operation sequence
CheckJobOperPrimaryProdOpDtl
This method validated the value of Primary Production Operation Detail. This method should run when the JobOper.PrimaryProdOpDtl is changing.
1186
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ds ipPrimaryProdOpDtl Int32 Type Description The Job entry data set The new PrimaryProdOpDtl value to change to
CheckJobOperPrimarySetupOpDtl
This method validated the value of Primary Setup Operation Detail. This method should run when the JobOper.PrimarySetupOpDtl is changing. Parameters Name ds ipPrimarySetupOpDtl Int32 Type Description The Job entry data set The new PrimarySetupOpDtl value to change to
CheckJobPartPartNumIsSerTra
This method validates the JobPart.PartNum is not serial tracked. The rule is that additional JobPart records are not allowed to be serial tracked. Parameters Name ipProposedPartNum ds Type String Description The new proposed JobPart.PartNum value The Job entry data set
CheckJobProdMakeToType
This method validates for an invalid if you can change the JobProd.MakeToType to the provided new value. Parameters Name ipChangeToType ds Type String Description The new maketotype value to change to Job Entry data set
CheckJobProdProdQty
This method validates the JobProd.ProdQty field and returns a message. Parameters Name dProposedProdQty Type Decimal Description The new proposed JobProd.ProdQty value
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1187
F-L
Name vMessage ds
Type String@
Description The returned message Job Entry data set
CheckJobProdQtyJob
This method checks the allocated material/assembly to see if short/over requested quantity and returns a message. Parameters Name vMessage ds Type String@ Description The returned message Job Entry data set
CheckLink
Parameters Name targetJob targetAsm targetMtl isEnabled Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Target Job Number Target Job AssemblySeq Target Job Mtl Make Direct Is Enabled
CheckPrePartInfo
This method checks to see if there are any questions or issues with the part entered and returns a message, a part number and if any substitutes exist. Parameters Name ds partNum sysRowID skipXRefUpdate xrefPartNum xrefPartType vMsgText vSubAvail vMsgType String@ String Boolean String String String@ Boolean@ String@ Type Description JobEntryDataSet The input-output part number to validate and it gets returned SysRowID (used only after multiple match resolved) Skip part xref jobhead field update logic (true for asm and mtl) XRef Part Number (used only after multiple match resolved) XRef Part Type (used only after multiple match resolved) Potential message to return, will be blank Returned flag stating if substitutes exist for this part Type of message returned. Values can be; "Question" (asking if they want to use the substitute part) "Warning" (Warns them
1188
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name
Type
Description that a part is onhold or runout). "Error" (Part in Inactive, or Onhold/Runout parts are not accepted in this case) . "Question" is asking if they want to use the substitute part.
multipleMatch
Boolean@
Multiple matches were found.
CheckPreProjectID
This method validates the project id and returns a question if you would like to proceed message. Parameters Name ipJobProdRowid vMessage ds Type String String@ Description The character rowid value of the JobProd to validate The returned message Job Entry data set
CheckResourcePlants
This method validates that the Plant of the job operation resources are the same as the job Maintenance Jobs are and exception, they can have resources of the Job Plant or Equipments Plant or the Plant Maintenance Plant Parameters Name cjobnum runOutWarning Type String String@ Description Job number Warning Message about RunOut Parts on Job. Client to display this as a warning only
CheckToReschedule
This method checks the required due date and production quantity and returns a message asking if you would like to schedule if the conditions are met. Parameters Name cCompany cJobNum reqDueDate prodQty dueDate startDate jobEngineered Type String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Decimal Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Boolean Description The returned message The returned message The returned message The returned message The returned message The returned message The returned message
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1189
F-L
Name vMessage
Type String@
Description The returned message
CheckTotProdQty
This method checks the total production quantity and returns messages if conditions exist and the returned message will contain 'do you want to continue?'. Depending on how/where it is called, the ipJobNum may be blank and the ipQuantity may be zero. Job Entry calls this on "changing" of the Engineered flag to true. In this case it passes the ipQuantity is zero since the jobs production demands are already known. During Job Manager, Create Job the ipJobNum is blank, but the ipQuantity of the demand is passed since this demand is yet in the job. Parameters Name ipJobNum ipPartNum ipQuantity vMessage Type String String Decimal String@ Description The job number to validate The part number to validate The quantity of the new Demand being added. The returned message
ChooseUnlink
This method unlinks and deletes a jobprod record and returns the updated dataset Parameters Name ipJobProdRowid Type String Description The character rowid value of the JobProd to unlink
Returns Results of dataset with the jobprod record removed
CreateJobPWB
The method will create a job when properly called from Planning Workbench. Parameters Name ipNewJobNum ipPartSugRowid ipGetDetails ipScheduleAll ipReleaseAll ipTravelerReadyToPrint Type String String Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Description The next/new job number to use. The rowid of the partsug record to create job for. The flag to get details. The flag to schedule all. The flag to release all. Indicates if the Traveler can be printed
1190
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name opCreatedJobNum
Type String@
Description The value of the created job number. If ipNewJobNum was blank then this would show the value of the generated job number. Potential error messages that did not cause processing to terminate.
opErrMsg
String@
DeleteAll
The method deletes all assemblys and their subassemblys, materials and operations while leaving the base assembly sequence alone however removing the base assembly's material and operations. Parameters Name ipJobHeadRowid Returns Job Entry data set Type String Description The JobHead rowid of to delete all of the assemblies for
DeleteRefDesRange
Deletes JobMtlRefDes records based on the JobMtl dataset fields. Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAsmSeq ipMtlSeq ipPrefix ipStartNum ipEndNum ipSuffix ds Type String Int32 Int32 String Int32 Int32 String Description The Job Number The Job Assembly The Job Material Seq The Prefix to be used to delete Reference Designators The Starting Number to delete Reference Designators The Ending Number to delete Reference Designators The Suffix to be used to delete Reference Designators The Job Entry data set
FindAssembly
This method will locate a JobAsmbl record in the tree based on the inputted parameters. Parameters Name ipJobNum ipStartAssemblySeq Type String Int32 Description The job number to search from. The starting assembly sequence to search from.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1191
F-L
Name ipPartNum opAssemblySeq opRowid
Type String Int32@ String@
Description The part number or part number string to search for. The assembly sequence that was located by the search. The character representation of rowid of the JobAsmbl record located.
GetAssemblyCosts
Returns the costs of Assemblies and Materials. Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq Returns Results JobCostsDataSet Type String Int32 Description Job Number of the target Assembly Assembly Sequence
GetBasePartForConfig
This method will retrieve the base configured part number to be passed to configuration entry Parameters Name targetJobNum targetAssembly sourcePartNum sourceRevisionNum basePartNum baseRevisionNum curPartNum curRevNum siValues Type String Int32 String String String@ String@ String@ String@ Boolean@ Description Indicates the target job number Indicates the target job assembly sequence Indicates the source part number to get details from Indicates the source revision number to get details from Returns the Base Part Number to use for configuration Returns the Base Revision Number to use for configuration Returns the Current Part Number to use for configuration Returns the Current Revision Number to use for configuration Returns whether the configuration is set to save input values
GetByIdandJobType
A variation of the standard GetByID. Besides JobNum also has parameter for JobType(s). Note JobType is a comma separated list of types to be considered valid for this Get. Used as a predecessor to calling GetByID.
1192
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name jobNum jobType Type String String Description JobHead.JobNum JobHead.JobType
GetDatasetForTree
This methods will return the dataset for Job Entry. The method will return the records related to the assembly provided and the first child level assemblies related to the input inputted assembly. Parameters Name ipJobNum ipStartAssemblySeq ipCurrentAssemblySeq ipCompleteTree ipJobTypeMode Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean String Description The Job Number to return data for. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this job number? Job must be one of these types else it is an error. ipJobTypeMode can be blank, no constraint
Returns Job Entry data set
GetDetails
This method retrieves the manufacturing details from a source file. The source file will either be a Quote, a Job, or a Method (Part). The assembly records will be created regardless if the part is in error or not. Parameters Name jobNum targetAsm sourceFile sourceQuote sourceLine sourceJob sourceAsm sourcePart Type String Int32 String Int32 Int32 String Int32 String Description Job Number of the target Assembly Sequence of the target Assembly Source (Quote, Job, or Method) of the details to copy Quote Number to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Quote") Quote Line to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Quote") Job Number to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Job") Quote Assembly to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Quote" or "Job") Part Num to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method")
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1193
F-L
Name sourceRev sourceAltMethod resequence useMethodForParts
Type String String Boolean Boolean
Description Revision number to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method") Alternate Method to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method") Indicates if assemblys should be resequenced If true use the method passed in for all parts in assemblies, if false use the assembly part's default method.
Returns Results of the get details
GetJMtlStat
This method returns the JMtlStat dataset. This dataset is used for the Job Material Status view. Prior to running this method, the RowMod field in JMtlStatFilters must be set to U if it does not alreay have this value. Parameters Name ds Returns Job Tracker Material Status data set Type Description Job Tracker Material Status filters data set
GetJMtlStatFilters
This method returns a record in the JMtlStatFilters dataset. This record is used to capture the filters to retrieve the JMtlStat data for the Job Material Status view. Parameters Name jobNum Type String Description Job Number for the Job Material Status view
Returns Job Tracker Material Status filters data set
GetLinkedQuoteLineList
This method returns a list of QuoteNum and QuoteLine values for a JobProd record whose OrderNum is greater than 0. Parameters Name ipJobNum opQuoteLineList Type String String@ Description The JobNum to return values for The returned values in list form
1194
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetNextJobNum
This methods generates the next available job number from the JCSyst table. Parameters Name opNextJobNum Type String@ Description The outputted string of the next available job number
GetNextJobNumOrderRelease
This methods generates the job number based off of the OrderRel record related to the input PartSug. Parameters Name ipPartSugRowid opNextJobNum Type String String@ Description The rowid of the partsug record to create job for. The outputted string of the job number
GetNextMntJobNum
Returns list of Project Roles
InitJobOperSNReqSubConShip
InsertBOMAsm
This methods allows for the insertion of an engineering assembly for drag/drop functionality, Parameters Name ipParentJobAsmblRowid Type String Description The rowid of the parent jobasmbl to add to
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1195
F-L
Name ipSourceRowid ipOperSeq ipDroppedAs
Type String Int32 String
Description The rowid of source record could be jobasmbl, jobmtl, or quotemtl to be added to the parent jobasmbl The related operation seq (or 0 if unrelated) The character value to determine where to drop and to drop as what. valid values: JobAsmbl, JobAsmbl-AsMtl, QuoteAsm, QuoteAsm-AsMtl Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this job number?
ipReturn ipStartAssemblySeq ipCurrentAssemblySeq ipCompleteTree
Boolean Int32 Int32 Boolean
InsertBOMMtl
This methods allows for the insertion of an engineering material for drag/drop functionality, Parameters Name ipParentJobAsmblRowid ipSourceRowid ipOperSeq ipMtlSeq ipBeforeMtlRowid ipDroppedAs Type String String Int32 Int32 String String Description The rowid of the JobAsmbl record to add the material to The rowid of source record could be jobasmbl, jobmtl, or quotemtl to be added to the parent jobasmbl The related operation seq (or 0 if unrelated) The material seq to use The material rowid to insert material before The character value to determine where to drop and to drop as what. valid values: PartMtl-AsMtl, PartMtl-AsAsm, JobMtl-AsAsm, JobMtl, QuoteMtl-AsAsm, QuoteMtl Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this job number?
ipReturn ipStartAssemblySeq ipCurrentAssemblySeq ipCompleteTree
Boolean Int32 Int32 Boolean
InsertBOMOper
This methods allows for the insertion of an engineering operation for drag/drop functionality,
1196
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ipParentJobAsmblRowid ipSourceRowid ipNewOperSeq ipBeforeOperRowid ipDroppedAs ipReturn ipStartAssemblySeq ipCurrentAssemblySeq ipCompleteTree Type String String Int32 String String Boolean Int32 Int32 Boolean Description The rowid of the parent jobasmbl to add to The rowid of source record could be joboper, partopr, or quoteopr to be added to the parent jobasmbl The new operation seq The operation rowid to insert operation before The character value to determine where to drop and to drop as what. valid values: PartOpr, JobOper, QuoteOpr Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this job number?
InsertMaterial
This methods allows for the insertion on a material for drag/drop functionality, validates a JobAsmbl record exists and the part is valid. Parameters Name ipJobAsmblRowID ipPartNum ipOperSeq ipMtlSeq ipBeforeMtlRowid ipReturn ipStartAssemblySeq ipCurrentAssemblySeq ipCompleteTree Type String String Int32 Int32 String Boolean Int32 Int32 Boolean Description The rowid of the JobAsmbl record to add the material to The part number being added The related operation seq (or 0 if unrelated) The material seq to use The material rowid to insert material before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this job number?
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1197
F-L
InsertNewJobAsmbl
This method creates a new Assembly after prompting for the AsemblySeq and BOMLevel as well as the JobNum field. This is to replace the standard GetNewJobAsmbl when needing to insert a new record between two existing records. Parameters Name ds jobNum assemblySeq bomLevel priorAssemblySeq String Int32 Int32 Int32 Type Description Job Entry data set Assembly's parent Job Assembly's parent assembly Seq Assembly's parent BOMLevel If adding a sub-assembly record, this value is 0. If insterting after a specific assembly then use that record's assembly seq (must be different from the parent assembly seq)
InsertNewJobMtl
This methods allows for the insertion on a material for drag/drop functionality, validates a JobAsmbl record exists and the part is valid. Parameters Name ipJobAsmblRowID ipPartNum ipOperSeq ipMtlSeq ipBeforeMtlRowid ds Type String String Int32 Int32 String Description The rowid of the JobAsmbl record to add the material to The part number being added The related operation seq (or 0 if unrelated) The material seq to use The material rowid to insert material before Job Entry data set
InsertNewJobOper
This methods allows for the insertion on a new operation between two records Parameters Name ipJobAsmblRowID ipNewOprSeq ipBeforeOperRowid ds Type String Int32 String Description The rowid of the JobAsmbl record to add the operation to The new operation seq The operation rowid to insert operation before Job Entry data set
1198
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
This method allows for the insertion of Capability on an operation to create operation detail for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipJobOperRowID ipCapabilityID ipNewOpDtlSeq ipBeforeOpDtlRowid ipReturn Type String String Int32 String Boolean Description The rowid of the JobOper record to add the operation detail to The Capability ID being added The new operation detail seq The operation detail rowid to insert operation detail before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back.
InsertOpDtlResGroup
This method allows for the insertion of Resource Group on an operation to create operation detail for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipJobOperRowID ipResourceGrpID ipNewOpDtlSeq ipBeforeOpDtlRowid ipReturn Type String String Int32 String Boolean Description The rowid of the JobOper record to add the operation detail to The Resource Group ID being added The new operation detail seq The operation detail rowid to insert operation detail before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back.
InsertOpDtlResource
This method allows for the insertion of Resource on an operation to create operation detail for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipJobOperRowID Type String Description The rowid of the JobOper record to add the operation detail to
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1199
F-L
Name ipResourceID ipNewOpDtlSeq ipBeforeOpDtlRowid ipReturn
Type String Int32 String Boolean
Description The Resource ID being added The new operation detail seq The operation detail rowid to insert operation detail before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back.
InsertOperationOP
This methods allows for the insertion on an operation for drag/drop functionality Parameters Name ipJobAsmblRowID ipOpCode ipNewOprSeq ipBeforeOperRowid ipReturn opMessage Type String String Int32 String Boolean String@ Description The rowid of the JobAsmbl record to add the operation to The operation code being added The new operation seq The operation rowid to insert operation before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Warning message to let the user know that a subcontract operation will be created with no vendor information.
InsertOperCapability
This method allows for the insertion of Capability on an assembly to create JobOper/JobOpDtl for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipJobAsmblRowID ipCapabilityID ipNewOprSeq ipBeforeOprRowid ipReturn opMessage Type String String Int32 String Boolean String@ Description The rowid of the JobAsmbl record to add the operation detail to The Capability ID being added The new operation seq The operation rowid to insert operation before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Warning message to let the user know that a subcontract operation will be created with no vendor information.
1200
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
InsertOperResGroup
This method allows for the insertion of ResourceGroup on an assembly to create JobOper/JobOpDtl for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipJobAsmblRowID ipResourceGrpID ipNewOprSeq ipBeforeOprRowid ipReturn opMessage Type String String Int32 String Boolean String@ Description The rowid of the JobAsmbl record to add the operation detail to The Resource Group ID being added The new operation seq The operation rowid to insert operation before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Warning message to let the user know that a subcontract operation will be created with no vendor information.
InsertOperResource
This method allows for the insertion of Resource on an assembly to create JobOper/JobOpDtl for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipJobAsmblRowID ipResourceID ipNewOprSeq ipBeforeOprRowid ipReturn opMessage Type String String Int32 String Boolean String@ Description The rowid of the JobAsmbl record to add the operation detail to The Resource ID being added The new operation seq The operation rowid to insert operation before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Warning message to let the user know that a subcontract operation will be created with no vendor information.
InsertSubAssembly
This methods allows for the insertion of a subassembly for drag/drop functionality, validates the part.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1201
F-L
Parameters Name ipJobAsmblRowID ipPartNum ipOperSeq ipReturn ipStartAssemblySeq ipCurrentAssemblySeq ipCompleteTree Type String String Int32 Boolean Int32 Int32 Boolean Description The rowid of the JobAsmbl record to add the material to The part number being added The related operation seq (or 0 if unrelated) Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this job number?
JobScheduling
Calls jc/jcshded.p and performs the job scheduling without an interface like in Sales Order Parameters Name ipJobNum ipReturn ipStartAssemblySeq ipCurrentAssemblySeq ipCompleteTree Type String Boolean Int32 Int32 Boolean Description The Job to schedule Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this job number?
PreCheckNewJobProd
This method is ran before GetNewJobProd. It will determine if you can create a demand link with a Make To Type of Stock. It will validate that you aren't creating a Stock demand link with a non-stock part. Parameters Name ipJobNum ipPartNum ipMakeToType Type String String String Description The job number to create the jobprod for The part number to create the jobprod for The new maketotype value to create the jobprod with. Valid Values: STOCK, ORDER, JOB
1202
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
PreGetDetails
This method should be called right before the GetDetails method. It necessasry, it'll return a question on resequencing assembly's while getting details. The answer will be sent as a parameter to the GetDetails method. This method will also return a BasePartNum and BaseRevisionNum. If the BasePartNum isn't null then use this as the default part number for GetDetails. Parameters Name sourcePartNum sourceRevisionNum sourceFile targetJobNum targetAsm vMessage basePartNum baseRevisionNum Type String String String String Int32 String@ String@ String@ Description Indicates the source part number to get details from Indicates the source revision number to get details from Indicates where the details are being appended from. Either Quote, Job or Method Target Job Number Sequence of the target Assembly Returns resequence question Returns the Base Part Number to use for get details Returns the Base Revision Number to use for get details
PreInsertSubAssembly
This method should be called right before the InsertMaterial. It necessasry, it'll return a warning if there is no source method. Parameters Name ipPartNum vMessage Type String String@ Description The inputted part number Returns warning
RemoveFromSchedule
Removes job from schedule Parameters Name ipJobNum Type String Description Job number
ValidateInspection
Method to validate the Inspection control fields. (EQM)
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1203
F-L
Parameters Name ipProposedInspPlan ipProposedSpecId iptable setRev ds Type String String String Boolean Description The new proposed InspPlanPartNum value The new proposed SpecID value table name if set default revision The Job entry Dataset.
ValidateJobNum
This method will validate that the job number entered not through a search will be a valid job number for the entered plant. Parameters Name ipJobNum Type String Description The entered job number.
ValidateRefDes
Check the number of reference designators are equal to the Required Ref Designators defined on JobMtl. Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAsmSeq Type String Int32 Description Job Number to validate Assembly Seq of the Job Number to validate or -1 to validate all of them
JobManager
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobManager: This business object contains 18 methods.
FindPartAndGetRowID
1204
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
CheckPartStatus
This method checks to see if there are any questions or issues with the part entered and returns a message, if any substitutes exist and Message type. Intended to be called prior to calling the CreateJob method.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1205
F-L
Parameters Name partNum vMsgText vSubAvail vMsgType Type String String@ Boolean@ String@ Description The part number to validate Potential message to return, will be blank Returned flag stating if substitutes exist for this part Type of message returned. Values can be; "Question" (asking if they want to use the substitute part) "Warning" (Warns them that a part is onhold or runout). "Error" (Part in Inactive, or Onhold/Runout parts are not accepted in this case) . "Question" is asking if they want to use the substitute part. Note: In this case, we do not give option to accept a substitute part. Therefore a Question type will never be returned.
CreateJob
To create a new Job for production demand. You pass this method the Reckey of the demand record for which a job will be created. The job will be created and this demand record will be linked to it. You must also pass the Job Number you wish to use. This should have been determined using the standard object to assign job numbers. IMPORTANT: Your logic should have also called the CheckPartStatus method and provided the appropriate user interaction before calling this mehtod. Parameters Name demandReckey newJobNum Returns Job Manager data set Type String String Description The JMDemand.RecKey field value of row for which a new job will be created. Job number to be assigned to the newly created job
DeleteJob
To delete the Job of a specific JMSupply record. Parameters Name jmSupply_RecKey Type String Description The JMSupply.Reckey field is the physical rowid of the JobPart record. Therefore it can be used to indicate the job that you wish deleted.
Returns Job Manager data set
DeletePartSug
Deletes Part Suggestion
1206
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name partSug_RowID Returns Job Manager data set Type String Description Part Suggestions Row id
GetMatrix
To retrieve the JobManager dataset for a given part number. This dataset is a Demand/Supply matrix for the part. Note: Part numbers may not exist in the Part table. Therefore, this method allows you to pass in the part description. Depending on where you are calling from, you might use OrderDtl.LineDesc, JobMtl.Description, etc. Parameters Name ipPartNum ipPartDescription uomCode Returns Job Manager data set Type String String String Description Part number to be retrieved. Description of the Part. Optional, used only if the the given part does not exist in the Part table. UOM Code (only used for Product Codes)
GetNextJobNumOrderRelease
This methods generates the job number based off of the OrderRel record related to the input PartDtl. Parameters Name ipPartDtlRowid opNextJobNum Type String String@ Description The rowid of the partdtl record to create job for. The outputted string of the job number
GetPartXRefInfo
This method defaults PartAdvisor fields when the PartNum field changes Parameters Name partNum uomCode sysRowID rowType Type String@ String@ String String Description Proposed PartNumber change UOM Code (only used for Product Codes) RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1207
F-L
Name serialWarning questionString multipleMatch
Type String@ String@ Boolean@
Description Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
LinkToJob
To link a production demand (JMDemand record) with an existing job. This validates the following: 1. The demand record still exists in the database. 2. That it is not already linked to a source of supply (job, warehouse) 3. Target job exists. 4. Target job is not a Field Service Job. 5. System configuration allows changes to engineered Jobs. 6. Job is not Closed. Parameters Name demandReckey targetJobNum Returns Job Manager data set Type String String Description The JMDemand.RecKey field value of row to be linked. Job number that you want to link the demand to.
PreGetDetails
This method checks to see if the part is a valid part in the part master. Configured parts have the option to create part numbers without create a part record. If this is the case, then use the OrderDtl.BasePartNum and OrderDtl.BaseRevisionNum or QuoteDtl.BasePartNum and QuoteDtl.BaseRevisionNum to get details. If the basePartNum isn't equal to null then use it to Get Details Parameters Name partNum revisionNum targetJobNum targetAsm basePartNum baseRevisionNum Type String String String Int32 String@ String@ Description The part number to validate The revision number to validate Target Job Number Sequence of the target Assembly Base Part Number to use for Get Details Base Revision Num to use for Get Details
PullFromStock
To link a demand with to a warehouse that will supply the demand.
1208
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name demandReckey linkToWareHouseCode Returns Job Manager data set Type String String Description JMDemand.RecKey of the record to be pulled from stock. Warehouse to be pulled from (allocated against).
TransferDemand
To transfer a demand on one job to another job. Parameters Name transferRecKey targetJobNum Returns Job Manager data set Type String String Description TransferRecKey (either DemandSupply or SupplyDemand.RecKey) of the record to be transferred. Job Number that the demand will be transfered to.
UnlinkDemand
To unlink a demand from the related Job. Parameters Name supplyDemandReckey Type String Description JMttJMSupplyDemand.RecKey of the record to be unlinked.
UnlinkSupply
To unlink a supply from it's related demand. Parameters Name demandSupplyReckey demandSupplySourceTable Type String String Description JMttJMDemandSupply.RecKey of the record to be unlinked. ttJMDemandSupply.SourceTable of the record to be unlinked.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1209
F-L
JobMtlSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobMtlSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewJobMtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1210
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
JobOperSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobOperSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewJobOper
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1211
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
JobPart
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobPart: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewJobPart
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1212
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
JobProdSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobProdSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewJobProd
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1213
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
JobSched
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobSched: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewJobSched
DeleteByID
GetByID
1214
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetByDesc
Retrieve a record by the description Parameters Name jobSchedDescription Type String Description The description of the record to retrieve
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1215
F-L
Returns The RMAProc data set
JobStatus
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobStatus: This business object contains 14 methods.
GetNewJobHead
GetNewJobAsmbl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1216
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
ChangeJobHeadFirm
This method validates the JobHead.JobFirm and potentially changes the jobreleased fields. This method should run when the JobHead.JobFirm field changes. Parameters Name ipProposedJobFirm jobNum ds Type Boolean String Description The new proposed JobFirm value The job number to search appropriate record The dataset for the Job Status Maintenance
ChangeJobHeadJobEngineered
This method validates the JobHead.JobEngineered and potentially changes the jobreleased field. This method should run when the JobHead.JobEngineered field changes. Parameters Name ipProposedJobEngineered jobNum ds Type Boolean String Description The new proposed JobEngineered value The job number to search appropriate record The dataset for the Job Status Maintenance
ChangeJobHeadJobReleased
This method validates the JobHead.JobReleased and potentially changes the jobengineered and/or jobfirm fields. This method should run when the JobHead.JobReleased field changes. Parameters Name ipProposedJobReleased jobNum ds Type Boolean String Description The new proposed JobReleased value The job number to search appropriate record The dataset for the Job Status Maintenance
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1217
F-L
GetListFromSelectedKeys
This methods will return all of the JobHeadSearch records which will be a subset of the JobHead records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method but since we are populating a temp table we need our own public method. Parameters Name ds pageSize absolutePage morePages Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset with pupolated key values The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
GetRowsFromSelectedKeys
This methods will return all of the JobHeadSearch records which will be a subset of the JobHead records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method but since we are populating a temp table we need our own public method. Parameters Name ds pageSize absolutePage morePages Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset with pupolated key values The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
MassUpdate
Call this method to update multiple JobHead records. Parameters Name ds Type Description The dataset for the Job Status Maintenance
JournalTrackerDetail
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JournalTrackerDetail: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewGLJrnDtl
1218
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetNewTranGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1219
F-L
GetJournalDetail
Filter journals by Journal Code and Journal Number. Parameters Name opMessage ds Type String@ Description returns informational messages to the user when no records are found. Epicor.Mfg.BO.JournalTrackerDetailDataSet
GetTranGLCHead
This method replaces the standard GetRows method Parameters Name vJournalCode vBookID Returns JournalTracker Type String String Description Journal Code Book ID
JPPerBill
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JPPerBill: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewPerBillHead
GetNewPerBillDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
1220
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCustNum
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1221
F-L
ValidateEndOfMonth
Validates that only one "end of month" record exist per customer. Parameters Name ipEndOfMonth ds Type Boolean Description Proposed EndofMonth value Periodic Billing data set
ValidateSummDay
Validates that the Summarization Day is unique. Parameters Name ipSummDay ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Summarization Day value Periodic Billing data set
JPPerBillStmt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JPPerBillStmt: This business object contains 17 methods.
GetNewPerBillStmtGrp
GetNewPerBillStmtHead
GetNewPerBillStmtDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1222
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCustNum
GetCustomers
Syncronize the DueDate and Billing date HeadInvoice with the values of the PerBillStmtDtl table.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1223
F-L
Parameters Name ipGrpID ds Type String Description Group ID Periodic Billing Statement data set
SynchronizeInvoices
Syncronize the DueDate and Billing date HeadInvoice with the values of the PerBillStmtDtl table. Parameters Name ipGrpID ipCustNum ds Type String Int32 Description Group ID Customer Num Periodic Billing Statement data set
UpdateDueDateOnDtl
Updates the table PerBillStmtDtl with the new due date from PerBillStmtHead Parameters Name ipGrp ipBillingDate ipCustNum ipDueDate ds Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Billing Statement Group ID. Billing Date Customer number Billing Date Periodic Billing Statement data set
ValidateBillingDate
Validate that the Billing date is not higer than the due date. Parameters Name ipBillingDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Proposed Billing Date Periodic Billing Statement data set
ValidateCustID
Receives CustId, returns CustNum
1224
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ipCustID opCustNum ds Type String Int32@ Description Customer ID Returns Customer Num Periodic Billing Statement data set
ValidateDueDate
Validate that the due date is not lower than the billing date. Parameters Name ipDueDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Proposed DueDate Periodic Billing Statement data set
ValidateReadyToBill
Validate that all the invoices are syncronized before setting the customer to "ready to bill. Parameters Name ipReadyToBill ds Type Boolean Description Proposed Ready To Bill status Periodic Billing Statement data set
JrnlCode
Epicor.Mfg.BO.JrnlCode: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewJrnlCode
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1225
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
SystemJournal
returns TRUE if the JournalCode is being used in a System Table. Parameters Name cJournalCode Type String Description Journal Code
1226
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Chapter 11: K
KanbanPartSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.KanbanPartSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewKanbanPartSearch
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1227
F-L
UpdateExt
KanbanReceipts
Epicor.Mfg.BO.KanbanReceipts: This business object contains 23 methods.
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
1228
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
ChangeBin
Update default information based on the bin changing Parameters Name ds lValidBin Boolean@ Type Description The KanbanReceipts data set Is the Bin Number valid
ChangeEmployee
Update default information based on the employee changing Parameters Name ds lValidEmployee Boolean@ Type Description The KanbanReceipts data set Is the Employee valid
ChangeLotNum
Update default information based on the lot changing
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1229
F-L
Parameters Name ds lValidLot Boolean@ Type Description The KanbanReceipts data set Is the Lot Number valid
ChangeNonConfReason
Update default information based on the bin changing Parameters Name ds lValidNonConfReason Boolean@ Type Description The KanbanReceipts data set Is the Non Conformance reason valid
ChangePart
Update default information based on the part number changing Parameters Name ds lValidPart uomCode Boolean@ String Type Description The KanbanReceipts data set Is the Part valid UOM Code (only used for Product Codes)
ChangeRevision
Update default information based on the revision number changing Parameters Name ds Type Description The KanbanReceipts data set
ChangeScrapReason
Update default information based on the scrap reason changing Parameters Name ds lValidScrapReason Boolean@ Type Description The KanbanReceipts data set Is the Scrap Reason valid
1230
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
ChangeUsePartNumForLot
Update lot number and description if the value is changed to true. Parameters Name ds Type Description The KanbanReceipts data set
ChangeWarehouse
Update default information based on the warehouse changing Parameters Name ds lValidWarehouse Boolean@ Type Description The KanbanReceipts data set Is the Warehouse valid
CheckProcessRunning
Verify if a similar process is running for the same part. Parameters Name ip_partnum oMsgText Type String String@ Description The required PartNum to run the Kanban Receipt. Return message if Process is Running, blank if not.
GetPartXRefInfo
This method defaults PartAdvisor fields when the PartNum field changes Parameters Name partNum sysRowID rowType uomCode serialWarning questionString Type String@ String String String@ String@ String@ Description Proposed PartNumber change RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. UOM Code (only used for Product Codes) Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1231
F-L
Name multipleMatch
Type Boolean@
Description Multiple matches were found by FindPart
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds Returns The SelectSerialNumbersParams dataset Creates a temporary record to store information needed for the receipt process. Returns The KanbanReceipts data set Type Description The KanbanReceipts data set
PreProcessKanbanReceipts
ProcessKanbanReceipts
Processes the Kanban Receipt. Parameters Name ds dSerialNoQty cMessageText Decimal String@ Type Description The KanbanReceipts data set The quantity of Serialized parts. This value is returned by Serial # selector object. Contains non-error processing information the user may need to see
1232
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
SetActionToSelSerNum
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds ipInventory ipScrapped ipNonconformance Int32 Int32 Int32 Type Description The Kanban receipts dataSet Is the quantity of serial numbers to inventory Is quantity of serial numbers to scrapped Is the quantity of serial numbers nonconformance
Submit
Submit the Kanban Receipt Process. Parameters Name ds dSerialNoQty Decimal Type Description The KanbanReceipts data set The quantity of Serialized parts. This value is returned by Serial # selector object.
ValidateSelectedSerNum
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds ipInventory ipScrapped ipNonconf Int32 Int32 Int32 Type Description The Kanban receipts dataSet Is the quantity of serial numbers to inventory Is quantity of serial numbers to scrapped Is the quantity of serial numbers nonconformance
KanBanType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.KanBanType: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewKanBanType
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1233
F-L
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
1234
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
KeyMgmt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.KeyMgmt: This business object contains 3 methods.
GetByID
This method will return a record for updating. Parameters Name company Returns Key Mgmgt Dataset Type String Description Current company
SetPassword
This method takes the entered Password value, validates and saves it to the database. Parameters Name ds Type Description Key Management Dataset
SetSalt
This method takes the entered salt value, validates and saves it to the database. Parameters Name ds Type Description Key Mgmt Dataset
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1235
F-L
Chapter 12: L
LabExpCd
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LabExpCd: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewLabExpCd
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1236
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
Labor
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Labor: This business object contains 89 methods.
GetNewLaborHed
GetNewLaborDtl
GetNewLaborDtlComment
GetNewLaborEquip
GetNewLaborPart
GetNewLaborDtlGroup
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1237
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
1238
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Returns
BuildJobOperPrjRoleList
This proc will return the whereclause for the role code combo Customers Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq ipOprSeq ipEmpID whereClause Type String Int32 Int32 String String@ Description JobNum AssemblySeq OprSeq EmpID Where Clause to use for role code combo
ChangeEquipID
This method should call when EquipID is changed Parameters Name equipID ds Type String Description equipID Labor Entry Data set
ChangeIndirectCode
This method clears the JobNumber and Quantity fields when the LaborType changes to Indirect leaves the values as is if changed between Production and Setup Parameters Name ds Type Description Labor Entry Data set
ChangeLaborType
This method clears the JobNumber and Quantity fields when the LaborType changes to Indirect leaves the values as is if changed between Production and Setup Parameters Name ds Type Description Labor Entry Data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1239
F-L
ChangeResourceId
For use with MES (ShopFloor) only. This method checks the Resource Group of the proposed Resource, and if it is different than the current Resource Group, provides a warning question suitable for presenting to the user. The UI code should place the user's answer to the question in the ttLaborDtl.OkToChangeResourceGrpID. This method should be called prior to calling the DefaultResourceID method. Parameters Name ds pcResourceID pcMsg String String@ Type Description Labor Entry Data set The ID of the machine that was used to do the work. The message sent as output for the user
CheckEmployeeActivity
This method checks if the current employee is already working on a Job/Asm/Opr/Resource combination If he/she is already working on it, the opMessage will be populated with an error message Parameters Name ipEmpID ipLaborHedSeq ipJobNum ipAsmSeq ipOprSeq ipResourceID opMessage Type String Int32 String Int32 Int32 String String@ Description The current Employee ID LaborHed Sequence Job Number Assembly Sequence Operation Sequence Resource ID Error Message
CheckFirstArticleWarning
Performs all First Article Validations Parameters Name ds pcMsg String@ Type Description The Labor data set The message sent as output for the user
CheckInspResults
This method validates if InspResults has been entered when the Inspection Data is allowed for the current OprSeq.
1240
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq ipOprSeq inspectionOK Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Current Job Current AssembleSeq Current OprSeq Returns true if InspResults records are found
CheckResourceGroup
This method checks to see if the new resource is in the current resource group. This needs to be run right before the DefaultResourceID. If the user answers okay then the group will be changed in the DefaultResourceID method. Parameters Name ds proposedResourceID vMessage String String@ Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed Resource ID List of error warnings for user
CheckWarnings
This method runs the labor warning routine and returns any warnings the user needs to be aware of. This needs to be run right before the update method. If the user answers okay to all of the questions, then the update method can be run. Otherwise the labor record needs to be corrected Parameters Name ds vMessage String@ Type Description Labor Entry Data set List of error warnings for user
CopyLaborDetail
Method to copy the vales from one Labor record to a new Labor record. Parameters Name ds cMessageText String@ Type Description The Labor data set Message text to present to the user after the process is finished
CopyTimeWeeklyView
Method to copy the vales from one Weekly Time record to a new Weekly Time record.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1241
F-L
Parameters Name ds cMessageText String@ Type Description The Labor data set Message text to present to the user after the process is finished
DefaultAssemblySeq
This method sets dataset fields when the AssemblySeq field changes Parameters Name ds assemblySeq Int32 Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed AssemblySeq change
DefaultComplete
This method updates the dataset after complete flag is set Parameters Name ds cmplete vMessage Boolean String@ Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed change to the Complete field Returns a string of warnings user needs to know
DefaultDate
This method updates the clock in and clock out dates for the LaborHed and LaborDtl tables when the payroll date has changed. Parameters Name ds payrollDate Nullable{System.DateTime} Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed Payroll Date change
DefaultDiscrpRsnCode
This method defaults fields when the discrepancy reason code field changes. Also checks for any warnings the user needs to be aware of
1242
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ds proposedDiscrpRsnCode String Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed discrepancy reason
DefaultDtlTime
This method updates the hours when a time field changes Parameters Name ds Type Description Labor Entry Data set
DefaultIndirect
This method defaults the expense code when the indirect code has changed Parameters Name ds indirectCode String Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed change to the indirect code
DefaultJobNum
This method defaults dataset fields when the JobNum field changes Parameters Name ds jobNum String Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed change to the JobNum field
DefaultLaborHrs
This method updates the tot hours display field when the labor hours clock in/out time changes Parameters Name ds laborHrs Decimal Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed Labor Hrs change
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1243
F-L
DefaultLaborQty
This method defaults fields when the labor qty fields changes. Also checks for any labor warnings the user needs to be aware of Parameters Name ds laborQty vMessage Decimal String@ Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed change to LaborQty field Returns a string of warnings user needs to know
DefaultLaborType
This method defaults dataset fields when the LaborType field changes. Parameters Name ds ipLaborType String Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed LaborType change
DefaultLunchBreak
This method defaults the Lunch Time fields when the Lunch Break field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Labor Entry Data set
DefaultNextOprSeq
This method updates the dataset after next operation seq is set Parameters Name ds proposedNextOprSeq Int32 Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed next operation sequence
DefaultOpCode
This method checks for any warnings user needs to know on change of OpCode
1244
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ds opCode vMessage String String@ Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed OpCode field change Returns list of warnings for user's review
DefaultOprSeq
This method defaults fields when Operation sequence changes. Also returns any warnings user needs to know. Parameters Name oprSeq vMessage ds Int32 String@ Type Description Proposed oprSeq change Returns warnings for user's review Labor Entry Data set
DefaultPhaseID
This method defaults dataset fields when the PhaseID field changes. Parameters Name ds ipPhaseID String Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed PhaseID change
DefaultPhaseOprSeq
This method defaults dataset fields when the PhaseOprSeq field changes. Parameters Name ds ipPhaseOprSeq vMessage Int32 String@ Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed PhaseOprSeq change Returns warnings for user's review
DefaultProjectID
This method defaults dataset fields when the ProjectID field changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1245
F-L
Parameters Name ds ipProjectID String Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed ProjectID change
DefaultResourceID
This method updates dataset fields when the ResourceID field changes. Parameters Name ds proposedResourceID String Type Description The Labor data set The proposed resource id
DefaultRoleCd
This method defaults dataset fields when the RoleCd field changes. Parameters Name ds ipRoleCd String Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed RoleCd change
DefaultScrapReasonCode
This method defaults fields when the scrap reason code fields changes. Also checks for any labor warnings the user needs to be aware of Parameters Name ds proposedScrapReasonCode vMessage String String@ Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed scrap reason Returns a string of warnings user needs to know
DefaultSetupPctComplete
This method validates and reassigns the setup percent complete field. Parameters Name ds Type Description Labor Entry Data set
1246
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name percentComplete
Type Decimal
Description Proposed percent complete
DefaultShift
This method updates clock in/out and lunch in/out fields after shift field changes Parameters Name ds shift Int32 Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed Shift field change
DefaultTime
This method updates time and pay hours when a time field changes Parameters Name ds cFieldName timeValue String Decimal Type Description Labor Entry Data set name of field being changed proposed time change
DefaultTimeTypCd
This method defaults dataset fields when the TimeTypCd field changes. Parameters Name ds ipTimeTypCd String Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed TimeTypCd change
DefaultWCCode
This method updates dataset fields when the ResourceGroup field changes. Also checks for any warning the user needs to know Parameters Name ds wcCode vMessage String String@ Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed WorkCenter Code change Returns any warnings the user needs to review
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1247
F-L
EndActivity
Method to call to end an activity in Shop Floor. This method will mark the EndActivity flag in LaborDtl so when the Update method is run, special end activity processing can occur. It will also default values in other fields that apply to the end activity. Before this method is called, the LaborDtl.RowMod value needs to be set to 'U'. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Labor data set
EndActivityComplete
This method checks for any necessary labor warning when the complete flag is checked in MES End Activity Parameters Name ds cmplete vMessage Boolean String@ Type Description Labor Entry Data set Proposed change to the Complete field Returns a string of warnings user needs to know
GetDetail
Method to call to retrieve the Labor dataset with just the header and a specific detail record. Parameters Name iLaborHedSeq iLaborDtlSeq Returns The Labor data set Type Int32 Int32 Description The LaborHedSeq of the LaborHed record to retrieve The LaborDtlSeq of the LaborDtl record to retrieve
GetNewLaborDtlNoHdr
This method is called to add a new labor detail without having a labor header record available Parameters Name ds employeeNum shopFloor clockInDate String Boolean Nullable{System.DateTime} Type Description Labor Entry Data set The employee id for this labor record Indicates whether this is being called from the shop floor labor entry program The clock in date
1248
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name clockInTime clockOutDate clockOutTime
Type Decimal Nullable{System.DateTime} Decimal
Description The clock in time The clock out date The clock out time
GetNewLaborDtlWithHdr
This method is called to add a new labor detail without having a labor header record available Parameters Name ds ipClockInDate ipClockInTime ipClockOutDate ipClockOutTime ipLaborHedSeq Nullable{System.DateTime} Decimal Nullable{System.DateTime} Decimal Int32 Type Description Labor Entry Data set The clock in date The clock in time The clock out date The clock out time Unique identifier of the LaborHed
GetNewLaborHed1
This method to be used in place of GetNewLaborHed. This method asks for an employee number to default fields based on the employee. Parameters Name ds employeeNum shopFloor String Boolean Type Description Labor Entry Data set The employee id for this labor record Indicates whether this is being called from the shop floor labor entry program
GetNewLbrScrapSerialNumbers
Gets a new LbrScrapSerialNumbers record for current LaborDtl Parameters Name ds Type Description Labor data set
GetNewTimeWeeklyView
Gets a new TimeWeeklyView record for the current week
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1249
F-L
Parameters Name ds ipEmployeeNum ipDateInWeek String Type Description Labor data set The employee id for this labor record
Nullable{System.DateTime} Date within the week for which a new TimeWeeklyView record is to be created
GetRowsCalendarView
Calls the normal GetRows method and then if a supervisor search criteria has been passed, it screens out only the appropriate rows. Used by Shop Tracker Parameters Name whereClauseLaborHed whereClauseLaborDtl whereClauseLaborDtlCom whereClauseLaborEquip whereClauseLaborPart whereClauseLbrScrapSerialNumbers whereClauseTimeWorkHours whereClauseTimeWeeklyView whereClauseLaborDtlGroup whereClauseSelectedSerialNumbers whereClauseSNFormat pageSize absolutePage ipEmployeeNum ipCalendarStartDate ipCalendarEndDate morePages Returns Labor Dataset Type String String String String String String String String String String String Int32 Int32 String Description Whereclause for LaborHed table. Whereclause for LaborDtl table. Whereclause for LaborDtlCom table. Whereclause for LaborDtlEquip table. Whereclause for LaborPart table. Whereclause for LbrScrapSerialNumbers table. Whereclause for TimeWorkHours table. Whereclause for TimeWeeklyView table. Whereclause for LaborDtlGroup table. Whereclause for SelectedSerialNumbers table. Whereclause for SNFormat table. Page size. Absolute page. The employee id for this labor record
Nullable{System.DateTime} The first date visible on the calendar Nullable{System.DateTime} The last date visible on the calendar Boolean@ More pages.
GetRowsWhoIsHere
Calls the normal GetRows method and then if a supervisor search criteria has been passed, it screens out only the appropriate rows. Used by Shop Tracker
1250
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name whereClauseLaborHed whereClauseLaborDtl whereClauseLaborDtlCom whereClauseLaborEquip whereClauseLaborPart whereClauseLbrScrapSerialNumbers whereClauseTimeWorkHours whereClauseTimeWeeklyView whereClauseLaborDtlGroup whereClauseSelectedSerialNumbers whereClauseSNFormat pageSize absolutePage ipSupervisorID morePages Returns Labor Dataset Type String String String String String String String String String String String Int32 Int32 String Boolean@ Description Whereclause for LaborHed table. Whereclause for LaborDtl table. Whereclause for LaborDtlCom table. Whereclause for LaborDtlEquip table. Whereclause for LaborPart table. Whereclause for LbrScrapSerialNumbers table. Whereclause for TimeWorkHours table. Whereclause for TimeWeeklyView table. Whereclause for LaborDtlGroup table. Whereclause for SelectedSerialNumbers table. Whereclause for SNFormat table. Page size. Absolute page. Supervisor ID from search criteria. More pages.
GetTERetrieveApproved
Method to get the value UserFile.TERetrieveApproved Parameters Name opTERetrieveApproved Type Boolean@ Description Should Approved records be retrieved on search? Yes/No
GetTERetrieveByOption
Method to get retrieve by options Parameters Name opTERetrieveByDay opTERetrieveByWeek opTERetrieveByMonth Type Boolean@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Description Should records be retrieve one day at a time? Yes/No Should records be retrieve a week at a time? Yes/No Should records be retrieve a month at a time? Yes/No
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1251
F-L
GetTERetrieveEntered
Method to get the value UserFile.TERetrieveEntered Parameters Name opTERetrieveEntered Type Boolean@ Description Should Entered records be retrieved on search? Yes/No
GetTERetrievePartiallyApproved
Method to get the value UserFile.TERetrievePartiallyApproved Parameters Name opTERetrievePartiallyApproved Type Boolean@ Description Should Partially Approved records be retrieved on search? Yes/No
GetTERetrieveRejected
Method to get the value UserFile.TERetrieveRejected Parameters Name opTERetrieveRejected Type Boolean@ Description Should Rejected records be retrieved on search? Yes/No
GetTERetrieveSubmitted
Method to get the value UserFile.TERetrieveSubmitted Parameters Name opTERetrieveSubmitted Type Boolean@ Description Should Submitted records be retrieved on search? Yes/No
IsValidAssembly
Validate if an assembly is valid for a job. if not returns false, otherwise returns true. Parameters Name pcJobNum Type String Description Job number to which this labor transaction applies.
1252
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name piAssemblySeq plFound
Type Int32 Boolean@
Description The Assembly Sequence of the Job that the labor transaction applies to. Found YES/NO
OnChangeQuickEntryCode
This method validates field QuickEntryCode, and if it is valid, uses the values from the QuickEntry record to populate the LaborDtl values. Parameters Name ipEmpID ipQuickEntryCode ds Type String String Description Proposed EmpID value Proposed QuickEntryCode value The Labor data set
OnChangeResourceGrpID
Call this procedure when TimeWeeklyView.ResourceGrpID changes Parameters Name ds ipResourceGrpID String Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.LaborDataSet Proposed Resource Group
Overrides
Call this procedure to override the Resource Group and Operation Code in a job. Parameters Name ds inOpCode String Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.LaborDataSet OpCode to override
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1253
F-L
Name inResGrpID
Type String
Description Resource Group OD to override
OverridesResource
Call this procedure to override the Resource in a LaborDtl record Parameters Name ds proposedResourceID String Type Description The Labor data set The proposed resource id
RecallFromApproval
Method to recall Labor for Approval. Parameters Name ds lWeeklyView cMessageText Boolean String@ Type Description The Labor data set Is this method being called with WeeklyView records? Message text to present to the user after the process is finished
SelectForWork
This method is intended to be used when the MES/ShopFloor user selects an operation from the WorkQueue to work on. Use this method in place of the Update method in this situation. This method expects a LaborDataSet containing a single LaborHed with a RowMod indicating a changed row, and a LaborDtl row with a RowMod indicating a changed row. This can be obtained with a call to Labor.GetRows() with a whereClauseLaborHed of ActiveTrans = YES and EmployeeNum = xxxx substituting the desired employeeNum for the xxxx. followed by a call to LaborDtlGetNew. After validating the given Job, Assembly, Operation, ResourceID, ResourceGrpID and LaborType, and additional validations are applied, the LaborDtl is updated. An exception is thrown if: - a changed Laborhed row is not found. - the given Job, Assembly and Operation is not valid - the LaborHed.ActiveTrans = no. This method is for MES (ShopFloor) use only. - the given LaborType is not "S" or "P" Parameters Name ds pcResourceGrpId pcResourceId pcLaborType String String String Type Description Labor Entry Data set The Resource Group id for this work. The Resource id for this work. Labor Type: S=Setup, P=Production
1254
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
SelectForWorkCheckWarnings
This method runs the shop warning routine and returns any warnings the user needs to be aware of. This needs to be run right before the SelectForWork method. If the user answers okay to all of the questions, then the SelectForWork method can be run. Otherwise the labor record needs to be corrected Parameters Name ds vMessage String@ Type Description Labor Entry Data set List of error warnings for user
SetClockInAndDisplayTimeMES
Sets the Time Stamp in which the Employee Starts his/her activity and also populates the field that displays the time correctly. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Labor data set
SetTERetrieveApproved
Method to set the value UserFile.TERetrieveApproved Parameters Name ipTERetrieveApproved Type Boolean Description Value to set UserFile.TERetrieveApproved Yes/No
SetTERetrieveByDay
Method to set the value for retrieve by day Parameters Name ipTERetrieveByDay Type Boolean Description Value to set the by day option Yes/No
SetTERetrieveByMonth
Method to set the value for retrieve by month
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1255
F-L
Parameters Name ipTERetrieveByMonth Type Boolean Description Value to set the by month option Yes/No
SetTERetrieveByWeek
Method to set the value for retrieve by week Parameters Name ipTERetrieveByWeek Type Boolean Description Value to set the by week option Yes/No
SetTERetrieveEntered
Method to set the value UserFile.TERetrieveEntered Parameters Name ipTERetrieveEntered Type Boolean Description Value to set UserFile.TERetrieveEntered Yes/No
SetTERetrievePartiallyApproved
Method to set the value UserFile.TERetrievePartiallyApproved Parameters Name ipTERetrievePartiallyApproved Type Boolean Description Value to set UserFile.TERetrievePartiallyApproved Yes/No
SetTERetrieveRejected
Method to set the value UserFile.TERetrieveRejected Parameters Name ipTERetrieveRejected Type Boolean Description Value to set UserFile.TERetrieveRejected Yes/No
SetTERetrieveSubmitted
Method to set the value UserFile.TERetrieveSubmitted
1256
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ipTERetrieveSubmitted Type Boolean Description Value to set UserFile.TERetrieveSubmitted Yes/No
StartActivity
Method to call to start an activity in Shop Floor. Parameters Name laborHedSeq startType ds Type Int32 String Description The labor header sequence The type of activity being started. Values are: P - Production I - Indirect S - Setup R - Rewwork The Labor data set
SubmitForApproval
Method to submit Labor for Approval. Parameters Name ds lWeeklyView cMessageText Boolean String@ Type Description The Labor data set Is this method being called with WeeklyView records? Message text to present to the user after the process is finished
ValidateSerialAfterSelect
Validates after calling SN selection screen Parameters Name ds Type Description Labor data set
ValidateSerialBeforeSelect
Call before allowing the select of serial numbers Parameters Name ds Type Description Labor data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1257
F-L
Name notEnoughSerials totSNReq
Type String@ Decimal@
Description Not enough serials for labor entry Total number of serials required for labor entry
ReportPartQtyAllowed
Returns TRUE if Part Quantity Reporting is allowed for a given operation. Notes: In order to be allowed the following conditions must be meet. 1. Must be final assembly (AssemblySeq = 0) 2. Must be the final operation. 3. Job must have more that one end part defined or has one or more Parts with PartPerOp > 1 Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq ipOprSeq Type String Int32 Int32 Description Job number Assembly Sequence number Operation Sequence number
LaborApproval
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LaborApproval: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewLaborDtl
GetNewLaborDtlComment
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1258
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ApproveReject
The procedure is called when the user selects LaborDtl records for reject or approve Parameters Name ipSalesRepCode ipAction ipComment ds outMessage String@ Type String String String Description The sales Rep Code of the approver. Action to take A = approver, R = reject. Comment text if comments are to be created. Labor Approval Entry Data set Informational message returned to display to the user after the process has run
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1259
F-L
CheckRecall
The procedure is called prior to performing a recall. It will check if subsequent approvals have occurred. If they have the user will have the opportunity to cancel the recall. Parameters Name ipSalesRepCode ds outRecallMsg String@ Type String Description The sales Rep Code of the approver. Labor Approval Entry Data set Recall message
GetRowsTran
Called from Aprrovals screen to get related task transactions Parameters Name calcLbrChrg ds Type Boolean Description To inlcude charge rate LaborApprovalDataSet
RecallTrans
The procedure is called when the user selects LaborDtl records to recall Parameters Name ipSalesRepCode ds outMessage String@ Type String Description The sales Rep Code of the approver. Labor Approval Entry Data set Informational message returned to display to the user after the process has run
SetChargeRate
This method should call when EquipID is changed Parameters Name ds Type Description Labor Approval Entry Data set
1260
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
LaborDtl
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LaborDtl: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewLaborDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1261
F-L
UpdateExt
LaborDtlGroup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LaborDtlGroup: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewLaborDtlGroupAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1262
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
EmployeeExists
A public method to test if a given Employee ID already exists in the EmpBasic table. Return True if it exists else returns False. Parameters Name empID Returns Type String Description
LaborDtlSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LaborDtlSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewLaborDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1263
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
LangName
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LangName: This business object contains 9 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1264
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetListCustom
This overload of GetList shows all or only the languages with translations. Parameters Name whereClause installed pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Boolean Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria Show only Installed Languages Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1265
F-L
Returns Returns the list of Languages
GetListWithTranslations
This overload of GetList filters out languages with no translations. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Returns the list of Securities Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
GetNextLanguage
Returns next language. Parameters Name languageID nextLanguage Type String String@ Description Language ID Next language
LangOrg
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LangOrg: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewLangOrg
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1266
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetOriginalTextID
Returns Original Text ID. Parameters Name pcText piTextID Type String Int32@ Description Text ID Original Text ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1267
F-L
LangProg
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LangProg: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewLangProg
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1268
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
LangTran
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LangTran: This business object contains 19 methods.
GetNewLangTran
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1269
F-L
UpdateExt
DeleteTranslation
Deletes Translation Parameters Name pcLanguageID pcProgramID pcText bSucceed Type String String String Boolean@ Description The language ID The program ID Text Deleted YES/NO
DeleteTranRecords
Deletes Translation Parameters Name pcLanguageID pcProgramID pcOrgTextID bSucceed Type String String Int32 Boolean@ Description The language ID The program ID ID Deleted YES/NO
GetProgTrans
This method returns a list of program specific translations for a original text and language Parameters Name pcLangID piOrigTextID Type String Int32 Description The language ID The original text ID
1270
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Returns Translation Text data set
GetTransByProgramID
This method returns a list of translations from a start at program id Parameters Name pcLangID pcProgID Returns Translation Text data set Type String String Description The language ID The start at program ID
GetTransByText
This method returns a list of translations from a start at text Parameters Name pcLangID pcText Returns Translation Text data set Type String String Description The language ID The start at text
GetTransByTextID
This method returns a list of translations from a start at text id Parameters Name pcLangID piTextID Returns Translation Text data set Type String Int32 Description The language ID The start at text ID
GetTransByTranslation
This method returns a list of translations from a start at translated text Parameters Name pcLangID Type String Description The language ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1271
F-L
Name pcTranslation Returns Translation Text data set
Type String
Description The start at translated text
ImportXml
Translate procedure Parameters Name ds bCustomization Returns Translation Text data set Boolean Type Description Translation Text data set If True and record is missing in LangOrg, it will be added
Translate
Translate procedure Parameters Name ds bAddIfMissing bFindSimilar Returns Translation Text data set Boolean Boolean Type Description Translation Text data set If True and record is missing in LangOrg, it will be added If True search for similar record when exact unmatched
UpdateAll
This method update LangTran table Parameters Name ds Type Description Language Translation data set
UpdateSingleTranslation
Updates single translation.
1272
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name pcLanguage pcProgram pcText pcTranslation pcProgTranslation bSeccess Type String String String String String Boolean@ Description Language Program Text Translation ProgTranslation Updated YES/NO
UpdateTranslations
This method update translations and also LangOrg, LangXref if necessary Parameters Name ds pbUpdateLangOrg bReturn Returns Translation Text data set Boolean Boolean@ Type Description Translation Text data set Flag indicating if a LangOrg should be created if not exists Not used
LangXref
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LangXref: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewLangXref
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1273
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
LbrPrjRole
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LbrPrjRole: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewLaborDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
1274
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
OnChangeNewPrjRoleCd
This method validates the NewPrjRoleCd. Parameters Name ipNewPrjRoleCd Type String Description The NewPrjRoleCd value.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1275
F-L
Name ds
Type
Description ProjectDataSet
UpdatePrjRoleCd
. Parameters Name ds Type Description Inventory qty adj data set
LegalNumCnfg
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LegalNumCnfg: This business object contains 24 methods.
GetNewLegalNumCnfg
GetNewLegalNumDocType
GetNewLegalNumPrefix
GetNewLegalNumSeqPrefix
GetNewLegalNumSeq
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1276
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1277
F-L
Returns
GenerationTypeOverrideablePrefix
This method should be called after the Generation Type changes. The OnChangeOfGenerationType method is going to set the the PrefixIsOverrideable field to false if the generation type = 'system'. If the new value is 'system' then it will check to see if any LegalNumPrefix records exist. If they do then it will return a message in opMsgText. If OpMsgText is not returned as null, it should be displayed to the user as a Yes/No question. If the user answers "Yes" then the method RemoveAltPrefix should be called. Parameters Name ipLegalNumberID proposedGenerationType opMsgText ds Type String String String@ Description The current legalNumCnfg Number The proposed value of the new generation type Message to be displayed to the user legalNumCnfg is to used to set up the parameters used to generate legal numbers.
GetTranDocType
This method return the TranDoctType that has not already assinged to legalNumber Parameters Name ipLegalNumberType ipLegalNumberID Returns Available DocType Type String String Description The current legalNumberType Number The current legalNumberID Number
OnChangeGenSSCC
This method should be called if the Generate SSCC changes. Parameters Name ipGenSSCC ds Type Boolean Description The current Generate SSCC value LegalNumCnfg dataset
OnChangeOfGenerationType
This method should be called if the Generation Type changes.
1278
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name ds Type Description legalNumCnfg is to used to set up the parameters used to generate legal numbers.
OnChangeOfLegalNumberType
This method should be called after the LegalNumberType comboBox changes. Parameters Name ipLegalNumberType ds Type String Description The current legalNumCnfg Number LegalNumCnfg is to used to set up the parameters used to generate legal numbers.
OnChangeOfNumberOption
This method should be called after the NumberOption comboBox changes. Parameters Name ipNumberOption ds Type String Description The Number Option LegalNumCnfg is to used to set up the parameters used to generate legal numbers.
OnChangeOfPrefixType
This method should be called if the Prefix Type changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description legalNumCnfg is to used to set up the parameters used to generate legal numbers.
OverrideablePrefixChanged
This method should be called after the Overridable Prefix checkbox changes. If the new value is false then it will check to see if any LegalNumPrefix records exist. If they do then it will return a message in opMsgText. If OpMsgText is not returned as null, it should be displayed to the user as a Yes/No question. If the user answers "Yes" then the method RemoveAltPrefix should be called.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1279
F-L
Parameters Name ipLegalNumberID proposedPrefixIsOverrideable opMsgText Type String Boolean String@ Description The current legalNumCnfg Number The proposed value of PrefixIsOverrideable Message to be displayed to the user
ProcessPrefix
This method should be called after changing the default prefix. This method checks for a modified ttLegalNumCnfg record so an update shouldn't be done before calling this method (it needs the modified record to see what the old default prefix was). It will check to see if sequences have been created using the old default sequence. If opMsgText is not returned as null, it should be displayed to the user as a Yes/No question. If the user answers "Yes" then the method RemoveSequences should be called. Parameters Name ipLegalNumberID proposedDefaultPrefix opMsgText ds Type String String String@ Description The current legalNumCnfg Number Proposed default prefix Message to be displayed to the user legalNumCnfg is to used to set up the parameters used to generate legal numbers.
RemoveAltPrefix
This method should be called after calling the OverrideablePrefixChanged method and the user answers "Yes" to the message returned from OverrideablePrefixChanged. This method will delete all Alternate Prefix record for the current Legal Number. Parameters Name ipLegalNumberID ds Type String Description Current LegalNumCnfg Number LegalNumCnfg is to used to set up the parameters used to generate legal numbers.
RemoveSequences
This method should be called after calling the ProcessPrefix method and the user answer "Yes" to the message returned from ProcessPrefix. This method will remove sequences that are using the old Default Prefix. Parameters Name ipLegalNumberID Type String Description Current legalNumCnfg Number
1280
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name ds
Type
Description legalNumCnfg is to used to set up the parameters used to generate legal numbers.
VoidLegalNumCnfg
Parameters Name ds Type Description legalNumCnfg is to used to set up the parameters used to generate legal numbers.
LegalNumGenOpts
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LegalNumGenOpts: This business object contains 2 methods.
ChangeNumberPrefix
This method will update values in the LegalNumGenOpts datatable based on the number prefix. This method should be called when the prefix is changing. Parameters Name proposedNumberPrefix ds Type String Description The proposed prefix value Object for legal number prompts
ValidatePrompts
This method performs validation on the legal number prompt data that was entered. This method will also verify the legal number entered is not already being used. If it is, the user has the option of continuing with this number. If the answer to the question is no, the user will be required to enter different data. If the answer is yes, the user can continue with the number. This method should be called when the user attempts to save the data. Parameters Name ds questionText String@ Type Description Object for legal number prompts Text of the question to ask the user if the number is already in use
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1281
F-L
LegalNumHistory
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LegalNumHistory: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewLegalNumHistory
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1282
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
LegalNumPrefix
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LegalNumPrefix: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewLegalNumPrefix
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1283
F-L
UpdateExt
Lifecycle
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Lifecycle: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewLifecycle
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1284
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Update
UpdateExt
LinkQuoteSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LinkQuoteSearch: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetRows
This methods will return all of the LinkQuoteSearch records which will be a subset of the 'for each jobprod, each orderdtl of jobprod, each quotedtl of orderdtl' records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method but since we are populating a temp table (LinkQuoteSearch) we need our own public method. Parameters Name whereClauseJobProd whereClauseOrderDtl whereClauseQuoteDtl pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The where clause to restrict data for The where clause to restrict data for The where clause to restrict data for The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
Returns The dataset for the linkquotesearch temp table.
LogAPInv
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LogAPInv: This business object contains 48 methods.
GetNewLogAPInv
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1285
F-L
GetNewLogAPInvAttch
GetNewLogAPInvTax
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1286
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
UpdateExt
CalcTaxes
ChangeCurrency
Method to call when changing the currency on the invoice. Validates the currency code and updates APInvHed with default values based on the currency. Parameters Name proposedCurrencyCode ds Type String Description The proposed currency code The APInvoice data set
ChangeFixedAmount
Method to call when changing the fixed amount on a tax record. Updates LogAPInvTax tax amounts based on the new fixed amount.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605 1287
F-L
Parameters Name proposedFixedAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed fixed amount The Logged AP Invoice data set
ChangeGLCntrlType
Return if GL Control Type have GL Control Code Parameters Name vGLControlType opGLControlCode opDescription Type String String@ String@ Description GL Control Type selected for the Invoice Return GLControlCode. Return description of GLControlCode.
ChangeInvoiceDate
Method to call when changing the invoice date on the invoice. Updates APInvHed with default values based on the new date. Parameters Name proposedInvoiceDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed invoice date The Log AP Invoice data set
ChangeInvoiceNum
Method to call when changing the invoice num. Parameters Name ipInvoiceNum ipVendorNum Type String Int32 Description The proposed invoice Number The vendor Num (ID)
ChangeInvoiceRef
Method to call when changing the invoice reference on the debit memo. Validates the invoice reference number id and updates APInvHed with values from the new invoice reference.
1288
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name proposedInvoiceRef ds Type String Description The proposed invoice reference number The APInvoice data set
ChangeInvoiceVendorAmt
Method to call when changing the invoice vendor amount on an invoice record. Updates APInvHed amounts based on the new invoice vendor amount. Parameters Name proposedInvoiceVendorAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed tax amount The Logged AP Invoice data set
ChangeLockRate
Method to call when changing the lock rate flag on the invoice. Updates APInvHed.EnableExchangeRate field. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Logged AP Invoice data set
ChangeManualTaxCalculation
Method to call when changing the manual tax calculation value on a tax record. Updates APInvTax tax amounts based on the new value of the flag. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Logged AP Invoice data set
ChangeRateCode
Method to call when changing the tax percent on a tax record. Updates LogAPInvTax tax amounts based on the new tax percent. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Logged AP Invoice data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1289
F-L
ChangeRefPONum
Method to call when changing the po number reference on the invoice. Validates the po number reference and updates APInvHed with default values based on the po number. Parameters Name proposedRefPONum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed po number reference The Logged AP Invoice data set
ChangeReportableAmt
Method to call when changing the taxable amount on a tax record. Updates APInvTax tax amounts based on the new taxable amount. Parameters Name proposedReportableAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed reportable amount The Logged AP Invoice data set
ChangeSEPMUID
Method to call when changing the Payment Method. Parameters Name ds Type Description The APInvoice data set
ChangeTaxableAmt
Method to call when changing the taxable amount on a tax record. Updates APInvTax tax amounts based on the new taxable amount. Parameters Name proposedTaxableAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed taxable amount The Log AP Invoice data set
ChangeTaxAmt
Method to call when changing the tax amount on a tax record. Updates APInvTax tax amounts based on the new tax amount.
1290
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name proposedTaxAmt ds Type Decimal Description The proposed tax amount The Logged AP Invoice data set
ChangeTaxCode
Method to call when changing the tax code on a tax record. Validates the tax code and updates APInvTax tax amounts based on the new tax code. Parameters Name proposedTaxCode ds Type String Description The proposed tax code The Logged AP Invoice data set
ChangeTaxDeductable
Method to call when changing the tax deductable on a tax record. Updates APInvTax tax amounts based on the new tax percent. Parameters Name proposedTaxDeductable ds Type Decimal Description The proposed tax deductable The APInvoice data set
ChangeTaxLock
Method to call when changing the tax lock rate flag on the invoice. Updates LogAPInv.EnableTaxExRate field. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Logged AP Invoice data set
ChangeTaxPercent
Method to call when changing the tax percent on a tax record. Updates LogAPInvTax tax amounts based on the new tax percent. Parameters Name proposedTaxPercent ds Type Decimal Description The proposed tax percent The Log AP Invoice data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1291
F-L
ChangeTermsCode
Method to call when changing the terms code on the invoice. Validates the terms code and updates LogAPInv with default values based on the new code. Parameters Name proposedTermsCode ds Type String Description The proposed terms code The Logged AP Invoice data set
ChangeVendorID
Method to call when changing the vendor id on the invoice. Validates the vendor id and updates LogAPInv with values from the new vendor. updates LogAPInv with values from the new vendor. Parameters Name proposedVendorID ds Type String Description The proposed vendor id The Log AP Invoice data set
CheckBankRef
Before updating the LogAPInv record, CheckBankRef will be called to check if the bank reference conforms to format standards. If not, the user will be presented with a warning message and allowed to continue with the save. At this time this method is specific to Finland/Sweden localization Parameters Name ds opMessage String@ Type Description The APInvoice data set The Message to ask the user if the changes for the linked AP Invoice are okay.
Method to call when it is necessary to check if document is lock, before doing smth. Parameters Name keyValue keyValue2 Type String String Description VendorNum InvoiceNum
1292
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
CheckRateGrpCode
Update APInvoice Detail information when the RateGrp is changed. Parameters Name ipRateGrpCode ds Type String Description Currency Rate Group Code The Log AP Invoice data set
CheckTaxRateGrpCode
Update APInvoice Detail information when the TaxRateGrp is changed. Parameters Name ipRateGrpCode ds Type String Description Currency Rate Group Code The Log AP Invoice data set
GetNewLogAPInvDebitMemo
Method to call when adding a new Logged Debit Memo AP Invoice record Parameters Name ds cGroupID String Type Description The Logged Invoice data set The group id to add the invoice to
GetNewLogAPInvInvoice
Method to call when adding a new logged AP Invoice record Parameters Name ds cGroupID String Type Description The Logged AP Invoice data set The group id to add the invoice to
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1293
F-L
GetPercentFixedAmt
Parameters Name ipInvDate Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Invoice date to use
GetValueExchageRate
This method returns the Exchange Rate information for the selected Currency. The system may not have an exchange rate between the APInvoice and Base so it may use an middle Currency so that it will go APInvoice Currency -> Ref Currency -> Base Currency Parameters Name vCurrencyCode vRateGrpCode vExchangeRate vXRateLabel Type String String Decimal@ String@ Description Currency selected for the Logged APInvoice Currency Rate Group selected for the Logged APInvoice Current exchange rate between the Logged APInvoice currency and the Ref Currency Label for the Exchange Rate field
OnChangeofApplyDate
This method should be called to validate the new apply date entered by the user. Parameters Name vendorNum invoiceNum newApplyDate ds Type Int32 String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Vendor Number. Invoice Number. New Apply Date. Logged AP Invoice Entry data set.
This method should be called to validate the new apply date entered by the user. Parameters Name vendorNum invoiceNum newTaxDate Type Int32 String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Vendor Number. Invoice Number. New Tax Date.
1294
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Name ds
Type
Description Logged AP Invoice Entry data set.
OnChangeOfTransApplyDate
This method should be called to validate the new apply date entered for the transferred invoice. Parameters Name vendorNum invoiceNum newTransApplyDate ds Type Int32 String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Vendor Number. Invoice Number. New Apply Date. Logged AP Invoice Entry data set.
OnChangeVendBankID
Call this method when the user enters the ttLogApInv.BankID Parameters Name pcVendBankID ds Type String Description Vendor Bank ID The Logged AP Invoice data set
PreUpdate
SetReadyToCalc
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipInvoiceNum Type String String Description ipGroupID ipInvoiceNum
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1295
F-L
Name ipVendorNum ipCalcAll ds
Type Int32 Boolean
Description ipVendorNum ipCalcAll The Log AP Invoice data set
TransferInvoiceToGroup
Method to call when transfering an invoice to a different group. Parameters Name transferToGroupID xferInvVendorNum xferInvInvoiceNum Type String Int32 String Description The group id to transfer the invoice to The vendor number on the invoice to transfer The invoice number of the invoice to transfer
ValidateRateCode
LogInvAprvVoid
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LogInvAprvVoid: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewLogAPInv
GetNewLogAPInvTax
GetNewEntityGLC
GetNewLegalNumberGenerate
1296
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1297
F-L
CalcTaxes
CanUserVoid
Parameters Name ipInvoiceNum ipVendorNum opCanVoid opMessage Type String Int32 Boolean@ String@ Description Invoice Number user wants to void Vendor assigned to ipInvoiceNum indicates if the user can void the logged invoice text indicating why a user cannot void
ChangeApproved
Method to call when changing the approved flag on the invoice. Parameters Name proposedApproved ds Type Boolean Description The proposed approval flag value The Logged APInvoice approval void data set
1298
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name keyValue keyValue2 Type String String Description VendorNum InvoiceNum
VoidLoggedInvoice
LogInvGrp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LogInvGrp: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewLogInvGrp
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1299
F-L
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
DeleteZeroAmtTaxRec
This method deletes LogAPInvTax records which have zero amounts Since Logged Invoices TAx logic calculates tax conditionally only for the first tax line the invoice could have multiple zero tax records. Parameters Name postGroupID Type String Description The Group ID of the Group to post
OnChangeofApplyDate
This method should be called to validate the new apply date entered by the user. Parameters Name groupID newApplyDate ds Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Group ID. New Apply Date. Log Invoice Entry data set.
PrePostGroupInvoices
Method to call before posting invoices for a specific group. If the G/L module is installed, this method will determine if A/P is interfaced with G/L. If it is not, text of a question is returned indicating this and asking if it is ok to
1300
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
continue. This question should be presented to the user in yes/no format. If the user replies no, the PostGroupInvoices method should not be called. This method can also throw exceptions if certain configuration records do not exist. This method will also check if variances exist on the header or lines and return message text asking the user if they would like to continue nor not with posting. Parameters Name postGroupID returnMessage varianceMessage taxRecMessage Type String String@ String@ String@ Description The Group ID of the Group to post Contains text of the message to present to the user. Contains text of the message to present to the user if variances exist. Contains text of the message to present to the user if zero amount tax line exist.
UnlockGroup
Method to call to unlock a group record. This method should be called whenever the group no longer needs to be locked. The group no longer needs to be locked when the invoice object is closed, or when a different group is selected. Parameters Name inGroupID Type String Description The group id of the group record to unlock
LotSelectUpdate
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LotSelectUpdate: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewPartLot
GetNewPartLotAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1301
F-L
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CheckDupLotNum
This method checks the Lot Number to see if there is any duplicate lot number used by another part number. A warning message will be returned to the user asking if the user wants to continue creating a duplicate lot number. This needs to be run before Update method. If the user answers yes to the question then the update method can be run.
1302
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
Parameters Name vLotNum vPartNum vRowid vMessage Type String String String String@ Description The Lot Number to be checked for duplicate Part Number associated with the current Lot Number RowIdent field of the PartLot Returns a warning message for duplicate lot number
ChkForNeedsLotAttrs
GenerateNewLotNum
This method Parameters Name vPartNum vNewLotNum Type String String@ Description Part Number associated with the current Lot Number Returns the next valid lot number
ValidateLotAttributes
Validate the attributes information introduced by the user. Parameters Name ds Type Description The LotSelectUpdate DataSet
LotSeq
Epicor.Mfg.BO.LotSeq: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewLotSeq
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1303
F-L
GetNewLotSeqAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
1304
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
F-L
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1305
M-R
Part III: M-R

Chapter 13: M
MaintReq
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MaintReq: This business object contains 14 methods.
GetNewMaintReq
GetNewMaintReqAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1306
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
OnApproveJob
This method should be called when request is approved. Parameters Name plant reqID onHold ds Type String String Boolean Description plant reqID onHold MaintReq data set
OnChangeEquipID
This method should be called when EquipID change. Parameters Name equipID ds Type String Description equipID MaintReq data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1307
M-R
OnChangeIssueTopics
This method should be invoked when the IssueTopics changes. Validates and sets the individual IssueTopic fields. Parameters Name topics ds Type String Description Proposed topics string id MaintReq data set
OnChangeResTopics
This method should be invoked when the ResTopics changes. Validates and sets the individual ResTopic fields. Parameters Name topics ds Type String Description Proposed topics string id MaintReq data set
StatusRequest
This method should be called when Status Request is changed. Parameters Name ipReqID ipPlant ipStatus ds Type String String String Description RequestID Plant StatusRequest MaintReq data set
1308
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
MaintResource
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MaintResource: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewResource
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1309
M-R
UpdateExt
MangCustSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MangCustSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewMangCust
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1310
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
GetRowsCustom
Search Managed Customers by Customer ID. Call normal GetList method. Parameters Name whereClauseMangCust pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The MangCust data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Where Clause for MangCust. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Manufacturer
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Manufacturer: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewManufacturer
GetNewManufacturerAttch
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1311
M-R
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetByManufacturerId
This method finds the manufacturer record by MfgId instead of MfgNum
1312
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name mfgID Type String Description The manufacturer character ID
MassIssueToMfg
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MassIssueToMfg: This business object contains 21 methods.
BuildMassIssueBrowse
This method is called when the user presses Issue button after entering the Job#. This method builds and returns the Epicor.Mfg.BO.MassIssueToMfgDataSet dataset. Parameters Name ds pcMessage String@ Type Description Input dataset - Epicor.Mfg.BO.MassIssueInputDataSet with the Job# to which the Mass issue is to be done. If the job has any serialized parts, those are listed in this variable.
Returns The MassIssueToMfg Data Set
ClearAll
Clear All - Clear all issued quantities Parameters Name pcView ds Type String Description Input the filter shown in the browse. Valid values are Open, Completed or All. The MassIssueToMfg Data Set
GetList
List of jobs that can be selected for Mass Issue. Parameters Name whereClauseSetupGrp pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description Where condition without the where word # of records returned. 0 means all
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1313
M-R
Returns The MassIssueJobList Data Set
GetNewMassIssueInput
Create a new Epicor.Mfg.BO.MassIssueInputDataSet. Only few fields like Company and TranDate are populated. All other fields are dependent on the user selecting a job#. After the user enters a Job# call OnChangeJobNum to populate other fields in MassIssueInputDataSet . Parameters Name ds Type Description The MassIssueInput Data Set
GetNewMassIssueInputJobNum
Create a new Epicor.Mfg.BO.MassIssueInputDataSet based on the Job# input. Parameters Name pcJobNum ds Type String Description Job number. The MassIssueInput Data Set
GetNewMassIssueInputList
This method creates a new ttMassIssueInputList row entry. Parameters Name ds Type Description The MassIssueInputList Data Set
GetNewMassIssueInputMultiple
Call this method when the user selects multiple jobs. This method populates the Epicor.Mfg.BO.JobClosingDataSet dataset with Job , JobOper and JobMtl information. Parameters Name ds Returns The JobClosing Data Set Type Description Input dataset contains the jobs selected by the user.
GetRows
List of jobs that can be selected for Mass Issue.
1314
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name whereClauseSetupGrp pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The MassIssueJobList Data Set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description Where condition without the where word # of records returned. 0 means all
IssueAll
Issue All - Default Issue All Parameters Name pcView ds Type String Description Input the filter shown in the browse. Valid values are Open, Completed or All. The MassIssueToMfg Data Set
NegativeStockCheck
This method performs the Negative Stock check. This procedure should be run before calling PerformMassIssue method. Parameters Name pcJobNum ds pcQuestion pcError String@ String@ Type String Description Job# to which the Mass issue is to be done. The MassIssueToMfg Data Set, contains information to PerformMassIssue If non-blank, display the question to the user. The response should be passed as parameter to PerformMassIssue method. If non-blank, stop error has occured. Display message to the user. The response should be passed as parameter to PerformMassIssue method.
OnChangeAssemblySeq
To populate the MassIssueInputDataSet dataset with the fields when JobNum changes This method populates and returns the Epicor.Mfg.BO.MassIssueInputDataSet dataset.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1315
M-R
Parameters Name ds Type Description Call this method when JobNum to which the Mass issue is to be done changes in the MassIssueInput Data Set
OnChangeBinNum
Call this method when binnum changes in Epicor.Mfg.BO.MassIssueToMfgDataSet dataset It returns a new Bin number and onhandqty. Parameters Name pcWarehouse pcPartNum pcBinNum ds Type String String String Description Warehouse Part number New Bin number which should be checked The MassIssueToMfg Data Set
OnChangeJobNum
Call this method when the Job# changes in ttMassIssueInputJob. Parameters Name pcJobNum ds Type String Description Job Number. The MassIssueInput Data Set
OnChangeLotNum
Call this method when Lot number changes in Epicor.Mfg.BO.MassIssueToMfgDataSet dataset. This method checks wheter the user has security permissions to create lot. Parameters Name plLotTrack pcLotNum plCreatePartLot ds Type Boolean String Boolean Description Is the part lot tracked ? Lot number User's answer to the question - Do you want to create a lot number The MassIssueToMfg Data Set
1316
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OnChangePartNum
To populate the Epicor.Mfg.BO.MassIssueToMfgDataSet dataset with the fields when PartNum changes Call this method when PartNum changes. Parameters Name pcJobNum piAssemblySeq piSeqNum ds Type String Int32 Int32 Description Job # to which the Mass Issue is done Assembly# Seq Number The MassIssueToMfg Data Set
OnChangeQtyIssued
Call this method when Qty Issued changes in Epicor.Mfg.BO.MassIssueToMfgDataSet dataset It returns a yes or no value for IssuedComplete. Parameters Name piAssemblySeq piSeqNum pdQtyIssued pdAssemblyQty ds pcWarning String@ Type Int32 Int32 Decimal Decimal Description Assembly# Seq Number Proposed Quantity Issued Current Assembly Quantity The MassIssueToMfg Data Set, contains information to PerformMassIssue If non-blank, display the warning to the the user.
OnChangeUOMCode
Recalculates stockqty when the UOM changes. Parameters Name pcRowIdent pcUOM pdAssemblyQty ds Type String String Decimal Description RowIdent of the current record Proposed UOM Current Assembly Quantity The MassIssueToMfg Data Set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1317
M-R
OnChangeWareHouse
Call this method when Ware house changes in Epicor.Mfg.BO.MassIssueToMfgDataSet dataset It returns a new Bin number Parameters Name pcWarehouse pcPartNum pcWarning ds Type String String String@ Description Ware house Part number If non-blank, display the warning to the user. The MassIssueToMfg Data Set, contains information to PerformMassIssue
OnPartNumChanging
Call this method when the value of Part is changing for validation. Parameters Name pcPartNum Type String Description PartNum
PerformMassIssue
This function performs the processing required to do the Mass Issue to manufacturing. No transactions are committed to the database unless this function is invoked. Please call NegativeStockCheck method before calling PerformMassIssue. Parameters Name pcJobNum pdtTranDate piCallNum plMaterialComplete Type String Description Job# to which the Mass issue is to be done.
Nullable{System.DateTime} Transaction Date Int32 Boolean Identifies the Service Call. Material complete? - Answer to the user question - Have all materials been issued for this Service Call? The response to the question generated from NegativeStockCheck method. The MassIssueToMfg Data Set, contains information to PerformMassIssue String@ Non-error, informational message
plNegStockCheckContinue Boolean ds pcMessage
1318
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
PrePerformMassIssue
This method will return a record in the LegalNumGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name pdtTranDate ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Transaction Date The MassIssue data set Indicates if the legal number requires user input
MassOperationReplace
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MassOperationReplace: This business object contains 4 methods.
ChangeFromOpCode
Validates the FromOpCode field and poplutes the From OpCode description. Is called when the From Op Code changes. If the code is not valid, an exception will be thrown. Parameters Name cFromOpCode ds Type String Description The proposed from operation code The MassOperationReplace data set
ChangeToOpCode
Validates the ToOpCode field and poplutes the To OpCode description. Is called when the To Op Code changes. If the code is not valid, an exception will be thrown. Parameters Name cToOpCode ds Type String Description The proposed To operation code The MassOperationReplace data set
MassOperationReplace
Peforms the Mass Operation Replace.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1319
M-R
Parameters Name ds Type Description The MassOperationReplace data set
Creates a temporary record to store information needed for the mass operation replace process. Returns The MassOperationReplace data set
MassPartReplaceDelete
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MassPartReplaceDelete: This business object contains 4 methods.
ChangeFromPartNum
Validates the FromPartNum field and poplutes the From Part description. Is called when the From Part Number changes. If the part is not valid, an exception will be thrown. Parameters Name cFromPartNum ds Type String Description The proposed from part number The MassPartReplaceDelete data set
ChangeToPartNum
Validates the ToPartNum field and poplutes the To Part description. Is called when the To Part Number changes. If the part is not valid, an exception will be thrown. Parameters Name cToPartNum ds Type String Description The proposed to part number The MassPartReplaceDelete data set
MassPartReplaceDeleteGetNew
Creates a temporary record to store information needed for the mass part replace/delete process. Parameters Name cAction Type String Description The action to take: Options are Replace or Delete
Returns The MassPartReplaceDelete data set
1320
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
MassReplaceDelete
Peforms the Mass Replace/Mass Delete of the Part. The field ActionRequest determines which action to perform. Parameters Name ds Type Description The MassPartReplaceDelete data set
MassRscGrpReplace
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MassRscGrpReplace: This business object contains 4 methods.
ChangeFromResourceGrpID
Validates the FromResourceGrpID field and poplutes the From ResourceGrpID description. Is called when the From ResourceGrpID changes. If the code is not valid, an exception will be thrown. Parameters Name ipFromResourceGrpID ds Type String Description The proposed from op code The MassOperationReplace data set
ChangeToResourceGrpID
Validates the ToResourceGrpID field and poplutes the To ResourceGrpID description. Is called when the To ResourceGrpID changes. If the code is not valid, an exception will be thrown. Parameters Name ipToResourceGrpID ds Type String Description The proposed from op code The MassOperationReplace data set
Creates a temporary record to store information needed for the mass work center replace process. Returns The MassRscGrpReplace data set
MassRscGrpReplace
Peforms the Mass Work Center Replace.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1321
M-R
Parameters Name ds Type Description The MassRscGrpReplace data set
Masterpack
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Masterpack: This business object contains 38 methods.
GetNewMasterpack
GetNewMasterpackDtl
GetNewMasterpackUPS
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1322
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
AssignLegalNumber
Assigns a legal number to the miscellaneous shipment.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1323
M-R
Parameters Name ipPackNum ds opLegalNumMsg Returns The Master Pack data set String@ Legal number message Type Int32 Description Packing Slip number
CalculateWeight
Parameters Name ds weight Decimal@ Type Description MasterpackDataSet Pack Weight
CancelVoidCarton
Checks to see if the carton void can be cancelled and re-opens it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iPackNum Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Description The carton number of the carton to open
ClearConvertedManifest
CloseCarton
Checks to see if the carton can be closed and closes it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iPackNum Type Int32 Description The carton number of the carton to close
1324
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Returns The SalesOrder data set
GetCustPayBTFlagDefaults
Parameters Name ipPayFlag Type String Description Pay Flag to retrieve defaults
GetLegalNumGenOpts
GetMiscPayBTFlagDefaults
GetPackaging
Parameters Name ipPkgCode ds Type String Description package code Masterpack Shipment data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1325
M-R
GetPackClass
Parameters Name ipPkgClass ds Type String Description package class Masterpack Shipment data set
Parameters Name ipPayFlag ds Type String Description Pay Flag to retrieve defaults The Masterpack shipment data set
GetScale
Parameters Name workstationID scaleID Type String String@ Description Workstation ID to retrieve scale settings Workstation default scale
GetShipDetails
This method displays the shipto address information when the ShipToNum field changes Should only be called on new Shipments or if the Shipment has no lines and if the MultipleShippers flag is yes Parameters Name ds packNum dtlPackNum shipmentType Int32 Int32 String Type Description Master Pack Shipment data set Master Pack ID Detail Pack ID Shipment type:Sales,Misc,Sub or Transfer
1326
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetSubPayBTFlagDefaults
GetTranDocTypeID
Sets default values when the TranDocTypeID changes Parameters Name ipTranDocTypeID ds Type String Description TranDocTypeID supplied Masterpack Shipment data set
GetTransferPayBTFlagDefaults
OpenCarton
Checks to see if the carton can be opened and opens it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iPackNum ipResetCODCharges ipResetInsCharges opWarnMsg Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Boolean Boolean String@ Description The carton number of the carton to open Indicates if the CODAmount is to be reset to zero Indicates if the DeclaredAmt is to be reset to zero Warning message the UI is to display to the user
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1327
M-R
ProcessFreightInfo
Parameters Name iPackNum ds Returns The Masterpack data set Type Int32 Description The carton number of the carton to open Freight Response data set
ProcessUnFreightInfo
Parameters Name iPackNum opWarnMsg Returns The Masterpack data set Type Int32 String@ Description The carton number of the carton to open Warning message the UI is to present to the user
SetUPSQVEnable
Parameters Name ipQVEnable ds Type Boolean Description logical indicating if the quantum view is to enabled/disabled The Masterpack data set
SetUPSQVShipStatus
Parameters Name ipShipStatus ds Type String Description Shipment status The Masterpack shipment data set
StageCarton
Checks to see if the carton can be voided and voids it if it is allowed.
1328
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name iPackNum Returns The Masterpack data set Type Int32 Description The carton number of the carton to Stage
Parameters Name ipAmountType ipAction ds Type String Boolean Description COD or DeclaredAmt Yes = recalculate No = reset to zero Masterpack Shipment data set
VoidCarton
Checks to see if the carton can be voided and voids it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iPackNum Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Description The carton number of the carton to void
VoidLegalNumber
Voids the legal number. Parameters Name ipPackNum ipVoidedReason Returns The Master Pack data set Type Int32 String Description Packing Slip number Reason for the void
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1329
M-R
CheckShipStatus
Parameters Name packNum shipmentType Type Int32 String Description PackID Sales,Sub,Transfer or Misc
MaterialQueue
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MaterialQueue: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewMtlQueue
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1330
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
Apply input data to BO by calling GetByID/GetNew/Update methods. Returns The dataset with list of errors occured during update process. Retrieve material queue entry by company and by employee. Returns The MaterialQueue Data Set
GetMtlQueueByTranID
Retrieve material queue entry by company and by mtlQueueSeq. Parameters Name ipMtlQueueSeq Returns The MaterialQueue Data Set Type String Description Material Queue Sequence
anyWhseGroupWhseAssigned
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1331
M-R
Memo
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Memo: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewMemo
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1332
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
MemoCat
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MemoCat: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewMemoCat
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1333
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
Apply input data to BO by calling GetByID/GetNew/Update methods. Returns The dataset with list of errors occured during update process. This returns a list of RelatedToFileList records. The reason getcodedesclist could not be used is because the list changes based on Vista or Vantage system. Returns The RelatedToFileList Data Set
Menu
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Menu: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewMenu
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1334
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1335
M-R
Returns
CopyBeforeMenuItem
Move or Copy one menu item (source) before another (Target) Parameters Name sourceMenuId targetMenuId newMenuID bSuccess Type String String String@ Boolean@ Description Menu ID of the sourcerp Menu ID of the Target new menu ID if source is copied true = successful
CopyToParentMenu
Move or Copy one menu item to the last menu item of the parent Parameters Name sourceMenuId parentMenuID newMenuID bSuccess Type String String String@ Boolean@ Description Menu ID of the sourcerp Menu ID of the parent new menu ID if source is copied true = successful
GetRowsTranslated
Gets translation for each existing Row Parameters Name whereClauseMenu pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The Menu data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description whereClauseSetupGrp">Where condition without the where word # of records returned. 0 means all
GetRowsWebAccess
Gets Rows that that are accessible from the WEB
1336
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name whereClauseMenu pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The Menu data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description whereClauseSetupGrp">Where condition without the where word # of records returned. 0 means all
GetRowsWebAccessTranslated
Gets Rows that that are accessable from the WEB Parameters Name whereClauseMenu pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The Menu data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description whereClauseSetupGrp">Where condition without the where word # of records returned. 0 means all
GetRowsCRM
Gets Rows that that are accessible from the WEB Parameters Name whereClauseMenu pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The Menu data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description whereClauseSetupGrp">Where condition without the where word # of records returned. 0 means all
GetRowsCRMTranslated
Gets Rows that that are accessable from the WEB
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1337
M-R
Parameters Name whereClauseMenu pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The Menu data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description whereClauseSetupGrp">Where condition without the where word # of records returned. 0 means all
MenuTab
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MenuTab: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewMenuTab
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1338
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
MeterRead
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MeterRead: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewMeterRead
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1339
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
MfgCubeDefSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MfgCubeDefSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewMfgCubeDef
DeleteByID
GetByID
1340
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
MfgCubeDimSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MfgCubeDimSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewMfgCubeDim
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1341
M-R
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
1342
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
MfgPart
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MfgPart: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewMfgPart
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1343
M-R
UpdateExt
MiscChrg
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MiscChrg: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewMiscChrg
GetNewLangDesc
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1344
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeIncomeTaxCode
Performs required logic when MiscChrg.IncomeTaxCode is modified. Parameters Name ipIncomeTaxCode Type String Description Proposed input value of Income Tax Code
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1345
M-R
Name ds
Type
Description MiscChrg data set
MiscShip
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MiscShip: This business object contains 39 methods.
GetNewMscShpHd
GetNewMscShpDt
GetNewShipCOO
GetNewMscShpUPS
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1346
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1347
M-R
Returns
AssignLegalNumber
Assigns a legal number to the miscellaneous shipment. Parameters Name ipPackNum ds opLegalNumMsg Returns The Miscellaneous Shipment data set String@ Legal number message Type Int32 Description Packing Slip number
CalculateWeight
Parameters Name cartonNumber calculatedWeight Type Int32 Decimal@ Description Carton Number Shipment weight based upon part values
CancelVoidCarton
Checks to see if the carton void can be cancelled and re-opens it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iPackNum Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Description The carton number of the carton to open
1348
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
CheckCOOPercents
CloseCarton
Checks to see if the carton can be closed and closes it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iPackNum Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Description The carton number of the carton to close
CreateMiscShipRecsFromDMR
Creates Miscellaneous Shipment Records from DRM Entries. Header and details. Parameters Name ipDMRNum Type Int32 Description DMR number supplied
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1349
M-R
GetAddrInfo
This method updates the address information from either the Vendor or Customer table when the Shipto or PurPoint field has been changed. If custID and VendorID fields are both blank this procedure assumes that the user is entering the information in free form and there is nothing to default (or no need to call this method). Parameters Name ds Type Description The MiscShip data set
GetCallInfo
This method defaults the Call Number and shipto fields when the Job, PO or Order number fields change Parameters Name updatedField ds Type String Description Name of the field that changed, Order, Job, or PO The MiscShip data set
GetDefaultUOM
Gets the default UOM from Part or XaSyst Parameters Name ds Type Description
GetDMRSupplierInfo
Gets DRM Supplier's info Parameters Name ipDMRNum ds Type Int32 Description IPDMRNum DMR number supplied FAssetImportExportDataSet Dataset of candidates for import.
GetLegalNumGenOpts
Returns the legal number generation options.
1350
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ipPackNum opPromptForNum Type Int32 Boolean@ Description Packing Slip number Prompt for the number
GetMtlInfo
This method defaults the Quantity, Part and Line description fields when the MtlSeq field has been updated Parameters Name ds Type Description The MiscShip data set
GetPackageClass
Parameters Name ipPkgClass ds Type String Description package class to validate Miscellaneaous shipment dataset
GetPackaging
Parameters Name ipPkgCode ds Type String Description package code Miscellaneaous shipment dataset
GetPOSupplierInfo
Gets PO Supplier's info Parameters Name ipPONum ds Type Int32 Description IPPONum PO number supplied
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1351
M-R
GetScale
Parameters Name workstationID scaleID Type String String@ Description Proposed change to OrderNum If customer is on credit hold an error message will be returned.
GetTranDocTypeID
OpenCarton
Checks to see if the carton can be opened and opens it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iPackNum ipResetCODCharges ipResetInsCharges Type Int32 Boolean Boolean Description The carton number of the carton to open Indicates if the CODAmount is to be reset to zero Indicates if the DeclaredAmt is to be reset to zero
Returns The Miscellaneous shipment data set
PrintSlip
This method prints the Miscellaneous Packing Slip Parameters Name packNum Type Int32 Description Packing Slip number
1352
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
SetUPSQVEnable
Parameters Name ipQVEnable ds Type Boolean Description logical indicating if the quantum view is to enabled/disabled The miscellaneous data set
SetUPSQVShipStatus
Parameters Name ipShipStatus ds Type String Description Shipment status The Miscellaneous shipment data set
StageCarton
Checks to see if the carton can be voided and voids it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iPackNum Returns The MscShpHd data set Type Int32 Description The carton number of the carton to Stage
Parameters Name ipAmountType ipAction ds Type String Boolean Description COD or DeclaredAmt Yes = recalculate No = reset to zero Miscellaneous Shipment data set
VoidCarton
Checks to see if the carton can be voided and voids it if it is allowed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1353
M-R
Parameters Name iPackNum Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Description The carton number of the carton to void
VoidLegalNumber
Voids the legal number. Parameters Name ipPackNum ipVoidedReason Returns The Miscellaneous Shipment data set Type Int32 String Description Packing Slip number Reason for the void
MiscShipToSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MiscShipToSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewMiscShipTo
GetList
1354
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
MiscShipToList
MiscShipTo is not a real database table. It stores results from ShipTo and VendorPP tables. The UI needs the standard methods (GetByID, GetRows, GetList etc..) for the Search model to work. So we have to use core/BOBase.i . When we do that we get compilation error. To overcome that we have defined PHYSICAL_TABLE_01 ShipTo. This solves most of the problems i.e. we can compile the code and generate a dll. The GetList also works, except it displays invalid query when we try to use a where clause on non ShipTo fields. To overcome that problem. This method is developed. It is a copy of GetList. Except it fills the data from both the tables and then applies the where condition. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The MiscShipToList data set. Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Where clause to filter the query results. page size. absolute page more pages.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1355
M-R
MktgAct
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MktgAct: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewMktgAct
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1356
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
MktgAdv
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MktgAdv: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewMktgAdv
GetNewMktgAdvAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1357
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
MktgCamp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MktgCamp: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewMktgCamp
GetNewMktgCampAttch
GetNewMktgEvnt
GetNewMktgEvntAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
1358
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
MktgEvnt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MktgEvnt: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewMktgEvnt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1359
M-R
GetNewMktgEvntAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1360
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
MktgLst
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MktgLst: This business object contains 26 methods.
GetNewMktgList
GetNewMktgListAttch
GetNewMktgLstDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1361
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangedCreateCall
This method refreshes the dataset when the CreateTask flage is turned off Parameters Name ds Type Description Marketing List Export DataSet
ChangedCreateTask
This method refreshes the dataset when the CreateTask flage is turned off
1362
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds Type Description Marketing List Export DataSet
CopyDtlFrom
This method copies detail records from another MktgList to the current MktgList Parameters Name fromListID toListID Returns Marketing List Dataset Type String String Description Marketing List ID to copy FROM Marketing List ID to copy TO
GenerateMktgLstDtl
This method creates detail records from MktgListGenerate dataset Parameters Name ds statusMsg String@ Type Description Marketing List Detail Generate Dataset A message that indicates how many records were added
GetExportList
This method creates the MktgLstExp table using the values in the MktgLstExpParam table Parameters Name listID ds Type String Description Marketing List to export Marketing List Export DataSet
This method creates the MktgLstParam table for use in the export process Returns Marketing List Export DataSet
OnChangeCallType
This method validates and defaults Call Type information when CallType is changed
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1363
M-R
Parameters Name callType ds Type String Description Proposed Call Type Marketing List Export DataSet
OnChangeCampaignID
This method validates the Campaign ID when the user changes the value Parameters Name campaignID ds Type String Description Proposed Marketing Campaign ID Marketing List Dataset
OnChangeConNum
This method validates the Contact when the user changes the value Parameters Name conNum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Contact Number Marketing List Dataset
OnChangeCustID
This method validates the Customer ID when the user changes the value Parameters Name custID ds Type String Description Proposed Customer ID Marketing List Dataset
OnChangeEvntSeq
This method validates the Event Sequence when the user changes the value Parameters Name evntSeq ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Marketing Event Sequence Marketing List Dataset
1364
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OnChangeShipTo
This method validates the Ship To Number when the user changes the value Parameters Name shipTo ds Type String Description Proposed ShipTo Number Marketing List Dataset
OnChangeTaskID
This method validates and defaults Task information when TaskID is changed Parameters Name listID taskID ds Type String String Description Marketing List to export Proposed Task ID Marketing List Export DataSet
OnChangeTaskType
This method validates and defaults Task Type information when TaskType is changed Parameters Name taskType ds Type String Description Proposed TaskType value Marketing List Export DataSet
PrePullList
This method is to be run before the PullList method to validate the BatchID if the batch Id already exists for the target Marketing List a question will be returned to the user asking them if they'd like to reuse the batch ID. If the user answers yes they can continue on to the PullList method. Parameters Name listID batchID vQuestion Type String String String@ Description Marketing List ID to add the data to Batch id associated with the execution of the query Question asking if the user wants to reuse the batch id (yes/no)
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1365
M-R
PullList
This method takes the Busines Activity Query ID and runs the query internally. It will create MktLstDtl record for every Customer/Contact that is returned by the B.A. Query and will return the updated dataset to the UI Parameters Name queryID listID batchID noCustomer Type String String String Boolean Description Business Activity ID to run Marketing List ID to add the data to Batch id associated with the execution of the query If true, then only contacts will be created, otherwise a Customer record for every contact will be created
Returns Marketing List Dataset
MktgPub
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MktgPub: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewMktgPub
GetNewMktgPubAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1366
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
MLSupplyDemand
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MLSupplyDemand: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetSupplyDemand
This method returns the pegging information for the selected supply/demand/part. No maintenance is allowed in this object so there is only this one method. Parameters Name key1 key2 key3 Type String String String Description First unique key Second optional key Third optional key
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1367
M-R
Name mlType
Type String
Description S = Sales Order, P = PO, J = Job, T = Transfer Order, R = Part
Returns SupplyDemand Dataset
MobileConnectConflict
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MobileConnectConflict: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewIntQueOut
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1368
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
KeyReassignment
This method is the final step in the KeyReassignment stage. If this has been run then row has passed all the error checking and UI updates required. because of the potential cascading changes to other IntQueOut record, it would be best to refetch the dataset after running this method Parameters Name vMessage ds Type String@ Description Message to display to user when method is done
PreDeleteQueue
This method is to be run before the actual delete method. This method may return a question to ask the user. If the user answers yes to this question (or there was no question to ask) then the UI may run the DeleteQueue method. Otherwise the delete process should be cancelled. Parameters Name vIntQueID vQuestion ds Type Decimal String@ Description Unique ID for IntQueOut Question to ask the user (yes/no)
PreKeyReassignmentChk
This method is to be run before the KeyReassignment method. This method will return the field(s) the User is allowed to update. Once the user has updated the fields, you need to call PreKeyReassignmentVal method which validates the newly changed keys.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1369
M-R
Parameters Name vIntQueID vIntQueFieldList vActualFieldList ds Type Decimal String@ String@ Description Unique identifier of IntQueOut List of fields the user needs to update for key reassignment List of the actual database labels that correspond to the IntQue fields
PreKeyReassignmentVal
This method is to be run before the update method and after the PreKeyReassignmentChk method. This method will validate the new keys the user entered. It may return a question. If the user answers yes to the question (or no question was returned an no errors) the user can continue on to the KeyReassignment method. Parameters Name vIntQueID vQuestion ds Type Decimal String@ Description The unique identifier of IntQueOut A possible question to ask the user (yes/no) The MobileConnectConflict Data Set
ResendQueue
This method allows the user to resend the Mobile Connect syncronization record to the main database Parameters Name vIntQueID vMessage ds Type Decimal String@ Description Unique identifier of IntQueOut Message to display to the user when the method is done The MobileConnectConflict Data Set
MobileConnectSetup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MobileConnectSetup: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewDCRMDev
GetNewDCRMComp
1370
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetNewDCRMTerr
GetNewDCRMUser
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1371
M-R
UpdateExt
TestConnection
Test Connction method. Creates initial connection setups. Parameters Name dCRMDevRowid Type String Description rowid of DCRMDev
MoveRequest
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MoveRequest: This business object contains 13 methods.
CheckEmployee
This method needs to be called from the main menu only. if the object is being called from the shop floor menu then the employee id has already been determined and validated and is passed in Parameters Name empID empName Type String String@ Description Employee ID Employee Name
GetNewMoveRequest
Call this method to create a new Epicor.Mfg.BO.MoveRequestDataSet with the RequestType Parameters Name requestType ds Type String Description Request Type MoveRequestDataSet
OnChangeAssembly
Call this method when the AssemblySeq field changes RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work
1372
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name asmSeq ds Type Int32 Description Assembly Sequence The MoveRequest data set
OnChangeFromBin
Call this method when the FromBin field changes RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name fromBin ds Type String Description From Bin Number The MoveRequest data set
OnChangeFromWhse
Call this method when the FromWhse field changes RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name fromWhse ds Type String Description From Warehouse The MoveRequest data set
OnChangeJobNum
Call this method when the JobNum field changes RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name jobNum ds Type String Description Job Number The MoveRequest data set
OnChangeLot
Call this method when the lotNum field changes RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name lotNum ds Type String Description Lot Number The MoveRequest data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1373
M-R
OnChangeMtlSeq
Call this method when the MtlSeq field changes if RequestType = "MW":U then MtlSeq is actually the JobOper.OprSeq RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name mtlSeq ds Type Int32 Description Material Sequence The MoveRequest data set
OnChangePartNum
Call this method when the PartNum field changes RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name partNum ds Type String Description Part Number The MoveRequest data set
OnChangeReqDirection
Call this method when the ReqDirection field changes RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name reqDirection ds Type String Description Request Direction The MoveRequest data set
OnChangeToBin
Call this method when the ToBin field changes RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name toBin ds Type String Description To Bin Number The MoveRequest data set
OnChangeToWhse
Call this method when the ToWhse field changes RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work
1374
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name toWhse ds Type String Description To Warehouse The MoveRequest data set
ProcessRequest
Must set the MoveRequest RowMod to "U" or "A" for this method to work The method updates the Mtl Queue record when the user is done inputing data Parameters Name ds Type Description The MoveRequest data set
MPS
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MPS: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewMasProd
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1375
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CopyFromForecast
Copy the master production schedule from the forecast for the given Part/Plant and the forecast horizon of the given date. The forecast horizon is determined from the company MRP configuration settings to determine a starting date. All forcast entries after that date will be copied to the Master Production Schedule. Parameters Name ipPartNum ipPlant ipDate Type String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The Part number of the forecast/schedule The Plant of the forecast/schedule The starting date of the schedule. This is typically TODAY.
ForecastInHorizon
This will determine if a forecast entry exists for a part/plant within the forecast horizon of a given date. The forecast horizon starts at the given dates and looks backward the number of days as defined in the MRP configuration. Parameters Name ipPartNum Type String Description The Part number of the forecast
1376
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name ipPlant ipDate opForecastExists
Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} Boolean@
Description The Plant of the forecast The starting date of the forecast. This is typically TODAY. Returns TRUE if a forecast entry exists within the horizon.
MRPProc
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MRPProc: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewMrpProc
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1377
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
MRPProcQueue
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MRPProcQueue: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewMrpProcQueue
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1378
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ChangeGroupID
UPdate MRPPRocQueue when a different GroupID is selected. Parameters Name ipGroupID ds Type String Description The MRPProcQueue data set The MRPProcQueue data set
MRPQueue
Epicor.Mfg.BO.MRPQueue: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewMrpQueue
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1379
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
1380
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Chapter 14: N
NamedSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.NamedSearch: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewNamedSearch
GetNewControlSetting
GetNewWhereClause
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1381
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
NARelationship
Epicor.Mfg.BO.NARelationship: This business object contains 18 methods.
GetNewRlsHead
GetNewRlsParent
GetNewCreditPoolHead
GetNewCreditPoolDtl
1382
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1383
M-R
AddChildCustomer
Add Child to the Customer for both tiered and non tiered classes Parameters Name ds ipRlsClassCode ipTopCustNum ipCustNum ipChildCustID errorMsg String Int32 Int32 String String@ Type Description The Relationship data set RlsClass.RlsClassCode Top Cust Num Parent Cust Num Child CustID associated error message
CustListPayFor
Gets list CustNum of customers which can be payed by Customer ipPayerCustNum Parameters Name ipPayerCustNum listPayFor Type Int32 String@ Description Payer Cust Num list Pay For
GetNAData
Get National Accout dataset by RlsClass and any Customer from Relationship (TODO-rename parameters TopCust with Cust) Parameters Name ipRlsClassCode ipTopCustID ipNewNA pTopCustNum errorMsg Returns The Relationship data set Type String String Boolean Int32@ String@ Description RlsClass.RlsClassCode Customer CustID Is it a new record Customer Num associated error message
1384
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
MoveChildCustomer
OnChangeCustID
Check Cust Id, get Name, Num Parameters Name ipCustID pCustName Type String String@ Description Customer ID Cust Name
OnChangeGlobalNAGroup
Check all customers if they are Global if the flag was set Parameters Name ds ipRlsGlobal isSetGlobal Boolean Boolean@ Type Description The Relationship data set Global flag Confirm Global settings
OnChangeParentCustID
Check Parent Cust Id for non tiered Relationship Parameters Name ds ipParentCustID String Type Description The Relationship data set Parent CustID
OnChangeRlsClassCode
Check Rls Class Code
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1385
M-R
Parameters Name ipRlsClassCode errorMsg Type String String@ Description Relationship Class Code associated error message
NaturalAcctCurrSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.NaturalAcctCurrSearch: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetList
Get Rows Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns ExpressShip dataset Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Where Clause ExpressShip Page Size Absolute Page More Pages?
NCChgLog
Epicor.Mfg.BO.NCChgLog: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewNCChgLog
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1386
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetTableList
This method gets Table list Parameters Name outTables Type String@ Description List of tables' names
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1387
M-R
NonConf
Epicor.Mfg.BO.NonConf: This business object contains 28 methods.
GetNewNonConf
GetNewNonConfAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1388
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
String@
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1389
M-R
AddNonConf
Add NonConf of a certain type. Valid types are Operation, Inventory, JobMaterial, SubContract, and Other. Since Update() disallows changes to the TrnTyp field, you MUST use this instead of GetNewNonConf(). Parameters Name pcNonConfType Returns Inspection Processing dataset. Type String Description Type/origin of NonConformance.
GetPartRev
Get the latest Revision (as of TODAY) for the given Part. Parameters Name pcPartNum pcRevisionNum Type String String@ Description Part Number. Revision Number.
GetAvailableQty
Get the available quantity for the part/warehouse/bin/dim code/lot. Parameters Name ds Type Description The NonConf data set
GetMtlSources
To retrieve the list of possible Material Sources for the given Job Material, as a dataset, to facilitate presenting them to the user to pick one. See the Pick Material Source dialog in v6.10 (qae10-ml.w). The purpose of determining the material source is to set NonConf.VendorNum and NonConf.PurPoint in the case where the tranType = "PUR-MTL". The user's selection of one of these should be stored in the NonConf.MtlSourceTrnType field (i.e. NonConf.MtlSourceTrnType = NonConfSource.TrnType). Note that in v6.10, the user is only presented
1390
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
with the dialog if the Job Material has more than one possible source. To support that behavior, this routine sets the output parameter pcMtlSourceTrnType to the PartTran.TranType when it is unambiguous. Parameters Name pcJobNum piAssemblySeq piMtlSeq pcMtlSourceTrnType Returns Material Sources data set. Type String Int32 Int32 String@ Description Job number of the Job Material. Job Assembly Sequence of the Job Material. Material Sequence of the Job Material. Material Source Transaction Type.
GetPartInfo
For a given Part Number, retrieve the current Revision, Unit of Measure, Default Warehouse, and whether it is tracked by Lot, and/or Dimension. Any time the Part has changed, the Lot-, Dimension-, and SerialNumber-tracking attributes need to be checked, and corresponding fields enabled/disabled as appropriate. Also, the SelectedSerialNumbers dataset needs to be cleared out. Parameters Name pcPartNum pcRevisionNum pcUM pcWarehouseCode plLotTracked plDimTracked pcWareHseCodeDesc pcBinNum Type String String@ String@ String@ Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ String@ Description Part Number. Part Revision Number. Unit of Mesaure. Warehouse Code. Item is tracked by Lot Number. Item is tracked by Dimension. Warehouse description. Bin Number.
GetPartTranPKs
Returns primary keys of the part transaction related to the particular non conformance. Parameters Name tranID partTranPKs Type Int32 String@ Description NonConf.TranID. Part transaction primary keys
This method will populate the SelectedSerialNumber datatable for the Non Conf RowIdent.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1391
M-R
Parameters Name pcNonConfRowIdent snIsEnabled serialControlPlant ds Type String Boolean String Description Input RowIdent field of NonConf datatable Indicates if serial numbers are requied for the NonConf line The plant that is controlling the serial behavior for the NonConf line The NonConf data set
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name Type Description Indicates if the from plant is controlling the serial processing (UI Application). The plant that is controlling serial behavior for the transaction(UI Application). The to plant for the transaction if from plant is controlling (UI Application). Indicates if the transaction requires serial number selection (UI Application). The part number for the transaction(UI Application). The bin for the transaction(UI Application). The warehouse for the transaction(UI Application). The job for the transaction(UI Application). The assembly for the transaction(UI Application). The quantity for the transaction(UI Application). The unit of measure for the transaction(UI Application). The the converted UOM for the transaction(UI Application). The RowIdent of the NonConf line for the transaction(UI Application). The name of the calling process (UI Application). The name of the calling process (UI Application). The Material Sequence for the transaction.
serialControlPlantIsFromPlt Boolean serialControlPlant serialControlPlant2 snIsEnabled partNum binNum warehouseCode jobNum assemblySeq quantity scrapUM tranUOM sourceRowID pcProcessID trnTyp materialSeq String String Boolean String String String String String Decimal String String String String String Int32
1392
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OnChangeJobAsm
This method validates the ProposedAssemblySeq, then updates the following assembly-related fields: NonConf.PartNum NonConf.PartNumPartDescription NonConf.RevisionNum NonConf.ScrapUM NonConf.WarehouseCode NonConf.BinNum NonConf.PartNumTrackSerialNum NonConf.PartNumTrackLots NonConf.PartNumTrackDimension NonConf.OprSeq NonConf.MtlSeq NonConf.ResourceID NonConf.ResourceIDDescription This method should be run when the NonConf.AssemblySeq field changes. Any time the Part has changed, the Lot-, Dimension-, and SerialNumber-tracking attributes need to be checked, and corresponding fields enabled/disabled as appropriate. Also, the SelectedSerialNumbers dataset needs to be cleared out. An exception is thrown if: - No Job Assembly exists with the given Assembly Sequence Number Parameters Name piProposedAssemblySeq ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed Job Assembly value The NonConf data set
OnChangeJobMtl
This method validates the piProposedMtlSeq, then updates the following material-related fields: NonConf.PartNum NonConf.PartNumPartDescription NonConf.RevisionNum NonConf.ScrapUM This method should be run when the NonConf.MtlSeq field changes. Any time the Part has changed, the Lot-, Dimension-, and SerialNumber-tracking attributes need to be checked, and corresponding fields enabled/disabled as appropriate. Also, the SelectedSerialNumbers dataset needs to be cleared out. An exception is thrown if: - No Job Material exists with the given MtlSeq Number Parameters Name piProposedMtlSeq ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed Job Material value The NonConf data set
OnChangeJobNum
This method validates the JobNum, then updates the following Job-related fields: PartNum, AssemblySeq, MtlSeq, OprSeq, ResourceID, ResourceIDDescription, JobNumPartDescription, Plant This method should be run when the NonConf.JobNum field changes. If the Part related to the job has only one possible Assembly, the appropriate assembly information is returned, and the plAsmReturned flag is returned as TRUE. This should be used to disable the Assembly Number field and lookup, if appropriate. Any time the Part has changed, the Lot-, Dimension-, and SerialNumber-tracking attributes need to be checked, and corresponding fields enabled/disabled as appropriate. Also, the SelectedSerialNumbers dataset needs to be cleared out. An exception is thrown if: - No Job exists with the given JobNum - Job is not for current plant - Job has been closed - Job has not been released - Job is for a service call that has been invoiced Parameters Name pcProposedJobNum plAsmReturned Type String Boolean@ Description The new proposed JobNum value TRUE if the indicated Part only has one assembly.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1393
M-R
Name snWarning ds
Type String@
Description Message returned if there are currently selecte serial numbers. The NonConf data set
OnChangeJobOpr
This method validates the piProposedOprSeq, then updates the following operation-related fields: NonConf.OprSeq NonConf.WCCode NonConf.WrkCntrDesc NonConf.WarehouseCode NonConf.WarehouseCodeDescription NonConf.BinNum This method should be run when the NonConf.OprSeq field changes. Any time the Part has changed, the Lot-, Dimension-, and SerialNumber-tracking attributes need to be checked, and corresponding fields enabled/disabled as appropriate. Also, the SelectedSerialNumbers dataset needs to be cleared out. An exception is thrown if: - No Job Operation exists with the given OprSeq Number Parameters Name piProposedOprSeq ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed Job Operation Sequence value The NonConf data set
OnChangeTranQty
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet.TranQty changes. This method performs validation on TranQty and sets the Issued Complete flag. Parameters Name pdTranQty ds Type Decimal Description Transaction Qty IssueReturnDataSet
OnChangeUM
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.IssueReturnDataSet.UM changes. Parameters Name pUM ds Type String Description Transaction UOM IssueReturnDataSet
PreUpdate
This method does: 1 - Returns a record in the LegalNumGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called.
1394
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Indicates if the legal number requires user input Type Description
ValidateSN
Validates that a single serial number is valid for this transaction Parameters Name ds serialNumber isVoided String Boolean@ Type Description NonConf data set Serial number to validate. Serial Number Voided flag
GetReasonWhereClause
Provides a WHERE clause for obtaining a list of Reason codes suitable for the given type of NonConformance. Valid types are Operation, Inventory, JobMaterial, SubContract, and Other. Parameters Name pcNonConfType Type String Description Type/origin of NonConformance.
Returns WHERE clause suitable for use with Reason.GetList()
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1395
M-R
Chapter 15: O
ObjectSecurity
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ObjectSecurity: This business object contains 20 methods.
GetNewSecurity
GetNewObjectSecurityMethod
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1396
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
buildAccessList
CheckCompanyInfo
This method is run before Update procedure to warn the user if the same record exists, the old record will be deleted during saving. Parameters Name pcSecCode pcCurCompOnly rowExists Type String Boolean Boolean@ Description The current security code The flag CurrentCompanyOnly It returns true if the record already exists
DenyAccess
This method deny token access to a particular user or group Parameters Name pcSecCode pcUser Type String String Description The security token The user id or a group code
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1397
M-R
Name pbCurrentCompanyOnly ds
Type Boolean
Description yes = no particular company The dataset representing Security object
DenyMethodAccess
This method deny token access to a particular user or group Parameters Name pcSecCode pcUser pbCurrentCompanyOnly ds Type String String Boolean Description The security token The user id or a group code yes = no particular company The dataset representing Security object
GetByIDEx
This method returns a dataset representing a Security with CompanyID, which is allowable for the current company. Parameters Name pcSecCode pcComp strictPrimKey Type String String Boolean Description The security code The company If it is false, look for all recordes allowed for the current company
Returns The dataset representing the Security row
GetGroupUserList
This method returns a double-delimited list of value-name pairs of all Users and Groups. This could be used to provide a "picker list" as a starting point when adding a new Security record related to a method. These would look the same as a Security record for an object, but with a SecCode field that has been appended with "." + MethodName. For example, a security record for the Parameters Name pcGroupUserList Type String@ Description The double-delimited list of Group and User codes and names.
1398
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetListEx
This method returns a list of Security, including those with blank Company ID Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Returns the list of Securities Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
GetMethodList
This method returns a delimited list of the public methods for the given object. This could be used to provide a "picker list" as a starting point when adding a new Security record related to a method. These would look the same as a Security record for an object, but with a SecCode field that has been appended with "." + MethodName. For example, a security record for the Parameters Name pcSecCode pcMethodList Type String String@ Description The security code for which you want the list of methods. The delimited list of method names.
GetNewSubSecurity
This method creates a new sub security row Parameters Name ds pcParentSecCode pcSecCode String String Type Description Returns the created subsecurity row The parent security code The security code
GrantAccess
This method Grant security token access to a particular user or group Parameters Name pcSecCode Type String Description The Security token
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1399
M-R
Name pcColumn pcUser pbCurrentCompanyOnly ds
Description The column The user id or a group code yes = only for current company The dataset representing Security object
GrantMethodAccess
This method Grant security token access to a particular user or group Parameters Name pcSecCode pcColumn pcUser pbCurrentCompanyOnly ds Type String String String Boolean Description The Security token The Column The user id or a group code yes = only for current company Returns the dataset representing Security object
ValidateNewSecCode
This method don't allow create new record, if there are records with the same code for all companies and for the current company. If there is only record for all companies, this method retuns the current company ID to allow create new record only for the current company. Parameters Name newSecCode curComp Type String String@ Description The new security code The current company
ObjectSecuritySearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ObjectSecuritySearch: This business object contains 6 methods. Deletes a row given its ID. Returns a DataSet given the primary key. Returns The DataSet.
GetList
1400
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
OpMaster
Epicor.Mfg.BO.OpMaster: This business object contains 27 methods.
GetNewOpMaster
GetNewOpMasterAttch
GetNewOpMasRestriction
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1401
M-R
GetNewOpMasRestrictSubst
GetNewOpMasterInsp
GetNewOpMasDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1402
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeCapabilityID
Method to call when changing the Capability ID. Blank is a valid entry for Capability ID. Parameters Name proposedCapID ds Type String Description The proposed Capability ID The OpMaster data set
ChangeOpMasRestrictionType
This methods assigns associated fields when OpMasRestriction.RestrictionTypeID changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description OpMaster dataset
ChangeOpMasRestrictSubstance
This methods assigns associated fields when OpMasRestrictSubst.SubstanceID changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1403
M-R
Parameters Name ds Type Description OpMaster dataset
ChangeOpMasterPrimaryProdOpDtl
This method checks if the entered primary production operation detail is valid. This method should run when the OpMaster.ScrPrimaryProdOpDtl field changes. Parameters Name proposedProdOpDtl ds Type Int32 Description The proposed primary production operation detail sequence The Operation Master data set
ChangeOpMasterPrimarySetupOpDtl
This method checks if the entered primary setup operation detail is valid. This method should run when the OpMaster.ScrPrimarySetupOpDtl field changes. Parameters Name proposedSetupOpDtl ds Type Int32 Description The proposed primary setup operation detail sequence The Operation Master data set
ChangeResourceGrpID
Method to call when changing the Resource Group ID. This method will update OpMasDtl with the default labor and burden rates from the new resource group. Blank is a valid entry for Resource Group ID. Parameters Name proposedResGrpID ds Type String Description The proposed Resource Group ID The Operation Master data set
ChangeResourceID
Method to call when changing the Resource ID. Blank is a valid entry for Resource ID. Parameters Name proposedResourceID ds Type String Description The proposed Resource ID The Operation Master data set
1404
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ChangeVendorNumVendorID
Method to call when changing the Vendor Num. Blank is a valid entry for Vendor Num. Parameters Name proposedVendorNumVendorID ds Type String Description The proposed Vendor ID The OpMaster data set
CheckInactiveSchedRequirement
Method to call check the capability, resource group, or resource is active. This method should be called prior to calling the Update method on an OpMasDtl record. Will return message text to present to the user if the code is inactive. The message is asking the user if it is ok to save the record with an inactive code. If the user answers yes, the record can be saved. If a blank value is returned for InactiveMessage, continue as normal - no special processing needs to occur. Parameters Name ds inactiveMessage String@ Type Description The OpMaster data set The text of the message
GetByIDandOpType
A variation of the standard GetByID. Gets a OpMaster for a specific OpCode with consideration of OpType(s). Note OpType is a comma separated list of Operation types to be considered valid for this Get. Used as a predecessor to calling GetByID. Parameters Name opCode opType Type String String Description Opmaster.OpCode Opmaster.OpType
InsertCapability
This methods allows for the insertion of Capability on an operation to create operation detail for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipOpMasterRowID ipCapabilityID Type String String Description The rowid of the OpMaster record to add the operation detail to The Capability ID being added
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1405
M-R
Name ipNewOpDtlSeq ipBeforeOpDtlRowid
Type Int32 String
Description The new operation detail seq The operation detail rowid to insert operation detail before
Returns The OpMaster data set
InsertResource
This methods allows for the insertion of Resource on an operation to create operation detail for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipOpMasterRowID ipResourceID ipNewOpDtlSeq ipBeforeOpDtlRowid Type String String Int32 String Description The rowid of the OpMaster record to add the operation detail to The Resource ID being added The new operation detail seq The operation detail rowid to insert operation detail before
InsertResourceGroup
This methods allows for the insertion of Resource Group on an operation to create operation detail for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipOpMasterRowID ipResourceGrpID ipNewOpDtlSeq ipBeforeOpDtlRowid Type String String Int32 String Description The rowid of the OpMaster record to add the operation detail to The Resource Group ID being added The new operation detail seq The operation detail rowid to insert operation detail before
ValidateInspection
Method to validate the Inspection control fields. (EQM)
1406
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ipProposedInspPlan ipProposedSpecId ds Type String String Description The new proposed InspPlanPartNum value The new proposed SpecID value The OpMaster entry Dataset.
OpStd
Epicor.Mfg.BO.OpStd: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewOpStd
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1407
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
OpText
Epicor.Mfg.BO.OpText: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewOpText
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1408
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
OrderAlloc
Epicor.Mfg.BO.OrderAlloc: This business object contains 45 methods.
AllocateByLotBin
Allocate sales demand records by choosing specific Lots and/or Bins Parameters Name ds cIPWhseList cWhseType String String Type Description The OrderAlloc data set The list of warehouses All or primary warehouse only
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1409
M-R
Name cMessageText
Type String@
Description Message text to present to the user after the process is finished
AllocateBySerialNum
Allocate demand by choosing specific Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds cIPWhseList cWhseType cMessageText String String String@ Type Description The OrderAlloc data set The list of warehouses All or primary warehouse only Message text to present to the user after the process is finished
AutoAllocation
Auto allocate demand Parameters Name ds cIPWhseList cWhseType cMessageText String String String@ Type Description The OrderAlloc data set The list of warehouses All or primary warehouse only Message text to present to the user after the process is finished
AutoPick
Auto Pick demand Parameters Name ds cIPWhseList o_Success cMessageText String Boolean@ String@ Type Description The OrderAlloc data set The list of warehouses Sends a flag if there are records to process Message text to present to the user after the process is finished
1410
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
AutoReserve
Auto reserve demand Parameters Name ds cIPWhseList cWhseType cMessageText String String String@ Type Description The OrderAlloc data set The list of warehouses All or primary warehouse only Message text to present to the user after the process is finished
AutoReserveJob
Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq ipCutoffDate Returns The AutoReserveJob data set Type String Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Job Number AssemblySeq - can be zero Cutoff Date - can be blank
AutoUnreserveJob
Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq ipCutoffDate Type String Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Job Number AssemblySeq - can be zero Cutoff Date - can be blank
ChangePartNum
Rebuild the AllocSupply list when the part number changes. Prior to calling this procedure, the RowMod field in all OrderAllocSupply records must be set to "U":U because these records need to be cleared from the table before rebuilding the list. Parameters Name ds cPartNum String Type Description The OrderAlloc data set The part number
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1411
M-R
Name iOrderNum iOrderLine iOrderRelNum
Description The order number The order line The order release number
ChangeStagingWarehouse
Default the staging bin based on the staging warehouse code passed in. Parameters Name ds cProposedStageWhseCode String Type Description The OrderAlloc data set The proposed warehouse code
CheckDates
Check Dates, return any warnings Parameters Name ds cMessageText String@ Type Description The OrderAlloc data set Warning Message Text
CreateWave
Parameters Name ipWaveDesc ipDemandType opWaveNum Type String String Int32@ Description Wave Description Demand Type - valid values are Order/Job/Transfer New Wave Number
GetCalcPref
Parameters Name opCalcFulfillOnSearch Type Boolean@ Description Should calculations be executed after search? Yes/No
1412
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetList
Gets List of order records that can be selected for Order Allocation. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The OrderAllocList Data Set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description where condition without the where word # of records returned. 0 means all
GetListAdvanced
Gets List of order records that can be selected for fulfillment. Parameters Name i_CustId i_GroupCode i_ReservePri i_FromDate i_ToDate i_StartOrder i_EndOrder i_PONum i_PartNum i_DoNotShipBefore i_ShipVia i_SortBy i_StartingAt i_Order i_Job i_Transfer pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String String String String Int32 Int32 String String String String String String Boolean Boolean Boolean Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description Customer ID associated with the release Customer Group Code associated with the release Reservation Priority Code associated with the release Earliest Ship Date Latest Ship Date Lowest Order Number Highest Order Number Customer PO Number associated with the release Part Number Do Not Ship before date associated with the release Ship Via Code Sort By field Starting At field Order filter Job filter Transfer filter # of records returned. 0 means all
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1413
M-R
Returns The OrderAllocList Data Set
GetListBasicSearch
Called from "Basic" search screen Parameters Name ipPartFrom ipPartTo ipWaveFrom ipWaveTo ipPlantFrom ipPlantTo ipWhseFrom ipWhseTo ipNeedByFrom ipNeedByTo ipOrderFrom ipOrderTo ipShipByFrom ipShipByTo ipDemandType ipSortBy pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The OrderAllocList Data Set Type String String String String String String String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description From Part To Part From Wave To Wave From Plant To Plant From Whse To Whse From Need By Date To Need By Date From Order Date To Order Date To Ship By Date From Ship By Date Demand Type Sort By # of records returned. 0 means all
This methods will return all of the OrderAlloc records which will be a subset of the PartDtl records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method. Parameters Name ds pageSize Int32 Type Description The dataset with populated key values The page size, used only for UI adaptor
1414
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Type Int32 Boolean@
Description The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
GetListJob
Gets List of Job records that can be selected for fulfillment. Parameters Name whereClausePartDtl whereClauseJobMtl whereClauseJobHead whereClausePartAlloc whereClauseWaveOrder sortBy pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The OrderAllocList Data Set Type String String String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description PartDtl where condition without the where word JobMtl where condition without the where word JobHead where condition without the where word PartAlloc where condition without the where word WaveOrder where condition without the where word Sort condition WITH the by word # of records returned. 0 means all
GetListOrders
Gets List of order records that can be selected for Order Allocation. Parameters Name waveWhereClause orderHedWhereClause orderDtlWhereClause orderRelWhereClause customerWhereClause partAllocWhereClause countryWhereClause shipToWhereClause creditHoldClause i_SortByOrder i_SortByWarehouse Type String String String String String String String String String String String Description Order Head where clause Order Head where clause Order Dtl where clause Order Release where clause Customer where clause PartAlloc where clause Country where clause ShipTo where clause Credit Hold filter clause Sort By Order field Sort By WarehouseCode
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1415
M-R
Name i_SortByAllocation pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The OrderAllocList Data Set
Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@
Description Sort By Allocated # of records returned. 0 means all
GetListTFO
Gets List of Transfer Order records that can be selected for fulfillment. Parameters Name whereClausePartDtl whereClauseTFOrdDtl whereClauseTFOrdHed whereClausePartAlloc whereClauseWaveOrder sortBy pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The OrderAllocList Data Set Type String String String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description PartDtl where Clause TFOrdDtl where Clause TFOrdHed where Clause PartAlloc where Clause WaveOrder where Clause Sort By # of records returned. 0 means all
GetLotBinOnHand
Select OrderAlloc rows based on criteria. Parameters Name ds Type Description The OrderAlloc data set
GetLotBinOnHandByWhseCode
Select OrderAlloc rows based on criteria for warehouse, pass a blank warehouse to include all warehouses.
1416
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds ipWarehouseCode String Type Description The OrderAlloc data set Warehouse Code
GetLotBinOnHandByWhseCodeZoneBinType
Select OrderAlloc rows based on criteria for warehouse, pass a blank warehouse to include all warehouses. Parameters Name ds ipWarehouseCode ipWarehouseZone ipBinType String String String Type Description The OrderAlloc data set Warehouse Code Warehouse Zone Bin Type
This methods will return all of the OrderAlloc records which will be a subset of the PartDtl records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method. Parameters Name ds ipLastDisplaySeq pageSize absolutePage morePages Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset with populated key values Last DisplaySeq value currently in the grid The page size, used only for UI adapter The absolute page, used only for the UI adapter More pages?, used only for the UI adapter
GetSerialNumOnHand
Select OrderAlloc rows based on criteria. Parameters Name ds Type Description The OrderAlloc data set
GetSerialNumOnHandByWhseCode
Select OrderAlloc rows based on criteria for warehouse, pass a blank warehouse to include all warehouses.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1417
M-R
Parameters Name ds ipWarehouseCode String Type Description The OrderAlloc data set Warehouse Code
GetSerialNumOnHandByWhseCodeZoneBinType
Select OrderAlloc rows based on criteria for warehouse, pass a blank warehouse to include all warehouses. Parameters Name ds ipWarehouseCode ipWarehouseZone ipBinType String String String Type Description The OrderAlloc data set Warehouse Code Warehouse Zone Bin Type
GetSubmitOptionsList
Returns a delimited list of the pick options in code`description format. Each code-description entry is separated with character ~. Parameters Name cSubmitOptionsList Type String@ Description The submit options list
GetWhseTeamUserList
Returns the list of all employees from Database Table WhseGroupEmp Parameters Name groupCode Returns The WhseTeamEmpList Data Set Type String Description Warehouse Group Code.
JobMtlUpdate
Update the JobMtl database table with changes saved to the OrderAlloc datatable.
1418
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds Type Description The OrderAlloc data set
MassAssign
Mass assign data in various columns as defined by user Parameters Name ds cStageWhseCode cStageBinNum cMessageText String String String@ Proposed staging warehouse code Proposed staging bin number Message text to present to the user after the process is finished Type Description
MtlQueueUpdate
Material Queue Update Parameters Name iReleaseForPickingSeq Type Int32 Description This Release for Pickings Seq
OnChangeWaveNum
OnChangeWaveNum Parameters Name newWaveNum ds Type Int32 Description Wave.WaveNum The OrderAllocList Data Set
OneDemandType
Only one Demand Type can be selected Parameters Name ds o_ErrorText String@ Type Description The OrderAlloc data set Error Text if more than one Demand Type is selected
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1419
M-R
Name o_DemandType
Type String@
Description If only one Demand Type is selected, return the value
OrderAllocationGetRows
Returns the full dataset. Parameters Name ds ipLastDisplaySeq Returns The OrderAlloc data set Int32 Type Description The OrderAllocList data set Last DisplaySeq value currently in the grid
OrderAllocSupplyUpdate
Update the PartAlloc database table with changes saved to the OrderAllocSupply datatable. Parameters Name ds Type Description The OrderAlloc data set
OrderRelUpdate
Update the OrderRel database table with changes saved to the OrderAlloc datatable. Parameters Name ds Type Description The OrderAlloc data set
Recalculate
Recalculate public method - called from Refresh Fulfillment button in Fulfillment Workbench Parameters Name ds Type Description The OrderAlloc data set
SelectForProcessing
Select OrderAlloc rows based on criteria.
1420
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds cCountry cShipVia dEndDate cCustID cPartNum lAllDates dPctFillable cMessageText String String Nullable{System.DateTime} String String Boolean Decimal String@ Type Description The OrderAlloc data set Country code Ship Via code The end date The customer id The part number Indicates if all dates should considered for the allocate process Percent Fillable Message text to present to the user after the process is finished
SetCalcPref
Parameters Name ipCalcFulfillOnSearch Type Boolean Description Value to set UserComp.CalcFulfillOnSearch Yes/No
SubmitForPicking
Submit order releases for picking Parameters Name ds iNumDays dNeedByDate lUseSpecifiedDate cMessageText iReleaseForPickingSeq Int32 Type Description The OrderAlloc data set Number of days prior to ship by date
Nullable{System.DateTime} Specific need by date Boolean String@ Int32@ Use the specific date passed in Message text to present to the user after the process is finished iReleaseForPickingSeq
TFOrdDtlUpdate
Update the TFOrdDtl database table with changes saved to the OrderAlloc datatable.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1421
M-R
Parameters Name ds Type Description The OrderAlloc data set
UnallocateAndReserve
Unallocate and Unreserve demand records Parameters Name ds cMessageText String@ Message text to present to the user after the process is finished Type Description
UnallocateAndUnreserve
Unallocate and Unreserve sales demand records Parameters Name ds cMessageText String@ Message text to present to the user after the process is finished Type Description
Unreserve
Unreserve demand Parameters Name ds cMessageText String@ Message text to present to the user after the process is finished Type Description
GetSearchSortDefault
This methods will return all the Search Sort Defaults defined in the Plant Configuration Parameters Name ipDemandType opSearchSort Type String String@ Description Demand Type - valid values are Order/Job/Transfer Search Sort Default
1422
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OrderDtlSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.OrderDtlSearch: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewOrderDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1423
M-R
UpdateExt
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Job and Order fields for the customer tracker. Parameters Name whereClauseOrderDtl whereClauseOrderRel jobWhereClause contactName pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The JobCustTrk data set Type String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for OrderDtl table. Whereclause for OrderRel table. Whereclause for Job table. Contact name to return records for. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Job and Order fields for the customer tracker. Parameters Name whereClauseOrderDtl whereClauseOrderRel jobWhereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The JobCustTrk data set Type String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for OrderDtl table. Whereclause for OrderRel table. Whereclause for Job table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
1424
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OrderHist
Epicor.Mfg.BO.OrderHist: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetListOrderHistory
This method returns latest Parts sold by a given Customer. Parameters Name custNum orderNum Returns OrderHist dataset Type Int32 Int32 Description CustNum OrderNum
OrderJobWiz
Epicor.Mfg.BO.OrderJobWiz: This business object contains 6 methods.
CreateJobs
This method creates job for selected orderdtls and/or orderrels. This method will process any and all records where the ttJWJobOrderDtl.JobChkBox or ttJWOrderRel.RelJobChkBox is set to true. This method will also process the getDetails, Schedule and Release booleans. Parameters Name ds pErrorMessages String@ Type Description The OrderJobWiz Data Set If non-blank, display the message to the user.
GetMatrix
To retrieve the OrdJobWiz dataset for a given part number. This dataset consists of the Order Detail lines that are of type 'make' and thier related releases. The dataset also includes open jobs for any part in the detail, The client my need to filter the job dataset to represent only the jobs relevant to the part on the detail. Index constraints on the xsd, did not allow me to do that in the BL. Parameters Name curOrderNum curOrderLine curOrderRelNum Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description OrderNum to be processed Optional, Passing in when comming from Job Planner to valid Suggestion Optional, Passing in when comming from Job Planner to valid Suggestion
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1425
M-R
Returns The OrderJobWiz data set
Link
Creates link between selected release and selected job . Parameters Name ds Type Description The OrderJobWiz data set
SelectAll
This method processes the select all, getallmethod, sheduleall and releaseall fields in the ttJWJobOrderDtl record. If any of the values in these fields change, this method must be invoked in order for that change to be refelcted to the database. Notes: ttJWJobOrderDtl.Selectall = Set all values of Job checkbox to true for all lines in the Order Lines Grid EXCEPT whre partID is an MRP part OR any release line for the detail line linked to a job. ttJWJobOrderDtl.DetailChkBox = Get All methods for all dtl lines, Selectall must be checked ttJWJobOrderDtl.ScheduleAll = Schedule all jobs, DetailChkBox must be checked ttJWJobOrderDtl.ReleaseAll = Release all jobs, ScheduleAll must be checked Parameters Name curOrderNum insavedSelectAll insavedgetallmethods insavedScheduleAll insavedReleaseAll Returns OrderJobWiz data set Type Int32 Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Get All Methods Schedule All Release All Description Order Number
UnLink
Unlink releases to Jobs . Parameters Name ds Type Description The OrderJobWiz data set
ValidateJobs
Gather all of the parts that are flagged to create jobs, and display the ones in a message that won't be getting details.
1426
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds warnMsg String@ Type Description The OrderJobWiz data set The Warning message
OrderRelPlantSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.OrderRelPlantSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewOrderRelPlantSearch
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1427
M-R
UpdateExt
OrderRelSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.OrderRelSearch: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewOrderRel
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1428
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
GetListByCustNum
This method returns a list of OrderRel filtered by CustNum. Parameters Name whereClause custNum pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The list of OrderRel Type String Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria Filter by this CustNum Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
GetListFilterShipped
This method returns a list of OrderRel that have not been shipped Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The list of Securities Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1429
M-R
OverrideSchedOrders
Epicor.Mfg.BO.OverrideSchedOrders: This business object contains 3 methods.
DeleteRec
Delete current record and reset values (Job Number - number or list Parameters Name ipJobNum Type String Description Job Number
LoadOverrideSched
Populates ttOverrideSchedOrders table from JobHead, PatchFld Parameters Name WasChanged ds Type Boolean@ Description DataSet has been Changed The OverrideSchedOrders data set
UpdateSchedPri
Update default information based on the warehouse changing Parameters Name ds Type Description The OverrideSchedOrders data set
1430
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Chapter 16: P
PackagingUnit
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PackagingUnit: This business object contains 25 methods.
GetNewPkgUnit
GetNewPkgDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1431
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
AddSelectedSubPkg
Link the selected Packaging Units to the current Packaging Unit. Parameters Name ipPkgNum ds Returns Packaging Unit DataSet Type Int32 Description The Parent Packaging Unit The SelectSubPkgID dataset
AssignLegalNumber
Assigns a legal number to the Packaging Unit. Parameters Name ipPkgNum ds opLegalNumMsg Returns The Packaging Unit data set String@ Legal number message Type Int32 Description Invoice number
ChangePkgDtlOrderNum
Update information when Sales Order is changed.
1432
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name pOrderNum ds Type Int32 Description Sales Order Number Packaging Unit DataSet
ChangePkgDtlOrderRelNum
Update information when Sales Order Release is changed. Parameters Name pOrderRelNum ds Type Int32 Description Order Release Packaging Unit DataSet
ChangePkgDtlPartNum
Validate Part Number when it is changed. Parameters Name pPartNum ds Type String Description Part Number Num Packaging Unit DataSet
ChangePkgUnitOrderNum
Update information when Sales Order is changed. Parameters Name pOrderNum ds Type Int32 Description Sales Order Number Packaging Unit DataSet
ChangePkgUnitOrderRelNum
Update information when Sales Order Release is changed. Parameters Name pOrderRelNum ds Type Int32 Description Order Release Packaging Unit DataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1433
M-R
ChangePkgUnitParentPkgNum
Validate Parent Packaging ID when it is changed. Parameters Name pParentPkgNum ds Type Int32 Description Parent Packaging ID Packaging Unit DataSet
ChangePkgUnitPkgCode
Sets default values when the PkgCode changes Parameters Name ipPkgCode ds Type String Description PkgCode supplied Packaging Unit DataSet
ChangePkgUnitTranDocTypeID
Sets default values when the TranDocTypeID changes Parameters Name ipTranDocTypeID ds Type String Description TranDocTypeID supplied Packaging Unit DataSet
ClosePackage
Set the status of the current Packaging Unit to Close. This is only available if the current status is Open. Parameters Name iPkgNum Returns The Packaging Unit DataSet Type Int32 Description The Pre-Pack ID
GetDatasetForTree
This methods will return the dataset for Packaging Unit Entry. The method will return the records related to the Packaging Unit provided and the first child level related to the input inputted Packaging.
1434
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ipPkgNum ipSubPkgNum Returns Packaging Unit DataSet Type Int32 Int32 Description The Top Packaging Unit to return data for. The current sub Packaging Unit to return data for.
GetLegalNumGenOpts
Returns the legal number generation options. Parameters Name ipPkgNum opPromptForNum Type Int32 Boolean@ Description Packaging Unit Number Prompt for the number
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds Returns The SelectSerialNumbersParams dataset Type Description Packaging Unit DataSet
OpenPackage
Reset the status of the current Packaging Unit to Open. This is only available if the current status is Closed. If the Pre-Pack is detail of another Pre-Pack then the Unit status cannot be changed to Open. Parameters Name iPkgNum Returns The Packaging Unit DataSet Type Int32 Description The Pre-Pack ID
ValidateSN
Validates that a single serial number is valid for this transaction
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1435
M-R
Parameters Name ds serialNumber isVoided String Boolean@ Type Description Packaging Unit DataSet Serial number to validate. Serial Number Voided flag
VoidLegalNumber
Voids the legal number. Parameters Name ipPkgNum ipVoidedReason Returns The Packaging Unit data set Type Int32 String Description Packaging Unit Number Reason for the void
PackClss
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PackClss: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPackClss
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1436
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Packing
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Packing: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPacking
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1437
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
PackOutSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PackOutSearch: This business object contains 1 methods.
POGetRows
This methods will return all of the ttPackOut search records. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method but since we are populating a temp table we need our own public method. Parameters Name whereClausettPackOutSearch matchfield Type String String Description The where clause to restrict data for comma delimited list of field to find unique hits
1438
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name ds Returns The PoDetailSearch data set
Type
Description The PoDetailSearch data set
PAPlan
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PAPlan: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewPAPlan
GetNewPAPlanDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1439
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
ChangeWeekID
Call when PAPlan.PAWeekID is changing to validate the ID and populate the description. Parameters Name pWeekID ds Type String Description The new week ID. The PAPlanDataSet. If valid, the week description will be returned in the dataset.
Part
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Part: This business object contains 102 methods.
GetNewPart
GetNewPartAttch
GetNewPartCOO
GetNewPartDim
GetNewPartLangDesc
1440
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetNewPartPlant
GetNewPartWhse
GetNewPartBinInfo
GetNewPartRestriction
GetNewPartRestrictSubst
GetNewPartRev
GetNewPartRevAttch
GetNewPartAudit
GetNewPartRevInspPlan
GetNewPartRevInspPlanAttch
GetNewPartRevInspVend
GetNewPartSubs
GetNewEntityGLC
GetNewTaxExempt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1441
M-R
GetNewPartPC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
1442
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetPartGlobalFields
GetCodeDescList
ConstructExampleString
TO BE CALLED ON CHANGE OF ttSerialMask.Mask Parameters Name ipMask ipPart opExampleStr Type String String String@ Description SerialMask.Mask Part.PartNum SerialMask.Example
OnChangeSNLastUsedSeq
Parameters Name ipGenSeqStr ipLastUsedSeq Type String String Description SerialMask.GenerateSeqString SerialMask.SNLastUsedSeq
FindPartAndGetRowID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1443
M-R
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
This method exists soley for the purpose of allowing security for dimension maintenance to be defined This method exists soley for the purpose of allowing security for inventory information to be defined This method exists soley for the purpose of allowing security for lot maintenance to be defined
1444
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
This method exists soley for the purpose of allowing security for purchasing information to be defined This method exists soley for the purpose of allowing security for viewing part lot costs to be defined
ChangeMRPWarning
When the ProcessMRP flag for a Part/Plant is changed from Yes to No all related unfirm jobs will be deleted when the record is committed to the database. You can use this method to provide a warning to the user of this fact and provide a confirmation dialog. This is intended to be called upon value change of the ProcessMRP field. If there are existing unfirm Jobs for the given Part/PlantThis warningMsg will contain a translated text message which can be used to display in your message dialog. Otherwise it returns blanks and there is no need to provide a dialog. Parameters Name partNum plant processMRP warningMsg Type String String Boolean String@ Description Part number of the PartPlant record that is being updated. Plant ID of the PartPlant record that is being updated . New value of the PartPlant.ProcessMRP field. Contains warning message text if jobs will be deleted by changing the ProcessMRP value.
ChangePartBinInfoKBCode
Used when the KBCode field of PartBinInfo is being changed to a new value. It will validate the new KBCode field. If it is valid the dataset will be updated with the new KBCode and related KBActionCode. Parameters Name newKBCode ds Type String Description The new Kan Ban Type code field value. The PartDataset. If valid, the NewKBCode will be returned in the dataset, along with a refreshed KBActionCode field. IMPORTANT, the PartWhse record must be sent as modified otherwise you will received error that record cannot be found.
ChangePartBuyToOrder
Used when the Buy To Order field of Part is being changed to a new value. Parameters Name ipBuyToOrder ds Type Boolean Description The new part Buy To Order value. The PartDataset.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1445
M-R
ChangePartCommodityCode
Used when the Part.CommodityCode field is being changed to a new value. It will validate the new value, passed in with newCommodityCode If it is valid the dataset will be updated with the new value and related values will be refreshed. Parameters Name newCommodityCode ds Type String Description The new commodity code. The PartDataset. IMPORTANT, the Part record must be sent as modified otherwise you will received error that record cannot be found.
ChangePartGlobalPart
Method to call when changing the global part flag on a part. Assigns the GlbFlag base on the new value. Parameters Name proposedGlobalPart ds Type Boolean Description The proposed global part value The Part data set
ChangePartNum
Method to call when changing the Part Number. Validates this is a "Add", PartNumber does not already exist, sets defaults for UOMClass, UOM Parameters Name proposedPartNum ds Type String Description The proposed product code value The Part data set
ChangePartPlantBuyToOrder
Used when the Buy To Order field of PartPlant is being changed to a new value. Parameters Name ipBuyToOrder ds Type Boolean Description The new part Buy To Order value. The PartDataset.
1446
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ChangePartPlantSourceType
Used when the SourceType field of PartPlant or the TypeCode of Part is being changed to a new value and the user selected to update the PartPlant records with the change. It will check to see if a configuration exists for the part. If a configuration exists it will return a warning message in ruleMessage that should be displayed to the user as a warning. If the configuration is not marked as single-level configuration then a message will be returned in singleLevelConfMsg which should be displayed to the user asking if they want to continue. If they answer Yes to continue then the method DeleteMultiLevelRules should be called. Parameters Name newSourceType ruleMessage singleLevelConfMsg ds Type String String@ String@ Description The new SourceType value. If this message isn't returned as null then it should be displayed to the user. If this message isn't returned as null then it should be displayed to the user. The PartDataset. IMPORTANT, the PartPlant record must be sent as modified otherwise you will received error that record cannot be found.
ChangePartPlantVendorID
Used when the VendorID field of PartPlant is being changed to a new value. It will validate the new VendorID field. If it is valid the dataset will be updated with the new value and related values will be refreshed. Parameters Name newVendorId ds Type String Description The new Vendor ID value. The PartDataset. IMPORTANT, the PartPlant record must be sent as modified otherwise you will received error that record cannot be found.
ChangePartProdCode
Method to call when changing the product group code on a part. Validates the code and defaults the part tax category code based on the product group. Parameters Name proposedProdCode ds Type String Description The proposed product code value The Part data set
ChangePartRestrictionManual
Used when Manual field of PartRestriction is being changed to a new value.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1447
M-R
Parameters Name checkManual ds Type Boolean Description Manual value The PartDataset.
ChangePartRestrictionType
This methods assigns associated fields when PartRestriction.RestrictionTypeID changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Part dataset
ChangePartRestrictSubstance
This methods assigns associated fields when PartRestrictSubst.SubstanceID changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Part dataset
ChangePartRevApproved
This method checks that a valid password was provided when required before changing the PartRev.Approved flag Parameters Name ipApproved ipValidPassword Type Boolean Boolean Description The proposed PartRev.Approved value Did the user supply a valid password to run this functionality? The value for this parameter should come from running the ValidatePassword method in the UserFile BO. The Part data set
ds
ChangePartSNBaseDataType
Parameters Name ipSNBaseDataType ds Type String Description Part.SNBaseDataType The PartDataset.
1448
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ChangePartSNMaskPrefixSuffix
Parameters Name ipSNMaskPrefix ipSNMaskSuffix ds Type String String Description Part.SNMaskPrefix Part.SNMaskSuffix The PartDataset.
ChangePartSubsPartNum
Method to call when changing the Part Number for an Alternate Part Parameters Name proposedPartNum ds Type String Description The proposed PartNum The Part data set
ChangePartTrackDimension
Used when the Track Dimension field of Part is being changed to a new value. It cannot be turned On if Part.TypeCode is Sales Kit (K). Parameters Name trackDimension ds Type Boolean Description The new part Track Dimension value. The PartDataset. If valid, the TypeCode will be returned in the dataset.
ChangePartTrackLots
Used when the Track Lots field of Part is being changed to a new value. It cannot be turned On if Part.TypeCode is Sales Kit (K). Parameters Name trackLots ds Type Boolean Description The new part Track Lots value. The PartDataset. If valid, the TypeCode will be returned in the dataset.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1449
M-R
ChangePartTrackSerialNum
Used when the Track Serial Numbers field of Part is being changed to a new value. It cannot be turned On if Part.TypeCode is Sales Kit (K). Parameters Name trackSerialNum ds Type Boolean Description The new part Track Serial Numbers value. The PartDataset. If valid, the TypeCode will be returned in the dataset.
ChangePartTypeCode
Used when the Type field of Part is being changed to a new value. It can be turned to Sales Kit if any of Track Lots, Dimension or Serial Numbers are ON. Parameters Name typeCode ds Type String Description The new part Type Code field value. The PartDataset. If valid, the TypeCode will be returned in the dataset.
ChangePartUOMConvOverride
Parameters Name ipConvOverrride ds Type Boolean Description The new ConvOverrride field value. The Part Dataset.
ChangePartWhseKBCode
Used when the KBCode field of PartWhse is being changed to a new value. It will validate the new KBCode field. If it is valid the dataset will be updated with the new KBCode and related KBActionCode. Parameters Name newKBCode ds Type String Description The new Kan Ban Type code field value. The PartDataset. If valid, the NewKBCode will be returned in the dataset, along with a refreshed KBActionCode field. IMPORTANT, the PartWhse record must be sent as modified otherwise you will received error that record cannot be found.
1450
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ChangePlantSNBaseDataType
Parameters Name ipSNBaseDataType ds Type String Description Part.SNBaseDataType The PartDataset.
ChangePlantSNMaskPrefixSuffix
Parameters Name ipSNMaskPrefix ipSNMaskSuffix ds Type String String Description Part.SNMaskPrefix Part.SNMaskSuffix The PartDataset.
ChangeQtyBearing
Parameters Name newQtyBearing ds Type Boolean Description The new QtyBearing value. The PartDataset.
ChangeSNMask
Parameters Name ipSNMask ds Type String Description Part.SNMask The PartDataset.
ChangeUOMClassID
Used when the UOM Class ID is modified Parameters Name uomClassID ds Type String Description proposed UOMClassId. The PartDataset.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1451
M-R
ChangeUOMCode
Used when the UOM code is modified Parameters Name uomCode ds Type String Description proposed uomCode. The PartDataset.
ChanginPartRestrictSubs
This methods to validate duplicated substances on the part. Parameters Name pSubstanceID ds Type String Description Substance ID Part dataset
CheckAltMethodForDelete
This method should be called before allowing delete a revision. This method will determine if the revision being deleted has alternate methods. If it does, the user will be prompted with a message indicating this revision has alternate methods and if they want to delete those records as well. If the user answers yes, the delete can procede. If they answer no, the delete should be canceled. This method will return a string that contains the text of the message to ask the user. Parameters Name ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipAltMethod opMessage Type String String String String@ Description The current Part Number The current Revision Number The current Alt Method The message to be displayed to the user if alt methods exist.
CheckConfigForDelete
This method should be called before allowing delete a part or revision. This method will determine if the part/revision being deleted has an existing configuration. If it does, the user will be prompted with a message indicating this part/revision has an existing configuration and if they want to delete those records as well. If the user answers yes, the delete can procede. If they answer no, the delete should be canceled. This method will return a string that contains the text of the message to ask the user.
1452
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ipPartNum ipRevisionNum ipForRevision opMessage Type String String Boolean String@ Description The current Part Number The current Revision Number True if deleting revision record The message to be displayed to the user if configuration exist.
CheckCOOPercents
CheckCOOPercents Parameters Name cPartNum Type String Description The Part Number
CheckDuplicateCOO
Check Duplicate COO - called only when the coo is changed or a partcoo is being added Parameters Name ipPart ipOrigCountry Type String Int32 Description The Part Number proposed origin country
CheckPartChanges
Checks to see if certain fields changed on the part record. If they did, a question is presented to the user asking if these changes should carry over to the PartPlant records. Changes to Part serial format fields builds a separate message. This method returns the text of the message to ask. When adding a part it is not necessary to call this method because the default (current) PartPlant record already uses the Part fields to default from. The user can answer yes or no, but processing doesn't stop based on the answer. The answers should be stored in the dataset in field Part.UpdatePartPlant and Part.UpdateSNPartPlant. Parameters Name ds cPartChangedMsgText cPartSNChangedMsgText String@ String@ Type Description The Part data set The message text The message for change of part serial format changes text
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1453
M-R
DeleteMRPJobs
Deletes MRP Jobs. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Part data set
DeleteMultiLevelRules
Used when the SourceType field of PartPlant is being changed to SalesKit and a multi-level configuration exists for the part. This method is called after displaying the message returned from ChangePartPlantSourceType. This method will unapprove the revision and configuration, set the single-level configuration flag to true on the configuration, and then delete any existing lower level rules that may have been created for the configuration. Parameters Name newSourceType ds Type String Description The new SourceType value. The PartDataset. IMPORTANT, the PartPlant record must be sent as modified otherwise you will received error that record cannot be found.
DuplicatePart
To create a new part by duplicating from another. Parameters Name sourcePartNum targetPartNum targetPartDescription Returns The Part Data Set Type String String String Description Existing part number that will be duplicated. New part number that will be created. Description that will be used for the new part.
GetGlbPartList
This method returns the GlbPart dataset based on a delimited list of GlbPartNum values passed in. If GlbPart.PartNum = chr(9) that means the record has been skipped and should be shown at the bottom of the browser. (GlbPart only) Parameters Name glbPartNumList Type String Description Delimited list of GlbPartNum values
1454
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Returns The GlbPart data set
GetListFilterPlants
Filter parts by plant. Call normal GetList method. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The PartList data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
This methods will return all of the Part recordsthat meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetList method but since we are populating a temp table we need our own public method. Parameters Name ds pageSize absolutePage morePages Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset with pupolated key values The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
GetPartForLink
This returns the Part dataset for linking. Parameters Name partNum Returns The Part data set Type String Description Global PartNum field on the GlbPart record to link
GetPartWhereUsed
To return a PartWhereUsed dataset for a given part number
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1455
M-R
Parameters Name whereUsedPartNum pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The PartWhereUsed data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Part number which you want the where used dataset for. pageSize absolutePage morePages
GetPartXRefInfo
This method defaults PartAdvisor fields when the PartNum field changes Parameters Name partNum sysRowID rowType serialWarning questionString multipleMatch Type String@ String String String@ String@ Boolean@ Description Proposed PartNumber change RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
GlbPartsExist
This method checks if GlbPart records exist or not. Can be used to determine if the option to link/unlink parts is available. Parameters Name glbPartsExist Type Boolean@ Description Yes - they do exist; No - they do not exist
HasIntrastat
To determine if the Current company is using Intrastat The following fields on the part table are controlled by this method part.CommodityCode part.ISOrigCountry part.ISSuppUnitsFactor
1456
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name hasIntrastat Type Boolean@ Description The current company has intrastat
IsRunOutOnHand
This method receives a part and returns a flag if the part is a run out part with on hand quantity. Parameters Name partNum isRunOutOnHand Type String Boolean@ Description The PartNum The flag indicating if it is a run out part with on hand qty
LinkGlbPart
This method performs the actual logic behind linking a Part. It is run after the PreLinkGlbPart method which determines the Part Number to link to. If the Part Number is for a Part that already exists, the GlbPart information is translated and then copied to the PartDataSet as an update. If the Part Number is for a new Part, the GlbPart information is translated and then copied to the PartDataSet as an Add. Until the update method is run on Part record the Link process is not completed. Parameters Name glbCompany glbPartNum ds ds1 Type String String Description Global Company field on the GlbPart record to link Global PartNum field on the GlbPart record to link The GlbPart data set The Part data set
OnChangePlant
Run after Plant changing. Parameters Name plantCode ds Type String Description Code of Plant which is changed to The Part data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1457
M-R
PreLinkGlbPart
Linking a GlbPart record ties a global record to a new or existing Vendor record so that any changes made to the GlbPart record in another company are automatically copied to any linked Parts. This method performs the pre link logic to check of okay to link or get the new partnum to create/link to. Will be run before LinkGlbPart which actually creates/updates a Part record and will send the modified record back for update. When the Link "button" is originally selected, the LinkPartNum will be defaulted to the GlbPartNum field. It will then check to see if this part number is available for Use. If available for use the system will return a question asking the user if they want to use this number. If the answer is no, then the user either needs to select an existing Part Number to link to or enter a brand new number. You will run this method until the user answer is yes. Then the LinkGlbPart method is called. Parameters Name glbCompany glbPartNum ds vMessage String@ Type String String Description Global Company field on the GlbPart record to link Global VendorNum field on the GlbPart record to link The GlbPart data set Returns a message the user needs to respond yes or no to. If the user answers no, then they need to update the LinkPartNum field and then run this method again to test the new PartNum they want to link to
PromptForPassword
This method checks the BMSyst record to see if a password should prompted for and then validated by the ValidatePassword method in UserFile BO. Run this before ApproveAll, CheckECORevApproved, CheckIn, CheckInAll, and CheckOut. Parameters Name opPromptForPassword Type Boolean@ Description Logical value stating whether the UI should prompt to validate for a password.
RenamePartRev
To rename a part revision for Vista Non BOM customers. Parameters Name sourcePartNum sourcePartRevNum Type String String Description Existing part number. Existing part revision number that will be renamed.
1458
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name targetPartRevNum targetPartRevDescription
Type String String
Description New part revision number for the existing part revision. New description for the existing part revision.
SetMRPRecalcFlag
This method is used to enable the MRPRecalcFlag on PartPlant. This field determines whether the part is picked up in MRP Net Change mode or not. Parameters Name partNum plant Returns Part Dataset Type String String Description Part to update MRP flag for Plant to update MRP flag for, blank for all plants of part
SetNextGeneratedLotNum
Set the Next Generated Lot Number. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Part Dataset
SkipGlbPart
This method performs the logic behind the skip option for GlbPart Skip sets the Skipped flag to true. If the PartNum field is not blank will error out Parameters Name glbCompany glbPartNum ds Type String String Description Global Company field on the GlbPart record to skip Global PartNum field on the GlbPart record to skip The GlbPart data set
UnlinkGlbPart
This method performs the logic behind the unlink option for GlbPart Unlink - clears the PartNum field in GlbPart. Returns the Part DataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1459
M-R
Parameters Name glbCompany glbPartNum ds Returns The Part data set Type String String Description Global Company field on the GlbPart record to unlink Global CustNum field on the GlbPart record to unlink The GlbPart data set
ValidateInspection
Method to validate the Inspection control fields. (EQM) Parameters Name ipProposedInspPlan ipProposedSpecId iptable ds Type String String String Description The new proposed InspPlanPartNum value The new proposed SpecID value table name The PartDataset.
ValidateInspVendor
Method to validate the Inspection control fields. (EQM) Parameters Name ipProposedVendor ds Type String Description The new proposed Vendor value The PartDataset.
PartExists
A public method to test if a given part number already exists in the part table. Return True if it exists else returns False. Parameters Name partNumber Returns Type String Description
PartIsActive
A public method to test if a given part number already is active in the part table. Return True if it exists else returns False.
1460
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name partNumber Returns Type String Description
PartIsSalesKit
Returns true if the given PartNumber is defined as a Sales Kit on the current plant (PartPlant.SourceType = "K") Parameters Name partNumber isSalesKit isPhantom Returns Type String Boolean@ Boolean@ Description
PartAdvisor
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartAdvisor: This business object contains 16 methods.
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1461
M-R
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
Allows profitability
GetByID
This method returns a dataset for Part Advisor Parameters Name ipPartNum Type String Description Part Number
Returns The dataset representing the Security row
GetInvcDtlPARows
Searches and fills the InvcDtlPA table with the InvcDtl records that match the given part and the InvoiceType = SHP Parameters Name iPartNum Type String Description Part Number for which you want details
1462
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Returns PartAdvisor data set
GetJobHeadPARows
Searches and fills the JobHeadPA table with the JobHead records that match the given part Parameters Name iPartNum Returns PartAdvisor data set Type String Description Part Number for which you want details
GetList
This method returns a list of Part, including those with blank Company ID Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The list of Parts Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
GetOrderDtlPARows
Searches and fills the OrderDtlPA table with the OrderDtl records that match the given part Parameters Name iPartNum Returns PartAdvisor data set Type String Description Part Number for which you want details
GetPartBinRows
Searches and fills the PartBin table with the PartBin records that match the given part Parameters Name iPartNum Type String Description Part Number for which you want details
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1463
M-R
Returns PartAdvisor data set
GetPartDetails
This method returns a list of Parts, including those with blank Company ID Parameters Name iPartNum Returns PartAdvisor data set Type String Description Part Number for which you want details
GetPartXRefInfo
GetQuoteDtlPARows
Searches and fills the QuoteDtlPA table with the QuoteDtl records that match the given part Parameters Name iPartNum Returns PartAdvisor data set Type String Description Part Number for which you want details
GetRows
This method returns a list of Parts
1464
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name whereClausePart pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The list of Parts Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
PartAllocTemplate
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartAllocTemplate: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewPartAllocTemplate
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1465
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
GetWhseTeamUserList
Returns the list of all employees from Database Table WhseGroupEmp Parameters Name groupCode Returns The WhseTeamEmpList Data Set Type String Description Warehouse Group Code.
OnChangeEmpID
Call this method when User Assignment is changed. Parameters Name empID ds Type String Description Proposed value for User Assignment. Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartAllocTemplateDataSet
OnChangeWhseTeam
Call this method when the user changes team whse group. Parameters Name teamWhse ds Type String Description Proposed value for team whse. Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartAllocTemplateDataSet
1466
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
partalloctemplateCheckAllocType
Checks PartAllocType code entered Parameters Name newPartAllocType ds Type String Description PartAllocType code entered The Part Allocation Template Entry data set
partAllocTemplateCheckDemandType
Checks Part Alloc Demand Type code entered Parameters Name newPartAllocDemandType ds Type String Description PartAllocDemandType code entered The Part Allocation Template Entry data set
PartBinSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartBinSearch: This business object contains 12 methods.
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1467
M-R
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
CheckBin
Validate the bin and warehouse for the current plant.. Parameters Name whseCode binNum errMsg Type String String String@ Description The Warehouse. The Bin. Blank if no error. Otherwise error message.
GetBinContents
Gets a listing of parts in a particular whse/bin.
1468
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name whseCode binNum Returns The PartBinSearch data set Type String String Description The Warehouse is required. A specific Bin. Required.
GetFullBinSearch
Gets the dataset of bins, in difference with GetPartBinSearch, this one includes All bins whether they have a dimension or lot number or neither of both. Parameters Name partNum whseCode Type String String Description Part number. The Warehouse can be for a specific warehouse or null for all warehouses.
Returns The PartBinSearch data set
GetPartBinByLot
Gets the warehouse/bin information for a specific lot. Parameters Name partNum lotNum Returns The PartBinSearch data set Type String String Description Part number. Required. The Lot number. Required.
GetPartBinSearch
Gets the dataset of warehouses and bins for a Part. If a change is made to this method the same change should be applied to the GetSpecificBinSearch method. Parameters Name partNum whseCode Type String String Description Part number. The Warehouse can be for a specific warehouse or null for all warehouses.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1469
M-R
Name lotNum uomCode
Type String String
Description The Lot number can be for a specific lot if null is passed, only bins with no lot number will be returned . The UOM Code can be for a specific Unite of Measure code if null is passed, only bins with no UOM codes will be returned. True or False. False will search for bins with a qty ne 0. True will return all bins for a warehouse. If a starting bin is to be used. If a specific type of bin is to be used. If a specific vendorNum for a managed bin is to be used. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
displayAllBins startAtBinNum binType vendorNum pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The PartBinSearch data set
Boolean String String Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean@
GetPartXRefInfo
GetSpecificBinSearch
Gets the dataset of warehouses and bins for a Part. If a change is made to this method the same change should be applied to the GetPartBinSearch method. Parameters Name partNum whseCode Type String String Description Part number. Required The Warehouse can be for a specific warehouse or null for all.
1470
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name lotNum uomCode displayAllBins binNum
Type String String Boolean String
Description The Lot number can be for a specific lot if null is passed, only bins with no lot number will be returned. The UOM Code can be for a specific Unit of Measure code if null is passed, only bins with no UOM codes will be returned. True or False. False will search for bins with a qty ne 0. True will return all bins for a warehouse. A specific Bin. Required.
Returns The PartBinSearch data set
PartClass
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartClass: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewPartClass
GetNewPartClassPlt
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1471
M-R
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
GetUsePurchCode
Gets value if Purchase Code is used Parameters Name plUsePurchCode Type Boolean@ Description is there are anypurchase codes?
1472
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OnChangeCommodityCode
Validates if changes in Commodity codes are correct. Parameters Name ds Type Description The PartClass data set
PartCostSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartCostSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPartCost
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1473
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
PartDim
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartDim: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPartDim
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1474
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
PartFIFOCost
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartFIFOCost: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPartFIFOCost
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1475
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
PartLangDesc
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartLangDesc: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPartLangDesc
DeleteByID
GetByID
1476
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
PartOnHandWhse
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartOnHandWhse: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetPartOnHandWhse
Get the Part quantity on hand records from the parameters.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1477
M-R
Parameters Name cPartNum cPlant Returns The PartOnHandWhse data set Type String String Description The Part Number The plant
PartPlantSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartPlantSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewPartPlant
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1478
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
GetActiveParts
Calls the standard GetRows and filters the Inactive parts Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartPlantSearchDataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
PartPlantWhseSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartPlantWhseSearch: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetRows
This method returns a list of warehouses (including shared warehouses) available for a plant. The Plant parameter allows the user to search on just one plant or leave blank to search on all plants. Parameters Name vPart pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Part pageSize absolutePage morePages
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1479
M-R
Returns Returns the dataset representing Part Plant Warehouse
PartRevSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartRevSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPartRev
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1480
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
PartSched
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartSched: This business object contains 32 methods.
GetNewPartSched
GetNewPartSchedVend
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1481
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
1482
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
GetPartXRefInfo
This method defaults PartAdvisor fields when the PartNum field changes Parameters Name partNum sysRowID rowType Type String@ String String Description Proposed PartNumber change RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1483
M-R
Name uomCode serialWarning questionString multipleMatch
Type String@ String@ String@ Boolean@
Description UOM Code (only used for Product Codes) Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
OnChangeCalendarID
Validate CalendarId value Parameters Name proposedCalendarId ds Type String Description The proposed CalendarId value The PartSched data set
OnChangeInspNextDelivery
Validate InspNextDelivery value Parameters Name proposedInspNextDelivery ds Type Int32 Description The proposed InspNextDelivery value The PartSched data set
OnChangeMinDeliveryQty1
Validate MinDeliveryQty1 value Parameters Name ipMinDeliveryQty1 ds Type Int32 Description The proposed MinDeliveryQty1 value The PartSched data set
OnChangeMinDeliveryQty2
Validate MinDeliveryQty2 value
1484
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ipMinDeliveryQty2 ds Type Int32 Description The proposed MinDeliveryQty2 value The PartSched data set
OnChangeMinForwardSpan
Validate MinForwardSpan value Parameters Name proposedMinForwardSpan ds Type Int32 Description The proposed MinForwardSpan value The PartSched data set
OnChangeOrderCover
Validate OrderCover value Parameters Name proposedOrderCover ds Type Int32 Description The proposed OrderCover value The PartSched data set
OnChangePartNum
Validate PartNum value Parameters Name proposedPartNum uomCode ds Type String String Description The proposed PartNum value UOM Code (only used for Product Codes) The PartSched data set
OnChangePercentShare
Validate PercentShare value Parameters Name proposedPercentShare ds Type Int32 Description The proposed PercentShare value The PartSched data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1485
M-R
OnChangePeriodicityCode1
Validate PeriodicityCode1 value Parameters Name proposedPeriodicityCode1 ds Type Int32 Description The proposed PeriodicityCode1 value The PartSched data set
OnChangePeriodicityCode2
Validate PeriodicityCode2 value Parameters Name proposedPeriodicityCode2 ds Type Int32 Description The proposed PeriodicityCode2 value The PartSched data set
OnChangePeriodShift
Validate PeriodShift value Parameters Name proposedPeriodShift ds Type Int32 Description The proposed PeriodShift value The PartSched data set
OnChangePrintLength
Validate PrintLength value Parameters Name proposedPrintLength ds Type Int32 Description The proposed PrintLength value The PartSched data set
OnChangePurPoint
Validate PurPoint value
1486
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name proposedPurPoint ds Type String Description The proposed Purchase Point value The PartSched data set
OnChangeScheduleFirm
Validate ScheduleFirm value Parameters Name proposedScheduleFirm ds Type Int32 Description The proposed ScheduleFirm value The PartSched data set
OnChangeScheduleLength
Validate ScheduleLength value Parameters Name proposedScheduleLength ds Type Int32 Description The proposed ScheduleLength value The PartSched data set
OnChangeVendorID
Validate VendorId value Parameters Name proposedVendorID ds Type String Description The proposed VendorId value The PartSched data set
OnChangeVendorNum
Validate VendorNum value Parameters Name proposedVendorNum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed VendorNum value The PartSched data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1487
M-R
PartSchedSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartSchedSearch: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetRows
This method returns a list of parts. The Table parameter allows the user to search in the PartSched or the Part table. Parameters Name whereClause vTable pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns PartSchedSearch DataSet Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause Table to search in page Size absolute Page more Pages: true/false
PartSchedVendSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartSchedVendSearch: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetRows
This methods will return all of the PartSchedVend records which will be a subset of the PartSched records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method but since we are populating a temp table (PartSchedVendSearch) we need our own public method. Parameters Name whereClausePartSchedSearch Type String Description The where clause to restrict data for The where clause to restrict data for The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
whereClausePartSchedVendSearch String pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The PartSchedVendSearch data set Int32 Int32 Boolean@
1488
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
PartTran
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartTran: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPartTran
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1489
M-R
UpdateExt
PartTranHist
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartTranHist: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewPartTranHist
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1490
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
GetSortByList
This method returns the Sort By selection list. Parameters Name ipPartNum sortByList Type String String@ Description The Part Number to be processed The list of available Sort By options
RunPartTranHistory
This method returns the transaction history of a given part. Parameters Name ipPartNum ipPlant ipTranDate ipLotNum ipDimCode ipSortBy Type String String Description The Part Number to process The valid Plant ID to process.
Nullable{System.DateTime} The starting Transaction Date to process. If not supplied then the default is today. String String String The starting Lot Number to process The starting Dimension Code to process The sort by selected by the user. Valid options are: THIST-BRW (Tran Date Browse); THISTLOT-BRW (Lot Number/Tran Date browse) and THISTDIM-BRW (Dim Code/Tran Date browse)
Returns The Part Transaction History data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1491
M-R
PartWhseFullSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartWhseFullSearch: This business object contains 6 methods.
GetNewPartWhseSearch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1492
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
PartWhseSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartWhseSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1493
M-R
UpdateExt
GetListbyKBPlant
Filter warehouses by current KB Plant. Call normal GetList method. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage curKBPlant morePages Returns The PartWhseSearchList data set Type String Int32 Int32 String Boolean@ Description Whereclause. Page size. Absolute page. Current KB Plant. More pages.
PartWipSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartWipSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewPartWip
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1494
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetPartWipOprList
The same as GetList but deletes the records with IsDistinct = false Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The PartWipListDataSet data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The Where Clause The Page Size The Absolute Page The More Pages
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1495
M-R
PartXRefMfg
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartXRefMfg: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewAprvMfg
GetNewPartXRefMfg
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1496
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
GetPartDesc
This method finds the part Description Parameters Name pNum pDesc Type String String@ Description The Part Num The Part Description
GetPartInfo
This method retrieves the Part Info (qualified Manufacturers) Parameters Name partNum Type String Description Part Number
OnChangeManufacturerID
Verifies if the Manufacturer is valid. Parameters Name ipPartNum ipMfgID ds Type String String Description The PartNum The Manufacturer ID The Qualified Manufacturer DataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1497
M-R
PartXRefSelect
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartXRefSelect: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetXRefParts
Parameters Name ipPartNum Type String Description Part Number
PASchedule
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PASchedule: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewPASchedule
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1498
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
ChangePlanID
Used when the PlanID is being changed to a new value Parameters Name ipNewPlanID ds Type String Description The new Plan ID code field value. The PAScheduleDataset.
PatchFld
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PatchFld: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPatchFld
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1499
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
PAWeek
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PAWeek: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewPAWeek
DeleteByID
GetByID
1500
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1501
M-R
PaymentEntry
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PaymentEntry: This business object contains 59 methods.
GetNewCheckHed
GetNewCheckHedAttch
GetNewAPTran
GetNewAPTTaxDtl
GetNewAPTranTGLC
GetNewBankTran
GetNewBankTranTGLC
GetNewTaxDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1502
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1503
M-R
Returns
CalcTaxes
CalcThaiWHTCertNo
Assigns a legal number to the paid invoice when apply With Holding Tax. Parameters Name ipGroupID opLegalNumMsg ds Type String String@ Description Group ID Legal number message The Payment Entry data set
ChangeIncomeTaxCode
Performs required logic when APTran.IncomeTaxCode is modified. Parameters Name ipIncomeTaxCode ds Type String Description Proposed input value of Income Tax Code PaymentEntry data set
1504
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ChangeTranAmt
This method updates the BankTran amounts when the adjustment amount changes or the currency switch toggles. Parameters Name ipTranAmtType Type String Description Indicate which of the transaction amount is changed. Valid values are: 'B' for Base Tran Amount and 'D' for Doc Tran Amount The proposed Transaction Amount The Payment Entry data set
proposedTranAmt ds
Decimal
Method to call when it is necessary to check if document is lock, before doing smth. Parameters Name keyValue Type String Description HeadNum
CreateChecks
Create Vendor Checks for selected invoices. Parameters Name pcGroupID ds Type String Description AP Check Group ID The APInvSel data set
CreateNewCheckHed
Create New CheckHed record. To be used instead of GetNewCheckHed record. Parameters Name pcGroupID ds Type String Description AP Check Group ID The PaymentEntry data set
DeleteNegPayments
DeleteNegPayments. Deletes all checks in the group that have negative check. amounts. Works the same as MassDelete but only deletes negative balance checks.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1505
M-R
Parameters Name pcGroupID Type String Description AP Check Group ID
GetElecInterface
Check if Payment Method is marked as Electronic Interface. Parameters Name pcGroupID opElecInt Type String Boolean@ Description AP Check Group ID If Payment Method is electronic interface then Yes
Alternate routine to load the Bank Fee Parameters Name lvHeadNum lvBankAcctID ds Type Int32 String Description Bank Fee Code Bank Account ID The AP Payment Entry data set
GetNewMiscPayment
Create New Miscellaneous APTran record. Parameters Name piHeadNum ds Type Int32 Description value of CheckHed.HeadNum The PaymentEntry data set
GetRestartProcessPayment
Gets restart Process Payment Parameters Name groupID restartProcessPayment Type String Boolean@ Description GroupID should the process payment be restarted: Yes/No
1506
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
MassDelete
Mass Delete. Delete all checks in the Group. Parameters Name pcGroupID Type String Description AP Check Group ID
OnChangeBankFeeID
Validate for a Correct Bank Fee Code Parameters Name pcBankFeeID ds Type String Description Bank Fee Code The Payment Entry data set
OnChangeBankTotalAmt
Call method when the user changes Bank Total Amount Parameters Name pBankTotalAmt ds Type Decimal Description Propopsed Bank Total Amount The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeCheckDate
Call method when the user changes CheckHed.CheckDate. Parameters Name pdtCheckDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Propopsed CheckDate The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeCheckNum
Call method when the user changes CheckHed.CheckNum.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1507
M-R
Parameters Name piCheckNum ds Type Int32 Description Propopsed check num The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeCurrency
Call method when the user changes flag CheckHed.IsEnterTotal Parameters Name pCurrencyCode ds Type String Description Propopsed Currency The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeDocDiscAmt
Call method when the user changes the Doc Discount Amount changes in Pay Invoice. Use this method with Payment Invoice screen for PaymentEntryDataSet. Parameters Name pdDocDiscAmt ds Type Decimal Description Proposed Document Amount value The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeDocPaymentTotal
Call method when the user changes Payment Total Parameters Name pDocPaymentTotal ds Type Decimal Description Propopsed DocPaymentTotal The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeDocTranAmt
Call method when the user changes the Doc Tran Amount changes in Pay Misc and Invoice. Parameters Name pdDocTranAmt ds Type Decimal Description Proposed Document Amount value The PaymentEntry data set
1508
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OnChangeExchangeRate
Call method when the user changes Rate from Payment Currency to Bank Currency Parameters Name pExchangeRate ds Type Decimal Description Propopsed ExchangeRate - Check Document currency - Base Currency The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeFixedAmount
Call method when the user changes the FixedAmount in Tax screen. Use this method with Misc. Payment screen for PaymentEntryDataSet. Parameters Name plCurrencySwitch pdFixed taxtbl ds Type Boolean Decimal String Description Currency switch Proposed taxable amount value Tax temp-table name The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeInvoiceNum
Call this method when the user enters the Invoice Number in Pay Invoice screen. Parameters Name pcInvoiceNum Type String Description Invoice Num Response to the question pcChangeExchangeRateResponse. ? means question has not been asked. Yes/No is considered a response. The PaymentEntry data set String@ Question to be answered by the user in pcChangeExchangeRateResponse.
pcChangeExchangeRateResponse String
ds pcQuestion
OnChangeInvSelPayment
Call this method when the user changes either Gross Payment or Disc. Taken field. Use this method with Payment maintenance screen for ApInvSelDataSet.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1509
M-R
Parameters Name pdDocGrossPay pdDocDiscAmt pcRowIdent ds Type Decimal Decimal String Description Proposeed Document Gross Payment value Proposeed Disc. Taken value. Not applicable in Debit Memos Pass ttAPInvSel.RowIdent value here to uniquely identify the record to change. The APInvSel data set
OnChangeIsEnterTotal
Call method when the user changes flag CheckHed.IsEnterTotal Parameters Name pIsEnterTotal ds Type Boolean Description Propopsed IsEnterTotal The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeManualPrint
Call method when the user checks / unChecks the Manual Print flag. Parameters Name plManualPrint ds Type Boolean Description Manual Print The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangePaymentBankRate
Call method when the user changes Rate from Payment Currency to Bank Currency Parameters Name pPaymentBankRate ds Type Decimal Description Propopsed Rate The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangePrePayment
Call this method when the user change flag PrePayment in Misc Payment screen.
1510
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds Type Description The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeRateCode
This method updates the dataset when the RateCode field changes Parameters Name rateCode taxtbl ds Type String String Description Proposed RateCode value Tax temp-table name The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeRefPONum
Call this method when the user enters the RefPONum for PrePayment Parameters Name piRefPONum ds Type Int32 Description Reference Purchase Order Number The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeTaxableAmt
Call method when the user changes the Taxable Amt in Tax screen. Use this method with Misc. Payment screen for PaymentEntryDataSet. Parameters Name plCurrencySwitch pdTaxableAmt taxtbl ds Type Boolean Decimal String Description Currency switch Proposed taxable amount value Tax temp-table name The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeTaxAmt
Call method when the user changes the Tax Amt in Tax screen. Use this method with Misc. Payment screen for PaymentEntryDataSet.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1511
M-R
Parameters Name plCurrencySwitch pdTaxAmt taxtbl ds Type Boolean Decimal String Description Currency switch Proposed taxable amount value Tax temp-table name The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeTaxCode
Call method when the user changes the Tax ID in Tax maintainence. Use this method with Misc. Payment screen for PaymentEntryDataSet. Parameters Name pcTaxCode taxtbl ds Type String String Description Proposed Tax ID Tax temp-table name The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeTaxPercent
Call method when the user changes the Tax Percent in Tax screen. Use this method with Misc. Payment screen for PaymentEntryDataSet. Parameters Name plCurrencySwitch pdPercent taxtbl ds Type Boolean Decimal String Description Currency switch Proposed taxable amount value Tax temp-table name The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeVendor
Call this method when the user enters the ttCheckHed.VendorNum Parameters Name pcVendorID ds Type String Description Vendor ID - character code for Vendor The PaymentEntry data set
1512
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
PostAllowed
Check if Post operation is available. Parameters Name pcGroupID allowed Type String Boolean@ Description AP Check Group ID If Post operation is allowed then Yes
PreUpdate
processInvTaxes
ResetProcessPayment
Clears out the check numbers from all checks in the CheckHed table and refreshes the checks data (i.e. the Supplier information, etc.). Parameters Name pcGroupID Returns The Payment Entry data set Type String Description AP Check Group ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1513
M-R
SelectInvoices
Read ApInvHed records and create ApinvSel records if they meet the selection criteria. Parameters Name pcGroupID pcPayableAccountsList pdtDueDate pdtInvoicePM pdtInvoiceLC pcSupplierList pcPaymentMethod plConsiderDiscountDate pcCurrencyList Returns The APInvSel data set Type String String Description AP Check Group ID Delimited list of Payable Accounts
Nullable{System.DateTime} Select invoices due by this date. Boolean Boolean Boolean String String String Select invoices wihtout Payment Method. Select invoices wiht Letter of Credit. Select invoices for the supplier list. Select payment methods for the specific. Consider discount date for invoice selection Select invoices for the currency list.
setPCashDocUnprinted
SetReadyToCalc
Parameters Name ipGroupID ipHeadNum ipAPTranNo ipBankAcctID ipTranNum ipVoided ipCalcAll ds Type String Int32 Int32 String Int32 Boolean Boolean Description ipGroupID ipHeadNum ipAPTranNo ipBankAcctID ipTranNum ipVoided ipCalcAll Payment dataset
1514
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
PayMethod
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PayMethod: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewPayMethod
GetNewPayMethodProp
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1515
M-R
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangePayMethodEFTHeadUID
Method to call when changing the paymethod electronic interface. Parameters Name proposedEFTHeadUID ds Type Int32 Description The proposed paymethod electronic interface The pay method data set
ChangePayMethodPMSource
Method to call when changing the paymethod source. Parameters Name proposedPMSource ds Type Int32 Description The proposed paymethod source The pay method data set
ChangePayMethodType
Method to call when changing the paymethod source.
1516
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name proposedType ds Type Int32 Description The proposed paymethod type The pay method data set
DeleteOldPayMethodProps
This method should be called when the invoice lock rate has been changed. Parameters Name returnMsg ds Type String@ Description Text of a message to inform the user if PayMethod Properties are in use. Pay Method Entry data set.
GetIdByName
Method for retrieving ID, PMUID using Payment Method Name. Parameters Name cName iPMUID Type String Int32@ Description Name The logical variable which shows is it neccessary to generate legal numbers
SetAPInfo
Enable APInfo Tab. Parameters Name ds Type Description PayMethodDataSet
PayMethodSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PayMethodSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPayMethod
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1517
M-R
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
1518
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
PayrollCheckEntry
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PayrollCheckEntry: This business object contains 31 methods.
GetNewPRCheck
GetNewPRChkDtl
GetNewPRCheckTGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1519
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
CalculateDeductsAndTaxes
Method to call to calculate deductions and taxes. Parameters Name groupID headNum ds Type String Int32 Description The group id to calculate deductions and taxes for The current PRCheck.HeadNum record. Is used to rebuild the dataset so the data is current The PayrollCheckEntry data set
CalculateOvertime
Method to call to calculate overtime. Parameters Name groupID Type String Description The group id to calculate overtime for
1520
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name headNum ds
Type Int32
Description The current PRCheck.HeadNum record. Is used to rebuild the dataset so the data is current The PayrollCheckEntry data set
CalculateOvertimeVerification
Method to call prior to calling CalculateOvertime. This method will return text of a verification message to ask the user to verify the process should run. The question is yes-no. If the answer is yes, proceed with the calculation of overtime. If the answer is no, cancel the calculation of overtime. Parameters Name verificationMsg Type String@ Description The text of the verification message
ChangePRCheckEmpID
Method to call to when the Employee ID changes. This method will set employee fields in PRCheck based on the new employee id. Parameters Name proposedEmpID ds Type String Description The proposed employee id The PayrollCheckEntry data set
ChangePRChkDtlAmountType
Method to call to when the Check Detail Amount Type changes. This method will reset values for the new amount type. Parameters Name proposedAmountType ds Type String Description The proposed amount type The PayrollCheckEntry data set
ChangePRChkDtlBaseHours
Method to call to when the Check Detail Base Hours changes. This method will recalculate detail values based on the new hours. Parameters Name proposedBaseHours Type Decimal Description The proposed base hours
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1521
M-R
Name ds
Type
Description The PayrollCheckEntry data set
ChangePRChkDtlBasePay
Method to call to when the Check Detail Base Pay changes. This method will recalculate detail values based on the new base pay amount. Parameters Name proposedBasePay ds Type Decimal Description The proposed base pay amount The PayrollCheckEntry data set
ChangePRChkDtlPayRate
Method to call to when the Check Detail Pay Rate changes. This method will recalculate detail values based on the new pay rate. Parameters Name proposedPayRate ds Type Decimal Description The proposed pay rate The PayrollCheckEntry data set
ChangePRChkDtlPayrollDate
Method to call to when the Check Detail Payroll Date changes. This method will recalculate detail values if the amount type is calculated. Parameters Name proposedPayrollDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed payroll date The PayrollCheckEntry data set
ChangePRChkDtlPayTypeID
Method to call to when the Check Detail Pay Type changes. This method will recalculate detail values based on the new pay type. Parameters Name proposedPayTypeID ds Type String Description The proposed pay type id The PayrollCheckEntry data set
1522
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ChangePRChkDtlPremiumHours
Method to call to when the Check Detail Premium Hours changes. This method will recalculate detail values based on the new hours. Parameters Name proposedPremiumHours ds Type Decimal Description The proposed premium hours The PayrollCheckEntry data set
ChangePRChkDtlPremiumPayType
Method to call to when the Check Detail Premium Pay Type changes. This method will recalculate detail values based on the new pay type. Parameters Name proposedPremiumPayType ds Type String Description The proposed premium pay type id The PayrollCheckEntry data set
ChangePRChkDtlShift
Method to call to when the Check Detail Shift changes. This method will reassign values based on the new shift. Parameters Name proposedShift ds Type Int32 Description The proposed shift The PayrollCheckEntry data set
CheckPrinted
Method to call to retrieve the text of the question to ask the user when checks have been printed. This question is asked when the user attempts to add hours, update hours, delete hours, update deductions, or update taxes to a check. Parameters Name groupID questionText Type String String@ Description The group id the check is assigned to The text of the question to ask the user. If blank, a question does not need to be asked.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1523
M-R
GeneratePayChecks
Method to call to generate paychecks. Parameters Name groupID headNum Type String Int32 Description The group id to generate paychecks for The current PRCheck.HeadNum record. Is used to rebuild the dataset so the data is current. Not required. If the value is 0, a refreshed dataset won't be passed back. The PayrollCheckEntry data set
ds
GeneratePayChecksVerification
Method to call prior to calling GeneratePaychecks. This method will return text of a verification message to ask the user to verify the process should run. The question is yes-no. If the answer is yes, proceed with the check generation. If the answer is no, cancel the check generation. Parameters Name verificationMsg Type String@ Description The text of the verification message
GetNewPRCheckForGroup
Method to call to get a new PRCheck record.. Parameters Name groupID ds Type String Description The group id to add the payroll check to The PayrollCheckEntry data set
GetRowsByEmpID
Validates the FromOpCode field and poplutes the From OpCode description. Is called when the From Op Code changes. If the code is not valid, an exception will be thrown. Parameters Name empID whereClausePRCheck whereClausePRChkDtl whereClausePRChkDed Type String String String String Description Employee ID WhereClause Payroll Check WhereClause Payroll Check Details WhereClause Payroll Check Deductions
1524
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name whereClausePRChkTax whereClausePRCheckTGLC pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The PayrollCheckEntry data set
Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@
Description WhereClause Payroll Check Tax WhereClause Payroll Check TranGLC PageSize Absolute Page MorePages?
UpdatePRChkDed
Method to call to update a PRChkDed record. This method should be called in place of the standard Update method when updating a PRChkDed record. Parameters Name ds Type Description The PayrollCheckEntry data set
UpdatePRChkTax
Method to call to update a PRChkTax record. This method should be called in place of the standard Update method when updating a PRChkTax record. Parameters Name ds Type Description The PayrollCheckEntry data set
PayrollTax
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PayrollTax: This business object contains 18 methods.
GetNewPRTaxMas
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1525
M-R
GetNewEntityGLC
GetNewPRTaxDtl
GetNewPRTaxCrd
GetNewPRTaxExp
GetNewPRTaxTbl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1526
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
CheckForDetails
This method is to be called when leaving the PRTaxMas record by any means (changing rows, new search, leaving the screen, etc.). A PRTaxMas record must have at least one PRTaxDtl record to be considered a valid PRTaxMas record. If no details exist for the PRTaxDtl, the user must either delete the PRTaxMas record or add a detail record before being allowed to leave. Parameters Name taxTblID errorMsg Type String String@ Description Tax Table ID of the Tax Table record to validate String containing the error message. If blank it is okay to leave the PRTaxMas record
CopyDetails
This method copies a detail record for a specific TaxTblID, FileStatus and Year to the specified new Year
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1527
M-R
Parameters Name taxTblID fileStat fromYear toYear ds Type String String Int32 Int32 Description TaxTblID to copy from Filing Status to copy from Tax year to copy from Tax year to copy to The PayrollTax data set
GetNewTaxMaster
This method creates a new PRTaxMas record after prompting for the TaxType. Certain fields are initialized on create depending on which TaxType is being created. This method replaces the standard GetNewPRTaxMas() method Parameters Name ds taxType String Type Description The PayrollTax data set Payroll Tax Master's Tax Type for new record
SetFilingDescription
This method uses the PRTaxDtl.FileStatus field to determine the PRTaxDtl.FileStatusDesc if there exists another PRTaxDtl with the same FileStatus for the same TaxTblID Parameters Name ds Type Description The PayrollTax data set
SetW2State
This method sets the W2State to the first 2 digits of the TaxTblId when the taxType = "SIT" if the W2State is blank Parameters Name ds Type Description The PayrollTax data set
1528
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
PayType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PayType: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewPayType
GetNewPayTLbr
GetNewPayTLbrEGLC
GetNewPayTypeEGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1529
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
ChangeIncomeTax
Performs required logic when PayType.IncomeTaxCode is modified. Parameters Name ipIncomeTaxCode ds Type String Description Proposed input value of Income Tax Code PayType data set
DeletePayTLbr
Deletes records with appropriate Type Id and Expence Code Parameters Name cPayTypeID cExpenseCode Type String String Description The PayType IDproposed from operation code The Expence Code
PBGInvoice
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PBGInvoice: This business object contains 14 methods.
GetNewPBGInvcHead
GetNewPBGInvcBdn
1530
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetNewPBGInvcDtlFF
GetNewPBGInvcDtlTC
GetNewPBInvoicedAmt
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1531
M-R
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ApproveInvoice
ApproveInvoice. Parameters Name ipProjectID askWarning warnMessage ds Type String Boolean String@ Invoice DataSet Description The ProjectID.
GetDataByProjectID
Custom GetRows method to retrieve data by ProjectID and ConInvMeth. Parameters Name ipProjectID ipConInvMeth Returns The PBGInvoice DataSet Type String String Description The ProjectID. The ConInvMeth.
1532
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
PBillSchSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PBillSchSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPBillSch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1533
M-R
UpdateExt
PBSchWrkSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PBSchWrkSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPBSchWrk
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1534
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
PCashCloseDay
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PCashCloseDay: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewPCashBal
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1535
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
ClosePettyCashDay
PCashDesk
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PCashDesk: This business object contains 25 methods.
GetNewPCashDesk
GetNewPCashDeskAttch
GetNewPCashDeskAuth
GetNewPCashDeskOpr
GetNewEntityGLC
1536
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1537
M-R
GetCodeDescList
ChangePCashDeskCurrencyCode
Method to call when changing the currency code. Parameters Name proposedCurrencyCode ds Type String Description The proposed currency code The PCashDesk data set
ChangePCashDeskEntrustedCashier
Method to call when changing the entrusted cashier. Parameters Name proposedEntrustedCashier ds Type String Description The proposed entrusted cashier The PCashDesk data set
ChangePCashDeskInitPayrollBal
Method to call when changing the initial payroll balance. Parameters Name proposedInitPayrollBal docOrBase ds Type Decimal String Description The proposed initial payroll balance Was the base amount (Base) or doc amount (Doc) changed The PCashDesk data set
ChangePCashDeskInitTotalBal
Method to call when changing the initial balance.
1538
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name proposedInitTotalBal docOrBase ds Type Decimal String Description The proposed initial balance Was the base amount (Base) or doc amount (Doc) changed The PCashDesk data set
ChangePCashDeskOpenedFrom
Method to call when changing the initial balances date. Parameters Name proposedOpenedFrom ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed opened from date The PCashDesk data set
ChangePCashDeskOprOprTypeCode
Method to call when changing the operation type code. Parameters Name proposedOprTypeCode ds Type String Description The proposed operation type code The PCashDesk data set
ChangePCashDeskOprTranDocTypeID
Method to call when changing the tran doc type id. Parameters Name proposedTranDocTypeID ds Type String Description The proposed tran doc type id The PCashDesk data set
ChangePCashDeskRateGrpCode
Method to call when changing the rate group code. Parameters Name proposedRateGrpCode Type String Description The proposed rate group code
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1539
M-R
Name ds
Type
Description The PCashDesk data set
ChangePCashDeskReportTranDocType
Method to call when changing the report tran document type. Parameters Name proposedReportTranDocType ds Type String Description The proposed report tran document type The PCashDesk data set
GetCashDeskBalance
Get overall balance for defined Cash Desk Parameters Name ipCashDeskID ds Type String Description Cash Desk ID The PCashDeskTracker data set
GetCashDeskBalHist
Get day balances for defined Cash Desk Parameters Name ipCashDeskID ipFromDate ipToDate ipIncludeDrafts ipPayrollOnly ds Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Boolean Boolean Description Cash Desk ID From Date To Date Include Drafts Payroll Only The PCashDeskTracker data set
GetCashDeskDocsHist
Get documents for defined Cash Desk and Date Parameters Name ipCashDeskID Type String Description Cash Desk ID
1540
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name ipDate ipDirection ds
Type Nullable{System.DateTime} String
Description To Date To Date The PCashDeskTracker data set
checkSecurity
PCashEntry
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PCashEntry: This business object contains 35 methods.
GetNewPCashDoc
GetNewPCashDocAttch
GetNewBankTran
GetNewBankTranTGLC
GetNewPCashDocTGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1541
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
1542
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Type String
Description
CalcTaxes
AssignLegalNumber
Assigns a legal number to the customer shipment. Parameters Name ipCashDeskID ipReferenceNum ds opLegalNumMsg Returns The Customer Shipment data set String@ Legal number message Type String Int32 Description Cash Desk ID Cash Doc Reference Num
CreateLine
Call this method before calling other business objects like Cash Receipts, PaymentEntry, Bank Adjustment etc. This method creates the CashBDtl record and any other records required to call the business object.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1543
M-R
Parameters Name ipCashDeskID ipReferenceNum ipLineType opGroupID opLineNum Type String Int32 String String@ Int32@ Description Identifier of Cash Desk Petty Cash document number Line type Line type Line type
GetLegalNumGenOpts
Returns the legal number generation options. Parameters Name ipCashDeskID ipReferenceNum opPromptForNum Type String Int32 Boolean@ Description Cash Desk ID Cash Doc Reference Num Prompt for the number
GetNewBankTranForPCashDoc
Alternate routine to load the Bank Fee Parameters Name inCashDeskID inReferenceNum ds Type String Int32 Description Cash Desk ID Cash Desk Reference Number The Petty Cash Entry data set
GetNewPCashDocByType
Creates a new PCashDoc record based on the add new option selected. Parameters Name inCashDeskID inNewType Type String String Description The cash desk id selected The type of new option selected. Valid types are CR-DOC Cash Receipt Document. CI-DOC - Cash Issue Document. CR-DRAFT - Cash Receipt Draft. CI-DRAFT - Cash Issue Draft
1544
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name inDocDate ds
Type
Description
Nullable{System.DateTime} Document Date. If null the default of today is use. PCashEntry data set.
OnChangeBankTranBankFeeID
Validate for a Correct Bank Fee Code Parameters Name inBankFeeID ds Type String Description Bank Fee Code The Petty Cash Entry data set
OnChangeBankTranTaxAmt
Call method when the user changes the Tax Amt in Tax screen. Parameters Name inAmtType inTaxAmt ds Type String Decimal Description Indicate which of the amount is changed. Valid values are: 'B' for Base Amount and 'D' for Doc Amount Proposed taxable amount value The Petty Cash Entry data set
OnChangeBankTranTaxCode
Call method when the user changes the Tax ID in Tax maintainence. Parameters Name inTaxCode ds Type String Description Proposed Tax ID The PCashEntry data set
OnChangeBankTranTaxPercent
Call method when the user changes the Tax Percent. Parameters Name inPercent ds Type Decimal Description Proposed taxable amount value The Petty Cash Entry data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1545
M-R
OnChangeBankTranTaxRateCode
This method updates the dataset when the RateCode field changes Parameters Name inRateCode ds Type String Description Proposed RateCode value The PaymentEntry data set
OnChangeBankTranTaxTaxableAmt
Call method when the user changes the Taxable Amt in Tax screen. Parameters Name inAmtType inTaxableAmt ds Type String Decimal Description Indicate which of the amount is changed. Valid values are: 'B' for Base Amount and 'D' for Doc Amount Proposed taxable amount value The PCashEntry data set
OnChangeBankTranTranAmt
This method updates the BankTran amounts when the adjustment amount changes or the currency switch toggles. Parameters Name ipTranAmtType Type String Description Indicate which of the transaction amount is changed. Valid values are: 'B' for Base Tran Amount and 'D' for Doc Tran Amount The proposed Transaction Amount The Petty Cash Entry data set
proposedTranAmt ds
Decimal
OnChangePCashDocApplyDate
Occurs when Apply Date is changed Parameters Name ipApplyDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description New Apply Date
1546
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OnChangePCashDocBankAcctID
Occurs when Bank Account ischanged Parameters Name ipBankAcctID ds Type String Description New Bank Acct ID
OnChangePCashDocCashAmt
This method updates the bank amounts when the cash amount changes Parameters Name inAmtType proposedCashAmt ds Type String Decimal Description Indicate which of the cash amount is changed. Valid values are: 'B' for Base Cash Amount and 'D' for Doc Cash Amount The proposed Transaction Amount The Petty Cash Entry data set
OnChangePCashDocCashDeskIDTransfer
Occurs when Cash Desk ID Transfer is changed Parameters Name ipCashDeskIDTransfer ds Type String Description New Cash Desk ID Num
OnChangePCashDocCustID
Occurs when Customer is changed Parameters Name ipCustomerID ds Type String Description New Customer ID
OnChangePCashDocEmployeeNum
Occurs when Employee is changed
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1547
M-R
Parameters Name ipEmployeeNum ds Type String Description New Employee Num
OnChangePCashDocOprType
Occurs when Operation type was changed Parameters Name ipOprTypeCode ds Type String Description New Operation type code
OnChangePCashDocVendorID
Occurs when Vendor is changed Parameters Name ipVendorID ds Type String Description New Vendor ID
UpdatePCashDoc
Call this method after calling other business objects like Cash Receipts, PaymentEntry, Bank Adjustment etc. This method updates the PCashDoc record with the data from other business objects. Parameters Name pCashDeskID pReferenceNum Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.PCashEntryDataSet Type String Int32 Description Cash Desk ID Cash Desk reference number
PCashOprType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PCashOprType: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewPCashOprType
1548
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1549
M-R
GetCodeDescList
ChangeDirection
Method to call when changing the operation type direction. Parameters Name proposedDirection ds Type String Description The proposed direction The PCashOprType data set
ChangeOprClass
Method to call when changing the operation class. Parameters Name proposedOprClass ds Type String Description The proposed operation class The PCashOprType data set
ChangeRecPayerType
Method to call when changing the payer type. Parameters Name proposedRecPayerType ds Type String Description The proposed payer type The PCashOprType data set
1550
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
PcConData
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PcConData: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewPcConData
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1551
M-R
UpdateExt
ChangeTypeCode
This method validates and populates the TypeCode Parameters Name iProposedTypeCode ds Type String Description Proposed Type Code The PcConData data set
PcConType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PcConType: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPcConType
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1552
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
PeLogViewer
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PeLogViewer: This business object contains 9 methods. This procedure supposed to delete old logging file. (pelog.txt)
GetPostModeList
Returns list of posting modes
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1553
M-R
GetLoggingList
Returns list of posting modes
GetValidList
Returns RJ
CheckLogging
Turn On/Off PE logging Returns LogMessage
SetLogging
Turn On/Off PE logging Parameters Name turnOn Type Int32 Description valid review journal
IsLogging
Return True if Logging is Turn On Returns Is Logging
GetList
Returns a list of rows that satisfy the where clause. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages ds Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description An expression used to filter the rows. Can be left blank for all rows. The maximum number of rows to return. Leave as zero for no maximum. Page of rows to return. Whether there are more pages of rows available. The PeLogDataSet. This procedure should populate this dataset with the info.
1554
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetPELogInfo
This function should return dataset containing logging infromation about requested posting process Parameters Name inActType inPostDate inGroupID inRJ inValid inPostMode ds Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} String Int32 String String Description Act type name Posting Date posting group id review journal number valid review journal posting process mode The PeLogDataSet. This procedure should populate this dataset with the info.
PerCon
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PerCon: This business object contains 20 methods.
GetNewPerCon
GetNewPerConAttch
GetNewPerConLnk
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1555
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetPerConGlobalFields
ChangeGlobalPerCon
Method to call when changing the GlobalPerCon on a PerCon. Parameters Name ipGlobalPerCon ds Type Boolean Description The proposed GlobalPerCon value. The PerCon data set.
1556
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ChangePerConLnk
. Parameters Name ipNewPerConID ipPerConID ipContextLink ipLinkSysRowID ds Type Int32 Int32 String String Description New PerConID. Current PerConID. ContextLink. LinkSysRowID. The PerCon data set.
CheckDupPerCon
This method checks the Name, FirstName and LastName fields to see if there are any duplicate contacts. A ListDataSet will be returned to the user of any duplicates asking if the user wants to continue. Needs to be run before Update on a NEW record only. Parameters Name vName vSysRowID Type String String Description The name of the contact. SysRowID field of the PerCon record.
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.PerConListDataSet
DefaultName
This method populates the detail fields from PerCon.Name when targetName = "Detail". When targetField = "Name", then the PerCon.Name is built from the detail fields. Parameters Name targetField perConID ds Type String Int32 Description Indicates which fields to populate either "Detail" or "Name" PerCon.PerConID The PerCon data set
GetGlbPerConList
This method returns the GlbPerCon dataset based on a delimited list of GlbPerConID values passed in.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1557
M-R
Parameters Name glbPerConIDList Returns The GlbPerCon data set Type String Description Delimited list of GlbPerConID values
GetPerConForLink
This returns the PerCon dataset for linking. Parameters Name ipPerConID Returns The PerCon data set Type Int32 Description Global PerConID field on the GlbPerCon record to link
LinkGlbPerCon
This method performs the actual logic behind linking a PerCon. It is run after the PreLinkGlbPerCon method which determines the PerConID to link to. If the PerConID is for a PerCon that already exists, the GlbPerCon information is translated and then copied to the PerConDataSet as an update. If the PerConID is for a new PerCon, the GlbPerCon information is translated and then copied to the PerConDataSet as an Add. Until the update method is run on PerCon record the Link process is not completed. Parameters Name glbCompany glbPerConID ds ds1 Type String Int32 Description Global Company field on the GlbPerCon record to link Global PerConID field on the GlbPerCon record to link The GlbPerCon data set The PerCon data set
PreLinkGlbPerCon
Linking a GlbPerCon record ties a global record to a new or existing PerCon record so that any changes made to the GlbPerCon record in another company are automatically copied to any linked PerCon's. This method performs the pre link logic to check of okay to link or get the new PerConID to create/link to. Will be run before LinkGlbPerCon which actually creates/updates a PerCon record and will send the modified record back for update. When the Link "button" is originally selected, the LinkPerConID will be defaulted to the GlbPerConID field. It will then check to see if this PerConID is available for use. If available for use the system will return a question asking the user if they want to use this number. If the answer is no, then the user either needs to select an existing PerConID to link to or enter a brand new number. You will run this method until the user answer is yes. Then the LinkGlbPerCon method is called.
1558
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name glbCompany glbPerConID checkDuplicate ds vMessage String@ Type String Int32 Boolean Description Global Company field on the GlbPerCon record to link Global PerConID field on the GlbPerCon record to link checkDuplicate The GlbPerCon data set Returns a message the user needs to respond yes or no to. If the user answers no, then they need to update the LinkPerConID field and then run this method again to test the new PerConID they want to link to
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.PerConListDataSet
SkipGlbPerCon
This method performs the logic behind the skip option for GlbPerCon Skip - sets the Skipped flag to true. If the PerConID field is not 0 will error out Parameters Name glbCompany glbPerConID ds Type String Int32 Description Global Company field on the GlbPerCon record to skip Global PerConID field on the GlbPerCon record to skip The Global PerCon data set
UnlinkGlbPerCon
This method performs the logic behind the unlink option for GlbPerCon Unlink - clears the PerConID field in GlbPerCon. Returns the PerCon DataSet Parameters Name glbCompany glbPerConID ds Returns The PerCon data set Type String Int32 Description Global Company field on the GlbPerCon record to unlink Global PerConID field on the GlbPerCon record to unlink The Global PerCon data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1559
M-R
PerConLnkSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PerConLnkSearch: This business object contains 2 methods.
GetList
This methods will return all of the PerConLnkSearch records which will be a subset of the PerCon records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method but since we are populating a temp table (PerConLnkSearch) we need our own public method. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The where clause to restrict data for. The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
Returns The PerConLnkSearch list data set
GetRows
This methods will return all of the PerConLnkSearch records which will be a subset of the PerCon records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method but since we are populating a temp table (PerConLnkSearch) we need our own public method. Parameters Name whereClausePerConSearch whereClausePerConLnkSearch pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The PerConLnkSearch data set Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The where clause to restrict data for The where clause to restrict data for The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
Periodicity
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Periodicity: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewPeriodicity
1560
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1561
M-R
GetCodeDescList
existplant
FindCustNum
Returns the CustNum and Customer Name. Parameters Name inCustID outCustNum outCustName Type String Int32@ String@ Description The CustID to get the CustNum for The CustNum for The Customer Name for
findVendorNum
1562
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Person
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Person: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPerson
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1563
M-R
UpdateExt
PickedOrders
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PickedOrders: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewPickedOrders
GetNewMtlQueue
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1564
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
GetOrdersWithNoPickingLines
This method creates the packing slip for the selected picked order Parameters Name plant whseCode Returns The PickedOrders data set Type String String Description Picked Order Plant Picked Order Warehouse (optional)
PipeLine
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PipeLine: This business object contains 10 methods.
BuildPipeLine
Call this method to build the Pipeline grid for a Salesperson. Parameters Name pdtFromFilterDate pdtToFilterDate piFiscalYear piFiscalPeriod Returns The PipeLine data set Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Int32 Int32 Description From Filter Date To Filter Date Fiscal Year Fiscal Period
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1565
M-R
CompanyActualQuota
Company Actual Quota. Parameters Name piFiscalYear pcFiscalYearSuffix piFiscalPeriod pdtFromFilterDate pdtToFilterDate ds Type Int32 String Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Fiscal Period From Filter Date To Filter Date The PipeLineTotals data set
GetComboValues
Call this method to get list of Region, Territory and Sales Rep There are three levels of access: View All: This is enabled when the user's SalesRepID has 'View Company Pipeline' turned on in Workforce Maintenance. Can view aggregate totals of Actuals by Company, Region, Territory or SalesRep for ALL regions, territories, salesreps in the company Sales Manager: This is enabled when the user's SalesRepID is entered as the Sales Manager for one or more Regions in Sales Region Maintenance. Can view aggregate totals of Actuals by Region, Territory or SalesRep for the regions for which they are Sales Manager In this situation: pcTypeList contains Region, Territory, SalesManager and SalesRep pcRegionList contains the Regions for which the current user is Sales Manager pcTerritoryList contains the territories for their Regions pcSalesRepList contains only the SalesReps that "Report To" the current user Sales Rep: This is the level of access granted when neither of the other two levels apply. Can view only their own totals, and NOT aggregated by Region, or Territory In this situation: pcTypeList contains only the "SalesRep" choice pcRegionList and pcTerritoryList are empty pcSalesRepList contains only the SalesRep associated with the current user Parameters Name pcActualsType pcRegionList pcTerritoryList pcSalesRepList Type String String@ String@ String@ Description Type (aggregation-level). One of: Company, Region, Territory, SalesManager, SalesRep Delimited list of regions Delimited list of territory Delimited list of sales rep
GetDates
This method returns the initial default values for FiscalYear and FiscalPeriod and From and To FilterDate. Parameters Name piFiscalYear Type Int32@ Description Fiscal Year
1566
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name pcFiscalYearSuffix piFiscalPeriod pdtFromFilterDate pdtToFilterDate
Type String@ Int32@ Nullable{System.DateTime}@ Nullable{System.DateTime}@
Description Fiscal Year Suffix piFiscal Period From Filter Date To Filter Date
GetQuarter
This method returns the Fiscal Quarter for given Company and FiscalPeriod. Parameters Name piFiscalYear pcFiscalYearSuffix piFiscalPeriod piFiscalQtr Type Int32 String Int32 Int32@ Description Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Fiscal Period Fiscal Quarter
GetTypeList
Call this method to get list of Region, Territory and Sales Rep There are three levels of access: View All: This is enabled when the user's SalesRepID has 'View Company Pipeline' turned on in Workforce Maintenance. Can view aggregate totals of Actuals by Company, Region, Territory or SalesRep for ALL regions, territories, salesreps in the company Sales Manager: This is enabled when the user's SalesRepID is entered as the Sales Manager for one or more Regions in Sales Region Maintenance. Can view aggregate totals of Actuals by Region, Territory or SalesRep for the regions for which they are Sales Manager In this situation: pcTypeList contains Region, Territory, SalesManager and SalesRep pcRegionList contains the Regions for which the current user is Sales Manager pcTerritoryList contains the territories for their Regions pcSalesRepList contains only the SalesReps that "Report To" the current user Sales Rep: This is the level of access granted when neither of the other two levels apply. Can view only their own totals, and NOT aggregated by Region, or Territory In this situation: pcTypeList contains only the "SalesRep" choice pcRegionList and pcTerritoryList are empty pcSalesRepList contains only the SalesRep associated with the current user Parameters Name pcTypeList Type String@ Description Delimited list of aggregation-levels (Actuals Types)
RegionActualQuota
This method displays the Regional Actual Quota Parameters Name pcSalesRepCode Type String Description SalesRep Code
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1567
M-R
Name pcRegionCode piFiscalYear pcFiscalYearSuffix piFiscalPeriod pdtFromFilterDate pdtToFilterDate ds
Type String Int32 String Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime}
Description Region Code Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Fiscal Period From Filter Date To Filter Date The PipeLineTotals data set
SalesManagerActualQuota
This method displays Sales Manager Actual Quota. Parameters Name pcSalesRepCode piFiscalYear pcFiscalYearSuffix piFiscalPeriod pdtFromFilterDate pdtToFilterDate ds Type String Int32 String Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Description SalesRep Code Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Fiscal Period From Filter Date To Filter Date The PipeLineTotals data set
SalesRepActualQuota
This method displays Sales Rep's Actual Quota. Parameters Name pcSalesRepCode pcTerritoryID piFiscalYear pcFiscalYearSuffix piFiscalPeriod pdtFromFilterDate pdtToFilterDate ds Type String String Int32 String Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Description SalesRep Code Territory ID Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Fiscal Period From Filter Date To Filter Date The PipeLineTotals data set
1568
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
TerritoryActualQuota
This method displays Territory Actual Quota Parameters Name pcSalesRepCode pcTerritoryID piFiscalYear pcFiscalYearSuffix piFiscalPeriod pdtFromFilterDate pdtToFilterDate ds Type String String Int32 String Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Description SalesRep Code Territory ID Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix Fiscal Period From Filter Date To Filter Date The PipeLineTotals data set
PIStatus
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PIStatus: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewPIStatus
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1569
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
PIType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PIType: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewPIType
DeleteByID
GetByID
1570
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
OnChangeDefault
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1571
M-R
OnChangePIScope
This method should be called to set GLStage for PIScope. Parameters Name ipPIType ipPIScopeNew ds Type String Int32 Description PI Type. New PI Type Scope. PI Type data set.
PlanningWB
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PlanningWB: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPartSug
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1572
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
Plant
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Plant: This business object contains 17 methods.
GetNewPlant
GetNewPlantAttch
GetNewPlantEGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1573
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ETCAfterAddrVal
After the tax integration has been called, update the Plant address if it was changed. Parameters Name ds ds1 plantID String Type Description The Plant data set The ETCAddrValidation data set Plant.Plant
1574
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ETCValidateAddress
Call tax integration and loads temp tables from the results. Parameters Name plantID statusFlag errorFlag errorMsg Type String Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Description Plant.Plant Set to true if the integration is up, false if down. If true, an error occured. If Error Flag is true, this is the associated message.
Returns The ETCAddrValidation data set This Method Get all Companies Plants Returns Plant List dataset.
GetCompleteList
This method is the same as GetList(), except that it causes a bypass of the call to removeUnauthorizedRows. It is to be used only in the situations where the user is allowed to see Plants for which they are not authorized, such as in this example from Vantage Help for Multi-Plant Management: The selection list for Plants will include all Plants for the To option when creating Plant to Plant transfers. However, when receiving a Plant to Plant transfer the user must be authorized to the receiving Plant. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Plant List dataset. Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Returns TRUE if there are more pages. Description (optional)Additional Where conditions.
GetDisabledFields
This method will send a list of fields to be disabled on the UI side if either the Multi-Plant or Advanced Planning and Scheduling license is not available or MRP, data collection and field service. Parameters Name disabledList Type String@ Description Returns the list of fields to be disabled
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1575
M-R
IsAuthorizedForPlant
IsAuthorizedForPlant determines whether the logged user is allowed to access a specific plant Parameters Name plantID isValid Type String Boolean@ Description The plant ID parameter. True if authorized for that plant, false if plant does not exist, and throws an exception if not authorized
OnChangeOfCalendarID
This method validates the CalendarID Parameters Name calendarID ds Type String Description Proposed Calendar ID field The Plant data set
PlantCostIDChanged
This method should be called anytime the PlantCostID is changed when updating a plant record (this method does not need to be called when adding a record). This method returns message text to present to the user in question form. The question informs the user Plant General Ledger Cost values will need to be updated, do they wish to continue with this change. Parameters Name pcQuestion Type String@ Description Question message passed back from the business logic.
PlantConfCtrl
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PlantConfCtrl: This business object contains 38 methods.
GetNewPlantConfCtrl
GetNewPlantConfCtrlAttch
GetNewPlantConfABC
1576
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetNewPlantMFBill
GetNewPlantShared
GetNewPlntTranDef
GetNewEntityGLC
GetNewPltUPSEmail
GetNewPlantConfCtrlEGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1577
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
CheckApprovalDefaults
Checks if a workflow group already exists for any of the selected options. If yes, returns a message asking if the defaults should be rebuilt Parameters Name ds cQuestionText String@ Question to display to the user Type Description
CreateApprovalDefaults
Creates default records needed for time and expense approvals.
1578
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds cReturnText String@ Text to display to the user Type Description
GetCompleteList
This method is the same as GetList(), except that it causes a bypass of the call to removeUnauthorizedRows. It is to be used only in the situations where the user is allowed to see Plants for which they are not authorized, such as in this example from Vantage Help for Multi-Plant Management: The selection list for Plants will include all Plants for the To option when creating Plant to Plant transfers. However, when receiving a Plant to Plant transfer the user must be authorized to the receiving Plant. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Plant List dataset. Creates a record in the DfltApprTasksParams DataSet so the user can choose what default tasks are created Returns Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Returns TRUE if there are more pages. Description (optional)Additional Where conditions.
GetDisabledFields
This method will send a list of fields to be disabled on the UI side if either the Multi-Plant or Advanced Planning and Scheduling license is not available or MRP, data collection and field service. Parameters Name disabledList Type String@ Description Returns the list of fields to be disabled
IsAuthorizedForPlant
IsAuthorizedForPlant Parameters Name plantID Type String Description Plant ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1579
M-R
Name isValid
Type Boolean@
Description Flag that indicates if the Plant is authorized
OnChangeOfAbcCode
Parameters Name ds ipABCCode String Type Description PlantConf data set Plant ABC code
OnChangeOfCCProdCal
This method validates CCProdCal Parameters Name calendarID ds Type String Description Proposed Cycle Count Calendar ID field The Plant Confif Control data set
OnChangeOfExpenseApprovalReqd
This method resets default values when ExpenseApprovalReqd changes Parameters Name ipApprovalRequired ds Type Boolean Description Proposed ExpenseApprovalReqd field The Plant Confif Control data set
OnChangeOfExpenseRestrictEntry
This method resets default values when ExpenseRestrictEntry changes Parameters Name ipRestrictEntry ds Type Boolean Description Proposed ExpenseRestrictEntry field The Plant Confif Control data set
1580
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OnChangeOfLowLvlSerialTrk
Parameters Name ipLLSerTrk ds Type Int32 Description PlantConfCtrl.LowLvlSerialTrk The Plant data set
OnChangeOfMaintTmpJobNum
This method should be called when Equip.TemplateJobNum changes. Parameters Name ipJobNum ds Type String Description Job Num PlantConf data set
OnChangeOfPcntTolerance
Parameters Name ipPcntTolerance Type Decimal Description Percentage Tolerance
OnChangeOfQtyTolerance
Parameters Name ipQtyTolerance Type Decimal Description Quantity Tolerance Value
OnChangeOfSerialTracking
This method validates SerialTracking Parameters Name ipSerialTracking ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Serial Tracking field The Plant Confif Control data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1581
M-R
OnChangeOfStockValPcnt
Parameters Name ipStockValPcnt Type Decimal Description Stock Value Percent
OnChangeOfTimeApprovalReqd
This method resets default values when TimeApprovalReqd changes Parameters Name ipApprovalRequired ds Type Boolean Description Proposed TimeApprovalReqd field The Plant Confif Control data set
OnChangeOfTimeRestrictEntry
This method resets default values when TimeRestrictEntry changes Parameters Name ipRestrictEntry ds Type Boolean Description Proposed TimeRestrictEntry field The Plant Confif Control data set
OnChangeOfValueTolerance
Parameters Name ipValTolerance Type Decimal Description Value of tolerance
ResourceTransfer
Plant Resource Transfers allow you to create new plants from the resources available in current plants. Once resources are moved to a new plant, they are no longer available in their previous plant. Parameters Name pcPlant pcRemotePlant Type String String Description The plant from where you want to move the resources The plant where you want to move the resources
1582
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name pcWrkCenterList pcWareHseList plExecuteTransfer pcMessage cTransferLog
Type String String Boolean String@ String@
Description The delimited list of Work centers that you want to transfer to the remote plant The delimited list of warehouses that you want to transfer to the remote plant Yes will update the records. No will run a simulation Non error, informational message passed back from the business logic. The parameter that is sent to PlantTranferRsrcTestReport
SetUPSQVEnable
SetUPSQVEnable Parameters Name ipQVEnable ds Type Boolean Description logical indicating if the quantum view is to enabled/disabled The Plant data set
ValidatePayBTFlag
ValidatePayBTFlag Parameters Name ipPayBTFlag Type String Description requested pay bt flag to edit
PlantCost
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PlantCost: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewPlantCost
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1583
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
PreUpdatePlantCost
This method will return a message/question for the user to answer before continuing with the update. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name ds opMessage String@ Question for the user to confirm FIFO Layer status Type Description
1584
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
PlantTranSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PlantTranSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPlantTran
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1585
M-R
UpdateExt
PlantWhseSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PlantWhseSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewPlantWhseSearch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1586
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
GetListAAM
This procedure should return the same list of warehouses as the buildWhseList procedure in CustShip.p does. Parameters Name i_PartNum pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Part number that we're building the warehouse list for Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.PlantWhseSearchListDataSet
PO
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PO: This business object contains 90 methods.
GetNewPOHeader
GetNewPOHeaderAttch
GetNewPODetail
GetNewPODetailAttch
GetNewPORel
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1587
M-R
GetNewPORelTGLC
GetNewPODetailInsp
GetNewPOMisc
GetNewPOHeadMisc
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1588
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1589
M-R
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
GetCodeDescList
ChangeApproveSwitch
Invoke this method when the Approve switch on the summary screen changes. Parameters Name approveValue violationMsg ds Type Boolean String@ Description Was PO approved? Yes/No The message contains error text The Purchase Order data set
ChangeContractUOM
Call this method when the PODetail.ContractQtyUOM changes.
1590
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name newUOM ds Type String Description New UOM The Purchase Order data set
ChangeCountry
Changes country Parameters Name ds Type Description The Purchase Order data set
ChangeCurrencyCode
Run this method when the currency code changes on the poheader. This method will pull in the exchange rate. Parameters Name iCurrencyCode ds Type String Description Currency Code The Purchase Order data set
ChangeCurrencySwitch
Run this method when the currency toggle changes on the POHeadeMisc. It will update the currency symbol. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Purchase Order data set
ChangeDetailAssemblySeq
Invoke when assembly on the detail sheet changes. It will validate the release and zero out the JobSeq. Parameters Name newAsmSeq ds Type Int32 Description New Assembly to be tested The Purchase Order data set
ChangeDetailCalcOurQty
Run this method when our quantity on the detail changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1591
M-R
Parameters Name newCalcOurQty ds Type Decimal Description New Quantity The Purchase Order data set
ChangeDetailCalcVendQty
Run this method when supplier quantity on the detail changes. Parameters Name newCalcVendQty ds Type Decimal Description New Quantity The Purchase Order data set
ChangeDetailIUM
Call this method when the IUM changes on the PODetail. Parameters Name newIUM ds Type String Description New IUM The Purchase Order data set
ChangeDetailJobNum
This method is used when the jobnumber on the detail screen changes . Parameters Name newJobNum ds Type String Description New Job Number The Purchase Order data set
ChangeDetailJobSeq
Invoke when Job/mtl sequence on the Detail sheet changes. I Parameters Name newJobSeqNum ds Type Int32 Description New job/mtl seq to be tested The Purchase Order data set
1592
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ChangeDetailMangCust
Run this method when MangCustID on the detail changes. Parameters Name newMangCust ds Type String Description New MangCustID The Purchase Order data set
ChangeDetailMfgNum
Call this method when the MfgNum changes on the PODetail. Parameters Name newMfgNum ds Type Int32 Description New MfgNum The Purchase Order data set
ChangeDetailMfgPartNum
Call this method when the MfgPartNum changes on the PODetail. Parameters Name newMfgPartNum ds Type String Description New MfgPartNum The Purchase Order data set
ChangeDetailOrderLine
Call this method when the OrderLine changes on the PODetail. Parameters Name ipOrderLine ds Type Int32 Description New OrderLine The Purchase Order data set
ChangeDetailOrderNum
Call this method when the OrderNum changes on the PODetail.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1593
M-R
Parameters Name ipOrderNum ds Type Int32 Description New OrderNum The Purchase Order data set
ChangeDetailPartClass
Run this method when the partnumber on the detail screen changes . Parameters Name newClassID ds Type String Description New Class ID The Purchase Order data set
ChangeDetailPartNum
Run this method when the partnumber on the detail screen changes . Parameters Name newPartNum sysRowID rowType isSubstitute multipleMatch ds Type String@ String String Boolean Boolean@ Description New Part Number Sys Row ID for match (conflict resolution only) Row Type for match (conflict resolution only) True whether it is a Substitute Part Returns whether multiple matches were found. The Purchase Order data set
ChangeDetailPUM
Call this method when the PUM changes on the PODetail. Parameters Name newPUM ds Type String Description New PUM The Purchase Order data set
ChangeDetailTranType
Call this method when the TranType (LineType) changes on the PODetail. It will update the price on the release
1594
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name newTranType ds Type String Description New Transaction Type The Purchase Order data set
ChangeExpAcct
This method sets the flag in PORelTGLC that indicates if the account has been overridden from the default. Parameters Name proposedAccountNum inTGLCTranNum ds Type String Int32 Description The proposed account number The TGLCTranNum of the PORelTGLC record to be checked The Purchase Order data set
ChangePOHeadMiscCode
Run this method when the misc code is changed on the POHeadMisc. It will recalaculate amounts. Parameters Name newMiscCode ds Type String Description The code of misc charge The Purchase Order data set
ChangePOHeadMiscPrcnt
Run this method when the percentage changes on the POHeadMisc. It will recalaculate doc and base amounts. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Purchase Order data set
ChangePOMiscCode
Run this method when the misc code is changed on the POMisc. It will recalaculate amounts. Parameters Name newMiscCode ds Type String Description The code of misc charge The Purchase Order data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1595
M-R
ChangePoMiscCurrSwitch
Run this method when the currency toggle changes on the POMisc. It will update the currency symbol and recalaculate doc and base amounts. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Purchase Order data set
ChangePOMiscPrcnt
Run this method when the percentage changes on the POMisc. It will recalaculate doc and base amounts. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Purchase Order data set
ChangePOType
This method should be invoked when the newPOType changes. Parameters Name newPOType ds Type String Description Proposed newPOType to be validated The Purchase Order data set
ChangePrcConNum
This method should be invoked when the PrcConNum changes. This method will validate the vendorCnt and pull in the new default information. Parameters Name prcConNum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed PrcConNum to be validated The Purchase Order data set
ChangePurPoint
Invoke this method to change the purchase point on the POHeader. This method will validate the PP and pull in default information.
1596
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name purPoint ds Type String Description New Purchase Point The Purchase Order data set
ChangeRelAssemblySeq
Invoke when assembly on the release sheet changes. It will validate the release and zero out the JobSeq. Parameters Name newAsmSeq ds Type Int32 Description New Assembly to be tested The Purchase Order data set
ChangeRelGlbCompany
This method should be called when the GlbCompany field on a po release changes. It will populate default values in PORel based on the new GlbCompany value. Parameters Name proposedGlbCompany ds Type String Description Proposed GlbCompany value The Purchase Order data set
ChangeRelGlbPlant
This method should be called when the GlbPlant field on a po release changes. It will populate default values in PORel based on the new GlbPlant value. Parameters Name proposedGlbPlant ds Type String Description Proposed GlbPlant value The Purchase Order data set
ChangeRelGlbWarehouse
This method should be called when the GlbWarehouse field on a po release changes. It will populate default values in PORel based on the new GlbWarehouse value. Parameters Name proposedGlbWarehouse Type String Description Proposed GlbCompany value
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1597
M-R
Name ds
Type
Description The Purchase Order data set
ChangeRelIUM
Call this method when the IUM changes on the PORel. Parameters Name newIUM ds Type String Description New IUM The Purchase Order data set
ChangeRelJobNum
Purpose: Invoke after the jobnumber has changed either on the release sheet . Parameters Name newJobNum ds Type String Description New Job Number The Purchase Order data set
ChangeRelJobSeq
Invoke when Job/mtl sequence on the release sheet changes. It will validate the release and zero out the JobSeq. Parameters Name newJobSeqNum ds Type Int32 Description New job/mtl seq to be tested The Purchase Order data set
ChangeRelJobSeqWarning
Gets specified material or operation record and changes the warning message. Parameters Name ipTranType ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq ipNewJobSeq ipPODtlPartNum Type String String Int32 Int32 String Description Transaction Type Job Number Assembly Sequence Job Sequence Part Number
1598
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name opWrnMsg
Type String@
Description Warning Message to be displayed to the user
ChangeRelMangCust
Run this method when MangCustID on the release changes. Parameters Name newMangCust ds Type String Description New MangCustID The Purchase Order data set
ChangeRelOrderLine
Call this method when the OrderLine changes on the PORel. Parameters Name ipOrderLine ds Type Int32 Description New OrderLine The Purchase Order data set
ChangeRelOrderNum
Call this method when the OrderNum changes on the PORel. Parameters Name ipOrderNum ds Type Int32 Description New OrderNum The Purchase Order data set
ChangeRelOrderRelNum
Call this method when the OrderRelNum changes on the PORel. Parameters Name ipOrderRelNum ds opWrnMsg String@ Type Int32 Description New OrderRelNum The Purchase Order data set Warning Message to be displayed to the user
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1599
M-R
ChangeRelOurQty
This should be run after OurQty (PORel.XRelQty) changed on the PO release. Parameters Name newOurQty ds opWarningMsg String@ Type Decimal Description New quantity to be tested The Purchase Order data set BTO Warning message.
ChangeRelPUM
Call this method when the PUM changes on the PORel. Parameters Name newPUM ds Type String Description New PUM The Purchase Order data set
ChangeRelVendQty
This should be run after VendorQty (PORel.RelQty) changed on the PO release. Parameters Name newVendQty ds opWarningMsg String@ Type Decimal Description New quantity to be tested The Purchase Order data set BTO Warning message.
ChangeTranType
Call this method when the TranType (LineType) changes on the POREL. ExpAccount will change Parameters Name newTranType ds Type String Description New transaction type The Purchase Order data set
ChangeUnitPrice
Calculates the UnitPrice or DocUnitPrice depending of the Currency Switch.
1600
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds Type Description The Purchase Order data set
ChangeVendor
This method should be invoked when the vendor ID changes. This method will validate the vendor and pull in the new default vendor information. 1. Validate Vendor ID / Vendor Num 2. check for inactive vendor 3. check Vendor for Approved flag 4. check item(s) for conficts with AprvVend Parameters Name vendID ds Type String Description Proposed vendor ID to be validated The Purchase Order data set
CheckComplianceFail
Check for every release of the PO if it is compliant. Parameters Name poNum compliant Type Int32 Boolean@ Description Current PO Number. Indicates if the current PO is compliant.
CheckLOC
Checks outstanding amounts to limit on APLOC (if applicable) This should be called before updating POHeader, PODetail, POMisc, or POHeadMisc If limit is exceeded a string is returned asking the user if they want to override. Parameters Name opMsg ds Type String@ Description Any returned error message. The Purchase Order data set
CheckPONum
Method to call when entering proposed PO Number. This method will return two output variables. One is a logical field to indicate if the PO number entered is existing or not. The other variable is for the error message in case the proposed PO number is invalid.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1601
M-R
Parameters Name proposedPONum opFoundPO opMessage Type Int32 Boolean@ String@ Description The proposed PO Number Indicates if the proposed PO number is already existing. Error message for the user to see.
CheckProjectID
Validate Projec ID value Parameters Name ipProjectID ds Type String Description The Project ID value The Purchase Order data set
CheckRateGrpCode
Update Quote Detail information when the Part Number is changed. Parameters Name ipRateGrpCode ds Type String Description Currency Rate Group Code Quote dataset
CloseOrder
Filters up available open orders/lines Parameters Name poNum Returns The Purchase order data set Type Int32 Description The purchase order number
CloseOrderLine
Filters up available open lines
1602
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name poNum poLine Returns The Purchase order data set Type Int32 Int32 Description The purchase order number The purchase order line
CloseRelease
Run this method to close a release . Parameters Name poNum poLine poRelease Returns The Purchase order data set Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The purchase order number The purchase order line The purchase order release number
DuplicatePO
Duplicates PO Parameters Name poNum copyUnitCosts copyJobInfo newDueDate Returns The Purchase order data set Type Int32 Boolean Boolean Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The purchase order number Unit Costs Job Info new Due Date
GetAPLOCDescription
This method should be invoked when it is required to set the APLOC Description changes. Parameters Name poAPLOCID ds Type String Description Proposed newPOType to be validated The Purchase Order data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1603
M-R
GetCurrencyBase
GetGlbCompanyList
Returns a list of available companies to choose from for the Global Company field. Returns the list in code1`desc1~code2`desc2 format. Parameters Name glbCompanyList Type String@ Description The global company list
GetNewConsolidatedPO
Method to call when adding a Consolidated PO Parameters Name ds Type Description The PO data set
GetNewContractPO
Method to call when adding a Consolidated PO Parameters Name ds Type Description The PO data set
GetPartSubList
Public method to get the poapvmsg dataset. Parameters Name partNum pageSize absolutePage Type String Int32 Int32 Description The part number pageSize absolutePage
1604
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name morePages Returns The PartSubs data set
Type Boolean@
Description is there more Pages? Yes/No
GetPlantsForPart
Gets Plant for appropriate Part Parameters Name ipPartNum opPlantList Type String String@ Description Part Number Delimited list of plants for part
GetPOReceipts
Gets RcvDtl's and DropShipDtl's for a given PONum. Parameters Name ipPONum Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.POReceiptsDataSet. Type Int32 Description PONum.
PartStatusValidationMessages
The method is to be run on leave of the PartNum, Revision fields before the GetPartInfo or Update methods are run. This returns all the questions that need to be asked before a part can be changed. Parameters Name valpartnum questionString substitutePartAvail msgType Type String@ String@ Boolean@ String@ Description The new PartNum if a substitute part is found, partNum will be the substitute part Asks if the user wants to use a substitute part Indicates other substitute parts besides the default exist Type of message returned. if avail porel then message porel.poline porel.trantype. Values can be; "Question" (asking if they want to use the substitute part) "Warning" (Warns them that a part is onhold or runout). "Error" (Part in Inactive, or Onhold/Runout parts are not accepted in this case) . "Question" is asking if they want to use the substitute part.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1605
M-R
ReopenOrder
Reopens order Parameters Name poNum Returns The Purchase Order data set Type Int32 Description The Purchase ordre number
ReopenOrderLine
Reopens order line Parameters Name poNum poLine Returns The Purchase Order data set Type Int32 Int32 Description The Purchase ordre number The Purchase ordre line
ReOpenRelease
Run this method to reopen a release. Parameters Name poNum poLine poRelease Returns The Purchase Order data set Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The Purchase ordre number The Purchase order line The Purchase ordre release
ValidateInspection
Method to validate the Inspection control fields. (EQM) Parameters Name ipProposedInspPlan ipProposedSpecId Type String String Description The new proposed InspPlanPartNum value The new proposed SpecID value
1606
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name ds
Type
Description The PO entry Dataset.
POApvMsg
Epicor.Mfg.BO.POApvMsg: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewPOApvMsg
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1607
M-R
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
CheckApprovalLimit
This method determines whether the Approval needs to be passed on to a manager To be run before the update method Parameters Name vPONum vAprvAmt vApproved vMessage Type Int32 Decimal String String@ Description PO Number Amount being Approved Approver Response If approval is needed, this message will ask the user if they want to continue
GetAllRows
GetAllRows displays all the rows from POApvMsg table just like GetRows. Except - no filtering of POApvMsg records based on PurAuth will be performed in afterGetRows. Parameters Name whereClausePOApvMsg pageSize Type String Int32 Description Where Clause for POApvMsg table. Page Size
1608
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name absolutePage morePages Returns Returns the new POApvMsg DataSet
Type Int32 Boolean@
Description absolutePage morePages
GetApprovalActivity
GetApprovalActivity displays all the rows from POApvMsg table just like GetRows. Except - no filtering of POApvMsg records based on PurAuth will be performed in afterGetRows. Parameters Name whereClausePOApvMsg pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Returns the new POApvMsg DataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Where Clause for POApvMsg table. Page Size absolutePage morePages
GetDateUser
This method puts a date/time/user stamp in the MsgText box for the user Parameters Name ds Type Description Returns the new POApvMsg DataSet
PODetailSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PODetailSearch: This business object contains 4 methods.
GetList
This methods will return all of the PoDetailSearch records which will be a subset of the PoHeader records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method but since we are populating a temp table (PoDetailSearch) we need our own public method. Parameters Name whereClausePoHeaderSearch whereClausePoDetailSearch pageSize Type String String Int32 Description The where clause to restrict data for The where clause to restrict data for The page size, used only for UI adaptor
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1609
M-R
Name absolutePage morePages Returns The PoDetailSearch data set
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetListsFromSelectedKeys
This methods will return all of the PoDetailSearch records which will be a subset of the PoHeader records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method but since we are populating a temp table (PoDetailSearch) we need our own public method. Parameters Name ds pageSize absolutePage morePages Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset with pupolated key values The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
GetRows
This methods will return all of the PoDetailSearch records which will be a subset of the PoHeader records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method but since we are populating a temp table (PoDetailSearch) we need our own public method. Parameters Name whereClausePoHeaderSearch whereClausePoDetailSearch pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The PoDetailSearch data set Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The where clause to restrict data for The where clause to restrict data for The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
This methods will return all of the PoDetailSearch records which will be a subset of the PoHeader records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method but since we are populating a temp table (PoDetailSearch) we need our own public method.
1610
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds pageSize absolutePage morePages Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset with pupolated key values The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
PODetailTrackerSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PODetailTrackerSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewPODetail
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1611
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
GetRowsByVendorNum
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Job and Order fields for the customer tracker. Parameters Name whereClausePODetail poHeaderVendorNum pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The PODetailTrackerSearch data set Type String Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for PODetail table. POHeder Vendor Number Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
PORelSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PORelSearch: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewPORel
DeleteByID
GetByID
1612
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ContainerPORelSearch
Parameters Name whereClausePoRel pageSize Type String Int32 Description PO Release search clause Page size
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1613
M-R
Name absolutePage morePages Returns PO Rel List Data Set
Type Int32 Boolean@
Description Absolute page More Pages
GetRowsExcludeGlobal
Filter Releases from other Companies. Call normal GetRows method. Parameters Name whereClausePoRel excludeGlobal pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns PO Rel List Data Set Type String Boolean Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description PO Release search clause excludeGlobal Page size Absolute page More Pages
POSchedule
Epicor.Mfg.BO.POSchedule: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewPOSchedule
GetNewPOScheduleDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1614
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ApproveAllSchedules
Approved all schedules Parameters Name ds Type Description The POSchedule data set
ApproveSchedule
Approved one schedule
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1615
M-R
Parameters Name ds Type Description The POSchedule data set
CopyQuantities
Provides a simply way of being able to copy the quantities from either the Current, Suggestion or Adjusted fields to the Proposed field for the whole schedule Parameters Name ipFromField ipContractPONum ipContractPOLine ipContractRev ds Type String Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The From field value The current ContractPONum value The current ContractPOLine value The current ContractRev value The POSchedule data set
lastPackSlip
Add your summary for this object here Remarks QTableName - MANDATORY - Name of table to find QLock - type of lock to put on record NO-LOCK (default) or EXCLUSIVE-LOCK QWhere - MANDATORY - criteria to find record QFind - type of find to perform, unique, first, next or last Columns - List of columns
POSugg
Epicor.Mfg.BO.POSugg: This business object contains 28 methods.
GetNewSugPoDtl
GetNewSugPoMsc
DeleteByID
1616
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1617
M-R
Autoselect
This method will automatically change the Buy specification to Yes for any suggestion for the currently selected buyer that spicifies a vendor, a unit price a quantity , a purchasing factor and a unit of measure . The UI must mark the selected ttSugPODtl records are "dirty" before calling this method. This is to allow auto select to only run on the records selected This is a danger that there will be some records selected that will not show up in this dataset. These records may have been updated using a previous filter ( or lack of filter ) or by another user. This is consistant with Vantage 6.1. The result is more records may be marked as buy then expected.... Parameters Name ds ipPlantKey ipCurBuyer ipCutOffDate String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Type Description The POSugg data set Plant or blank for all BuyerId or blank for all buyers Cut off date for suggestions
CalcQtys
This method recalculates RelQty, XRelQty Parameters Name calcField ds Type String Description calcField The POSugg data set
CapableToPromiseGenerate
1618
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ChangeCurrencySwitch
Returns the currency display symbol base on currencyswitch. Parameters Name currencySwitch vendorNum displaySymbol Type Boolean Int32 String@ Description Logical indicating if the currency toggle is checked SugPODtl.VendorNum DisplaySymbol for currency
ChangeMfgNum
Called when MfgNum is changed. Updates MfgNumName. Parameters Name ipMfgNum ds Type Int32 Description Manufacturer Number PO Suggestion data set
ChangePoLine
This method should be invoked when the poLine changes. It validates the poline and sets the Taxable field. Parameters Name newPoLine ds Type Int32 Description New Po Line The POSugg data set
ChangePoNum
This method will change the PoNum and pull in the defaults associated with the PO. The default fields are; PONum,VendorNum,BuyerID,CommentText,ShipVia,FOB,TermsCode and Taxable Parameters Name newPoNum ds Type Int32 Description Indicates the Po to retrieve The POSugg data set
ChangeSugPoMscAmt
Run this method when the amount changes on the ttSugPoMsc .
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1619
M-R
Parameters Name ds Type Description The POSugg data set
ChangeSugPoMscCharge
Run this method when the poMsc charge changes to default in a description. Parameters Name newMiscCode ds Type String Description New Misc Code The POSugg data set
ChangeSugPoMscPercent
Run this method when the percentage changes on the ttSugPoMsc . Parameters Name ds Type Description The POSugg data set
ChangeVendor
This method returns the default information for a vendor. Such as FOB,Terms, purchase point and currency . This method must be run after changing the VendorID and before invoking the update method, otherwise all related vendor information on the screen will not be updated. Parameters Name newVendID ds Type String Description New Vendor ID The POSugg data set
CheckBuyers
Need to be run before generating po's, the Generate() method. This method will check to see if generating PO from the currently tagged suggestions will generate po's for other buyers. Running the Generate method will assume that all tagged suggestion records will generate PO's, regardless of the buyer. Parameters Name poForOtherBuyer Type Boolean@ Description Logical of whether or not Generate() will generate PO's for other buyers
1620
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name suggList opCurBuyer opBuyerName
Description List of Suggestions that will generate PO's for other buyers Current BuyerID Current Buyer Name
Generate
This method processes all suggestion records where buy has been set to true within the passed parameters. Note: This is doing a getrows and passing back a new dataset minus the records that were processed. The dataset at the client will still have the processed records, in order to removed these records we may have to somehow tag the processed records with a "D":U or, have the UI replace their dataset with this new one. Parameters Name ds ipPlantKey ipCurBuyer ipCutOffDate String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Type Description The POSugg data set Plant or blank for all BuyerId or blank for all buyers Cut off date for suggestions
GetAuthorizedAgentList
Returns a list of Buyers, authorized for the Current User. Parameters Name opBuyerName Type String@ Description List of buyers.
This method returns a list of inter-company trading partners. Use to populate the grid to select inter-company partners. Returns The ForecastVendors data set
GetListPlant
Returns a list of rows that satisfy the where clause. Use in place of GetList Parameters Name whereClause Type String Description An expression used to filter the rows. Can be left blank for all rows.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1621
M-R
Name pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The POSugg List data set
GetRowsPlant
Returns a dataset containing all rows that satisfy the where clauses. use in place of GetRows Parameters Name whereClauseSugPODtl whereClauseSugPOMsc pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The POSugg data set Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description whereClause for SugPODtl table whereClause for SugPOMsc table pageSize absolutePage morePages
PartIsRunOut
The method chekcs status of the current Part and if this Part is Active and not onHold or it`s HoldDay later then today, but it is flagged as Run Out then it sets value of isRunOut parament in true.. Parameters Name valpartnum msg Type String String@ Description The PartNum, whose status need to check return not empty value if this part is Active and not onHold or it`s HoldDay later then today, but it is flagged as Run Out
SendForecast
This method will process the selected forcast vendor records and send a forcast. Parameters Name ds Type Description The ForecastVendors data set
1622
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
POSuggChg
Epicor.Mfg.BO.POSuggChg: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewSugPOChg
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1623
M-R
UpdateExt
AcceptSuggestionChange
This methods will accept the PO Suggestion change. Parameters Name ipPONum ipPOLine ipPORelNum ipVendorChange ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean Description The po number. The po line number. The po release number. The Vendir Change. The POSuggChg data set
CheckTracker
This method does stuff . Parameters Name partTrackerOK Type Boolean@ Description Indicates whether or not this user has securty rights to part tracker
GetListPlant
Returns a list of rows that satisfy the where clause. Use in place of GetList Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The POSugg List data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description An expression used to filter the rows. Can be left blank for all rows. The maximum number of rows to return. Leave as zero for no maximum. Page of rows to return. Whether there are more pages of rows available.
1624
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRowsPlant
Returns a dataset containing all rows that satisfy the where clauses. use in place of GetRows Parameters Name whereClauseSugPOChg pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The POSuggChg data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description whereClause for SugPOChg table pageSize absolutePage morePages
POWorkbench
Epicor.Mfg.BO.POWorkbench: This business object contains 2 methods.
GetOnHandQty
Get the total quantity we have in stock of this part converted to the parts primary inventory UOM. Parameters Name ipPartNum opOnHandQty Type String Decimal@ Description Part Number Primary UOM On Hand Quantity
GetPOWorkbench
Retrieves data for UOM codes per part that are defined to be tracked for it (PartUOM.TrackOnHand = true). Part: Only Parts where Part.TrackDimension is true should be used. Horizon Date: Default to today. Parameters Name ipPartNum ipHorizonDate Returns POWorkbench Dataset Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Part Number Horizon Date
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1625
M-R
PRChkGrp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PRChkGrp: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewPRChkGrp
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1626
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
ChangeBankAcctID
Method to call when changing the bank account. Parameters Name proposedBankAcctID ds Type String Description The proposed bank account id The PRChkGrp data set
ChangeCheckDate
Method to call to update the fiscal period fields for the new check date. Parameters Name proposedCheckDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed check date The PRChkGrp data set
PostGroup
Method to call when posting checks for a specific group. Posting of a group causes the PRChkGrp record to be deleted from the database if all checks in the group posted correctly. Parameters Name postGroupID postErrors Type String String@ Description The group id of the group of checks to be posted Contains information regarding why a check may not have been posted. This field should be presented to the user to inform them of what the posting issues are.
PrePostGroup
Method to call before posting checks for a specific group. It will check to see if the register has printed or not. The text for this question is returned in RegisterText. It will also check to see if payroll is interfaced with G/L. The text for this question is returned in InterfacedText. For both questions, if the answer is yes, posting can continue, otherwise posting is canceled.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1627
M-R
Parameters Name postGroupID registerText interfacedText Type String String@ String@ Description The Group ID of the Group to post Contains text of the register message to present to the user. Contains text of the interface message to present to the user.
PreUpdateCheck
Method to call to perform pre-validations on the update of a check group record. The pre-validations involve asking the user various questions about the changes being made and if the changes will be ok. The validations are: 1) The check date is less than today or more than 14 days out 2) The check date changed, which will require taxes and deductions to be recalculated. 3) The Deduction period value is zero. If the user answers yes to all questions, the save can continue. If the user answers no to any question, the update is canceled. This method should be called prior to the Update method. Parameters Name groupID checkDate deductionPeriod dateRangeText Type String Description The group id
Nullable{System.DateTime} The check date Int32 String@ The deduction period to validate The text of the question to ask the user if the check date range is not between today's date and 14 days out. If blank, a question does not need to be asked. The text of the question to ask the user when the check date changes, which requires taxes and deductions to be recalculated. If blank, a question does not need to be asked. The text of the question to ask the user if the deduction period is zero. If blank, a question does not need to be asked. The PRChkGrp data set
recalcTaxAndDedText
String@
deductionPeriodText
String@
ds
UnlockGroup
Method to call to unlock a group record. This method should be called whenever the group no longer needs to be locked. The group no longer needs to be locked when the payroll entry object is closed, or when a different group is selected. Parameters Name inGroupID Type String Description The group id of the group record to unlock
1628
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
PRClass
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PRClass: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewPRClass
GetNewPRClsDed
GetNewPRClsDedEGLC
GetNewPRClsTax
GetNewPRClsTaxEGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1629
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
PRDeduct
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PRDeduct: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewPRDeduct
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1630
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1631
M-R
Returns
PrefScheme
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PrefScheme: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewPrefScheme
GetNewPrefSchemeCtry
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1632
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
PREmployee
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PREmployee: This business object contains 28 methods.
GetNewPREmpMas
GetNewPREmpMasAttch
GetNewPREmpDed
GetNewPREmpRt
GetNewPREmpTax
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1633
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
AddEmployeeResultsLinkCompany
This method will add employee results link to all employees in the company
1634
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds opMessage String@ Type Description The PREmployee data set Message to be displayed to the user
BuildClassList
This method returns a list of valid Classes to select from for the user's security Parameters Name classList Type String@ Description Limited list of ClassIDs and Description
BuildFilingList
This method returns a list of filing status' based on the TaxTable ID selected Parameters Name taxTblID filingList Type String String@ Description Tax Table ID code Filing Status List
BuildTaxTblList
This method generates a list of TaxTbls available to choose from when Adding/Updating a PREmpTax record Parameters Name taxTblID empID taxList Type String String String@ Description Current Tax Table ID, blank if new Curreny Employee ID Delimited List of available TaxTblID including the current one
CalcSalaryRate
This method updates the salary or rate field on PREmpRt when the other field is updated It is to be run after either Salary or PayRate is updated. Parameters Name ds Type Description The PREmployee data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1635
M-R
ChangeFileStatus
This method should run when the JobMtl.Plant field changes. This method determines the default JobMtl.WarehouseCode associated with the new JobMtl.Plant. Parameters Name proposedFileStatus ds Type String Description propsed value PREmploye Entry data set
CheckLeavePREmpMas
This method checks if a PREmpRt record exists for the current employee record if no record exists then the user cannot leave the record until they create a rate record or delete the employee record. Parameters Name empId vMessage Type String String@ Description The current employee's ID Error string if no rate record exists (otherwise blank)
GetDeductDefaults
This method sets the deduction defaults once the DeductionID is selected Parameters Name ds Type Description The PREmployee data set
GetEmpIDInfo
This method will default the name and address information from EmpBasic if the EmpId entered exists in EmpBasic Parameters Name ds Type Description The PREmployee data set
GetEmpLinkValue
Gets Employee Link
1636
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name inEmpID outEmpLink Type String String@ Description in Employee Link out Employee Link
GetNewShopEmployee
This method creates a new PREmpMas record based on information from the EmpBasic record. It takes EmpID as a parameter. The standard GetNewPREmpMas method will be used when adding a new Payroll Employee from scratch. Parameters Name ds empID String Type Description The PREmployee data set Shop Employee's ID
GetOverrideList
This method is identical to the GetList method except that it overrides the PREmpMas find trigger and will return all Employees, not just the ones the user has clearance for. This is mainly for the SupervisorID lookups for Shop and Payroll employee maintenance Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns List dataset Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The search statement to filter the PREmpMas table on The page size (required) Absolte Page size (required) More Pages? Yes/No
GetPerConData
Used to validate and Get the PerCon info. Parameters Name perConID ds Type Int32 Description Proposed PerConID. PREmployee data set.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1637
M-R
GetShopEmployeeInfo
This method is called for a new employee. If the employee exists in the Parameters Name ds Type Description The PREmployee dataset
RemoveEmployeeResultsLinkCompany
This method will add employee results link to all employees in the company Parameters Name ds opMessage String@ Type Description The PREmployee data set Message to be displayed to the user
PRHoldy
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PRHoldy: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPRHoldy
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1638
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
PriceGroup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PriceGroup: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewPriceGroup
GetNewPriceGrpValBrk
GetNewProdGrup
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1639
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
AddAllProdGroups
Add all available Product Groups to current Price Group Parameters Name prPriceGroupCode Type String Description Price Group Code
1640
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name ds
Type
Description Price Group data set
AddNewProdToPrice
Add new Product Group to Price Group or replace old Product Group Parameters Name prPriceGroupCode prProdCodeOld prProdCodeNew ds Type String String String data set Description
CheckNewProdCode
Validation of new Product group before it'll be added to Price Group Parameters Name prPriceGroupCode prProdCodeNew Type String String Description Price Group Code Product Group Code
CreateNewProd
Add new Product Group as child record to Price Group with empty Prod Code Parameters Name prPriceGroupCode ds Type String Price Group data set Description
DeleteProdGroupFromPrice
Delete link between Price and Product Group (delete child record) Parameters Name prProdCode ds Type String Price Group data set Description
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1641
M-R
RemoveAllProdGroups
Delete all links between Product Groups and current Price Group Parameters Name prPriceGroupCode ds Type String Description Price Group Code Price Group data set
PriceListInquiry
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PriceListInquiry: This business object contains 13 methods.
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
1642
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
ChangeCustID
Get filter values from the Customer. Parameters Name cCustID cCustName cShipToNum cCustGroupCode dDiscountPercent Type String String@ String@ String@ Decimal@ Description The Customer ID The Customer name The Ship To Number The Customer Group Code The Customer discount percent
ChangeDiscountPercent
Update NetPrice when the discount percent changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Price List Inquiry data set
ChangePartNum
Get filter values from the Part.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1643
M-R
Parameters Name cPartNum cProdCode cPartDesc Type String String@ String@ Description The part number The part product code The part description
ChangeShipToNum
Get filter values from the ShipTo. Parameters Name cCustID cShipToNum cCustName Type String String String@ Description The Customer ID The Ship To Number The Customer name
GetCurrencyByCustID
Get currency values from the Customer. Parameters Name cCustID cCurrencyCode cCurrencyCurrDesc Type String String@ String@ Description The Customer ID The Currency Value The currency Description
GetPartXRefInfo
This method defaults PartAdvisor fields when the PartNum field changes Parameters Name partNum sysRowID rowType uomCode serialWarning Type String@ String String String@ String@ Description Proposed PartNumber change RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. UOM Code (only used for Product Codes) Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers
1644
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name questionString multipleMatch
Description If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
GetPriceListInquiry
Get the PriceListInquiry records for the inquiry parameters. Parameters Name icCustID icShipToNum icPartNum icCustGroupCode icProductCode idQuantity icUOMCode icWarehouseCode icCurrencyCode pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The PriceListInquiry data set Type String String String String String Decimal String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The Customer ID The Part Number The Ship To Number The Customer Group Code The Product Code The Quantity The UOM Code The Warehouse Code The Currency Code The pageSize parameter The absolutePages parameter The morePages parameter
validUOM
PriceLst
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PriceLst: This business object contains 20 methods.
GetNewPriceLst
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605 1645
M-R
GetNewPriceLstAttch
GetNewPriceLstGroups
GetNewPLGrupBrk
GetNewPriceLstParts
GetNewPLPartBrk
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1646
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
BuildUOMList
Build a list of all the valid UOM's defined for all the parts within the product group. Parameters Name prodCode uomList Type String String@ Description Order Number delimited list of available ShipTo's
ChangePartNum
Get the track multiple UOM setting when the part number changes. Parameters Name proposedPartNum Type String Description Proposed Part Number
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1647
M-R
Name trackMulti opUOM pListCode
Type String Boolean@ String@
Description Track Multiple UOM setting. UOM ListCode
ChangingKeyParts
Validate the entered part an UOM doesn't exist in the price list. Parameters Name pPartNum pListCode pUOMcode Type String String String Description Part Number List Code UOM Code
GetListFilterPriceList
Filter parts by plant. Call normal GetList method. Parameters Name orderNum orderLine partNum prodCode whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The PriceList data set Type Int32 Int32 String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Order Number. Order Line. Part Number. Product Code. Whereclause. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
GetPriceLstGroupDefaults
Gets the following fields for the product group: Description. Parameters Name prodCode prodGrpDescription Type String String@ Description Product group code to retrieve details for. Product group description.
1648
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetPriceLstPartsDefaults
Gets the following fields for the Part: Sales unit of measure, selling factor, price per code, part description and selling factor direction. Parameters Name partNum salesUM sellingFactor pricePerCode partDescription sellingFactorDirection Type String@ String@ Decimal@ String@ String@ String@ Description Part number to retrieve details for. Part unit of measure. Part selling factor. Part price per code. Part description. Part selling factor direction.
validUOM
PriceLstGroups
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PriceLstGroups: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewPriceLstGroups
GetNewPLGrupBrk
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1649
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
This methods will return all of the PriceLstGroups records which will be a subset of the PriceLstGroups records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method. Parameters Name ds pageSize Int32 Type Description The dataset with pupolated key values The page size, used only for UI adaptor
1650
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Type Int32 Boolean@
This methods will return all of the PriceLstGroups records which will be a subset of the PriceLstGroups records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method. Parameters Name ds pageSize absolutePage morePages Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset with pupolated key values The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
getCurrencyCode
PriceLstHed
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PriceLstHed: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPriceLst
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1651
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
PriceLstParts
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PriceLstParts: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewPriceLstParts
GetNewPLPartBrk
1652
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1653
M-R
This methods will return all of the PriceLstParts records which will be a subset of the PriceLstParts records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method. Parameters Name ds pageSize absolutePage morePages Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset with pupolated key values The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
This methods will return all of the PriceLstParts records which will be a subset of the PriceLstParts records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method. Parameters Name ds pageSize absolutePage morePages Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset with pupolated key values The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
getCurrencyCode
ProcessSet
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ProcessSet: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewProcessSet
GetNewProcessTask
1654
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1655
M-R
DuplicateProcessSet
This method copies an existing process set to a new process set specified by the user. Parameters Name targetProcessID sourceProcessID Returns ProcessSet Dataset Type String String Description New Process Set ID Process Set ID to copy from
MoveOnePosition
This method moves the Task Up/Down one position in the ProcessSet and returns the whole updated dataset. Parameters Name processID taskNum moveDir Returns ProcessSet Dataset Type String Int32 String Description Process Set ID Task Number to move up one position Direction to move task, "Up" or "Down"
MoveTaskToSet
This method moves a process task from a source process set to the target process set. The source process set cannot be a system process set. Parameters Name targetProcessID sourceProcessID sourceTaskNum ds Type String String Int32 Description Process Set ID to move task into Process Set ID to move task from Process Task Num to move ProcessSet Dataset
ProdActDay
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ProdActDay: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewPADay
1656
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetNewPADayDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1657
M-R
GetCodeDescList
ChangeShift
Parameters Name ipShiftValue ds Type Int32 Description ipShiftValue. Production Activity Day Data Set
ChangeTime
Parameters Name ipTimeValue ipStartEnd ds Type Int32 String Description Time to convert. Whether this is start time or end time. Production Activity Day Data Set
ProdActivity
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ProdActivity: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewPActivity
GetNewPActDtl
DeleteByID
1658
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1659
M-R
ChangePlanID
Parameters Name ipPlanID ds Type String Description plan ID dataset parameter
Clear
Parameters Name ds Type Description dataset parameter
Refresh
RefreshPActDtlFormattedTimes
ProdCal
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ProdCal: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewProdCal
GetNewProdCalDay
DeleteByID
1660
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CustomizeDay
Call this method to specify a special working day or non working day. When this method is called, if a ProdCalDay record exists it will be deleted (undo the special working or non working day). If a ProdCalDay record doesn't
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1661
M-R
exist, it will create a ProdCalDay record. If the date specified is a normal working day, then the WorkingDay field will be set to false and the capacity is set to 0. If the date specified is not a normal working day, then the WorkingDay field will be set to true and the ProdHour fields will be set to true depending on the number of ProdCal.HoursPerDay (example: If the ProdCal.HoursPerDay is 8 then ProdHour 1 through 8 would be set to true) and the capacity for the working day is set equal to the ProdCal.HoursPerDay. Parameters Name cCalendarID daDate ds Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description cCalendar Descriptive Code Modified date The ProdCal data set
DecideReadOnlyFields
Decides if start processReadOnlyFieldsor not Parameters Name ds Type Description The ProdCal data set
DuplicateCalendar
This duplicates the production calendar for calendar ID. Parameters Name cOldCalendarID cNewCalendarID ds Type String String Description The Current Calendar ID. Calendar ID of the new Calendar The ProdCal data set
GetPlantCalendar
This method gets the plant calendar. Parameters Name ds Type Description The ProdCal data set
1662
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ProdCalWk
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ProdCalWk: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewProdCalWeek
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1663
M-R
UpdateExt
AddWeekRange
ProdGrup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ProdGrup: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewProdGrup
GetNewProdGrupPlt
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1664
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ChangeDeferredRev
Performs required logic when ProdGrup.DeferredRev is modified. Parameters Name ipDeferredRev ds Type Boolean Description Proposed input value of Deferred Rev ProdGrup data set
ChangeRACode
Performs required logic when ProdGrup.RACode is modified.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1665
M-R
Parameters Name ipRACode ds Type String Description Proposed input value of RA Code ProdGrup data set
ProdTeam
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ProdTeam: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewProdTeam
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1666
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
ProjAnalysis
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ProjAnalysis: This business object contains 7 methods.
BuildAnalysis
Call this method when the user already selected project(s) to process. This method expects a LIST-DELIM delimited string of RowIds of all selected Project records. Parameters Name ipRowList opMessage Type String String@ Description A RowId list of selected Project records. Returns message indicating number of records processed.
ClearAnalysis
Call this method to delete or clear all ProjectAnalysis records. This method expects that the user already confirmed that records will be deleted. Parameters Name ipProjectID opMessage Type String String@ Description ProjectID Returns message indicating process completion.
DefaultPctComplete
Get the default Download % Complete code before passing the input parameters for the Project Download to MS Project. Call this method before the user manipulate the MSP Download input parameters. This method will return the default value for PctComplete variable.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1667
M-R
Parameters Name vPctComplete Type String@ Description The default value for Percent Complete code.
GetByProjectID
This method finds the Project record by ProjectId. Parameters Name ipProjectID Returns The ProjAnalysis data set Type String Description The Project ID
GetProjectBrw
This method assembles the Project browse for the main data set. Parameters Name whereClauseProject pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Where clause to specify set of ProjectBrw records to return Page Size Absolute Page More Pages
Returns Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ProjAnalysisDataSet
ProcessMSPDownload
This method performs the actual Project Download to MS Project. Call this method after the user selected the Project and entered the necessary input parameters. This method returns the data table ttMSPDownload containing all appropriate project information. The resulting records from the ttMSPDownload will then need to be outputted as a CSV file (comma delimited). Parameters Name ipProjectID ipPctComplete ipPredecessors ipTasks ipPhases Type String String Boolean Boolean Boolean Description The project ID of the selected Project. The Download Percent Complete code. Include Predecessors in the download. Include Tasks in the download. Include Phases in the download.
1668
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name ipJobs ipJobAsm ipJobOper ipDuration opMessage Returns The MSPDownload data set
Type Boolean Boolean Boolean String String@
Description Include Jobs in the download. Include Job Assemblies in the download. Include Job Operations in the download. The operation duration unit (Days or Hours). Returns message about the status of the process.
ProcessMSPUpload
This method performs the actual Project Upload from MS Project. Call this method after the user selected the Project and entered the necessary input parameters. This method expects an input data table ttMSPUpload with data coming from an external comma delimited file. The ttMSPUpload table should only contain data (i.e. if the first line of the external file is just the field descriptions then this record should not be included in ttMSPUpload.) Parameters Name ipProjectID ipPhases ipTasks ipProjJobs ipPhaseTasks ipPhaseJobs ipPhaseStart ipPhaseEnd ipTaskStart ipTaskEnd ipJobStart ipJobEnd ds opMessage String@ Type String Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Description The project ID of the selected Project. Indicates if Phases should be created. Indicates if Tasks should be created. Indicates if Project and Job links should be updated. Indicates if Phase and Task links should be updated. Indicates if Phase and Job links should be updated. Indicates if Phase Start Date should be updated. Indicates if Phase End Date should be updated. Indicates if Task Start Date should be updated. Indicates if Task End Date should be updated. Indicates if Job Start Date should be updated. Indicates if Job End Date should be updated. The MSPUpload data set Returns message about the status of the process.
ProjChkLstType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ProjChkLstType: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewProjChkLstType
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1669
M-R
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
1670
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Project
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Project: This business object contains 109 methods.
GetNewProject
GetNewProjectAttch
GetNewFieldServiceCalls
GetNewFieldServiceContracts
GetNewPBWrkMeasuredHead
GetNewPBWrkMeasuredDtl
GetNewProjectCst
GetNewProjectMilestone
GetNewProjectCriteria
GetNewPBdnSets
GetNewPBEmpCeiling
GetNewPBillSch
GetNewPBRoleRt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1671
M-R
GetNewPBSchWrk
GetNewPBSupCeiling
GetNewPConVar
GetNewProjectTask
GetNewProjPhase
GetNewPPhaseOper
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1672
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
AddPhaseQuote
This method validates the given PONum, POLine and PORelease, then if valid, adds a ttProjectPO record. An exception is thrown if: - The given PO/Line/Rel does not exist - The given PO/Line/Rel... Parameters Name piQuoteNum piQuoteLine pcWarningMsg Type Int32 Int32 String@ Description The PO number of the candidate release to Add to the Project. The PO Line number of the candidate release to Add to the Project. A warning message appears here if the given release is associated with another Project.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1673
M-R
Name ds
Type
Description ProjectDataSet
AddProjectJob
This method validates the given JobNum, then if valid, adds a ttProjectJob record. An exception is thrown if: The given Job does not exist - The given Job... Parameters Name pcJobNum pcWarningMsg ds Type String String@ Description The Job number of the candidate Job to Add to the Project. A warning message appears here if the given Job is associated with another Project. The Project data set
AddProjectOrderLine
This method validates the given OrderNum and OrderLine, then if valid, adds a ttProjectOrderLine record. An exception is thrown if: - The given Order/Line does not exist - The given Order/Line... Parameters Name piOrderNum piOrderLine pcWarningMsg ds Type Int32 Int32 String@ Description The Order number of the candidate OrderLine to Add to the Project. The Line number of the candidate OrderLine to Add to the Project. A warning message appears here if the given OrderLine is associated with another Project. ProjectDataSet
AddProjectPO
This method validates the given PONum, POLine and PORelease, then if valid, adds a ttProjectPO record. An exception is thrown if: - The given PO/Line/Rel does not exist - The given PO/Line/Rel... Parameters Name piPONum piPOLine piPORelNum Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The PO number of the candidate release to Add to the Project. The PO Line number of the candidate release to Add to the Project. The Release number of the candidate release to Add to the Project.
1674
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name pcWarningMsg ds
Type String@
Description A warning message appears here if the given release is associated with another Project. ProjectDataSet
AddProjectQuote
This method validates the given PONum, POLine and PORelease, then if valid, adds a ttProjectPO record. An exception is thrown if: - The given PO/Line/Rel does not exist - The given PO/Line/Rel... Parameters Name piQuoteNum piQuoteLine pcWarningMsg ds Type Int32 Int32 String@ Description The PO number of the candidate release to Add to the Project. The PO Line number of the candidate release to Add to the Project. A warning message appears here if the given release is associated with another Project. ProjectDataSet
AddUpNumbers
Parameters Name ds Type Description ProjectDataSet
BuildInvoicingMethodList
This procedure returns the available Invoicing Methods depending if the Progress Billing license is installed or not. Parameters Name opInvMethList Type String@ Description Delimited list of available Invoicing Methods
BuildPBCloseBS
Parameters Name ipProjectID Type String Description project id
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1675
M-R
Returns PBCloseBSDataSet
BuildPhaseLevels
Parameters Name ipProjectID ipPhaseID Type String String Description ipProjectID ipPhaseID
BuildRetentionProcList
This procedure returns the available Retention Proc Parameters Name opRetentionProcList Type String@ Description Delimited list of available Retention Proc
BuildRevenRecogDS
Parameters Name ipProjectID Type String Description ipProjectID
CalculateButton
Parameters Name ds Type Description RevenRecogDataSet
CheckChangedConInvMeth
Parameters Name ipConInvMeth outMessage ds Type String String@ Description ipConInvMeth outMessage Project DataSet
1676
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ClearAnalysis
Call this method to delete or clear all ProjectAnalysis records. This method expects that the user already confirmed that records will be deleted. Parameters Name ipProjectID opMessage ds Type String String@ Description ipProjectID. Returns message indicating process completion. ProjectDataSet
ClearApprovals
Call this method to clear the Approvals Methods of children of the Phase given. Parameters Name ipProjID ipPhaseID ds Type String String Description Project ID Phase ID ProjectDataSet
ClearTaskSet
Call this method to clear the Task Sets of children of the Phase given. Parameters Name ipProjID ipPhaseID ds Type String String Description Project ID Phase ID ProjectDataSet
CloseBillSched
Parameters Name ds ds1 Type Description ProjectDataSet PBCloseBSDataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1677
M-R
CloseProjAccruals
Parameters Name ds Type Description RevenRecogDataSet
CloseProject
Parameters Name ds Type Description ProjectDataSet
DuplicateProject
To create a new Project by duplicating from another. All project Dates are amended according to the new Start Date. Parameters Name sourceProjectID targetProjectID targetDescription ipCreateWBSJobs targetStartDate outMessage Returns The Project DataSet Type String String String Boolean Description Existing Project that will be duplicated. New Project ID that will be created. Description that will be used for the new Project. Create WBS Phase Jobs.
Nullable{System.DateTime} New Project Start Date. String@ Warning message.
ExportToMSProject
This method performs the actual Project Download to MS Project. Call this method after the user selected the Project and entered the necessary input parameters. This method returns the data table ttMSPDownload containing all appropriate project information. The resulting records from the ttMSPDownload will then need to be outputted as a CSV file (comma delimited). Parameters Name ipProjectID ipPctComplete ipPredecessors Type String String Boolean Description The project ID of the selected Project. The Download Percent Complete code. Include Predecessors in the download.
1678
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name ipTasks ipPhases ipPhaseAsTask ipJobs ipJobAsm ipJobOper ipDuration opMessage Returns
Type Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean String String@
Description Include Tasks in the download. Include Phases in the download. Send phase as task. Include Jobs in the download. Include Job Assemblies in the download. Include Job Operations in the download. The operation duration unit (Days or Hours). Returns message about the status of the process.
GetAvailablePersonList
This method returns a double-delimited list of value-name pairs of all active Persons for the Person table. This could be used to provide a starting point for a "picker list" to maintain the Project.PersonList. Parameters Name pcAvailablePersonList Type String@ Description The double-delimited list of PersonIDs and names.
GetCurrencyBase
GetNewPhaseQuot
This method adds a ProjectQuot row to the dataset. Parameters Name ds projectID phaseID String String Type Description ProjectDataSet ProjectID. PhaseID.
GetNewProjectJob
This method adds a ProjectJob row to the dataset.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1679
M-R
Parameters Name ds projectID String Type Description ProjectDataSet ProjectID.
GetNewProjectOrderLine
This method adds a ProjectOrderLine row to the dataset. Parameters Name ds projectID String Type Description ProjectDataSet ProjectID.
GetNewProjectPO
This method adds a ProjectPO row to the dataset. Parameters Name ds projectID String Type Description ProjectDataSet ProjectID.
GetNewProjectQuot
This method adds a ProjectQuot row to the dataset. Parameters Name ds projectID String Type Description ProjectDataSet ProjectID.
GetNewWBSProjPhase
This method adds a ttWBSProjPhase row to the dataset. Parameters Name ds projectID measuredWorkID String String Type Description ProjectDataSet ProjectID. MeasuredWorkID.
1680
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetPBillHistory
This method gets the related PBillHistory for a ProjectID,BillSchedID. Parameters Name ipProjectID ipBillSchedID Type String String Description The ProjectID The BillSchedID.
GetPBWrkDtlHistory
Gets the related Progress Billing History for a ProjectID. Parameters Name ipProjectID Type String Description ProjectID
GetValidPhases
Parameters Name ipProjectID ipPhaseID opPhaseList Type String String String@ Description ProjectID. PhaseID. Returns Valid Parent Phases.
ImportFromMSProject
This method performs the actual Project Upload from MS Project. Call this method after the user selected the Project and entered the necessary input parameters. This method expects an input data table ttImportFromMSP with data coming from an external comma delimited file. The ttImportFromMSP table should only contain data (i.e. if the first line of the external file is just the field descriptions then this record should not be included in ttImportFromMSP.) Parameters Name ipProjectID ipPhases ipTasks ipProjJobs ipPhaseTasks ipPhaseJobs Type String Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Description The project ID of the selected Project. Indicates if Phases should be created. Indicates if Tasks should be created. Indicates if Project and Job links should be updated. Indicates if Phase and Task links should be updated. Indicates if Phase and Job links should be updated.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1681
M-R
Name ipCrtePhsJobs ipPhaseStart ipPhaseEnd ipTaskStart ipTaskEnd ipJobStart ipJobEnd ds opMessage
Type Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean
Description Indicates if Jobs should be created. Indicates if Phase Start Date should be updated. Indicates if Phase End Date should be updated. Indicates if Task Start Date should be updated. Indicates if Task End Date should be updated. Indicates if Job Start Date should be updated. Indicates if Job End Date should be updated.
String@
Returns message about the status of the process.
OnChangeActivityStatus
OnChangeActivityUnit
This method validates the ActivityUnit. Parameters Name ipActivityUnit ds Type String Description The ActivityUnit value. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeBdnSetCode
Validates the given Burden Set Code. Parameters Name ipBdnSetID ipProjectID ds Type String String Description Burden Set Code. Project ID Code. ProjectDataSet
1682
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OnChangeBillSchOrderLine
This method validates the given OrderNum and OrderLine, then if valid, updates the ttPBillSch dataset row. Parameters Name piOrderNum piOrderLine ds Type Int32 Int32 Description The Order number of the candidate OrderLine to Add to the Project. The Line number of the candidate OrderLine to Add to the Project. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeBillSchOrderNum
This method validates the given OrderNum, then if valid, updates the related fields in the dataset row. Parameters Name piOrderNum ds Type Int32 Description The Order number of the candidate OrderLine to Add to the Project. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeConBTCustNumCustID
This method validates the given Project.ConBTCustNumCustID, then if valid, updates the related fields in the dataset row. Parameters Name ipConBTCustNumCustID ds Type String Description The ConBTCustNumCustID. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeConCustNumCustID
This method validates the given Project.ConCustNumCustID, then if valid, updates the related fields in the dataset row. Parameters Name ipConCustNumCustID ds Type String Description The ConCustNumCustID. ProjectDataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1683
M-R
OnChangeConEndDate
This method validates the given Project.ConEndDate, then if valid, updates the related fields in the dataset row. Parameters Name ipConEndDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The ConEndDate. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeConInvMeth
This method validates the ConInvMeth. Parameters Name ipConInvMeth ds Type String Description The ConInvMeth value. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeConListCode
This method validates the ConListCode. Parameters Name ipConListCode ds Type String Description The ConListCode value. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeConProjMgr
This method validates the ConProjMgr. Parameters Name ipConProjMgr ds Type String Description The ConProjMgr value. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeConTotValue
This method validates the given Project.ConTotValue, then if valid, updates the related fields in the dataset row.
1684
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ipConTotValue ds Type Decimal Description The ConProjMgr value. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeCriteriaJobAsm
This method validates the ProjectCriteria fields JobNum/AsmSeq. Parameters Name pcJobNum piAssemblySeq ds Type String Int32 Description The Job number of the candidate Job to Add to the Project. The Assembly Sequence number of the candidate Job to Add to the Project. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeCriteriaJobNum
This method validates the ProjectCriteria fields JobNum. Parameters Name pcJobNum ds Type String Description The Job number of the candidate Job to Add to the Project. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeCriteriaJobOpr
This method validates the ProjectCriteria fields JobNum/AsmSeq/OprSeq. Parameters Name pcJobNum piAssemblySeq piOprSeq ds Type String Int32 Int32 Description The Job number of the candidate Job to Add to the Project. The Assembly Sequence number of the candidate Job to Add to the Project. The Operation Sequence number of the candidate Job to Add to the Project. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeCurrencyCode
This method validates the given Project.CurrencyCode, then if valid, updates the related fields in the dataset row.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1685
M-R
Parameters Name ipCurrencyCode ds Type String Description The ConProjMgr value. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeDecimalValue
This method validates the OnChangeDecimalValue. Parameters Name ipColumnName ipDecimal ds Type String Decimal Description The column name value. The decimal value. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeDtlCustQtySurveyor
OnChangeDtlQtySurveyor
OnChangeEstHours
This method validates the given PPhaseOper.EstHours, then if valid, updates the related fields in the dataset row. Parameters Name ipEstHours ds Type Decimal Description The EstHours. ProjectDataSet
1686
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OnChangeJobNum
This method validates the given JobNum, then if valid, updates the ttProjectJob dataset row. Parameters Name pcJobNum pcWarningMsg ds Type String String@ Description The Job number of the candidate Job to Add to the Project. A warning message appears here if the given Job is associated with another Project. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeMarkupID
This method validates the MarkupID field. Parameters Name ipMarkupID ds Type String Description The MarkupID value. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeMilestoneComplete
This method validates the complete value Parameters Name pcMessage ds Type String@ Description The warning message. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeMilestoneOrderLine
This method validates the given OrderNum and OrderLine, then if valid, updates the related fields in the dataset row. Parameters Name piOrderNum piOrderLine ds Type Int32 Int32 Description The Order number of the candidate OrderLine to Add to the Project. The Line number of the candidate OrderLine to Add to the Project. ProjectDataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1687
M-R
OnChangeMilestoneOrderNum
This method validates the given OrderNum, then if valid, updates the related fields in the dataset row. Parameters Name piOrderNum ds Type Int32 Description The Order number of the candidate OrderLine to Add to the Project. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeOpCode
This method validates the given PPhaseOper.OpCode, then if valid, updates the related fields in the dataset row. Parameters Name ipOpCode ds Type String Description The OpCode. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeOrderLine
This method validates the given OrderNum and OrderLine, then if valid, updates the ttProjectOrderLine dataset row. Parameters Name piOrderNum piOrderLine pcWarningMsg ds Type Int32 Int32 String@ Description The Order number of the candidate OrderLine to Add to the Project. The Line number of the candidate OrderLine to Add to the Project. A warning message appears here if the given OrderLine is associated with another Project. ProjectDataSet
OnChangePBillSchMgr
This method validates the Mgr. Parameters Name ipMgr ds Type String Description The Mgr value. ProjectDataSet
1688
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OnChangePBOrder
Validates the given OrderNum and OrderLine Parameters Name ipProjectID ipOrderNum ipOrderLine ipValidate opAskMessage opErrMessage ds Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean String@ String@ Description The Project ID. Order Number. The Project ID. if true, validate order detail. Question generated to the user. A string message that indicates if there were errors. ProjectDataSet
OnChangePORelNum
This method validates the given PONum, POLine and PORelease, then if valid, updates the ttProjectPO dataset row. Parameters Name piPONum piPOLine piPORelNum pcWarningMsg ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String@ Description The PO number of the candidate release to Add to the Project. The PO Line number of the candidate release to Add to the Project. The Release number of the candidate release to Add to the Project. A warning message appears here if the given release is associated with another Project. ProjectDataSet
OnChangePPhaseRoleCd
This method validates the given PPhaseOper.RoleCd, then if valid, updates the related fields in the dataset row. Parameters Name ipRoleCd ds Type String Description The RoleCd. ProjectDataSet
OnChangePricePerUnit
This method validates the PricePerUnit.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1689
M-R
Parameters Name ipPricePerUnit ds Type Decimal Description The PricePerUnit value. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeProjectID
Method to call when changing the ProjectID. Validates this is a "Add", ProjectID does not already exist Parameters Name proposedProjectID ds Type String Description The proposed ProjectID value The Project data set
OnChangeProjectWFGroup
Update the Project TaskSet fields according to the WF Group. Parameters Name ipColChanging ipWFGrpID ds Type String String Description The column name changing The value changing ProjectDataSet
OnChangeProjPhaseWFGroup
Update the Project Phase TaskSet fields according to the WF Group. Parameters Name ipColChanging ipWFGrpID ds Type String String Description The column name changing The value changing ProjectDataSet
OnChangeQtySurveyor
This method validates the QtySurveyor.
1690
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ipQtySurveyor ds Type String Description The QtySurveyor value. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeQuoteLine
This method validates the given QuotNum, QuotLine then if valid, updates the ttProjectQuot dataset row. Parameters Name piQuoteNum piQuoteLine pcWarningMsg ds Type Int32 Int32 String@ Description The Quote number of the candidate release to Add to the Project. The Quote Line number of the candidate release to Add to the Project. A warning message appears here if the given release is associated with another Project. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeRateGrpCode
This method validates the given Project.RateGrpCode, then if valid, updates the related fields in the dataset row. Parameters Name ipRateGrpCode ds Type String Description The ConProjMgr value. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeStartDate
This method validates the given Project.StartDate, then if valid, updates the related fields in the dataset row. Parameters Name ipStartDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The StartDate. ProjectDataSet
OnChangeTotalQty
This method validates the TotalQty.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1691
M-R
Parameters Name ipTotalQty ds Type Decimal Description The TotalQty value. ProjectDataSet
OnSupCeilingSupplierIDChanged
ProcessMilestones
This method evaluates the ProjectCriteria for all active Projects in the current company, and sets the "complete" flag for milestones that have been met. Parameters Name projectID pcCompletedMessage Type String String@ Description Project ID. Message showing a count of how many milestones were completed.
RecalcRevenRecogFieldData
Parameters Name ipFieldName ds Type String Description field name RevenRecogDataSet
RecognizedSave
Save Recognition data before posting (in ProjCstHistory table) Parameters Name ds Type Description RevenRecogDataSet
1692
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
TrackerGetByID
Custom GetByID method to retrive historical data if necessary. Parameters Name projectID revision Returns The Project DataSet Type String Int32 Description The ProjectID. The Revision.
TrueUpCalcActual
Hold percentages, recalculate Actual burden amounts Parameters Name ipYear ds Type Int32 Description Fiscal Year Project True up DataSet
TrueUpCreateInvoice
Create True Up invoice according to true up amounts for each line Parameters Name ouMessage ds Type String@ Description Messages Project True up DataSet
TrueUpGetBdn
Get dataset of Burden codes and actual amounts Parameters Name ipProjectID ouYearsList Type String String@ Description The Project ID List of the years when Invoices have been generated
ValidateProjectData
Validates data has been entered for Project.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1693
M-R
Parameters Name ipProjectID outShowMsg outMessage Type String Boolean@ String@ Description ProjectID Show the message to the user Message text
ProjPhaseSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ProjPhaseSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewProjPhase
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1694
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
ProjSummary
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ProjSummary: This business object contains 2 methods.
CalcSummaryOrdered
Culculates summary orders. Parameters Name curProjectID totord totinv totdep totstkmtl totstklbr totstkbur totstksub totstkmbur totactstk Type String Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Decimal@ Description Project ID Total Order amount Total Invoice amount Total Deposit amount Total stock material amount Total stock labor amount Total stock burden amount Total stock sub amount Total stock material burden amount Total Order active stock amount
ProjectCostsHours
Calculates Project cost hours Parameters Name curProjectID Type String Description Project ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1695
M-R
Returns The ProjSummary data set
PropertyValueSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PropertyValueSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewEFTPropVal
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1696
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
PRTaxDtlSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PRTaxDtlSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPRTaxDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1697
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
PRW2Dtl
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PRW2Dtl: This business object contains 14 methods.
GetNewPRW2Dtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1698
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CheckPRW2DtlExists
Checks if PRW2Dtl exists Parameters Name inTaxYear dataExists Type Int32 Boolean@ Description Tax Year Data Exists logical value
DeletePRW2Dtls
This procedure deletes the PRW2Dtl records from the database. Parameters Name taxYrFill ds Type Int32 Description Tax Year The PRW2Dtl data set
ExportPRW2Dtls
This procedure takes the pin code number and tax year as input parameters and returns the PRW2DtlExportDataSet. The UI person has to read the records in the data set and export it in the LineNum order. It is very important that the export order be in the line number ascending order.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1699
M-R
Parameters Name pinNum taxYrFill Type String Int32 Description Pin code Number Tax Year
Returns PRW2DtlExport Dataset of candidates for export.
GetEmployeeAddress
Gets Employee Adress Parameters Name empID employeeAddress Type String String@ Description Employee ID Employee Address
GetEmployerAddress
Gets Employer Adress Parameters Name employerAddress Type String@ Description Employer Address
GetEmployerEIN
Gets Employer FIN Parameters Name oEIN Type String@ Description Employer EIN
LeaveTaxYear
This procedrue must be called on leave of TaxYear field. Parameters Name taxYrFill Type Int32 Description Tax Year
1700
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
PRWrkCmp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PRWrkCmp: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewPRWrkCmp
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1701
M-R
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
PublishedView
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PublishedView: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewPublishedView
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1702
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
PurAgent
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PurAgent: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewPurAgent
GetNewPurAgentAttch
GetNewPurAuth
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1703
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetPerConData
Gets the person contact information. Parameters Name perConID ds Type Int32 Description Person Contact ID Buyer DataSet
1704
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OnChangedofAuthUser
Set the EnableDefaultBuyer flag Parameters Name buyerID dcDUserID ds Type String String Description Buyer for this user. Authorized user ID. The PurAgent data set
OnChangeIsPrimaryUser
Set the EnableDefaultBuyer flag to no on all PurAuth records except for the one that meets the parameters passed in as it is the primary user. Parameters Name buyerID dcDUserID ds Type String String Description Buyer for this user. Authorized user ID. The PurAgent data set
PurAuthSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PurAuthSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewPurAuthSearch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1705
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
BuyerListAuth
Gets list of BuyerID according to PurAgen available for the curren User Parameters Name listBuyer Type String@ Description list Pay For
1706
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
PurchaseAdvisor
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PurchaseAdvisor: This business object contains 4 methods.
ChangePlantOnOrder
Rebuild the On Order list when the plant changes. Prior to calling this procedure, the RowMod field in all ttPAOnOrder records must be set to "U" because these records need to be cleared from the table before rebuilding the list. Parameters Name ds cPartNum iPONum cPlant String Int32 String Type Description The PurchaseAdvisor data set The part number The PO number The plant
ChangePlantPurchasedBefore
Rebuild the Purchased Before list when the plant changes. Prior to calling this procedure, the RowMod field in all ttPAPurchasedBefore records must be set to "U" because these records need to be cleared from the table before rebuilding the list. Parameters Name ds cPartNum cPlant String String Type Description The PurchaseAdvisor data set The part number The plant
GetPurchaseAdvisor
Get the PurchaseAdvisor records from the parameters. Parameters Name cPartNum iPONum cAPVType cClassID cOpCode iCustNum Type String Int32 String String String Int32 Description The Part Number The Purchase Order Number The APVType for Approved Vendors The Class ID The Op Code The customer number
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1707
M-R
Returns The PurchaseAdvisor data set
GetSupplierPriceList
Method to call to get the dataset based on a specific part. Parameters Name cPartNum Returns The SupplierPriceList data set Type String Description The Part Number to retrieve the dataset for
PurMisc
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PurMisc: This business object contains 14 methods.
GetNewPurMisc
GetNewEntityGLC
GetNewPurMiscExpUB
GetNewPurMiscVend
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1708
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeIncomeTaxCode
Performs required logic when PurMisc.IncomeTaxCode is modified.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1709
M-R
Parameters Name ipIncomeTaxCode ds Type String Description Proposed input value of Income Tax Code PurMisc data set
OnEmpExpenseFlagChange
Sets or clears the fields related to the EmpExpanseFlag Parameters Name ipEmpExpenseFlag ds Type Boolean Description The proposed value for EmpExpenseFlag The Purchase Miscellaneous charge/credit master Data Set.
OnSupplierChange
Verifies if is valid supplier. Parameters Name ipSupplierID ds Type String Description The Supplier ID The Purchase Miscellaneous charge/credit master Data Set.
PurTerms
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PurTerms: This business object contains 14 methods.
GetNewPurTerms
GetNewPurTermsAttch
GetNewPurTermsDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
1710
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
OnChangingDisDays
Parameters Name vDueOnDay ds Type Int32 Description Propose Discount Days Temporary tables for PurTerms details
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1711
M-R
OnChangingDisPercent
Parameters Name vDiscountPercent ds Type Decimal Description Propose Discount Days Temporary tables for PurTerms details
OnChangingNumOfDays
Parameters Name vNumOfDay ds Type Int32 Description Propose Discount Days Temporary tables for PurTerms details
OnChangingNumOfMonths
Parameters Name vNumOfMonths ds Type Int32 Description Propose Discount Days Temporary tables for PurTerms details
OnChangingTermDueOnDay
Parameters Name pDueOnDay Type Int32 Description Propose Discount Days
PWLocHisSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.PWLocHisSearch: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewPWLocHis
DeleteByID
1712
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetJobInspectionsData
Retrieves Part Locations Inspections related to a Job
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1713
M-R
Parameters Name jobNum Returns The PWInspect data set. Type String Description Job Number
GetPartInspectionsData
Retrieves Part Locations Inspections related to a Part Parameters Name partNum Returns The PWInspect data set. Type String Description Job Number
1714
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Chapter 17: Q
QMarkUp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.QMarkUp: This business object contains 17 methods.
GetNewQMarkUp
GetNewQmmkup
GetNewPrjMkUp
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1715
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
OnChangeQMarkUpBurdenMarkUp
Validate BurdenMarkUp when it is changing. Parameters Name ipBurdenMarkUp ds Type Decimal Description The proposed BurdenMarkUp value The QMarkUp data set
OnChangeQMarkUpCommissionPct
Validate CommissionPct when it is changing. Parameters Name ipCommissionPct ds Type Decimal Description The proposed CommissionPct value The QMarkUp data set
OnChangeQMarkUpLaborMarkUp
Validate LaborMarkUp when it is changing. Parameters Name ipLaborMarkUp ds Type Decimal Description The proposed LaborMarkUp value The QMarkUp data set
1716
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OnChangeQMarkUpMaterialMarkUp
Validate MaterialMarkUp when it is changing. Parameters Name ipMaterialMarkUp ds Type Decimal Description The proposed MaterialMarkUp value The QMarkUp data set
OnChangeQMarkUpMiscCostMarkUp
Validate MiscCostMarkUp when it is changing. Parameters Name ipMiscCostMarkUp ds Type Decimal Description The proposed MiscCostMarkUp value The QMarkUp data set
OnChangeQMarkUpMtlBurMarkUp
Validate MtlBurMarkUp when it is changing. Parameters Name ipMtlBurMarkUp ds Type Decimal Description The proposed MtlBurMarkUp value The QMarkUp data set
OnChangeQMarkUpSubcontractMarkUp
Validate SubcontractMarkUp when it is changing. Parameters Name ipSubcontractMarkUp ds Type Decimal Description The proposed SubcontractMarkUp value The QMarkUp data set
OnChangeQmmkupMaterialMarkUp
Validate MaterialMarkUp when it is changing.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1717
M-R
Parameters Name ipMaterialMarkUp ds Type Decimal Description The proposed MaterialMarkUp value The QMarkUp data set
QuickEntry
Epicor.Mfg.BO.QuickEntry: This business object contains 21 methods.
GetNewEmpBasic
GetNewQuickEntryExpense
GetNewQuickEntryTime
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1718
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
OnChangeIndirectCode
Method to call when changing the Indirect Code Parameters Name proposedIndirectCode ds Type String Description The proposed Indirect Code The QuickEntry data set
OnChangeLaborType
Method to call when changing the Labor Type
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1719
M-R
Parameters Name proposedLaborType ds Type String Description The proposed Labor Type The QuickEntry data set
OnChangeMiscCode
Method to call when changing the Miscellaneous Code. Parameters Name proposedMiscCode ds Type String Description The proposed miscellaneous code The QuickEntry data set
OnChangeOprSeq
Method to call when changing the Operation Sequence Parameters Name proposedOprSeq ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Operation Sequence The QuickEntry data set
OnChangePaymentMethod
Method to call when changing the Payment Method. Parameters Name proposedPMUID ds Type Int32 Description The proposed pay method id The QuickEntry data set
OnChangePhaseID
Method to call when changing the Phase ID. Parameters Name proposedPhaseID ds Type String Description The proposed phase ID The QuickEntry data set
1720
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OnChangeProjectID
Method to call when changing the Project ID. Parameters Name proposedProjectID ds Type String Description The proposed project ID The QuickEntry data set
OnChangeRoleCd
This method defaults dataset fields when the RoleCd field changes. Parameters Name ds ipRoleCd String Type Description The QuickEntry data set Proposed RoleCd change
BuildRoleCodeWhereClause
Returns a where clause to filter the Role Codes. Parameters Name iEmpID iProjID iJobNum iAssSeq iOprSeq Returns Type String String String Int32 Int32 Description
EmployeeExists
A public method to test if a given Employee ID already exists in the EmpBasic table. Return True if it exists else returns False. Parameters Name empID Type String Description
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1721
M-R
Returns
IsEmpAuthToBookTime
QuickEntrySearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.QuickEntrySearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewQuickEntry
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1722
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
QuickJobEntry
Epicor.Mfg.BO.QuickJobEntry: This business object contains 14 methods.
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1723
M-R
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
ChangeQuickJobEngineered
This method validates the QuickJob.Engineered and potentially changes the Released field. This method should run when the QuickJob.Engineered field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The QuickJobEntry data set
ChangeQuickJobFirm
This method validates the QuickJob.Firm and potentially changes the Released and Engineered fields. This method should run when the QuickJob.Firm field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The QuickJobEntry data set
ChangeQuickJobPartNum
This method validates the QuickJob.PartNum and defaults fields associated with the partnum. This method should run when the QuickJob.PartNum field changes.
1724
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds uomCode String Type Description The QuickJobEntry data set UOM Code (only used for Product Codes)
ChangeQuickJobReleased
This method validates the QuickJob.Released and potentially changes the firm and engineered fields. This method should run when the QuickJob.Released field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The QuickJobEntry data set
ChangeQuickJobWarehouseCode
This method validates the QuickJob.WarehouseCode and defaults warehousedesc field associated with the warehousecode. This method should run when the QuickJob.WarehouseCode field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The QuickJobEntry data set
GenerateJob
Generate the job. Parameters Name ds cMessageText String@ Type Description The QuickJobEntry data set Contains non-error processing information the user may need to see
This method is the first thing that should be ran. It creates a ttQuickJob record in the dataset that we will use to collect user inputs for this Quick Job Entry process. This method creates the record and assigns the next job number, date, firm, released,engineered,and legal number fields and returns the dataset with the one record. This dataset is not a database dataset, it is a temporary dataset with the only record ever in the dataset is the one that you create here. Returns The QuickJobEntry data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1725
M-R
GetPartXRefInfo
This method defaults PartAdvisor fields when the PartNum field changes Parameters Name partNum sysRowID rowType uomCode serialWarning questionString multipleMatch Type String@ String String String@ String@ String@ Boolean@ Description Proposed PartNumber change RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. UOM Code (only used for Product Codes) Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
PreGenerateJob
This method will return a record in the LegalNumGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Type Description The QuickJobEntry data set Indicates if the legal number requires user input
QuickSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.QuickSearch: This business object contains 20 methods.
GetNewQuickSearch
GetNewQuickSearchCriteria
GetNewQuickSearchValueList
1726
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1727
M-R
BAQExists
This method returns a list of quick searches for this user Parameters Name pcGlbComp pcQuickSearchID pbExists Type String String Boolean@ Description The ID of the global company The ID of the quick search Returns true if the BAQ in this quick search exists
BAQsExist
This method returns a dataset of quick searches indicating if a BAQ exists for each Quick Search Parameters Name pcGlbComp ds Type String Description The ID of the global company Returns the list of Quick Searches
CopyQuickSearch
This method copies a quick search Parameters Name pcSourceQuickSearchID pcTargetQuickSearchID pbSucceeded Type String String Boolean@ Description The ID of source quick search The ID of target quick search Returns true if copy operation is successful
GetBaseDefault
This method returns a quick search dataset with the given like field and call from name. Parameters Name pcLikeField pcCallFrom pcBaseSearchID Type String String String@ Description The Like Field The name of the call from Returns the quick search ID which is the BaseDefault
1728
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetContextDefault
This method returns a quick search dataset with the given like field and call from name. Parameters Name pcLikeField pcCallFrom pcContextSearchID Type String String String@ Description The Like Field The name of the call from Returns the quick search ID which is the ContextDefault
GetLikeFieldSearches
This method returns a list of quick searches for a like field A like field has a format of table.field Parameters Name pcLikeField Returns Returns the list of Quick Searches Type String Description The name of the like field
GetListForBAQ
This method returns a list of quick searches that use a given BAQ Parameters Name pcBAQID Returns The returned list This method returns a list of quick searches for this user Returns Returns the list of Quick Searches Type String Description The BAQ ID
GetVersion
This method returns the version code of a quick searches Parameters Name pcGlbComp Type String Description The ID of the global company
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1729
M-R
Name pcQuickSearchID pcVersion
Type String String@
Description The ID of the quick search Returns the version code
RunQuickSearch
This method runs a quick search based on a QuickSearchDataSet. Parameters Name ds Returns Returns the result dataset Type Description The dataset represents a QuickSearch
RunQuickSearchPaged
This method runs a quick search based on a QuickSearchDataSet. Parameters Name ds piPageSize pbMorePage Returns Returns the result dataset Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset represents a QuickSearch The size of page Flag indicating if there are more pages
Quote
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Quote: This business object contains 109 methods.
GetNewQuoteHed
GetNewQuoteHedAttch
GetNewQSalesRP
GetNewQuoteCnt
1730
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetNewQuoteCom
GetNewQuoteDtl
GetNewQuoteDtlAttch
GetNewQuoteMsc
GetNewQuoteQty
GetNewQtmmkup
GetNewQtQtyMsc
GetNewPartSubs
GetNewQuoteHedMsc
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1731
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
1732
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Returns
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1733
M-R
This method exists soley for the purpose of allowing security for unchecking the Ready To Quote flag to be defined
ApplyOrderBasedDiscount
This method applys the OrderBased Discount logic Parameters Name quoteNum Returns Returns the updated dataset Type Int32 Description The current QuoteHed.QuoteNum field
CalcMaterialMarkup
Each part class can have its own material markup percentage This method calculates the Material Markup from the Qtmmkup table Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine qtyNum ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description Quote Num Quote Line Quote Qty Number Returns the updated dataset
ChangeDiscBreakListCode
Change the DiscBreakListCode Parameters Name ds Type Description The Quote data set
ChangeDtlContractNum
Method to call when changing the ContractNum field in the Quote Line record. Updates the QuoteDtl with values based on the new ContractNum.
1734
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ipContractNum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Contract Number The Quote data set
ChangeDtlRenewalNbr
Method to call when changing the RenewalNbr field in the Quote Line record. Updates the QuoteDtl with values based on the new RenewalNbr. Parameters Name ipRenewalNbr ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Renewal Number The Quote data set
ChangeKitPricing
Recalculates the parent line's unit price when the kit pricing is set to "P", if the kit pricing is set to "C" the price will be calculated on the AfterUpdate procedure. Parameters Name ds Type Description Quote DataSet
ChangeKitQtyPer
Used to recalculate the OrderQty of the component kit line using the parent's OrderQuantity Parameters Name ds Type Description Quote DataSet
ChangeMiscPercent
This method recalculates Misc Charges Amounts when Percentage was changed. Parameters Name ds tableName String Type Description Returns the updated dataset name of table being passed in
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1735
M-R
ChangeOrderQty
Gets the proposed OrderQty and if the current OrderDtl record is a sales kit then it recalculates the order qty of each component based on the proposed OrderQty amount Parameters Name ds Type Description Quote dataset to get the dirty OrderDtl and update its components
ChangeOverrideDiscPriceList
Rerun the price break calculation if the override price list flag is changed from true to false. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Quote data set
ChangePartNum
Update Quote Detail information when the Part Number is changed. Parameters Name ds uomCode String Type Description Quote dataset UOM Code (only used for Product Codes)
ChangeQuoteCntCustID
This method takes in a proposed CustID, and if valid, updates the customer- related fields on the QuoteCnt. Parameters Name pcCustID ds Type String Description Proposed Customer ID Quote DataSet
ChangeQuoteHedUseOTS
Method to call when changing the UseOTS field. Refreshes the address list Parameters Name ds Type Description The Service Contract data set
1736
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ChangeRevisionNum
Get the defaults from the RevisionNum field on the QuoteDtl record. Parameters Name ds proposedRevisionNum String Type Description Quote data set The proposed RevisionNum
ChangeSellingExpQty
Parameters Name ds Type Description Quote DataSet
ChangeShipToCustID
Update Ship To Information when Ship To is changed Parameters Name iShipToCustID ds Type String Description Ship To Customer ID Quote dataset
ChangeStandardPct
This method updates the QuoteQty markup percents and the Qtmmkup table using the specified markup record Parameters Name markupId quoteNum quoteLine qtyNum ds Type String Int32 Int32 Int32 Description Standard Percent Markup Id Quote Number Quote Line Quote Quantity Number Returns the updated dataset
CheckBOMErrors
This method runs through a quote's BOM and returns a list of assembly and/or materials that are on hold or inactive. Quote Line cannot be engineered or QuoteHed cannot be Quoted until these errors are taken care of
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1737
M-R
Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine errorList Type Int32 Int32 String@ Description Quote Number QuoteLine, 0 for all lines, otherwise only looks a specific line contains the Run Out warning messages
CheckCustomerCreditLimit
The method returns a character string if the customer will go over their credit limit and the user is given the choice of continuing or not. Parameters Name ds cCreditLimitMessage String@ Type Description QuoteDataSet The over credit limit message text
CheckPhaseID
The method review if phaseid is availble in ProjPhase Table Parameters Name ipProjectID ipPhaseID Type String String Description Project ID Phase ID
CheckPreCustPartInfo
The method is to be run on leave of the CustPartNum field before the GetCustPartInfo or Update methods are run. In case existance of CustomerPart it returns Part Number which belongs this CustomerPart. Parameters Name xPartNum custNum partNum Type String Int32 String@ Description The new Customenr Part Number The current QuoteHed.CustNum The new Part Num for this Customer Part
CheckPrePartInfo
The method is to be run on leave of the PartNum, Revision and CustPartNum fields before the GetCustPartInfo or Update methods are run. This returns all the questions that need to be asked before a part can be changed.
1738
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine fieldName partNum vMessage vBMessage vPMessage vSubAvail vMsgType Type Int32 Int32 String String@ String@ String@ String@ Boolean@ String@ Description The current QuoteHed.QuoteNum field The current QuoteDtl.QuoteLine field The name of the field you are leaving The new PartNum if a substitute part is found, partNum will be the substitute part If the part is configured, asks if it's okay to delete the configuration inputs No means the part cannot be changed Asks if you want to refresh the QuoteQty records. The answer will be stored in QuoteDtl.RefreshQty Asks if the user wants to use a substitute part Indicates other substitute parts besides the default exist Indicates what type of message vPMessage is
CheckProjectID
The method review if projectid is availble in Project Table Parameters Name ipProjectID Type String Description Project ID
CheckQuoteNum
This method will check if the quote number entered is valid. If the quote number that's entered doesn't already exist and the number entered is greater than the number defined as the starting quote number in company maintenance, then the quote number is invalid. Parameters Name quoteNum Type Int32 Description Quote Number
CheckQuoteSecurity
Parameters Name ipquoteNum Type Int32 Description The current QuoteHed.QuoteNum field
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1739
M-R
CheckRateGrpCode
Update Quote Detail information when the Part Number is changed. Parameters Name ipRateGrpCode ds Type String Description Currency Rate Group Code Quote dataset
CopyLines
This method copies lines from other Quotes to the current Quote Parameters Name targetQuoteNum sourceQuoteLines mtlCosts opStds vMessage Returns returns the new lines Type Int32 String Boolean Boolean String@ Description The Quote to write the lines to A delimited list of quote lines to be copied. Format QuoteNum tick QuoteLine tilde QuoteNum tick QuoteLine Indicates if Material/Operation Costs should be refreshed Indicates if Operation Standards should be refreshed Output list of lines that could not be copied
CreateOrder
This method takes the specified QuoteDtl lines and creates a Sales Order Parameters Name ds orderNum Int32@ Type Description QuoteDataSet New Order Number
CreateOrderSaveOTS
This method takes the specified QuoteDtl lines and creates a Sales Order after saving the One Time Ship To as Customer. Parameters Name ds Type Description SaveQuoteOTSParamsDataSet
1740
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name ds1 orderNum
Type
Description QuoteDataSet
Int32@
New Order Number
CreateQuoteDtlComplements
Create new lines for every complement selected for a given Line, Parameters Name iQuoteNum ds Type Int32 Description The Quote Number The Quote data set
DefaultOrderFields
This method takes the Quote and initializes the fields used during CreateOrder. The user will then update the Quote dataset and then call the CreateOrder method to actually create the order. Parameters Name quoteNum creditMessage Type Int32 String@ Description Quote Number If the Customer is on credit hold, this will warn the user before the order can be created
Returns
DuplicateQuote
This method creates a new Quote from an existing quote Parameters Name sourceQuote sourceLines mtlCosts opStds Returns Returns the new Quote Type Int32 String Boolean Boolean Description The Quote to duplicate List of lines from the source Quote to be copied. If blank all lines will be copied Format:QuoteLine~QuoteLine Indicates if Material/Operation Costs should be refreshed Indicates if Operation Standards should be refreshed
ETCValidateAddress
Call tax integration and loads temp tables from the results.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1741
M-R
Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine statusFlag errorFlag errorMsg Type Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Description QuoteHed.QuoteNum QuoteDtl.QuoteLine Set to true if the integration is up, false if down. If true, an error occured. If Error Flag is true, this is the associated message.
exportQuoteToEST
Exports quotation for the Estimating System. Parameters Name quoteNum Type Int32 Description Quote Number
GetCompetitorInfo
This method returns default information for the competitor. Method must use parameters instead of the dataset due to the problem with changing the primary key field Parameters Name quoteNum compNum name faxNum phoneNum emailAddress compURL Type Int32 Int32 String@ String@ String@ String@ String@ Description QuoteNum of the QuoteCom record Competitor Number of the QuoteCom record Returns the Competitor Name Returns the Competitor Fax# Returns the Competitor Phone# Returns the Competitor Email Address Returns the Competitor Web Site Address
GetContactInfo
This method returns default information for the Contact. Method must use parameters instead of the dataset due to the problem with changing the primary key field
1742
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name quoteNum custNum shipToNum conNum name func phoneNum fax emailAddress Type Int32 Int32 String Int32 String@ String@ String@ String@ String@ Description QuoteNum of the QuoteCom record Customr Number of the QuoteCom record ShipTo Number of the QuoteCom record Contact Number of the QuoteCom record Returns the Contact Name Returns the Contact fucntion Returns the Contact Phone# Returns the Contact Fax# Returns the Contact Email Address
GetCurrencyBase
GetCustomerInfo
This method returns default information for the Customer. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Quote data set
GetCustPartInfo
Defaults Part Information when the Customer Part Number changes MUST RUN UPDATE AFTER THIS METHOD Parameters Name ds Type Description The Quote data set
GetDtlUnitPriceInfo
This method updates the QuoteDtl unit price and revenue fields when the SellingExpextedQty changes
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1743
M-R
Parameters Name skipDiscLookup preserveAmt ds Type Boolean Boolean Description Skip lookup of DiscPercent Preserve the DiscountAmt The Quote data set
GetExchangeRate
This method returns the Exchange Rate information for the selected Currency. The system may not have an exchange rate between the Quote and Base so it may use an middle Currency so that it will go Quote Currency -> Ref Currency -> Base Currency Parameters Name vCurrencyCode vRateGrpCode vExchangeRate vXRateLabel Type String String Decimal@ String@ Description Currency selected for the Quote Currency Rate Group selected for the quote Current exchange rate between the Quote currency and the Ref Currency Label for the Exchange Rate field
GetKitComponents
Calls GetKitComponents from SalesKitting.p, which creates a list of OrderDtl records that will be treated as kit components of the given OrderLine. Parameters Name iPartNum iRevisionNum iAltMethod iTargetAsm quoteNum quoteLine iUseMethodForParts regenerateKit errorMsg ds Type String String String Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean Boolean String@ Description Part Number of the given QuoteLine Revision Number selected for the given PartNum Aletrnate Method of the given Part number Target assembly to be exploded (usually asm 0) Quote number to be exploded Quote line which will be the Kit Parent If TRUE then it will delete all components before getting them again Input-Output parameter that will hold the error messages in case something went wrong Quote DataSet
1744
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetListCustom
This overload of GetList adds Quotes which ShipTo's fall within authorized territories. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage customClause morePages Returns Returns the list of Quotes Type String Int32 Int32 String Boolean@ Description The search criteria Size of a page The absolute page Custom WhereClause Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
This methods will return all of the Quote records which will be a subset of the QuoteHEd records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method. Parameters Name ds pageSize absolutePage morePages Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset with pupolated key values The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
GetMaterialMarkup
This procedure is used to be called from EQR10.p to get the MaterialMarkupP and MaterialMarkupM fields since these two fields are external and they're needed to be displayed on the report. Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine qtyNum mtlMarkupP mtlMarkupM Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Decimal@ Decimal@ Description Quote Num Quote Line Quote Qty Number The MarkupP The MarkupM
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1745
M-R
GetMiscChrgDefaults
This method returns default information for the MiscChrg. Method must use parameters instead of the dataset due to the problem with changing the primary key field as well as QuoteMsc and QtQtyMsc can the same code Parameters Name ds tableName String Type Description Returns the updated dataset name of table being passed in
GetMktgInfo
This method updates the description fields for the Marketing Campaign and Event fields Parameters Name ds Type Description Returns the updated dataset
GetNewContractQuoteDtl
Method to call when adding a new QuoteDtl record for a Service Contract or a Renewal Parameters Name ds ipQuoteNum Int32 Type Description The Quote data set The quote number to add the line to
GetNewSalesKit
Created a new QuoteDtl and sets it as a kit component for the given QuoteLine Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Quote number where the Kit Parent resides Quote line that has the SalesKit and to which the kit component will be added Quote Dataset with the new QuoteDtl record as a Sales Kit
GetPartXRefInfo
1746
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name partNum sysRowID rowType uomCode serialWarning questionString multipleMatch Type String@ String String String@ String@ String@ Boolean@ Description Proposed PartNumber change RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. UOM Code (only used for Product Codes) Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
GetPhantomComponents
This procedure will explode the BOM of a part set as Phantom Parameters Name phPartNum quoteNum quoteLine errMessage ds Type String Int32 Int32 String@ Description The phantom part number Quote number where the lines will be saved Quote line of the parent line Returns any error messages found during the process Quote DataSet
GetPriceListInfo
Finds the default pricelist if override field is blank updates the QuoteDtl record with the new pricebreak information called when OverridePriceList, BreakListCode or ProdCode fields change Parameters Name refreshQty ds Boolean Type Description Indicate if the app needs to refresh the Quantity Breaks Returns the updated dataset
Returns list of Project Roles
GetQtyPriceInfo
This method updates the unitprice information when the QuoteQty SellingQty has changed
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1747
M-R
Parameters Name ds hasPriceBreak Boolean@ Type Description Returns the updated dataset Indicates if there is a price break
GetQtyPriceInfoCfgPart
This method updates the unitprice information when the QuoteQty SellingQty has changed Parameters Name ds hasPriceBreak Boolean@ Type Description Returns the updated dataset Indicates if there is a price break
GetQtyToOrdPrice
This method takes the QuantityToOrder field and returns the base and doc unit price Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine quantityToOrder sellingUM orderUnitPrice docOrderUnitPrice Type Int32 Int32 Decimal String Decimal@ Decimal@ Description Quote Number Quote Line Quantity used to create order Selling UM Base Expected Unit Price Document Expected Unit Price
GetQuotedInfo
Updates the DateQuoted,ExpirationDate and FollowUpDate fields based on the Quoted field Parameters Name ds Type Description Returns the updated dataset
GetReasonInfo
This method returns default reason code for the specified ReasonType. Run when the reasonType field has changed.
1748
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name vReasonType vQuoteNum vOrdered vReasonCode Type String Int32 Boolean String@ Description ReasonType of the Quote (Win, Task) Unique key of the Quote Flag indicating if an order has been created from the quote Default ReasonCode for the Quote Task/ReasonType
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Hed/Dtl fields for the customer tracker. Parameters Name whereClauseQuoteHed whereClauseQuoteHedAttch whereClauseQSalesRP whereClauseQuoteCnt whereClauseQuoteCom whereClauseQuoteDtl whereClauseQuoteDtlAttch whereClauseQuoteMsc whereClauseQuoteHedMsc whereClauseQuoteQty whereClauseQtmmkup whereClauseQtQtyMsc pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.QuoteCustTrkDataSet Type String String String String String String String String String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for QuoteHed table. Whereclause for QuoteHedAttch table. Whereclause for QSalesRP table. Whereclause for QuoteCnt table. Whereclause for QuoteCom table. Whereclause for QuoteDtl table. Whereclause for QuoteDtlAt table. Whereclause for QuoteMsc table. Whereclause for QuoteHedMsc table. Whereclause for QuoteQty table. Whereclause for Qtmmkup table. Whereclause for QtQtyMsc table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
This methods will return all of the Quote records which will be a subset of the QuoteHEd records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1749
M-R
Parameters Name ds pageSize absolutePage morePages Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset with pupolated key values The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
GetSalesRepInfo
This method returns default commision information when the SalesRepCode or RoleCode field(s) change. Method must use parameters instead of the dataset due to the problem changing the primary key field Parameters Name defaultRoleCode quoteNum salesRepCode roleCode name repRate repSplit officePhone homePhone reportsTo emailAddress fax mobilePhone salesRepTitle roleCodeRoleDescription Type Boolean Int32 String String@ String@ Decimal@ Int32@ String@ String@ String@ String@ String@ String@ String@ String@ Description Indicates whether to default the RoleCode from the SalesRep QuoteNum of the QSalesRP record Salesperson of the QSalesRP record RoleCode of the QSalesRP record, if defaultRoleCode is checked, then a different value may be returned Returns the SalesRep Name Returns the Commission Rate Returns the Commission Split flag Returns the SalesRep Office# Returns the SalesRep Home# Returns the SalesRep Manager Returns the SalesREp Email Address Returns the SalesRep Fax# Returns the SalesRep Cell# Returns the SalesRep Title Returns the Role Code Description
GetSearchRows
This method is to be used in searches only. It returns only partial information on the QuoteHed, QuoteDtl, and QSalesRP tables. Parameters Name whereClauseQuoteHed Type String Description Whereclause for QuoteHed table.
1750
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name whereClauseQSalesRP whereClauseQuoteDtl pageSize absolutePage morePages
Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@
Description Whereclause for QSalesRP table. Whereclause for QuoteDtl table. The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
Returns The dataset with pupolated key values
GetShipToInfo
This method updates the ShipTo information when the ShipToNum field changes Parameters Name ds Type Description Quote DataSet
GetSmartString
Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine partNum revisionNum smartString createPart promptForPartNum notifyOfExistingPart newPartNum createCustPart promptForCustPartNum newCustPartNum promptForAutoCreatePart Type Int32 Int32 String String String@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Boolean@ Description Kit component quote number Kit component quote line The part being configured The revision being configured The generated smartstring of the configuration True if a new part should be created True if the user should be prompted for the part number If true the user should be warned if the new part number already exists The generated portion of the new part number If true the user should be asked if they want the Customer Part Number assigned If true the user should be prompted to update the new Customer Part Number The generated customer part number True if the user should be prompted to create part
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1751
M-R
GetTaskSetInfo
This method updates the QuoteHed.Stage field when the TaskSetId is changed Parameters Name ds Type Description The updated dataset
GetTerrInfo
This method returns the TaskSetId when the territory ID changes Parameters Name vQuoteNum vTerritoryID vActiveTaskID vTaskSetId Type Int32 String String String@ Description The current QuoteHed.QuoteNum field The QuoteHed.TerritoryID The QuoteHed.ActiveTaskID Returns the correct TaskSet for the Territory
GetWSUnitPrice
This method updates the Base and Doc Unit Prices when the Quoted Unit Price or Price Per Code changes on the Quote Worksheet form Parameters Name ds Type Description The updated dataset
KitCompPartCreate
Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine partNum revisionNum smartString newPartNum newCustPartNum Type Int32 Int32 String String String String String Description Kit component quote number Kit component quote line The part being configured The revision being configured The generated smartstring of the configuration The Part Number to be used for a new part creation. If blank, a part will not be created. The Customer Part Number to stored on the quote line.
1752
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name responseAutoCrtPart newPartAlreadyExists
Type Boolean Boolean@
Description Answer to the question presented to user about auto creating a part. Returns true a new part was not created because it already exists.
OnChangeMktgCamp
Call this method when the value of MktgCamp changes. Parameters Name mktgCampID ds Type String Description The CampID The updated dataset
OnChangeMktgEvnt
Call this method when the value of MktgCamp changes. Parameters Name mktgEvntSeq ds Type Int32 Description The EvntSeq The updated dataset
OnChangeofBTCustID
This method returns the Bill To customer info. Parameters Name newBillToCustID ds Type String Description Proposed bill to custid The Quote data set
OnChangeofEngineered
This method Check the number of reference designators are equal to the Required Ref Designators defined on JobMtl Parameters Name newReadyToQuote ds Type Boolean Description Proposed ReadyToQuote The Quote data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1753
M-R
OpenCloseQuote
This method either opens or closes a Quote and returns the updated object Parameters Name quoteNum closeQuote Type Int32 Boolean Description QuoteNum to be opened or closed Yes to close Quote, no to open Quote
Returns Returns the newly opened/closed Quote
PreOpenCloseQuote
This method is to be run befor the OpenCloseQuote method so that any questions that need to be asked before the OpenCloseQuote method can run can be asked Parameters Name quoteNum closeQuote vMessage Type Int32 Boolean String@ Description The current QuoteHed.QuoteNum field Yes to close Quote, no to open Quote Returns a string containing the question to be asked
PreRefreshQty
Procedure to find if the app needs to ask the user to refresh the Quantity Breaks. Parameters Name strquestion Type String@ Description Returns the Question string
RecalcKitPriceAfterConfig
When configuring a part, the QuoteDtl unit price may change during the configuration process. This method is to be called after running product configurator to recalculate the kit pricing. Parameters Name iQuoteNum iQuoteLine Type Int32 Int32 Description Quote Number for configured part Quote Line for configured part
1754
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
recalcKitPricing
This procedure is used to recalculate the unit price of the kit parent and the parent Quote Qty record if the KitPricing field is set to 'C' then the procedure will add the unit price of each component and the total value will be the unit price of the kit parent line.
RecalcWorksheet
Each part class can have its own material markup percentage This method calculates the Material Markup from the Qtmmkup table Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine qtyNum ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description Quote Num Quote Line Quote Qty Number The Quote dataset
RemoveKitComponents
To delete the QuoteDtl records created as components for a Parent Sales Kit. Parameters Name iPartNum quoteNum quoteLine ds Type String Int32 Int32 Description Parent Sales Kit number Quote number of the QuoteDtl record (0 if an Order is being processed) Quote Line of the QuoteDtl record (0 if an Order is being processed Quote DataSet
SetOrderDefaults
This method updates Order Defaults. Parameters Name quoteNum setReqShipDt setOrdQty reqShipDate Type Int32 Boolean Boolean Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The current QuoteHed.QuoteNum field Yes to set the QuoteDtl.ReqShipDate to the specified date Yes to set the Order Qty equal to the Expected Qty Requested Ship Date
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1755
M-R
Returns Updated Quote
ValReqRefDes
Public method to call ValidateReqRefDes method and check the number of reference designators are equal to the Required Ref Designators defined on QuoteMtl. Parameters Name ipQuoteNum ipQuoteLine Type Int32 Int32 Description Quote Number to validate Quote Line of the Quote Number to validate
WhatIfGetDate
Set a default date for scheduling starting from Today Parameters Name schedDate Type Nullable{System.DateTime}@ Description The calculated start date for scheduling
WhatIfScheduling
This method runs the whatif Scheduling code. Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine prodQty schedDate schedFinite considerLeadTime completionDate Type Int32 Int32 Decimal Nullable{System.DateTime} Boolean Boolean Nullable{System.DateTime}@ Description The current QuoteHed.QuoteNum field The QuoteLine to schedule Production Qty to schedule Schedule Start date Schedule Finitely flag Consider Material Lead Times flag Returns the schedule completion date
QuoteAdt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.QuoteAdt: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewQuoteAdt
1756
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1757
M-R
QuoteAnalysisExp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.QuoteAnalysisExp: This business object contains 4 methods.
BuildAnalysis
Call this method when the user already selected quote lines to process. This method expects a LIST-DELIM delimited string of RowIds of all selected QuoteDtl records. Parameters Name vRowList vMessage Type String String@ Description A RowId list of selected QuoteDtl records. Returns message indicating number of records processed.
ClearAllAnalysis
Call this method to delete or clear all QuoteAnalysis records. This method expects that the user already confirmed that records will be deleted. Parameters Name vMessage Type String@ Description Returns message indicating process completion.
GetByQuoteLine
This method finds the QuoteDtl record by QuoteNum/QuoteLine. Parameters Name ipQuoteNum ipQuoteLine Type Int32 Int32 Description The Quote Number The Quote Line Number
Returns Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.QuoteAnalysisExpDataSet
GetQuoteDtlBrw
This method assembles the QuoteDtl browse for the main data set. Parameters Name whereClauseQuoteDtl pageSize Type String Int32 Description Where clause to specify set of QuoteDtlBrw records to return Page Size
1758
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Type Int32 Boolean@
Description Absolute Page More Pages
Returns Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.QuoteAnalysisExpDataSet
QuoteAsm
Epicor.Mfg.BO.QuoteAsm: This business object contains 95 methods.
GetNewQuoteAsm
GetNewQuoteAsmAttch
GetNewQuoteAsmInsp
GetNewQuoteMtl
GetNewQuoteMtlInsp
GetNewQuoteMtlRefDes
GetNewQuoteOpr
GetNewQuoteOprInsp
GetNewQuoteOpDtl
GetNewQuoteAsmRefDes
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1759
M-R
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
1760
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
AddRefDesRange
Creates new QuoteMtlRefDes records based on the QuoteMtl dataset fields. Parameters Name ipQuoteNum ipQuoteLine ipAsmSeq ipMtlSeq ipPrefix ipStartNum ipEndNum ipSuffix ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 String Int32 Int32 String Description The Quote Number The Quote Line Number The Quote Assembly The Quote Material Seq The Prefix to be used to delete Reference Designators The Starting Number to delete Reference Designators The Ending Number to delete Reference Designators The Suffix to be used to delete Reference Designators The Quote Asm data set
AppendDetails
This method takes the records built in BuildAppendDetails that are marked as append and writes them to the database. It will return the updated dataset. Parameters Name ds targetQuote targetLine targetAsm sourceFile keyOne keyTwo keyThree Int32 Int32 Int32 String String String String Target Quote Target QuoteLine Target Quote AssemblySeq Indicates where the details are being appended from. Either Quote, Job or Method Unique key field one for Job or Method source Unique key field two for Method source Unique key field two for Method source Type Description
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1761
M-R
Name ipCompleteTree errorList Returns Results of the append detail
Type Boolean String@
Description Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm? Returns a message listing any parts in error
BuildAppendDetails
This method returns the information that can be appended for approval Parameters Name sourceFile keyOne keyTwo keyThree targetQuote targetLine targetAsm Returns Type String String String String Int32 Int32 Int32 Description Source of the append details, Quote, Job or Method First key field of source Second key field of source Third key field of source Target Quote Num Target Line Number Target Assembly
ChangeOpDtlCapability
Method to call when changing the Capability ID. This method will update QuoteOpDtl to see if the labor and burden rates need to be reset. Blank is a valid entry for Capability ID. Parameters Name proposedCapID ds Type String Description The proposed Capability ID The QuoteAsm data set
ChangeOperAutoReceive
Verification when changing the AutoReceive field Parameters Name iAutoReceive ds Type Boolean Description Proposed value for AutoReceive field The QuoteAsm data set
1762
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ChangeOperLaborEntryMethod
Verification when changing the LaborEntryMethod field Parameters Name iLaborEntryMethod ds Type String Description Proposed value for LaborEntryMethod field The QuoteAsm data set
ChangeOpDtlOverrideRates
Method to call when changing the Override Rates Flag. This method will update QuoteOpDtl with the default labor and burden rates from the appropriate resource or resource group if the QuoteOpDtl.OverrideRates is set to false. Parameters Name ds Type Description The QuoteAsm data set
ChangeOpDtlResourceGrpID
Method to call when changing the Resource Group ID. This method will update QuoteOpDtl with the default labor and burden rates from the new resource group. Blank is a valid entry for Resource Group ID. Parameters Name proposedResGrpID ds Type String Description The proposed Resource Group ID The QuoteAsm data set
ChangeOpDtlResourceID
Method to call when changing the Resource ID. This method will update QuoteOpDtl with the default labor and burden rates from the new resource. Blank is a valid entry for Resource ID. Parameters Name proposedResourceID ds Type String Description The proposed Resource ID The QuoteAsm data set
ChangeOperPrimaryProdOpDtl
This method defaults/resets the production standards when selecting Primary Production Operation Detail. This method should run when the QuoteOpr.PrimaryProdOpDtl field changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1763
M-R
Parameters Name ds Type Description The QuoteAsm data set
ChangeOperPrimarySetupOpDtl
This method defaults/resets the setup values when selecting Primary Setup Operation Detail. This method should run when the QuoteOpr.PrimarySetupOpDtl field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The QuoteAsm data set
ChangeOperPurPoint
This method updates the vendor related information when the Vendor/Purchase Point field changes. It updates the vendor price breaks as well. This method should run when the field ttQuoteOpr.PurPoint changes. Parameters Name proposedPurPoint ds Type String Description The proposed Purchase Point The QuoteAsm data set
ChangeOperVendorID
This method updates the vendor related information when the Vendor/Purchase Point field changes. It updates the vendor price breaks as well. This method should run when the field ttQuoteOpr.VendorNumVendorID changes. Parameters Name proposedVendorID ds Type String Description The proposed Vendor ID The QuoteAsm data set
ChangeOpMtlReqQty
Method to call when changing the OpMtlReqQty. Parameters Name ds Type Description The QuoteAsm data set
1764
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ChangeQuoteAsmblQtyPer
This methods updates the QuoteAsmbl Required Quantity. This method should run when the QuoteAsmbl.QtyPer field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Quote Asm data set
ChangeQuoteAsmblValRefDes
Verify that there are no other QuoteMtlRefDes records in the assembly having the same RefDes value if the QuoteAsmbl.ValRefDes = true. This method should run before changing the QuoteAsmbl.ValRefDes. Parameters Name ipProposedValResDes ds Type Boolean Description The new proposed QuoteAsmbl.ValRefDes value The Quote Asm data set
ChangeQuoteAsmReqRefDes
This methods assigns QuoteAsm.RDEndNum field when QuoteAsm.ReqRefDes changes. This method should run when the QuoteAsm.ReqRefDes changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Quote Asm dataset
ChangeQuoteMtlEstUnitCost
This methods recalculates the Est Mtl Burden Unit Cost when the Est Unit Cost value changes. This method should run when the QuoteMtl.EstUnitCost changes. Parameters Name ipProposedEstUnitCost ds Type Decimal Description The new proposed QuoteMtl.MtlBurRate value QuoteAsmDataSet
ChangeQuoteMtlMtlBurRate
This methods recalculates the Est Mtl Burden Unit Cost when the Mtl Burden Rate value changes. This method should run when the QuoteMtl.MtlBurRate changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1765
M-R
Parameters Name ipProposedMtlBurRate ds Type Decimal Description The new proposed QuoteMtl.MtlBurRate value QuoteAsmDataSet
ChangeQuoteMtlReqRefDes
This methods assigns QuoteMtl.RDEndNum field when QuoteMtl.ReqRefDes changes. This method should run when the QuoteMtl.ReqRefDes changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Quote Asm dataset
ChangeQuoteMtlSalvageMtlBurUnitRate
This methods recalculates the Salvage Mtl Burden Unit Cost when the Salvage Mtl Burden Rate value changes. This method should run when the ECOMtl.SalvageMtlBurRate changes. Parameters Name ipProposedSalvageMtlBurRate ds Type Decimal Description The new proposed ECOMtl.SalvageMtlBurRate value QuoteAsmDataSet
ChangeQuoteMtlSalvagePartNum
This methods assigns associated fields when ECOMtl.SalvagePartNum changes. This method should run when the ECOMtl.SalvagePartNum changes. Parameters Name ipProposedSalvagePartNum ds Type String Description The new proposed ECOMtl.SalvagePartNum value The QuoteAsm data set
ChangeQuoteMtlSalvageUnitCredit
This methods recalculates the Salvage Mtl Burden Unit Cost when the Salvage Unit Credit value changes. This method should run when the ECOMtl.SalvageUnitCredit changes. Parameters Name ipProposedSalvageUnitCredit Type Decimal Description The new proposed ECOMtl.SalvageUnitCredit value
1766
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name ds
Type
Description QuoteAsmDataSet
ChangeQuoteOprOprSeq
This method will update all of the associated records to the QuoteOpr if the OprSeq field is changing. This method should run before changing the QuoteOpr.OprSeq and not when a new record. Parameters Name ipProposedOprSeq ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed QuoteOpr.OprSeq value The QuoteAsm data set
CheckConfiguration
This method checks if a part must be configured prior to a GetDetails. Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine sourcePart sourceRev targetAssembly findRevision canGetDetails needsConfiguration configureRevision reasonMessage Type Int32 Int32 String String Int32 Boolean Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ String@ Description Quote Number of the target Assembly Quote Line of the target Assembly Part Num to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method") Revision number to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method") Target Assembly If true the revision number will be looked up rather than using the sourceRev If false, GetDetails will fail for a configuration reason that can't be resolve by reconfiguring now If true the configurator should be run on the Job for the Part/Rev The revision that should be configured (if configuration is needed) The reason or for the failure or need for configuration. This should be displayed to the user.
CheckExistingConfiguration
This method will check to see if an existing configuration exists for a configured part. This method should be called prior to calling the CheckConfiguration method. If the configurationExists is set to "true", then the reasonMessage should be displayed to the user.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1767
M-R
Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine sourcePart sourceRev targetAssembly findRevision configurationExists configureRevision reasonMessage Type Int32 Int32 String String Int32 Boolean Boolean@ String@ String@ Description Quote Number of the target Assembly Quote Line of the target Assembly Part Num to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method") Revision number to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method") Target Assembly If true the revision number will be looked up rather than using the sourceRev If true the configurator should be run on the Job for the Part/Rev The revision that should be configured (if configuration is needed) The reason or for the failure or need for configuration. This should be displayed to the user.
CheckOperPrimaryProdOpDtl
This method validated the value of Primary Production Operation Detail. This method should run when the QuoteOpr.PrimaryProdOpDtl is changing. Parameters Name ds ipPrimaryProdOpDtl Int32 Type Description The QuoteAsm data set The new PrimaryProdOpDtl value to change to
CheckOperPrimarySetupOpDtl
This method validated the value of Primary Setup Operation Detail. This method should run when the QuoteOpr.PrimarySetupOpDtl is changing. Parameters Name ds ipPrimarySetupOpDtl Int32 Type Description The QuoteAsm data set The new PrimarySetupOpDtl value to change to
CheckPartErrors
This method runs through a quote's BOM and returns a list of assembly and/or materials that are on hold or inactive. Quote cannot be engineered or Quoted until these errors are taken care of
1768
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine runOutWarnings Type Int32 Int32 String@ Description Quote Number QuoteLine, 0 for all lines, otherwise only looks a specific line Warning Message about RunOut Parts on Job. Client to display this as a warning only
CheckPrePartInfo
The method is to be run on leave of the PartNum, Revision fields before the GetPartInfo or Update methods are run. This returns all the questions that need to be asked before a part can be changed. Parameters Name partNum vMessage vSubAvail vMsgType Type String@ String@ Boolean@ String@ Description The new PartNum if a substitute part is found, partNum will be the substitute part Asks if the user wants to use a substitute part Indicates other substitute parts besides the default exist Type of message returned. Values can be; "Question" (asking if they want to use the substitute part) "Warning" (Warns them that a part is onhold or runout). "Error" (Part in Inactive, or Onhold/Runout parts are not accepted in this case) . "Question" is asking if they want to use the substitute part.
DeleteAllAssembly
The method deletes all assemblys and their subassemblys, materials and operations while leaving the base assembly sequence alone. Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine Returns Type Int32 Int32 Description Quote Number of the assemblys Quote Assembly Line Number
DeleteRefDesRange
Deletes QuoteMtlRefDes records based on the QuoteMtl dataset fields. Parameters Name ipQuoteNum Type Int32 Description The Quote Number
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1769
M-R
Name ipQuoteLine ipAsmSeq ipMtlSeq ipPrefix ipStartNum ipEndNum ipSuffix ds
Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Int32 Int32 String
Description The Quote Line Number The Quote Assembly The Quote Material Seq The Prefix to be used to delete Reference Designators The Starting Number to delete Reference Designators The Ending Number to delete Reference Designators The Suffix to be used to delete Reference Designators The Quote Asm data set
EnableSupplierPriceList
This method returns whether or not the supplier price list option is enabled. This is based on security rights for the user. Parameters Name lEnableSupplierPriceList Type Boolean@ Description
GetAsmOprInfo
This method updates the related operation description when the RelatedOperation field changes. To be run before update. Parameters Name ds relatedOperation Int32 Type Description The QuoteAsm data set Value of the RelatedOperation that is being tested
GetAsmPartInfo
This method updates the dataset with Part Defaults when the PartNum or Revision field changes. To be run before update. CheckPrePartInfo should be run first Parameters Name ds defaultRev Boolean Type Description The QuoteAsm data set Indicates if the system should try and find the correct RevisionNum (yes) or use the value in the dataset (no)
1770
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetBasePartForConfig
This method will retrieve the base configured part number to be passed to configuration entry Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine targetAssembly sourcePartNum sourceRevisionNum basePartNum baseRevisionNum curPartNum curRevNum siValues Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String String String@ String@ String@ String@ Boolean@ Description Quote Number of the target Assembly Quote Line of the target Assembly target Assembly Indicates the source part number to get details from Indicates the source revision number to get details from Returns the Base Part Number to use for configuration Returns the Base Revision Number to use for configuration Returns the Current Part Number to use for configuration Returns the Current Revision Number to use for configuration Returns whether the configuration is set to save input values
GetDatasetForTree
This methods will return the dataset for QuoteAsm. The method will return the records related to the assembly provided and the first child level assemblies related to the input inputted assembly. Parameters Name ipQuoteNum ipQuoteLine ipStartAssemblySeq ipCurrentAssemblySeq ipCompleteTree Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean Description The Quote Number to return data for. The Quote Line Number to return data for. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. The Assembly Sequence to return data for. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this job number?
Returns Quote Asm Data Set
GetDetails
This method retrieves the manufacturing details from a source file. The source file will either be a Quote, a Job, or a Method (Part). The assembly records will be created regardless if the part is in error or not. If there are errors, the quote cannot be "quoted" unless all parts are fixed. To find the parts in error run CheckPartErrors
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1771
M-R
Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine targetAsm sourceFile sourceQuote sourceLine sourceJob sourceAsm sourcePart sourceRev sourceAltMethod useMethodForParts ipCompleteTree partErrors Returns Results of the get details Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Int32 Int32 String Int32 String String String Boolean Boolean String@ Description Quote Number of the target Assembly Quote Line of the target Assembly Sequence of the target Assembly Source (Quote, Job, or Method) of the details to copy Quote Number to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Quote") Quote Line to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Quote") Job Number to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Job") Quote Assembly to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Quote" or "Job") Part Num to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method") Revision number to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method") Alternate Method to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method") If true use the method passed in for all parts in assemblies, if false use the assembly part's default method. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm? Message of any bad parts that were copied
GetMtlBuyItInfo
This method updates Vendor and LeadTime when BuyIt is checked Parameters Name ds Type Description The QuoteAsm data set
GetMtlDirectInfo
This method updates Vendor and LeadTime when BuyIt is checked Parameters Name ds Type Description The QuoteAsm data set
1772
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetMtlOprInfo
This method defaults the EstScrap fields when the QuoteMtl.RelatedOperation changes Parameters Name relatedOperation ds Type Int32 Description Value of the RelatedOperation that is being tested The QuoteAsm data set
CheckQuoteMtlPartNum
Parameters Name ds ipProposedPartNum String Type Description The QuoteAsm data set Identifies the PartNum to validate
GetMtlPartInfo
This method updates the dataset with Part Defaults when the PartNum field changes. To be run after partNum changes but before update. CheckPrePartInfo should be run first Parameters Name ds partName String Type Description The QuoteAsm data set Identifies the PartNum field to validate either PartNum or SalvagePartNum
GetMtlVendorInfo
This method defaults the Vendor fields when the VendorNumVendorID field is changed Parameters Name ds vendorID String Type Description The QuoteAsm data set Proposed Vendor ID
GetNewAssembly
This method creates a new Assembly after prompting for the AsemblySeq and BOMLevel as well as the QuoteLine and QuoteNum fields. This is to replace the standard GetNewQuoteAsm
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1773
M-R
Parameters Name ds quoteNum quoteLine assemblySeq bomLevel priorAssemblySeq Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Type Description The QuoteAsm data set Assembly's parent Quote Assmebly's parent Quote detail Line Assembly's parent assembly Seq Assembly's parent BOMLevel If adding a sub-assembly record, this value is 0. If insterting after a specific assembly then use that record's assembly seq (must be different from the parent assembly seq)
GetNewOperation
This method creates a new Operation after prompting for the SubConType as well as the AssemblySeq, QuoteLine and QuoteNum fields. This is to replace the standard GetNewQuoteOpr Parameters Name ds quoteNum quoteLine assemblySeq subContract Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean Type Description The QuoteAsm data set Operations's parent Quote Operations's parent Quote detail Line Operations's parent assembly Seq Operations's sub contract type
GetOprOpCodeInfo
This method defaults the OpStd information when the OpCode field changes. Updates the burden rates as well. Parameters Name proposedOpCode refreshMessage ds Type String String@ Description The proposed Operation Code The refresh message text The Quote Assembly data set
GetOprOpStdInfo
This method defaults Operation Standard information when OpStdId changes
1774
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds Type Description The QuoteAsm data set
GetOprPartInfo
This method updates the dataset with Part Defaults when the PartNum field changes. To be run after partNum changes but before update. CheckPrePartInfo should be run first Parameters Name ds partName String Type Description The QuoteAsm data set Identifies the PartNum field to validate either PartNum or SalvagePartNum
GetOprStdFormatInfo
This method updates the dataset after the StdFormat field changes. Can be run on the ColumnChanged event Parameters Name ds Type Description The QuoteAsm data set
InsertBOMAsm
This methods allows for the insertion of an engineering assembly for drag/drop functionality, Parameters Name ipParentQuoteAsmRowid ipSourceRowid ipOperSeq ipDroppedAs Type String String Int32 String Description The rowid of the parent quoteasm to add to The rowid of source record could be jobasmbl or quoteasm to be added to the parent quoteasm The related operation seq (or 0 if unrelated) The character value to determine where to drop and to drop as what. valid values: JobAsmbl, JobAsmbl-AsMtl, QuoteAsm, QuoteAsm-AsMtl Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm?
ipReturn ipCompleteTree Returns Quote Asm Data Set
Boolean Boolean
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1775
M-R
InsertBOMMtl
This methods allows for the insertion of an engineering material for drag/drop functionality, Parameters Name ipParentQuoteAsmRowid ipSourceRowid ipOperSeq ipMtlSeq ipBeforeMtlRowid ipDroppedAs Type String String Int32 Int32 String String Description The rowid of the quoteasm record to add the material to The rowid of source record could be partmtl, jobmtl, or quotemtl to be added to the parent quoteasm The related operation seq (or 0 if unrelated) The material seq to use The material rowid to insert material before The character value to determine where to drop and to drop as what. valid values: PartMtl, PartMtl-AsAsm, JobMtl-AsAsm, JobMtl, QuoteMtl-AsAsm, QuoteMtl Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm?
ipReturn ipCompleteTree Returns Quote Asm Data Set
Boolean Boolean
InsertBOMOper
This methods allows for the insertion of an engineering operation for drag/drop functionality, Parameters Name ipParentQuoteAsmRowid ipSourceRowid ipNewOperSeq ipBeforeOperRowid ipDroppedAs ipReturn ipCompleteTree Type String String Int32 String String Boolean Boolean Description The rowid of the parent jobasmbl to add to The rowid of source record could be joboper, partopr, or quoteopr to be added to the parent jobasmbl The new operation seq The operation rowid to insert operation before The character value to determine where to drop and to drop as what. valid values: PartOpr, JobOper, QuoteOpr Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm?
1776
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
InsertMaterial
This methods allows for the insertion on a material for drag/drop functionality, validates a QuoteAsm record exists and the part is valid. Parameters Name ipQuoteAsmRowID ipPartNum ipOperSeq ipMtlSeq ipBeforeMtlRowid ipReturn ipCompleteTree Type String String Int32 Int32 String Boolean Boolean Description The rowid of the QuoteAsm record to add the material to The part number being added The related operation seq (or 0 if unrelated) The material seq to use The material rowid to insert material before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm?
This method allows for the insertion of Capability on an operation to create operation detail for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipQuoteOprRowID ipCapabilityID ipNewOpDtlSeq ipBeforeOpDtlRowid ipReturn ipCompleteTree Type String String Int32 String Boolean Boolean Description The rowid of the QuoteOpr record to add the operation detail to The Capability ID being added The new operation detail seq The operation detail rowid to insert operation detail before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm?
InsertOpDtlResource
This method allows for the insertion of Resource on an operation to create operation detail for drag/drop functionality.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1777
M-R
Parameters Name ipQuoteOprRowID ipResourceID ipNewOpDtlSeq ipBeforeOpDtlRowid ipReturn ipCompleteTree Type String String Int32 String Boolean Boolean Description The rowid of the QuoteOpr record to add the operation detail to The Resource ID being added The new operation detail seq The operation detail rowid to insert operation detail before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm?
InsertOpDtlResourceGrp
This method allows for the insertion of Resource Group on an operation to create operation detail for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipQuoteOprRowID ipResourceGrpID ipNewOpDtlSeq ipBeforeOpDtlRowid ipReturn ipCompleteTree Type String String Int32 String Boolean Boolean Description The rowid of the QuoteOpr record to add the operation detail to The Resource Group ID being added The new operation detail seq The operation detail rowid to insert operation detail before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm?
InsertOperationOP
This methods allows for the insertion of an operation for drag/drop functionality using operation code as input. This would eventually replace the original InsertOperation method where work center code is the input. Parameters Name ipQuoteAsmRowID ipOpCode Type String String Description The rowid of the QuoteAsm record to add the operation to The operation code being added
1778
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name ipNewOprSeq ipBeforeOperRowid ipReturn ipCompleteTree opMessage
Type Int32 String Boolean Boolean String@
Description The new operation seq The operation rowid to insert operation before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm? Warning message to let the user know that a subcontract operation will be created with no vendor information.
InsertOperCapability
This method allows for the insertion of Capability on an assembly to create QuoteOpr/QuoteOpDtl for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipQuoteAsmRowID ipCapabilityID ipNewOprSeq ipBeforeOprRowid ipReturn ipCompleteTree opMessage Type String String Int32 String Boolean Boolean String@ Description The rowid of the QuoteAsm record to add the operation detail to The Capability ID being added The new operation seq The operation rowid to insert operation before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm? Warning message to let the user know that a subcontract operation will be created with no vendor information.
InsertOperResGroup
This method allows for the insertion of ResourceGroup on an assembly to create QuoteOpr/QuoteOpDtl for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipQuoteAsmRowID ipResourceGrpID Type String String Description The rowid of the QuoteAsm record to add the operation detail to The Resource Group ID being added
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1779
M-R
Name ipNewOprSeq ipBeforeOprRowid ipReturn ipCompleteTree opMessage
Type Int32 String Boolean Boolean String@
Description The new operation seq The operation rowid to insert operation before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm? Warning message to let the user know that a subcontract operation will be created with no vendor information.
InsertOperResource
This method allows for the insertion of Resource on an assembly to create QuoteOpr/QuoteOpDtl for drag/drop functionality. Parameters Name ipQuoteAsmRowID ipResourceID ipNewOprSeq ipBeforeOprRowid ipReturn ipCompleteTree opMessage Type String String Int32 String Boolean Boolean String@ Description The rowid of the QuoteAsm record to add the operation detail to The Resource ID being added The new operation seq The operation rowid to insert operation before Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm? Warning message to let the user know that a subcontract operation will be created with no vendor information.
InsertSubAssembly
This methods allows for the insertion of a subassembly for drag/drop functionality, validates a QuoteAsm record exists and the part is valid. Parameters Name ipQuoteAsmRowID ipPartNum Type String String Description The rowid of the QuoteAsm record to add the material to The part number being added
1780
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name ipOperSeq ipReturn ipCompleteTree
Type Int32 Boolean Boolean
Description The related operation seq (or 0 if unrelated) Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back. Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm?
CheckChangeJobAsmblParent
This method validates validates the new Parent field Parameters Name ipNewParent ds Type Int32 Description New Parent value to check against Job Entry data set
ChangeJobAsmblParent
This method validates the new Parent field and populates defaults assoicated witht the Parent. This method should run when the JobAsmbl.Parent field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Job Entry data set
QuoteOprInitSNReqSubCon
Method required to set the initial value of QuoteOpr.SNRequiredSubConShip Parameters Name ds Type Description The Quote data set
ValidateSNReqValues
This method updates the columns SNRequiredOpr and SNRequiredSubConShip when the main Part changes. If the new part number is not serial tracked and those fields were set as true previuosly, they must be set to false.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1781
M-R
Parameters Name ipQuoteNum ipQuoteLine ipQuoteAsmSeq ipPartNum ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Description Quote Number Quote Line Assembly Seq Part Number The QuoteAsm data set
ValidateInspection
Method to validate the Inspection control fields. (EQM) Parameters Name ipProposedInspPlan ipProposedSpecId iptable setRev ds Type String String String Boolean Description The new proposed InspPlanPartNum value The new proposed SpecID value table name if set default revision The QuoteAsm entry Dataset.
RefreshMtlPriceBreak
This method refreshes the QuoteMtl PBrkQty and PBrkCost fields after VendPart and VendPBrk tables have been udpated. It will also update the LeadTime and Unit Cost fields as well. Parameters Name ds quoteNum quoteLine assemblySeq mtlSeq vendorNum effectiveDate Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Type Description The QuoteAsm data set Material Quote Material Quote Line Material Assembly Material Sequence Vendor Number from vendor price break
Nullable{System.DateTime} Effective date from vendor price break
RefreshOprPriceBreak
This method refreshes the QuoteOpr PBrkQty and PBrkCost fields after VendPart and VendPBrk tables have been udpated. It will also update the LeadTime and Unit Cost fields as well.
1782
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds quoteNum quoteLine assemblySeq oprSeq vendorNum effectiveDate Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Type Description The QuoteAsm data set Operation Quote Operation Quote Line Operation Assembly Operation Sequence Vendor Number from vendor price break
Nullable{System.DateTime} Effective date from vendor price break
ResequenceMaterial
This method resequences Material for an assembly by sequence, part or bubble Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine assemblySeq reseqOption ipCompleteTree Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Boolean Description Quote Number Quote Line Assembly Sequences "M" for Material, "P" for Part, or "B" for Bubble Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm?
ResequenceOperations
This method resequences the operations of an assembly by 10's Parameters Name quoteNum quoteLine assemblySeq ipCompleteTree Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean Description Quote Number Quote Line Assembly Sequence Would you like to retun a complete dataset for this QuoteAsm?
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1783
M-R
ChangeQuoteOprIUM
procedure for changing QuoteOpr.IUM field Parameters Name ds Type Description The QuoteAsm data set
ChangeQuoteOprQtyPer
procedure for changing QuoteOpr.QtyPer field Parameters Name ds Type Description The QuoteAsm data set
ChangeQuoteMtlIUM
procedure for changing QuoteMtl.IUM field Parameters Name ds Type Description The QuoteAsm data set
ChangeQuoteOprSNRequiredOpr
Validates SNRequiredOpr flag to avoid to set it false if the prior operation has the flag set to true The flag cannot be set to true if the part is not serial tracked also. Parameters Name ipProposedSNRequired ds Type Boolean Description The new proposed QuoteAsm.SNRequiredOpr value The QuoteAsm data set
ChangeSubcontractPartNum
Check if SNRequiredOpr column is enabled/disabled on Subcontract Detail panel on UI Parameters Name ipProposedPartNum ds Type String Description The new proposed QuoteOpr.PartNum value The QuoteAsm data set
1784
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Validates if JobHead.PartNum is serial tracked, additionals JobParts cannot be added. Returns list of Project Roles
QuoteAsmSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.QuoteAsmSearch: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetRows
This methods will return all of the QuoteAsmSearch records which will be a subset of the QuoteAsm records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method but since we are populating a temp table (QuoteAsmSearch) we need our own public method. Parameters Name whereClauseQuoteAsmSearch pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The where clause to restrict data for The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
Returns The dataset with pupolated key values
QuoteDtlSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.QuoteDtlSearch: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewQuoteDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1785
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
This methods will return all of the QuoteDtlSearch records which will be a subset of the QuoteHed records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method but since we are populating a temp table we need our own public method. Parameters Name ds pageSize absolutePage morePages Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset with pupolated key values The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
1786
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
This methods will return all of the QuoteDtlSearch records which will be a subset of the QuoteHed records that meet the selection criteria. This method will try to mirror the functionality of the base GetRows method but since we are populating a temp table we need our own public method. Parameters Name ds pageSize absolutePage morePages Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Type Description The dataset with pupolated key values The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1787
M-R
Chapter 18: R
RASchedCd
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RASchedCd: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewRASchedCd
GetNewRASchedCdAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1788
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
RateType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RateType: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewRateType
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1789
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Rating
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Rating: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewRating
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1790
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
RcvDtlSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RcvDtlSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewRcvDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1791
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Reason
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Reason: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewReason
GetNewEntityGLC
1792
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1793
M-R
This method returns the list of Reason codes and descriptions . ReasonTypeCode ReasonTypeDesc Returns The output ReasonType data set
Rebate
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Rebate: This business object contains 20 methods.
GetNewRebateHdr
GetNewRebateHdrAttch
GetNewRebateCust
GetNewRebateCustDtl
GetNewRebateDtl
GetNewRebateBrk
GetNewRebatePymt
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1794
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeDetailPartNum
This method validates and populates the Part related fields when the
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1795
M-R
Parameters Name inPartNum ds Type String Description The proposed Part Num Rebate Dataset
ChangeHdrCustID
This method validates and populates the Customer fields when the Parameters Name inCustID ds Type String Description The proposed Customer ID Rebate Dataset
ChangePymtDate
This method should run before changing the RebatePymt.PymtDate. Parameters Name ipProposedPymtDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The new proposed RebatePymt.PymtDate value Rebate Dataset
ChangeRCCustomer
This method validates and populates the Customer fields when the Parameters Name inCustID ds Type String Description The proposed Customer ID Rebate Dataset
CopyRebate
This method copies one rebate to a new rebate. The user can change either the dates of the rebate or the customers for the rebate. If changing the dates, then custNum and groupCode fields will be ignored If date fields are null, then either custID or groupCode must be populated Parameters Name fromRebateID Type String Description RebateID to copy from
1796
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name newRebateID newRebateDesc optionType startDate endDate custID groupCode Returns Rebate Dataset
Type String String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} String String
Description RebateID to create New description for rebate Flag to indicate if Date or Customer copy Rebate Start date Rebate End date Customer to be used for rebate Customer Group Code to be used for rebate
GetCustGroup
This method generates RebateCust records for the specified Rebate and Customer Group. Parameters Name rebateID groupCode Returns Rebate Dataset Type String String Description Rebate ID Customer Group Code
RebateTrans
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RebateTrans: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewRebateTrans
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1797
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
DeleteAll
This method deletes all the selected rebate transactions. Parameters Name ds Type Description Contains the records to be delete
ImportRebateTrans
Call this method to import rebate transactions into the database. This method expects an input data table ttImportRebateTrans with data coming from an external comma delimited file.
1798
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds opMessage Returns The RebateTrans data set String@ Type Description The ImportRebateTrans data set If not all records imported successfully, alert the user
Receipt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Receipt: This business object contains 95 methods.
GetNewRcvHead
GetNewRcvHeadAttch
GetNewRcvDtl
GetNewRcvDtlAttch
GetNewRcvDuty
GetNewRcvMisc
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1799
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
1800
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Returns
AutoSetToLocation
This procedure sets RcvDtl.SetToLocation to yes in given data set. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Receipt data set
CheckCompliance
. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip compliant ds Type Int32 String String Boolean@ Description Vendor Number Purchase Point Number Receipt Packing Slip Number Indicates if the current Pack is compliant. The Receipt data set
CheckContainersBeforeUpdate
This method is to be called right before the update of a ContainerReceipt. If there is a discrepancy between the quantities, serial numbers the user is asked if they are sure they want to continue. qQuestion and sQuestion are provided so the UI can format the message box and make it easier for the end user to read the text. Parameters Name ds qMessageStr qQuestion String@ String@ Type Description The Receipt data set Quantity Question to ask user before update. If no, update method is not run Question asked when there is a quantity discrepancy.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1801
M-R
Name sMessageStr sQuestion lMessageStr
Description Serial Number Question to ask users before update. If no, update method is not run Question asked when there is a serial number discrepancy. Lot Number error message
CheckDtlBeforeUpdate
This method is to be called right before the update method is called. If there is a discrepancy between the vendorqty and ourqty, the user will be asked if they're sure they want to continue. Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packLine packSlip qMessageStr sMessageStr lcMessageStr Int32 String Int32 String String@ String@ String@ Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Line to check Receipt Packing Number Quantity Question to ask user before update. If no, update method is not run Serial Number Question to ask users before update. If no, update method is not run Landed Cost Question to ask users before update. If no, update method is not run
CheckDtlCompliance
. Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packLine packSlip qMessageStr Int32 String Int32 String String@ Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Line to check Receipt Packing Number Quantity Question to ask user before update. If no, update method is not run
1802
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
CheckDtlJobStatus
This method is to be run before the GetDtlPOLine and GetDtlPORel and GetDtlJobInfo methods are called If the Job/PO to a closed or complete job, a question or a warning will be returned Parameters Name poNum poLine poRelNum jobNum poQuestion questionMsg warnMsg Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String String@ String@ String@ Description Purchase Order Number for Receipt Purchase Order Line Purchase Order Release Job Number Question if the PORelease is closed. If the user answers no then the next 2 messages never need to be displayed Question to continue if job is closed Warning if job is complete
CheckDtlLotInfo
This method returns an error or question if the LotNum field does not exist depending upon the security of the user Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine lotNum questionMsg errorMsg Int32 String String Int32 String String@ String@ Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check New Lot Number to validate Asks if user want to create new lot Tells user if they can't create a new lot
CheckDtlSeqChange
This method is run when the JobSeq field is changed along with GetSeqInfo. If the JobMtl is marked as IssuedComplete, the user is asked whether they are sure they want to change the sequence number. Only move forward if the answer is yes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Receipt data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1803
M-R
Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine jobSeq vMessage
Type Int32 String String Int32 Int32 String@
Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check The proposed JobSeq value This is the question that the user needs to answer
CheckDtlSSN
This method tests to see if Serial Numbers exist that may be deleted if the ReceivedTo field or PartNum changes. The update method assumes the user answered yes and will delete the Serial Numbers. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine receivedTo partNum vMessage vWMessage Type Int32 String String Int32 String String String@ String@ Description Vendor Number Vendor Purchase Point ID Packing Slip Number Packing Slip Line Receipt ReceivedTo field (proposed or current) Proposed Receipt Part Number (proposed or current) Question if ReceivedTo has changed and Serial Numbers will be deleted Warning if Part Number has changed
This method is to be run right after the form opens to determine whether the default receiving warehouse and bin have been populated for the cur-plant. If not, the form will close.
CheckHdrBeforeUpdate
This method will return three warning messages if the Receipt Header changes any of the UpliftPercent, ReceiptDate and ArrivedDate. The user will be asked if the changes should be applied to all the Receipt Details as well. This method should be called before the Update method is called. Parameters Name opUpliftWarnMsg opReceiptWarnMsg opArriveWarnMsg ds Type String@ String@ String@ Description The warning message about the change in uplift percent. The warning message about the change in receipt date. The warning message about the change in arrival date. The Receipt data set
1804
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
CheckIssuedComplete
This method is to be run after the IssuedComplete flag is changed. Any questions returned require a yes/no response from the user. Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine issuedComplete vMessage Int32 String String Int32 Boolean String@ Question asking if the user is sure they want to set/clear the flag Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check
CheckLCAmtBeforeUpdate
This method will return a warning message if any of the partial receipt lines needs to recalculate container landed costs. The user will be asked if he wants to continue to receive the line(s) or undo update to review the container landed costs first. Parameters Name ipVendorNum ipPurPoint ipPackSlip ipPackLine opMessage ds Type Int32 String String Int32 String@ Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check Question asking if the user will continue with update or review landed costs first The Receipt data set
CheckOnLeaveHead
This method needs to be run when leaving the RcvHead record either by going to another RcvHead record or leaving the screen. It checks that the landed cost has been evenly disbursed between all the lines. If not, the landed cost needs to be corrected before leaving It also verifies that attachements have been entered for all the parts which require them. Parameters Name vendorNum Type Int32 Description Vendor Number of the Receipt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1805
M-R
Name purPoint packSlip
Type String String
Description Purchase Point of the Receipt Packing Slip number of the Receipt
CheckPOClosedInfo
This method checks how many numbers of PO Releases are closed in the current PONum Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip warnMsg Type Int32 String String String@ Description Vendor Number of Receipt Purchase Point of Receipt Packing Slip number of Receipt Warning message to display the number of POReleases closed
CheckReceivedComplete
This method is to be run after the ReceivedComplete flag is changed. Any questions returned require a yes/no response from the user. Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine receivedComplete vMessage Int32 String String Int32 Boolean String@ Question asking if the user is sure they want to set/clear the flag Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check
CheckSupplierPrice
This method validates that if Supplier Price was change it satisfies Company options. Parameters Name ds vendorNum Int32 Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Vendor Number
1806
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name purPoint packSlip packLine suppPrice warningMsg
Type String String Int32 Decimal String@
Description Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check new Supplier Price Reason the Supplier Price is invalid
CommitRcvDtl
This method creates the Lines Received from MassReceipt option directly into the DB. This was done for performance purposes. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip ds Type Int32 String String Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number The Receipt data set
CreateMassReceipts
This method is used to populate the ShipDtl datatable for Mass Receipts and Intercompany Receipt linking Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip intQueId poNum ds Type Int32 String String Decimal String Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Intercompany Queue ID for Intercompany Receipts PO Number for Purchase Order Receipts The Receipt data set
CreatePartLot
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1807
M-R
DisburseLandedCost
This method is used to disburse the Total Landed Cost across the receipt details. The RcvDtl records will be updated to distribute the receipt Indirect Costs according to the specified disburse method. The Specific DutyAmt if available will be divided equally among lines or by the percentage of the line's duties against total duties. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip Type Int32 String String Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number
GetDtlAssemblyInfo
This method updates the dataset when the AssemblySeq number changes Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine Int32 String String Int32 Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check
GetDtlJobInfo
This method default the Job Information when the RcvDtl.JobNum field changes Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine jobNum ds Type Int32 String String Int32 String Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check The new Job Number The Receipt data set
GetDtlLotInfo
This method updates the unitCost when the LotNum field changes
1808
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine lotNum questionMsg errorMsg Int32 String String Int32 String String@ String@ Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check New Lot Number to validate Asks if user want to create new lot Tells user if they can't create a new lot
GetDtlPartInfo
This method updates the dataset when the part number has changed. CheckDtlSSN should be run first. Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine partNum Int32 String String Int32 String Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check Proposed partNum value
GetDtlPOInfo
This method updates the dataset when the detail Line PONum field has changed. Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine poNum Int32 String String Int32 Int32 Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check New PO Number
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1809
M-R
GetDtlPOLineInfo
This method updates the dataset when the detail Line POLine field has changed. Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine poLine serialWarning Int32 String String Int32 Int32 String@ Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check New POLine Number Warning message if the receipt line contains serial numbers
GetDtlPORelInfo
This method updates the dataset when the detail Line PORelNum field has changed. Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine poRelNum Int32 String String Int32 Int32 Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check New PO Release Number
GetDtlQtyInfo
This method updates the dataset when the InputOurQty field changes Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine Int32 String String Int32 Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check
1810
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name inputOurQty inputIUM whichField warnMsg
Type Decimal String String String@
Description Proposed change to the Input qty field Proposed change to the IUM field Indicates either 'QTY' or 'UOM' field changed A warning message for users. Does not stop processing
GetDtlRcvdToInfo
This method is run when the ReceivedTo field is changed after the CheckSSN method is called Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine rcvdTo Int32 String String Int32 String@ Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check Proposed ReceivedTo value
GetDtlSeqInfo
This method updates the dataset when the JobSeq field changes. Fields will be defaulted from JobMtl for PUR-MTL and from JobOper for PUR-SUB. Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine jobSeq serialWarning Int32 String String Int32 Int32 String@ Type Description The Receipt data set Vendor Number Purchase Point Packing slip number Receipt Line to check Proposed JobSeq change Warning message if the receipt line contains serial numbers
GetDtlVenQtyInfo
This method updates the dataset when the VendorQty field changes
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1811
M-R
Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine vendorQty warnMsg Int32 String String Int32 Decimal String@ Type Description The Receipt data set Vendor Number Purchase Point Packing slip number Receipt Line to check Proposed VendorQty value A warning message for users. Does not stop processing
GetListReceipts
Parameters Name whereClauseRcvDtl pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.InvcCustTrkDataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for RcvDtl table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
GetLotImportInfo
This method should be called from Container Receipt Entry and Receipt Entry when the ImportNumber or ImportedFromDesc values have changed for a receipt line. Parameters Name inPartNum inLotNum outImportNum outImportedFromDesc Type String String String@ String@ Description PartNum LotNum ImportNum ImportedFromDesc
GetNewRcvDtlMisc
This method creates a new Miscellaneous receipt line entry
1812
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip Int32 String String Type Description The Receipt data set
GetPartTranPKs
Updates Receipt data set with PendingDtl. Parameters Name packSlip partTranPKs Type String String@ Description The PackSlip number The PartTranPKs number
GetPendingDtl
Updates Receipt data set with PendingDtl. Parameters Name ds inPONum Int32 Type Description The Receipt data set The PO number
GetPOInfo
This method returns default information for the PO Number and the new Vendor ID information. Parameters Name ds poNum vendorNum purPoint Int32 Int32@ String@ Type Description The Receipt data set Proposed Purchase Order Number Numeric Vendor ID assigned to the PO Default Purchase Point assigned to the PO
GetPurPointInfo
This method returns default information for the Vendor Purchase Point.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1813
M-R
Parameters Name ds purPoint String@ Type Description The Receipt data set Proposed Purchase Point value
Parameters Name ipPartNum ipQuantity ipUOM ipVendNum ipVendPP ipPackSlip ipPackSlipLine ipJobNum ipAsmSeq ipSubOprSeq ipReceivedTo Returns Type String Decimal String Int32 String String Int32 String Int32 Int32 String Description ipPartNum ipQuantity ipUOM ipVendNum ipVendPP ipPackSlip ipPackSlipLine ipJobNum ipAssmSeq ipSubOprSeq ipReceivedTo
GetVendorInfo
This method returns default information for the Vendor. Parameters Name ds vendorID vendorNum purPoint String Int32@ String@ Type Description The Receipt data set Proposed Vendor ID value Numeric Vendor ID default Purchase Point for Vendor
HHCanEditPackSlip
This method was developed for HandHeld version to validate if a pack slipt exist. In the handheld version users can't edit the lines.
1814
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name piPONum pcPackSlip pbIsEdit Type Int32 String Boolean@ Description A valid PONumber Packing slip to check if this one was received
HHValRecDocReq
This method is to be called by the Hand Held PO Receipt program. It can be called before or after calling the update for the RcvDtl. It checks to see if receipt documents are required for a given Part/Lot number. If they are then message text is returned in the infoMsg parameter. The client displays this in a message box. Note: For Hand Held this is only an informational and not an exception. Parameters Name partNum lotNum infoMsg Type String String String@ Description Part number Part Lot number Contains the text for the message box
ImportReceipt
This method imports the Receipt Head record from the IMRcvHead table. It returns the unique key information on the newly created Receipt header needed to import the detail lines. The detail records are imported by processing Mass Receipts for the same IntQueId as indicated here. Parameters Name intQueId vendorNum purPoint packSlip Type Decimal Int32@ String@ String@ Description Unique key of IMRcvHead Vendor Number of Receipt Purchase Point of Receipt Packing Slip number of Receipt
InitializeLandedCost
This method is used to populate the MassReceipt dataset for use in Landed Costs it also returns the default recovery account information Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint Type Int32 String Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1815
M-R
Name packSlip lcComment lcReference Returns Result Set
Type String String@ String@
Description Receipt Packing Number Landed Cost Comments Landed Cost Reference
LCChangeLCAmt
This method updates the dataset record when the LCAmt field changes Parameters Name ds packSlip packLine String Int32 Type Description MassRecieptDataSet Receipt Pack Number Receipt Line Number
OnChangeContainerImportFld
This method is to be run from Container Receipt Entry when import Number or Imported From values are changed on the Container. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Receipt data set
OnChangedDtlPOTransValue
This method should be invoked when the POTransValue of RcvDtl has changed. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine ds Type Int32 String String Int32 Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check The Receipt data set
OnChangeDtlCommodity
This method should be invoked when the CommodityCode in RcvDtl changes. This method will validate the commodity code and get defaults.
1816
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine ipCommCode ds Type Int32 String String Int32 String Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check Proposed Commodity Code to be validated The Receipt data set
OnChangeDtlCountryNum
This method should be invoked when the OrigCountryNum in RcvDtl changes. This method will validate country of origin. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine ipCountryNum ds Type Int32 String String Int32 Int32 Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check Proposed Country of Origin to be validated The Receipt data set
OnChangeDtlLCIndCost
This method should be invoked when the LCIndCost in RcvDtl changes. This method will validate the manually disbursed indirect cost. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine ipLCIndCost ds Type Int32 String String Int32 Decimal Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check Proposed LC Indirect Cose to be validated The Receipt data set
OnChangeDtlReceived
This method should be invoked when the Received flag in RcvDtl has changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1817
M-R
Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine ipReceived ds Type Int32 String String Int32 Boolean Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check Received flag The Receipt data set
OnChangeDtlSupplierPrice
This method should be invoked when the Supplier Price in RcvDtl changes. This method calculates Base and Reporting values. Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine Int32 String String Int32 Type Description The Receipt data set Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check
OnChangeDtlUpliftPercent
This method should be invoked when the UpliftPercent in RcvDtl changes. This method will validate the UpliftPercent and calculate the Uplift Indirect Cost. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine ipUpliftPercent ds Type Int32 String String Int32 Decimal Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check Proposed Uplift Percentage to be validated The Receipt data set
OnChangeDutyTariffCode
This method should be invoked when the Tariff Code changes. This method will validate the tariffcode and defaults the duty amount.
1818
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine dutySeq ipTariffCode ds Type Int32 String String Int32 Int32 String Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Line to check Receipt Duty Sequence Proposed Tariff Code to be validated The Receipt data set
OnChangeHdrReceived
This method should be invoked when the Received flag in RcvHead has changed. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip ipReceived ds Type Int32 String String Boolean Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Received flag The Receipt data set
OnChangeInspReq
This method updates the dataset when the Inspection Required flag changes Parameters Name ds vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine Int32 String String Int32 Type Description The Receipt data set Vendor Number Purchase Point Packing slip number Receipt Line
OnChangeMiscApplyDate
This method should be invoked when the Apply Date in RcvMisc changes. This method will validate the date and get new exchange rate.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1819
M-R
Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip miscSeq ipApplyDate ds Type Int32 String String Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Indirect Cost Sequence Proposed Apply Date to be validated The Receipt data set
OnChangeMiscCharge
This method should be invoked when the Miscellaneous Charge ID changes. This method will validate the misc. charge and pull in the new default information. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip miscSeq ipChargeID ds Type Int32 String String Int32 String Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Indirect Cost Sequence Proposed PurMisc ID to be validated The Receipt data set
OnChangeMiscCurrencyCode
This method should be invoked when the Currency Code in RcvMisc changes. This method will validate the currency code and pull in the new default information. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip miscSeq ipCurrCode ds Type Int32 String String Int32 String Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Indirect Cost Sequence Proposed Currency Code to be validated The Receipt data set
1820
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
OnChangeMiscDocActualAmt
This method should be invoked when the RcvMisc.ActualAmt changes. This method will validate the amount and convert it to the base currency. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip miscSeq ipDocActualAmt ds Type Int32 String String Int32 Decimal Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Indirect Cost Sequence Proposed Actual Amount in document currency The Receipt data set
OnChangeMiscExchangeRate
This method should be invoked when the Currency Exchange Rate in RcvMisc changes. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip miscSeq ipExchangeRate ds Type Int32 String String Int32 Decimal Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Indirect Cost Sequence Proposed Currency Exchange Rate to be validated The Receipt data set
OnChangeMiscInvoiceLine
This method should be invoked when the Invoice Line in RcvMisc changes. This method will validate the invoice line and pull in the new default information. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip miscSeq ipInvLine ds Type Int32 String String Int32 Int32 Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Indirect Cost Sequence The AP Invoice Line to be validated The Receipt data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1821
M-R
OnChangeMiscInvoiceNum
This method should be invoked when the Invoice Number in RcvMisc changes. This method will validate the invoice number and pull in the new default information. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip miscSeq ipInvNum ds Type Int32 String String Int32 String Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Indirect Cost Sequence The AP Invoice Number to be validated The Receipt data set
OnChangeMiscMscNum
This method should be invoked when the MscNum in RcvMisc changes. This method will validate the MscNum and pull in the new default information. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip miscSeq ipMscNum ds Type Int32 String String Int32 Int32 Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Indirect Cost Sequence The AP Invoice Line Miscellaneous Sequence Number to be validated The Receipt data set
OnChangeMiscPercent
This method should be invoked when the RcvMisc.Percentage changes. This method will calculate the amount and convert it to the base currency. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip miscSeq Type Int32 String String Int32 Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Indirect Cost Sequence
1822
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name ipPercent ds
Type Decimal
Description Proposed Actual Amount in document currency The Receipt data set
OnChangeMiscRateGrp
This method should be invoked when the Currency Rate Group in RcvMisc changes. This method will validate the rate group and get new exchange rate. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip miscSeq ipRateGrpCode ds Type Int32 String String Int32 String Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Indirect Cost Sequence Proposed Currency Rate Group Code to be validated The Receipt data set
OnChangeMiscVendor
This method should be invoked when the vendor ID in RcvMisc changes. This method will validate the vendor and pull in the new default vendor information. Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip miscSeq vendID ds Type Int32 String String Int32 String Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number Receipt Indirect Cost Sequence Proposed vendor ID to be validated The Receipt data set
PreUpdate
This method will return a record in the LegalNumberGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1823
M-R
Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Type Description The Receipt data set Indicates if the legal number requires user input
processIM
Finish processing a successful IC import Parameters Name pintQueId curpackSlip ds Type Decimal String Description A valid IntQueId Packing slip number The Receipt data set
ProcessLandedCosts
This method is used to process the Landed Costs into the RcvHead and RcvDtl tables All the MassReceipt records need to be marked as modified for this Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip Returns Result Set Type Int32 String String Description Receipt Vendor Number Receipt Purchase Point Receipt Packing Number
ReceiveAll
This method updates the Quantity for the lines created from MassReceipt Parameters Name ds Type Description The Receipt data set
ReceiveAllLines
Sets ttRcvDtl.Received to true in all lines selected for MassReceipt.
1824
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ipReceived ds Type Boolean Description Received flag The Receipt data set
ReceiveContainer
Parameters Name ds inContainerID Int32 Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptDataSet ContainerID
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ContainerTrackingDataSet
ReceiveContainerUpdate
Mass Receive the po lines on a container. Parameters Name ds inContainerID inCreateNewPoRels outEshReceived outPartialReceipt outReceiveAll Int32 String Boolean@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptDataSet
ResetLandedCostDisbursements
Initialize landed cost amounts to 0 and updates the landed cost disburse method. Parameters Name ipVendorNum ipPurPoint ipPackSlip ipDisburseMethod Type Int32 String String String Description Vendor Number to reset Purchase Point to reset Packing Slip Number to reset Landed Cost Disbursment method
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1825
M-R
SetPrimaryBin
Set the Part Warehouse's Primary Bin when the Warehouse is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Receipt data set
SetToLocation
This method gets the Warehouse and Bin to the defaults for the Part/Job Parameters Name vendorNum purPoint packSlip packLine ds Type Int32 String String Int32 Description Vendor Number Purchase Point Number Receipt Packing Slip Number Receipt Line number The Receipt data set
ValidateMRPONum
This method validates that the PO Number is a valid PO before the UI calls CreateMassReceipts. Does not need to be run for Intercompany Receipts. Parameters Name poNum vendorNum errorMsg Type Int32 Int32 String@ Description The PO Number to validate The Receipt Header Vendor's Number Reason the PO Number is invalid
ValidateSN
Parameters Name ipPartNum ipSerialNo ipVendorNum Type String String Int32 Description Part Number Serial Number Vendor Number
1826
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
IsContainerReceived
ReceiptsFromMfg
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfg: This business object contains 35 methods.
String@
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1827
M-R
Returns
EnableSerialMatching
Validates if the option Serial Matching should be enabled. Parameters Name ds plEnable Boolean@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Set by the BL. It is used to tell the UI if it should enable Serial Matching option or not.
EnableSerialNumbers
Validates if the option to enter Serial Numbers should be anabled. Parameters Name ds pcProcessID plEnable String Boolean@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Set from UI. It is used to tell the BL which process called this public procedure. Set by the BL. It is used to tell the UI if it should enable Serial Matching option or not.
GetList
List of jobs that can be selected for Mass Issue. Parameters Name whereClauseJobHead whereClauseJobAsmbl pageSize absolutePage Type String String Int32 Int32 Description Where condition without the where word Where condition without the where word # of records returned. 0 means all
1828
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name morePages
Type Boolean@
Description Are there more pages ? Yes/No
Returns Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgJobAsmblDataSet
GetNewJobAsmblMultiple
This method creates a new ttSelectedJobAsmbl row entry. Parameters Name ds pcTranType String Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.SelectedReceiptsJobAsmblDataSet Tran Type. Determines the nature of Receipts
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet
GetNewJobAsmblSearch
This method creates a new ttSelectedJobAsmbl row entry. Parameters Name ds Type Description SelectedReceiptsJobAsmblDataSet
GetNewReceiptsFromMfg
This method creates a new ttPartTran row entry. Parameters Name pcTranType ds Type String Description Tran Type. Determines the nature of Receipts Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet
GetNewReceiptsFromMfgJobAsm
This method creates a new ttSelectedJobAsmbl row entry. Parameters Name pcJobNum piAssemblySeq Type String Int32 Description Job Number Assembly Sequence
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1829
M-R
Name pcTranType ds
Type String
Description Tran Type. Determines the nature of Receipts Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet
GetNewReceiptsFromMfgMtlQueue
This method creates a new ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet using MtlQueue RowIdent. Parameters Name pcMtlQueueRowIdent ds Type String Description RowIdent of MtlQueue record Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet
GetRows
List of jobs that can be selected for Mass Issue. Parameters Name whereClauseJobHead whereClauseJobAsmbl pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description Where condition without the where word Where condition without the where word # of records returned. 0 means all
Returns Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgJobAsmblDataSet
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds pcProcessID String Type Description ReceiptsFromMfg data set The name of the calling process (UI Application).
IsValidAssembly
Returns logical true if the assembly is valid and false otherwise.
1830
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name pcJobNum piAssemblySeq plFound Type String Int32 Boolean@ Description The job number The assembly sequence number. True if the assembly exist, false otherwise
OnChangeActTranQty
Change the PartTran values based on the new value of PartTran.ActTranQty. Parameters Name ds pcMessage String@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Information passed back from the business logic.
OnChangeActTransUOM
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.PartTran.ActTransUOM changes. Parameters Name pUOM ds pcMessage String@ Type String Description Transaction UOM ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Information passed back from the business logic.
OnChangeAssemblySeq
Change the PartTran values based on the new PartTran.AssemblySeq. Parameters Name ds pcMessage String@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Information passed back from the business logic.
OnChangeAssemblySeq2
Change the PartTran values based on the new value of PartTran.AssemblySeq2.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1831
M-R
Parameters Name ds pcMessage String@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Information passed back from the business logic.
OnChangeBinNum
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet.BinNum changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet
OnChangeJobNum
When the user enters the Job# in ReceiptsFromMfgJobsDataSet call this method. Parameters Name ds Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet
OnChangeJobNum2
Change the PartTran values based on the new value of PartTran.JobNum2. Parameters Name ds pcMessage String@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Information passed back from the business logic.
OnChangeJobSeq2
Change the PartTran values based on the new value of PartTran.JobSeq2. Parameters Name ds pcMessage String@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Information passed back from the business logic.
OnChangeLotNum
Change the PartTran values based on the new value of PartTran.LotNum.
1832
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds messageasked Boolean Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Set by the UI. If set to true then lot messages will not be returned. If false, either pcMessage or errormsg will be set if there is an error. Lot number the user entered. Set when a new lot is going to be created. Asks user to create Y/N. Set when the user does not have permissions to create lots. Or null.
proposedLotNumber pcMessage errormsg
String String@ String@
OnChangeOverrideCost
Recalculate the PartTran unit cost values when the user unchecks the Override Cost toggle box. Parameters Name ds proposedOverride Boolean Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Override Cost value that the user selected.
OnChangePartNum
When the user changes the PartNum in ReceiptsFromMfgJobsDataSet call this method. Parameters Name ds Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet
OnChangePlant
When the user changes the Plant2 in ReceiptsFromMfgJobsDataSet call this method. Parameters Name ds Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet
OnChangeSalvageJobSeq
Change the PartTran values based on the new PartTran.JobSeq. This method is used while receiving Salvaged material to Inventory.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1833
M-R
Parameters Name ds pcMessage String@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Information passed back from the business logic.
OnChangeSalvagePartNum
Change the PartTran values based on the new PartTran.PartNum. This method is used while receiving Salvaged material to Inventory. Parameters Name ds pcMessage String@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Information passed back from the business logic.
OnChangeTranQty
Change the PartTran values based on the new value of PartTran.TranQty. Parameters Name ds pcMessage String@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Information passed back from the business logic.
PreUpdate
This method will return a record in the LegalNumberGenerate datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Indicates if the legal number requires user input
ReceiveMfgPartToInventory
Update the Receipts from Manufacturing to Inventory.
1834
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds pdSerialNoQty plNegQtyAction pcMessage pcPartTranPKs pcProcessID Decimal Boolean String@ String@ String Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet The quantity of Serialized parts. This value is returned by Serial # selector object. When TranQty changes, perform NegativeInventoryTest. Provide the answer of that test here. Non error, informational message passed back from the business logic. PartTran primary keys generated for this operation. The name ID of the UI process that's calling this procedure.
ReceiveMfgPartToJob
Update the Receipts from Manufacturing to Job. Parameters Name ds pdSerialNoQty plNegQtyAction plIssuedComplete pcMessage pcPartTranPKs pcProcessID Decimal Boolean Boolean String@ String@ String Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet The quantity of Serialized parts. This value is returned by Serial # selector object. When TranQty changes, perform NegativeInventoryTest. Provide the answer of that test here. Issue Complete Non error, informational message passed back from the business logic. PartTran primary keys for this operation. The name ID of the UI process that's calling this procedure.
ReceiveSalvagedPartToInventory
Update Salvaged Material to Inventory. Parameters Name ds pcMessage pcPartTranPKs pcProcessID String@ String@ String Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Non error, informational message passed back from the business logic. Part Tran primary keys of the generated partTran records The name ID of the UI process that's calling this procedure.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1835
M-R
ValidateSN
Validates that a single serial number is valid for this transaction Parameters Name ds serialNumber isVoided pcProcessID String Boolean@ String Type Description ReceiptFromMfg data set Serial number to validate. Serial Number Voided flag The ID of the calling process in UI
VerifySerialMatch
Verifies if the user should enter child serial numbers for the serial numbers being received depending on the setting of the Serial Number Matching before save. Parameters Name ds pcMsg piMsgType String@ Int32@ Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReceiptsFromMfgDataSet Set by the BL. It is used to send warining or error messages to the UI. The type of the message being returned. when 1 - it is a warning msg, when 2 - it is an error msg, when 0 - no msg should be displayed.
RecurringJournal
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RecurringJournal: This business object contains 24 methods.
GetNewGLRecHed
GetNewGLRecDtl
GetNewGLRecSched
DeleteByID
GetByID
1836
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1837
M-R
Type String
Description
AutoBalance
This method does Auto Balance for Recurring Journal record with number recurNum and with line recurLine. Parameters Name recurNum recurLine ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Recurring Journal record number Recurring Journal record line number The Recurring Journal data set
ChangeBookID
This method updates the Fiscal Calendar when the book changes. Book can be blank. A blank book indicates use of the company fiscal calendar. Parameters Name proposedBookID ds Type String Description The proposed Book The Recurring Journal data set
ChangeEntryMode
Method to call when changing the Entry Mode. Parameters Name proposedBookMode ds Type String Description The proposed Entry Mode The Recurring Journal DataSet to update the Header related data.
ChangeGlAcct
This method resets the G/L Reference Type and Code when the G/L Account changes. Depending on the new GL account, the Reference Type/Code can become mandatory or optional. Make sure to call the GetMaskRefCodes method of the GLRefTypBusiness Object to get the new list of all GL Reference Codes related to the entered Account number. This method will also return values for GlRecDtl.RefCodeStatus and GlRecDtl.RefAcctDiv/RefAcctDept/RefAcctChart. Enable update of GlRecDtl.GLRefCode if the value returned for RefCodeStatus is either "M" for Mandatory or "O" for Optional.
1838
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name proposedDispAcct ds Type String Description The proposed G/L Display Account The Recurring Journal data set
ChangeRateType
Method to call when changing the Rate Type. Parameters Name proposedRateType ds Type String Description The proposed Rate Type The Recurring Journal DataSet to update the Header related data.
CheckBalance
Before updating the GlRecHed record, CheckBalance will have to be called. The CheckBalance method will check to make sure the TotCredit and TotDebit fields are equal. Parameters Name ds recurNum Int32 Type Description The Recurring Journal data set The current recurring journal number
CheckCurrencyAccount
This procudura validata if the Account is a currency Account Parameters Name ipCOACode ipSegValue opCurr Type String String Boolean@ Description The current COACode The current segment value one The Currency accont Flag
CheckGroupPrefixChange
This method checks if the group prefix on the recurring journal header changed and if there are other recurring journals created for the book/multi-book. If there are the group prefix on those records will be updated to the new value, but check with user before performing this action.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1839
M-R
Parameters Name inRecurNum inBookID inGroupPrefix outMessage Type Int32 String String String@ Description The recurring journal entry number The book id The proposed group prefix Message to the user
ConvertCreditAmount
ConvertDebitAmount
CreateSchedForYear
This method created GLRecSched records given a fiscal year. Parameters Name ds cOutMessage Returns The Recurring Journal data set String@ Type Description The generate schedule parameters data set Output message
GetGLRecSchedGenerate
This method returns the generate schedule dataset.
1840
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name inRecurNum Returns The Recurring Journal data set Type Int32 Description The GLRecHed number
Renumber
This method renumbers lines in Recurring Journal record with number recurNum. Parameters Name recurNum ds Type Int32 Description Recurring Journal record number The Recurring Journal data set
This procedure validate it the currency is allowed. Parameters Name ipCOACode ipSegValue ipCurrency Type String String String Description The current COACode The current segment value one The proposed Currency value
RefCategory
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RefCategory: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewRefCategory
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1841
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Region
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Region: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewRegion
DeleteByID
1842
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1843
M-R
ReminderGroup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReminderGroup: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewReminderGroup
GetNewReminderSequence
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1844
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
ReminderLetter
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReminderLetter: This business object contains 14 methods.
GetNewReminderLetter
GetNewInvcReminder
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1845
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CreateReminderInvoices
Purpose: run the calcCombinedFinanceCharge.p that will create fin charge invoices Parameters Name ds ipAsOfDate ipCustomerList ipGroupID Nullable{System.DateTime} String String Type Description Reminder Letter Data Set As of Date Customer List Invoice Group
GenerateReminderLetters
GetCompanySetup
Purpose: returns the "Combined with Reminder Letter" company setting
1846
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name opCombined Type Boolean@ Description opCombined
PostReminders
This method posts reminder letters to the DB. Parameters Name ds Type Description Reminder Letter Data Set
PrePrintReminders
Purpose: put temp records into DB, so that they can be updated in case of successfull printing. Parameters Name ds Type Description Reminder Letter Data Set
RefreshLetters
Purpose: Get Printed field value for all generated letters. Parameters Name ds Type Description Reminder Letter Data Set
RenewalCode
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RenewalCode: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewRenewalCode
GetNewRenewalCodeAttch
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1847
M-R
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
OnChangeOfIncreaseMeth
This method should be called to set Increase Method.
1848
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ipRenewalCode ipIncreaseMethNew ds Type String Int32 Description Renewal Code. New Increase Method. Renewal Code data set.
OnChangeOfQuoted
This method should be called to set Quoted. Parameters Name ipQuoted ds Type Boolean Description Quoted. Renewal Code data set.
ValidatePriceList
Performs required logic when RenewalCode.PriceListCode is modified. Parameters Name ipPriceListCode ds Type String Description Proposed input value of PriceListCode Renewal Code data set
ValidateTaskSet
Performs required logic when RenewalCode.TaskSetID is modified. Parameters Name ipTaskSet ds Type String Description Proposed input value of TaskSetID Renewal Code data set
Replication
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Replication: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewReplCompany
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1849
M-R
GetNewReplProfile
GetNewReplProfilePerCompany
GetNewReplSetting
GetList
GetRows
Update
1850
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
ReplProfile
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReplProfile: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewReplProfile
GetNewReplProfileTable
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1851
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Report
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Report: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewReport
GetNewReportStyle
GetNewRptStylePrinters
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1852
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
OnChangeOutputEDI
Set Defaut OutputEDI after change RptTypeID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1853
M-R
Parameters Name newRptTypeID ds Type String Description New Report Type. Report data set.
Use to get a sub delimited list of ReportType.RptTypeID and ReportType.RptTypeDescription. The Code/Desc pairs are delimited by the ~ character. The Code/Desc element is subdelimited by the ` character.
ReportMonitor
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReportMonitor: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewSysRptLst
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1854
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
GetReportData
Get a report's data from the server Parameters Name sysRowID Returns Report data Type String Description The row ID of the report to get the data for
GetReportDefinition
Get a report's data from the server Parameters Name sysRowID Returns Report data Type String Description The row ID of the report to get the data for
GetRowsKeepIdleTime
This method reverts the last used time so that we don't prevent time-out from working. After that call base GetRows. Parameters Name whereClauseSysRptLst Type String Description The where clause to restrict data for
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1855
M-R
Name pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The dataset with populated values Call context dataset Constructor Parameters Name connPool
Description The page size The absolute page More pages?
Type
Description Connection pool
ReportQty
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReportQty: This business object contains 12 methods.
CheckInspResults
This method validates if InspResults has been entered when the Inspection Data is allowed for the current OprSeq. Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq ipOprSeq inspectionOK Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Current Job Current AssembleSeq Current OprSeq Returns true if InspResults records are found
DeleteLaborEquip
This method should call when EquipID is changed Parameters Name empID equipID hedSeq dtlSeq Type String String Int32 Int32 Description Current Employee ID Current Labor Equipment ID Current LaborDtl.LaborHedSeq value Current LaborDtl.LaborDtlSeq value
1856
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name ds
Type
Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReportQtyDataSet
GetNewLaborEquip
This method returns the new Labor Equipment Parameters Name empID ds Type String Description Current Employee ID Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReportQtyDataSet
GetNewReportQty
This method returns the new ReportQty dataset in place of the standart GetNew method. Parameters Name empID dtlLaborHedSeq dtlLaborDtlSeq Returns Report Qty Dataset Type String Int32 Int32 Description Current Employee ID Current LaborDtl.LaborHedSeq value if record is available Current LaborDtl.LaborDtlSeq value if record is available
OnChangeAsmSeq
This method validates the Assembly sequence. Parameters Name assemblySeq ds Type Int32 Description Assembly Sequence Report Qty Dataset
OnChangeEquipID
This method should call when EquipID is changed Parameters Name equipID dtlLaborHedSeq Type String Int32 Description equipID Current LaborDtl.LaborHedSeq value
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1857
M-R
Name dtlLaborDtlSeq ds
Type Int32
Description Current LaborDtl.LaborDtlSeq value Report Quantity DataSet
OnChangeJobNum
This method validates the Operation sequence. Parameters Name jobNum ds Type String Description Job Number Report Qty Dataset
OnChangeNextOprSeq
This method validates the Next Operation sequence. Parameters Name nextOprSeq ds Type Int32 Description Next Operation Sequence Report Qty Dataset
OnChangeOprSeq
This method validates the Operation sequence. Parameters Name oprSeq ds Type Int32 Description Operation Sequence Report Qty Dataset
OnChangeResource
This method validates the ResourceID. Parameters Name resourceID ds Type String Description Resource ID Report Qty Dataset
1858
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ReportQuantity
This method reports the quantity changes to the database Parameters Name ds Type Description Report Qty Dataset
UpdateLaborEquip
This method should call when EquipID is changed Parameters Name empID equipID hedSeq dtlSeq ds Type String String Int32 Int32 Description Current Employee ID Current Labor Equipment ID Current LaborDtl.LaborHedSeq value Current LaborDtl.LaborDtlSeq value Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReportQtyDataSet
ReportStyleSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReportStyleSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewReportStyle
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1859
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Req
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Req: This business object contains 30 methods.
GetNewReqHead
GetNewReqHeadAttch
GetNewReqDetail
1860
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetNewReqDetailAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1861
M-R
GetCodeDescList
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
1862
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
BuildNextDispatcher
This methods builds next Dispatcher. Returns list of user ids and list of user names. Parameters Name nextActionID dispIDList dispNmList Type String String@ String@ Description The next action ID Users ID list Users Name list
CheckJobNum
This method checks to see if the proposed Job Number is a valid Job Parameters Name jobNum Type String Description The proposed Job Number
CheckPartStatus
Perform Part Inactive, Obsolete, Runout validation.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1863
M-R
Parameters Name partNum vMessage vSubAvail vMsgType Type String@ String@ Boolean@ String@ Description Part number to be validated String of questions UI needs to ask the user var indicating if substitute parts exist to choose from output parameter used by the client logic to determine what action to take for the given message.
CloseRequisition
This method closes Requisition. Parameters Name reqNum reqUserId Returns The Req dataset Type Int32 String Description The number of Requisition to close The ID of user
DeleteReqLog
This method deletes Requisition log with given type changedate and changetime. Parameters Name reqNum changeDate changeTime reqLogType Type Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} Int32 String Description The number of Requisition The ChangeDate of log to delete The ChangeTime of log to delete The LogType of log to delete
GetCostInfo
This method sets Unit Cost and Extended Cost. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Req dataset
GetExchangeRate
This method gets the Exchange Rate by the given date.
1864
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ds reqDate Nullable{System.DateTime} Type Description The Req dataset The last date a rate is valid
GetPartCrossRef
This method defaults ShipDtl fields when the PartNum field changes Parameters Name ds reqLine partNum uomCode sysRowID rowType multipleMatch Int32 String@ String@ String String Boolean@ Type Description Requisition data set Detail Line Number to update Proposed PartNumber change Proposed UOM Code RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. Multiple matches were found by FindPart
GetPartInfo
This method defaults ReqDetail part fields. Parameters Name ds uomCode String Type Description ReqDataSet Proposed Part Cross Reference UOM Code
GetQtyInfo
This method applies PurchasingFactor to Qties by given field that was changed OrderQty or XOrderQty. Parameters Name ds fieldName String Type Description ReqDataSet Indicates field that was changed. Possible values OrderQty or XOrderQty
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1865
M-R
GetReqLogList
Public method to get the ReqLog dataset. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns ReqLogDataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The where clause to restrict data for The page size, used only for UI adaptor The absolute page, used only for the UI adaptor More pages?, used only for the UI adaptor
GetVendorInfo
This method update Vendor related field. Parameters Name ds Type Description ReqDataSet
RDMenuFlags
returns flags indicating whether Reset Dispatching or Dispatch Requisiton should be enabled or disabled Parameters Name reqNum reqUserId resetDispatch dispatchReq Type Int32 String Boolean@ Boolean@ Description The number of Requisition to close The ID of user Logical flag indicating Reset Dispatching should be enabled or disabled Logical flag indicating Dispatch Requisiton should be enabled or disabled
ResetDispatching
This method resets Dispatching. UI needs to ask before running method "WARNING: This will delete all entries in the action log and delete all previous Dispatching steps. Do you wish to continue?" Parameters Name reqNum Type Int32 Description The number of Requisition
1866
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name reqUserId Returns ReqDataSet
Type String
Description The user ID
ReqActs
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReqActs: This business object contains 6 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1867
M-R
UpdateExt
ReservePri
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReservePri: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewReservePri
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1868
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
Resource
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Resource: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewResource
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1869
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ResourceCollection
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ResourceCollection: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewResourceCollection
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1870
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ResourceGroup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ResourceGroup: This business object contains 23 methods.
GetNewResourceGroup
GetNewResourceGroupAttch
GetNewResource
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1871
M-R
GetNewCapResLnk
GetNewResourceCal
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
1872
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
BuildRsrcGrpResourceCalList
This method will populate the ttResourceCal table using the resource group that was passed in. Parameters Name cResourceGrpID Returns The ResourceGroup data set Type String Description The current Resource GroupID
BuildRsrcResourceCalList
This method will populate the ttResourceCal table using the resource group that was passed in. Parameters Name cResourceGrpID cResourceID Returns The ResourceGroup data set Type String String Description The current Resource Group ID The current Resource ID
CheckRGPlant
This method will verify that the Resource Group ID entered is from the Current plant.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1873
M-R
Parameters Name cResourceGrpID Type String Description The current Resource GroupID
CustomizeResourceCalRsrc
This method will get a current ResourceCal record or create a temporary ResourceCal record to be modified for a RESOURCE. The ProdHours will be defaulted from the weekday of the selected date. If any changes are made to the ttResourceCal record, the UpdateResourceCal method will have to be called to write the temporary ResourceCal record to the database. Parameters Name cResourceID cResourceGrpID daDate ds Type String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The current Resource ID The current Resource Group ID The selected date to be customized The ResourceGroup data set
CustomizeResourceCalRsrcGrp
This method will get a current ResourceCal record or create a temporary ResourceCal record to be modified for a RESOURCE GROUP. The ProdHours will be defaulted from the weekday of the selected date. If any changes are made to the ttResourceCal record, the UpdateResourceCal method will have to be called to write the temporary ResourceCal record to the database. Parameters Name cResourceGrpID daDate ds Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The current Resource Group ID The selected date to be customized The ResourceGroup data set
InsertNewResource
This method creates a new Resource after prompting for the ResourceID and ResourceGrpID. This is to replace the standard GetNewResource . Parameters Name ipResourceID ipResourceGrpID ds Type String String Description The new resource id value. The resourcegrp id value that you are adding this resource to The ResourceGroup data set
1874
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
MoveResource
This method creates a new Resource after prompting for the ResourceID and ResourceGrpID. This is to replace the standard GetNewResource . Parameters Name ipResourceID ipFromResourceGrpID ipToResourceGrpID Type String String String Description The moving resource id value. The resourcegrp id value that you are moving the resource from. The resourcegrp id value that you are moving the resource to.
Returns The ResourceGroup data set
SetInactiveFlag
Call this method when the Inactive Flag on the Resource Group changes and the user answer "Yes" to set the inactive flag on the Resources. All of the Resources Inactive flags will be set to equal to the new inactive setting on the Resource Group. Parameters Name ds Type Description The ResourceGroup data set
UpdateResourceCal
This method will check to see if the current ttResourceCal record was modified. If it was modified then it compares the capacity from the ttResourceCal the capacity of the production calendar for that day of the week. If they are different, or if it is a special working day or non-working day then it save the ttResourceCal record to the database. Parameters Name ds Type Description The ResourceGroup data set
ValidateInspection
Parameters Name ipProposedInspPlan ipProposedSpecId Type String String Description The new proposed InspPlanPartNum value The new proposed SpecID value
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1875
M-R
ValidateResource
This method validates that the Resource exists and that it isn't assigned to another Resource Group. Parameters Name ipResourceID ipResourceGrpID Type String String Description The resource id value to validate. The resourcegrp id value to validate.
ResourceType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ResourceType: This business object contains 6 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1876
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
RestrictedFcts
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RestrictedFcts: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewRestrictedFcts
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1877
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
RestrictFcts
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RestrictFcts: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewRestrictFcts
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1878
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ReturnRequest
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReturnRequest: This business object contains 16 methods.
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1879
M-R
Returns
CheckEmployee
This method needs to be called from the main menu only. if the object is being called from the shop floor menu then the employee id has already been determined and validated and is passed in Parameters Name empID empName Type String String@ Description Employee ID Employee Name
GetNewAssyMtlInfo
Call this method to create a new Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReturnRequestDataSet with Job# Parameters Name jobNum ds Type String Description Job Number ReturnRequestDataSet
GetNewMiscInfo
Call this method to create a new Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReturnRequestDataSet with Part# Parameters Name partNum ds Type String Description Part Number ReturnRequestDataSet
GetNewSalvageInfo
Call this method to create a new Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReturnRequestDataSet with Job# Parameters Name jobNum ds Type String Description Job Number ReturnRequestDataSet
OnChangeAssembly
Call this method to update the dataset when the ReturnRequest.AssemblySeq is changed RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work
1880
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name assemblySeq ds Type Int32 Description AssemblySeq ReturnRequestDataSet
OnChangeFromBin
Call this method to update the dataset when the RequestLines.FromBinNum is changed RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name binNum cRowIdent ds Type String String Description BinNum RequestLines RowIDent ReturnRequestDataSet
OnChangeFromWhse
Call this method to update the dataset when the RequestLines.FromWhse is changed RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name whseCode cRowIdent ds Type String String Description From Warehose RequestLines RowIDent ReturnRequestDataSet
OnChangeIUM
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReturnRequest.IUM changes. Parameters Name pUM ds Type String Description Transaction UOM IssueReturnDataSet
OnChangeJobNum
Call this method to update the dataset when the ReturnRequest.JobNum is changed RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1881
M-R
Parameters Name jobNum ds Type String Description JobNum ReturnRequestDataSet
OnChangeMtlSeq
Call this method to update the dataset when the ReturnRequest.MtlSeq is changed RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name mtlSeq ds Type Int32 Description MtlSeq ReturnRequestDataSet
OnChangePartNum
Call this method to update the dataset when the ReturnRequest.PartNum is changed RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name partNum ds Type String Description PartNum ReturnRequestDataSet
OnChangeRequestQty
Call this method when the value of Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReturnRequest.RequestQty changes. Parameters Name requestQty ds Type Decimal Description Request Quantity IssueReturnDataSet
OnChangeToBin
Call this method to update the dataset when the RequestLines.ToBinNum is changed RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name binNum Type String Description BinNum
1882
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name cRowIdent ds
Type String
Description RequestLines RowIDent ReturnRequestDataSet
OnChangeToWhse
Call this method to update the dataset when the RequestLines.ToWhse is changed RowMod must be "A" or "U" for this method to work Parameters Name whseCode cRowIdent ds Type String String Description To Warehose RequestLines RowIDent ReturnRequestDataSet
ProcessLines
Run this method when done updating all the detail lines (currently OK button in 6.1) clear screen when done Must set the ReturnRequest RowMod to "U" for this method to work Parameters Name ds Type Description ReturnRequestDataSet
ReverseCashReceipt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReverseCashReceipt: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewCashHead
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1883
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
PreUpdate
This method will return a record in the LegalNumGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does,
1884
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name ds inputDate requiresUserInput Nullable{System.DateTime} Boolean@ Type Description Reverse Cash Receipt data set The date of Cash Receipt Reverse Indicates if the legal number requires user input
ReverseCashReceipt
Reverse Cash Receipt Parameters Name ds headNum reverseDate postErrorLog legalNumberMessage Int32 Nullable{System.DateTime} String@ String@ Type Description Reverse Cash Receipt data set Head number Reverse Date Error log The legal number message to display to the user. Can be blank
ReviewJrn
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ReviewJrn: This business object contains 17 methods.
GetNewRvJrn
GetNewRvJrnTr
GetNewRvJrnTrDtl
GetNewWError
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1885
M-R
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
1886
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetJournalHeader
Parameters Name ipRvJrnUID ipRecLimitPerTr Returns The DataSet. Type Int32 Int32 Description RvJrnUID RecLimitPerTr
GetJournalTreeLeaf
Parameters Name ipRvJrnUID ipRvJrnTrUID ipBookID ipTreeLeafUID ipRecLimitPerTr ds Type Int32 Int32 String Int32 Int32 Description RvJrnUID RvJrnTrUID BookID TreeLeafUID RecLimitPerTr Review Jrn Data Set
RestoreTmpJournalLine
Parameters Name ipRvJrnUID ipRvJrnTrUID ipBookID ipTreeLeafUID ds Type Int32 Int32 String Int32 Description RvJrnUID RvJrnTrUID BookID TreeLeafUID Review Jrn Data Set
ExcludeFromList
Exclude journals from the list with do not conform search criteria. Parameters Name intRvJrnUID intACTTypeUID Type Int32 Int32 Description Journal number Search criteria for RvJrnTr table
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1887
M-R
Name strGroupID lExclude
Description Search criteria for RvJrnTrDtl table True if journal should be excluded from the list
GetRefTypeList
Get list of reference types. Returns strList
ProcessJournal
Confirm or cancel journal entry. Parameters Name bConfirm inrvJrnUID Type Boolean Int32 Description True if confirm journal number
TransValidate
Validate Transactions for current journal. Parameters Name rvJrnUID isValid Type Int32 Boolean@ Description journal number is Valid journal
RevisionCompare
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RevisionCompare: This business object contains 4 methods.
GetComparison
Parameters Name pcMOM1PartNum pcMOM1RevisionNum pcMOM1AltMethod pcMOM1JobNum Type String String String String Description Item1 Part number (applies to Part comparison). Item1 RevisionNum (applies to Part comparison). (optional) Item1 AltMethod (applies to Part comparison). Item1 JobNum (applies to Job comparison).
1888
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name piMOM1QuoteNum piMOM1QuoteLine piMOM1AssemblySeq pdMOM1AsOfDate pcMOM2PartNum pcMOM2RevisionNum pcMOM2AltMethod pcMOM2JobNum piMOM2QuoteNum piMOM2QuoteLine piMOM2AssemblySeq pdMOM2AsOfDate pcFrameTitle Returns RevComparison dataset
Description Item1 QuoteNum (applies to Quote comparison). Item1 QuoteLine (applies to Quote comparison). Item1 AssemblySeq (applies to Job or Quote comparison).
Nullable{System.DateTime} (optional) Item1 "as of" date for Revisions to be used (applies to Job or Part comparison). String String String String Int32 Int32 Int32 Item2 Part number (applies to Part comparison). Item2 RevisionNum (applies to Part comparison). (optional) Item2 AltMethod (applies to Part comparison). Item2 JobNum (applies to Job comparison). Item2 QuoteNum (applies to Quote comparison). Item2 QuoteLine (applies to Quote comparison). Item2 AssemblySeq (applies to Job or Quote comparison).
Nullable{System.DateTime} (optional) Item2 "as of" date for Revisions to be used (applies to Job or Part comparison). String@ Description of Comparison being made.
GetJobMOM
To retrieve the Assemblies, Materials and Operations that make up the Method of Manufacturing for the given Job (or optionally, the given assembly within that Job's MOM). The set of fields in the dataset is NOT COMPLETE, it only contains fields that are in common with the MOM definitions corresponding to all three of Quote, Job and Part. (Actually, only the fields that are present in Vantage 6.10 Revision Compare; it is possible there are fields have been omitted.) Parameters Name pcJobNum piAssemblySeq Returns RevisionCompare dataset Type String Int32 Description Job ID of MOM (Bill of Materials + Bill of Operations) to be retrieved. (optional) Assembly number of MOM to be retrieved.
GetPartMOM
To retrieve the Assemblies, Materials and Operations that make up the Method of Manufacturing for the given Part Revision. The set of fields in the dataset is NOT COMPLETE, it only contains fields that are in common with the MOM definitions corresponding to all three of Quote, Job and Part. (Actually, only the fields that are present in Vantage 6.10 Revision Compare; it is possible there are fields have been omitted.)
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1889
M-R
Parameters Name pcPartNum pcRevisionNum pcAltMethod pdAsOfDate Type String String String Description Part number of MOM (Bill of Materials + Bill of Operations) to be retrieved. Revision ID of MOM to be retrieved. Alt Method of MOM to be retrieved.
Nullable{System.DateTime} (optional) Revisions that were current as of this date to be used.
Returns RevisionCompare dataset
GetQuoteMOM
To retrieve the Assemblies, Materials and Operations that make up the Method of Manufacturing for the given QuoteLine (or optionally, the given assembly within that QuoteLine's MOM). The set of fields in the dataset is NOT COMPLETE, it only contains fields that are in common with the MOM definitions corresponding to all three of Quote, Job and Part. (Actually, only the fields that are present in Vantage 6.10 Revision Compare; it is possible there are fields have been omitted.) Parameters Name piQuoteNum piQuoteLine piAssemblySeq pdAsOfDate Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description Quote number of MOM (Bill of Materials + Bill of Operations) to be retrieved. Quote Line of MOM to be retrieved. (optional) Assembly number of MOM to be retrieved.
Nullable{System.DateTime} (optional) Revisions that were current as of this date to be used.
Returns RevisionCompare dataset
RFQDecisionWizard
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQDecisionWizard: This business object contains 7 methods.
Accept
This method will do the following (text from 6.1 procedure): Find Related JobMtl/JobOper/QuoteMtl/QuoteOpr (must be avail), and update estunitcost. Note, if related to Job, the JobMtl write trigger was changed to fire off and create a POSuggestion - like it should have done when you marked it "Purchase/direct" but we changed it so that if you flag RFQNeeded also, would create an RFQSuggestion INSTEAD of a POSuggestion. Once the RFQ has been created and vendor responds, the trigger will create a POSuggestion. Set rest of vendor responses for this rfq to status = NO, close rfqLine/item
1890
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name ipRFQNum ipRFQLine ipVendorNum ipPurPoint ipAnswer ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Boolean Description The rfq number to accept for. The rfq line number to accept for. The vendor num to accept for. The purchase point to accept for. The user answer to PreAccept potential message. RFQDecisionWizardDataSet
Apply
This method will create the RFQReadyVend records associated with the RFQFilterDW record and the selected filter and sort options. Parameters Name ds Type Description RFQDecisionWizardDataSet
CheckBeforeCreatePO
Asks user before create the PO for a Quoted Item Parameters Name iQuoteNum oMsg Type Int32 String@ Description Quote Number on RFQItem. Can be zero Message to be displayed. Don't display if blank.
CreatePO
This method create the purchase order for this rfqitem. Parameters Name ipRFQNum ipRFQLine ipVendorNum ipPurPoint ipLineQty ipDueDate ipPromiseDate Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Decimal Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The rfq number to create po for. The rfq line number to create po for. The vendor num to create po for. The purchase point to create po for. The line quantity. The due date. The promise date.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1891
M-R
Name opStatusMsg ds
Type String@
Description The message if PO created successfully. RFQDecisionWizardDataSet
GetHeaderRecord
This method will create a RFQFilterDW record with information from the RFQ and populate the attributes to include/exclude and sort options. The record created here will then be used for the Apply method to generate the RFQReadyVend records. Run this as the first method. Parameters Name ipRFQNum ipRFQLine Returns RFQDecisionWizardDataSet Type Int32 Int32 Description The rfq number to get data for. The rfq line number to get data for.
GetLineQty
This method gets the Job Qty (if job related) and sets a flag to tell the UI to update the Qty, duedate and promise date fields. Run this before CreatePO. Parameters Name ipRFQNum ipRFQLine ipVendorNum ipPurPoint opTmpLineQty opPromptQty Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String String@ Boolean@ Description RFQ Number RFQ Line Number Vendor Number Vendor Purchase Point Calculated Line Quantity If yes, the Quantity and date fields need to be updated
PreAccept
This method will potentially produce a message that will provide the user with a choice of continuing with the Accept. Call this before the Accept method and then pass into the Accept method the logical choice from the user's response to the potential message from this method. Parameters Name ipRFQNum ipRFQLine Type Int32 Int32 Description The rfq number to validate for. The rfq line number to validate for.
1892
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name ipVendorNum ipPurPoint opStatusMsg
Type Int32 String String@
Description The vendor num to validate for. The purchase point to validate for. The potential message to ask user.
RFQEntry
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntry: This business object contains 30 methods.
GetNewRFQHead
GetNewRFQItem
GetNewRFQPart
GetNewRFQQty
GetNewRFQSourcing
GetNewRFQVend
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1893
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
AddRFQItemFromJob
This method adds RFQItem from Job Parameters Name piRFQNum pcJobNum pcGlbCompany ds pcMessage String@ Type Int32 String String Description RFQ Number Job Number GlbCompany Number Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryDataSet Return Message
1894
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
AddRFQItemFromQuote
This method adds RFQItem from Qoute Parameters Name piRFQNum piQuoteNum pcGlbCompany ds pcMessage String@ Type Int32 Int32 String Description RFQ Number Quote Number GlbCompany Number Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryDataSet Return Message
AddRFQItemJob
This method adds RFQItem with SugNumList Parameters Name piRFQNum pcSugNumList ds pcMessage String@ Type Int32 String Description RFQ Number SugNumList Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryDataSet Return Message
AddRFQItemQuote
This method adds RFQItem with SugNumList from Qoute Parameters Name pcSugNumList piRFQNum ds pcMessage String@ Type String Int32 Description SugNumList RFQ Number Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryDataSet Return Message
AddSupplierFromSearch
Call this method when UI uses Add (search).
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1895
M-R
Parameters Name ds pcVendorID pcPurPoint String String Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryDataSet VendorID PurPoint
CheckComplianceFail
Check for every vendor of the RFQ if it requires to be compliant. Parameters Name rfqNum rfqLine vendorNum purPoint compliant Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Boolean@ Description Current RFQ. Current RFQ Line. Current Vendor. Current Purchase Point. Indicates if the current RFQ is compliant.
CreateNewRFQQty
Create RFQQty record. Please use this method instead of GetNewRFQQty. Parameters Name ds rfqNum rfqLine Int32 Int32 Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryDataSet RFQ Number RFQ Line Number
DuplicateRFQ
Duplicates RFQ. Parameters Name piSourceRFQNum Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryDataSet Type Int32 Description Source RFQ Number
GetSourcingInfo
get UserName, Password and SourcingURL
1896
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name username password sourcingURL Type String@ String@ String@ Description Field Exists Field Exists Field Exists
GetSourcingStatus
Checks if sourcing is enabled Parameters Name oStatus Type Boolean@ Description Output parameter that will tell if sourcing is enabled in this company.
OnChangeofBuyerID
Call this method when the value of BuyerID changes. Parameters Name piRFQNum newBuyerID rtnMessage ds Type Int32 String String@ Description RFQ Number RFQ line Number Populated when the current user is not an authorized user. Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryDataSet
OnChangePartNum
Call this method when the value of PartNum changes. Parameters Name piRFQNum piRFQLine ds Type Int32 Int32 Description RFQ Number RFQ line Number Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryDataSet
OnChangePurPoint
Call this method when the value of PurPoint changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1897
M-R
Parameters Name ds pcVendorID pcVendorPP String String Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryDataSet VendorID VendorPP
OnChangeRFQItemPUM
Call this method when the value of RFQItem.PUM changes. Parameters Name ds ipPUM String Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryDataSet PUM
OnChangeVendorID
Call this method when the value of VendorID changes. Parameters Name ds pcVendorID String Type Description Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryDataSet VendorID
OpenRFQ
Close/Open the RFQ. Parameters Name piRFQNum piOpenRFQ Returns The RFQ Data Set Type Int32 Boolean Description The RFQ number True/False open RFQ
ReOpenRFQLine
Reopens the RFQ line.
1898
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name piRFQNum piRFQLine ds Type Int32 Int32 Description The RFQ number The RFQ Line number Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryDataSet
VendorWizard
This procedures generates a list of potential Vendors for the RFQItem.PartNum. Parameters Name piRFQNum piRFQLine plCheckPOs plCheckPriceBreaks plCheckRFQs pcIncludeVendAttrList pcExcludeVendAttrList pcComplianceList ds pcMessage String@ Type Int32 Int32 Boolean Boolean Boolean String String String Description The RFQ number The RFQ Line number The CheckPOs The CheckPriceBreaks The CheckRFQs The include vendor attributes list The exclude vendor attributes list The Compliances the vendor must accomplish Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryDataSet The message
RFQEntryJobSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryJobSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewJobHead
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1899
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
RFQEntryQuoteSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQEntryQuoteSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewQuoteHed
DeleteByID
GetByID
1900
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
RFQSugg
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQSugg: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewRFQSugg
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1901
M-R
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
1902
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
RFQVend
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RFQVend: This business object contains 16 methods.
GetNewRFQVend
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1903
M-R
UpdateExt
AvailableResponses
Return list of available responses. Parameters Name responseList Type String@ Description The list of available responses.
ChangeDetailCalcOurQty
Run this method when our quantity on the detail changes. Parameters Name newCalcOurQty ds Type Decimal Description New Quantity The RFQVend dataset
ChangeDetailCalcVendQty
Run this method when supplier quantity on the detail changes. Parameters Name newCalcVendQty ds Type Decimal Description New Quantity The RFQVend dataset
CheckPOCreation
This method checks if everything is okay before creating a PO. If there are any questions to be asked they will be returned in the 2 message parameters. If the user answers yes to both questions, then CreatePO can be run Parameters Name rfqNum rfqLine vendorNum Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description RFQ Number RFQ Line Number Vendor Number
1904
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name purPoint vMessage vendMessage vWarningMessage
Type String String@ String@ String@
Description Vendor Purchase Point Number Ask user if okay to create a PO for a Quoted Item Ask user if they want to use an unapproved vendor Warn user that not enough responses have been received
CreatePO
This method Creates a PO for the current RFQVend Line. If a PO is above a person's approval limit, then the PO will be created but not approved Parameters Name rfqNum rfqLine vendorNum purPoint lineQty dueDate promDate msgString Returns The RFQVend dataset Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} String@ Description RFQ Number RFQ Line Number Vendor Number Vendor Purchase Point Line Quantity Due Date Promised Date Status of PO created
GetLineQty
This method gets the Job Qty (if job related) and sets a flag to tell the UI to update the Qty, duedate and promise date fields Parameters Name rfqNum rfqLine vendorNum purPoint tmpLineQty promptQty Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String String@ Boolean@ Description RFQ Number RFQ Line Number Vendor Number Vendor Purchase Point Calculated Line Quantity If yes, the Quantity and date fields need to be updated
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1905
M-R
ListOfRFQVend
This is a copy of GetList modified to have the RFQ Source and RFQ Status search values be passed as parameters instead of being in the where clause. Run This instead of GetList. UI - DO NOT include 'RFQ source' and 'RFQ status' in the where clause. Instead, pass them as parameters per the following: Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages rfqSourcein rfqStatusin Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ String String Description Where clause to filter the query results. page size. absolute page more pages. If 'all' -> input 'A', if 'jobs' -> input 'J', if 'Quotes' -> input 'Q'. If "all' -> input 'A', if 'closed' -> input 'C', if "open" -> input 'O'.
Returns Returns RFQVendListDataSet data set.
RefreshDataset
This method does refresh for each loaded recodrs. Parameters Name ds Type Description The RFQVend dataset
RowsOfRFQVend
This is a copy of GetRows modified to have the RFQ Source and RFQ Status search values be passed as parameters instead of being in the where clause. can be run instead of GetRows. UI - DO NOT include 'RFQ source' and 'RFQ status' in the where clause. Instead, pass them as parameters per the following: Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages rfqSourcein Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ String Description Where clause to filter the query results. page size. absolute page more pages. If 'all' -> input 'A', if 'jobs' -> input 'J', if 'Quotes' -> input 'Q'.
1906
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name rfqStatusin
Type String
Description If 'all' -> input 'A', if 'closed' -> input 'C', if 'open' -> input 'O'.
Returns Returns RFQVendDataSet data set.
RlsClass
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RlsClass: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewRlsClass
GetNewRlsLevel
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1907
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
RMADisp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RMADisp: This business object contains 21 methods.
GetNewRMARcpt
GetNewRMADisp
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1908
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1909
M-R
ChangeBinNum
Method to call when changing the bin number. Provides the bin description. Parameters Name ds cBinNum String Type Description The RMADisp data set The proposed bin number
ChangeDispType
Method to call when changing the Disposition Type. Provides default values for the RMADisp record. Parameters Name ds cDispType cMessage String String@ Type Description The RMADisp data set The proposed Disposition Type Warning message returned to UI
ChangeJob
Method to call when changing the job number. Provides default values for the RMADisp record. Parameters Name ds cJobNum cMessage String String@ Type Description The RMADisp data set The proposed Job number Warning message returned to UI
ChangeWarehouse
Method to call when changing the warehouse. Provides default values for the RMADisp record. Parameters Name ds cWarehouseCode cMessage String String@ Type Description The RMADisp data set The proposed warehouse code Warning message returned to UI
1910
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
CheckClosedJob
This method checks to see if the job is closed. Returns text of a question to be asked of the user if it is. This method should be called when entering a job number. Parameters Name cJobNum cQuestionText Type String String@ Description The Job number The text of the question to ask the user
CheckSerialNumbers
This method returns text of a message to be asked if the number of serial numbers selected does not match the quantity entered for the RMADisp record. The user has the option of continuing with the mismatch quantities or canceling. This method should be called before the update method and should be called only when the RMARcpt.TrackSerialNum = true and RMADisp.DispQty > 0. If the user answers yes, the change can occur; otherwise the change shouldn't occur. Parameters Name ds cMessageText String@ Type Description The RMADisp data set The text of the message to ask the user
CheckWithInspResults
Method to check the Inspection Results Qty (EQM) Parameters Name totPassed totFailed inspDataEntered ds Type Int32@ Int32@ Boolean@ Description Total Passed Total Failed InspectioN data entered The RMADisp entry Dataset.
GetLegalNumGenOpts
Returns the legal number generation options. Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Type Description The RMADispDataSet dataset Requires User Input
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1911
M-R
GetPartTranPKs
Return Primary Keys for generated PartTran records. Parameters Name ipRMANum ipRMALine ipRMAReceipt ipRMADisp partTranPKs Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 String@ Description RMANum field RMALine field RMAReceipt field RMADisp field The PartTranPKs number
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds Returns The SelectSerialNumbersParams dataset Type Description RMADisp data set
ValidateSN
Validates that a single serial number is valid for this transaction Parameters Name ds serialNumber isVoided String Boolean@ Type Description RMA Disposition data set Serial number to validate. Serial Number Voided flag
RMADtlSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RMADtlSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
1912
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Calls the normal GetRows method and then if a customer ID has been passed, it screens out only the appropriate rows.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1913
M-R
Parameters Name whereClauseRMADtl contactName pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.RMADtlSearchDataSet Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for RMADtl table. The contact to return data for. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Calls the normal GetRows method and then if a customer ID has been passed, it screens out only the appropriate rows. Parameters Name whereClauseRMADtl pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.RMADtlSearchDataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for RMADtl table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
RMAProc
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RMAProc: This business object contains 40 methods.
GetNewRMAHead
GetNewRMAHeadAttch
GetNewRMADtl
GetNewRMADtlAttch
1914
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetNewInvcDtl
GetNewRMARcpt
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1915
M-R
UpdateExt
CalcTaxes
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
1916
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
ChangeContact
Update RMA header contact information when the ConNum Contact is changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1917
M-R
Parameters Name ds iConNum Int32 Type Description The RMAProc data set The proposed contact number
ChangeContactRMADtl
Update RMA header contact information when the ConNum Contact is changed. Parameters Name ds iConNum Int32 Type Description The RMAProc data set The proposed contact number
ChangeCustomer
This populates the customer information in the RMAHead datatable. Parameters Name ds cCustID String Type Description The RMAProc data set The proposed customer id
ChangeOrderLine
This method validates the order line and updates the RMADtl record with values from the line. Parameters Name ds iOrderLine Int32 Type Description The RMAProc data set The proposed order line
ChangeOrderNumber
This method validates that the order number entered exists and the customer on the order matches the customer on the RMAHead record. Parameters Name ds iOrderNum Int32 Type Description The RMAProc data set The proposed order number
1918
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ChangeOrderRelNum
This method validates the order release and updates the RMADtl record. Parameters Name ds iOrderRelNum Int32 Type Description The RMAProc data set The proposed order release number
ChangePartNum
This method validates the part number and updates the RMADtl record with values from the part. Parameters Name ds cPartNum sysRowID rowType serialWarning questionString multipleMatch String@ String String String@ String@ Boolean@ Type Description The RMAProc data set The proposed part number RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
ChangeReceivedQty
This method validates the ReceivedQty and ReceivedQtyUOM and updates the RMARcpt record. Parameters Name ds iReceivedQty iReceivedQtyUOM Decimal String Type Description The RMAProc data set The proposed received quantity The proposed received quantity UOM
ChangeRMADtlInvoiceLine
Update RMA Header InvoiceLine it is changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1919
M-R
Parameters Name ds ipInvoiceLine Int32 Type Description The RMAProc data set The proposed InvoiceNum
ChangeRMADtlLegalNumber
Update RMA Header LegalNumber it is changed. Parameters Name ds ipLegalNumber String Type Description The RMAProc data set The proposed LegalNumber
ChangeRMAHeadLegalNumber
Update RMA Header LegalNumber when it is changed. Parameters Name ds ipLegalNumber String Type Description The RMAProc data set The proposed LegalNumber
ChangeShipTo
This method validates the ShipToNum and updates the RMADtl record. Parameters Name ds iShipTo String Type Description The RMAProc data set The proposed ship to number
ChangeShipToCustID
This method validates the order release and updates the RMADtl record. Parameters Name ds ipShipToCustID String Type Description The RMAProc data set. The proposed ShipToCustID.
1920
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ChangeWarehouse
This method updates values in RMARcpt based on the new selling received quantity. Parameters Name ds cMessageText String@ Type Description The RMAProc data set The text of the message to ask the user
CheckSerialNumbers
This method returns text of a message to be asked if the number of serial numbers selected does not match the quantity entered for the RMARcpt or RMADtl record. The user has the option of continuing with the mismatch quantities or canceling. This method should be called before the update method and should be called only when part is serial number tracked and the quantity is greater than zero. If the user answers yes, the change can occur; otherwise the change shouldn't occur. Parameters Name ds cTableName cMessageText String String@ Type Description The RMAProc data set The table name to check against; values are 'RMADtl' or 'RMARcpt' The text of the message to ask the user
GetDateUser
This method puts a date/time/user stamp in the Note box for the user Parameters Name ds Type Description Returns the new RMAProc DataSet
This method will retrieve the serial numbers for an RMADtl or RMARcpt record and update the SelectedSerialNumbers table with these records. Parameters Name cTableName iRMANum iRMALine Type String Int32 Int32 Description The table to retrieve the serial numbers for. Valid values are: RMADtl or RMARcpt The RMA Number The RMA Detail line number
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1921
M-R
Name iRMAReceipt ds
Type Int32
Description The RMA Receipt number; will be 0 when cTableName = RMADtl The RMAProc data set
Get all the parameters needed for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds ipTableName String Type Description RMA Processing Dataset Table Name RMADtl or RMARcpt
PreUpdate
RMACreditAdd
This method creates an RMA Credit record from the RMA Number and Line passed in. The RMA Credit is stored in the InvcHead and InvcDtl tables. Once the invoice is created, the user has the option of updating the header and invoice line information. It is expected that the A/R Invoice business object will be called to handle the update of the header and/or line. Parameters Name iRMANum iRMALine iCorrection iInvoiceNum iInvoiceLine Type Int32 Int32 Boolean Int32@ Int32@ Description The RMA Number to create the invoice from The RMA Line to create the invoice line from True will create a correction invoice, false will create a credit memo The invoice number of the RMA line The invoice line of the RMA line
1922
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Name opErrMsg ds
Type String@
Description Error message from invoice processing The RMAProc data set
ValidateSN
Validates that a single serial number is valid for this transaction Parameters Name ds serialNumber ipTableName isVoided warningMsg String String Boolean@ String@ Type Description RMA Processing data set Serial number to validate. RMA TableName Serial Number Voided flag Warning Message
RoleCd
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RoleCd: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewRoleCd
GetNewPrjRoleRt
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1923
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ChangeSupervisorRole
Method to call when changing supervisor role. Parameters Name proposedSupervisorRole ds Type Boolean Description The proposed supervisor role value The EmpExpense data set
CheckCapabilityBefUpd
1924
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
ValidateOKDelete
Method used to validate if the Role Code is currently in use by operations, employees or projects Parameters Name ipRoleCode opOKDelete Type String Boolean@ Description The role code value OkDelite value
RoughCutParam
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RoughCutParam: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewRoughCutParam
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1925
M-R
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
RptDataDef
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RptDataDef: This business object contains 27 methods.
GetNewRptDataDef
GetNewRptRelation
GetNewRptRelationField
GetNewRptLiterals
GetNewRptRule
GetNewRptRuleCond
GetNewRptTable
1926
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetNewRptCalcField
GetNewRptExclude
GetNewRptLinkTable
GetNewRptLinkField
GetNewRptWhereItem
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1927
M-R
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeReportType
Validate new Report Type Parameters Name rptDefID rptTypeID success ds Type String String Boolean@ Description Data Definition ID Report Type ID Indicates whether the new Report Type validation was successful or not. Report Data Definition Dataset
ChangeRuleField
Validate and update the data type of the proposed Condition field.
1928
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
Parameters Name proposedField ds Type String Description Proposed Field value Report Data Definition Dataset
ChangeUseFromToday
Validate external fields for Row Rules when changing the UseFromToday field Parameters Name ds Type Description Report Data Definition Dataset
DuplicateRpt
To create a new report data definition by duplicating from another. Typically this is used to duplicate a system report definition so that it can be modified. Parameters Name sourceRptDefID targetRptDefID targetRptDescription Type String String String Description Id of report that will be duplicated. ID for the new report. Description that will be used for the new report. if blank, the source description will be used.
Returns RptDataDef DataSet
GetDataDefUsedTables
Returns a DataSet with a list of tables and their fields in use on a Report Data Definition given a Report Definition ID. Parameters Name rptDefID onlyDBTables Returns Report Definition DataSet Type String Boolean Description Report Definition ID Return Only DataBase Tables
GetOperatorList
Gets the Operator List to compare FieldName against a constant or another field
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1929
M-R
Parameters Name fieldType operatorList Type String String@ Description Field Data-Type Operator List
GetRptDataDefList
Gets the Report Data Definition List for a specific ReportID Parameters Name whereClause reportID pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The RptDataDef List data set Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause. ReportID. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
ImportReport
RptStyleExt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RptStyleExt: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewRptStyleExt
DeleteByID
GetByID
1930
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
M-R
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
RptStylePrintersList
Epicor.Mfg.BO.RptStylePrintersList: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewRptStylePrintersList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1931
M-R
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
1932
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Part IV: S-Z

Chapter 19: S
SaleAuthSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SaleAuthSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewSaleAuth
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1933
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
SalesCat
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SalesCat: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewSalesCat
GetNewEntityGLC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1934
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
SalesOrder
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SalesOrder: This business object contains 176 methods.
GetNewOrderHed
GetNewOrderHedAttch
GetNewOHOrderMsc
GetNewOrderDtl
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1935
S-Z
GetNewOrderDtlAttch
GetNewOrderMsc
GetNewOrderRel
GetNewOrderRelTax
GetNewOrderHedUPS
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
1936
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
To test on hand quantity of the bin - i.e. whether it will go negative. Call this method on change of Quantity. Parameters Name pcPartNum pcWhseCode pcBinNum pcLotNum pcDimCode pdDimConvFactor pdTranQty Type String String String String String Decimal Decimal Description Part Number Warehouse Code Bin Number Lot Number From UNIT OF MEASURE (old Dimension Code) Obsolete Dimension Conversion Factor Quantity (in stocking uom)
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1937
S-Z
Name pcNeqQtyAction
Type String@
Description Valid values are STOP, NONE or ASK User. If Ask User, the user can decide to go ahead with the update even if the qty is negative Error message passed back from the business logic.
String@
ApplyOrderBasedDiscounts
Apply order based discounts to an order. Parameters Name iOrderNum Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Description The order to apply the discounts to
CCClear
Procedure to Clear the Credit Card Information Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
CCLoadTranData
Procedure to be called when selecting a record in the Transaction history grid, the data selected is loaded in the OrderHed table Parameters Name inTranDate inTranTime inTranNum ds Nullable{System.DateTime} Int32 Int32 Type Description TranDate from the CreditTran table TranTime from the CreditTran table TranNum from the CreditTran table The SalesOrder data set
CCProcessCard
Procedure to attempt to process transaction for the amount specified in the "Total" field.
1938
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name inTranType Type String Description The transaction type to apply to the credit card. Valid transaction types : D (Deposit), S (Sale), A (Authorize), C (Credit - 803), V (Void). The SalesOrder data set opMessage
ds opMessage
String@
ChangeBTCustIDMaster
This method returns the Bill To customer info. Parameters Name newBillToCustID lchkCustCredHold iOrderNum cCreditLimitMessage lCustomerAllowed ds Type String Boolean Int32 String@ Boolean@ Description Proposed bill to custid flag to determine if we run CheckCustomerCreditHold The Order Number - optional The over credit limit message text Flag to indicate if using the customer on the order is valid The SalesOrder data set
ChangeCardNumber
Procedure to validate the Credit Card Number. Validations to be performed: MOD10, Lenght and Prefix (according to the credit card type) Parameters Name inCardNumber ds Type String Description Proposed Card Number The SalesOrder data set
ChangeCCAmounts
This procedure should be called when any of the Credit Card amounts change (from the Column Changed event in the UI) to calculate the total to be charged to the credit card Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1939
S-Z
ChangeCommissionable
Update Order Detail commission information when the Commissionable flag is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeContractNum
Update Order Detail information when the contract is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeContractNumMaster
Validates the entered ContractNum value. Parameters Name iOrderNum iOrderLine iContractNum outMsg ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String@ Description Order number whose field is getting modified Order Line number that is getting modified Proposed Contract Number contains warning messages for UI The SalesOrder data set
ChangeCounterSale
Update Order Header information when the counter sale flag changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeCreditExp
Procedure to validate Credit Card Expiration Date
1940
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ipExpMonth ipExpYear ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Expiration Month Expiration Year The Sales Order data set
ChangeCurrencyCode
Update Order Header Exchange Rate when the currency code changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeCustomer
Update Order Header Credit Card Customer information when the Customer is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangedCardNumber
Procedure to encrypt and mask the Credit Card Number. This method should be called in the Column Changed event, assuming that the validation performed in ChangeCardNumber was successful. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Sales Order data set
ChangeDiscBreakListCode
Change the DiscBreakListCode Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1941
S-Z
ChangeDiscountAmount
Update Order Detail information when the price discount percent is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeDiscountPercent
Update Order Detail information when the price discount percent is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeERSOrder
Update Order Header information when the ERS Order changes. Parameters Name proposedERSOrder ds Type Boolean Description The proposed ERS Order The SalesOrder data set
ChangeGroup
Update Order Detail information when the Group is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeHedUseOTS
Method to call when changing the OrderHed.UseOTS field. Refreshes the address list and contact info Parameters Name ds Type Description SalesOrder Dataset
1942
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
ChangeKitPricing
Recalculates the parent line's unit price when the kit pricing is set to "P", if the kit pricing is set to "C" the price will be calculated on the AfterUpdate procedure. Parameters Name ds Type Description SalesOrder Dataset
ChangeKitQtyPer
Used to recalculate the SellingQty of the component kit line using the parent's SellingQuantity Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeMake
Update Order Release information when the Make value is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeManualTaxCalc
Parameters Name ipOrderNum ipLineNum ipRelNum ipTaxCode ipRateCode ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String String Description Order Number. Order line number. Order Rel number. Release tax code. Release rate code. Sales Order data set.
ChangeMiscAmount
Update Order Miscellaneous information when the amount changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1943
S-Z
Parameters Name ds tableName String Type Description The SalesOrder data set name of table being passed in
ChangeMiscCode
This method returns default information for the MiscChrg. Method must use parameters instead of the dataset due to the problem with changing the primary key field. Also allows OrderMsc and OHOrderMsc to use the same code Parameters Name ds tableName String Type Description The SalesOrder data set name of table being passed in
ChangeMiscPercent
Update Order Miscellaneous information when the percentage changes. Parameters Name ds tableName String Type Description The SalesOrder data set name of table being passed in
ChangeNeedByDate
Update Order Header information based on the NeedByDate changing. Parameters Name ds cTableName String Type Description The SalesOrder data set The table that is changed: OrderHed,OrderDtl, or OrderRel
ChangeNewNeedByDate
Update Global PO information based on the New Need By Date changing. Parameters Name ds Type Description The GlbSugPOChgDataSet data set
1944
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
ChangeNewSellingQuantity
Update Global PO information based on the New Selling Quantity changing. Parameters Name ds Type Description The GlbSugPOChgDataSet data set
ChangeODtlWarehouse
Update Order Detail information when the Warehouse changes. This needs to be called only for Counter Sales. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeOrderRelBuyToOrder
Update Order Release information when the Buy To Order value is changed. Parameters Name ipBuyToOrder ds Type Boolean Description The new Buy To Order value. The SalesOrder data set
ChangeOrderRelDropShip
Update Order Release information when the Buy To Order value is changed. Parameters Name ipDropShip ds Type Boolean Description The new DropShip value. The SalesOrder data set
ChangeOrderRelMarkForNum
Update OrderRel information with values from the Mark For when the Mark For is changed. Parameters Name proposedMarkForNum Type String Description The Proposed ShipToNum
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1945
S-Z
Name ds
Type
Description The Sales Order data set
ChangeOrderRelMFCustID
Method to call when changing the Mark For Customer ID on the OrderRel record. Validates the Mark For Customer ID and ressets the ShipToNum to the Customer default. Parameters Name ipMFCustID ds Type String Description The proposed Mark For Customer ID The Sales Order data set
ChangeOrderRelShipTo
Update Order Release information with values from the Ship To when the Ship To is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeOrderRelShipToContact
Update Order Release ship to contact information when the Release Ship To Contact is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeOrderRelShipToCustID
Update Order Rel information with values from the Third Party Ship To when the Ship To is changed. Parameters Name iShipToCustID ds Type String Description Proposed Third-Party Ship To The SalesOrder data set
ChangeOrderRelUseOTMF
Method to call when changing the UseOTMF field the OrderRel record. Refreshes the address list and contact info
1946
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ds Type Description The Sales Order data set
ChangeOrderRelVendorID
Update Order Release information when the Vendor ID is changed. Parameters Name ipVendorID ds Type String Description The new Vendor ID value. The SalesOrder data set
ChangeORelWarehouse
Update Order Release information when the Warehouse changes. This needs to be called only for Counter Sales. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeOverrideDiscPriceList
Rerun the price break calculation if the override price list flag is changed from true to false. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeOverridePriceList
Rerun the price break calculation if the override price list flag is changed from true to false. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangePartNum
Update Order Detail information when the Part Number is changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1947
S-Z
Parameters Name ds lSubstitutePartsExist uomCode Boolean String Type Description The SalesOrder data set Flag to indicate if a substitute part exists UOM Code (only used for Product Codes)
ChangePartNumMaster
Parameters Name partNum lSubstitutePartExist lIsPhantom uomCode sysRowID rowType salesKitView removeKitComponents suppressUserPrompts getPartXRefInfo checkPartRevisionChange checkChangeKitParent cDeleteComponentsMessage questionString cWarningMessage multipleMatch promptToExplodeBOM cConfigPartMessage cSubPartMessage explodeBOMerrMessage Type String@ Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ String String Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean String@ String@ String@ Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ String@ String@ Description proposed PartNum bool which identifies whether a substitute part exists. set in 'checkPartRevisionChange' logic bool which identifies whether this is a phantom part. set in 'getPartXRefInfo' logic associated uomCode for this part. maybe overwritten in chkPartXRefInfo sysRowID for current row current rowType flag to identify whether this OrderDtl record is from salesKitView (or OrderDtlView) flag (set by user unless suppressUserPrompts is true) to ok removing kit components if kit parent changes flag to determine is user wants to be able to respond to messages and return to UI flag to determine whether a particular part of validation logic is run flag to determine whether a particular part of validation logic is run flag to determine whether a particular part of validation logic is run message to display to the user message to display to user message to display to user indicates there are multiple matches for this part request input from user - display message message to display to user message to display to user message to display to user
1948
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name cMsgType multiSubsAvail runOutQtyAvail ds
Type String@ Boolean@ Boolean@
Description type of message...warning, question, error indicates if there are multiple substitutes available for this part indicates if there is enough run out available for this part to fulfill order The SalesOrder data set
ChangePlant
Update Order Release information when the Plant is changed. Parameters Name proposedPlant ds Type String Description The proposed plant The SalesOrder data set
ChangePriceList
Update Order Detail information when the price list is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangePricePerCode
Update Order Detail information when the price per code is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeQuickEntryOption
Update Order Detail Quick Entry options. This method is called whenever the CreateNewJob, GetDtls, or SchedJob option is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1949
S-Z
ChangeQuoteLine
Update Order Detail information when selecting a quote line. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeQuoteQtyNum
Update the Order Detail line with values from the selected QuoteQty record. This method should be called whenever the action to select a quote quantity occurs. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeRelUseOTS
Method to call when changing the OrderRel.UseOTS field. Refreshes the address list and contact info Parameters Name ds Type Description SalesOrder Dataset
ChangeRenewalNbr
Update Order Detail information when the renewalnbr is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeRenewalNbrMaster
Validates the entered RenewalNbr value. Parameters Name iOrderNum iOrderLine Type Int32 Int32 Description Order number whose field is getting modified Order Line number that is getting modified
1950
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name iContractNum iRenewalNbr ds
Type Int32 Int32
Description Contract Number Proposed Renewal Number The SalesOrder data set
ChangeRevisionNum
Update Order Detail information when the Part Revision Number is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeRevNumMaster
Update Order Detail information when the Part Revision Number is changed. Parameters Name checkPartRevChange suppressUserPrompts proposedRev cConfigPartMessage ds Type Boolean Boolean String String@ Description bool to determine whether we run the CheckPartRevChange logic flag to determine is user wants to be able to respond to messages and return to UI proposed RevisionNum message to display to user The SalesOrder data set
ChangeRMANum
Update Order Detail RMALine field when the RMA Number is changed. This method needs to be called only if the RMA Number was not selected via a lookup. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeSalesRep
Update rep rate and rep split when the salesrep changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1951
S-Z
Parameters Name cSalesRepCode dRepRate iRepSplit cRepName Type String Decimal@ Int32@ String@ Description The SalesRep code The Sales Rep commission rate The Sales Rep split percentage The Sales Rep name
ChangeSalesUOM
Update Order Detail information when the SalesUM changes Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeSellingQtyMaster
Update Order Detail information when the selling quantity is changed. Parameters Name ds ipSellingQuantity chkSellQty negInvTest chgSellQty chgDiscPer suppressUserPrompts lKeepUnitPrice pcPartNum pcWhseCode pcBinNum pcLotNum pcDimCode pdDimConvFactor pcMessage Decimal Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean String String String String String Decimal String@ Type Description The SalesOrder data set New value for SellingQuantity flag to determine if we run checkSellingQuantityChange logic flag to determine if we run negativeInventoryTest logic flag to determine if we run changeSellingQuantity logic flag to determine if we run changeDiscountPercent logic flag to determine if we suppress any user input Keep the current unit price even if it will be recalcuated based on the new quantity partNum for negativeInventoryTest whseCode for negativeInventoryTest binNum for negativeInventoryTest lotNum for negativeInventoryTest dimcode for negativeInventoryTest dimConvFactor for negativeInventoryTest pcMessage for negativeInventoryTest
1952
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name pcNeqQtyAction opWarningMsg
Description pcNegQtyAction for negativeInventoryTest Warning message for BTO releases message to be displayed to user regarding quantity change
cSellingQuantityChangedMsgText String@
ChangeSellingQuantity
Update Order Detail information when the selling quantity is changed. Parameters Name ds lKeepUnitPrice ipSellingQuantity opWarningMsg Boolean Decimal String@ Type Description The SalesOrder data set Keep the current unit price even if it will be recalcuated based on the new quantity New value for SellingReqQty Warning message for BTO releases
ChangeSellingReqQty
Update Order Release information when the selling quantity is changed. Parameters Name ds ipSellingReqQty opWarningMsg Decimal String@ Type Description The SalesOrder data set New value for SellingReqQty Warning message for BTO releases
ChangeShipToContact
Update Order Header ship to contact information when the Ship To Contact is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeShipToCustID
Update Order Header information with values from the Third Party Ship To when the Ship To is changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1953
S-Z
Parameters Name iShipToCustID ds Type String Description Proposed Third-Party Ship To The SalesOrder data set
ChangeShipToID
Update Order Header information with values from the Ship To when the Ship To is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeSoldToContact
Update Order Header sold to contact information when the Sold To Contact is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeSoldToID
Update Order Header information with values from the Sold To when the Sold To is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeUnitPrice
Update Order Detail information when the unit price changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
ChangeVendorChange
Update the suggestion status when the "Ready to Send" box is checked or unchecked. In the GlbSugPOChg dataset, this is field VendorChange.
1954
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ds Type Description The GlbSugPOChgDataSet data set
ChangeWhseCodeMaster
Update Order Detail information when the selling quantity is changed. Parameters Name ds negInvTest chgDtlWhse suppressUserPrompts pcPartNum pcWhseCode pcBinNum pcLotNum pcDimCode pdDimConvFactor pdSellingQuantity pcMessage pcNeqQtyAction Boolean Boolean Boolean String String String String String Decimal Decimal String@ String@ Type Description The SalesOrder data set flag to determine if we run negativeInventoryTest logic flag to determine if we run changeODtlWarehouse logic flag to determine if we suppress any user input partNum for negativeInventoryTest whseCode for negativeInventoryTest binNum for negativeInventoryTest lotNum for negativeInventoryTest dimcode for negativeInventoryTest dimConvFactor for negativeInventoryTest sellingQty for negativeInventoryTest pcMessage for negativeInventoryTest pcNegQtyAction for negativeInventoryTest
ChangeXPartNum
Update Order Detail information when the xpart changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
CheckComplianceFail
Check for every line of the Pack if it requires if it is compliant. Parameters Name orderNum Type Int32 Description Current Order Number.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1955
S-Z
Name orderLine orderRelNum compliant
Description Current Order Line. Current Order Release. Indicates if the current Order is compliant.
CheckComplianceOrderFail
Check for every line of the Order if it is compliant. Parameters Name orderNum compliantMsg Type Int32 String@ Description Current Order Number Indicates if the current Order is compliant.
CheckConfiguration
Checks is part should be configured on a given OrderLine Parameters Name orderNum orderLine sourcePart sourceRev findRevision canGetDetails needsConfiguration configureRevision reasonMessage Type Int32 Int32 String String Boolean Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ String@ Description Order number to be searched Order Line to be checked Part Num to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method") Revision number to get details from (populated when sourceFile = "Method") If true the revision number will be looked up rather than using the sourceRev If false, GetDtls will fail for a configuration reason that can't be resolve by reconfiguring now If true the configurator should be run on the Job for the Part/Rev The revision that should be configured (if configuration is needed) The reason or for the failure or need for configuration. This should be displayed to the user.
Returns Part Dataset
CheckContractNum
Validates the entered ContractNum value.
1956
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name iOrderNum iOrderLine iContractNum Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description Order number whose field is getting modified Order Line number that is getting modified Proposed Contract Number
This method should be called before the Update method is called for a detail record. The method returns a character string if the customer will go over their credit limit and the user is given the choice of continuing or not. Parameters Name iOrderNum iCustNum cCreditLimitMessage lContinue ds Type Int32 Int32 String@ Boolean@ Description The Order Number The Customer Number The over credit limit message text Indicates if the user is allowed to continue with processing The SalesOrder data set
CheckCustomerCreditRelease
This method should be called before the Update method is called for a release record. The method returns a character string if the customer will go over their credit limit and the user is given the choice of continuing or not. Parameters Name iOrderNum iOrderDtlNum iCustNum cCreditLimitMessage lContinue ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String@ Boolean@ Description The Order Number The line number. The Customer Number The over credit limit message text Indicates if the user is allowed to continue with processing The SalesOrder data set
CheckCustOnCreditHold
On selection of an order or customer, checks to see if the customer is on credit hold and returns a message string if they are. iOrderNum and cCustID are optional, but one or the other should be passed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1957
S-Z
Parameters Name iOrderNum cCustID cCreditLimitMessage lCustomerAllowed Type Int32 String String@ Boolean@ Description The Order Number - optional The Customer ID - optional The over credit limit message text Flag to indicate if using the customer on the order is valid
CheckICPO
Method to call when trying to determine whether there are any incoming ICPO entries. This method will return true or false. . Parameters Name icpoFound Type Boolean@ Description Indicates if there are any incoming ICPO records.
CheckICPOReadyToSend
Checks to see if there are any Intercompany PO's not ready to send for the order. If there are, returns message text that should be presented to the user asking if they would like to continue or not. This method should be called before calling the VerifySendICPOSugg and SendICPOSuggestions methods. Parameters Name iOrderNum cReadyToSendMsgText Type Int32 String@ Description The order number to check against The message text
CheckKitRevision
Checks the current selected revision of a kit parent line to see if it has any components to be generated. If no revision is selected, or there are no mfg details then a return message will be returned to notify the user about it. Parameters Name iPartNum iRevisionNum outMsg Type String String String@ Description Part number Revision number Output message
1958
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
CheckLtrOfCrdt
Parameters Name iOrderNum cARLOCID dTotalCharges outMsg Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 String Decimal String@ Description Sales Order number Letter of Credit ID OrderHed.TotalCharges Output message
CheckMakeDirectReleases
Validate whether all make direct releases have jobs if and OrderDtl is checked. Parameters Name ipOrderNum opIssueWarning Type Int32 Boolean@ Description Order Number Flag to indicate if make direct releases exist without job link
CheckOrderHedChanges
Checks to see if certain fields changed on the order header. If they did, Parameters Name ds cOrderChangedMsgText String@ Type Description The SalesOrder data set The message text
CheckOrderLinkToInterCompanyPO
Checks to see if the order is linked to a PO. If it is, an informational message is presented Parameters Name iOrderNum cICPOLinkMessage Type Int32 String@ Description The Order Number The message text
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1959
S-Z
CheckPartRevisionChange
The method is to be run on leave of the PartNum and Revision fields before the ChangePart, ChangeRevision, or Update methods are run. When run before CreateOrderFromQuote, the Part Number expected is the part number from the quote. This returns all the questions that need to be asked before a part can be changed. Parameters Name iOrderNum iOrderLine cFieldName cPartNum cConfigPartMessage cSubPartMessage lSubAvail cMsgType Type Int32 Int32 String String@ String@ String@ Boolean@ String@ Description The current OrderHed.OrderNum field The current OrderDtl.OrderLine field The name of the field you are leaving The new PartNum if a substitute part is found, partNum will be the substitute part If the part is configured, asks if it's okay to delete the configuration inputs. No means the part cannot be changed Asks if the user wants to use a substitute part Indicates other substitute parts besides the default exist Type of message returned. Values can be; "Question" (asking if they want to use the substitute part) "Warning" (Warns them that a part is onhold or runout). "Error" (Part in Inactive, or Onhold/Runout parts are not accepted in this case). "Question" is asking if they want to use the substitute part.
CheckProjectID
Validate Projec ID value Parameters Name ipProjectID ds Type String Description The Project ID value The SalesOrder data set
CheckQuoteLinesNoQuantity
The method is to be run after a Quote Number is obtained for creating an order from a quote, but before the CreateOrderFromQuote method is executed. This method returns the text of the question to be asked to the user if quote lines are found without an order quantity. Parameters Name iQuoteNum cQuoteLineWOQtyMsgText Type Int32 String@ Description The Quote Number The message text
1960
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
CheckRateGrpCode
Update Check if Rate Group Code entered is valid. Parameters Name ipRateGrpCode ds Type String Description Currency Rate Group Code Quote dataset
CheckRenewalNbr
Validates the entered RenewalNbr value. Parameters Name iOrderNum iOrderLine iContractNum iRenewalNbr Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Description Order number whose field is getting modified Order Line number that is getting modified Contract Number Proposed Renewal Number
CheckSellingFactorDirection
OBSOLETE METHOD..... Validate Selling Factor Direction value Parameters Name ipSellingFactorDirection ds Type String Description The Selling Factor Direction value The SalesOrder data set
CheckSellingQuantityChange
The method is to be run on leave of the SellingQuantity field before the ChangeSellingQuantity or Update methods are run. If the unit price will be different based on the new quantity, this returns the question asking if user would like to use the new unit price or keep the current one. Calling this method is necessary only if the Quote Number on the detail record is not zero. Parameters Name ds dSellingQuantity cSellingQuantityChangedMsgText Decimal String@ Type Description The SalesOrder data set The proposed selling quantity The message text
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1961
S-Z
CheckSONum
Method to call when entering proposed Sales Order Number. This method will return two output variables. One is a logical field to indicate if the SO number entered is existing or not. The other variable is for the error message in case the proposed SO number is invalid. Parameters Name proposedSONum opFoundSO opMessage Type Int32 Boolean@ String@ Description The proposed SO Number Indicates if the proposed SO number is already existing. Error message for the user to see.
CloseOrder
Checks to see if the order can be closed and closes it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iOrderNum Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Description The Order Number to close
CloseOrderLine
Checks to see if the order can be closed and closes it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iOrderNum iOrderLine Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Int32 Description The Order Number of the Order Line to close The Order Line Number to close
CloseRelease
Checks to see if the order release can be closed and closes it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iOrderNum Type Int32 Description The Order Number of the Order Release to close
1962
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name iOrderLine iOrderRelNum Returns The SalesOrder data set
Type Int32 Int32
Description The Order Line of the Release to close The Order Release Number of the release to close
CopyOrder
Copy an order. Parameters Name orderNum ipPONum ipOpenRel ipReNbr ipPreserve ipCalc newOrderNum outMessage Type Int32 String Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Int32@ String@ Description The order to apply the discounts to
CreateGlbSugPOChg
Create a new ttGlbSugPOChg record for processing. Parameters Name ds iOrderNum iOrderLine iOrderRel Int32 Int32 Int32 Type Description The GlbSugPOChgDataSet data set The Order Number The Order Line Number The Order Release Number
CreateLineMiscChargesFromQuote
Method to call to create Line Misc Charges when adding a new OrderDtl record from a quote Parameters Name ipOrderNum Type Int32 Description The Order Number
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1963
S-Z
Name ipOrderLine ipQuoteNum ipQuoteLine ipQtyNum ds
Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32
Description The Line Number The Quote Number The Quote Line The Quote Quantity The SalesOrder data set
CreateLinesFromHistory
Create new lines for every Order Lines selected from History, Parameters Name iOrderNum ds Type Int32 Description The Order Number The SalesOrder data set
CreateOrderDtlComplements
Create new lines for every complement selected for a given Line, Parameters Name iOrderNum ds Type Int32 Description The Order Number The SalesOrder data set
CreateOrderFromQuote
Creates an order from a quote. Parameters Name iQuoteNum Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Description The Quote Number with which to create the order
CreateOrderFromQuoteSaveOTS
Creates an order from a quote and saves the OTS.
1964
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name iQuoteNum ds Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Description The Quote Number with which to create the order Save OTS parameters DataSet
ETCValidateAddress
Call tax integration and loads temp tables from the results. Parameters Name orderNum orderLine orderRelNum statusFlag errorFlag errorMsg exceptionFlag Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Boolean@ Description OrderHed.OrderNum OrderDtl.OrderLine OrderRel.OrderRelNum Set to true if the integration is up, false if down. If true, an error occured. If Error Flag is true, this is the associated message. This parameter is only used by the UI, it should not be modified here.
Returns The ETCAddrValidationDataSet data set
GetByIDLinkedOrder
Update Order Header information with values from the Ship To when the Ship To is changed. Parameters Name iOrderNum Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Description The Order Number of the order to get
GetCalcQtyPref
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1965
S-Z
GetGlbSugPOChg
Get the GlbSugPOChg records for an Order Release. Parameters Name iOrderNum iOrderLine iOrderRelNum pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The GlbSugPOChgDataSet data set Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The Order Number The Order Line Number The Order Release Number The Page Size The absolute page More Pages
GetJobProd
Get the JobProd records for an Order Release. Parameters Name iOrderNum iOrderLine iOrderRelNum pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The OrdRelJobProdDataSet data set Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The Order Number The Order Line Number The Order Release Number The Page Size The absolute page More Pages
GetKitComponents
Calls GetKitComponents from SalesKitting.p, which creates a list of OrderDtl records that will be treated as kit components of the given OrderLine. Parameters Name iPartNum Type String Description Part Number of the given OrderLine
1966
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name iRevisionNum iAltMethod iTargetAsm orderNum orderLine iUseMethodForParts regenerateKit errorMsg errorType ds
Type String String Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean Boolean String@ Int32@
Description Revision Number selected for the given PartNum Aletrnate Method of the given Part number Target assembly to be exploded (usually asm 0) Order number to be exploded Order line which will be the Kit Parent If true this will cause the previous loaded components to be deleted Text message returned in case an error/warning was found 1 = No components on Revision, 2 = Cannot Get Details, 3 = Missing configuration The sales order data set
GetNewSalesKit
Creates a new OrderDtl and sets it as a kit component for the given OrderLine Parameters Name orderNum orderLine ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Order number where the Kit Parent resides Order line that has the SalesKit and to which the kit component will be added Order Dataset with the new OrderDtl record as a Sales Kit
Parameters Name ds Type Description The sales order data set
GetPlantConfCtrlInfo
Retrieves specific data from PlantConfCtrl for sale order form Parameters Name opSuppressWarning Type Boolean@ Description The message text
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1967
S-Z
GetQuoteQty
Get the QuoteQty records for an Order Release. Parameters Name iQuoteNum iQuoteLine pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The OrdDtlQuoteQtyDataSet data set Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The Quote Number The Quote Line Number The Page Size The absolute page More Pages?
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Hed/Dtl fields for the customer tracker. Parameters Name whereClauseOrderHed whereClauseOrderHedAttch whereClauseOHOrderMsc whereClauseOrderDtl whereClauseOrderDtlAttch whereClauseOrderMsc whereClauseOrderRel whereClauseOrderRepComm whereClauseSelectedSerialNumbers whereClauseSerialNumberSearch whereClauseSNFormat pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The OrderCustTrkDataSet data set Type String String String String String String String String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for OrderHed table. Whereclause for OrderHedAttch table. Whereclause for OHOrderMsc table. Whereclause for OrderDtl table. Whereclause for OrderDtlAttch table. Whereclause for OrderMsc table. Whereclause for OrderRel table. Whereclause for RepComm table. Whereclause for SelectedSerialNumbers table. Whereclause for SerialNumberSearch table. Whereclause for SNFormat table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
1968
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ipPartNum ipWhseCode ipBinNum ipQuantity ipTranType ipRowID Returns Type String String String Decimal String String Description ipPartNum ipWhseCode ipBinNum ipQuantity ipTranType ipRowID
GetSmartString
Parameters Name orderNum orderLine partNum revisionNum smartString createPart promptForPartNum notifyOfExistingPart newPartNum createCustPart promptForCustPartNum newCustPartNum promptForAutoCreatePart Type Int32 Int32 String String String@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Boolean@ Description Kit component order number Kit component order line The part being configured The revision being configured The generated smartstring of the configuration True if a new part should be created True if the user should be prompted for the part number If true the user should be warned if the new part number already exists The generated portion of the new part number If true the user should be asked if they want the Customer Part Number assigned If true the user should be prompted to update the new Customer Part Number The generated customer part number True if the user should be prompted to create part
Get the parameters needed for the UI on startup. Returns The SO entry UI Params data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1969
S-Z
GlbSugPOChgDelete
Delete a new GlbSugPOChg record. Parameters Name cRowIdent Type String Description The row ident of the record to delete
Returns The GlbSugPOChgDataSet data set
GlbSugPOChgUpdate
Update/Add a new GlbSugPOChg record. Parameters Name ds Type Description The GlbSugPOChgDataSet data set
JobProdDelete
Delete JobProd records. Parameters Name iOrderNum iOrderLine iOrderRelNum cJobNum Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Description The Order Number The Order Line Number The Order Release Number Job Number
KitCompPartCreate
Parameters Name orderNum orderLine partNum revisionNum smartString Type Int32 Int32 String String String Description Kit component order number Kit component order line The part being configured The revision being configured The generated smartstring of the configuration
1970
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name newPartNum newCustPartNum responseAutoCrtPart newPartAlreadyExists
Type String String Boolean Boolean@
Description The Part Number to be used for a new part creation. If blank, a part will not be created. The Customer Part Number to stored on the order line. Answer to the question presented to user about auto creating a part. Returns true a new part was not created because it already exists.
MasterUpdate
Parameters Name lcheckForResponse cTableName iCustNum iOrderNum lweLicensed lContinue cResponseMsg cDisplayMsg cCompliantMsg ds Type Boolean String Int32 Int32 Boolean Boolean@ String@ String@ String@ Description bool to determine whether to run code that may require user input identifies which table was modified The current custNum The current orderNum whether the WE module is licensed Return bool to identify whether a stop condition was reached Return message which requires a user response Return message to display to user from ChkLtrOfCrdt routine Return check compliance message to display to user The SalesOrder data set
OnChangeARLOCID
Validate ARLOCID value Parameters Name ipARLOCID opOverwriteValue opFieldName opMsg ds Type String String@ String@ String@ Description The Letter of Credit ID value The value to put in the field The name of the field that the overwrite value goes in Message to the user The SalesOrder data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1971
S-Z
OnChangeCreditCardOrder
This method validates field CreditCardOrder Parameters Name ipCreditCardOrder ds Type Boolean Description Proposed CreditCardOrder value The SalesOrder data set
OnChangeofBTConNum
This method returns the Bill To Contact info. Parameters Name newBillToConNum ds Type Int32 Description Proposed bill to custid The SalesOrder data set
OnChangeofBTCustID
This method returns the Bill To customer info. Parameters Name newBillToCustID ds Type String Description Proposed bill to custid The SalesOrder data set
OnChangeOfFixedAmount
This method should be called when the taxable amount on the invoice tax record is changed. Parameters Name orderNum orderLine orderRel taxCode rateCode newFixedAmount ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String String Decimal Description Order Number. Order line number. Order Rel number. Release tax code. Release rate code. Proposed Fixed AMount. SalesOrder dataset
1972
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
OnChangeOfMktgCampaign
This method should be called when MktgCampaign changes. It will validate to select an Active MktgCampaign. This method defaults the Marketing Event field Parameters Name mktgCampaignID ds Type String Description The MktgCampaign Id The SalesOrder data set
OnChangeOfMktgEvnt
This method should be called when MktgEvent changes. It will validate to select an Active MktgEvent. Parameters Name mktgCampaignID mktgEvntSeq ds Type String Int32 Description The MktgCampaign Id The MktgCampaign Id The SalesOrder data set
OnChangeofSoldToCreditCheck
This method should be called when the sold to customer changes. It will validate the default bill to customer credit. The method returns a character string if the customer will go over their credit limit and the user is given the choice of continuing or not. Parameters Name iOrderNum iCustID cCreditLimitMessage lContinue ds Type Int32 String String@ Boolean@ Description The Order Number The Sold To Customer ID The over credit limit message text Indicates if the user is allowed to continue with processing The SalesOrder data set
OnChangeOfTaxAmt
This method should be called when the taxable amount on the invoice tax record is changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1973
S-Z
Parameters Name orderNum orderLine orderRel taxCode newTaxAmt ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Decimal Description Order Number. Order line number. Order Rel number. Release tax code. Proposed Taxable amount. SalesOrder dataset
OnChangeOfTaxPercent
This method should be called when the taxable amount on the invoice tax record is changed. Parameters Name orderNum orderLine orderRel taxCode newPercent ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Decimal Description Order Number. Order line number. Order Rel number. Release tax code. Proposed Percent. SalesOrder dataset
OnChangeofTaxRgn
Validate Tax Region Code entered by the user. Parameters Name iTaxRegionCode ds Type String Description Proposed tax region code. Sales Order data set.
OnChangeRateCode
Parameters Name proposedRateCode ds Type String Description Release tax rate code. Sales Order data set.
1974
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
OnChangeTaxableAmt
This method should be called when the taxable amount on the invoice tax record is changed. Parameters Name orderNum orderLine orderRel taxCode rateCode newTaxableAmt ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String String Decimal Description Order Number. Order line number. Order Rel number. Release tax code. Release rate code. Proposed Taxable amount. SalesOrder dataset
OnChangeTaxCode
Parameters Name ipOrderNum ipLineNum ipRelNum ipTaxCode ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 String Description Order Number. Order line number. Order Rel number. Release tax code. Sales Order data set.
OrderDtlGetNewContracts
Method to call when adding a new OrderDtl record for a Contract or a Service Contract Parameters Name ds iOrderNum Int32 Type Description The SalesOrder data set The order number to add the line to
OrderDtlGetNewCounterSale
Method to call when adding a new OrderDtl record for a counter sale
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1975
S-Z
Parameters Name ds iOrderNum Int32 Type Description The SalesOrder data set The order number to add the line to
OrderDtlGetNewFromQuote
Method to call when adding a new OrderDtl record from a quote Parameters Name ds iOrderNum Int32 Type Description The SalesOrder data set The order number to add the line to
OverCreditLimitUpdateAllowed
This should be called whenever the user selects an order either by typing the order number on the screen or picking it via a lookup. This method checks to see if the order is over the credit limit, and if it is it then checks a system setting to see if orders over the credit limit can be updated. If they cannot, it returns a value of false and updates cannot occur. Parameters Name iOrderNum lUpdateAllowed Type Int32 Boolean@ Description The Order Number Update allowed flag; true if update allowed, false if not.
phantomComponents
This procedure will explode the BOM of a part set as Phantom Parameters Name phPartNum orderNum orderLine errMessage Type String Int32 Int32 String@ Description The phantom part number Order number where the lines will be saved Order line of the parent line Returns any error messages found during the process
ProcessCounterSale
Process the counter sale by generating the packing slip and/or the invoice for the order.
1976
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name iOrderNum lGeneratePackingSlip lGenerateInvoice lReadyToShip cPackNum iInvoiceNum opMessage ds Type Int32 Boolean Boolean Boolean String@ Int32@ String@ Description The Order Number of the counter sale order to process Flag to indicate if the packing slip should be generated Flag to indicate if the invoice should be generated Indicates if the packing slip should be marked as ready to ship The number of the packing slip that was generated The number of the invoice that was generated Message to display to user when processing is done The SalesOrder data set
ProcessQuickEntry
Process the Quick Entry job options on the order detail lines. Parameters Name iOrderNum lProcessComplete ds Type Int32 Boolean@ Description The Order Number of the order to process Indicates if the process completed without error The SalesOrder data set
RebuildShipUPS
Parameters Name ipCustNum ipShipToNum ds Type Int32 String Description Customer to update Ship To Num The Order Entry dataSet
RecalcKitPriceAfterConfig
When configuring a part, the OrderDtl unit price may change during the configuration process. This method is to be called after running product configurator to recalculate the kit pricing. Parameters Name iOrderNum Type Int32 Description Sales Order Number for configured part
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1977
S-Z
Name iOrderLine
Type Int32
Description Sales Order Line for configured part
RemoveICPOLink
Removes a PO Link from this order. Parameters Name iOrderNum Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Description The Order Number of the Order to remove the link from
ReopenOrder
Reopens an order. Parameters Name iOrderNum Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Description The Order Number of the Order to reopen
ReopenOrderLine
Reopens an order line. Parameters Name iOrderNum iOrderLine Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Int32 Description The Order Number of the Order Line to reopen The Order Line Number to close
ReopenRelease
Reopens an order release. Parameters Name iOrderNum Type Int32 Description The Order Number of the Order Release to reopen
1978
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name iOrderLine iOrderRelNum Returns The SalesOrder data set
Type Int32 Int32
Description The Order Line Number of the Release to close The Release Number of the Release to close
Send a linked IC PO Suggestion.
SetCalcQtysPref
SetReadyToCalc
Parameters Name ipOrderNum ds Type Int32 Description The Order Number of the Order to remove the link from ARInvoice dataset
SetUPSQVEnable
Parameters Name ipQVEnable ds Type Boolean Description logical indicating if the quantum view is to enabled/disabled The sales order data set
ValidateInvQty
Validate that the order detail line transaction does not cause the part to result in negative onhand quantity. Parameters Name iOrderNum opNegInvMessage Type Int32 String@ Description The Order Number of the counter sale order to process pcMessage for negativeInventoryTest
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1979
S-Z
Name opNeqQtyAction ds
Type String@
Description pcNegQtyAction for negativeInventoryTest The SalesOrder data set
ValidateSNs
Validate serial numbers are entered for each part before calling generatepackslip. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesOrder data set
VerifySendICPOSugg
Returns the text of the message to be presented to the user asking if they are sure they want to continue with the SendICPOSuggestions process or not. This method should be called after CheckICPOReadyToSend if the user chose to continue and before the SendICPOSuggestions method. Parameters Name cVerifySendMsgText Type String@ Description The message text
hasMultipleSubs
isRunOutOnHand
1980
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
SalesOrdHedDtl
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SalesOrdHedDtl: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewOrderHed
GetNewOrderDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1981
S-Z
UpdateExt
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Hed/Dtl fields for the customer tracker. Parameters Name whereClauseOrderHed whereClauseOrderDtl contactName pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Order Customer Trk DataSet Type String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for OrderHed table. Whereclause for OrderDtl table. The contact name to return orders for. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Hed/Dtl fields for the customer tracker. Parameters Name whereClauseOrderHed whereClauseOrderDtl pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Order Customer Trk DataSet Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for OrderHed table. Whereclause for OrderDtl table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
1982
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
SalesRep
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SalesRep: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewSalesRep
GetNewSalesRepAttch
GetNewSaleAuth
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1983
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
DefaultDefaultUser
Used to determine the default setting for the DefaultUser flag when creating a new SaleAuth record. This method can be called after the SaleAuth.DCDUserId field has been assigned but prior to calling the Update method. Will return as true when 1. SalesRep is not already a default for a user and 2. The user does not have a primary salesrep. Parameters Name salesRepCode dcDUserID defaultUser Type String String Boolean@ Description The SalesRep code User ID Is User Default for this SalesRep
GetPerConData
Used to validate the PerCon. Parameters Name perConID ds Type Int32 Description Proposed PerConID. SalesRep data set.
OnChangeUserID
This method should be called when the Terms Code changes.
1984
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name salesRepCode newUserID ds Type String String Description SalesRepCode. Proposed DcdUserID. SalesRep data set.
SalesRepQuota
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SalesRepQuota: This business object contains 16 methods.
GetNewSRepQHed
GetNewSRepQDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1985
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeDtlQuotaAmt
This method updates the DispTotalQuotaAmt and the QuotaAmt of the SRepQHed when the SRepQDtl.QuotaAmt changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesRepQuota dataset
ChangePerCodeOrAmount
This method updates the DispTotalQuotaAmt when the QuotaPerCode or QuotaAmt changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SalesRepQuota dataset
1986
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
ChangeSalesRepCode
This method validates if sales quota exists when changing the Salesperson field. Parameters Name proposedSalesRepCode ds Type String Description The proposed Salesperson code. The SalesRepQuota data set
CopySalesQuota
This method copies the entire Sales Quota from a valid fiscal year to a new Fiscal Year. Parameters Name fromFiscalYear fromFiscalYearSuffix adjustmentPct Type Int32 String Decimal Description The Fiscal Year of the Sales Quota to copy. The Fiscal Year Suffix of the Sales Quota to copy. The Adjustment Percentage by which to adjust the numbers for the Target Fiscal Year. If 0 then quota will be copied as is. The Target Fiscal Year for the new quota. The Target Fiscal Year Suffix for the new quota.
toFiscalYear toFiscalYearSuffix
Int32 String
Returns Returns the new Salesperson Quota
DeleteSalesQuota
This method deletes the entire Sales Quota of a valid fiscal year. Parameters Name inpFiscalYear inpFiscalYearSuffix Returns The SalesRepQuota dataset Type Int32 String Description The Fiscal Year of the Sales Quota to delete. The Fiscal Year Suffix of the Sales Quota to delete.
GetFiscalYear
This method returns fiscal year/suffix based on todays date
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1987
S-Z
Parameters Name fiscalCalendarID fiscalYear fiscalYearSuffix Type String@ Int32@ String@ Description Fiscal Calendar Fiscal Year Fiscal Year Suffix
ValidateFiscalYear
This method checks to see if the FiscalYear/FiscalYearSuffix selected is a valid year Parameters Name fiscalYear fiscalYearSuffix Type Int32 String Description Fiscal Year to test Fiscal Year Suffix to test
SalesTax
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SalesTax: This business object contains 20 methods.
GetNewSalesTax
GetNewLangDesc
GetNewSalesTRC
GetNewEntityGLC
GetNewSalesTxc
GetNewTaxBox
GetNewTaxRate
1988
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetNewTaxGRate
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1989
S-Z
UpdateExt
ChangeCollectionType
This method resets appropriate values when taxConnectCalc is true. Parameters Name proposedCollectionType ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Tax Collection Type. The Sales Tax data set.
ChangeDiscountType
This method resets appropriate values when taxConnectCalc is true. Parameters Name proposedDiscountType ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Discount Type value. The Sales Tax data set.
ChangeTaxBoxCode
This method validates BoxCode entered and populates the record from TaxBoxDefault. Parameters Name proposedBoxCode ds Type String Description The proposed BoxCode value. The Sales Tax data set.
ChangeTaxConnectCalc
This method resets appropriate values when taxConnectCalc is true. Parameters Name proposedTaxConnectCalc ds Type Boolean Description The proposed TaxConnectCalc value. The Sales Tax data set.
1990
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
ChangeTiming
This method resets appropriate values ServiceTaxPoint when Timing is 0. Parameters Name proposedTiming ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Timing. The Sales Tax data set.
SalesTer
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SalesTer: This business object contains 20 methods.
GetNewSalesTer
GetNewSalesTBD
GetNewSalesTRP
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1991
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
AdjustTerritory
This method sets PendingTerritoryies to new Territory boundaries Parameters Name cTerritoryID vMessage Type String String@ Description Blank for All, otherwise specify the territory to adjust Success Message
CheckSecurity
We want to know if the user has the permissions to retrieve the territory
1992
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name cTerritoryID Type String Description Territory to validate
CheckTerrSalesperson
This method checks that the territory has at least one Salesperson before allowing the user to leave the territory record Parameters Name cTerritoryID Type String Description Territory to validate
This method clears the pending territory updates from all customer/shipto's
GetByIDCustom
This method returns a single Territory (which can be inactive) Parameters Name territoryID Type String Description The territory code
Returns Returns a single Territory (which can be inactive)
GetListCustom
This method returns a list of Territories, including inactive ones. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
Returns Returns the list of Territories including inactive ones.
GetListPlusRO
This method returns a list of Territories, including the Read-Only ones.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1993
S-Z
Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
Returns Returns the list of Territories including Read-Only ones.
GetRowsCustom
This method returns a list of Territories, including inactive ones Parameters Name whereClauseSalesTer whereClauseSalesTBD whereClauseSalesTRP pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria The TBD criteria The TRP criteria Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
Returns Returns the list of Territories including inactive
GetSalesRepInfo
This method defaults the role code field in SalesTRP once salesRepCode is selected This method posts the PendingTerritoryID to the actual TerritoryID for all Customer/ShipTo's.
ReassignTerritory
This method reassigns SalesPeople and Tasks to their new Territory or SalesPerson Parameters Name cTerritoryId cSalesRepCode cNewSalesRepCode Type String String String Description Territory Id to update Current SalesPerson New SalesPerson
1994
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name cActionType lReassignTasks
Type String Boolean
Description
If yes, then Tasks will be reassigned to the new SalesPerson
SalesTRCSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SalesTRCSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewSalesTRC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1995
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
SchedPri
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SchedPri: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewSchedPri
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
1996
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ScheduleEngine
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ScheduleEngine: This business object contains 13 methods.
AcceptChanges
This method commits a job. Move Whatif to scheduled. Parameters Name jobsMoved Type String Description The string, contains list of Jobs(separates "~~"), each Job contains JobData,JobNum,AssemblySeq,OprSeq, OpDtlSeq, AllocNum (separates "`") The ScheduleEngine dataset
ds
ChangeProductionComplete
This method does stuff. Parameters Name ds Type Description The ScheduleEngine dataset
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1997
S-Z
ChangeResource
This method will change the resource on a resourcetimeused record. Parameters Name ds ipAllocNum ipResourceID ipBlocksChanged warnLogTxt Int32 String Boolean String@ Type Description The ScheduleEngine DataSet The ResourceTimeUsed AllocNum The ResourceTimeUsed ResourceID Determines wether the number of scheduling blocks changed or not String for warning messages
ChangeSetupComplete
This method does stuff. Parameters Name ds Type Description The ScheduleEngine DataSet
GetLoadLevelDflts
This method does stuff . Parameters Name ds Type Description The ScheduleEngine DataSet
GetSchedTypeCodes
Returns the list of Schedule Type Code and Descriptions . Two lists are return the SchedTypecodes are used when moving a job, assembly and operation. OperationOnlySchedTypecodes are used in addition to the previous codes, but only for operations. Parameters Name schedTypecodes operationOnlySchedTypecodes Type String@ String@ Description The list of Schedule Type Code and Descriptions OperationOnlySchedTypecodes are used in addition only for operations
1998
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetScheduleRecord
This method allows the UI to retrieve a blank Schedule record. Parameters Name ds Type Description The ScheduleEngine DataSet
LoadLeveling
Load method. Parameters Name ds Type Description The ScheduleEngine DataSet
MoveJobItem
Procedure to move an Operation Detail. Parameters Name ds l_finished c_WarnLogTxt Boolean@ String@ Type Description The ScheduleEngine DataSet The indication that the procedure was successful The string with warning messages
MoveSchedBoardItem
Procedure to move an Operation Detail, used for moving a scheduling board item, allows the movement of a locked job. Parameters Name ds l_finished c_WarnLogTxt Boolean@ String@ Type Description The ScheduleEngine DataSet The indication that the procedure was successful The string with warning messages
SaveSchedule
This method does stuff .
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
1999
S-Z
Parameters Name ds Type Description The ScheduleEngine DataSet
SetMachines
This method does stuff. Assign JobOper.WIMachines from ScheduleEngine.Machines. Parameters Name ds Type Description The ScheduleEngine DataSet
UndoChanges
This method commits a job. Move Whatif to scheduled . Parameters Name jobsMoved Type String Description The string, contains list of Jobs(separates "~~"), each Job contains JobData,JobNum,AssemblySeq,OprSeq, OpDtlSeq, AllocNum (separates "`") The ScheduleEngine DataSet
ds
SchedulingBoard
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SchedulingBoard: This business object contains 6 methods.
BuildJobLine
This methods will return all of the JobLine Header type records. This will be a JobLine record that would represent the JobHead and JobAsmbl.AssemblySeq = 0 information. To retrieve the details run the ExpandJobLine publice method. If ipJobNum and ipProjectID are both blank or unknown you will get all jobs for the current plant, or if ipJobNum is not blank then just that job, or if ipjobnum is blank and ipProjectID is not, then all jobs associated with that projectid. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SchedulingBoard DataSet
BuildResourceLine
This methods will return all of the Resource Header type records. This will be a SchedulingBoard record that would represent the ResourceTimeUsed and it's assoc information.
2000
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ipResourceGrpID ipResourceID ipJobNum startDate endDate Returns The SchedulingBoard DataSet This methods will create new record of the SchedulingBoard. Returns The SchedulingBoard DataSet Type String String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The resource group id to schedule for. The resource id or a list of resource id to schedule for The job number to schedule for. The StartDate to schedule for. The EndDate to schedule for.
Restore
This method will restore the schedule based on the schedule id and return and potential errors or warings with the restore in the SchedRestoreLog table. Parameters Name ipScheduleID opJobList Returns The SchedulingBoard DataSet Type Int32 String@ Description The Schedule ID The Restored Schedule Job List
ReturnCalendarID
This methods will return the calendar id information along with whether or not this calendar information can be used. Parameters Name ipResourceGrpID ipResourceID opCalendarID opValidCalendar Type String String String@ Boolean@ Description The resource group id locate calendar for. The resource id or a list of resource id locate calendar for. The calendar id that is returned based on inputs. The resource id or a list of resource id to schedule for.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2001
S-Z
SetLockSched
This method locks/unlocks the schedule of a specific jobnum. Parameters Name inLockedStatus ds Type Boolean Description The locked status of the schedule. The SchedulingBoard DataSet
Schema
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Schema: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetFieldByID
This method returns a field dataset for the given table/field Parameters Name pcFile pcField Type String String Description name of the table name of the field
Returns The dataset represents the field object
GetFieldList
This method returns a list of fields for the given table Parameters Name pcFile Type String Description name of the table
Returns The dataset represents the field object
GetFileByID
This method returns a fileSchema dataset for the given table Parameters Name pcFile Type String Description name of the table
2002
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Returns The dataset represents the file object
GetFileList
This method returns a fileSchema dataset for the given criteria Parameters Name pcWhere Type String Description where clause
Returns The file records that meet the criteria
GetIndexByID
This method returns an index dataset for the given table/index Parameters Name pcFile pcIndex Type String String Description name of the table name of the index
Returns The dataset represents the index object
GetIndexFieldByID
This method returns an index field dataset for the given table/index/sequence Parameters Name pcFile pcIndex piSeq Type String String Int32 Description name of the table name of the index the sequence number in the index
Returns The dataset represents the index field object
GetIndexFieldList
This method returns a list of index fields for the given table/index Parameters Name pcFile Type String Description name of the table
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2003
S-Z
Name pcIndex Returns The index fields in the index
Type String
Description name of the index
GetIndexList
This method returns a list of indexes in a table Parameters Name pcFile Returns The indexes for the table Type String Description name of the table
SecColumn
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SecColumn: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewSecColumn
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2004
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
SecGroup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SecGroup: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewSecGroup
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2005
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Security
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Security: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewSecurity
DeleteByID
GetByID
2006
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
DenyAccess
This method deny token access to a particular user or group
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2007
S-Z
Parameters Name pcSecCode pcUser pbCurrentCompanyOnly ds Type String String Boolean Description The security token The user id or a group code yes = no particular company Returns the dataset representing Security object
GetByIDEx
This method returns a dataset representing a Security with a blank CompanyID Parameters Name pcSecCode Type String Description The security code
Returns Returns the dataset representing the Security row
GetGroupUserList
This method returns a double-delimited list of value-name pairs of all Users and Groups. This could be used to provide a "picker list" as a starting point when adding a new Security record related to a method. These would look the same as a Security record for an object, but with a SecCode field that has been appended with "." + MethodName. For example, a security record for the Parameters Name pcGroupUserList Type String@ Description The double-delimited list of Group and User codes and names.
GetListEx
This method returns a list of Security, including those with blank Company ID Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
2008
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Returns Returns the list of Securities
GetMethodList
This method returns a delimited list of the public methods for the given object. This could be used to provide a "picker list" as a starting point when adding a new Security record related to a method. These would look the same as a Security record for an object, but with a SecCode field that has been appended with "." + MethodName. For example, a security record for the Parameters Name pcSecCode pcMethodList Type String String@ Description The security code for which you want the list of methods. The delimited list of method names.
GetNewSubSecurity
This method creates a new sub security row Parameters Name ds pcParentSecCode pcSecCode String String Type Description Returns the created subsecurity row The parent security code The security code
GetRowsEx
This method returns a list of Security, including those with blank Company ID Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Returns the list of Securities Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The criteria Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
GrantAccess
This method Grant security token access to a particular user or group
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2009
S-Z
Parameters Name pcSecCode pcColumn pcUser pbCurrentCompanyOnly ds Type String String String Boolean Description The Security token The Column The user id or a group code yes = only for current company Returns the dataset representing Security object
SelectedSerialNumbers
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SelectedSerialNumbers: This business object contains 6 methods.
AddSerialNum
This method is used for adding an existing SerialNo record to the Selected Serial Numbers dataset. Parameters Name ds partNum xrefPartNum xrefPartType xrefCustNum serialNum sourceRowID transType plantID String String String Int32 String String String String Type Description The SelectedSerialNumbers dataset Part number for the serial number. XRef Part Number. XRef Part Type (C=Customer/I=Internal Xref). XRef Customer Number. Serial Number to be added. RowID from the source transaction record. Transaction Type from the source transaction record. Plant associated with the transaction.
CheckSN
Parameters Name ds ipPartNum ipXrefPartNum ipXrefPartType ipXrefCustNum ipBaseSerialNum String String String Int32 String Type Description The SelectedSerialNumbers dataset Part number for the serial number. XRef Part Number. XRef Part Type (C=Customer/I=Internal Xref). XRef Customer Number. Serial Number to be used as the base serial number.
2010
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name ipSourceRowID ipTransType ipPlantID ipFullSerialNum opExists
Type String String String String Boolean@
Description RowID from the source transaction record. Transaction Type from the source transaction record. Plant associated with the transaction. Full Serial Number including prefixs, suffix, subs, etc - used with generate masks Returns whether the SN already exists or not.
CreateSerialNum
Add a serial number temporary record to the Selected Serial Number dataset. Parameters Name ds partNum xrefPartNum xrefPartType xrefCustNum baseSerialNum sourceRowID transType plantID fullSerialNum String String String Int32 String String String String String Type Description The SelectedSerialNumbers dataset Part number for the serial number. XRef Part Number. XRef Part Type (C=Customer/I=Internal Xref). XRef Customer Number. Serial Number to be used as the base serial number. RowID from the source transaction record. Transaction Type from the source transaction record. Plant associated with the transaction. Full Serial Number including prefixs, suffix, subs, etc - used with generate masks
CreateSerialNumRange
Create multiple serial number temporary records in the Selected Serial Numbers dataset. Parameters Name ds partNum xrefPartNum xrefPartType xrefCustNum numToAdd String String String Int32 Decimal Type Description The SelectedSerialNumbers dataset Part number for the serial number. XRef Part Number. XRef Part Type (C=Customer/I=Internal Xref). XRef Customer Number. Number of serial numbers to create.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2011
S-Z
Name baseBeginNum sourceRowID transType plantID
Type String String String String
Description The beginning base serial number. RowID from the source transaction record. Transaction Type from the source transaction record. Plant associated with the transaction.
GetNextSN
Gets the next serial number based on the format for the part number passed in. Parameters Name ds snPartNum xrefPartNum xrefPartType xrefCustNum plantID nextBaseSN snPrefix nextFullSN snCounterMax String String String Int32 String String@ String@ String@ Boolean@ Type Description The SelectedSerialNumbers DataSet Part number to create serial numbers for. XRef Part Number. XRef Part Type (C=Customer/I=Internal Xref). XRef Customer Number. Plant associated with the transaction. The next base serial number to create. The serial number prefix. The next full serial number to create. Indicate if the Serial Number counter has hit its max value.
GetSerialNumFormat
Gets the next serial number format based on the part number passed in. Parameters Name ds partNum xrefPartNum xrefPartType xrefCustNum plantID String String String Int32 String Type Description The SelectedSerialNumbers DataSet Part number to create serial numbers for. XRef Part Number. XRef Part Type (C=Customer/I=Internal Xref). XRef Customer Number. Plant associated with the transaction.
2012
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
SerialMatch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SerialMatch: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewSerialMatch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2013
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetRowsLLSerialNumberTracker
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set for the Serial Number tracker. Parameters Name serialNumber partNumber pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Serial Number. Part Number. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.SerialMatchLLSerTrkData
GetRowsWUSerialNumberTracker
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set for the Serial Number tracker. Parameters Name serialNumber partNumber pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Serial Number. Part Number. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.SerialMatchWUSerTrkData
2014
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
SerialMatching
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SerialMatching: This business object contains 17 methods.
AutoMatch
Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq ipSerialNo ipPartNum ipRevNum ipCrtHdr opRevMsg ds Type String Int32 String String String Boolean String@ Description JobHead.JobNum JobAsmbl.AssemblySeq SerialNo.SerialNumber Part.PartNum PartRev.RevisionNum ipCrtHdr revision The Serial Matching data set
ChangeSerialNum
Parameters Name ipSerialNo ipPartNum ipRevNum ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq opRevMsg opnoBOMMsg Type String String String String Int32 String@ String@ Description SerialNo.SerialNumber SerialNo.PartNum PartRev.RevisionNum JobHead.JobNum JobAsmbl.AssemblySeq revision bommessage
ChangeFullyMatched
Parameters Name ipFullyMatched ds Type Boolean Description ttSerialMatchHdr.FullyMatched The Serial Matching data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2015
S-Z
GetAvailableToMatch
Parameters Name ipType ds Type String The Serial Matching data set Description
GetNewSerialMatchAsmbl
Parameters Name ds Type Description The Serial Matching data set
GetNewSerialMatchMtl
OnChangeAsmblSerialNo
Parameters Name ipMode ipSerialNum ipInt ds Type String String Int32 Description revision bommessage ipInt The Serial Matching data set
UpdateSMAssembly
Parameters Name ipMode ipSerialNo Type String String SerialNo.SerialNumber Description
2016
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name ipAsmSeqNum ds
Type Int32
Description
The Serial Matching data set
UpdateONSaveAssembly
OnChangeMtlSerialNo
UpdateSMMaterial
OnChangePartNum
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2017
S-Z
ValidateAssembly
Parameters Name ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq opQuestion ds Type String Int32 String@ The Serial Matching data set Description JobHead.JobNum JobAsmbl.AssemblySeq
ValidateJob
Parameters Name ipJobNum opQuestion Type String String@ Description JobHead.JobNum
ValidateTopSerialNumber
Parameters Name ipSerialNo ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq opErrMsg Type String String Int32 String@ Description SerialNo.SerialNumber JobHead.JobNum JobAsmbl.AssemblySeq
GetPlantLLSerTrk getMatchToParentAsmblSerialNo
2018
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
SerialNo
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SerialNo: This business object contains 37 methods.
GetNewSerialNo
GetNewSerialNoAttch
GetNewSerialNoCondition
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2019
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
2020
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
ChangeAssemblySeq
Method to call when changing the AssemblySeq. Parameters Name proposedAsmSeq ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Job Assembly Seq The Serial Number DataSet to update the Job Asm related data.
ChangeCustomerID
Method to call when changing the CustID, passing a blank CustID clears the related fields.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2021
S-Z
Parameters Name proposedCustID ds Type String Description The proposed Customer ID The Serial Number DataSet to update the Customer related data.
ChangeDMRAction
Method to call when changing the DMRAction. Parameters Name proposedDMRAction ds Type Int32 Description The proposed DMR Action The Serial Number DataSet to validate the DMR related data.
ChangeDMRNum
Method to call when changing the DMRNum, passing a 0 clears the related fields. Parameters Name proposedDMRNum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed DMR Number The Serial Number DataSet to validate the DMR related data.
ChangeJobNum
Method to call when changing the JobNum, passing a blank JobNum clears the related fields. Parameters Name proposedJobNum ds Type String Description The proposed Job Number The Serial Number DataSet to update the Job related data.
ChangeMtlSeq
Method to call when changing the MtlSeq. Parameters Name proposedMtlSeq Type Int32 Description The proposed Job Assembly Seq
2022
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name ds
Type
Description The Serial Number DataSet to update the JobMtl related data.
ChangePackLine
Method to call when changing the Ship To PackLine. Parameters Name proposedPackLine ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Ship To Pack Line The Serial Number DataSet to validate the Pack Line.
ChangePackNum
Method to call when changing the Ship To PackNum, passing 0 clears the PackLine. Parameters Name proposedPackNum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Ship To Packing Number The Serial Number DataSet to update the PackNum related data.
ChangePackSlip
Method to call when changing the Receiving PackSlip, passing a blank PackSlip clears the PackSlipLine. Parameters Name proposedPackSlip ds Type String Description The proposed Receiving Packing Slip The Serial Number DataSet to update the PackSlip related data.
ChangePackSlipLine
Method to call when changing the Receiving PackSlipLine. Parameters Name proposedPackSlipLine ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Receiving Packing Slip Line The Serial Number DataSet to validate the Pack Slip Line.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2023
S-Z
ChangePartNum
Call this method when the SerialNo.PartNum changes. Parameters Name pcProposedPartNum ds Type String Description The proposed Vendor Purchase Point The Serial Number DataSet to update the Part related data.
ChangeRMALine
Method to call when changing the RMALine. Parameters Name proposedRMALine ds Type Int32 Description The proposed RMA Line The Serial Number DataSet to validate the DMR related data.
ChangeRMANum
Method to call when changing the RMANum, passing a 0 clears the related fields. Parameters Name proposedRMANum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed RMA Number The Serial Number DataSet to validate the DMR related data.
ChangeRMAReceipt
Method to call when changing the RMAReceipt. Parameters Name proposedRMAReceipt ds Type Int32 Description The proposed RMA Receipt The Serial Number DataSet to update the RMAReceipt.
ChangeShipToCustID
Method to call when changing the ShipToCustID.
2024
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name proposedShipToCustID ds Type String Description /// The proposed Ship To CustID /// The Serial Number DataSet to update the ShipToCustID related data.
ChangeShipToNum
Method to call when changing the ShipToNum. Parameters Name proposedShipToNum ds Type String Description The proposed Ship To Number The Serial Number DataSet to update the ShipToNum related data.
ChangeVendorID
Method to call when changing the VendorID, passing a blank VendorID clears the related fields. Parameters Name proposedVendorID ds Type String Description The proposed Vendor ID The Serial Number DataSet to update the Vendor related data.
ChangeVendorPP
Method to call when changing the VendorPP. Parameters Name proposedPurPoint ds Type String Description The proposed Vendor Purchase Point The Serial Number DataSet to update the VendorPP related data.
GetPartXRefInfo
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2025
S-Z
Parameters Name partNum sysRowID rowType serialWarning questionString multipleMatch Type String@ String String String@ String@ Boolean@ Description Proposed PartNumber change RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
GetRowsPerPlant
Gets the SerialNo dataset using a string with a WHERE clause and Plant as parameters to execute the query. Parameters Name paramWhereClause paramPlant Type String String Description String Representing the WHERE Clause, Company = cur-comp is already assumed Unique identifier of the Plant, if it's an empty string it will search for all Plants
PlantSerialTracking
Verifies if the current login plant is set for Serial Tracking Parameters Name plantTracking Type Boolean@ Description Boolean indicating if the plant is set for Serial Tacking
SerialNumberExists
Verifies if a Serial Number exists in the Database. Parameters Name serialNumber snExists Type String Boolean@ Description Serial Number Boolean indicating if the Serial Number exists
2026
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
SerialNoAssign
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SerialNoAssign: This business object contains 4 methods.
Parameters Name ipPartNum ipQuantity ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq Returns Type String Decimal String Int32 Description ipPartNum ipQuantity ipJobNum ipAssemblySeq
GetSerialNoAssign
Gets the default values for the Serial number assignment screen. Also populates the Selectedserialnumbers table for the job. Parameters Name jobNum assemblySeq ipPartNum ipReqQtyOverride trackSerialNo Returns Type String Int32 String Decimal Boolean@ Description Job number. Assembly sequence for the job. (Possible) Job Part (Possible) Override to RequiredQty Flag to indicate if part is S/N tracked
SetSerialNoAssign
Validates the job number, assembly sequence and part number. Also validates the part is serial tracked. Updates the SerialNo table and the Part table for the SN Format fields. Calls the SNTran create subroutine. Parameters Name ds Type Description
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2027
S-Z
ValidateDelete
SerialNumberSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SerialNumberSearch: This business object contains 2 methods.
GetNewSerialNumberSearch
Parameters Name ds Type Description The SerialNumberSearch DataSet
SerialNumberSearch
To be whenever a search on the serial table is required. Depending on the contents of the tokens, a specific where clause is determined and returned. ProcessToken contains the Sonoma process name. GenericToken1 List of field names and corresponding values ~ delimited. The format of each value pair is (field name)=(value). GenericToken2 not used. The following is a list of processes supported by this object. xae65-jb SerialNoAssign ProcessToken = SerialNoAssign GenericToken1 = SortBy xae65-ct Customer transfer lib/brwsn ProcessToken = SerialNoAssign GenericToken1 = SortBy ime20-dg Issues and returns xae65-mi ProcessToken = IssuesandReturns GenericToken1 = JobNum ~ TranType ~ TranQty ~ WareHseCode ime10-dg Receipts from manufacturing xae65-mi ProcessToken = ReceiptsfromManufacturing GenericToken1 = JobNum ~ TranType ~ TranQty ~ WareHseCode ime30-dg Inventory transfers xae65-mi ProcessToken = InventoryTransfer GenericToken1 = JobNum ~ TranType ~ TranQty ~ WareHseCode ime30-dg-vs Inventory transfers xae65-mi ProcessToken = InventoryTransfer GenericToken1 = JobNum ~ TranType ~ TranQty ~ WareHseCode ime40-qa Inventory quantity adjust xae65-mi ProcessToken = InventoryQtyAdj GenericToken1 = TranType ~ TranQty ~ WareHseCode jce10-gj Processing of jobs xae65-mi ProcessToken = JobProcessing GenericToken1 = JobNum ~ TranType ~ TranQty ~ WareHseCode jce10-js Job split xae65-mi ProcessToken = JobSplit GenericToken1 = JobNum ~ TranType ~ TranQty ~ WareHseCode mse30-dg Receive from plant xae65-mi ProcessToken = PlantReceipt GenericToken1 = JobNum ~ TranType ~ TranQty ~ WareHseCode qae10-in NonConformance Entry from Inventory xae65-qr ProcessToken = NonConf GenericToken1 = TranType ~ TranQty ~ WareHseCode qae10-ma NonConformance Entry from Job Material xae65-qr ProcessToken = NonConf GenericToken1 = JobNum ~ TranType ~ TranQty ~ WareHseCode qae10-op NonConformance Entry from Operation xae65-qr ProcessToken = NonConf GenericToken1 = JobNum ~ TranType ~ TranQty ~ WareHseCode qae40-iv DMR to stock/inventory xae65-mi ProcessToken = DMRtoInventory GenericToken1 = JobNum ~ TranType ~ TranQty ~ WareHseCode qae40-jm DMR to job material xae65-mi ProcessToken = DMRtoJobMtl GenericToken1 = JobNum ~ TranType ~ TranQty ~ WareHseCode qae40-op DMR to job operation xae65-mi ProcessToken = DMRtoJobOper GenericToken1 = JobNum ~ TranType ~ TranQty ~ WareHseCode qae40-rm Rejecte material from DMR xae65-mi ProcessToken = RejectfromDMR GenericToken1 = JobNum ~ TranType ~ TranQty ~ WareHseCode xa/snleavetrig.i SN select from receipts xae65-pm ProcessToken = Receipts GenericToken1 = null xa/snleavetrig.i SN select from shipments xae65-sh ProcessToken = Shipment GenericToken1 = ShipFrom xa/snleavetrig.i SN select from transfer orders xae65-to ProcessToken = TransferOrder
2028
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GenericToken1 = ShipFrom xa/xam65-dg Serial Number Maintenance Process Token = SNMaint GenericToken1 = SortBy om/ome80-dt RMA detail maintentance xae65-rm ProcessToken = RMADTL GenericToken1 = RMANum ~ RMALine om/ome80-re RMA Receipt maintenance xae65-rm ProcessToken = RMARCPT GenericToken1 = RMANum ~ RMALine ~ RMAReceipt om/ome81-rd RMA Disposition xae65-rm ProcessToken = RMADISP GenericToken1 = RMANum ~ RMALine ~ RMAReceipt ~ RMADisp xa/xae65-sc Service Contract Maintenance Process Token = ServiceContract GenericToken1 = Null SubConShipEntry Subcontract Shipment Entry (NEW for 8.0) Process Token = SubConShipment GenericToken1 = null Receipt Entry Receipt Entry - (for Job Subcontract) (NEW for 8.0) Process Token = SubConReceipts GenericToken1 = null Parameters Name ds Type Description The SerialNumberSearch DataSet
SerialNumMasking
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SerialNumMasking: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewSerialMask
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2029
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ConstructExampleString
TO BE CALLED ON CHANGE OF ttSerialMask.Mask Parameters Name ipMask ipPart opExampleStr Type String String String@ Description SerialMask.Mask Part.PartNum SerialMask.Example
OnChangeSNLastUsedSeq
Parameters Name ipGenSeqStr ipLastUsedSeq Type String String Description SerialMask.GenerateSeqString SerialMask.SNLastUsedSeq
OnChangeOfMask
TO BE CALLED ON CHANGE OF ttSerialMask.Mask
2030
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ipNewMask ipMaskType opWarnMsg ds Type String Int32 String@ Description SerialMask.Mask SerialMask.MaskType output warning message The Serial Mask data set
ServiceCallCenter
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ServiceCallCenter: This business object contains 51 methods.
GetNewFSCallhd
GetNewFSCallhdAttch
GetNewFSCallDt
GetNewFSCallDtAttch
GetNewFsTech
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2031
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
2032
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Returns
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2033
S-Z
ActivateServiceCall
This method activates the Service Call. Parameters Name ipCallNum Returns The Service Call Center data set Type Int32 Description The Service Call Number to close
AssignTechnician
This method assigns a Service Technician to a service call. Parameters Name ipCallNum ipEmpID ds Type Int32 String Description The Service Call Number The Employee ID of the service technician The Service Call Center data set
ChangeDtlContractLine
Update Service Call Line Contract information when the Contract Line Number field changes. Parameters Name ipContractLine ds Type Int32 Description The proposed service contract line number The Service Call Center data set
ChangeDtlContractNum
Update Service Call Line Contract information when the Contract Number field changes. Parameters Name ipContractNum Type Int32 Description The proposed service contract number
2034
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name ds
Type
Description The Service Call Center data set
ChangeDtlDropShipPackLine
Update Service Call Line Warranty information when the Drop Shipment PackLine Number field changes. Parameters Name ipDropShipPackLine ds Type Int32 Description The proposed drop shipment pack line number The Service Call Center data set
ChangeDtlDropShipPackSlip
Update Service Call Line Warranty information when the Drop Shipment PackSlip field changes. Parameters Name ipDropShipPackSlip ds Type String Description The proposed drop shipment pack slip The Service Call Center data set
ChangeDtlPackLine
Update Service Call Line Warranty information when the Pack Line Number field changes. Parameters Name ipPackLine ds Type Int32 Description The proposed pack line number The Service Call Center data set
ChangeDtlPackNum
Update Service Call Line Warranty information when the Pack ID field changes. Parameters Name ipPackNum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed pack ID The Service Call Center data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2035
S-Z
ChangeDtlPartNum
Update Service Call Line information when the Part Number field changes. Parameters Name ds uomCode String Type Description The Service Call Center data set UOM Code (only used for Product Codes)
ChangeDtlRevisionNum
Update Service Call Line information when the Revision Number field changes. Parameters Name ipRevNum ds Type String Description The proposed Revision Number The Service Call Center data set
ChangeDtlSerialNum
Update Service Call Line Serial Number/Contract information when the Serial Number field changes. Parameters Name ipPartNum ipSerialNum opMessage ds Type String String String@ Description The part number for the proposed serial number The proposed serial number Warning message to tell the user if the serial number is not required and will not be validated. The Service Call Center data set
ChangeDtlXPartNum
Update Service Call Line information when the Customer Part Number field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Service Call Center data set
2036
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
ChangeHdrBillToContact
This method updates the related Customer Contact information when the Customer Bill To Contact field (FSCallHd.PrcConNum) changes. Parameters Name ipPrcConNum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Customer Contact The Service Call Center data set
ChangeHdrCallCode
This method gets the default Tax Category and Call Comment when the Service Call Type field (FSCallHd.CallCode) changes. Parameters Name ipCallCode ds Type String Description The proposed Service Call Type Code The Service Call Center data set
ChangeHdrCurrencyCode
This method gets the appropriate exchange rate for the new currency. Call this method when the field FSCallHd.CurrencyCode changes. Parameters Name ipCurrencyCode ds Type String Description The proposed Currency Code The Service Call Center data set
ChangeHdrCustID
This method updates the related Customer and ShipTo information when the Customer ID field (FSCallHd.CustNumCustID) changes. Parameters Name ipCustID ds Type String Description The proposed Customer ID The Service Call Center data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2037
S-Z
ChangeHdrRequestTime
Validates the entered RequestTime. Parameters Name ipRequestTime ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Request Time as integer (number of minutes past midnight) The Service Call Center data set
ChangeHdrSchedTime
This method validates the entered Scheduled Time. Call this method when the field FSCallHd.DispSchedTime changes. Parameters Name ipSchedTime ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Request Time as integer (number of seconds past midnight) The Service Call Center data set
ChangeHdrShipToContact
This method updates the related Customer Ship To Contact information when the Customer Ship To Contact field (FSCallHd.ShpConNum) changes. Parameters Name ipShpConNum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed ShipTo Contact The Service Call Center data set
ChangeHdrShipToCustID
This method updates the ShipTo information when the ShipToCustID field (Link) changes. Parameters Name ipShipToCustID ds Type String Description The proposed Ship To Customer ID The Service Call Center data set
2038
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
ChangeHdrShipToNum
This method updates the related ShipTo information when the Customer ShipTo Number field (FSCallHd.ShipToNum) changes. Parameters Name ipShipToNum ds Type String Description The proposed Customer ShipTo Number The Service Call Center data set
ChangeHdrUseOTS
Method to call when changing the UseOTS field. Refreshes the address list and contact info Parameters Name ds Type Description The Service Contract data set
CheckDtlSerialNum
Check the serial number field and return messages about the serial number to the user. The method will check the following: The serial number exists The customer and ship to matches The part number on the line matches the serial part number The contract number and line matches (if applicable) The pack id matches (if appicable) If any of these conditions are met where the data in the service contract doesn not match the data for the serial number, the user is prompted with this information and asked if they would like to continue with the save. Parameters Name opMessage ds Type String@ Description Warning message to tell the user if the serial number data does not match. The Service Call Center data set
CheckPrePartInfo
This method checks to see if there are any questions or issues with the part entered and returns a message, a part number and if any substitutes exist. Call this method first before calling the ChangeDtlPartNum method when the field FSCallDt.PartNum changes. Parameters Name vPartNum vContractNum Type String@ Int32 Description The input-output part number to validate and it gets returned The current Service Contract number associated with the call
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2039
S-Z
Name vPackNum vContractMsg vWarrantyMsg vSubPartMsg vSubAvail vMsgType
Type Int32 String@ String@ String@ Boolean@ String@
Description The current Pack id associated with the call Warn the user if the Contract becomes invalid Warn the user if the Warranty becomes invalid Asks if the user wants to use a substitute part Returned flag stating if substitutes exist for this part Type of vSubPartMsg message returned. Values can be; "Question" (asking if they want to use the substitute part) "Warning" (Warns them that a part is onhold or runout). "Error" (Part in Inactive, or Onhold/Runout parts are not accepted in this case).
CheckRateGrpCode
Update Service Call information when the currency is changed. Parameters Name ipRateGrpCode ds Type String Description Currency Rate Group Code Field Service dataset
CloseServiceCall
This method closes the Service Call. Run this method after calling PreCloseServiceCall. Parameters Name ipCallNum Returns The Service Call Center data set Type Int32 Description The Service Call Number to close
CreateServiceCallJob
This method creates the Service Call Job for the service call line. A warning message is returned by this method if the service call plant and the current plant is not the same. Do not call the JobEntry object if the opMessage is not blank. Parameters Name ipCallNum ipCallLine Type Int32 Int32 Description The Service Call Number to create the job for. The Service Call Line Number to create the job for.
2040
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name opMessage ds
Type String@
Description Warning message for the user if the current plant and the service call plant are not the same. The Service Call Center data set
GetNewFSCallHd1
This method is to be used in place of GetNewFSCallHd. This method asks for customer number and shipto number to default the fields based on the customer/shipto. Parameters Name ds ipCustNum ipShipToNum Int32 String Type Description The ServiceCallCenter DataSet The Customer Number for this Service Call The Customer ShipTo Number for this Service Call
GetPartXRefInfo
This method defaults PartAdvisor fields when the PartNum field changes Parameters Name partNum uomCode sysRowID rowType serialWarning questionString multipleMatch Type String@ String@ String String String@ String@ Boolean@ Description Proposed PartNumber change UOM Code (only used for Product Codes) RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Hed/Dtl fields for the customer tracker. Parameters Name whereClauseFSCallhd Type String Description Whereclause for FSCallhd table.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2041
S-Z
Name whereClauseFSCallhdAttch whereClauseFSCallDt whereClauseFSCallDtAttch whereClauseFsTech contactName pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.FSCallCustTrkDataSet
Type String String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@
Description Whereclause for FSCallhdAttch table. Whereclause for FSCallDt table. Whereclause for FSCallDtAttch table. Whereclause for FsTech table. Contact to return data for. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Hed/Dtl fields for the customer tracker. Parameters Name whereClauseFSCallhd whereClauseFSCallhdAttch whereClauseFSCallDt whereClauseFSCallDtAttch whereClauseFsTech pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.FSCallCustTrkDataSet Type String String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for FSCallhd table. Whereclause for FSCallhdAttch table. Whereclause for FSCallDt table. Whereclause for FSCallDtAttch table. Whereclause for FsTech table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
PreCloseServiceCall
Checks to see if the service call can be closed and gives a warning message to let the user decide to continue closing or not. This method should be called prior to calling the CloseServiceCall method which does the actual closing logic. If a warning message returns with this method and the user chooses to continue or NO warning message then call CloseServiceCall method else cancel close request. Parameters Name ipCallNum Type Int32 Description The Service Call Number to close
2042
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name opMessage
Type String@
Description Question to ask the user if to continue closing.
ReopenServiceCall
This method reopens the Service Call. Parameters Name ipCallNum Returns The Service Call Center data set Type Int32 Description The Service Call Number to close
VoidServiceCall
This method voids the Service Call. Parameters Name ipCallNum Returns The Service Call Center data set Type Int32 Description The Service Call Number to close
ServiceContract
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ServiceContract: This business object contains 87 methods.
GetNewFSContHd
GetNewFSContDt
GetNewFSContSN
GetNewFSRenewal
GetNewFSRenewalDt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2043
S-Z
GetNewFSRenewalSN
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2044
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
CalcTaxes
ActivateContract
Method to call when activating the contract. Parameters Name activateContractNum ds Type Int32 Description The contract number to activate The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContDtBillEndDate
Method to call when changing the billing end date on the contract detail record. Updates FSContDt with values based on the new billing start date.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2045
S-Z
Parameters Name ipBillEndDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed bill end date The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContDtBillStartDate
Method to call when changing the billing start date on the contract detail record. Updates FSContDt with values based on the new billing start date. Parameters Name ipBillStartDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed bill start date The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContDtContractQty
Method to call when changing the contract quantity on the contract detail record. Recalculates Ext Prices on FSContDt with values from the new quantity. Parameters Name proposedContractQty ds Type Decimal Description The proposed contract quantity The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContDtOrderLine
Method to call when changing the order line on the contract detail record. Validates the line and updates FSContDt with values from the order line. Parameters Name proposedOrderLine ds Type Int32 Description The proposed order line number The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContDtOrderNum
Method to call when changing the order number on the contract detail record. Validates the number and updates FSContDt with values from the order.
2046
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name proposedOrderNum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed order number The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContDtPartNum
Method to call when changing the part number on the contract detail record. Updates FSContDt with values from the part number. Prior to calling this method, the CheckPartNumChange method should be run to validate the part. Parameters Name proposedPartNum ds Type String Description The proposed part number The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContDtPricePerUnit
Method to call when changing the price per unit on the contract detail record. Recalculates Ext Prices on FSContDt with values from the new price per unit. Parameters Name proposedPricePerUnit ds Type Decimal Description The proposed price per unit The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContDtProdCode
Method to call when changing the product code on the contract detail record. Validates the code and updates FSContDt with values from the product code. Parameters Name proposedProdCode ds Type String Description The proposed product code The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContDtProjectID
Method to call when changing the project id on the contract detail record. Validates the id and updates FSContDt with values from the project.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2047
S-Z
Parameters Name proposedProjectID ds Type String Description The proposed project id The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContDtXPartNum
Method to call when changing the customer part number (XPartNum) on the contract detail record. Updates FSContDt with values from the customer part. Parameters Name proposedXPartNum ds Type String Description The proposed xref part number The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdActiveDate
Method to call when changing the effective date on the contract header record. Updates FSContHd with values based on the new effective date. Parameters Name proposedActiveDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed active date The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdBTCusNum
Method to call when changing the customer id on the contract header record. Validates the customer id and updates FSContHd with values from the customer. Parameters Name proposedCustNum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed Bill To customer Num The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdContractCode
Method to call when changing the contract code on the contract header record. Validates the code and updates FSContHd with values from the contract.
2048
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name proposedContractCode ds Type String Description The proposed contract code The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdCurrencyCode
Method to call when changing the currency code on the contract header record. Validates the code and updates FSContHd with values from the currency. Parameters Name proposedCurrencyCode ds Type String Description The proposed currency code The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdCustID
Method to call when changing the customer id on the contract header record. Validates the customer id and updates FSContHd with values from the customer. Parameters Name proposedCustID ds Type String Description The proposed customer id The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdDeferredRev
Method to call when changing the Deferred Revenue flag on the contract header record. Parameters Name ipDeferredRev ds Type Boolean Description The proposed Deferred Revenue value The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdDuration
Method to call when changing the duration on the contract header record. Updates FSContHd with values based on the new duration.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2049
S-Z
Parameters Name proposedDuration ds Type Int32 Description The proposed duration The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdFiscalCalendarID
Method to call when changing the Fiscal Calendar on the contract header record. Parameters Name ipFiscalCalendarID ds Type String Description The proposed Fiscal Calendar ID value The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdModifier
Method to call when changing the Modifier on the contract header record. Updates FSContHd with values based on the new Modifier. Parameters Name proposedModifier ds Type String Description The proposed Modifier The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdPrcConNum
Method to call when changing the customer contact number on the contract header record. Validates the number and updates FSContHd with values from the contact. Parameters Name proposedConNum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed contact number The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdPricePer
Method to call when changing the PricePer on the contract header record. Updates FSContHd with values based on the new PricePer.
2050
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ipPricePer ds Type String Description The proposed PricePer The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdQuotedContract
Method to call when changing the Quoted Contract flag on the contract header record. Parameters Name ipQuotedContract ds Type Boolean Description The proposed Quoted Contract value The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdRACode
Method to call when changing the RACode on the contract header record. Parameters Name ipRACode ds Type String Description The proposed Revenue Amortization Code value The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdRecurringFreq
Method to call when changing the RecurringFreq on the contract header record. Updates FSContHd with values based on the new RecurringFreq. Parameters Name ipRecurringFreq ds Type String Description The proposed RecurringFreq The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdShipToCustID
Method to call when changing the ShipTo Customer ID on the contract header record. Validates the ShipTo Customer ID and updates FSContHd with values from the customer. Parameters Name ipShipToCustID Type String Description The proposed ShipTo Customer ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2051
S-Z
Name ds
Type
Description The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdShipToNum
Method to call when changing the ship to on the contract header record. Validates the number and updates FSContHd with values from the ship to. Parameters Name proposedShipToNum ds Type String Description The proposed ship to number The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdShpConNum
Method to call when changing the ship to contact on the contract header record. Validates the contact and updates FSContHd with values from the ship to contact. Parameters Name proposedShpConNum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed ship to number The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdSuspended
Method to call when changing the Suspended flag on the contract header record. This method determines if the contract has outstanding invoice revenue amortization schedules that need to be updated to be put on hold or not. If InvcDtlRASch records exist then a message will be returned to the user to let the user decide whether to continue the update of invoice revenue schedules or not. The FSContHd.Suspended is updated right away if no related invoice schedule exists. Parameters Name ipSuspended opMessage ds Type Boolean String@ Description The proposed Suspended value Message to ask the user if update of invoice schedules is required The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdTaskSetID
Method to call when changing the Task Set ID on the contract header record.
2052
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ipTaskSetID ds Type String Description The proposed Task Set ID value The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHdTaxCatID
Method to call when changing the tax category id on the contract header record. Validates the id and updates FSContHd with values from the tax category. Parameters Name proposedTaxCatID ds Type String Description The proposed tax category id The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSContHDUseOTS
Method to call when changing the UseOTS field the contract header record. Refreshes the address list and contact info Parameters Name ds Type Description The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalContractCode
Method to call when changing the contract code on the contract renewal header record. Validates the code and updates FSRenewal with values from the contract code defaults. Parameters Name ipContractCode ds Type String Description The proposed contract code The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalDeferredRev
Method to call when changing the Deferred Revenue flag on the contract renewal header record. Parameters Name ipDeferredRev Type Boolean Description The proposed Deferred Revenue value
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2053
S-Z
Name ds
Type
ChangeFSRenewalDtBillEndDate
Method to call when changing the billing end date on the contract renewal detail record. Updates FSRenewalDt with values based on the new billing start date. Parameters Name ipBillEndDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed bill end date The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalDtBillStartDate
Method to call when changing the billing start date on the contract renewal detail record. Updates FSRenewalDt with values based on the new billing start date. Parameters Name ipBillStartDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed bill start date The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalDtContractQty
Method to call when changing the contract quantity on the contract renewal detail record. Recalculates Ext Prices on FSRenewalDt with values from the new quantity. Parameters Name ipContractQty ds Type Decimal Description The proposed contract quantity The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalDtIncreasePct
Method to call when changing the increase percent on the contract renewal detail record. Recalculates Prices on FSRenewalDt with values from the new increase percent. Parameters Name ipIncreasePct Type Decimal Description The proposed increase percent
2054
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name ds
Type
ChangeFSRenewalDtOrderLine
Method to call when changing the order line on the contract renewal detail record. Validates the line and updates FSRenewalDt with values from the order line. Parameters Name ipOrderLine ds Type Int32 Description The proposed order line number The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalDtOrderNum
Method to call when changing the order number on the contract renewal detail record. Validates the number and updates FSRenewalDt with values from the order. Parameters Name ipOrderNum ds Type Int32 Description The proposed order number The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalDtPartNum
Method to call when changing the part number on the contract renewal detail record. Updates FSRenewalDt with values from the part number. Prior to calling this method, the CheckPartNumChange method should be run to validate the part. Parameters Name ipPartNum ds Type String Description The proposed part number The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalDtPricePerUnit
Method to call when changing the price per unit on the contract renewal detail record. Recalculates Ext Prices on FSRenewalDt with values from the new price per unit. Parameters Name ipPricePerUnit Type Decimal Description The proposed price per unit
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2055
S-Z
Name ipBaseOrDoc ds
Type String
Description Indicates if calculating for Base ('B') or Doc ('D') The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalDtProdCode
Method to call when changing the product code on the contract renewal detail record. Validates the code and updates FSRenewalDt with values from the product code. Parameters Name ipProdCode ds Type String Description The proposed product code The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalDtProjectID
Method to call when changing the project id on the contract renewal detail record. Validates the id and updates FSRenewalDt with values from the project. Parameters Name ipProjectID ds Type String Description The proposed project id The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalDtXPartNum
Method to call when changing the customer part number (XPartNum) on the contract renewal detail record. Updates FSRenewalDt with values from the customer part. Parameters Name ipXPartNum ds Type String Description The proposed xref part number The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalDuration
Method to call when changing the duration on the contract renewal header record. Updates FSRenewal with values based on the new duration.
2056
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ipDuration ds Type Int32 Description The proposed duration The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalFiscalCalendarID
Method to call when changing the Fiscal Calendar on the contract renewal header record. Parameters Name ipFiscalCalendarID ds Type String Description The proposed Fiscal Calendar ID value The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalModifier
Method to call when changing the Modifier on the contract renewal header record. Updates FSRenewal with values based on the new Modifier. Parameters Name ipModifier ds Type String Description The proposed Modifier The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalPricePer
Method to call when changing the PricePer on the contract renewal header record. Updates FSRenewal with values based on the new PricePer. Parameters Name ipPricePer ds Type String Description The proposed PricePer The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalQuotedRenewal
Method to call when changing the Quoted Renewal flag on the contract renewal header record. Parameters Name ipQuotedRenewal Type Boolean Description The proposed Quoted Renewal value
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2057
S-Z
Name ds
Type
ChangeFSRenewalRACode
Method to call when changing the RACode on the contract renewal header record. Parameters Name ipRACode ds Type String Description The proposed Revenue Amortization Code value The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalRecurringFreq
Method to call when changing the RecurringFreq on the contract renewal header record. Updates FSRenewal with values based on the new RecurringFreq. Parameters Name ipRecurringFreq ds Type String Description The proposed RecurringFreq The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalRenewEffDate
Method to call when changing the renewal effective date on the contract renewal header record. Updates FSRenewal with values based on the new effective date. Parameters Name ipRenewEffDate ds Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The proposed renewal effective date The Service Contract data set
ChangeFSRenewalTaskSetID
Method to call when changing the Task Set ID on the contract renewal header record. Parameters Name ipTaskSetID ds Type String Description The proposed Task Set ID value The Service Contract data set
2058
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
ChangeFSRenewalTaxCatID
Method to call when changing the tax category id on the contract renewal header record. Validates the id and updates FSRenewal with values from the tax category. Parameters Name ipTaxCatID ds Type String Description The proposed tax category id The Service Contract data set
CheckPartNumChange
The method is to be run on leave of the PartNum field before the ChangeFSContDtPartNum or Update methods are run. This returns all the questions that need to be asked before a part can be changed. Parameters Name cPartNum cSubPartMessage lSubAvail cMsgType Type String@ String@ Boolean@ String@ Description The new PartNum if a substitute part is found, partNum will be the substitute part No means the part cannot be changed Asks if the user wants to use a substitute part Indicates other substitute parts besides the default exist Type of message returned. Values can be; "Question" (asking if they want to use the substitute part) "Warning" (Warns them that a part is onhold or runout). "Error" (Part in Inactive, or Onhold/Runout parts are not accepted in this case) . "Question" is asking if they want to use the substitute part.
CheckSerialNumbers
This method returns text of a message to be asked if the number of serial numbers selected does not match the quantity entered for the FSContDt record. The user has the option of continuing with the mismatch quantities or canceling. This method should be called before the update method and should be called only when part is serial number tracked and the quantity is greater than zero. If the user answers yes, the change can occur; otherwise the change shouldn't occur. Parameters Name ds contractQty cMessageText Decimal String@ Type Description The ServiceContract data set Quantity of Serial Numbers required for the Contract Line The text of the message to ask the user
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2059
S-Z
CreateContractRMA
Call this method to create RMA for a given service contract. Parameters Name ipContractNum ipReasonCode ds Type Int32 String Description The contract number to create the RMA for. The Reason Code for the RMA. The Service Contract data set
ExpireContract
Call this method to expire a service contract. Allow the user to confirm the intention to expire the contract before calling this method. Warn the user that expiring the contract cannot be undone. Parameters Name ipContractNum ds Type Int32 Description The contract number to expire The Service Contract data set
FrequencyList
Method to call to get the list for the Frequency options. The list is returned in code1`code desc1~code2`code desc2 format. Parameters Name frequencyList Type String@ Description The list of options for the frequence
GenerateRenewal
Call this method to generate Contract Renewal (FSRenewal and FsRenewalDt) from a given Contract or Renewal. Parameters Name ipContractNum ds Type Int32 Description The source contract number. The Service Contract data set
GenerateRenewalLines
Call this method to generate Contract Renewal Lines (FsRenewalDt) for a given Contract Renewal Header.
2060
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ipContractNum ipRenewalNbr ds Type Int32 Int32 Description The target contract number. The target renewal number. The Service Contract data set
GetListCustom
Custom GetList method. Retrieves records based on a delimited list of Contract Numbers. Parameters Name contractNumList pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The Service Contract list data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The contract number list The pageSize number list The absolutePage number list The morePages number list
GetNewFSContHdFromOrder
Method to call when adding a contract from an order. Parameters Name orderNum ds Type Int32 Description The order number The Service Contract data set
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Hd/Dt fields for the contact tracker. Parameters Name whereClauseFSContHd whereClauseFSContDt whereClauseFSContSN whereClauseSelectedSerialNumbers Type String String String String Description Whereclause for FSContHd table. Whereclause for FSContDt table. Whereclause for FSContSN table. Whereclause for SelectedSerialNumbers.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2061
S-Z
Name whereClauseSerialNumberSearch whereClauseSNFormat contactName pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.FSContCustTrkDataSet
Type String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@
Description Whereclause for SerialNumberSearch Whereclause for SNFormat table. Contact to return data for. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
GetRowsCustom
Custom GetList method. Retrieves records based on a delimited list of Contract Numbers. Parameters Name contractNumList pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The Service Contract data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The contract number list The pageSize number list The absolutePage number list The morePages number list
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Hd/Dt fields for the customer tracker. Parameters Name whereClauseFSContHd whereClauseFSContDt whereClauseFSContSN whereClauseSelectedSerialNumbers whereClauseSerialNumberSearch whereClauseSNFormat pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for FSContHd table. Whereclause for FSContDt table. Whereclause for FSContSN table. Whereclause for SelectedSerialNumbers. Whereclause for SerialNumberSearch Whereclause for SNFormat table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
2062
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.FSContCustTrkDataSet
This method will retrieve the serial numbers for a service contract line and update the SelectedSerialNumbers table with these records. Parameters Name iContractNum iContractLine iPartNum ds Type Int32 Int32 String Description The Contract Number The Contract Detail line number The Part Num The Service Contract data set
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds Returns The SelectSerialNumbersParams dataset Type Description Service Contract data set
isPlantSerialTracking
Verifies if the current login plant is set for Serial Tracking Parameters Name isSerialTracking Type Boolean@ Description Boolean indicating if the plant is set for Serial Tacking
PricePerList
Method to call to get the list for the Price Per options. The list is returned in code1`code desc1~code2`code desc2 format. Parameters Name pricePerList Type String@ Description The list of options for the price per
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2063
S-Z
SuspendContract
Call this method after the user answered yes to the warning message returned by SuspendContract method. This logic updates all related InvcDtlRASch records for this service contract. Based on the input contract status, the related invoice revenue schedules will be put on hold/unhold. Parameters Name ipSuspend ipReasonCode ds Type Boolean String Description The requested Suspend or Unsuspend status change. The Reason Code for the hold request. The Service Contract data set
ValidateSN
Validates that a single serial number is valid for this transaction Parameters Name ds serialNumber isVoided String Boolean@ Type Description Service Contract data set Serial number to validate. Serial Number Voided flag
VoidContract
Method to call when voiding the contract. Parameters Name voidContractNum ds Type Int32 Description The contract number to void The Service Contract data set
ServiceContractDtSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ServiceContractDtSearch: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewFSContDt
DeleteByID
2064
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Apply input data to BO by calling GetByID/GetNew/Update methods. Returns The dataset with list of errors occured during update process. This procedure uses in ServiceContactSearch
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2065
S-Z
This procedure uses in ServiceContactSearch This procedure uses in ServiceContactSearch
ServiceContractSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ServiceContractSearch: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewServiceContractSearch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2066
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetContractsRenewals
Returns the service contracts as the GetRows does but filtering them out by one with renewals Parameters Name renewalsOnly whereClause sortByClause partDescContains pageSize absolutePage morePages Type Boolean String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Indicates if only those contracts with renewals are returned WhereClause to filter the Parent records. To sort by the detail records. The part contains filter Page Size. Absolute Page More Pages
GetListCustom
Custom GetList method. Parameters Name whereClause sortByClause partDescContains pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description WhereClause to filter the Parent records. To sort by the detail records. The part contains filter Page Size. Absolute Page More Pages
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2067
S-Z
GetRowsCustom
Custom GetList method. Parameters Name whereClause sortByClause partDescContains pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description WhereClause to filter the Parent records. To sort by the detail records. The part contains filter Page Size. Absolute Page More Pages
SetupGrp
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SetupGrp: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewSetupGrp
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2068
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ShipDtlSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ShipDtlSearch: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewShipDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2069
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetListCase
Calls the normal GetList method and then constructs a custom data set combining Hed/Dtl fields for the case entry. Parameters Name whereClauseShipDtl pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for ShipDtl table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
2070
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ShipDtlListDataSet
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Hed/Dtl fields for the contact tracker. Parameters Name whereClauseShipDtl contactName pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ShipDtlSearchDataSet Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for ShipDtl table. Contact to return data for. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Calls the normal GetRows method and then constructs a custom data set combining Hed/Dtl fields for the customer tracker. Parameters Name whereClauseShipDtl pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.ShipDtlSearchDataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for ShipDtl table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
ShipTo
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ShipTo: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewShipTo
GetNewShipToAttch
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2071
S-Z
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
2072
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
ShipVia
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ShipVia: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewShipVia
GetNewShipViaAttch
GetNewLangDesc
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2073
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
OnChangeCarrier
2074
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
ShipWhseSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ShipWhseSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2075
S-Z
UpdateExt
ShopLoad
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ShopLoad: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewShopLoad
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
2076
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
ShopWrn
Epicor.Mfg.BO.ShopWrn: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewShopWrn
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2077
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
MoveToHistory
Set MoveToHistory flag Parameters Name ds Type Description Results of the Move
SkipLotCtl
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SkipLotCtl: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewSkipLotCtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
2078
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
SNTranSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SNTranSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewSNTran
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2079
S-Z
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
2080
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
SOPOLink
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SOPOLink: This business object contains 26 methods.
GetNewIMOrderHed
GetNewIMOrderDtl
GetNewIMOrderRel
GetNewIMOrderMsc
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2081
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeMiscCode
Update PO Link Misc Charge information when the MiscCode is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Sales Order/PO data set
ChangePartNum
Update PO Link information with values from the Part Number when the Part Number is changed. Parameters Name ds lUsePartDefaults Boolean Type Description The Sales Order/PO data set Use part defaults
2082
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name cReturnMessage
Type String@
Description The message returned if PO and SO currencies don't match
ChangeSoldToID
Update PO Link information with values from the Sold To when the Sold To is changed. Parameters Name ds cReturnMessage String@ Type Description The Sales Order/PO data set The message returned if PO and SO currencies don't match
This method should be called before the Update method is called for a detail record. The method returns a character string if the customer will go over their credit limit and the user is given the choice of continuing or not. Parameters Name iCustNum cCreditLimitMessage lContinue Type Int32 String@ Boolean@ Description The Customer Number The over credit limit message text Indicates if the user is allowed to continue with processing
CheckPartChange
The method is to be run on leave of the PartNum and Revision fields before the ChangePart or Update methods are run. This returns all the questions that need to be asked before a part can be changed. Parameters Name cPartNum cGlbPartNum cAction cSubPartMessage lSubAvail cGlbPartMessage Type String@ String String String@ Boolean@ String@ Description The new PartNum if a substitute part is found, partNum will be the substitute part The global part number The action field from IMOrderDtl Asks if the user wants to use a substitute part Indicates other substitute parts besides the default exist Asks if the user wants to use local part defaults if the part is not a global part
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2083
S-Z
Name
Type
Description Returns message text if the PO Defaults will be used for the part related fields Type of message returned. Values can be; "Question" (asking if they want to use the substitute part) "Warning" (Warns them that a part is onhold or runout). "Error" (Part in Inactive, or Onhold/Runout parts are not accepted in this case) . "Question" is asking if they want to use the substitute part.
cUsingPODefaultsMessage String@ cMsgType String@
CheckReadyForOrder
Validate/return questions to ask the user before marking a record ReadyForOrder. Parameters Name dIntQueID lChildUnitPricesDiffer cGlbPartQuestionText cPricesDifferQuestionText Type Decimal Boolean String@ String@ Description The IntQueID of the IMOrderHed record Flag from IMOrderHed to indicate if the unit prices on the detail lines or miscellaneous charges differ The text of the part number question to ask the user The text of the unit prices differ question to ask the user
CheckSOPODifferences
Return text of messages to present to the user informing them unit prices differ on detail lines or miscellaneous charges, or the currencies are different on the SO and PO. Parameters Name lChildUnitPricesDiffer dIntQueID cUnitPricesDifferMessage cCurrenciesDifferMessage cUOMDifferMessage Type Boolean Decimal String@ String@ String@ Description Flag from IMOrderHed to indicate if detail or misc charges unit prices differ IntQueID from the IMOrderHed record The message returned if PO and SO currencies don't match Returns message text if the PO Currency differs from the SO currency Returns message text if the PO UOM is not a valid Part UOMs
CreateConfigKits
Loops through the input ttOrderDtl records which should be configured kit parts and generates the components for each kit. This method is called after processing the ICPO Suggestions and once that the order has been created and the user had already answered the Configuration Q-A
2084
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name regenerateKit ds Type Boolean Description If true this will cause the previous loaded components to be deleted The SOPOOrderDtl DataSet
GetOrderDtl
Get the OrderDtl record related to the IMOrderDtl record. Parameters Name iOrderNum iOrderLine pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The SOPOOrderDtl DataSet Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The Order Number The Order Line Number The Page Size The Absolute Page The More Pages
GetOrderMsc
Get the OrderMsc record related to the IMOrderMsc record. Parameters Name iOrderNum iOrderLine iSeqNum pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The SOPOOrderMsc DataSet Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The Order Number The Order Line Number The Order Misc Sequence Number The Page Size The Absolute Page The More Pages
GetOrderRel
Get the OrderRel record related to the IMOrderRel record.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2085
S-Z
Parameters Name iOrderNum iOrderLine iOrderRelNum pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The SOPOOrderRel DataSet Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The Order Number The Order Line Number The Order Release Number The Page Size The Absolute Page The More Pages
PreRejectICPOLink
Checks to see if the po link can be rejected and returns a question to be asked of the user if necessary. Parameters Name dIntQueID cMessageText Type Decimal String@ Description The IntQueID of the record to reject The text of the message to be asked of the user
ProcessSuggestions
This method processes the suggestions and either creates/updates an order or rejects the suggestion. Parameters Name needsConfig Returns The SOPOOrderDtl DataSet Type Boolean@ Description Indicates if any of the created Order Lines need kits
ReadyForOrderAll
Mark a list of records as ready to order. Parameters Name cIntQueIDList Type String Description A delimited list of IntQueIDs of the IMOrderHed records to mark as ReadyForOrder
2086
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Returns
ValidateReadyForOrderAll
Validation for marking all orders as Ready For Order. This method should be called before method ReadyForOrderAll is called. Parameters Name cIntQueIDList Type String Description A delimited list of IntQueIDs of the IMOrderHed records to mark as ReadyForOrder
Specification
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Specification: This business object contains 16 methods.
GetNewSpecHed
GetNewSpecHedAttch
GetNewSpecRev
GetNewSpecRevAttch
GetNewSpecAttr
GetNewSpecAttrAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2087
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
DuplicateRevision
To create a new SpecRev by duplicating from another. Parameters Name sourceSpecID sourceRevNum Type String String Description Existing Specfication ID that will be duplicated. Existing Revision number that will be duplicated.
2088
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name targetRevNum Returns The Specification Data Set
Type String
Description New Revision number that will be duplicated.
OnChangeAttributeID
Used when the Inspection Attribute field of SpecAttr is being changed to a new value. It will validate the new AttributeID field. Parameters Name newAttributeID ds Type String Description The new Attribute ID value. The Specification Dataset.
OnChangeFromRev
To set if duplicate option is allowed. Parameters Name sourceSpecID sourceRevNum oKToDuplicate Type String String Boolean@ Description Existing Specification that will be duplicated. Existing Revision number that will be duplicated. OKToDuplicate.
OnChangeInspPlanNum
Used when the Inspection Plan Num field of SpecRev is being changed to a new value. Parameters Name newInspPlan ds Type String Description The Insp plan value. The Specification Dataset.
SpecRevSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SpecRevSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewSpecRev
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2089
S-Z
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
2090
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
SplitJob
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SplitJob: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewJobProd
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2091
S-Z
UpdateExt
CheckJob
This method checks to see if it is valid to split the specified job. Parameters Name jobNum Type String Description Job Number
GetNewJob
This methods generates the next available job number from the JCSyst table. Parameters Name opNextJobNum Type String@ Description The outputted string of the next available job number
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ds ipJobNum String Type Description Split Job data set Job Num before split
PreProcessSplitJob
2092
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ds ipDueDate requiresUserInput serialNumberQtyAlert Nullable{System.DateTime} Boolean@ String@ Type Description The SplitJob dataSet The due date Indicates if the legal number requires user input Indicates if the legal number requires user input
PreProcessValidate
This method will perform pre-update validations It validates whether the serial numbers selected for the Split are valid based on serail matching requirements. It will send message to inform the user if there is active labor for the job. Parameters Name ipJobNum ipDoLbrCheck ds opLbrMessage opSerialMatchMsg opSerialNumber opSerialMatchErr opLLTrkWarning String@ String@ String@ Boolean@ String@ Type String Boolean Description The input jobnum to split. Flag to indicate whether to check for active labor The SplitJob dataSet Serial Match error message Serial Match error message Serial Match error message Lower Level Serial Matching error flag Lower level tracking is not used but subassemblies have serial numbers assigned
ProcessSplitJob
This method runs the split job process. This should be ran after updating and validating the jobprods that have been split. This will create a new job with associated records but with new quantities specified in the split quantities. Parameters Name ipJobNum ipNewJobNum ipDueDate opLegalNumberMessage ds Type String String Description The input jobnum to split. The input jobnum to split to.
Nullable{System.DateTime} The input DueDate to split to. String@ The output legal number message. The SplitJob dataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2093
S-Z
ValidateJobProd
This method validates the JobProd record. Parameters Name ipJobProdRowid ds Type String Description The character rowid value of the JobProd to validate The SplitJob dataSet.
ValidateSN
Validates that a single serial number is valid for this transaction Parameters Name ds serialNumber isVoided String Boolean@ Type Description Split Job data set Serial number to validate. Serial Number Voided flag
SplitMergeUOM
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SplitMergeUOM: This business object contains 16 methods.
pcMessage
String@
2094
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Returns pcNeqQtyActionpcMessage
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2095
S-Z
GetMfgPartFromRowID
CalculateRemainQty
Calculates The Remaining Qty Parameters Name partNum ds Type String Description Part number to split or merge. SplitMerge Dataset. If valid, the New BinNum and LotNum will be returned in the dataset
GetPartXRefInfo
GetSplitMergeHeadData
Gets the default values for the ttSMHdr data table based on the part number entered.
2096
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name partNum Returns Split Merge Dataset Type String Description Part number to split or merge.
OnChangeBinNum
Used to verify if the selected Bin is valid for the selected warehouse Parameters Name partNum binNum ds Type String String Description Part number to split or merge. Bin Number. SplitMerge Dataset. If valid, the New BinNum and LotNum will be returned in the dataset
OnChangeLotNum
Used to default the Lot Number when the BinNum has been changed Parameters Name partNum lotNum ds Type String String Description Part number to split or merge. Lot Number. SplitMerge Dataset. If valid, the New BinNum and LotNum will be returned in the dataset
OnChangeProcType
Used to create the Split or Merge Records Parameters Name partNum processType ds Type String String Description Part number to split or merge. Process Type. SplitMerge Dataset. If valid, the New BinNum and LotNum will be returned in the dataset
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2097
S-Z
OnChangeQuantity
Used to verify that quantity to split or merge Parameters Name partNum dQuantity ds Type String Decimal Description Part number to split or merge. Quantity. SplitMerge Dataset. If valid, the New BinNum and LotNum will be returned in the dataset
OnChangeUOM
Used to return a list of valid UOM to process the split or merge Parameters Name partNum uOMCode ds Type String String Description Part number to split or merge. Unit of Messure. SplitMerge Dataset. If valid, the New BinNum and LotNum will be returned in the dataset
OnChangeWarehouse
Used to verify that selected warehouse is valid for the part and current plant and to default the Bin and Lot Number when the Warehouse has been changed Parameters Name partNum whseCode ds Type String String Description Part number to split or merge. Warehouse Code. SplitMerge Dataset. If valid, the New BinNum and LotNum will be returned in the dataset
ProcessType
Runs the Split or Merge Process Parameters Name partNum Type String Description Part number to split or merge.
2098
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name ds
Type
Description SplitMerge Dataset. If valid, the New BinNum and LotNum will be returned in the dataset
SRTSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SRTSearch: This business object contains 2 methods.
GetList
This method returns a list of Substance Restriction Types available. The RelatedTo parameter allows the user to search for SRT related to Part or Operation to use them on a BOM, or leave blank to search for all available. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns SRTSearch DataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description WhereClause to perform the search page Size absolute Page more Pages: true/false
GetRows
This method returns a list of Substance Restriction Types available. The RelatedTo parameter allows the user to search for SRT related to Part or Operation to use them on a BOM, or leave blank to search for all available. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns SRTSearch DataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description WhereClause to perform the search page Size absolute Page more Pages: true/false
StageNo
Epicor.Mfg.BO.StageNo: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewStageNo
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2099
S-Z
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
2100
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
StageShipConfirm
Epicor.Mfg.BO.StageShipConfirm: This business object contains 16 methods.
GetNewCartonStage
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2101
S-Z
UpdateExt
String@
backoutPartTran
2102
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
ChangePackStage
Parameters Name ds Type Description Carton Stage DataSet
CheckOrder
This method check releases related with this pack were refused to close because non shipped pack existing. Parameters Name packNum msg Type Int32 String@ Description The Pack Number to check out releases weren't closed message
ShipConfirm
This method runs the ship confirm logic Parameters Name dateShift ds opMessage String@ Type String Description The date shift Carton Stage DataSet Lists the cartons that failed to ship and why
StageCarton
This method runs the unstage logic. Parameters Name ds Type Description Carton Stage DataSet
UnShipConfirm
This method runs the Unship logic Parameters Name dateShift Type String Description The date shift
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2103
S-Z
Name ds opMessage
Type
Description Carton Stage DataSet
String@
Lists the cartons that failed to unship and why
UnShipPackingSlip
This methods assigns the TFShipHead.Shipped field and updates/deletes all of the associated records (parttran) when a Packing Slip is unshipped. Also potentially creates partbin and partdtl records. Parameters Name ipTFShipHeadRowid Returns Type String Description The rowid of the TFShipHead to unship
Unstage
This method runs the unstage logic. Parameters Name workStationID ds Type String Description Workstation ID. Carton Stage DataSet
StockProvisionFormat
Epicor.Mfg.BO.StockProvisionFormat: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewStockProvisionFormat
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2104
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2105
S-Z
Returns
GetTranTypeList
This method provides a list of values and description for Tran Types. Returns TranTypeList - list of Tran Types and translated desc for the front end UI
OnChangeActive
Parameters Name ds Type Description The StockProvisionFormat data set
OnChangeType
This method validates the StockProvisionFormat.Type when changed in UI form. Parameters Name ipType ds Type String Description Proposed Type value The StockProvisionFormat data set
SubConShipEntry
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SubConShipEntry: This business object contains 47 methods.
GetNewSubShipH
GetNewSubShipD
GetNewShipCOO
GetNewSubShipUPS
DeleteByID
2106
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2107
S-Z
AssignLegalNumber
Assigns a legal number to the subcontract shipment. Parameters Name ipPackNum ds opLegalNumMsg Returns The Subcontract Shipment data set String@ Legal number Type Int32 Description Packing Slip number
CalculateWeight
Parameters Name cartonNumber calculatedWeight Type Int32 Decimal@ Description Carton Number Shipment weight based upon part values
CancelVoidCarton
Checks to see if the carton void can be cancelled and re-opens it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iPackNum Returns The Subcontract Ship data set Type Int32 Description The carton number of the carton to open
ChangeSubShipDAssemblySeq
This methods updates associated fields. This method should run when the SubShipD.AssemblySeq field changes.
2108
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ds Type Description The SubConShipEntry dataSet
ChangeSubShipDJobNum
This methods updates associated fields. This method should run when the SubShipD.JobNum field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SubConShipEntry dataSet
ChangeSubShipDOprSeq
This methods validates the SubShipD.OprSeq and updates associated fields. This method should run when the SubShipD.OprSeq field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SubConShipEntry dataSet
ChangeSubShipDPONum
This method validates the SubShipD.PONum field. This method should run when the SubShipD.PONum chages. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SubConShipEntry dataSet
ChangeSubShipHPurPoint
This methods validates the SubShipH.PurPoint and updates some variables and DspShipAddr. This method should run when the SubShipH.PurPoint field changes. Parameters Name cProposedPurPoint ds Type String Description The new proposed SubShipH.PurPoint value The SubConShipEntry dataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2109
S-Z
ChangeSubShipHVendorNumVendorID
This methods updates the vendornum and purpoint fields based on validating the SubShipH.VendorNumVendorID field. This method should run when the SubShipH.VendorNumVendorID field changes. Parameters Name cProposedVendorNumVendorID ds Type String Description The new proposed SubShipH.VendorNumVendorID value The SubConShipEntry dataSet
CheckCOOPercents
CheckShipCOOOrigCountry
This method validates the ShipCOO.OrigCountry field. This method should run before changing the ShipCOO.OrigCountry field. Parameters Name ipProposedCountry ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed ShipCOO.OrigCountry value The SubConShipEntry dataSet
CheckSubShipDAssemblySeq
This method validates the SubShipD.AssemblySeq field. This method should run before changing the SubShipD.AssemblySeq field. Parameters Name ipProposedAssemblySeq serialWarning ds Type Int32 String@ Description The new proposed SubShipD.AssemblySeq value Warning message if the shipdtl line contains serial numbers The SubConShipEntry dataSet
2110
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
CheckSubShipDJobNum
This method validates the SubShipD.JobNum field. This method should run before changing the SubShipD.JobNum field. Parameters Name ipProposedJobNum serialWarning ds Type String String@ Description The new proposed SubShipD.JobNum value Warning message if the shipdtl line contains serial numbers The SubConShipEntry dataSet
CheckSubShipDOprSeq
This method validates the SubShipD.OprSeq field. This method should run before changing the SubShipD.OprSeq field. Parameters Name ipProposedOprSeq serialWarning ds Type Int32 String@ Description The new proposed SubShipD.OprSeq value Warning message if the shipdtl line contains serial numbers The SubConShipEntry dataSet
CheckSubShipDPOLine
This method validates the SubShipD.POLine field. This method should run before changing the SubShipD.POLine field. Parameters Name ipProposedPOLine ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed SubShipD.POLine value The SubConShipEntry dataSet
CheckSubShipDPONum
This method validates the SubShipD.PONum field. This method should run before changing the SubShipD.PONum field. Parameters Name ipProposedPONum ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed SubShipD.PONum value The SubConShipEntryDataSet dataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2111
S-Z
CheckSubShipDPORelNum
This method validates the SubShipD.PORelNum field. This method should run before changing the SubShipD.PORelNum field. Parameters Name ipProposedPORelNum ds Type Int32 Description The new proposed SubShipD.PORelNum value The SubConShipEntry dataSet
CloseCarton
Checks to see if the carton can be closed and closes it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iPackNum Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Description The carton number of the carton to close
GetLegalNumGenOpts
Returns the legal number generation options. Parameters Name ipPackNum Type Int32 Description Packing Slip number
2112
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name opPromptForNum
Type Boolean@
Description Prompt for the number
GetPackageClass
Parameters Name ipPkgClass ds Type String Description package class to validate Subcontract shipment dataset
GetPackaging
Parameters Name ipPkgCode ds Type String Description package code Sub Contractor Shipment data set
Parameters Name ds Type Description The subcontract shipment data set
GetScale
Parameters Name workstationID scaleID Type String String@ Description workstation ID Scale ID
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2113
S-Z
Parameters Name ds Returns The SelectSerialNumbersParams dataset Type Description The SubShipD dataSet
GetTranDocTypeID
Sets default values when the TranDocTypeID changes Parameters Name ipTranDocTypeID ds Type String Description TranDocTypeID supplied Subcontract Shipment data set
OpenCarton
Checks to see if the carton can be opened and opens it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iPackNum Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Description The carton number of the carton to open
PreSubShipDUpdate
This method is to be run before update of SubShipD to ask the user any question that need to be answered before the record can be saved. If the user answers no to any one of the questions, then the update method should not be called. Parameters Name ds lotMessage qtyMessage String@ String@ Type Description SubConShipEntry data set If the lot doesn't exist, ask the user if they'd like to create it Qty message
2114
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
RebuildShipUPS
Parameters Name ipPackNum ds Type Int32 Description Packnum to update The SubConShipEntry dataSet
SetUPSQVEnable
Parameters Name ipQVEnable ds Type Boolean Description logical indicating if the quantum view is to enabled/disabled The subcontract shipment data set
SetUPSQVShipStatus
Parameters Name ipShipStatus ds Type String Description shipment status The subcontract shipment data set
StageCarton
Checks to see if the carton can be voided and voids it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iPackNum Returns The SubConShipEntry data set Type Int32 Description The carton number of the carton to Stage
ValidateSN
Validates that a single serial number is valid for this transaction Parameters Name ds Type Description SubContract Shipment Entry data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2115
S-Z
Name serialNumber isVoided
Description Serial number to validate. Serial Number Voided flag
VoidCarton
Checks to see if the carton can be voided and voids it if it is allowed. Parameters Name iPackNum Returns The SalesOrder data set Type Int32 Description The carton number of the carton to void
VoidLegalNumber
Voids the legal number. Parameters Name ipPackNum ipVoidedReason Returns The Subcontract Shipment data set Type Int32 String Description Packing Slip number Reason for the void
Substance
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Substance: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewSubstance
DeleteByID
GetByID
2116
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
SubstanceRestriction
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SubstanceRestriction: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewRestrictionType
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2117
S-Z
GetNewRestrictionSubstance
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2118
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
OnChangeSubstance
This method should be called when ValidateCompliance change. Parameters Name validaSubstance typeID ds Type String String Description Valida SubstanceID Restriction Type SubstanceRestriction data set.
OnChangeThreshold
This method should be called when ValidateCompliance change. Parameters Name validaThreshold Type Decimal Description Valida Threshold
OnChangeValidateCompliance
This method should be called when ValidateCompliance change. Parameters Name checkCompliance ds Type Boolean Description Proposed Compliance. SubstanceRestriction data set.
SubstanceSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SubstanceSearch: This business object contains 2 methods.
GetList
This method returns a list of Restricted Substances available. The RelatedTo parameter allows the user to search for Substances related to Part or Operation to use them on a BOM, or leave blank to search for all available.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2119
S-Z
Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns SubstanceSearch DataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description WhereClause to perform the search page Size absolute Page more Pages: true/false
GetRows
This method returns a list of Restricted Substances available. The RelatedTo parameter allows the user to search for Substances related to Part or Operation to use them on a BOM, or leave blank to search for all available. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns SubstanceSearch DataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description WhereClause to perform the search page Size absolute Page more Pages: true/false
SupplierConnectSetup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SupplierConnectSetup: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewSRMCfg
GetList
2120
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2121
S-Z
Returns
SupplierPart
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SupplierPart: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewSupplierPart
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2122
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
ChangeSupplierPartMfgNum
When Changing SupplierPart.MfgtNum field. Parameters Name iMfgNum ds Type Int32 Description Manufacturer Number SupplierPart dataset
ChangeSupplierPartMfgPartNum
When Changing SupplierPart.MfgPartNum field. Parameters Name iMfgPartNum ds Type String Description Manufacturer Part Number SupplierPart dataset
SupplierXRef
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SupplierXRef: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetSupplierXRefParts
This method gets the XRef information for a given supplier part Parameters Name partNum vendorNum poNum Type String Int32 Int32 Description Receipt Part Number Receipt Supplier Number PO Number
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2123
S-Z
Name poLine purPoint packSlip packLine Returns
Type Int32 String String Int32
Description PO Line Purchase Point packing Slip packing Line
SysActivityLog
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SysActivityLog: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewSysActivityLog
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
2124
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
GetRowsByCompanyByType
This method returns Activity Log for a particular Company and Type Parameters Name pcActivityCompany pcActivityType Type String String Description The Company ID The Activity Type - Created, Updated, Deleted
Returns Returns the dataset representing the list
GetRowsByDate
This method returns Activity Log after the specified date Parameters Name pcActivityDate Type Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The Date for Activities after
GetRowsByTableByCompany
This method returns Activity Log for a specified Activity Type and Company
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2125
S-Z
Parameters Name pcActivityTable pcActivityCompany Returns Returns the dataset representing the list Type String String Description The Table Name The Activity Company
GetRowsByTableByDate
This method returns Activity Log for a particular Table Parameters Name pcActivityTable pcActivityDate Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The TableName The Date that the Activities occurred after
GetRowsByTypeByCompany
This method returns Activity Log for a specified Activity Type and Company Parameters Name pcActivityType pcActivityCompany pcActivityDate Type String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The Activity Type The Activity Company The date that the Activities occurred after
GetRowsByUserByCompany
This method returns Activity Log for a specified User and Company Parameters Name pcActivityUser pcActivityCompany pcActivityDate Type String String Nullable{System.DateTime} Description The Activity User The Activity Company The date that the activities occurred after
2126
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
SysAgent
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SysAgent: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewSysAgent
GetNewSysAgentSched
GetNewSysAgentTask
GetNewSysAgentTaskParam
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2127
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
GetAgentSchedList
To return a dataset of SysAgentSched records for a given agent id. Parameters Name agentID Type String Description Agent ID which you want the schedules for.
Returns The SysAgentSchedList dataSet
GetDefaultTaskAgentID
Returns the default Task Agent ID.
2128
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name defaultAgentID Type String@ Description Default Agent ID.
SysConfig
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SysConfig: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewSysConfig
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2129
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetValue
Get a system configuration value
SysMonitor
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SysMonitor: This business object contains 6 methods.
CancelTask
Use to terminate a running task. Parameters Name sysTaskNum Type Int32 Description System Task Number to be terminated.
GetScheduledTasks
To return the SysMonitorSchedDataSet which contains the scheduled tasks for a user. Parameters Name userIDent Type String Description User ID for which you want the schedule tasks. Leave blank to consider all users.
Returns The SysMonitorSched dataSet
GetTaskHistory
To return Task history records for the current user for a specified number of days.
2130
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name taskNumOfDays rptUserID Type Int32 String Description The number of days from today you wish to retrieve task history for. User ID for which you want SysRptLst and SysTask records. Leave this blank to consider all users for available reports.
Returns The SysMonitorTaskHist dataSet
GetTasksNReports
To return the SysMonitorDataSet which contains the SysTask and SysRptLst tables. Parameters Name rptUserID rptWorkStationID Type String String Description User ID for which you want SysRptLst and SysTask records. Leave this blank to consider all users for available reports. Computer/Workstation name for which you want SysRptLst records. Leave this blank to consider ALL workstations for available reports
Returns The SysMonitor dataSet
UpdateSysMonitorDS
Use to commit updates and deletions of the SysMonitor dataset to the database. Does NOT support adding new records. Does NOT support deletion of SysTask records. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SysMonitor dataSet
UpdateSysMonitorSched
Use to commit deletions of the SysMonitor dataset to the database. Does NOT support adding or updating of records. Parameters Name ds Type Description The SysMonitorSched dataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2131
S-Z
SysPrinter
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SysPrinter: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewSysPrinter
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2132
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
SysTag
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SysTag: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewSysTag
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2133
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
SysTaskRule
Epicor.Mfg.BO.SysTaskRule: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewSysTaskRule
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2134
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2135
S-Z
Chapter 20: T
Tariff
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Tariff: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewTariff
GetNewTariffComm
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
2136
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
OnCommCodeChange
Validates the Commodity Code. Parameters Name ipCommCodeID ds Type String Description The Commodity Code ID The Import Tariff Data Set.
Task
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Task: This business object contains 31 methods.
GetNewTask
GetNewTaskCnt
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2137
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
2138
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Returns
AssignDefaultsFromQuote
Assigns defaults for the task when is created from a Quote. Parameters Name quoteNum ds Type Int32 Description Num of quote to assign values The Task data set
ChangeComplete
Assigns defaults for the task when the complete field is checked. Parameters Name ds lProposedComplete cMessage Boolean String@ Type Description The Task data set The proposed value for the complete flag The message to display if not blank
ChangeConclusion
Assigns defaults for the task when the conclusion is changed. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Task data set
ChangeConName
Update TaskCnt information when the contact Name is changed. Parameters Name pName ds Type String Description Proposed Name The Task data set
ChangeConPerConLnkRowID
Update TaskCnt information when the contact PerConLnkRowID is changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2139
S-Z
Parameters Name pPerConLnkRowID ds Type String Description Proposed PerConLnkRowID The Task data set
ChangeCustomer
Assigns defaults for the task when the customer changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Task data set
ChangeCustomerContact
Assigns defaults for the task when the customer contact changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Task data set
ChangeCustomerShipTo
Assigns defaults for the task when the customer ship to changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Task data set
ChangeNextTaskSeq
Get the Next Task Description when the NextTaskSeq changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Task data set
ChangeSalesRep
Assigns defaults for the task when the salesRep changes.
2140
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ds Type Description The Task data set
ChangeTaskID
Assigns defaults for the task when the task id changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Task data set
ChangeTaskTimeDisp
Assigns the format for the task Start and End Time fields when their value changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Task data set
ChangeTEApprovalAction
Assigns defaults for the task when the time or expense approval action changes. Parameters Name ds lProposedTEApprovalAction String Type Description The Task data set The proposed value for approval action
ChangeVendor
Assigns defaults for the task when the vendor changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Task data set
ChangeVendorContact
Assigns defaults for the task when the vendor contact changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2141
S-Z
Parameters Name ds Type Description The Task data set
ChangeVendorPP
Assigns defaults for the task when the vendor purchase point changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Task data set
GetCreditHoldMessageText
Retrieve the customer on credit hold message text. Parameters Name icCustID ocMessageText Type String String@ Description The customer id The text of the message returned
GetListApprovers
This method returns a list of Tasks to be viewed in the Task List screen based a Sales Representative, Date Range, and sort options. This method builds the where clause instead of having the UI build the where clause on their end. Although either method could be used to build the Tree. Parameters Name ipSalesRepCode ipApprovalStatus ipTime ipExpense ipSortby ipStartDate ipEndDate ipEmployeeNum ipProject Type String String Boolean Boolean String String String String String Description IPsalesRepCode Stauts of Tasks Include Time Transactions Include Expense transactions Sort the data - currently not used Starting date of the results set, blank will return all dates Starting date of the results set, blank will return all dates Search for time or expenses for a employee, blank for all Search for time or expenses for a project, blank for al
2142
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The Task dataSet
Description The page size the absolute page The more pages
GetQuoteLinesWOQtyMessageText
This method returns the message text for the case where there aren't any quote lines with an order quantity. Parameters Name ocMessageText Type String@ Description Contains the message text to display
Called from Contact tracker instead of GetRows for better performance Parameters Name whereClauseTask contactName pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaskDataSet Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for Task table. The contact to return data for. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Called from Customer tracker instead of GetRows for better performance Parameters Name whereClauseTask pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for Task table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2143
S-Z
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaskDataSet
GetTaskList
This method returns a list of Tasks to be viewed in the Task List screen based a Sales Representative, Date Range, and sort options. This method builds the where clause instead of having the UI build the where clause on their end. Although either method could be used to build the Tree. Parameters Name salesRepCode includeComplete dateType startDate endDate filterStatus filterType pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The Task dataSet Type String Boolean String String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Current SalesRep, blank to use default or code of SalesRep selected by user Include Complete Tasks or not Options are startDate or dueDate Starting date of the results set, blank will return everything upto the ending date Ending date of the results set, blank will become the last day of the next month A Specific Task Status to look for, blank for all A specific Task Type to look for, blank for all The page size the absolute page The more pages
TaskMast
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaskMast: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewTaskMast
DeleteByID
GetByID
2144
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
OnChangeTypeCode
This sets the TETaskType field when the TypeCode changes. Parameters Name newTypeCode ds Type String Description The proposed TypeCode value The TaskMast data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2145
S-Z
TaskSet
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaskSet: This business object contains 21 methods.
GetNewTaskSet
GetNewTaskSMilestone
GetNewTaskSDtl
GetNewTaskSNxt
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
2146
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
BuildNextTaskList
Returns a delimited list of next task sequences available in id`desc pairs Parameters Name taskSetId taskSetSeq taskNextSeq nextList Type String Int32 Int32 String@ Description Task Set Id Current Task Sequence Existing Next Task to exclude from list Delimited list of available next tasks
BuildParentTaskList
Returns a delimited list of available parent task sequences in id`desc pairs
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2147
S-Z
Parameters Name cTaskSetId cParentList Type String String@ Description Task Set Id Delimited list of Parent(Milestone) tasks
BuildStageList
Returns a delimited list of available stages in the format "ID`Desc~ID`Desc" Parameters Name workflowType stageList Type String String@ Description Workflow Type to determine the list of stages Delimited list of available stages
CopyTaskSet
Copies a task set to a new task set Parameters Name sourceTaskSetID targetTaskSetID targetTaskSetDesc Returns The TaskSet DataSet Type String String String Description The ID of the source task set (copy from) The ID of the new task set (copy to) The Description of the new task set
DefaultMilestoneInfo
This method assigns the RoleCode and CurrentStage based on the task selected Parameters Name ds Type Description Task Set Data set with changes
DefaultNextTaskInfo
This method updates the TaskSNxt record after the next seq has been selected Parameters Name ds Type Description Task Set Data set with changes to TaskSNxt
2148
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
DefaultRelatedTaskInfo
This method updates the RoleCode and Mandatory fields once the TaskId has been selected Parameters Name ds Type Description Task Set Data set with related task changes
GetCRMTaskSetList
This method asks for a taskSetId and activeTaskId (currently found on QuoteHed) and it will only return TaskSets that are applicable to those inputs Parameters Name taskSetId activeTaskId pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns TaskSet List dataset Type String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description QuoteHed.TaskSetId QuoteHed.ActiveTaskId The page size The absolute page The more pages
GetListFilterTaskSet
This method is used to filter the search results of TaskSet depending on the current Active TaskID. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage activeTaskID morePages Returns TaskSet List Type String Int32 Int32 String Boolean@ Description WorkflowType='HelpDesk' And Inactive=true PageSize AbsolutePage HDCase.ActiveTaskID MorePages
GetNewTaskDetail
This method creates the new TaskSDtl record in place of the standard method
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2149
S-Z
Parameters Name ds taskSetID parentTaskSeq String Int32 Type Description Task Set Data set with new record Task Set Id TaskSetSeq of the parent milestone
TaskSetSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaskSetSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewTaskSet
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
2150
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
TaskStat
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaskStat: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewTaskStat
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2151
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
TaskType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaskType: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewTaskType
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2152
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
TaxAlgrm
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaxAlgrm: This business object contains 20 methods.
GetNewTaxAlgrm
GetNewTaxAlDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2153
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
2154
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Type String
Description
ChangeOperand1
Update multiple fields when the Operand1 changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The TaxAlgrm data set
ChangeOperand2
Update multiple fields when the Operand2 changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The TaxAlgrm data set
ChangeOperator
Update multiple fields when the operator changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description The TaxAlgrm data set
CheckBaseLine
Uncheck the Base line flag if different line is flagged as BaseLine . Parameters Name iBaseLine Type Boolean Description The proposed flag for Base Line
CheckTaxLine
Uncheck the Tax Line flag if different line is flagged as TaxLine.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2155
S-Z
Parameters Name iTaxLine Type Boolean Description The proposed flag for Tax Line
ValidateOperand1
Validates the value of "Operand1" Parameters Name proposedOperand1 iLine iAlgorithm Type String Int32 String Description Proposed Operand1 value Line Number Algorithm code
ValidateOperand2
Validates the value of "Operand2" Parameters Name proposedOperand2 iLine iAlgorithm iOperator Type String Int32 String String Description Proposed Operand2 value Line Number Algorithm code Operator code
ValidateOperand3
Validates the value of "Operand3" Parameters Name proposedOperand3 iLine iAlgorithm Type String Int32 String Description Proposed Operand3 value Line Number Algorithm code
ValidateOperand4
Validates the value of "Operand4"
2156
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name proposedOperand4 iLine iAlgorithm Type String Int32 String Description Proposed Operand4 value Line Number Algorithm code
ValidateOperator
Validates the value of "Operand2" Parameters Name proposedOperator iOperand1 Type String String Description Proposed Operator value Operator code
ValidateTaxCode
Validates the value of "Operand3TaxCode" and "Operand4TaxCode" Parameters Name proposedTaxCode Type String Description Proposed Tax Code
TaxAuthorityCd
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaxAuthorityCd: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewTaxAuthorityCd
GetNewTaxAuthorityCdAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2157
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
TaxBoxDefault
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaxBoxDefault: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewTaxBoxDefault
DeleteByID
2158
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2159
S-Z
TaxCat
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaxCat: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewTaxCat
GetNewTaxCatD
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2160
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
TaxCatDSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaxCatDSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewTaxCatD
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2161
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
TaxCent
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaxCent: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewTaxCent
GetNewTaxCentD
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2162
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ChangeCentTo
Method to call when changing the CentTo. Parameters Name proposedCentTo pCentFrom Type Decimal Decimal Description CentTo CentFrom
ValidateCent
Method to Validate that TaxCentD goes to the limit. Parameters Name pCentCode Type String Description pCentCode
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2163
S-Z
TaxExemptSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaxExemptSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewTaxExempt
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2164
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
ChangeTypeOnEntity
Method to call to retrieve the Tax Type description for an entity. This method is called when adding types to entities to validate the type does not already exist for the entity and to return the description for display purposes. Parameters Name inTaxCode inRelatedToFile inKey1 inKey2 inRateCode inEffectiveFrom outDescription Type String String String String String Nullable{System.DateTime} String@ Description Tax Type Related To File Key1 Key2 Rate Code Effective From Date Description
TaxJuris
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaxJuris: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewTaxJuris
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2165
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
TaxReconciliation
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaxReconciliation: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewTaxSvcHead
GetNewTaxSvcDetail
GetNewTaxSvcJurDtl
2166
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetNewTaxSvcMessages
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2167
S-Z
CalcTaxes
GetLastDocID
Get the last doc id from taxsvcconfig.. Parameters Name lastDocID Type Int32@ Description Used to select TaxSvcHead records.
GetTaxHistory
Performs reconcile tax history. Parameters Name lastDocID statusFlag resultCode resultMessage Type Int32 Boolean@ String@ String@ Description Used to select TaxSvcHead records. Set to true if the tax service is up, false if down. Could be either error or exception Message for result code.
2168
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
OnChangeofAction
Called when the user chooses a new action. Parameters Name action taxSvcID docType ds Type String String Int32 Description Action TaxSvcID from TaxSvcHead. DocType from TaxSvcHead. TaxReconciliation data set
PerformReconciliation
Performs reconcile tax history. Parameters Name statusFlag resultStatus resultMessage Type Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Description Set to true if the tax service is up, false if down. True if an error occurred. Error message.
TaxResults
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaxResults: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewTaxSvcHead
GetNewTaxSvcDetail
GetNewTaxSvcJurDtl
GetNewTaxSvcMessages
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2169
S-Z
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
2170
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
TaxRgn
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaxRgn: This business object contains 15 methods.
GetNewTaxRgn
GetNewTaxRgnSalesTax
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2171
S-Z
UpdateExt
MoveTaxOnePosition
This method moves the TaxRgn/TaxRgnSalesTax Tax Type Up/Down one position in the grid and returns the whole updated datatable. Parameters Name taxRegionCode taxCode taxNum moveDir Returns TaxRgn Dataset Type String String Int32 String Description Tax Region Code Tax Code Tax Sequence number of tax type to move Direction to move task, "Up" or "Down"
OnChangeExemptType
This method validates SalesTaxCode and populates description. Parameters Name ds iProposedExemptType Int32 Type Description The TaxRgn data set The proposed Exempt type value
OnChangeInPrice
This method chnages the value of IncludeInAP when InPrice is true. Parameters Name ds iProposedInPrice Boolean Type Description The TaxRgn data set The proposed InPrice flag
2172
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
OnChangeSalesTaxCode
This method validates SalesTaxCode and populates description. Parameters Name ds iProposedSalesTaxCode String Type Description The TaxRgn data set The proposed SalesTaxCode value
OnChangeTaxMethod
This method validates SalesTaxCode and populates description. Parameters Name ds iProposedTaxMethod String Type Description The TaxRgn data set The proposed Tax Method value
OnChangeUseInAR
This method validates SalesTaxCode and populates description. Parameters Name ds iProposedUseInAR Boolean Type Description The TaxRgn data set The proposed UseInAR flag
ValidateExemptPercent
This method validates Exempt percent to be assign between 0 and 100. Parameters Name ipExemptType ipExemptPercent Type Int32 Decimal Description Exempt Type Exempt Percent
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2173
S-Z
TaxRptCat
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaxRptCat: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewTaxRptCat
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2174
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
TaxRptDtl
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaxRptDtl: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewTaxRptDtl
GetNewTaxRptDtlAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2175
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
TaxText
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TaxText: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewTaxText
GetNewTaxTextD
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2176
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
TEApprovalTask
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TEApprovalTask: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewTaskSet
GetNewTaskSMilestone
GetNewTaskSDtl
GetNewTaskSNxt
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2177
S-Z
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetByIDWAddlParams
Returns a DataSet given the primary key. Contains additional parameter considerations for the data returned.
2178
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Terms
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Terms: This business object contains 17 methods.
GetNewTerms
GetNewTermsAttch
GetNewLangDesc
GetNewTermsDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2179
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
OnChangingDisDays
Parameters Name vDueOnDay ds Type Int32 Description Propose Discount Days Temporary tables for Terms details
OnChangingDisPercent
Parameters Name vDiscountPercent ds Type Decimal Description Propose Discount Days Temporary tables for Terms details
2180
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
OnChangingNumOfDays
Parameters Name vNumOfDay ds Type Int32 Description Propose Discount Days Temporary tables for Terms details
OnChangingNumOfMonths
Parameters Name vNumOfMonths ds Type Int32 Description Propose Discount Days Temporary tables for Terms details
OnChangingTermDueOnDay
Parameters Name pDueOnDay Type Int32 Description Propose Discount Days
TFOrdDtlSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TFOrdDtlSearch: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewTFOrdDtl
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2181
S-Z
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CustomGetByID
This method GetDetail by ID
2182
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name tfOrdNum tfOrdLine Returns The TFOrdDtlSearch dataSet Type String Int32 Description The TFOrdNum code The TFOrdLine code
GetOrdHedList
This method is used to provide a list of OrderHed Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The TFOrdDtlList dataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
THLocAPTaxReceipt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.THLocAPTaxReceipt: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewAPTran
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2183
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
TimePhas
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TimePhas: This business object contains 15 methods. Deletes a row given its ID. Returns a DataSet given the primary key. Returns The DataSet.
GetList
2184
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
FindPartAndGetRowID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2185
S-Z
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
EnableDisableWhatIfAndTFSugTogs
SET Enable or Disable WhatIf And TFSugTogs
2186
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name enableBoth Type Boolean@ Description EnableBoth
GetFrameTitle
Geting of FrameTitle by Plant Parameters Name inPlant inPart frameTitle mRPLastRunDate frameLastSchedTitle mRPLastScheduledDate Type String String String@ Nullable{System.DateTime}@ String@ Nullable{System.DateTime}@ Description The Plant The Partt Frame Title MPRLastRunDate Last schedule title Date MRP last scheduled
GetPartXRefInfo
GoProcessTimePhase
Creating the TimePhase by PartNum and Plant Parameters Name inputPartNum Type String Description Part Number
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2187
S-Z
Name ipplant whatIfTog tFSug Returns Output Online TimePhase Dataset
Type String Boolean Boolean
Description Plant Suggestions Transfer Order Suggestions
TimeType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TimeType: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewTimeTypCd
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
2188
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
Tip
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Tip: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewTip
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2189
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetRowsTranslated
Parameters Name whereClauseTip pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The Tip data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Are there more pages ? Yes/No Description whereClauseSetupGrp">Where condition without the where word # of records returned. 0 means all
TopicChildSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TopicChildSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewHDTopicChild
DeleteByID
2190
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2191
S-Z
TrackingDtl
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TrackingDtl: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewTrackingDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2192
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetTrackingDetailsByOrderNum
Retrieve TrackingDtl records for a given order number and shipment type. Parameters Name orderNum shipmentType Returns The TrackingDtl dataSet Type Int32 String Description The OrderNum The ShipmentType
GetTrackingDetailsByPackNum
Retrieve TrackingDtl records for a given Packing Slip Number and shipment type. Parameters Name packNum shipmentType Returns The TrackingDtl dataSet Type Int32 String Description The PackNum The ShipmentType
GetTrackingDetailsByShipmentType
Retrieve all TrackingDtl records for a given shipment type - CUST, XFER, MISC. Parameters Name shipmentType Returns The TrackingDtl dataSet Type String Description The ShipmentType
GetTrackingDetailsByTrackNum
Retrieve TrackingDtl record for a given tracking number.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2193
S-Z
Parameters Name trackNum shipmentType Returns The TrackingDtl dataSet Type String String Description The TrackNum The ShipmentType
TranDocType
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TranDocType: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewTranDocType
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
2194
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
DelTranDocTypeAuth
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.TranDocTypeDataSet
NewTranDocTypeAuth
Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.TranDocTypeDataSet
OnChangeAllUsers
This method validates All Users flag. Parameters Name ds pAllUsers Boolean Type Description The TranDocType data set The proposed All Users value
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2195
S-Z
OnChangeAuthUser
This method check if the selected User has alreay default Transaction Document Type.for this type to update flag Default correctly. Parameters Name ds Type Description The TranDocType data set
UpdTranDocTypeAuth
This method save data about the authorized User. Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.TranDocTypeDataSet
TranGLCDetail
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TranGLCDetail: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetTransactionDetail
Parameters Name ipBookID ipDocumentType ipKey1 ipKey2 ipKey3 ipKey4 ipKey5 ipKey6 opMessage opNoData opNoGLPosting Type String String String String String String String String String@ Boolean@ Boolean@ Description ipBookID ARInvoice, APInvoice, etc Key1 Key2 Key3 Key4 Key5 Key6 returns informational messages to the user when no records are found. if yes then no TranGLC records and no GLJrnDtl records were found. Yes indicates there are not GL Postings for this document.
Returns TranGLC and GLJrnDtl data set
2196
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
TranGLCJournal
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TranGLCJournal: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewTranGLCDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2197
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetTranGLCDtl
This method obtain the TranGLC record linked to GLJrnDtl. Parameters Name vJournalCode vJournalNum vBookID Returns TranGLC DataSet Type String Int32 String Description Journal Code Journal Code Book ID
TransferChgSug
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TransferChgSug: This business object contains 11 methods.
GetNewTFOrdDtl
GetNewTFOrdSug
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2198
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
ChangeReqValue
This method is called when the required quantity or required UOM changes to convert quantities.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2199
S-Z
Parameters Name ds Type Description The TransferChgSug dataSet
ProcessChgSuggestions
This method updates existing transfer lines with the suggested changes from MRP. Suggested where statement for Search clause: (TFOrdDtl where) TFOrdDtl.Plant = ipPlant and TFOrdDtl.ToPlant = cur-plant and TFOrdDtl.Shipped = no and TFOrdDTl.NeedByDate less or = horizonDate Parameters Name ds Type Description The TransferChgSug dataSet
TransferOrderEntry
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TransferOrderEntry: This business object contains 22 methods.
GetNewTFOrdHed
GetNewTFOrdHedAttch
GetNewTFOrdDtl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2200
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2201
S-Z
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
ChangeFromPlant
Sets the transfer ship via code base on fromplant Parameters Name ds Type Description The TransferOrderEntry dataSet
ChangeSellingQty
This method is to be called when the Selling Quantity field changes
2202
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ds Type Description Transfer Order Entry Dataset
ChangeSellingQtyUOM
This method is to be called when the Selling Quantity UOM field changes Parameters Name ds Type Description Transfer Order Entry Dataset
GetListCustom
Custom GetList method. Retrieves records based on a delimited list of Contract Numbers. Parameters Name transferOrderList pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The Transfer Order list data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The Transfer Order List The pageSize The absolutePage The morePages
GetNewTFOrdDtlOrdNum
This method is to override the standard GetNewTFOrdDtl method since TFOrdDtl needs to be passed in and that is no longer the primary key. Parameters Name ds tfOrdNum String Type Description The TransferOrderEntry dataSet Transfer Order Number
GetRowsCustom
Custom GetList method. Retrieves records based on a delimited list of Contract Numbers.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2203
S-Z
Parameters Name transferOrderList pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The Transfer Order data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The Transfer Order number list The pageSize The absolutePage The morePages
GetTransferShipDate
Sets the transfer ship date base on fromplant, toplant, and needbydate. It's calculated using the needby date and subtracting the transfers days held in the PltTranDef Table. Parameters Name ds Type Description The Transfer Order data set
OnChangePartNum
This method is to be called when the Part Number field changes Parameters Name partNum ds sysRowID rowType serialWarning questionString multipleMatch String String String@ String@ Boolean@ Type String@ Description Part Number Transfer Order Entry Dataset RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
TransferWorkBench
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TransferWorkBench: This business object contains 20 methods.
GetNewTFOrdDtl
2204
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2205
S-Z
GetCodeDescList
FindPartAndGetRowID
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
2206
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetMfgPartFromRowID
GetTransferShipDate
Sets the transfer ship date base on fromplant, toplant, and needbydate. It's calculated using the needby date and subtracting the transfers days held in the PltTranDef Table. Parameters Name ds Type Description Transfer WorkBench Dataset
OnChangeFirmSuggestion
This method is called when the Firm checkbox changes Parameters Name ds Type Description Transfer WorkBench Dataset
OnChangePartNum
This method is to be called when the Part Number field changes Parameters Name ds partNum sysRowID rowType String@ String String Type Description Transfer WorkBench Dataset Part Number RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2207
S-Z
Name serialWarning questionString multipleMatch
Type String@ String@ Boolean@
Description Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart
OnChangeQtyValue
This method is called when the Quantity or Quantity UOM changes to convert quantities. Parameters Name ds Type Description Transfer WorkBench Dataset
OnChangingPlant
Parameters Name plantID success Type String Boolean@ Description PlantID Success
ProcessNewSuggestions
This method converts unfirm to firm requirements, creates transfer orders . The suggested where clause: where TFOrdDtl.Plant = ipPlant and TFOrdDtl.ToPlant = cur-plant and TFOrdDtl.NeedByDate less or = horizonDate and TFOrdDtl.TFOrdNum = "":U and TFOrdDtl.Shipped = no Parameters Name ds Type Description The TransferWorkBench dataSet
SetDefaultShipVia
This method is to be called when the CreateOrder field changes Parameters Name ds Type Description Transfer WorkBench Dataset
2208
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
TransOrderReceipt
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TransOrderReceipt: This business object contains 23 methods.
GetNewTFShipHead
GetNewTFShipDtl
GetNewPlantTran
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2209
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
ChangePlantTranAssemblySeq
This methods updates fields associated with PlantTran.AssemblySeq field. This method should run when the PlantTran.AssemblySeq field changes. Parameters Name tranNum ipProposedAssemblySeq ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Transaction line to check The new proposed PlantTran.AssemblySeq value The Transfer Order Shipment data set
ChangePlantTranJobMtl
This methods assigns fields associated with PlantTran.JobMtl changing. This method should run before the PlantTran.JobMtl field changes. Parameters Name tranNum ds Type Int32 Description Transaction line to check The Transfer Order Shipment data set
ChangePlantTranJobNum
This methods assigns fields associated with PlantTran.JobNum changing. This method should run before the PlantTran.JobNum field changes. Parameters Name tranNum Type Int32 Description Transaction line to check
2210
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name ds
Type
Description The Transfer Order Shipment data set
ChangePlantTranReceivedTo
This methods updates fields associated with PlantTran.ReceiveTo field. This method should run when the PlantTran.ReceiveTo field changes. Parameters Name tranNum ipProposedReceiveTo ds Type Int32 String Description Transaction line to check The new proposed PlantTran.ReceiveTo value (values: STOCK or JOB) The Transfer Order Shipment data set
ChangePlantTranReceivedToBinNum
This methods changes the BinNumDescription when changing the PlantTran.BinNum This method should run before the PlantTran.BinNum field changes. Parameters Name tranNum ds Type Int32 Description Transaction line to check The Transfer Order Shipment data set
ChangePlantTranReceivedToWhseCode
This methods changes the ReceiveToBinNum when changing the PlantTran.ReceiveToWhseCode This method should run before the PlantTran.ReceiveToWhseCode field changes. Parameters Name tranNum ipProposedWhseCode ds Type Int32 String Description Transaction line to check The new proposed PlantTran.WhseCode value The Transfer Order Shipment data set
CheckPlantTranJobMtl
This methods validates the JobMtl when changing the PlantTran.JobMtl This method should run before the PlantTran.JobMtl field changes.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2211
S-Z
Parameters Name tranNum ipProposedJobMtl ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Transaction line to check The new proposed PlantTran.JobMtl value The Transfer Order Shipment data set
CheckPlantTranJobNum
This methods validates the JobNum when changing the PlantTran.JobNum This method should run before the PlantTran.JobNum field changes. Parameters Name tranNum ipProposedJobNum ds Type Int32 String Description Transaction line to check The new proposed PlantTran.JobNum value The Transfer Order Shipment data set
CheckPlantTranReceivedToBinNum
This methods validates the BinNum when changing the PlantTran.BinNum This method should run before the PlantTran.BinNum field changes. Parameters Name tranNum ipProposedBinNum ds Type Int32 String Description Transaction line to check The new proposed PlantTran.BinNum value The Transfer Order Shipment data set
CustomUpdate
This is a custom version of the standard Update method. Parameters Name ds opLegalNumberMessage String@ Type Description The TransOrderReceipt data set The legal number message to display
GetListBasicSearch
Returns the Transfer Orders as the GetList does but filtering them out by received or unreceived ones.
2212
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name received pageSize absolutePage morePages Type Boolean Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Flag to specify if we want to return Received Transfer Orders, false to return the Unreceived ones. Number of records to retrieve. Page Number. Output parameter to know if there are more pages to display.
Returns The TransOrderReceipt list data set
Parameters Name ipPartNum ipQuantity ipUOM ipOrderNum ipOrderLine ipPackSlip ipPackSlipLine ipReceivedTo Returns Type String Decimal String String Int32 Int32 Int32 String Description ipPartNum ipQuantity ipUOM ipOrderNum ipOrderLine ipPackSlip ipPackSlipLine ipReceivedTo
GetTransferOrders
Returns the Transfer Orders as the GetRows does but filtering them out by received or unreceived ones. Parameters Name received whereClauseTFShipHead whereClauseTFShipDtl whereClausePlantTran whereClauseLegalNumGenOpts Type Boolean String String String String Description Flag to specify if we want to return Received Transfer Orders, false to return the Unreceived ones. Where clause to filter the TFShipHead table. Where clause to filter the TFShipDtl table. Where clause to filter the PlantTran table. Where clause to filter the LegalNumGenOpts table. Where clause to filter the SelectedSerialNumbers table. Where clause to filter the SNFormat table.
whereClauseSelectedSerialNumbers String whereClauseSNFormat String
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2213
S-Z
Description Number of records to retrieve. Page Number. Output parameter to know if there are more pages to display.
Returns The TransOrderReceipt data set
PreUpdate
This method will return a record in the LegalNumGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name ds requiresUserInput Boolean@ Type Description The TransOrderReceipt data set Indicates if the legal number requires user input
TransOrderShip
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TransOrderShip: This business object contains 82 methods.
GetNewTFShipHead
GetNewTFShipHeadAttch
GetNewTFShipDtl
GetNewShipCOO
GetNewTFShipUPS
DeleteByID
2214
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2215
S-Z
String@
AssignLegalNumber
Assigns a legal number to the subcontract shipment.
2216
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ipPackNum ds opLegalNumMsg Returns The Subcontract Shipment data set String@ Legal number message Type Int32 Description Packing Slip number
CalculateWeight
calculate the weight of a carton based upon Part.Weight. Parameters Name cartonNumber calculatedWeight Type Int32 Decimal@ Description Carton Number Shipment weight based upon part values
ChangePackOutLotNum
This methods validates PackOut.LotNum field Parameters Name ds Type Description
ChangeStatus
This method will be called to perform a change in the header status. Parameters Name ipShipHedRowID ipStatus Type String String Description Unique Identifier for the Transfer Order Shipment Selected Status. Valid Options: Open, Close, Void, UnVoid, Freight, UnFreight, Stage
Returns
ChangeTFOrdDtlLotNum
This methods creates PartLot record if criteria is met in CheckTFOrdDtlLotNum This method should run when the TFOrdDtl.LotNum field changes AND after the running of CheckTFOrdDtlLotNum (which potentially returns questions/errors).
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2217
S-Z
Parameters Name ds Type Description
ChangeTFOrdDtlOurStockQty
This methods updates fields associated with TFOrdDtl.OurStockQty. This method should run when the TFORdDtl.DisplayShipQty field changes. Parameters Name ipProposedOurStockQty ds Type Decimal Description The new proposed TFOrdDtl.DisplayShipQty value
ChangeTFOrdDtlOurStockQtyUOM
This methods updates fields associated with TFOrdDtl.OurStockQty. This method should run when the TFORdDtl.SellingQtyUOM field changes. Parameters Name ipProposedSellingQtyUOM ds Type String Description The new proposed TFOrdDtl.SellingQtyUOM value Transfer Direct Order Dataset
ChangeTFOrdDtlPartNum
This method defaults fields associated with the partnum. This method should run when the TFOrdDtl.PartNum field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description
ChangeTFOrdDtlWarehouseCode
This methods updates fields associated with TFOrdDtl.WarehouseCode. This method should run when the TFOrdDtl.WarehouseCode field changes. Parameters Name ipProposedWarehouseCode ds Type String Description The new proposed TFOrdDtl.WarehouseCode value
2218
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
ChangeTFShipDtlLotNum
This methods creates PartLot record if criteria is met in CheckTFShipDtlLotNum This method should run when the TFShipDtl.LotNum field changes AND after the running of CheckTFShipDtlLotNum (which potentially returns questions/errors). Parameters Name ds Type Description
ChangeTFShipDtlOurStockShippedQty
This methods updates fields associated with TFShipDtl.OurStockShippedQty. This method should run when the TFShipDtl.DisplayShipQty field changes. Parameters Name packNum packLine ipProposedOurStockShippedQty ds outMessage outNegQtyAction outNetWeight String@ String@ Decimal@ negative quantity message action that needs to be taken if the quantity is negative total weight based upon part Type Int32 Int32 Decimal Description Pack Number to be modified Pack Line to be modified The new proposed TFShipDtl.DisplayShipQty value
ChangeTFShipDtlPartNum
This method defaults fields associated with the partnum. This method should run when the TFShipDtl.PartNum field changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description
ChangeTFShipDtlTFOrderLine
This methods updates TFShipDtl.ShippedQty if criteria is met in CheckTFShipDtlTFOrderLine This method should run when the TFShipDtl.TFOrdLine field changes AND after the running of CheckTFShipDtlTFOrderline (which potentially returns errors).
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2219
S-Z
Parameters Name ds Type Description
ChangeTFShipDtlTFOrderNum
This methods validates the TFShipDtl.TFOrdNum field and updates associated fields. This method should run when the TFShipDtl.TFOrdNum field changes. Parameters Name ipProposedTFOrdNum ds Type String Description The new proposed TFShipDtl.TFOrdNum value
ChangeTFShipDtlWarehouseCode
This methods updates fields associated with TFShipDtl.WarehouseCode. This method should run when the TFShipDtl.WarehouseCode field changes. Parameters Name packNum packLine ipProposedWarehouseCode ds Type Int32 Int32 String Description Pack Number to be modified Pack Line to be modified The new proposed TFShipDtl.WarehouseCode value
CheckDirectOrderLine
This method is to be run before the CreateDirectOrderLine. Any message returned needs to be displayed to the user. If they answer no to any the messages then don't run the CreateDirectOrderLine method. Parameters Name ds allocationMessage String@ If overriding allocations, ask user if they want to continue Type Description
CheckOHQ
This method is to be run before the CreateDirectOrderLine check the on hand quantity of the part. It will return a message in inventoryMessage if the on hand quantity is less than zero. If inventory message isn't null, then it needs to be displayed to the user. If they answer no to the question then don't run the CreateDirectOrderLine method.
2220
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ds inventoryMessage String@ If the inventory will go negative, ask user if they want to continue Type Description
CheckPackOutBinNum
This methods validates PackOut.BinNum field Parameters Name ipBinNum ds String Type Description The new proposed BinNum value
CheckPackOutLotNum
This methods validates PackOut.LotNum field Parameters Name ipLotNum vMsgText vMsgType ds String String@ String@ Type Description The new proposed LotNum value Ouput Error Text value Output Error Type value
CheckPackOutOrderLine
This methods validates PackOut.OrderLine field Parameters Name ipOrderLine ds Int32 Type Description The new proposed OrderLine value
CheckPackOutPartNum
This methods validates PackOut.PartNum field
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2221
S-Z
Parameters Name ipPartNum ds String Type Description The new proposed PartNum value
CheckPackOutTFOrdNum
This methods validates PackOut.TFOrdNum field Parameters Name ipTFOrdNum ds String Type Description The new proposed TFOrdNum value
CheckPackOutWarehousecode
This methods validates PackOut.Warehousecode field Parameters Name ipWarehousecode ds String Type Description The new proposed Warehousecode value
CheckPrePartInfo
This method checks to see if there are any questions or issues with the part entered and returns a message, a part number and if any substitutes exist. Parameters Name partNum vMsgText vSubAvail vMsgType Type String@ String@ Boolean@ String@ Description The input-output part number to validate and it gets returned The returned message for the inputted part Returned flag stating if substitutes exist for this part Type of message returned. Values can be; "Question" (asking if they want to use the substitute part) "Warning" (Warns them that a part is onhold or runout). "Error" (Part in Inactive, or Onhold/Runout parts are not accepted in this case). "Question" is asking if they want to use the substitute part.
CheckTFOrdDtlLotNum
This method checks to see if there are any questions or issues with the lotnum entered and returns a message, run this before ChangeTFOrdDtlLotNum
2222
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ipLotNum ipPartNum vMsgText vMsgType Type String String String@ String@ Description The lotnum to validate The value of the TFOrdDtl.PartNum used to locate partlot records The returned message for the inputted lotnum Type of message returned. Values can be; "Question" (asking if they want to create new partlot) "Error" (Invalid LotNum if record doesn't exist and you don't have permissions to create new partlots) .
CheckTFShipDtl
This method is to be run before update to ask the user any question that need to be answered before the record(s) can be saved. If the user answers no to any one of the questions, then the update method should not be called. Parameters Name ds allocationMessage String@ Type Description Transfer Order Ship data set If this transaction overrides a allocation, ask user if they want to continue
CheckTFShipDtlLotNum
This method checks to see if there are any questions or issues with the lotnum entered and returns a message, run this before ChangeTFShipDtlLotNum Parameters Name ipLotNum ipPartNum vMsgText vMsgType Type String String String@ String@ Description The lotnum to validate The value of the TFShipDtl.PartNum used to locate partlot records The returned message for the inputted lotnum Type of message returned. Values can be; "Question" (asking if they want to create new partlot) "Error" (Invalid LotNum if record doesn't exist and you don't have permissions to create new partlots) .
CheckTFShipDtlTFOrderLine
This method validates the TFShipDtl.TFOrdLine and returns potential errors. Run this before running ChangeTFShipDtl.TFOrdLine.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2223
S-Z
Parameters Name ipPackNum ipPackLine ipProposedTFOrdLine ds Type Int32 Int32 Int32 Description The packnum value of the TFShipDtl to check The packline value of the TFShipDtl to check The proposed TFOrdline value
ConvertUOM
This method converts a qty from one UOM to another Parameters Name partNum baseQty baseUOM convUOM convQty Type String Decimal String String Decimal@ Description Part number Qty you wish to convert UOM baseQty is specified in UOM to convert to Qty converted to UOM specified in convUOM
CreateDirectOrder
This method takes the the TranDirectOrder dataset and create the Transfer Order Header records. It will also create and send back a new TFShipHed record for the UI to update. The GetNewDirectOrder method must be called first.
2224
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ds Returns The Transfer Shipment DataSet Type Description The Transfer Order Dataset
CreateDirectOrderLine
This method takes the the TranDirectOrder dataset and creates the Transfer Order Detail record. It will also create and send back a new TFShipDtl record for the UI to update. The GetNewDirectOrderLine method must be called first. The update method to create the TFShipHed record must also be run before GetNewDirectOrderLine is called. Parameters Name ipShipHeadRowID ds ds1 Returns The Transfer Shipment DataSet The Transfer Order Dataset Type String Description Unique Identifier for the Transfer Order Shipment
CreateMassShipDtl
This methods creates TFShipDtl records based on the quantities remaining to be shipped from the transfer order. Parameters Name packNum orderNum ds Type Int32 String Description Your existing packing slip number The transfer order number
GetDirectOrderDS
This method takes the direct transfer order number tied to the packing slip and returns the full Direct Order Dataset Parameters Name tfOrdNum ds Type String Description Unique Identifier for the Transfer Order The Transfer Order Dataset
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2225
S-Z
GetDirectShipDate
Sets the transfer ship date base on fromplant, toplant, and needbydate. It's calculated using the needby date and subtracting the transfers days held in the PltTranDef Table. To be called when the TFOrdDtl.NeedByDate changes Parameters Name ds Type Description The Transfer Order Dataset
GetLegalNumGenOpts
GetNewDirectOrder
This method creates the default empty Transfer Order Header for the user to update before calling the CreateShipmentDirectOrder (update Order, new Shipment) Parameters Name ds Type Description
GetNewDirectOrderLine
This method creates an empty Transfer Order Detail record for the user to update before calling the CreateShipmentDirectOrderLine (update TFOrdDtl, new tFShipDtl) This method replaces the GetNewShipDtl method for Direct Order Shipments The TFOrdHed record is sent back as well for constraint reasons Parameters Name tfOrdNum needByDate requestDate ds Type String Nullable{System.DateTime} Nullable{System.DateTime} Description Transfer Order Number NeedByDate Ship Date
2226
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetNewFromOrder
This methods creates a new packing slip with header information pulled from the transfer order header. Parameters Name ordNum ds Type String Description The transfer order number
GetPackaging
Parameters Name ipPkgCode ds Type String Description package code Transfer Shipment data set
GetPackClass
Parameters Name ipPkgClass ds Type String Description package class Transfer Order Shipment data set
Parameters Name ds Type Description The transfer order data set
GetPOPackaging
Parameters Name ipPkgCode ds Type String Description package code Transfer PackOut data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2227
S-Z
GetPOPackClass
Parameters Name ipPkgClass ds Type String Description package class Packout data set
GetScale
Calls GetDefaultScale Parameters Name workstationID scaleID Type String String@ Description Workstation ID Scale ID
Gets parameters required for launching Select Serial Numbers Parameters Name ipPartNum ipWarehouseCode ipBinNum ipQuantity ipUOM ipTransType ipSourceRowID Returns The SelectSerialNumbersParams data set Type String String String Decimal String String String Description Part Number Warehouse Code Bin Num Quantity UOM TransType sourceRowID
GetTranDocTypeID
2228
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
POChangeStatus
This method will be called to perform a change in the header status for the Pack Out screen. Parameters Name ipStatus ds Type String Description Selected Status Valid Options: Open, Close, Void, UnVoid, Freight, UnFreight, Stage
POCreateDtlList
This method copies the available Order Release lines to the PackOut datatable for update Parameters Name ipOrderNum ipPackNum ds Type String Int32 Description TFOrdNum value PackNum value Customer PackOut data set
POFindBuffer
This method returns a count order of lines that match the incomming scanned criteria. If there is no unique match, logical fields are updated to que the UI as to what need to be prompted in order to find a matching order dtl. Parameters Name found rowident ds Type Int32@ String@ Description Number of matches to the entered line Rowident of unique match order dtl Customer PackOUt data set
POGetDtlList
This method copies the available Carton Dtl lines to the PackOut datatable for update Parameters Name ipPackNum Type Int32 Description Carton to get the detail lines from
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2229
S-Z
Returns
POGetNew
This method creates a new packout record for the customer shipment packout screen Parameters Name ipPackNum Returns Type Int32 Description Packing number
POUndo
This methods simulates Undo. Parameters Name ds Type Description
POUpdate
This method creates a new packout record to create TFShiphed and TFshipdtl records Returns Customer Shipment data set
POUpdateHeader
This methods simulates Undo. Parameters Name ds Returns TransOrderShip Dataset Type Description PackOut Dataset
PreDeleteDirectShip
This method needs to be called before deleting line items. It asks the user if they want to delete the TFOrdDtl as well as the TFShipDtl. Parameters Name packNum packLine Type Int32 Int32 Description Pack number. Pack line number.
2230
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name cMessage
Type String@
Description Message for the user. Null if no question needs to be asked.
SetUPSQVEnable
Parameters Name ipQVEnable ds Type Boolean Description logical indicating if the quantum view is to enabled/disabled The transfer order data set
SetUPSQVShipStatus
Parameters Name ipShipStatus ds Type String Description Shipment status The transfer shipment data set
ShipPackingSlip
This methods assigns the TFShipHead.Shipped field and updates/creates all of the associated records (partbin, parttran, tfordhed, etc.) when a Packing Slip is shipped. Parameters Name ipTFShipHeadRowid ipReturn Type String Boolean Description The rowid of the TFShipHead to ship Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back.
Returns
UnShipPackingSlip
This methods assigns the TFShipHead.Shipped field and updates/deletes all of the associated records (parttran) when a Packing Slip is unshipped. Also potentially creates partbin and partdtl records. Parameters Name ipTFShipHeadRowid ipReturn Type String Boolean Description The rowid of the TFShipHead to unship Logical used to determine if you would like the dataset refreshed and brought back.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2231
S-Z
Returns
ValidateBinCode
Parameters Name ipWhse ipBinNum Type String String Description Warehouse code used to edit bin Bin Code to validate
ValidatePartNum
Parameters Name ipPartNum Type String Description Part Number
ValidateSN
Validates that a single serial number is valid for this transaction Parameters Name ds ds1 ds2 serialNumber isVoided String Boolean@ Type Description The TransOrderShip data set The TranDirectOrder data set The Packout data set Serial number to validate. Serial Number Voided flag
VoidLegalNumber
Voids the legal number. Parameters Name ipPackNum ipVoidedReason Returns The Subcontract Shipment data set Type Int32 String Description Packing Slip number Reason for the void
2232
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
WarnNegativeBinOH
Parameters Name ipBinNum ds outMessage outNegQtyAction String@ String@ The output Message value The output Action value Type String Description The new proposed TFShipDtl.BinNum value
WarnNegativeLotOH
Parameters Name packNum packLine ipLotNum ds outMessage outNegQtyAction String@ String@ The output Message value The output Action value Type Int32 Int32 String Description Pack Number to be modified Pack Line to be modified The new proposed TFShipDtl.LotNum value
isSerialTracked
TransSugSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.TransSugSearch: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetSugList
Get a list of all (changed and new) transfer order suggestions.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2233
S-Z
Parameters Name includeNew includeOld plant horizonDate columnName columnValue pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns TransSugSearchDataSet Type Boolean Boolean String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Include suggestions from TFOrdDtl. Include suggestions from TFOrdSug. Plant for the search filter. Horizon date for the search filter. Column name (Part or Part Descriotion) for the search filter. Column value for the search filter. Size of a page The absolute page Indicating if there are more pages after this batch
2234
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Chapter 21: U
UD01
Epicor.Mfg.BO.UD01: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewUD01
GetNewUD01Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2235
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD01
Get new for UD01. Parameters Name ds Type Description User Defined Table1 Data set
UD02
GetNewUD02
GetNewUD02Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2236
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD02
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2237
S-Z
UD03
GetNewUD03
GetNewUD03Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2238
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD03
UD04
GetNewUD04
GetNewUD04Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2239
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD04
2240
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UD05
GetNewUD05
GetNewUD05Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2241
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD05
UD06
GetNewUD06
GetNewUD06Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2242
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD06
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2243
S-Z
UD07
GetNewUD07
GetNewUD07Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2244
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD07
UD08
GetNewUD08
GetNewUD08Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2245
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD08
2246
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UD09
GetNewUD09
GetNewUD09Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2247
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD09
UD10
GetNewUD10
GetNewUD10Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2248
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD10
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2249
S-Z
UD100
GetNewUD100
GetNewUD100Attch
GetNewUD100A
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
2250
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD100
GetaNewUD100a
Get new for UD100A. Parameters Name ds parentKey1 parentKey2 parentKey3 parentKey4 parentKey5 String String String String String Type Description User Defined Table100 Data set Parent key1 Parent key2 Parent key3 Parent key4 Parent key5
UD101
GetNewUD101
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2251
S-Z
GetNewUD101Attch
GetNewUD101A
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2252
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD101
Get new for UD101. Returns
GetaNewUD101A
Get new for UD101A. Parameters Name ds parentKey1 parentKey2 parentKey3 parentKey4 parentKey5 String String String String String Parent key1 Parent key2 Parent key3 Parent key4 Parent key5 Type Description
UD102
GetNewUD102
GetNewUD102Attch
GetNewUD102A
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2253
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD102
2254
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetaNewUD102a
UD103
GetNewUD103
GetNewUD103Attch
GetNewUD103A
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2255
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD103
GetaNewUD103a
Get new for UD103A. Parameters Name ds Type Description User Defined Table103 Data set
2256
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name parentKey1 parentKey2 parentKey3 parentKey4 parentKey5
Type String String String String String
Description Parent key1 Parent key2 Parent key3 Parent key4 Parent key5
UD104
GetNewUD104
GetNewUD104Attch
GetNewUD104A
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2257
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD104
GetaNewUD104a
2258
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UD105
GetNewUD105
GetNewUD105Attch
GetNewUD105A
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2259
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD105
GetaNewUD105a
UD106
GetNewUD106
2260
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetNewUD106Attch
GetNewUD106A
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2261
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD106
GetaNewUD106a
UD107
GetNewUD107
GetNewUD107Attch
GetNewUD107A
DeleteByID
2262
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD107
Get new for UD107.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2263
S-Z
Parameters Name ds Type Description User Defined Table107 Data set
GetaNewUD107a
UD108
GetNewUD108
GetNewUD108Attch
GetNewUD108A
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2264
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD108
GetaNewUD108a
Get new for UD108A.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2265
S-Z
Parameters Name ds parentKey1 parentKey2 parentKey3 parentKey4 parentKey5 String String String String String Type Description User Defined Table108 Data set Parent key1 Parent key2 Parent key3 Parent key4 Parent key5
UD109
GetNewUD109
GetNewUD109Attch
GetNewUD109A
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2266
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD109
GetaNewUD109a
Get new for UD109A. Parameters Name ds parentKey1 parentKey2 parentKey3 String String String Type Description User Defined Table109 Data set Parent key1 Parent key2 Parent key3
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2267
S-Z
Name parentKey4 parentKey5
Type String String
Description Parent key4 Parent key5
UD11
GetNewUD11
GetNewUD11Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
2268
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD11
UD110
GetNewUD110
GetNewUD110Attch
GetNewUD110A
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2269
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD110
2270
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetaNewUD110a
UD12
GetNewUD12
GetNewUD12Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2271
S-Z
Type Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD12
UD13
GetNewUD13
GetNewUD13Attch
2272
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2273
S-Z
GetaNewUD13
UD14
GetNewUD14
GetNewUD14Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2274
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD14
UD15
GetNewUD15
GetNewUD15Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2275
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD15
2276
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UD16
GetNewUD16
GetNewUD16Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2277
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD16
UD17
GetNewUD17
GetNewUD17Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2278
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD17
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2279
S-Z
UD18
GetNewUD18
GetNewUD18Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2280
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD18
UD19
GetNewUD19
GetNewUD19Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2281
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD19
2282
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UD20
GetNewUD20
GetNewUD20Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2283
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD20
UD21
GetNewUD21
GetNewUD21Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2284
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
UD22
GetNewUD22
GetNewUD22Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2285
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
UD23
GetNewUD23
GetNewUD23Attch
2286
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2287
S-Z
UD24
GetNewUD24
GetNewUD24Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2288
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
UD25
GetNewUD25
GetNewUD25Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2289
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
UD26
GetNewUD26
GetNewUD26Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2290
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
UD27
GetNewUD27
GetNewUD27Attch
DeleteByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2291
S-Z
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
2292
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UD28
GetNewUD28
GetNewUD28Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2293
S-Z
UpdateExt
UD29
GetNewUD29
GetNewUD29Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2294
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
UD30
GetNewUD30
GetNewUD30Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2295
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
UD31
GetNewUD31
GetNewUD31Attch
DeleteByID
2296
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD31
Get new for UD31.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2297
S-Z
Returns
UD32
GetNewUD32
GetNewUD32Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2298
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD32
UD33
GetNewUD33
GetNewUD33Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2299
S-Z
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD33
UD34
GetNewUD34
GetNewUD34Attch
DeleteByID
2300
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD34
Get new for UD34.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2301
S-Z
Returns
UD35
GetNewUD35
GetNewUD35Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2302
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD35
UD36
GetNewUD36
GetNewUD36Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2303
S-Z
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD36
UD37
GetNewUD37
GetNewUD37Attch
DeleteByID
2304
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD37
Get new for UD37.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2305
S-Z
Returns
UD38
GetNewUD38
GetNewUD38Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2306
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD38
UD39
GetNewUD39
GetNewUD39Attch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2307
S-Z
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD39
UD40
GetNewUD40
GetNewUD40Attch
DeleteByID
2308
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetaNewUD40
Get new for UD40.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2309
S-Z
Returns
UnpickTransaction
Epicor.Mfg.BO.UnpickTransaction: This business object contains 23 methods. Deletes a row given its ID. Returns a DataSet given the primary key. Returns The DataSet.
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
2310
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
ChangeFromBin
Validate the bin and populate description Parameters Name ipProposedValue ds Type String Description Proposed Value Unpick Transaction data set
ChangeFromWhse
Validate the whse and populate description Parameters Name ipProposedValue ds Type String Description Proposed Value Unpick Transaction data set
ChangeJobAsm
Validate the job assembly Parameters Name ipProposedValue ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Value Unpick Transaction data set
ChangeJobMtlSeq
Validate the job mtl seqr and populate mtl data Parameters Name ipProposedValue ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Value Unpick Transaction data set
ChangeJobNum
Validate the job number
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2311
S-Z
Parameters Name ipProposedValue ds Type String Description Proposed Value Unpick Transaction data set
ChangeLotNum
Validate the part and set the description Parameters Name ipProposedValue ds Type String Description Proposed Value Unpick Transaction data set
ChangeOrderLine
Validate the order line Parameters Name ipProposedValue ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Value Unpick Transaction data set
ChangeOrderNum
Validate the order number Parameters Name ipProposedValue ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Value Unpick Transaction data set
ChangeOrderRelNum
Validate the order release number and populate release data Parameters Name ipProposedValue opMessage ds Type Int32 String@ Description Proposed Value Message Unpick Transaction data set
2312
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
ChangePartNum
Validate the part and set the description Parameters Name ipProposedValue ds Type String Description Proposed Value Unpick Transaction data set
ChangeTFOrdLine
Validate the transfer order line number and populate line data Parameters Name ipProposedValue ds Type Int32 Description Proposed Value Unpick Transaction data set
ChangeTFOrdNum
Validate the transfer order number Parameters Name ipProposedValue ds Type String Description Proposed Value Unpick Transaction data set
ChangeToBin
Validate the bin and populate description Parameters Name ipProposedValue ds Type String Description Proposed Value Unpick Transaction data set
ChangeToWhse
Validate the whse and populate description
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2313
S-Z
Parameters Name ipProposedValue ds Type String Description Proposed Value Unpick Transaction data set
GetNewUnpickTransaction
Gets a new ttUnpickTransaction record Parameters Name ipType ds Type String Description Type (O=Order/J=Job/T=TO) Unpick Transaction data set
PreUnpickTransaction
PreUnpickTransaction - Validates unpick before any changes happen Parameters Name ds Type Description Unpick Transaction data set
UnpickTransaction
Unpicks a transaction 1) Validates Unpick 2) Updates PartAlloc Parameters Name ds Type Description Unpick Transaction data set
UOM
Epicor.Mfg.BO.UOM: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewUOM
GetNewLangDesc
2314
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2315
S-Z
OnChangeAllowDecimals
Execute necessary modifications when UOM.AllowDecimals is changed Parameters Name proposedValue ds Type Boolean Description Proposed value for AllowDecimals The UOM data set
OnChangeNumOfDec
Execute necessary modifications when UOM.NumOfDec is changed Parameters Name proposedValue Type Int32 Description Proposed value for NumOfDec
OnChangeUOMCode
Do necessary modifications when UOMCode is changed Parameters Name proposedValue ds Type String Description Proposed value for UOMCode The UOM data set
2316
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UOMClass
Epicor.Mfg.BO.UOMClass: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewUOMClass
GetNewUOMConv
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2317
S-Z
UpdateExt
OnChangeAllowDecimal
This method should be called when AllowDecimal changes. Parameters Name uomClassID uomCode newAllowDec ds Type String String Boolean Description UOMClassID UOMCode Proposed value for AllowDec UOMClass data set.
OnChangeBaseUOM
This method should be called when Base UOM changes. Parameters Name uomClassID uomCode newBaseUOM ds Type String String Boolean Description UOMClassID. Old UOMCode Proposed BaseUOMCode UOMClass data set.
OnChangeClassType
This method should be called when the ClassType changes. Parameters Name uomClassID newClassType ds Type String String Description UOMClassID. Proposed ClassType. UOMClass data set.
2318
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
OnChangeUOMCode
Called when the UOMCode is changed when creating a new UOMConv Record. Refreshes UOMConv.UOMDesc Fractions UOMSymbol AllowDecimals NumOfDec Rounding Parameters Name uomCode ds Type String Description Proposed UOMCode. UOMClass data set.
GetCodeDescList
An override to the standard GetCodeDescList Parameters Name tableName fieldName Returns Type String String Description
UOMSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.UOMSearch: This business object contains 0 methods.
UOMStkSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.UOMStkSearch: This business object contains 0 methods.
UserCodes
Epicor.Mfg.BO.UserCodes: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewUDCodeType
GetNewUDCodes
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2319
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
UserCompSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.UserCompSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewUserComp
2320
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2321
S-Z
UserDefinedData
Epicor.Mfg.BO.UserDefinedData: This business object contains 0 methods.
UserFile
Epicor.Mfg.BO.UserFile: This business object contains 18 methods.
GetNewUserFile
GetNewUserComp
GetNewUserCompExt
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
2322
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
AddUserCompany
This method will create a new row in the UserComp datatable related to the given UserID. Use this method instead of GetNewUserComp(), which is generated by the BL framework--so it can't be deleted--but is unusable due to its lack of input parameters. Without an input parameter for the UserID, a new row has a blank UserID and blank Company, which violates the dataset contraints. Parameters Name uid ds Type String Description The UserId for which a Company will be added. The User data set
ChangePassword
Implements change password logic Parameters Name uid currentPassword newPassword Type String String String Description User ID current Password new Password
CheckForCompany
This method is to be run when the user leaves the UserFile record. It will check to see that at least one UserComp record exists. If not the user must add one before continuing on.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2323
S-Z
Parameters Name uid Type String Description User ID
GetDefaults
Get Defaults values by User ID Parameters Name uid companyID companyName plantID plantName Type String String@ String@ String@ String@ Description User ID company ID company Name plant ID plant Name
GetExtCompanyList
This method is to be run when the user leaves the UserFile record. It will check to see that at least one UserComp record exists. If not the user must add one before continuing on. Parameters Name inAuthCompany extCompList Type String String@ Description Authorized Company List of CompanyID and ExtCompID
SaveSettings
Save user settings Unlike the Update method, there is no optimistic locking performed. So the settings are saved in a last in wins basis Parameters Name uid saveSettings curComp viewFavoriteBar viewFullTree viewStatusBar viewStatusPanelCompany Type String Boolean String Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Description
2324
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name viewStatusPanelLanguage viewStatusPanelPlant viewStatusPanelServer viewStatusPanelUserID viewStatusPanelWorkstationID winX winY winWidth winHeight listViewMode curMenuID plantID workstationID curFolderSeq maxGroupsFavorites maxGroupsSystemMenu
Type Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 Int32 String String String Int32 Int32 Int32
Description
Check payroll rights for current user and company
IsPasswordExpired
Check if password is expired Parameters Name uid graceCount Type String Int32@ Description User ID grace Count
ValidatePassword
Check if password is valid Parameters Name uid password Type String String Description User ID Password
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2325
S-Z
Chapter 22: V
VATTax
Epicor.Mfg.BO.VATTax: This business object contains 16 methods.
GetNewTaxReport
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2326
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
CheckDates
Check Dates, return any warnings Parameters Name ds ipReportID cMessageText String String@ Type Description Vat Tax data set Report ID Warning messages
InitializeTaxRptDtl
Call this method to manually refresh the TaxRptDtl records. This should be called after calling PreInitTaxRptDtl method and the user answered yes to to the output message of the PreInitTaxRptDtl if any. Parameters Name ipReportID opErrlog Type String String@ Description The VAT Tax Report ID. Error log resulting of the operation
MexProcess
Run Mexico Vat query and returns total values. Parameters Name ds Type Description VATTAXDataSet
PostReport
To post the tax report, for a user selected tttaxreport record where taxreport.posted = no
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2327
S-Z
Parameters Name inputReportDate inputReportID inputUpdTaxRptDtl Returns VatTax DataSet Type Description
Nullable{System.DateTime} ReportDate(default to tttaxreport.reportdate, can be overridden). String Boolean report id of report to be posted. Indicates if the TaxRptDtl will be updated or not.
PreInitTaxRptDtl
Call this method to check if there are TaxRptDtl records that have been manually updated or voided by the user. This is to warn them that these records will not be refreshed if they choose to continue with the InitializeTaxRptDtl method. If the opMessage is not blank then show this to the user and let the user decide whether to continue or not. If the user answers yes then call InitializeTaxRptDtl. Parameters Name ipReportID opMessage Type String String@ Description The VAT Tax Report ID. Returns a warning message the user needs to respond yes or no to.
PrePostReport
Call this method to check if there are TaxRptDtl records that have been manually updated or voided by the user. This is to warn them that these records will not be refreshed if they choose to continue with the InitializeTaxRptDtl method. If the opMessage is not blank then show this to the user and let the user decide whether to continue or not. If the user answers yes then call InitializeTaxRptDtl. Parameters Name inputReportID inputUpdTaxRptDtl opMessage Type String Boolean String@ Description report id of report to be posted. Indicates if the TaxRptDtl will be updated or not. Returns a warning message the user needs to respond yes or no to.
SetFiscalDates
Fills From/To dates according selected calendar, year and period if that is possible. Parameters Name ds Type Description VATTAXDataSet
2328
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
TaiwanLocalizOn
Returns Taiwan localization flag state. Returns True if Taiwan localization is ON
ValidateFiscalCal
Validates Fiscal Calendar ID. Parameters Name ds fiscalCalID String Type Description VATTAXDataSet The fiscal calendar ID
VBFormMap
Epicor.Mfg.BO.VBFormMap: This business object contains 5 methods.
ClearVBFFormMap
Method to call to clear the mapping between source and target. Parameters Name sourceForm targetForm ds Type String String Description The name of new VBForm. The name of current target VBForm. VB Form Map data set
GetSourceFieldComboList
Method to call to get the combo list for a source field in the grid. The combolist is a "code`description" list separated by a ~. Parameters Name targetField targetVBForm comboList Type String String String@ Description The name of current target field. The name of current target field.
Method to call to obtain the VB forms.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2329
S-Z
Returns VBForm Map Data Set
OnChangeofSourceField
Method to call when he source field changes. Parameters Name sourceVBForm targetForm newSourceField targetField ds Type String String String String Description The name of Source VBForm. The name of current target VBForm. The Source field. The new target field. VBForm Map Data Set
SetVBFormMap
Method to call when updating the target fields. Parameters Name sourceForm targetForm ds Type String String Description The new VBForm. The current target VBForm. VBForm Map Data Set
VendBankSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.VendBankSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewVendBank
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2330
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
VendCntSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.VendCntSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewVendCnt
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2331
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
VendGrup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.VendGrup: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewVendGrup
2332
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetNewVendGrupAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2333
S-Z
Vendor
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Vendor: This business object contains 54 methods.
GetNewVendor
GetNewVendorAttch
GetNewEntityGLC
GetNewTaxExempt
GetNewVendRestriction
GetNewVendBank
GetNewVendBankAttch
GetNewVendCntMain
GetNewVenMFBill
GetNewVendorPP
GetNewVenPPMFBill
GetNewVenPPUPSEmail
2334
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetNewVendPPRestriction
GetNewVendCnt
GetNewVendCntAttch
GetNewVenUPSEmail
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2335
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
GetvendorGlobalFields
GetvendorPPGlobalFields
GetvendCntGlobalFields
ChangeBankBranchCode
Check if the Bank Branch code changed. Parameters Name proposedBankBranchCode Type String Description The proposed Bank Branch code
2336
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name ds
Type
Description Vendor data set
ChangeCalendar
Change Calendar for new and updated vendors Parameters Name ic_CalendarID ds Type String Description Calendar Code Vendor Data Set
ChangeTaxRegion
This method validates TaxRegionCode and populates description for supplier. Parameters Name iProposedTaxRgnCode ds Type String Description The proposed TaxCode value The Vendor data set
ChangeVendCountry
Method to change related fields to the county. Run when the country changes. Parameters Name i_CountryNum ds Type Int32 Description Country Number Vendor Data Set
ChangeVendGlobalVendor
Method to call when changing the global vendor flag on a vendor. Assigns the GlbFlag base on the new value. Parameters Name proposedGlobalVendor ds Type Boolean Description The proposed global vendor value The Vendor data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2337
S-Z
ChangeVendICTrader
Method to call when changing the ICTrader flag on a vendor. Assigns the EnableGlobalVendor based on the new value. Parameters Name proposedICTrader ds Type Boolean Description The proposed ICTrader value The Vendor data set
ChangeVendPPCountry
Method to change related fields to the county. Run when the country changes. Parameters Name i_CountryNum ds Type Int32 Description Country Number The Vendor data set
CheckVATFormat
This method test the validity of the VAT format Parameters Name opMessage ds Type String@ Description Message to display to user if not null The Vendor data set
DefaultName
If the Vendor Contact name is updated this method will parse the name into firstname middlename and lastname fields. If one of the name components is updated the components will be assembled into the Vendor Contact name field The contact must exist in the database before this method can be run. This means that the update method must be run first. The rowmod column must be set to 'U' in order for the method to process the record. This procedure passes a dataset in and out, Parameters Name targetField ds Type String Description Indicates which fields to populate either "Detail" or "Name" The Vendor data set
2338
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
EnablePriceList
This method checks to see if the price list option should be enabled or not based on security rights. Parameters Name lEnablePriceList Type Boolean@ Description Enable price list option
GetAddrElementList
This method calculates Address Element List Parameters Name addrElementList Type String@ Description Address Element List
GetByVendID
Get vendor by ID Parameters Name vendorID Returns The Vendor data set Type String Description Vendor ID
GetGlbVendorList
This method returns the GlbVendor dataset based on a delimited list of GlbVendorNum values passed in. If GlbVendor.VendorNum = -1 that means the record has been skipped and should be shown at the bottom of the browser. (GlbVendor only) Parameters Name glbVendorNumList Returns Global Vendor Data Set Type String Description Delimited list of GlbVendorNum values
GetPerConData
Gets the person contact information.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2339
S-Z
Parameters Name targetTable perConID ds Type String Int32 Description The table to fill with the PerCon data. Use empty string to fill all contact tables. Person Contact ID Supplier DataSet
GetVendorForLink
This returns the Vendor dataset for linking. Parameters Name vendorID Returns Global Vendor Data Set Type String Description LinkVendorID field on the GlbVendor record to link
GetVendorPPForLink
This returns the VendorPP record in the Vendor dataset for linking. Parameters Name vendorID purPoint Returns Global Vendor Data Set Type String String Description vendorID field on the GlbVendor record LinkPurPoint field on the GlbVendorPP record
GlbVendorsExist
This method checks if GlbVendor records exists or not. Can be used to determine if the option to link/unlink vendors is available. Parameters Name glbVendorsExist Type Boolean@ Description Yes - they do exist; No - they do not exist
LinkGlbVendCnt
This method performs the actual logic to link VendCnt records for a linked vendor. It will only allow VendCnt's of linked vendors to be processed, otherwise an exception will be raised. The ability to link VendCnt's for a linked Vendor should be offered immediately after performing the update method on a Linked Vendor or a Linked Purchase Point but it does not have to be limited to that time only. If the Contact is for a VendCnt that already
2340
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
exists, the GlbVendCnt information is translated and then copied to the VendorDataSet as an update. If the Contact is for a new Vendor or Purchase Point, the GlbVendCnt information is translated and then copied to the VendorDataSet as an Add. Until the update method is run on the Contact record the Link process is not completed. If this link is for a contact on the Vendor, the contact data in the VendorDataSet will be returned in the VendCntMain datatable. If it is for a purchase point, the data will returned in the VendCnt datatable. This is determined by the value of glbPurPoint. If it is blank, it is processed as a contact for the vendor; otherwise it is process as a contact for the purchase point. Parameters Name glbCompany glbVendorNum glbPurPoint glbConNum ds Returns The Vendor data set Type String Int32 String Int32 Description Global Company field on the GlbVendorPP record to link Global VendorNum field on the GlbVendCnt record to link Global PurPoint field on the GlbVendCnt record to link Global Contact Number field on the GlbVendCnt record to link Global Vendor Data Set
LinkGlbVendor
This method performs the actual logic behind linking a Vendor. It is run after the PreLinkGlbVendor method which determines the Vendor ID to link to. If the Vendor Id is for a Vendor that already exists, the GlbVendor information is translated and then copied to the VendorDataSet as an update. If the Vendor ID is for a new Vendor, the GlbVendor information is translated and then copied to the VendorDataSet as an Add. Until the update method is run on Vendor record the Link process is not completed. Once the Vendor record has been linked, the GlbVendorPP and GlbVendCnt records needs to be offered up to be linked as well. Parameters Name glbCompany glbVendorNum ds ds1 Type String Int32 Description Global Company field on the GlbVendor record to link Global VendorNum field on the GlbVendor record to link Global Vendor Data Set Vendor Data Set
LinkGlbVendorPP
This method performs the actual logic to link VendorPP records for a linked vendor. It will only allow VendorPP's of linked vendors to be processed, otherwise an exception will be raised. The ability to link VendorPP's for a linked Vendor should be offered immediately after performing the update method on a Linked Vendor but it does not have to be limited to that time only. It is run after the PreLinkGlbVendorPP method which determines the PurPoint to link to. If the PurPoint is for a VendorPP that already exists, the GlbVendorPP information is translated and then copied to the VendorDataSet as an update. If the PurPoint is for a new VendorPP, the GlbVendorPP information is translated and then copied to the VendorDataSet as an Add. Until the update method is run on the VendorPP record the Link process is not completed. Once the VendorPP record has been linked, the GlbVendCnt records need to be offered up to be linked as well.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2341
S-Z
Parameters Name glbCompany glbVendorNum glbPurPoint ds ds1 Type String Int32 String Description Global Company field on the GlbVendorPP record to link Global VendorNum field on the GlbVendorPP record to link Global PurPoint field on the GlbVendorPP record to link Global Vendor Data Set Vendor Data Set
PreLinkGlbVendor
Linking a GlbVendor record ties a global record to a new or existing Vendor record so that any changes made to the GlbVendor record in another company are automatically copied to any linked Vendors. This method performs the pre link logic to check of okay to link or get the new vendid to create/link to. Will be run before LinkGlbVendor which actually creates/updates a Vendor record and will send the modified record back for update. When the Link "button" is originally selected, the LinkVendID will be defaulted to the GlbVendorId field. It will then check to see if this ID is available for Use. If available for use the system will return a question asking the user if they want to use this number. If the answer is no, then the user either needs to select an existing Vendor's ID to link to or enter a brand new ID. You will run this method until the user answer is yes. Then the LinkGlbVendor method is called. Parameters Name glbCompany glbVendorNum ds vMessage String@ Type String Int32 Description Global Company field on the GlbVendor record to link Global VendorNum field on the GlbVendor record to link Global Vendor Data Set Returns a message the user needs to respond yes or no to. If the user answers no, then they need to update the LinkVendorId field and then run this method again to test the new VendorId they want to link to
PreLinkGlbVendorPP
Linking a GlbVendorPP record ties a global record to a new or existing Purchase Point record so that any changes made to the GlbVendorPP record in another company are automatically copied to any linked purchase points. This method performs the pre link logic to check of okay to link or get the new PurPoint to create/link to. Will be run before LinkGlbVendorPP which actually creates/updates a purchase point record and will send the modified record back for update. When the Link "button" is originally selected, the LinkPurPoint will be defaulted to the glbPurPoint field. It will then check to see if this ID is available for use. If available for use the system will return a question asking the user if they want to use this number. If the answer is no, then the user either needs to select an existing PurPoint for the current customer to link to or enter a brand new PurPoint for the vendor. You will run this method until the user's answer is yes. Then the LinkGlbVendorPP method is called. Parameters Name glbCompany Type String Description Global Company field on the GlbVendorPP record to link
2342
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name glbVendorNum glbPurPoint ds vMessage
Type Int32 String
Description Global VendorNum field on the GlbVendorPP record to link Global PurPoint field on the GlbVendorPP record to link Global Vendor Data Set
String@
Returns a message the user needs to respond yes or no to. If the user answers no, then they need to update the LinkPurPoint field and then run this method again to test the new PurPoint they want to link to
ResetPPIntl
Parameters Name ds Type Description The customer data set
SetUPSQVEnable
Parameters Name ipQVEnable ipUpdVenUPS ipUPDVenPPUPS ds Type Boolean Boolean Boolean Description logical indicating if the quantum view is to enabled/disabled Yes, if the VenUPSEmail table is to be updated Yes, if the VenUPSPPEmail talbe is to be updated The Vendor data set
SkipGlbVendor
This method performs the logic behind the skip option for GlbVendor Skip - marks the VendorNum field with a -1 to move the record to the bottom of the list if the VendorNum field is not 0 will error out Parameters Name glbCompany glbVendorNum ds Type String Int32 Description Global Company field on the GlbVendor record to skip Global VendorNum field on the GlbVendor record to skip Global Vendor Data Set
UnlinkGlbVendor
This method performs the logic behind the unlink option for GlbVendor Unlink - clears the VendorNum and VendorID field in GlbVendor. Returns the Vendor DataSet
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2343
S-Z
Parameters Name glbCompany glbVendorNum ds Returns Vendor Data Set Type String Int32 Description Global Company field on the GlbVendor record to unlink Global VendorNum field on the GlbVendor record to unlink Global Vendor Data Set
ValidatePayBTFlag
Parameters Name ipPayBTFlag ipValVen ipValVenPP ipVendorNum ipPurPoint Type String Boolean Boolean Int32 String Description requested pay bt flag to edit logical indicating if the pay flag on the venMFBill is to be checked logical indicating if the pay flag on the venPPMFBill is to be checked Vendor Number Purchase Point
VendorBankExists
This method checks vendor bank existence. Parameters Name vendorNum vendBankExists Type Int32 Boolean@ Description Vendor Number True if vendor bank existence
VendorAging
Epicor.Mfg.BO.VendorAging: This business object contains 1 methods.
GenerateVendorAging
This method should be called to populate the dataset for the Vendor Aging Tracker. Parameters Name vendID Type String Description Vendor ID
2344
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Returns Vendor aging tracker data set
VendorPPSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.VendorPPSearch: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewVendorPP
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2345
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetListForActiveSuppliers
Called to retrieve Purchase Points for active vendors Parameters Name whereClauseVendorPP pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns Epicor.Mfg.BO.VendorPPListDataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause for VendorPP table. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
VendPart
Epicor.Mfg.BO.VendPart: This business object contains 28 methods.
GetNewVendPart
GetNewVendPBrk
DeleteByID
GetByID
2346
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
FindPartAndGetRowID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2347
S-Z
FindFirstPart
GetPartFromRowID
GetCustNumFromRowID
GetMfgPartFromRowID
ChangeAprvSupplier
.
2348
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ds ipAprvSupplier opExistApprovedSupplier Boolean Boolean@ Type Description Vendor Part Data Set Proposed part number Proposed part number
ChangeConvOverride
This should be called on change of VendPart.ConvOverride when false it will refresh the Conversion fields to UOM Master values. Parameters Name pConvOverride ds Type Boolean Description Proposed value for ConvOverride Vendor Part Data Set
ChangeEffectiveDays
Method to call when changing the EffectiveDays, EffectiveDate, or ExpirationDate changes. This method will recalculate the ExpirationDate if the EffectiveDate or EffectiveDays change; it will recaculate the EffectiveDays if the ExpirationDate changes. Parameters Name ds cFieldModified String Type Description The VendPart data set cFieldModified indicates which field was updated. Possible values are: blank - indicates we are just getting a value for days "days" - indicates the number of days changed; recalculate expiration date "eff" - indicates effective date changed; recalculate expiration date "exp" - indicates expiration date changed; recalculate effective date
ChangeImportExportVendorID
This assignes the vendor name in the SupListImpExpParams datatable. Parameters Name cProposedSupplierID ds Type String Supplier List Dataset of candidates for import Description
ChangePart
Run this method when Part Number on the detail screen changes (copied from SO)
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2349
S-Z
Parameters Name partNum sysRowID rowType uomCode serialWarning questionString multipleMatch ds Type String@ String String String@ String@ String@ Boolean@ Description Proposed PartNumber change RowID of the selected record. Skips find part logic if this has a value. RowType of the selected record. Only used with sysRowID. UOM Code (only used for Product Codes) Warning message if the InvTransfer line contains serial numbers If the part is being changed to something different than what was on the order, ask if the user wants to continue Multiple matches were found by FindPart Vendor Part Data Set
ChangePriceModifier
Method to call when changing the price modifier on the vendor part break record. Recaculates the effective price based on the new price modifier. Parameters Name ds Type Description The VendPart data set
ChangeVendPartPUM
This method creates a new ttVendPart record and deletes the existing one when changing this component of the primary unique index and update the VendPart.PUM. This method should run before changing the VendPart.PUM. Parameters Name ds inPUM String Type Description Vendor Part Data Set Proposed PUM
DefaultRFQInfo
This method is called when the Supplier Price List object is called from Supplier Response. After a new VendPart record has been created, this method needs to be called to default the specific RFQ information Parameters Name rfqRowIDent Type String Description Supplier Response RowIDent
2350
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Returns The Vendor Part data set
ExportSupplierList
This method conditionally adds/overwrites supplier part records from an import file. Parameters Name ds dtEffectiveDate cSupplierID Nullable{System.DateTime} String Type Description Supplier List Dataset of candidates for import Effective Date Supplier Code
GetLastEffectiveVendPart
Method to get the last effective VendPart record. Parameters Name iVendorNum cPartNum cOpCode cPUM dtEffDate Returns The VendPart data set Type Int32 String String String Description The Vendor Number to retrieve the dataset for The Part Number to retrieve the dataset for The OpCode to retrieve the dataset for The UOM to retrieve the dataset for
Nullable{System.DateTime} The Date to retrieve the dataset for
GetNewSupListImpExpParams
This method creates a record in SupListImpExpParams. This record is used to store the import/export parameters. Parameters Name cSupplierID Type String Description
Returns Supplier List Dataset of candidates for import
GetVendorNum
Method to call get a VendorNum given a VendorID.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2351
S-Z
Parameters Name cVendorID iVendorNum Type String Int32@ Description The Vendor ID The Vendor Number
GetVendPartByPart
Method to call to get the dataset based on a specific part. Parameters Name cPartNum Returns The VendPart data set Type String Description The Part Number to retrieve the dataset for
GetVendPartByVendNumPart
Method to call to get the dataset based on a specific vendor and part. Parameters Name iVendorNum cPartNum Returns The VendPart data set Type Int32 String Description The Vendor Number to retrieve the dataset for The Part Number to retrieve the dataset for
ImportSupplierList
This method conditionally adds/overwrites supplier part records from an import file. Parameters Name ds dtEffectiveDate cSupplierID numRecsImported Nullable{System.DateTime} String Int32@ Type Description Supplier List Dataset of candidates for import Effective Date Supplier Code Output number of records from import
2352
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
VendPartRestriction
Epicor.Mfg.BO.VendPartRestriction: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewVendPartRestriction
GetNewVendPartRestrictSubst
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2353
S-Z
UpdateExt
ChangeManual
Used when Manual field of VendPartRestriction is being changed to a new value. Parameters Name checkManual ds Type Boolean Description Manual value The VendPartRestrictionDataset.
ChangeRestrictionSubstance
This methods assigns associated fields when VendPartRestrictSubst.SubstanceID changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description VendPartRestriction dataset
ChangeRestrictionType
This methods assigns associated fields when VendPartRestriction.RestrictionTypeID changes. Parameters Name ds Type Description VendPartRestriction dataset
OnChangingRestrictionType
Used when RestrictionTypeID field of VendPartRestriction is being changging to a new value. Parameters Name checkRestrictionTypeID Type String Description RestrictionTypeID value
2354
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Name ds
Type
Description The VendPartRestrictionDataset.
VoidPayment
Epicor.Mfg.BO.VoidPayment: This business object contains 12 methods.
GetNewCheckHed
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2355
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CheckOnScreenLoad
This method is called only on first build of the screen. If the GL is not interfaced the user will get a warning asking if they'd like to continue or not. If the user answers no or any exceptions were raised, then the screen is immediately shut down and the user is sent back to the main menu. Parameters Name vQuestion Type String@ Description Warning/Continue message if GL is not interfaced
GenerateLegalNumber
2356
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name ds inHeadNum Int32 Type Description Bank Funds Transfer data set HeadNum of current checkhed record
GetLegalNumGenOpts
This method will return a record in the LegalNumGenOpts datatable if a legal number is required for this transaction. The RequiresUserInput flag will indicate if this legal number requires input from the user. If it does, the LegalNumberPrompt business objects needs to be called to gather that information. This method should be called when the user saves the record but before the Update method is called. Parameters Name ds inHeadNum requiresUserInput Int32 Boolean@ Type Description Bank Funds Transfer data set HeadNum of current checkhed record Indicates if the legal number requires user input
VoidLegalNumbersOnClose
This method will void legal numbers that have been generated for checks that were not voided. This can happen if legal numbers were generated, but the user never actually voided the check(s). Parameters Name ds Type Description Bank Funds Transfer data set
VoidPRCheck
Epicor.Mfg.BO.VoidPRCheck: This business object contains 9 methods.
GetNewPRCheck
DeleteByID
GetByID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2357
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
OnChangeEmployeeID
Call this method after user enters the Employee ID. Parameters Name ds pcEmployeeID String Type Description VoidPR Check PREmpMas Data Set Employee ID
2358
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Returns VoidPR Check Data Set
PreVoidCheck
check if interface Parameters Name interfacedText Type String@ Description Contains text of the interface message to present to the user.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2359
S-Z
Chapter 23: W
Warehse
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Warehse: This business object contains 22 methods.
GetNewWarehse
GetNewWarehseAttch
GetNewEntityGLC
GetNewWarehseABC
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2360
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
CheckPlant
This method is used to verify Plant on current Warehouse. Parameters Name ipWarehouseCode opMessage Type String String@ Description Current Warehouse Code Message to be displayed to user if not null
CheckWhseBin
This method is used to verify that a bin exists for the current warehouse. It should be called before exiting Warehouse Maintenance or before selecting a different warehouse. If a bin doesn't exist for the current warehouse then a message will be returned in the output parameter opMessage. If opMessage isn't null then the message should be displayed to the user and they shouldn't be allowed to exit Warehouse maintenance or select a different warehouse until a bin is added. Parameters Name ipWarehouseCode opMessage Type String String@ Description Current Warehouse Code Message to be displayed to user if not null
ETCAfterAddrVal
After the tax integration has been called, update the WareHse address if it was changed.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2361
S-Z
Parameters Name ds ds1 wareHouseCode String Type Description The WareHse data set The ETCAddrValidation data set WareHse.WareHouseCode
ETCValidateAddress
Call tax integration and loads temp tables from the results. Parameters Name wareHouseCode statusFlag errorFlag errorMsg Type String Boolean@ Boolean@ String@ Description WareHse.WareHouseCode Set to true if the integration is up, false if down. If true, an error occured. If Error Flag is true, this is the associated message.
GetListNoActiveCount
Filter warehouses that do not have an active cycle count or physical inventory. Call normal GetList method. Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The WarehseList data set Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Whereclause. Page size. Absolute page. More pages.
OnChangeOfAbcCode
Parameters Name ds ipABCCode String Type Description Warehse data set Warehouse ABC code
2362
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
OnChangeOfCountFreq
Parameters Name ipCountFreq ipOvrrideCountFreq Type Int32 Boolean Description Cycle Count Frequency Override count frequency
OnChangeOfPcntTolerance
Parameters Name ipPcntTolerance Type Decimal Description Percentage Tolerance
OnChangeOfQtyTolerance
Parameters Name ipQtyTolerance Type Decimal Description Quantity Tolerance Value
OnChangeOfStockValPcnt
Parameters Name ipStockValPcnt Type Decimal Description Stock Value Percent
OnChangeOfValueTolerance
Parameters Name ipValTolerance Type Decimal Description Value of tolerance
RefreshHasBins
This method will refresh the bin status for each warehouse. The Warehouse can be passed in as a parameter or if left blank, the bin status will be returned for all warehouses
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2363
S-Z
Parameters Name iplant iWarehousecode Type String String Description Plant that is to have its bin status refreshed or blank for all plants Warehouse code that is to have its bin status refreshed or blank for all warehouses
Returns Warehse Data Set
WarehseSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.WarehseSearch: This business object contains 2 methods.
GetList
This method returns a list of warehouses (including shared warehouses) available for a plant. The Plant parameter allows the user to search on just one plant or leave blank to search on all plants. Parameters Name vPlant pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns WarehseSearch DataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Plant to search the warehouses for, blank for all plants page Size absolute Page more Pages: true/false
GetRows
This method returns a list of warehouses (including shared warehouses) available for a plant. The Plant parameter allows the user to search on just one plant or leave blank to search on all plants. Parameters Name vPlant pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns WarehseSearch DataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Plant to search the warehouses for, blank for all plants page Size absolute Page more Pages: true/false
2364
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Warning
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Warning: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewWarning
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2365
S-Z
UpdateExt
Wave
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Wave: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewWave
GetNewWaveOrder
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
2366
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
WebLog
Epicor.Mfg.BO.WebLog: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewsrmIfLog
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2367
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
WFGroup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.WFGroup: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewWFGroup
GetNewWFGrpMbr
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2368
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
DeleteWFGrpMbr
Delete WFGroup record by parameters
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2369
S-Z
Parameters Name cWorkflowType cWFGroupID cSalesRepCode Type String String String Description Work Flow Type Work Flow Group Code Sales Rep Code
GetAvailTaskSets
This method gets the available TaskSets for the TaskSet combo in the WFGroupEntry. Parameters Name cCurrentWorkflowType newList Type String String@ Description cCurrent Work Flow Type (output) A delimited list of TaskSet IDs and descriptions
OnChangeSalesRepCode
Method to call when changing the SalesRepCode. Parameters Name proposedSalesRep ds Type String Description The proposed SalesRepCode The QuickEntry data set
ReassignWorkflow
Reassign Work Flow Parameters Name cCurrentWorkflowType cCurrentWFGroupID cCurrentSalesRepCode cNewSalesRepCode cReassignOption lReassignOpenTasks ds Type String String String String String Boolean Description cCurrent Work Flow Type Current Work Flow Group Code Current Sales Rep Code New Sales Rep Code Reassign Option Reassign Open Tasks:true/false Work Flow Data Set
2370
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
WFStage
Epicor.Mfg.BO.WFStage: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewWFStage
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2371
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
WhseBin
Epicor.Mfg.BO.WhseBin: This business object contains 20 methods.
GetNewWhseBin
GetNewWhseBinAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2372
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
AddNewWhseBinFormat
Add a New record in WhseBinFormat table Parameters Name ds Type Description The WhseBinWizard data set
CommitGeneratedBins
Commit to database the proposed Bin Numbers selected Parameters Name ds Type Description The WhseBinWizard data set
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2373
S-Z
GenerateBinFormat
Generates the Bin format according to the segments defined Parameters Name ds Type Description The WhseBinWizard data set
GenerateBins
Create Bin numbers according to the specified format Parameters Name totalBins ds Type Int32 Description Number of Bin Numbers to be generated The WhseBinWizard data set
OnChangeCustID
OnChangeCustId Parameters Name newCustID ds Type String Description Customer.CustID The WhseBin data set
OnChangeSuppID
OnChangeSuppId Parameters Name newVendorID ds Type String Description Vendor.VendorID The WhseBin data set
OnChangeWhseBinWizardCustId
OnChangeWhseBinWizardCustId
2374
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name newCustID ds Type String Description Customer.CustID The WhseBinWizard data set
OnChangeWhseBinWizardSuppId
OnChangeWhseBinWizardSuppId Parameters Name newVendorID ds Type String Description Vendor.VendorID The WhseBin data set
OnChangingSegmentMaximum
Execute necessary modifications when Maximum value is changed for the segment Parameters Name iSegment newValue ds Type Int32 String Description Segment that is being modified New Maximum value The WhseBinWizard data set
OnChangingSegmentMinimum
Execute necessary modifications when Minimum value is changed for the segment Parameters Name iSegment newValue ds Type Int32 String Description Segment that is being modified New Minimum value The WhseBinWizard data set
OnChangingSegmentPositions
Execute necessary modifications when Number of Positions is changed for the Segment
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2375
S-Z
Parameters Name iSegment newValue ds Type Int32 Int32 Description Segment that is being modified New Positions value The WhseBinWizard data set
OnChangingSegmentType
Execute necessary modifications when Segment Type is changed Parameters Name iSegment newValue ds Type Int32 String Description Segment that is being modified New Type value The WhseBinWizard data set
WhseGroup
Epicor.Mfg.BO.WhseGroup: This business object contains 20 methods.
GetNewWhseGroup
GetNewWhseGroupAttr
GetNewWhseGroupEmp
GetNewWhseGroupTrans
GetNewWhseGroupWhse
GetNewWhseGroupBin
GetNewWhseGroupBinZone
2376
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetNewWhseGroupItem
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2377
S-Z
GetCodeDescList
CreateUpdateAvailItems
Creates or updates the records for WhseGroupItems according to what option was selected (Part, Group, or Class) Parameters Name groupCode whseCode typeClass ds ds1 Type String String String Description Warehouse Group Code. Warehouse Code. Item Class. Available Items Dataset. creates the records for ttWhseGroupItems Records Returns the records for ttWhseGroupItems created
CreateUpdateWhseGrpTrans
Creates or updates the WhseGroupTrans records according to what is selected in the availTransTypes Parameters Name groupCode ds Type String Description Warehouse Group Code. WhseGroup Dataset. creates the ttWhseGroupTrans Records
GetAvailEmployees
Returns the list of available employees not assigned to any Warehouse Group yet Parameters Name groupCode Type String Description Warehouse Group Code.
2378
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Returns Available employees
GetAvailTransTypes
Creates and Returns the list of available Transactions Types Parameters Name groupCode Returns List of Transactions Types Type String Description Warehouse Group Code.
OnChangePriority
Used to verify that Priority must be between the range of whole values 0 - 9 Parameters Name priority Type Int32 Description Priority.
WhseGroupEmpSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.WhseGroupEmpSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewWhseGroupEmp
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2379
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
WhseZone
Epicor.Mfg.BO.WhseZone: This business object contains 10 methods.
GetNewWhseZone
GetNewWhseZoneAttch
DeleteByID
GetByID
2380
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2381
S-Z
Type String
Description
GetWhseInfo
returns the default Warehouse info when the form is opened the first time, then it extracts the Warehouse Description Parameters Name warehouseCode warehouseDesc Type String@ String@ Description Default WarehouseCode Description of the WarehouseCode.
WorkforceSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.WorkforceSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewSalesRep
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2382
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
WorkQueue
Epicor.Mfg.BO.WorkQueue: This business object contains 7 methods.
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2383
S-Z
Type Int32 Boolean@
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
GetOpsInResourceGroup
This method returns a WorkQueueDataSet containing the operations of the given ResourceGroup (formerly known as WorkCenter). Use this method in place of GetRows(). Parameters Name pcResourceGrpID pcEmpID pcwhereClauseWorkQueue pcwhereClausePartWip pageSize absolutePage morePages Type String String String String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description The Code of the Resource Group for which the operations should be retrieved. The employee Code of the current employee. where Clause WorkQueue where Clause PartWip Page Size Absolute Page More Pages: true/false
2384
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Returns WorkQueue Data Set
Workstation
Epicor.Mfg.BO.Workstation: This business object contains 13 methods.
GetNewWorkstation
GetNewDevice
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2385
S-Z
UpdateExt
GetCodeDescList
CheckDeviceTypeCount
Parameters Name ipworkstationID ipdeviceType ds deviceWarning String@ Type String String Description Workstation ID Scale or Printer Work station data set Warning message used to communicate information that does not prevent updates
CheckForDefaultDeviceType
Parameters Name workstationID deviceType Type String String Description Workstation ID Scale or Printer
DuplicateStation
To create a new part by duplicating from another.
2386
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name sourceStationID targetStationID Returns The Part Data Set Type String String Description Source Station ID Target Station ID
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2387
S-Z
Chapter 24: X
XAttachMetaData
Epicor.Mfg.BO.XAttachMetaData: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewXAttachMetaData
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2388
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
XDocTypeCtrl
Epicor.Mfg.BO.XDocTypeCtrl: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewXDocTypeCtrl
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2389
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
XFileRef
Epicor.Mfg.BO.XFileRef: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewXFileRef
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
2390
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
OnChangeOfDocType
Call when DocTypeID is changed. Will reset the path portion of the file name with the BaseURL of the DocType. Note: It will not overlay a fully qualified filename. Parameters Name ipDocTypeID iO-FileName Type String String@ Description The Document Type ID (XFileRef.DocTypeID) that has been entered. The fully qualified file name that the user is referencing for this attachment.
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2391
S-Z
Chapter 25: Z
zBODef
Epicor.Mfg.BO.zBODef: This business object contains 8 methods.
GetNewzBODef
GetNewzBODataSets
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
2392
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Update
UpdateExt
zDataFieldSearch
Epicor.Mfg.BO.zDataFieldSearch: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewzDataFieldSearch
GetList
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2393
S-Z
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
zDataSet
Epicor.Mfg.BO.zDataSet: This business object contains 18 methods.
GetNewzDataSet
GetNewzRelation
GetNewzRelationField
GetNewzSubDataSet
DeleteByID
GetByID
2394
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
GetList
GetRows
Update
UpdateExt
ChangeRelationKeyID
This method should be invoked when the KeyID in a parent table changes. This method will validate the KeyID and pull in the new relation fields information. Parameters Name pcDataSetID pcRelationID Type String String Description The DataSetID we want to change Key with The RelationID we want to change Key with
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2395
S-Z
Name newKeyID ds
Type String
Description Proposed KeyID zDataSet data set
DeleteRelationFields
Delete all fields from the table of relation fields Parameters Name pcSet pcRel Type String String Description The DataSet Code The Relation Code
This method returns a list of attachment tables Returns AttachTableList data set
GetDataTables
This method returns a list of tables in the dataset Parameters Name pcSet Returns zDataTableList data set Type String Description name of the dataset
GetNewRelation
Add new Relation Parameters Name ds pcDataSetID String Type Description zDataSet data set DataSet Code
GetRelationFields
Get Relations Fields
2396
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
Parameters Name pcDataSetID pcRelationID Returns zDataSet data set Type String String Description DataSet Code The Relation Code
GetRelations
Get Relations for DataSet Parameters Name pcDataSetID Returns zDataSet data set Type String Description DataSet Code
GetXsdDataSet
This method returns the complete Datasets with all tables/fields that are needed for generating a class. Parameters Name className Returns The GenXsd data set returned Type String Description Class name
zDataTable
Epicor.Mfg.BO.zDataTable: This business object contains 18 methods.
GetNewzDataTable
GetNewzLookupLink
GetNewzLinkColumn
GetNewzLookupField
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2397
S-Z
GetNewzDataField
GetNewzKey
GetNewzKeyField
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
2398
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
UpdateExt
ChangeLikeDataFieldName
This method should be invoked when the LikeFieldName changes. Parameters Name dataTableID fieldName dbTableName dbFieldName likeDataFieldTableID likeDataFieldName defaultFormat defaultLabel defaultInitValue defaultFieldScale Type String String String String String String String@ String@ String@ Int32@ Description
GetKeyFields
Get Key Fields Parameters Name pcTableID pcKeyID Returns zData Table data set Type String String Description Table ID Proposed KeyID
GetKeys
Get Key Fields for Table
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2399
S-Z
Parameters Name pcTableID Returns zData Table data set Type String Description Table ID
Synchronize
Synchronize one table Parameters Name dataTableID Type String Description Table ID
SynchronizeClass
Synchronize all the tables of a class Parameters Name className classNS Type String String Description Class name Class namespace
zDBTables
Epicor.Mfg.BO.zDBTables: This business object contains 1 methods.
GetRows
This method returns a list of db Tables Parameters Name whereClause pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns DB Tables DataSet Type String Int32 Int32 Boolean@ Description Where Clause, blank for all page Size absolute Page more Pages: true/false
2400
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
S-Z
zKey
Epicor.Mfg.BO.zKey: This business object contains 7 methods.
GetNewzKey
DeleteByID
GetByID
GetList
GetRows
Update
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
2401
S-Z
UpdateExt
2402
Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605
Additional information is available at the Education and Documentation areas of the EPICweb Customer Portal. To access this site, you need a Site ID and an EPICweb account. To create an account, go to http://support.epicor.com.

BOMethods 905 2

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

BOMethods 905 2

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Epicor 9.

05 Business Object Reference Guide

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Returns The full DataSet.

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Name pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The list DataSet.

Type Int32 Int32 Boolean@

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Parameters Name ds Type Description G/L Account Budget Data Set

toFiscalYear toFiscalYearSuffix Returns G/L Account Budget Data Set

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Parameters Name ds Type Description ACT Type data set

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Returns a list of all companies.

Epicor 9.05 | 9.05.605

Business Object Reference Guide

Name pageSize absolutePage morePages Returns The list DataSet.

Type Int32 Int32 Boolean@